sv4za
As filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26,
2011
Registration
No. 333-171924
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form S-4
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
(Amendment
No. 2)
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
3690
|
|
74-1339132
|
(State or
other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)
|
450 Park Avenue, 27th
Floor
New York, NY 10022
(212) 906-8555
(Address, including zip code,
and telephone number, including area code, of Registrants
principal executive offices)
Francis T. McCarron
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
450 Park Avenue, 27th
Floor
New York, NY 10022
(212) 906-8555
(Name, address, including zip
code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for
service)
With a copy to:
Jeffrey D.
Marell, Esq.
Raphael M.
Russo, Esq.
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind,
Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the
Americas
New York, New York
10019
(212) 373-3000
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to
public: As soon as practicable after this
Registration Statement becomes effective.
If the securities being registered on this Form are being
offered in connection with the formation of a holding company
and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check
the following
box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
please check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in Rule
12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer o
|
Accelerated
filer þ
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
|
Smaller reporting
company o
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the
appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this
transaction:
Exchange Act
Rule 13e-4(i)
(Cross-Border Issuer Tender
Offer) o
Exchange Act
Rule 14d-1(d)
(Cross-Border Third-Party Tender
Offer) o
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission,
acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The
information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and
may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the
registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an
offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer
to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is
not permitted.
|
SUBJECT
TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 26, 2011
Filed
Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
Registration
Number 333-171924
PROSPECTUS
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
Exchange Offer for
$350,000,000
10.625% Senior Secured
Notes due 2015
The Notes
|
|
|
|
|
We are offering to issue $350,000,000 of 10.625% Senior
Secured Notes due 2015, whose issuance is registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the
exchange notes, in exchange for a like aggregate
principal amount of 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015,
which were issued on November 15, 2010 and which we refer
to as the initial notes. The exchange notes will be
issued under the existing indenture, which currently governs the
initial notes, dated as of November 15, 2010.
|
|
|
|
The exchange notes will mature on November 15, 2015. We
will pay interest on the exchange notes on each May 15 and
November 15, beginning on May 15, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The exchange notes will be secured by a first priority lien on
substantially all of our assets, including, without limitation,
the equity interests of our directly held subsidiaries and
related assets, all cash and investment securities owned by us,
and all general intangibles owned by us (subject to the
exclusions described herein). The exchange notes will be our
senior secured obligations and will rank senior in right of
payment to our future debt and other obligations that expressly
provide for their subordination to the exchange notes, rank
equally in right of payment to all of our existing and future
unsubordinated debt, be effectively senior to all of our
unsecured debt to the extent of the value of the collateral and
be effectively subordinated to all liabilities of our
subsidiaries, none of whom will initially guarantee the exchange
notes.
|
Terms of the Exchange Offer
|
|
|
|
|
It will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
on ,
2011, unless we extend it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If all the conditions to the exchange offer are satisfied, we
will exchange all of the initial notes that are validly tendered
and not withdrawn for exchange notes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
You may withdraw your tender of initial notes at any time before
the expiration of the exchange offer.
|
|
|
|
The exchange notes that we will issue you in exchange for your
initial notes will be substantially identical to your initial
notes except that, unlike your initial notes, the exchange notes
will have no transfer restrictions or registration rights.
|
|
|
|
The exchange notes that we will issue you in exchange for your
initial notes are new securities with no established market for
trading.
|
Before participating in the exchange offer, please refer to
the section in this prospectus entitled Risk Factors
commencing on page 12.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
Broker-dealers who receive exchange notes pursuant to the
exchange offer must acknowledge that they will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.
Broker-dealers who acquired the initial notes as a result of
market-making or other trading activities may use the prospectus
for the exchange offer, as supplemented or amended, in
connection with resales of the exchange notes.
The date of this prospectus
is ,
2011.
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
The following summary highlights basic information about us
and the exchange offer. It may not contain all of the
information that is important to you. For a more comprehensive
understanding of our business and the offering, you should read
this entire prospectus, including the sections entitled
Risk Factors and the historical
and/or pro
forma financial statements and the accompanying notes to those
statements of Harbinger Group Inc., Spectrum Brands Holdings,
Inc. and Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc. (formerly,
Old Mutual U.S. Life Holdings, Inc.). Certain statements in this
summary are forward-looking statements. See Special Note
Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
Unless otherwise indicated in this prospectus or the context
requires otherwise, in this prospectus, HGI,
we, us or our refers to
Harbinger Group Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated
subsidiaries. Harbinger Capital refers to Harbinger
Capital Partners LLC. Harbinger Parties refers,
collectively, to Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I,
Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.
and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. Russell
Hobbs refers to Russell Hobbs, Inc. and, where applicable,
its consolidated subsidiaries. SB/RH Merger means
the business combination of Spectrum Brands (as defined below)
and Russell Hobbs consummated on June 16, 2010 creating
Spectrum Brands Holdings. Spectrum Brands Holdings
refers only to Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and its
subsidiaries. Spectrum Brands refers to Spectrum
Brands, Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated
subsidiaries. F&G Holdings refers to Fidelity
& Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc. (formerly, Old Mutual U.S.
Life Holdings, Inc.) and, where applicable, its consolidated
subsidiaries.
The term initial notes refers to the
10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 that were issued on
November 15, 2010 in a private offering. The term
exchange notes refers to the 10.625% Senior
Secured Notes due 2015 offered with this prospectus. The term
notes refers to the initial notes and the exchange
notes, collectively.
In this prospectus, on a pro forma basis, unless
otherwise stated, means the applicable information is presented
on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition (as defined below) and the other adjustments
related to Spectrum Brands Holdings referred to in the
introduction to the section entitled Unaudited Pro Forma
Condensed Combined Financial Statements, (ii) the
Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition (as defined below) and
(iii) the issuance of the initial notes and the use of proceeds
from such issuance. See The Spectrum Brands
Acquisition and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed
Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus and Annex E, Certain Information Regarding
Harbinger F&G, LLC.
Our
Company
We are a holding company that is majority owned by the Harbinger
Parties. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1954 under the name
Zapata Corporation and reincorporated in Nevada in April 1999
under the same name. On December 23, 2009, we
reincorporated in Delaware under the name Harbinger Group Inc.
(the Reincorporation Merger). We had approximately
$471.1 million in cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments (of which $360.1 million was restricted pending
the completion of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition) as of
December 31, 2010. Our common stock trades on the New York
Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol
HRG. Our principal executive offices are located at
450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, New York 10022.
Since the completion of the disposition of our 57% ownership
interest in the common stock of Omega Protein Corporation
(Omega) in December 2006, we have held substantially
all of our assets in cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments. Since then, we have been actively looking for
acquisition or investment opportunities with a principal focus
on identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions of
operating businesses. These efforts accelerated after the
Harbinger Parties acquired approximately 9.9 million
shares, or approximately 51.6%, of our common stock in July 2009
(the 2009 Change of Control).
On November 15, 2010, we completed the offering of the
initial notes. The initial notes were sold only to qualified
institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the
1
Securities Act) and to certain persons in offshore
transactions in reliance on Regulation S, and are governed by
the indenture dated as of November 15, 2010, between HGI
and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. The net
proceeds of the offering were held in a segregated escrow
account until we completed the Spectrum Brands Acquisition
described below. We used the net proceeds from the offering of
the initial notes, together with other available funds, to pay
for the purchase price of the Fidelity & Guaranty
Acquisition.
On January 7, 2011, we completed the transactions
contemplated by the Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated
as of September 10, 2010 and amended on November 5,
2010 (as amended, the Exchange Agreement), by and
between us and the Harbinger Parties, pursuant to which we
issued approximately 119.9 million shares of our common
stock to the Harbinger Parties in exchange for approximately
27.8 million shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings
common stock (the Spectrum Brands Acquisition). See
The Spectrum Brands Acquisition for further
information. As a result of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we
own a controlling interest in Spectrum Brands Holdings, with a
current market value of approximately $771 million (as of
March 31, 2011) and the Harbinger Parties own approximately
93.3% of our outstanding common stock.
On March 7, 2011, HGI entered into a Transfer Agreement (the
Transfer Agreement) with Harbinger Capital Partners
Master Fund I, Ltd. (the Master Fund). Pursuant to
the Transfer Agreement, on March 9, 2011, (i) HGI acquired
from the Master Fund a 100% membership interest in Harbinger
F&G, LLC (formerly, Harbinger OM, LLC, Harbinger
F&G), and (ii) the Master Fund transferred to
Harbinger F&G the sole issued and outstanding Ordinary
Share of FS Holdco Ltd. (FS Holdco). In
consideration for the interests in Harbinger F&G and FS
Holdco, HGI agreed to reimburse the Master Fund for certain
expenses incurred by the Master Fund in connection with the
Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition (up to a maximum of
$13.3 million) and to submit certain expenses of the Master
Fund for reimbursement by OM Group (UK) Limited (OM
Group) under the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement (as
defined below). Following the consummation of the foregoing
acquisitions, Harbinger F&G became the direct wholly-owned
subsidiary of HGI, FS Holdco became the direct wholly-owned
subsidiary of Harbinger F&G and Front Street Re, Ltd.
(Front Street) became the indirectly wholly-owned
subsidiary of Harbinger F&G.
On April 6, 2011, pursuant to the First Amended and
Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 17,
2011 (the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement),
between Harbinger F&G and OM Group, Harbinger F&G
acquired from OM Group all of the outstanding shares of capital
stock of F&G Holdings and certain intercompany loan
agreements between OM Group, as lender, and F&G Holdings,
as borrower, in consideration for $350 million, which could be
reduced by up to $50 million post-closing if certain
regulatory approval is not received (the Fidelity &
Guaranty Acquisition). Fidelity & Guaranty Life
Insurance Company (formerly, OM Financial Life Insurance
Company, FGL Insurance Company) and Fidelity &
Guaranty Life Insurance Company of New York (formerly, OM
Financial Life Insurance Company of New York, FGL NY
Insurance Company) are F&G Holdings principal
insurance companies, and are direct wholly-owned subsidiaries of
F&G Holdings. See Annex E, Certain Information
Regarding Harbinger F&G, LLC.
We are focused on obtaining controlling equity stakes in
subsidiaries that operate across a diversified set of
industries. We view the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the
Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition as the first steps in the
implementation of that strategy. We have identified the
following six sectors in which we intend to pursue investment
opportunities: consumer products, insurance and financial
products, telecommunications, agriculture, power generation and
water and natural resources.
In pursuing our strategy, we utilize the investment expertise
and industry knowledge of Harbinger Capital, a multi-billion
dollar private investment firm based in New York, and an
affiliate of the Harbinger Parties. We believe that the team at
Harbinger Capital has a track record of making successful
investments across various industries. We believe that our
affiliation with Harbinger Capital will enhance our ability to
identify and evaluate potential acquisition opportunities
appropriate for a permanent capital vehicle. Our corporate
structure provides significant advantages compared to the
traditional hedge-fund structure for long-term holdings as our
sources of capital are longer term in nature and thus will more
closely match our principal investment strategy. In addition,
our corporate structure provides additional options for funding
acquisitions, including the ability to use our common stock as a
form of consideration.
2
Philip Falcone, who serves as Chairman of our Board of Directors
(the Board), Chief Executive Officer and President,
has been the Chief Investment Officer of the Harbinger Capital
affiliated funds since 2001. Mr. Falcone has over two
decades of experience in leveraged finance, distressed debt and
special situations. In addition to Mr. Falcone, Harbinger
Capital employs a wide variety of professionals with expertise
across various industries, including our targeted sectors.
Spectrum
Brands Holdings
Spectrum Brands Holdings is a global branded consumer products
company with leading market positions in seven major product
categories: consumer batteries, pet supplies, home and garden
control, electric shaving and grooming, electric personal care,
portable lighting products and small household appliances.
Spectrum Brands Holdings is a leading worldwide marketer of
alkaline, zinc carbon, hearing aid and rechargeable batteries,
battery-powered lighting products, electric shavers and
accessories, grooming products and hair care appliances,
aquariums and aquatic health supplies, specialty pet supplies,
insecticides, repellants and herbicides. Spectrum Brands
Holdings enjoys strong name recognition in its markets under the
Rayovac, VARTA and Remington brands, each of which
has been in existence for more than 80 years, and numerous
other brands including Spectracide, Cutter, Tetra, Dingo
and 8-in-1.
Spectrum Brands Holdings sells its products in approximately 120
countries through a variety of trade channels, including
retailers, wholesalers and distributors, hearing aid
professionals, industrial distributors, global online partners,
internal
e-commerce
and original equipment manufacturers. Spectrum Brands
Holdings products are sold in more than one million retail
locations globally.
Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock trades on the NYSE
under the symbol SPB.
Harbinger
F&G
Harbinger F&G is the holding company for our recently
acquired life insurance and annuity businesses. F&G
Holdings, through its insurance subsidiaries, is a provider of
fixed annuity products in the U.S., with approximately 800,000
policy holders in the U.S. and a distribution network of
approximately 300 independent marketing organizations
representing approximately 24,000 agents nationwide. At
December 31, 2010, F&G Holdings investment
portfolio was approximately $16.5 billion. See
Annex E, Certain Information Regarding Harbinger
F&G, LLC, for further information.
Front Street, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Harbinger
F&G, is a recently formed Bermuda-based reinsurer, which
has not engaged in any significant business to date. We expect
to consider possible reinsurance transactions pursuant to which
Front Street will reinsure certain policy obligations of FGL
Insurance Company, F&G Holdings principal insurance
subsidiary. See Annex E, Certain Information
Regarding Harbinger F&G, LLC Business of Front
Street, for further information.
3
Corporate
Structure
The following represents our current corporate structure.
Note: Zap.Com Corporation, a 98% owned subsidiary of HGI, and
HGI Funding LLC, and other wholly-owned subsidiaries of HGI,
each of which has no current operations, are not reflected above.
Corporate
Information
We are a Delaware corporation and the address of our principal
executive office is 450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor, New York,
New York 10022. Our telephone number is
(212) 906-8555.
Our website address is www.harbingergroupinc.com. Information
contained on our website is not part of this prospectus.
4
Summary
of the Exchange Offer
We are offering to issue $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of our exchange notes in exchange for a like aggregate principal
amount of our initial notes. In order to exchange your initial
notes, you must properly tender them, and we must accept your
tender. We will exchange all outstanding initial notes that are
validly tendered and not validly withdrawn.
|
|
|
Exchange Offer |
|
We will issue our exchange notes in exchange for a like
aggregate principal amount of our initial notes. |
|
Expiration Date |
|
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time,
on ,
2011 (the expiration date), unless we decide to
extend it. |
|
Conditions to the Exchange Offer |
|
We will complete the exchange offer only if: |
|
|
|
there is no change in the laws and regulations which
would impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer,
|
|
|
|
there is no change in the current interpretation of
the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
SEC) which permits resales of the exchange notes,
|
|
|
|
there is no stop order issued by the SEC or any
state securities authority suspending the effectiveness of the
registration statement which includes this prospectus or the
qualification of the indenture for the exchange notes under the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and there are no proceedings
initiated or, to our knowledge, threatened for that purpose,
|
|
|
|
there is no action or proceeding instituted or
threatened in any court or before any governmental agency or
body that would reasonably be expected to prohibit, prevent or
otherwise impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer,
and
|
|
|
|
we obtain all the governmental approvals that we in
our sole discretion deem necessary to complete the exchange
offer.
|
|
|
|
Please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled
The Exchange Offer Conditions to the Exchange
Offer. |
|
Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes |
|
To participate in the exchange offer, you must complete, sign
and date the letter of transmittal or its facsimile and transmit
it, together with your initial notes to be exchanged and all
other documents required by the letter of transmittal, to Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association, as exchange agent (the
exchange agent), at its address indicated under
The Exchange Offer Exchange Agent. In
the alternative, you can tender your initial notes by book-entry
delivery following the procedures described in this prospectus.
For more information on tendering your notes, please refer to
the section in this prospectus entitled The Exchange
Offer Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes. |
|
Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners |
|
If you are a beneficial owner of initial notes that are
registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank,
trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your
initial notes in the exchange offer, you should contact the
registered holder promptly and instruct that person to tender on
your behalf. |
5
|
|
|
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures |
|
If you wish to tender your initial notes and you cannot get the
required documents to the exchange agent on time, you may tender
your notes by using the guaranteed delivery procedures described
under the section of this prospectus entitled The Exchange
Offer Procedures for Tendering Initial
Notes Guaranteed Delivery Procedure. |
|
Withdrawal Rights |
|
You may withdraw the tender of your initial notes at any time
before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration
date of the exchange offer. To withdraw, you must send a written
or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal to the exchange
agent at its address indicated under The Exchange
Offer Exchange Agent before 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer. |
|
Acceptance of Initial Notes and Delivery of Exchange Notes |
|
If all the conditions to the completion of the exchange offer
are satisfied, we will accept any and all initial notes that are
properly tendered in the exchange offer on or before
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. We
will return any initial note that we do not accept for exchange
to you without expense promptly after the expiration date. We
will deliver the exchange notes to you promptly after the
expiration date and acceptance of your initial notes for
exchange. Please refer to the section in this prospectus
entitled The Exchange Offer Acceptance of
Initial Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes. |
|
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations Relating to the Exchange
Offer |
|
Exchanging your initial notes for exchange notes will not be a
taxable event to you for United States federal income tax
purposes. Please refer to the section of this prospectus
entitled U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations. |
|
Exchange Agent |
|
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is serving as exchange
agent in the exchange offer. |
|
Fees and Expenses |
|
We will pay all expenses related to the exchange offer. Please
refer to the section of this prospectus entitled The
Exchange Offer Fees and Expenses. |
|
Use of Proceeds |
|
We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the
exchange notes. We are making the exchange offer solely to
satisfy certain of our obligations under the Registration Rights
Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2010 (the
Registration Rights Agreement), by and among HGI and
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Goldman Sachs &
Co., as representatives of the initial purchasers, entered into
in connection with the offering of the initial notes. |
|
Consequences to Holders Who Do Not Participate in the Exchange
Offer |
|
If you do not participate in the exchange offer: |
|
|
|
except as set forth in the next paragraph, you will
not necessarily be able to require us to register your initial
notes under the Securities Act,
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
you will not be able to resell, offer to resell or
otherwise transfer your initial notes unless they are registered
under the Securities Act or unless you resell, offer to resell
or otherwise transfer them under an exemption from the
registration requirements of, or in a transaction not subject
to, the Securities Act, and
|
|
|
|
the trading market for your initial notes will
become more limited to the extent other holders of initial notes
participate in the exchange offer.
|
|
|
|
You will not be able to require us to register your initial
notes under the Securities Act unless: |
|
|
|
because of any change in applicable law or in
interpretations thereof by the SEC staff, HGI is not permitted
to effect the exchange offer;
|
|
|
|
the exchange offer is not consummated by the 310th
day after the issue date of the initial notes (the Issue
Date);
|
|
|
|
any initial purchaser so requests with respect to
initial notes held by it that are not eligible to be exchanged
for exchange notes in the exchange offer; or
|
|
|
|
any other holder is prohibited by law or SEC policy
from participating in the exchange offer or any holder (other
than an exchanging broker-dealer) that participates in the
exchange offer does not receive freely tradeable exchange notes
on the date of the exchange and, in each case, such holder so
requests.
|
|
|
|
In these cases, the Registration Rights Agreement requires us to
file a registration statement for a continuous offering in
accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act for the
benefit of the holders of the initial notes described in this
paragraph. We do not currently anticipate that we will register
under the Securities Act any initial notes that remain
outstanding after completion of the exchange offer. |
|
|
|
Please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled
The Exchange Offer Your Failure to Participate
in the Exchange Offer Will Have Adverse Consequences. |
|
Resales |
|
It may be possible for you to resell the notes issued in the
exchange offer without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, subject to
the conditions described under Obligations of
Broker-Dealers below. |
|
|
|
To tender your initial notes in the exchange offer and resell
the exchange notes without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, you must
make the following representations: |
|
|
|
you are authorized to tender the initial notes and
to acquire exchange notes, and that we will acquire good and
unencumbered title to those initial notes, free and clear of all
liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to
any adverse claim when the same are accepted by us,
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
the exchange notes acquired by you are being
acquired in the ordinary course of business,
|
|
|
|
you have no arrangement or understanding with any
person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes
and are not participating in, and do not intend to participate
in, the distribution of such exchange notes,
|
|
|
|
you are not an affiliate, as defined in
Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of ours, or you will
comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable,
|
|
|
|
if you are not a broker-dealer, you are not engaging
in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of exchange
notes, and
|
|
|
|
if you are a broker-dealer, initial notes to be
exchanged were acquired by you as a result of market-making or
other trading activities and you will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale, offer to resell or other transfer of
such exchange notes.
|
|
|
|
Please refer to the sections of this prospectus entitled
The Exchange Offer Procedure for Tendering
Initial Notes Proper Execution and Delivery of
Letters of Transmittal, Risk Factors
Risks Relating to the Exchange Offer Some persons
who participate in the exchange offer must deliver a prospectus
in connection with resales of the exchange notes and
Plan of Distribution. |
|
Obligations of Broker-Dealers |
|
If you are a broker-dealer who receives exchange notes, you must
acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resales of the exchange notes. If you are a
broker-dealer who acquired the initial notes as a result of
market making or other trading activities, you may use the
exchange offer prospectus as supplemented or amended, in
connection with resales of the exchange notes. If you are a
broker-dealer who acquired the initial notes directly from HGI
in the initial offering and not as a result of market making and
trading activities, you must, in the absence of an exemption,
comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with resales of
the exchange notes. |
8
Summary
of Terms of the Exchange Notes
The following is a summary of the terms of this offering. For a
more complete description of the notes as well as the
definitions of certain capitalized terms used below, see
Description of Notes in this prospectus.
|
|
|
Issuer |
|
Harbinger Group Inc. |
|
Exchange Notes |
|
$350 million aggregate principal amount of
10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015. The forms and terms
of the exchange notes are the same as the form and terms of the
initial notes except that the issuance of the exchange notes is
registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends
restricting their transfer and the exchange notes will not be
entitled to registration rights under our Registration Rights
Agreement. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the
initial notes, and both the initial notes and the exchange notes
will be governed by the same indenture. |
|
Maturity |
|
November 15, 2015. |
|
Interest |
|
Interest will be payable in cash on May 15 and November 15 of
each year, beginning May 15, 2011. |
|
Optional Redemption |
|
On or after May 15, 2013, we may redeem some or all of the
exchange notes at any time at the redemption prices set forth in
Description of Notes Optional
Redemption. In addition, prior to May 15, 2013, we
may redeem the exchange notes at a redemption price equal to
100% of the principal amount of the exchange notes plus a
make-whole premium. |
|
|
|
Before November 15, 2013, we may redeem up to 35% of the
exchange notes, with the proceeds of equity sales at a price of
110.625% of principal plus accrued interest, provided that at
least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the
exchange notes issued under the indenture remains outstanding
after the redemption, as further described in Description
of Notes Optional Redemption. |
|
Change of Control |
|
Upon a change of control (as defined under Description of
Notes), we will be required to make an offer to purchase
the exchange notes. The purchase price will equal 101% of the
principal amount of the exchange notes on the date of purchase
plus accrued interest. We may not have sufficient funds
available at the time of any change of control to make any
required debt repayment (including repurchases of the exchange
notes). See Risk Factors We may be unable to
repurchase the notes upon a change of control. |
|
Guarantors |
|
Any subsidiary that guarantees our debt will guarantee the
exchange notes. You should not expect that any subsidiaries will
guarantee the exchange notes. |
|
Ranking |
|
The exchange notes will be our senior secured obligations and
will: |
|
|
|
rank senior in right of payment to our future debt
and other obligations that expressly provide for their
subordination to the exchange notes;
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
rank equally in right of payment to all of our
existing and future unsubordinated debt and be effectively
senior to all of our unsecured debt to the extent of the value
of the collateral; and
|
|
|
|
be effectively subordinated to all liabilities of
our non-guarantor subsidiaries.
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010, on a pro forma as adjusted basis,
after giving effect to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the
Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition and the offering of
the initial notes, we had no debt other than the initial notes.
As of December 31, 2010, the total liabilities of our
Spectrum Brands subsidiary were approximately $2.7 billion,
including trade payables, and the total liabilities of F&G
Holdings were approximately $19.3 billion. |
|
Collateral |
|
Our obligations under the exchange notes and the indenture are
secured by a first priority lien on all of our assets (except
for certain Excluded Property as defined under
Description of Notes), including, without limitation: |
|
|
|
all equity interests of our directly held
subsidiaries and related assets;
|
|
|
|
all cash and investment securities owned by us;
|
|
|
|
all general intangibles owned by us; and
|
|
|
|
any proceeds thereof (collectively, and other than
certain excluded assets, the collateral).
|
|
|
|
We will be able to incur additional debt in the future that
could equally and ratably share in the collateral. The amount of
such debt will be limited by the covenants described under
Description of Notes Certain
Covenants Limitation on Debt and Disqualified
Stock and Description of Notes Certain
Covenants Limitation on Liens. Under certain
circumstances, the amount of such debt could be significant. |
|
Original Issue Discount |
|
Because the initial notes were issued with original issue
discount, the exchange notes should be treated as having been
issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. If the exchange notes are so treated, then a United
States Holder (as defined in U.S. Federal Income Tax
Considerations) will, in addition to the stated interest
on the exchange notes, be required to include such original
issue discount in gross income as it accrues, in advance of the
receipt of cash. See U.S. Federal Income Tax
Considerations. |
|
Certain Covenants |
|
The indenture contains covenants, subject to specified
exceptions, limiting our ability and, in certain cases, our
subsidiaries ability to: |
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
create liens or engage in sale and leaseback
transactions;
|
|
|
|
pay dividends or make distributions in respect of
capital stock;
|
|
|
|
make certain restricted payments;
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
sell assets;
|
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates, except on an
arms-length basis; or
|
|
|
|
consolidate or merge with, or sell substantially all
of our assets to, another person.
|
|
|
|
We will also be required to maintain compliance with certain
financial tests, including minimum liquidity and collateral
coverage ratios. |
|
|
|
You should read Description of Notes Certain
Covenants for a description of these covenants. |
|
Absence of a Public Market for the Exchange Notes |
|
The exchange notes are new securities with no established market
for them. We cannot assure you that a market for these exchange
notes will develop or that this market will be liquid. Please
refer to the section of this prospectus entitled Risk
Factors Risks Relating to the Notes An
active public market may not develop for the notes, which may
hinder your ability to liquidate your investment. |
|
Form of the Exchange Notes |
|
The exchange notes will be represented by one or more permanent
global securities in registered form deposited on behalf of The
Depository Trust Company (DTC) with Wells Fargo
Bank, National Association, as custodian. You will not receive
exchange notes in certificated form unless one of the events
described in the section of this prospectus entitled
Description of Notes Book Entry; Delivery and
Form Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated
Notes occurs. Instead, beneficial interests in the
exchange notes will be shown on, and transfers of these exchange
notes will be effected only through, records maintained in book
entry form by DTC with respect to its participants. |
|
|
|
Risk Factors |
|
Investing in the exchange notes involves substantial risks and
uncertainties. See Risk Factors and other
information included in this prospectus (including Annex E,
Certain Information Regarding Harbinger F&G,
LLC Risk Factors Regarding Harbinger F&G
and the other information in Annex E of this prospectus)
for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before
deciding to invest in any exchange notes. |
11
RISK
FACTORS
Before acquiring the exchange notes, you should carefully
consider the risk factors discussed below. Following the risk
factors relating to HGI generally, we are including in this
prospectus the risk factors that relate to our investment in
Spectrum Brands Holdings (including its acquisition of Russell
Hobbs, its emergence from bankruptcy, its business and its
common stock). Risks related to Harbinger F&Gs
business are included in Annex E hereto. Any of these risk
factors could materially and adversely affect our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
Risks
Related to the Notes
We are
a holding company and we are dependent upon dividends or
distributions from our subsidiaries to fund payments on the
notes, and our ability to receive funds from our subsidiaries
will be dependent upon the profitability of our subsidiaries and
restrictions imposed by law and contracts.
As a holding company, our only material assets will be our cash
on hand, the equity interests in our operating subsidiaries and
other investments. Our principal source of revenue and cash flow
will be distributions from our subsidiaries. Thus our ability to
service our debt, finance acquisitions and pay dividends to our
stockholders in the future will be dependent on the ability of
our subsidiaries to generate sufficient net income and cash
flows to make upstream cash distributions to us. Our
subsidiaries will be separate legal entities, and although they
may be wholly-owned or controlled by us, they will have no
obligation to make any funds available to us, whether in the
form of loans, dividends or otherwise. The ability of our
subsidiaries to distribute cash to us will also be subject to,
among other things, restrictions that are contained in our
subsidiaries financing agreements, availability of
sufficient funds in such subsidiaries and applicable state laws
and regulatory restrictions. Claims of creditors of our
subsidiaries generally will have priority as to the assets of
such subsidiaries over our claims and claims of our creditors
and stockholders. To the extent the ability of our subsidiaries
to distribute dividends or other payments to us could be limited
in any way, this could materially limit our ability to grow,
make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our
businesses, or otherwise fund and conduct our business.
As an example, Spectrum Brands Holdings is a holding company
with limited business operations of its own and its main assets
are the capital stock of its subsidiaries, principally Spectrum
Brands. Spectrum Brands $300 million senior secured
asset-based revolving credit facility due 2016 (the
Spectrum Brands ABL Facility), its $750 million
senior secured term facility due 2016 (the Spectrum Brands
Term Loan), the indenture governing its 9.50% senior
secured notes due 2018 (the Spectrum Brands Senior Secured
Notes), the indenture governing its 12% Notes due
2019 (the Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle
Notes and, collectively, the Spectrum loan
agreements) and other agreements substantially limit or
prohibit certain payments of dividends or other distributions to
Spectrum Brands Holdings.
Specifically, (i) each indenture of Spectrum Brands
generally prohibits the payment of dividends to shareholders
except out of a cumulative basket based on an amount equal to
the excess of (a) 50% of the cumulative consolidated net
income of Spectrum Brands plus (b) 100% of the aggregate
cash proceeds from the sale of equity by Spectrum Brands (or
less 100% of the net losses) plus (c) any repayments to
Spectrum Brands of certain investments plus (d) in the case
of the indenture governing the Spectrum Brands Senior
Subordinated Toggle Notes, $50 million, subject to certain
other tests and certain exceptions and (ii) each credit
facility of Spectrum Brands generally prohibits the payment of
dividends to shareholders except out of a cumulative basket
amount limited to $40 million per year. We expect that
future debt of Spectrum Brands and Spectrum Brands Holdings will
contain similar restrictions and we do not expect to receive
dividends from Spectrum Brands Holdings in the near future.
F&G Holdings is also a holding company with limited
business operations of its own. Its main assets are the capital
stock of its subsidiaries, which are principally regulated
insurance companies, whose ability to pay dividends is limited
by applicable insurance laws. See Annex E, Certain
Information Regarding Harbinger F&G, LLC
Dividend Payment Limitations.
12
The
notes are structurally subordinated to all liabilities of our
subsidiaries and may be diluted by liens granted to secure
future indebtedness.
The notes are our senior secured obligations, secured on a
first-lien basis by a pledge of substantially all of our assets,
including our equity interests in our directly held subsidiaries
and all cash and investment securities owned by us. The notes
are not, and are not expected to be, guaranteed by any of our
current or future subsidiaries. As a result of our holding
company structure, claims of creditors of our subsidiaries will
generally have priority as to the assets of our subsidiaries
over our claims and over claims of the holders of our
indebtedness, including the notes. As of December 31, 2010,
on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition and the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, the
notes are structurally subordinated to approximately
$22.0 billion in total liabilities, which is comprised of,
among other things, contractholder funds (approximately $14.9
billion) and future policy benefits (approximately $3.7 billion)
arising from our insurance business.
The creditors of our subsidiaries have direct claims on the
subsidiaries and their assets and the claims of holders of the
notes are structurally subordinated to any existing
and future liabilities of our subsidiaries. This means that the
creditors of our subsidiaries have priority in their claims on
the assets of the subsidiaries over our creditors, including the
noteholders. All of our other consolidated liabilities, other
than the notes, are obligations of our subsidiaries and are
effectively senior to the notes.
As a result, upon any distribution to the creditors of any
subsidiary in bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or similar
proceedings, or following acceleration of our indebtedness or an
event of default under such indebtedness, the lenders of the
indebtedness of our subsidiaries will be entitled to be repaid
in full from the proceeds of the assets securing such
indebtedness, before any payment is made to holders of the notes
from such proceeds. The indenture does not restrict the ability
of our subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness or grant
liens secured by assets of our subsidiaries. Further, we may
incur future indebtedness, some of which may be secured by liens
on the collateral securing the notes, to the extent permitted by
the indenture. In any of the foregoing events, we cannot assure
you that there will be sufficient assets to pay amounts due on
the notes. Holders of the notes will participate ratably with
all holders of our senior secured indebtedness secured by the
collateral, to the extent of the value of the collateral and
potentially with all of our general creditors.
The
ability of the collateral agent to foreclose on the equity of
our subsidiaries may be limited.
The majority of the collateral for our obligations under the
notes is a pledge of our equity interests in our current and
future directly held subsidiaries. There can be no assurance of
the collateral agents ability to liquidate in an orderly
manner our equity interests in our directly held subsidiaries
following its exercise of remedies with respect to the
collateral. None of our directly held subsidiaries, other than
Spectrum Brands Holdings, is publicly traded. If the collateral
agent is required to exercise remedies and foreclose on the
stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings pledged as collateral, it will
have the right to require Spectrum Brands Holdings to file and
have declared effective a shelf registration statement
permitting resales of such stock. However, Spectrum Brands
Holdings may not be able to cause such shelf registration
statement to become effective or stay effective. The collateral
agents ability to sell Spectrum Brands Holdings stock
without a registration statement may be limited by the
securities laws, because such stock is control stock
that was issued in a private placement, and by the terms of the
Stockholder Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010 (the
Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement), by
and among the Harbinger Parties and Spectrum Brands Holdings.
As the indirect parent company of FGL Insurance Company and FGL
NY Insurance Company, Harbinger F&G is subject to the
insurance holding company laws of Maryland and New York. Most
states, including Maryland and New York, have insurance laws
that require regulatory approval of a direct or indirect change
of control of an insurer or an insurers holding company.
As a result, the ability of the collateral agent to foreclose
upon the equity of Harbinger F&G or dispose of such equity
is impaired by applicable insurance laws.
The right and ability of the collateral agent to foreclose upon
the equity of our subsidiaries upon the occurrence of an event
of default is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable
bankruptcy law if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be commenced
by or against us or a subsidiary of ours prior to the collateral
agent having foreclosed upon and sold the equity. Under
applicable bankruptcy law, a secured creditor such as the
collateral agent may be prohibited from foreclosing upon its
security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case or from disposing of
security repossessed from such debtor without bankruptcy court
approval, which may not be given.
13
Moreover, the Bankruptcy Code may preclude the secured party
from obtaining relief from the automatic stay in order to
foreclose upon the equity if the debtor provides adequate
protection. The meaning of the term adequate protection
varies according to circumstances, but it is generally intended
to protect the value of the secured creditors interest in
the collateral from any diminution in the value of the
collateral as a result of the stay of repossession or the
disposition or any use of the collateral by the debtor during
the pendency of the bankruptcy case and may include, if approved
by the court, cash payments or the granting of additional
security. A bankruptcy court may determine that a secured
creditor may not require compensation for a diminution in the
value of its collateral if the value of the collateral exceeds
the debt it secures.
In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term
adequate protection and the broad discretionary
powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict how
long payments under the notes could be delayed following
commencement of a bankruptcy case, whether or when the
collateral agent could repossess or dispose of the collateral,
the value of the collateral at the time of the bankruptcy
filing, or whether or to what extent holders of the notes would
be compensated for any delay in payment or diminution in the
value of the collateral. The holders of the notes may receive in
exchange for their claims a recovery that could be substantially
less than the amount of their claims (potentially even nothing)
and any such recovery could be in the form of cash, new debt
instruments or some other security. Furthermore, in the event
the bankruptcy court determines that the value of the collateral
is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the notes, the
holders of the notes would have an undersecured
claim, which means that they would have a secured claim to
the extent of the value of the collateral and an unsecured claim
for the difference. Applicable federal bankruptcy laws do not
permit the payment or accrual of post-petition interest, costs
and attorneys fees for undersecured claims during the
debtors bankruptcy case.
If any of our subsidiaries commenced, or had commenced against
it, a bankruptcy proceeding (but we had not commenced a
bankruptcy proceeding), the plan of reorganization of such
subsidiary could result in the cancellation of our equity
interests in such subsidiary and the issuance of the equity in
the subsidiary to the creditors of such subsidiary in
satisfaction of their claims. At any time, a majority of the
assets of our directly held subsidiaries can be pledged to
secure indebtedness or other obligations of the subsidiary. For
example, Harbinger F&G and F&G Holdings have pledged
to OM Group the shares of capital stock of F&G Holdings and
FGL Insurance Company, to secure certain obligations under the
F&G Stock Purchase Agreement. In a bankruptcy or
liquidation, noteholders will only receive value from the equity
interests pledged to secure the notes after payment of all debt
obligations of our other subsidiaries that do not guarantee the
notes.
As a result of the foregoing, the collateral agents
ability to exercise remedies and foreclose on our equity
interests in our directly held subsidiaries may be limited.
Foreclosure
on the stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings or other subsidiaries
pledged as collateral could constitute a change of control under
the agreements governing our subsidiaries
debt.
If the collateral agent were to exercise remedies and foreclose
on a sufficient amount of the stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings
pledged as collateral for the notes, the foreclosure could
constitute a change of control under the agreements governing
Spectrum Brands debt. Under the Spectrum Brands Term Loan
and the Spectrum Brands ABL Facility, a change of control is an
event of default and, if a change of control were to occur,
Spectrum Brands would be required to get an amendment to these
agreements to avoid a default. If Spectrum Brands were unable to
get such an amendment, the lenders could accelerate the maturity
of each of the Spectrum Brands Term Loan and the Spectrum Brands
ABL Facility. In addition, under the indentures governing
Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Notes and Spectrum Brands Senior
Subordinated Toggle Notes, upon a change of control Spectrum
Brands is required to offer to repurchase such notes from the
holders at a price equal to 101% of principal amount of the
notes plus accrued interest. If Spectrum Brands were unable to
make the change of control offer, it would be an event of
default under the indentures that could allow holders of such
notes to accelerate the maturity of those notes. In the event
the lenders under the Spectrum loan agreements or holders of
Spectrum Brands notes exercised remedies in connection
with a default, their claims to Spectrum Brands assets
would have priority over any claims of the holders of the notes.
Our current and future subsidiaries could also incur debt with
similar features in the future.
14
Perfection
of security interests in some of the collateral may not occur
and, as such, holders of the notes may lose the benefit of such
security interests to the extent a default should occur prior to
such perfection or if such security interest is perfected during
the period immediately preceding our bankruptcy or insolvency or
the bankruptcy or insolvency of any guarantor.
Under the terms of the indenture, if any collateral is not
automatically subject to a perfected security interest, then,
promptly after the acquisition of such collateral, we will be
required to provide security over such collateral. However,
perfection of such security interests may not occur immediately.
If a default should occur prior to the perfection of such
security interests, holders of the notes may not benefit from
such security interests.
In addition, if perfection of such security interests were to
occur during a period shortly preceding our bankruptcy or
insolvency or the bankruptcy or insolvency of any guarantor,
such security interests may be subject to categorization as a
preference and holders of the notes may lose the benefit of such
security interests. In addition, applicable law requires that a
security interest in certain tangible and intangible assets can
only be properly perfected and its priority retained through
certain actions undertaken by the secured party. The liens in
the collateral securing the notes may not be perfected with
respect to the claims of the notes if the collateral agent is
not able to take the actions necessary to perfect any of these
liens. The trustee or the collateral agent may not monitor, or
we may not inform the trustee or the collateral agent of, the
future acquisition of property and rights that constitute
collateral, and necessary action may not be taken to properly
perfect the security interest in such after-acquired collateral.
Neither the trustee nor the collateral agent has an obligation
to monitor the acquisition of additional property or rights that
constitute collateral or the perfection of any security interest
in favor of the notes against third parties. Such failure may
result in the loss of the security interest therein or the
priority of the security interest in favor of the notes against
third parties.
There
are circumstances other than repayment or discharge of the notes
under which the collateral securing the notes will be released
automatically, without your consent or the consent of the
trustee.
Under various circumstances, collateral securing the notes and
guarantees, if any, will be released automatically, including:
|
|
|
|
|
upon payment in full of the principal, interest and all other
obligations on the notes or a discharge or defeasance thereof;
|
|
|
|
with respect to collateral held by a guarantor (if any), upon
the release of such guarantor from its guarantee; and
|
|
|
|
a disposition of such collateral to any person other than to us
or a guarantor in a transaction that is permitted by the
indenture; provided that, except in the case of any
disposition of cash equivalents in the ordinary course of
business, upon such disposition and after giving effect thereto,
no default shall have occurred and be continuing, and we would
be in compliance with the covenants set forth under
Description of Notes Certain
Covenants Maintenance of Liquidity, and
Description of Notes Maintenance of Collateral
Coverage (calculated as if the disposition date was a
fiscal quarter-end).
|
See Description of Notes Security
Release of Liens.
The
value of collateral may not be sufficient to repay the notes in
full.
The value of our collateral in the event of liquidation will
depend on many factors. In particular, the equity interests of
our subsidiaries that is pledged only has value to the extent
that the assets of such subsidiaries are worth more than the
liabilities of such subsidiaries (and, in a bankruptcy or
liquidation, will only receive value after payment upon all such
liabilities, including all debt of such subsidiaries).
Consequently, liquidating the collateral may not produce
proceeds in an amount sufficient to pay any amounts due on the
notes. The fair market value of the collateral is subject to
fluctuations based on factors that include, among others,
prevailing interest rates, the ability to sell the collateral in
an orderly sale, general economic
15
conditions, the availability of buyers and similar factors. The
amount to be received upon a sale of the collateral would be
dependent on numerous factors, including the actual fair market
value of the collateral at such time and the timing and the
manner of the sale. By its nature, the collateral may be
illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. In
the event of a foreclosure, liquidation, bankruptcy or similar
proceeding, we cannot assure you that the proceeds from any sale
or liquidation of the collateral will be sufficient to pay our
obligations under the notes. Any claim for the difference
between the amount, if any, realized by holders of the notes
from the sale of collateral securing the notes and the
obligations under the notes will rank equally in right of
payment with all of our other unsecured senior debt and other
unsubordinated obligations, including trade payables. To the
extent that third parties establish liens on the collateral such
third parties could have rights and remedies with respect to the
assets subject to such liens that, if exercised, could adversely
affect the value of the collateral or the ability of the
collateral agent or the holders of the notes to realize or
foreclose on the collateral. We may also issue additional notes
as described above or otherwise incur obligations which would be
secured by the collateral, the effect of which would be to
increase the amount of debt secured equally and ratably by the
collateral. The ability of the holders to realize on the
collateral may also be subject to certain bankruptcy law
limitations in the event of a bankruptcy. See
The ability of the collateral agent to
foreclose on the equity of our subsidiaries may be limited
above.
We
will in most cases have control over the
collateral.
So long as no event of default shall have occurred and be
continuing, and subject to certain terms and conditions, we will
be entitled to exercise any voting and other consensual rights
pertaining to all equity interests in our subsidiaries pledged
pursuant to the security and pledge agreement and to remain in
possession and retain exclusive control over the collateral
(other than as set forth in the security and pledge agreement)
and to collect, invest and dispose of any income thereon.
We may
and our subsidiaries may incur substantially more indebtedness.
This could exacerbate the risks associated with our
leverage.
Subject to the limitations set forth in the indenture, we and
our subsidiaries may incur additional indebtedness (including
additional first-lien obligations) in the future. If we incur
any additional indebtedness that ranks equally with the notes,
the holders of that indebtedness will be entitled to share
ratably with the holders of the notes in any proceeds
distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation,
reorganization, dissolution or other
winding-up
of us. If we incur additional secured indebtedness, the holders
of such indebtedness will share equally and ratably in the
collateral. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of
proceeds paid to holders of the notes. If new indebtedness is
added to our current levels of indebtedness, the related risks
that we now face, including our possible inability to service
our debt, could intensify.
We may
be unable to repurchase the notes upon a change of
control.
Under the indenture, each holder of notes may require us to
repurchase all of such holders notes at a purchase price
equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued
and unpaid interest, if certain change of control
events occur. However, it is possible that we will not have
sufficient funds when required under the indenture to make the
required repurchase of the notes, especially because such events
will likely be a change of control under our subsidiaries
debt documents as well. If we fail to repurchase notes in that
circumstance, we will be in default under the indenture. If we
are required to repurchase a significant portion of the notes,
we may require third party financing as such funds may otherwise
only be available to us through a distribution by our
subsidiaries to us. We cannot be sure that we would be able to
obtain third party financing on acceptable terms, or at all, or
obtain such funds through distributions from our subsidiaries.
An
active public market may not develop for the notes, which may
hinder your ability to liquidate your investment.
The notes are a new issue of securities with no established
trading market, and we do not intend to list them on any
securities exchange or to seek approval for quotations through
any automated quotation system. The initial purchasers have
advised us that they intend to make a market in the notes, but
the initial purchasers
16
are not obligated to do so. The initial purchasers may
discontinue any market making in the notes at any time, in their
sole discretion. We therefore cannot assure you that:
|
|
|
|
|
a liquid market for the notes will develop;
|
|
|
|
you will be able to sell your notes; or
|
|
|
|
you will receive any specific price upon any sale of the notes.
|
We also cannot assure you as to the level of liquidity of the
trading market for the notes, if one does develop. If a public
market for the notes develops, the notes could trade at prices
that may be higher or lower than their principal amount or
purchase price, depending on many factors, including prevailing
interest rates, the market for similar notes and our financial
performance. If no active trading market develops, you may not
be able to resell your notes at their fair market value or at
all.
The
exchange notes should be treated as issued with original issue
discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Because the initial notes were issued with original issue
discount, the exchange notes should be treated as issued with
original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. Thus, U.S. Holders (as defined in
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations) will be
required to include such original issue discount in gross income
(as ordinary income) for U.S. federal income tax purposes
as it accrues, in accordance with a constant yield method based
on a compounding of interest, before the receipt of cash
payments attributable to this income and regardless of the
U.S. Holders method of tax accounting. See
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.
If a
bankruptcy petition were filed by or against us, holders of the
notes may receive a lesser amount for their claim than they
would have been entitled to receive under the
indenture.
If a bankruptcy petition were filed by or against us under the
Bankruptcy Code after the issuance of the notes, the claim by
any holder of the notes for the principal amount of the notes
may be limited to an amount equal to the sum of:
|
|
|
|
|
the original issue price for the notes; and
|
|
|
|
that portion of the original issue discount, if any, that does
not constitute unmatured interest for purposes of
the Bankruptcy Code.
|
Any original issue discount that was not amortized as of the
date of the bankruptcy filing would constitute unmatured
interest. Accordingly, holders of the notes under these
circumstances may receive a lesser amount than they would be
entitled to under the terms of the indenture, even if sufficient
funds are available.
Risks
Related to the Exchange Offer
The
issuance of the exchange notes may adversely affect the market
for the initial notes.
To the extent the initial notes are tendered and accepted in the
exchange offer, the trading market for the untendered and
tendered but unaccepted initial notes could be adversely
affected. Because we anticipate that most holders of the initial
notes will elect to exchange their initial notes for exchange
notes due to the absence of restrictions on the resale of
exchange notes under the Securities Act, we anticipate that the
liquidity of the market for any initial notes remaining after
the completion of the exchange offer may be substantially
limited. Please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled
The Exchange Offer Your Failure to Participate
in the Exchange Offer Will Have Adverse Consequences.
Some
persons who participate in the exchange offer must deliver a
prospectus in connection with resales of the exchange
notes.
Based on interpretations of the Staff of the SEC contained in
Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC no-action letter
(April 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., SEC
no-action letter (June 5, 1991) and
Shearman &
17
Sterling, SEC no-action letter (July 2, 1983), we believe
that you may offer for resale, resell or otherwise transfer the
exchange notes without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. However,
in some instances described in this prospectus under Plan
of Distribution, you will remain obligated to comply with
the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act to transfer your exchange notes. In these cases,
if you transfer any exchange note without delivering a
prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or
without an exemption from registration of your exchange notes
under the Securities Act, you may incur liability under the
Securities Act. We do not and will not assume, or indemnify you
against, this liability.
Risks
Related to HGI
We may
not be successful in identifying any additional suitable
acquisition or investment opportunities.
The successful implementation of our business strategy depends
on our ability to identify and consummate suitable acquisitions
or other investment opportunities. However, to date we have only
identified a limited number of such opportunities. There is no
assurance that we will be successful in identifying or
consummating any additional suitable acquisitions and certain
acquisition opportunities may be limited or prohibited by
applicable regulatory regimes. Even if we do complete other
acquisitions or business combinations, there is no assurance
that we will be successful in enhancing our business or our
financial condition. Acquisitions may require a substantial
amount of our management time and may be difficult for us to
integrate, which could adversely affect managements
ability to identify and consummate other investment
opportunities. The failure to identify or successfully integrate
future acquisitions and investment opportunities could have a
material adverse affect on our results of operations and
financial condition and our ability to service our debt.
Because
we face significant competition for acquisition and investment
opportunities, including from numerous companies with a business
plan similar to ours, it may be difficult for us to fully
execute our business strategy.
We expect to encounter intense competition for acquisition and
investment opportunities from both strategic investors and other
entities having a business objective similar to ours, such as
private investors (which may be individuals or investment
partnerships), blank check companies, and other entities,
domestic and international, competing for the type of businesses
that we may intend to acquire. Many of these competitors possess
greater technical, human and other resources, or more local
industry knowledge, or greater access to capital, than we do and
our financial resources will be relatively limited when
contrasted with those of many of these competitors. These
factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in
successfully completing future acquisitions and investments.
In addition, while we believe that there are numerous target
businesses that we could potentially acquire or invest in, our
ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain
target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our
available financial resources. We will likely need to obtain
additional financing in order to consummate future acquisitions
and investment opportunities. We cannot assure you that any
additional financing will be available to us on acceptable
terms, if at all. This inherent competitive limitation gives
others an advantage in pursuing acquisition and investment
opportunities.
Future
acquisitions or investments could involve unknown risks that
could harm our business and adversely affect our financial
condition.
We expect to become a diversified holding company with interests
in a variety of industries and market sectors. The Spectrum
Brands Acquisition, the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition and
future acquisitions that we consummate will involve unknown
risks, some of which will be particular to the industry in which
the acquisition target operates. Although we intend to conduct
extensive business, financial and legal due diligence in
connection with the evaluation of future acquisition and
investment opportunities, there can be no assurance our due
diligence investigations will identify every matter that could
have a material adverse effect on us. We may be unable to
adequately address the financial, legal and operational risks
raised by such acquisitions,
18
especially if we are unfamiliar with the industry in which we
invest. The realization of any unknown risks could prevent or
limit us from realizing the projected benefits of the
acquisitions, which could adversely affect our financial
condition and liquidity. In addition, our financial condition,
results of operations and the ability to service our debt,
including the notes, will be subject to the specific risks
applicable to any company in which we invest.
Any
potential acquisition or investment in a foreign company or a
company with significant foreign operations may subject us to
additional risks.
Acquisitions or investments by us in a foreign business or other
companies with significant foreign operations, such as Spectrum
Brands Holdings, subjects us to risks inherent in business
operations outside of the United States. These risks include,
for example, currency fluctuations, complex foreign regulatory
regimes, punitive tariffs, unstable local tax policies, trade
embargoes, risks related to shipment of raw materials and
finished goods across national borders, restrictions on the
movement of funds across national borders and cultural and
language differences. If realized, some of these risks may have
a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations
and liquidity, and can have an adverse effect on our ability to
service our debt. For risks related to Spectrum Brands Holdings,
see Risks Related to Spectrum Brands
Holdings below.
Our
investments in any future joint investment could be adversely
affected by our lack of sole decision-making authority, our
reliance on a partners financial condition and disputes
between us and our partners.
We may in the future co-invest with third parties through
partnerships or joint investment in an investment or acquisition
target or other entities. In such circumstances, we may not be
in a position to exercise significant decision-making authority
regarding a target business, partnership or other entity if we
do not own a substantial majority of the equity interests of the
target. These investments may involve risks not present were a
third party not involved, including the possibility that
partners might become insolvent or fail to fund their share of
required capital contributions. In addition, partners may have
economic or other business interests or goals that are
inconsistent with our business interests or goals, and may be in
a position to take actions contrary to our policies or
objectives. Such partners may also seek similar acquisition
targets as us and we may be in competition with them for such
business combination targets. Disputes between us and partners
may result in litigation or arbitration that would increase our
costs and expenses and divert a substantial amount of our
managements time and effort away from our business.
Consequently, actions by, or disputes with, partners might
result in subjecting assets owned by the partnership to
additional risk. We may also, in certain circumstances, be
liable for the actions of our third-party partners. For example,
in the future we may agree to guarantee indebtedness incurred by
a partnership or other entity. Such a guarantee may be on a
joint and several basis with our partner in which case we may be
liable in the event such partner defaults on its guarantee
obligation.
We
could consume resources in researching acquisition or investment
targets that are not consummated, which could materially
adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or
invest in another business.
We anticipate that the investigation of each specific
acquisition or investment target and the negotiation, drafting,
and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents, and
other instruments, with respect to the investment itself and any
related financings, will require substantial management time and
attention and substantial costs for financial advisors,
accountants, attorneys and other advisors. If a decision is made
not to consummate a specific business combination or financing,
the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction
likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, even if an
agreement is reached relating to a specific acquisition,
investment target or financing, we may fail to consummate the
investment or acquisition for any number of reasons, including
those beyond our control. Any such event could consume
significant management time and result in a loss to us of the
related costs incurred, which could adversely affect our
financial position and our ability to consummate other
acquisitions and investments.
19
Covenants
in the indenture limit, and other future financing agreements
may limit, our ability to operate our business.
The indenture contains, and any of our other future financing
agreements may contain, covenants imposing operating and
financial restrictions on our business. The indenture requires
us to satisfy certain financial tests, including minimum
liquidity and collateral coverage ratios. If we fail to meet or
satisfy any of these covenants (after applicable cure periods),
we would be in default and noteholders (through the trustee or
collateral agent, as applicable) could elect to declare all
amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable, enforce
their interests in the collateral pledged and restrict our
ability to make additional borrowings. These agreements may also
contain cross-default provisions, so that if a default occurs
under any one agreement, the lenders under the other agreements
could also declare a default. The covenants and restrictions in
the indenture, subject to specified exceptions, restrict our,
and in certain cases, our subsidiaries ability to, among
other things:
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
|
|
create liens or engage in sale and leaseback transactions;
|
|
|
|
|
|
pay dividends or make distributions in respect of capital stock;
|
|
|
|
|
|
make certain restricted payments;
|
|
|
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates, except on an
arms-length basis; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
consolidate or merge with, or sell substantially all of our
assets to, another person.
|
These restrictions may interfere with our ability to obtain
financings or to engage in other business activities, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, liquidity and results of operations. Moreover, a
default under one of our financing agreements may cause a
default on the debt and other financing arrangements of our
subsidiaries.
Financing
covenants could adversely affect our financial health and
prevent us from fulfilling our obligations.
We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of
December 31, 2010, our total outstanding indebtedness
(excluding the indebtedness of our subsidiaries) was
$350 million and our subsidiaries had, on a pro forma basis
to give effect to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and
Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, approximately
$1.7 billion of indebtedness. Our and our directly held
subsidiaries significant indebtedness and other financing
arrangements could have material consequences. For example, they
could:
|
|
|
|
|
make it difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect
to the notes and any other outstanding future debt obligations;
|
|
|
|
|
|
increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and
industry conditions or a downturn in our business;
|
|
|
|
|
|
impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future
for working capital, investments, acquisitions and other general
corporate purposes;
|
|
|
|
|
|
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows
to the payment to our financing sources, thereby reducing the
availability of our cash flows to fund working capital,
investments, acquisitions and other general corporate
purposes; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors.
|
Any of these risks could impact our ability to fund our
operations or limit our ability to expand our business, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, liquidity and results of operations.
20
Our ability to make payments on our financial obligations will
depend upon the future performance of our operating subsidiaries
and their ability to generate cash flow in the future, which are
subject to general economic, industry, financial, competitive,
legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our
control. We cannot assure you that we will generate sufficient
cash flow from our operating subsidiaries, or that future
borrowings will be available to us, in an amount sufficient to
enable us to pay our financial obligations or to fund our other
liquidity needs. If the cash flow from our operating
subsidiaries is insufficient, we may take actions, such as
delaying or reducing investments or acquisitions, attempting to
restructure or refinance our financial obligations prior to
maturity, selling assets or operations or seeking additional
equity capital to supplement cash flow. However, we may be
unable to take any of these actions on commercially reasonable
terms, or at all.
Future
financing activities may adversely affect our leverage and
financial condition.
Subject to the limitations set forth in the indenture, we and
our subsidiaries may incur additional indebtedness and issue
dividend-bearing redeemable equity interests. We expect to incur
substantial additional financial obligations to enable us to
consummate future acquisitions and investment opportunities.
These obligations could result in:
|
|
|
|
|
default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues
after a business combination or acquisition are insufficient to
repay our financial obligations;
|
|
|
|
|
|
acceleration of our obligations to repay the financial
obligations even if we make all required payments when due if we
breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain
financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation
of that covenant;
|
|
|
|
|
|
our immediate payment of all amounts owed, if any, if such
financial obligations are payable on demand;
|
|
|
|
|
|
our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if such
financial obligations contain covenants restricting our ability
to obtain such financing while the financial obligations remain
outstanding;
|
|
|
|
|
|
our inability to pay dividends on our common stock;
|
|
|
|
|
|
using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal
and interest or dividends on our financial obligations, which
will reduce the funds available for dividends on our common
stock if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions
and other general corporate purposes;
|
|
|
|
|
|
limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to
changes in our business and in the industries in which we
operate;
|
|
|
|
|
|
an event of default that triggers a cross default with respect
to other financial obligations, including the notes;
|
|
|
|
|
|
increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic,
industry, financial, competitive legislative, regulatory and
other conditions and adverse changes in government
regulation; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for
expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service
requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and
other disadvantages compared to our competitors.
|
In
addition to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we may make other
significant investments in publicly traded companies. Changes in
the market prices of the securities we own, particularly during
times of volatility in security prices, can have a material
impact on the value of our company portfolio.
In addition to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we may make
other significant investments in publicly traded companies, both
as long-term acquisition targets and as shorter-term
investments. We will either consolidate our investments and
subsidiaries or report such investments under the equity method
of accounting. Changes in the market prices of the publicly
traded securities of these entities could have a material impact
on an investors perception of the aggregate value of our
company portfolio and on the value of the assets we can
21
pledge to creditors for debt financing, which in turn could
adversely affect our ability to incur additional debt or finance
future acquisitions.
We
have incurred and expect to continue to incur substantial costs
associated with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the
Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, which will reduce the
amount of cash otherwise available for other corporate purposes,
and such costs and the costs of future investments could
adversely affect our financial results and liquidity may be
adversely affected.
We have incurred and expect to continue to incur substantial
costs in connection with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the
Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition. These costs will
reduce the amount of cash otherwise available to us for
acquisitions and investments and other corporate purposes. There
is no assurance that the actual costs will not exceed our
estimates. We may continue to incur additional material charges
reflecting additional costs associated with our investments and
the integration of our acquisitions in fiscal quarters
subsequent to the quarter in which the relevant acquisition was
consummated.
The
pro forma financial statements presented are not necessarily
indicative of our future financial condition or results of
operations.
The pro forma financial statements contained in this prospectus
are presented for illustrative purposes only and may not be
indicative of our future financial condition or results of
operations. The pro forma financial statements have been derived
from the historical financial statements of our company,
Spectrum Brands Holdings and F&G Holdings, and many
adjustments and assumptions have been made regarding Spectrum
Brands Holdings (giving effect to the SB/RH Merger), F&G
Holdings and our company after giving effect to the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition and the Fidelity & Guaranty
Acquisition. The information upon which these adjustments and
assumptions have been made is preliminary, and these kinds of
adjustments and assumptions are difficult to make with complete
accuracy. Moreover, the pro forma financial statements do not
reflect all costs that are expected to be incurred by us in
connection with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the
Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition and by Spectrum Brands
Holdings as a result of the SB/RH Merger. For example, the
impact of any incremental costs incurred in integrating Spectrum
Brands and Russell Hobbs and integrating our financial reporting
requirements with Spectrum Brands Holdings and F&G Holdings
is not reflected in the pro forma financial statements. As a
result, the actual financial condition and results of operations
of our company following the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the
Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition may not be consistent
with, or evident from, these pro forma financial statements.
The assumptions used in preparing the pro forma financial
information may not prove to be accurate, and other factors may
affect our future financial condition or results of operations.
Any potential decline in our financial condition or results of
operations could adversely affect our liquidity and ability to
make interest or principal payments on the notes.
Our
ability to dispose of equity interests we hold may be limited by
restrictive stockholder agreements and by the federal securities
laws.
When we acquire less than 100% of the equity interests of a
company, our investment may be illiquid and we may be subject to
restrictive terms of agreements with other equityholders. For
instance, our investment in Spectrum Brands Holdings is subject
to the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement, which may
adversely affect our flexibility in managing our investment in
Spectrum Brands Holdings. In addition, the shares of Spectrum
Brands Holdings we received in the Spectrum Brands Acquisition
are not registered under the Securities Act and are, and any
other securities we acquire may be, restricted securities under
the Securities Act. Our ability to sell such securities could be
limited to sales pursuant to: (i) an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act covering the resale of those
securities, (ii) Rule 144 under the Securities Act,
which, among other things, requires a specified holding period
and limits the manner and volume of sales, or (iii) another
applicable exemption under the Securities Act. The inability to
efficiently sell restricted securities when desired or necessary
may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition
and liquidity, which could adversely affect our ability to
service our debt.
22
The
Harbinger Parties hold a majority of our outstanding common
stock and have interests which may conflict with interests of
our other stockholders and the holders of the notes. As a result
of this ownership, we are a controlled company
within the meaning of the NYSE rules and are exempt from certain
corporate governance requirements.
The Harbinger Parties beneficially own shares of our outstanding
common stock that collectively constitute more than 90% of our
total voting power and, subject to the provisions of our
organizational documents, the Harbinger Parties would be able to
effect a short-form merger to acquire 100% of our common stock.
Because of this, the Harbinger Parties exercise a controlling
influence over our business and affairs and have the power to
determine all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders,
including the election of directors, the removal of directors,
and approval of significant corporate transactions such as
amendments to our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation, mergers and the sale of all or substantially all
of our assets. Moreover, a majority of the members of our Board
were nominated by and are affiliated with or are or were
previously employed by the Harbinger Parties or their
affiliates. This influence and actual control may have the
effect of discouraging offers to acquire HGI because any such
transaction would likely require the consent of the Harbinger
Parties. In addition, the Harbinger Parties could cause
corporate actions to be taken even if the interests of these
entities conflict with or are not aligned with the interests of
our other stockholders.
Because of our ownership structure, we qualify for, and rely
upon, the controlled company exception to the Board
and committee composition requirements under the rules of the
NYSE (the NYSE rules). Pursuant to this exception,
we are exempt from rules that would otherwise require that our
Board be comprised of a majority of independent
directors (as defined under the NYSE rules), and that any
compensation committee and corporate governance and nominating
committee be comprised solely of independent
directors, so long as the Harbinger Parties continue to
own more than 50% of our combined voting power.
We are
dependent on certain key personnel and our affiliation with
Harbinger Capital; Harbinger Capital and its affiliates will
exercise significant influence over us and our business
activities; and business activities and other matters that
affect Harbinger Capital could adversely affect our ability to
execute our business strategy.
We are dependent upon the skills, experience and efforts of
Philip A. Falcone, Peter A. Jenson and Francis T. McCarron, our
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer,
our Chief Operating Officer and our Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer, respectively. Mr. Falcone is the
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of
Harbinger Capital and has significant influence over the
acquisition opportunities HGI reviews. Mr. Falcone may be
deemed to be an indirect beneficial owner of the shares of our
common stock owned by the Harbinger Parties. Accordingly,
Mr. Falcone may exert significant influence over all
matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the
election or removal of directors and stockholder approval of
acquisitions or other investment transactions. Mr. Jenson
is the Chief Operating Officer of Harbinger Capital and of HGI.
Mr. McCarron is currently our only permanent, full-time
executive officer. Mr. McCarron is responsible for
integrating our financial reporting with Spectrum Brands
Holdings and F&G Holdings and any other businesses we
acquire. The loss of Mr. Falcone, Mr. Jenson or
Mr. McCarron or other key personnel could have a material
adverse effect on our business or operating results.
Under the terms of our management agreement with Harbinger
Capital, Harbinger Capital assists us in identifying potential
acquisitions. Mr. Falcones and Harbinger
Capitals reputation and access to acquisition candidates
is therefore important to our strategy of identifying
acquisition opportunities. While we expect that Mr. Falcone
and other Harbinger Capital personnel will devote a portion of
their time to our business, they are not required to commit
their full time to our affairs and will allocate their time
between our operations and their other commitments in their
discretion.
Harbinger Capital and its affiliated funds have historically
been involved in miscellaneous corporate litigation related to
transactions or the protection and advancement of some of their
investments, such as litigation over satisfaction of closing
conditions or litigation related to proxy contests and tender
offers. These actions arise from the investing activities of the
funds conducted in the ordinary course of their business and do
not arise from any allegations of misconduct asserted by
investors in the funds against the firm or its
23
personnel. Currently, Harbinger Capital and certain individuals
are defendants in one such action for damages filed in the
Delaware Court of Chancery in December 2010 concerning the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition. See From time to
time we may be subject to litigation for which we may be unable
to accurately assess our level of exposure and which, if
adversely determined, may have a material adverse effect on our
consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
In addition, Harbinger Capital and its affiliates routinely
cooperate with governmental and regulatory examinations,
information-gathering requests (including informal requests,
subpoenas, and orders seeking documents, testimony, and other
information), and investigations and proceedings (both formal
and informal). Harbinger Capital and its affiliates are
currently cooperating with investigations with respect to
particular investments and trading in securities of particular
issuers, including investigations by the Department of Justice
and the SEC that appear to relate primarily to a loan made by
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., to
Philip Falcone in October 2009. Harbinger Capital
and/or its
affiliates or investment funds are not currently parties to any
litigation or formal enforcement proceeding brought by any
governmental or regulatory authority.
If Mr. Falcones and Harbinger Capitals other
business interests or legal matters require them to devote more
substantial amounts of time to those businesses or legal
matters, it could limit their ability to devote time to our
affairs and could have a negative effect on our ability to
execute our business strategy. Moreover, their unrelated
business activities or legal matters could present challenges
which could not only affect the amount of business time that
they are able to dedicate to our affairs, but also affect their
ability to help us identify, acquire and integrate acquisition
candidates.
Our
officers, directors, stockholders and their respective
affiliates may have a pecuniary interest in certain transactions
in which we are involved, and may also compete with
us.
We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our
directors, officers, stockholders or affiliates from having a
direct or indirect pecuniary interest in any investment to be
acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we
are a party or have an interest. Nor do we have a policy that
expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own
account in business activities of the types conducted by us.
Accordingly, such parties may have an interest in certain
transactions such as strategic partnerships or joint ventures in
which we are involved, and may also compete with us.
In the
course of their other business activities, our officers and
directors may become aware of investment and acquisition
opportunities that may be appropriate for presentation to our
company as well as the other entities with which they are
affiliated. Our officers and directors may have conflicts of
interest in determining to which entity a particular business
opportunity should be presented.
Our officers and directors may become aware of business
opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us as
well as the other entities with which they are or may be
affiliated. Due to our officers and directors
existing affiliations with other entities, they may have
fiduciary obligations to present potential business
opportunities to those entities in addition to presenting them
to us, which could cause additional conflicts of interest. For
instance, Messrs. Falcone and Jenson may be required to
present investment opportunities to the Harbinger Parties.
Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining
to which entity a particular business opportunity should be
presented. To the extent that our officers and directors
identify business combination opportunities that may be suitable
for entities to which they have pre-existing fiduciary
obligations, or are presented with such opportunities in their
capacities as fiduciaries to such entities, they may be required
to honor their pre-existing fiduciary obligations to such
entities. Accordingly, they may not present business combination
opportunities to us that otherwise may be attractive to such
entities unless the other entities have declined to accept such
opportunities.
Changes
in our investment portfolio will likely increase our risk of
loss.
Because our investments in U.S. Government instruments
continue to generate nominal returns, we are exploring
alternatives (which could include the use of leverage) that
could generate higher returns while we
24
search for acquisition opportunities. Any such change in our
investment portfolio will likely result in a higher risk of loss
to us.
We
will need to increase the size of our organization, and may
experience difficulties in managing growth.
At the parent company level, we do not have significant
operating assets and have only nine employees as of
March 31, 2011. In connection with the completion of the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the Fidelity & Guaranty
Acquisition, and particularly if we proceed with other
acquisitions or investments, we expect to require additional
personnel and enhanced information technology systems. Future
growth will impose significant added responsibilities on members
of our management, including the need to identify, recruit,
maintain and integrate additional employees and implement
enhanced informational technology systems. Our future financial
performance and our ability to compete effectively will depend,
in part, on our ability to manage any future growth effectively.
Future growth will also increase our costs and expenses and
limit our liquidity.
We may
suffer adverse consequences if we are deemed an investment
company under the Investment Company Act and we may be required
to incur significant costs to avoid investment company status
and our activities may be restricted.
Our principal assets are the common stock of our majority-owned
subsidiaries, Spectrum Brands Holdings and F&G Holdings. We
have not held, and do not hold, ourself out as an investment
company. We have been conducting a good faith search for
additional merger or acquisition candidates, and have repeatedly
and publicly disclosed our intention to acquire additional
businesses. We believe that we are not an investment company
under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the Investment
Company Act). The Investment Company Act contains
substantive legal requirements that regulate the manner in which
investment companies are permitted to conduct their business
activities. If the SEC or a court were to disagree with us, we
could be required to register as an investment company. This
would negatively affect our ability to consummate an acquisition
of an operating company, subject us to disclosure and accounting
guidance geared toward investment, rather than operating,
companies; limit our ability to borrow money, issue options,
issue multiple classes of stock and debt, and engage in
transactions with affiliates; and require us to undertake
significant costs and expenses to meet the disclosure and
regulatory requirements to which we would be subject as a
registered investment company.
In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the
Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exemption,
we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other
than investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in
securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and that
we do not own or acquire investment securities
having a value exceeding 40% of the value of our total assets
(exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on
an unconsolidated basis.
Rule 3a-1
of the Investment Company Act provides an exemption from
registration as an investment company if a company meets both an
asset and an income test and is not otherwise primarily engaged
in an investment company business by, among other things,
holding itself out to the public as such or by taking
controlling interests in companies with a view to realizing
profits through subsequent sales of these interests. A company
satisfies the asset test of
Rule 3a-1
if it has no more than 45% of the value of its total assets
(adjusted to exclude U.S. Government securities and cash)
in the form of securities other than interests in majority-owned
subsidiaries and companies which it primarily and actively
controls. A company satisfies the income test of
Rule 3a-1
if it has derived no more than 45% of its net income for its
last four fiscal quarters combined from securities other than
interests in majority owned subsidiaries and primarily
controlled companies.
We may
be subject to an additional tax as a personal holding company on
future undistributed personal holding company income if we
generate passive income in excess of operating
expenses.
Section 541 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the Code), subjects a corporation which is
a personal holding company (PHC), as
defined in the Code, to a 15% tax on undistributed
25
personal holding company income in addition to the
corporations normal income tax. Generally, undistributed
personal holding company income is based on taxable income,
subject to certain adjustments, most notably a deduction for
federal income taxes and a modification of the usual net
operating loss deduction. Personal holding company income
(PHC Income) is comprised primarily of passive
investment income plus, under certain circumstances, personal
service income. A corporation generally is considered to be a
PHC if (i) at least 60% of its adjusted ordinary gross
income is PHC Income and (ii) more than 50% in value of its
outstanding common stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by
five or fewer individuals (including, for this purpose, certain
organizations and trusts) at any time during the last half of
the taxable year.
We did not incur a PHC tax for the 2009 fiscal year, because we
had a sufficiently large net operating loss for that fiscal
year. We also had a net operating loss for the 2010 fiscal year.
However, so long as the Harbinger Parties and their affiliates
hold more than 50% in value of our outstanding common stock at
any time during any future tax year, it is possible that we will
be considered a PHC if at least 60% of our adjusted ordinary
gross income consists of PHC Income as discussed above. Thus,
there can be no assurance that we will not be subject to this
tax in the future, which, in turn, may materially adversely
impact our financial position, results of operations, cash flows
and liquidity, and in turn our ability to make debt service
payments on the notes. In addition, if we are subject to this
tax during future periods, statutory tax rate increases could
significantly increase tax expense and adversely affect
operating results and cash flows. Specifically, the current 15%
tax rate on undistributed PHC Income is scheduled to expire at
the end of 2012, so that, absent a statutory change, the rate
will revert back to the highest individual ordinary income rate
of 39.6% for taxable years beginning after December 31,
2012.
Agreements
and transactions involving former subsidiaries may give rise to
future claims that could materially adversely impact our capital
resources.
Throughout our history, we have entered into numerous
transactions relating to the sale, disposal or spinoff of
partially and wholly owned subsidiaries. We may have continuing
obligations pursuant to certain of these transactions, including
obligations to indemnify other parties to agreements, and may be
subject to risks resulting from these transactions. For example,
in 2005, we were notified by Weatherford International Inc.
(Weatherford) of a claim for reimbursement in
connection with the investigation and cleanup of purported
environmental contamination at two properties formerly owned by
one of our non-operating subsidiaries. The claim was made under
an indemnification provision given by us to Weatherford in a
1995 asset purchase agreement. There can be no assurance that we
will avoid costs and expenses in excess of our reserves in
connection with any continuing obligation. If we were to incur
any such costs and expenses, our results of operations,
financial position and liquidity could be materially adversely
affected.
From
time to time we may be subject to litigation for which we may be
unable to accurately assess our level of exposure and which, if
adversely determined, may have a material adverse effect on our
consolidated financial condition or results of
operations.
We and our subsidiaries are or may become parties to legal
proceedings that are considered to be either ordinary or routine
litigation incidental to our or their current or prior
businesses or not material to our consolidated financial
position or liquidity. There can be no assurance that we will
prevail in any litigation in which we or our subsidiaries may
become involved, or that our or their insurance coverage will be
adequate to cover any potential losses. To the extent that we or
our subsidiaries sustain losses from any pending litigation
which are not reserved or otherwise provided for or insured
against, our business, results of operations, cash flows
and/or
financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
HGI is a nominal defendant, and the members of our Board are
named as defendants in a derivative action filed in December
2010 by Alan R. Kahn in the Delaware Court of Chancery. The
plaintiff alleges that the Spectrum Brands Acquisition was
financially unfair to HGI and its public stockholders and seeks
unspecified damages and the rescission of the transaction. We
believe the allegations are without merit and intend to
vigorously defend this matter.
26
There
may be tax consequences associated with our acquisition,
investment, holding and disposition of target companies and
assets.
We may incur significant taxes in connection with effecting
acquisitions or investments, holding, receiving payments from,
and operating target companies and assets and disposing of
target companies or their assets.
Section 404
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires us to document and
test our internal controls over financial reporting and to
report on our assessment as to the effectiveness of these
controls. Any delays or difficulty in satisfying these
requirements or negative reports concerning our internal
controls could adversely affect our future results of operations
and financial condition.
We may in the future discover areas of our internal controls
that need improvement, particularly with respect to acquired
businesses and businesses that we may acquire in the future. We
cannot be certain that any remedial measures we take will ensure
that we implement and maintain adequate internal controls over
our financial reporting processes and reporting in the future.
Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or
difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our
operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting
obligations. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective
internal controls over financial reporting, or if our
independent registered public accounting firm is unable to
provide us with an unqualified report regarding the
effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting
as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our
financial statements. Failure to comply with Section 404 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could potentially subject us to
sanctions or investigations by the SEC, or other regulatory
authorities. In addition, failure to comply with our SEC
reporting obligations may cause an event of default to occur
under the indenture, or similar instruments governing any debt
we incur in the future.
Our Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q/A
for the period ended September 30, 2009 stated that we
did not maintain effective controls over the application and
monitoring of our accounting for income taxes. Specifically, we
did not have controls designed and in place to ensure the
accuracy and completeness of financial information provided by
third party tax advisors used in accounting for income taxes and
the determination of deferred income tax assets and the related
income tax provision and the review and evaluation of the
application of generally accepted accounting principles relating
to accounting for income taxes. This control deficiency resulted
in the restatement of our unaudited condensed consolidated
financial statements for the quarter ended September 30,
2009. Accordingly, we determined that this control deficiency
constituted a material weakness as of September 30, 2009.
As of the period ended December 31, 2009, we concluded that
our ongoing remediation efforts resulted in control enhancements
which had operated for an adequate period of time to demonstrate
operating effectiveness. Although we believe that this material
weakness has been remediated, there can be no assurance that
similar weaknesses will not occur in the future which could
adversely affect our future results of operations or financial
condition.
In addition, when we acquire a company that was not previously
subject to U.S. public company requirements or did not
previously prepare financial statements in accordance with
U.S. GAAP, such as F&G Holdings, we may incur
significant additional costs in order to ensure that after such
acquisition we continue to comply with the requirements of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other public company
requirements, which in turn would reduce our earnings and
negatively affect our liquidity. A target company may not be in
compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
regarding adequacy of their internal controls and may not be
otherwise set up for public company reporting. The development
of an adequate financial reporting system and the internal
controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 may increase the time and costs
necessary to complete any business combination. Furthermore, any
failure to implement required new or improved controls, or
difficulties encountered in the implementation of adequate
controls over our financial processes and reporting in the
future, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to
meet our reporting obligations.
27
Limitations
on liability and indemnification matters.
As permitted by the DGCL, we have included in our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation a provision to eliminate
the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages for
breach or alleged breach of their fiduciary duties as directors,
subject to certain exceptions. Our bylaws also provide that we
are required to indemnify our directors under certain
circumstances, including those circumstances in which
indemnification would otherwise be discretionary, and we will be
required to advance expenses to our directors as incurred in
connection with proceedings against them for which they may be
indemnified. In addition, we may, by action of our Board,
provide indemnification and advance expenses to our officers,
employees and agents (other than directors), to directors,
officers, employees or agents of a subsidiary of our company,
and to each person serving as a director, officer, partner,
member, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise, at our request, with the same scope and effect as
the indemnification of our directors provided in our bylaws.
Risks
Related to Spectrum Brands Holdings
Risks
Related to the SB/RH Merger
Significant
costs have been incurred in connection with the consummation of
the SB/RH Merger and are expected to be incurred in connection
with the integration of Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs into a
combined company, including legal, accounting, financial
advisory and other costs.
Spectrum Brands Holdings expects to incur one-time costs of
approximately $23 million in connection with integrating
the operations, products and personnel of Spectrum Brands and
Russell Hobbs into a combined company, in addition to costs
related directly to completing the SB/RH Merger described below.
These costs may include costs for:
|
|
|
|
|
employee redeployment, relocation or severance;
|
|
|
|
integration of information systems;
|
|
|
|
combination of research and development teams and
processes; and
|
|
|
|
reorganization or closures of facilities.
|
In addition, Spectrum Brands Holdings expects to incur a number
of non-recurring costs associated with combining its operations
with those of Russell Hobbs, which cannot be estimated
accurately at this time. Spectrum Brands Holdings incurred
approximately $87 million of transaction fees and other
costs related to the SB/RH Merger. Additional unanticipated
costs may yet be incurred as Spectrum Brands Holdings integrates
its business with that of Russell Hobbs. Although Spectrum
Brands Holdings expects that the elimination of duplicative
costs, as well as the realization of other efficiencies related
to the integration of its operations with those of Russell
Hobbs, may offset incremental transaction and
transaction-related costs over time, this net benefit may not be
achieved in the near term, or at all. There can be no assurance
that Spectrum Brands Holdings will be successful in its
integration efforts. In addition, while Spectrum Brands Holdings
expects to benefit from leveraging distribution channels and
brand names across both companies, we cannot assure you that it
will achieve such benefits.
Spectrum
Brands Holdings may not realize the anticipated benefits of the
Merger.
The SB/RH Merger involved the integration of two companies that
previously operated independently. The integration of Spectrum
Brands Holdings operations with those of Russell Hobbs is
expected to result in financial and operational benefits,
including increased revenues and cost savings. There can be no
assurance, however, regarding when or the extent to which
Spectrum Brands Holdings will be able to realize these increased
revenues, cost savings or other benefits. Integration may also
be difficult, unpredictable, and subject to delay because of
possible company culture conflicts and different opinions on
technical decisions and product roadmaps. Spectrum Brands
Holdings must integrate or, in some cases, replace, numerous
systems, including those involving management information,
purchasing, accounting and finance, sales, billing, employee
benefits, payroll and regulatory compliance, many of which are
dissimilar. In some instances,
28
Spectrum Brands Holdings and Russell Hobbs have served the same
customers, and some customers may decide that it is desirable to
have additional or different suppliers. Difficulties associated
with integration could have a material adverse effect on
Spectrum Brands Holdings business, financial condition and
operating results.
Integrating
Spectrum Brands Holdings business with that of Russell
Hobbs may divert its managements attention away from
operations.
Successful integration of Spectrum Brands Holdings and
Russell Hobbs operations, products and personnel may place
a significant burden on Spectrum Brands Holdings
management and other internal resources. The diversion of
managements attention and any difficulties encountered in
the transition and integration process could harm Spectrum
Brands Holdings business, financial conditions and
operating results.
Risks
Related to Spectrum Brands Holdings Emergence From
Bankruptcy
Because
Spectrum Brands Holdings consolidated financial statements
are required to reflect fresh-start reporting adjustments to be
made upon emergence from bankruptcy, financial information in
Spectrum Brands Holdings financial statements prepared
after August 30, 2009 will not be comparable to its
financial information from prior periods.
All conditions required for the adoption of fresh-start
reporting were met upon emergence from Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code on the August 28, 2009 (the
Effective Date). However, in light of the proximity
of that date to Spectrum Brands Holdings accounting period
close immediately following the Effective Date, which was
August 30, 2009, Spectrum Brands Holdings elected to adopt
a convenience date of August 30, 2009 for recording
fresh-start reporting. Spectrum Brands Holdings adopted
fresh-start reporting in accordance with the Accounting
Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 852:
Reorganizations, pursuant to which Spectrum Brands
Holdings reorganization value, which is intended to
reflect the fair value of the entity before considering
liabilities and to approximate the amount a willing buyer would
pay for the assets of the entity immediately after the
reorganization, was allocated to the fair value of assets in
conformity with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 141, Business Combinations, using the
purchase method of accounting for business combinations.
Spectrum Brands Holdings stated liabilities, other than deferred
taxes, at a present value of amounts expected to be paid. The
amount remaining after allocation of the reorganization value to
the fair value of identified tangible and intangible assets was
reflected as goodwill, which is subject to periodic evaluation
for impairment. In addition, under fresh-start reporting the
accumulated deficit was eliminated. Thus, Spectrum Brands
Holdings future statements of financial position and
results of operations are not comparable in many respects to
statements of financial position and consolidated statements of
operations data for periods prior to the adoption of fresh-start
reporting. The lack of comparable historical information may
discourage investors from purchasing Spectrum Brands
Holdings securities.
Risks
Related to Spectrum Brands Holdings Business
Spectrum
Brands Holdings is a parent company and its primary source of
cash is and will be distributions from its
subsidiaries.
Spectrum Brands Holdings is a parent company with limited
business operations of its own. Its main asset is the capital
stock of its subsidiaries. Spectrum Brands conducts most of its
business operations through its direct and indirect
subsidiaries. Accordingly, Spectrum Brands primary sources
of cash are dividends and distributions with respect to its
ownership interests in its subsidiaries that are derived from
their earnings and cash flow. Spectrum Brands Holdings and
Spectrum Brands subsidiaries might not generate sufficient
earnings and cash flow to pay dividends or distributions in the
future. Spectrum Brands Holdings and Spectrum Brands
subsidiaries payments to their respective parent will be
contingent upon their earnings and upon other business
considerations. In addition, Spectrum Brands Holdings
senior credit facilities, the indenture governing its notes and
other agreements limit or prohibit certain payments of dividends
or other
29
distributions to Spectrum Brands Holdings. Spectrum Brands
Holdings expects that future credit facilities will contain
similar restrictions.
Spectrum
Brands substantial indebtedness may limit its financial
and operating flexibility, and it may incur additional debt,
which could increase the risks associated with its substantial
indebtedness.
Spectrum Brands has, and expects to continue to have, a
significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31,
2010, Spectrum Brands had total indebtedness under the Spectrum
Brands ABL Facility, the Spectrum Brands Term Loan and the
Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Notes (collectively, the
Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Facilities), the
Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes and other debt
of approximately $1.7 billion. Spectrum Brands
substantial indebtedness has had, and could continue to have,
material adverse consequences for its business, and may:
|
|
|
|
|
require it to dedicate a large portion of its cash flow to pay
principal and interest on its indebtedness, which will reduce
the availability of its cash flow to fund working capital,
capital expenditures, research and development expenditures and
other business activities;
|
|
|
|
|
|
increase its vulnerability to general adverse economic,
industry, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and
other conditions;
|
|
|
|
|
|
limit its flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes
in its business and the industry in which it operates;
|
|
|
|
|
|
restrict its ability to make strategic acquisitions,
dispositions or exploiting business opportunities;
|
|
|
|
|
|
place it at a competitive disadvantage compared to its
competitors that have less debt; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
limit its ability to borrow additional funds (even when
necessary to maintain adequate liquidity) or dispose of assets.
|
Under the Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Facilities and the
indenture governing the Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated
Toggle Notes (the 2019 Indenture), Spectrum Brands
may incur additional indebtedness. If new debt is added to its
existing debt levels, the related risks that it now faces would
increase.
Furthermore, a substantial portion of Spectrum Brands debt
bears interest at variable rates. If market interest rates
increase, the interest rate on its variable rate debt will
increase and will create higher debt service requirements, which
would adversely affect its cash flow and could adversely impact
its results of operations. While Spectrum Brands may enter into
agreements limiting its exposure to higher debt service
requirements, any such agreements may not offer complete
protection from this risk.
Restrictive
covenants in the Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Facilities and
the 2019 Indenture may restrict Spectrum Brands ability to
pursue its business strategies.
The Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Facilities and the 2019
Indenture each restrict, among other things, asset dispositions,
mergers and acquisitions, dividends, stock repurchases and
redemptions, other restricted payments, indebtedness and
preferred stock, loans and investments, liens and affiliate
transactions. The Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Facilities and
the 2019 Indenture also contain customary events of default.
These covenants, among other things, limit Spectrum Brands
ability to fund future working capital and capital expenditures,
engage in future acquisitions or development activities, or
otherwise realize the value of its assets and opportunities
fully because of the need to dedicate a portion of cash flow
from operations to payments on debt. In addition, the Spectrum
Brands Senior Secured Facilities contain financial covenants
relating to maximum leverage and minimum interest coverage. Such
covenants could limit the flexibility of Spectrum Brands
restricted entities in planning for, or reacting to, changes in
the industries in which they operate. Spectrum Brands
ability to comply with these covenants is subject to certain
events outside of its control. If Spectrum Brands is unable to
comply with these covenants, the lenders under the Spectrum
Brands Senior Secured Facilities or Spectrum Brands Senior
Subordinated Toggle Notes could terminate their commitments and
the lenders under its Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Facilities
or Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes could
accelerate repayment of its outstanding borrowings, and, in
either case, Spectrum Brands may be
30
unable to obtain adequate refinancing of outstanding borrowings
on favorable terms. If Spectrum Brands is unable to repay
outstanding borrowings when due, the lenders under the Spectrum
Brands Senior Secured Facilities or Spectrum Brands Senior
Subordinated Toggle Notes will also have the right to proceed
against the collateral granted to them to secure the
indebtedness owed to them. If Spectrum Brands obligations
under the Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Facilities and the
Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes are
accelerated, it cannot assure you that its assets would be
sufficient to repay in full such indebtedness.
The
sale or other disposition by HGI, the holder of a majority of
the outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common
stock, to non-affiliates of a sufficient amount of the common
stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings would constitute a change of
control under the agreements governing Spectrum Brands
debt.
HGI owns a majority of the outstanding shares of the common
stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings. The sale or other disposition
by HGI to non-affiliates of a sufficient amount of the common
stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings could constitute a change of
control under the agreements governing Spectrum Brands debt,
including any foreclosure on or sale of Spectrum Brands
Holdings common stock pledged as collateral for the notes.
Under the Spectrum Brands Term Loan and the Spectrum Brands ABL
Revolving Credit Facility, a change of control is an event of
default and, if a change of control were to occur, Spectrum
Brands would be required to get an amendment to these agreements
to avoid a default. If Spectrum Brands was unable to get such an
amendment, the lenders could accelerate the maturity of each of
the Spectrum Brands Term Loan and the Spectrum Brands ABL
Revolving Credit Facility. In addition, under the indenture
governing the Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Notes and the 2019
Indenture, upon a change of control of Spectrum Brands Holdings,
Spectrum Brands is required to offer to repurchase such notes
from the holders at a price equal to 101% of principal amount of
the notes plus accrued interest or obtain a waiver of default
from the holders of such notes. If Spectrum Brands was unable to
make the change of control offer or obtain a waiver of default,
it would be an event of default under the indentures that could
allow holders of such notes to accelerate the maturity of the
notes.
Spectrum
Brands faces risks related to the current economic
environment.
The current economic environment and related turmoil in the
global financial system has had and may continue to have an
impact on Spectrum Brands business and financial
condition. Global economic conditions have significantly
impacted economic markets within certain sectors, with financial
services and retail businesses being particularly impacted.
Spectrum Brands ability to generate revenue depends
significantly on discretionary consumer spending. It is
difficult to predict new general economic conditions that could
impact consumer and customer demand for Spectrum Brands
products or its ability to manage normal commercial
relationships with its customers, suppliers and creditors. The
recent continuation of a number of negative economic factors,
including constraints on the supply of credit to households,
uncertainty and weakness in the labor market and general
consumer fears of a continuing economic downturn could have a
negative impact on discretionary consumer spending. If the
economy continues to deteriorate or fails to improve, Spectrum
Brands business could be negatively impacted, including as
a result of reduced demand for its products or supplier or
customer disruptions. Any weakness in discretionary consumer
spending could have a material adverse effect on its revenues,
results of operations and financial condition. In addition,
Spectrum Brands ability to access the capital markets may
be restricted at a time when it could be necessary or beneficial
to do so, which could have an impact on its flexibility to react
to changing economic and business conditions.
Spectrum
Brands Holdings may not be able to retain key personnel or
recruit additional qualified personnel whether as a result of
the SB/RH Merger or otherwise, which could materially affect its
business and require it to incur substantial additional costs to
recruit replacement personnel.
Spectrum Brands Holdings is highly dependent on the continuing
efforts of its senior management team and other key personnel.
As a result of the SB/RH Merger, its current and prospective
employees could experience uncertainty about their future roles.
This uncertainty may adversely affect Spectrum Brands
Holdings ability to attract and retain key management,
sales, marketing and technical personnel. Any failure
31
to attract and retain key personnel, whether as a result of the
SB/RH Merger or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect
on Spectrum Brands Holdings business. In addition,
Spectrum Brands Holdings currently does not maintain key
person insurance covering any member of its management
team.
Spectrum
Brands participates in very competitive markets and it may not
be able to compete successfully, causing it to lose market share
and sales.
The markets in which Spectrum Brands participates are very
competitive. In the consumer battery market, its primary
competitors are Duracell (a brand of The Procter &
Gamble Company (Procter & Gamble)),
Energizer and Panasonic (a brand of Matsushita Electrical
Industrial Co., Ltd.). In the electric shaving and grooming and
electric personal care product markets, its primary competitors
are Braun (a brand of Procter & Gamble), Norelco (a
brand of Koninklijke Philips Electronics NV), and Vidal Sassoon
and Revlon (brands of Helen of Troy Limited). In the pet
supplies market, its primary competitors are Mars Corporation,
The Hartz Mountain Corporation and Central Garden &
Pet Company (Central Garden & Pet). In the
Home and Garden Business, its principal national competitors are
The Scotts Miracle-Gro Company, Central Garden & Pet
and S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Spectrum Brands
principal national competitors within the small appliances
market include Jarden Corporation, DeLonghi America, Euro-Pro
Operating LLC, Metro Thebe, Inc., d/b/a HWI Breville, NACCO
Industries, Inc. (Hamilton Beach) and SEB S.A. In each of these
markets, Spectrum Brands also faces competition from numerous
other companies. In addition, in a number of its product lines,
Spectrum Brands competes with its retail customers, who use
their own private label brands, and with distributors and
foreign manufacturers of unbranded products. Significant new
competitors or increased competition from existing competitors
may adversely affect the business, financial condition and
results of its operations.
Spectrum Brands competes for consumer acceptance and limited
shelf space based upon brand name recognition, perceived product
quality, price, performance, product features and enhancements,
product packaging and design innovation, as well as creative
marketing, promotion and distribution strategies, and new
product introductions. Spectrum Brands ability to compete
in these consumer product markets may be adversely affected by a
number of factors, including, but not limited to, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands competes against many well-established companies
that may have substantially greater financial and other
resources, including personnel and research and development, and
greater overall market share than Spectrum Brands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
In some key product lines, Spectrum Brands competitors may
have lower production costs and higher profit margins than it,
which may enable them to compete more aggressively in offering
retail discounts, rebates and other promotional incentives.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product improvements or effective advertising campaigns by
competitors may weaken consumer demand for Spectrum Brands
products.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer purchasing behavior may shift to distribution channels
where Spectrum Brands does not have a strong presence.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer preferences may change to lower margin products or
products other than those Spectrum Brands markets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands may not be successful in the introduction,
marketing and manufacture of any new products or product
innovations or be able to develop and introduce, in a timely
manner, innovations to its existing products that satisfy
customer needs or achieve market acceptance.
|
Some competitors may be willing to reduce prices and accept
lower profit margins to compete with Spectrum Brands. As a
result of this competition, Spectrum Brands could lose market
share and sales, or be forced to reduce its prices to meet
competition. If its product offerings are unable to compete
successfully, its sales, results of operations and financial
condition could be materially and adversely affected.
32
Spectrum
Brands may not be able to realize expected benefits and
synergies from future acquisitions of businesses or product
lines.
Spectrum Brands may acquire partial or full ownership in
businesses or may acquire rights to market and distribute
particular products or lines of products. The acquisition of a
business or of the rights to market specific products or use
specific product names may involve a financial commitment by
Spectrum Brands, either in the form of cash or equity
consideration. In the case of a new license, such commitments
are usually in the form of prepaid royalties and future minimum
royalty payments. There is no guarantee that Spectrum Brands
will acquire businesses or product distribution rights that will
contribute positively to its earnings. Anticipated synergies may
not materialize, cost savings may be less than expected, sales
of products may not meet expectations, and acquired businesses
may carry unexpected liabilities.
Sales
of certain of Spectrum Brands products are seasonal and
may cause its operating results and working capital requirements
to fluctuate.
On a consolidated basis Spectrum Brands Holdings financial
results are approximately equally weighted between quarters,
however, sales of certain product categories tend to be
seasonal. Sales in the consumer battery, electric shaving and
grooming and electric personal care product categories,
particularly in North America, tend to be concentrated in the
December holiday season (Spectrum Brands Holdings first
fiscal quarter). Sales of Spectrum Brands Holdings small
electric appliances peak from July through December primarily
due to the increased demand by customers in the late summer for
back-to-school
sales and in the fall for the holiday season. Demand for pet
supplies products remains fairly constant throughout the year.
Demand for home and garden control products sold though the Home
and Garden Business typically peaks during the first six months
of the calendar year (Spectrum Brands Holdings second and
third fiscal quarters). As a result of this seasonality,
Spectrum Brands Holdings inventory and working capital
needs fluctuate significantly during the year. In addition,
orders from retailers are often made late in the period
preceding the applicable peak season, making forecasting of
production schedules and inventory purchases difficult. If
Spectrum Brands Holdings is unable to accurately forecast and
prepare for customer orders or its working capital needs, or
there is a general downturn in business or economic conditions
during these periods, its business, financial condition and
results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Spectrum
Brands is subject to significant international business risks
that could hurt its business and cause its results of operations
to fluctuate.
Approximately 49% of Spectrum Brands net sales for the
fiscal quarter ended January 2, 2011 were from customers
outside of the U.S. Spectrum Brands pursuit of
international growth opportunities may require significant
investments for an extended period before returns on these
investments, if any, are realized. Its international operations
are subject to risks including, among others:
|
|
|
|
|
currency fluctuations, including, without limitation,
fluctuations in the foreign exchange rate of the Euro;
|
|
|
|
changes in the economic conditions or consumer preferences or
demand for its products in these markets;
|
|
|
|
the risk that because its brand names may not be locally
recognized, Spectrum Brands Holdings must spend significant
amounts of time and money to build brand recognition without
certainty that it will be successful;
|
|
|
|
labor unrest;
|
|
|
|
political and economic instability, as a result of terrorist
attacks, natural disasters or otherwise;
|
|
|
|
lack of developed infrastructure;
|
|
|
|
longer payment cycles and greater difficulty in collecting
accounts;
|
|
|
|
restrictions on transfers of funds;
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
import and export duties and quotas, as well as general
transportation costs;
|
|
|
|
changes in domestic and international customs and tariffs;
|
|
|
|
changes in foreign labor laws and regulations affecting its
ability to hire and retain employees;
|
|
|
|
inadequate protection of intellectual property in foreign
countries;
|
|
|
|
unexpected changes in regulatory environments;
|
|
|
|
difficulty in complying with foreign law;
|
|
|
|
difficulty in obtaining distribution and support; and
|
|
|
|
adverse tax consequences.
|
The foregoing factors may have a material adverse effect on
Spectrum Brands ability to increase or maintain its supply
of products, financial condition or results of operations.
Adverse
weather conditions during its peak selling season for Spectrum
Brands home and garden control products could have a
material adverse effect on its Home and Garden
Business.
Weather conditions in the U.S. have a significant impact on
the timing and volume of sales of certain of Spectrum
Brands lawn and garden and household insecticide and
repellent products. Periods of dry, hot weather can decrease
insecticide sales, while periods of cold and wet weather can
slow sales of herbicides.
Spectrum
Brands products utilize certain key raw materials; any
increase in the price of, or change in supply and demand for,
these raw materials could have a material and adverse effect on
its business, financial condition and profits.
The principal raw materials used to produce Spectrum
Brands products including zinc powder,
electrolytic manganese dioxide powder, petroleum-based plastic
materials, steel, aluminum, copper and corrugated materials (for
packaging) are sourced either on a global or
regional basis by Spectrum Brands or its suppliers, and the
prices of those raw materials are susceptible to price
fluctuations due to supply and demand trends, energy costs,
transportation costs, government regulations, duties and
tariffs, changes in currency exchange rates, price controls,
general economic conditions and other unforeseen circumstances.
In particular, during 2007 and 2008, Spectrum Brands experienced
extraordinary price increases for raw materials, particularly as
a result of strong demand from China. Although Spectrum Brands
may increase the prices of certain of its goods to its
customers, it may not be able to pass all of these cost
increases on to its customers. As a result, its margins may be
adversely impacted by such cost increases. Spectrum Brands
cannot provide any assurance that its sources of supply will not
be interrupted due to changes in worldwide supply of or demand
for raw materials or other events that interrupt material flow,
which may have an adverse effect on its profitability and
results of operations.
Spectrum Brands regularly engages in forward purchase and
hedging derivative transactions in an attempt to effectively
manage and stabilize some of the raw material costs it expects
to incur over the next 12 to 24 months; however, Spectrum
Brands hedging positions may not be effective, or may not
anticipate beneficial trends, in a particular raw material
market or may, as a result of changes in its business, no longer
be useful for it. In addition, for certain of the principal raw
materials Spectrum Brands uses to produce its products, such as
electrolytic manganese dioxide powder, there are no available
effective hedging markets. If these efforts are not effective or
expose Spectrum Brands to above average costs for an extended
period of time, and Spectrum Brands is unable to pass its raw
materials costs on to its customers, its future profitability
may be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, with
respect to transportation costs, certain modes of delivery are
subject to fuel surcharges which are determined based upon the
current cost of diesel fuel in relation to pre-established
agreed upon costs. Spectrum Brands may be unable to pass these
fuel surcharges on to its customers, which may have an adverse
effect on its profitability and results of operations.
In addition, Spectrum Brands has exclusivity arrangements and
minimum purchase requirements with certain of its suppliers for
the Home and Garden Business, which increase its dependence upon
and exposure
34
to those suppliers. Some of those agreements include caps on the
price Spectrum Brands pays for its supplies and in certain
instances, these caps have allowed Spectrum Brands to purchase
materials at below market prices. When Spectrum Brands attempts
to renew those contracts, the other parties to the contracts may
not be willing to include or may limit the effect of those caps
and could even attempt to impose above market prices in an
effort to make up for any below market prices paid by Spectrum
Brands prior to the renewal of the agreement. Any failure to
timely obtain suitable supplies at competitive prices could
materially adversely affect Spectrum Brands business,
financial condition and results of operations.
Spectrum
Brands may not be able to fully utilize its U.S. net operating
loss carryforwards.
At January 2, 2011, Spectrum Brands Holdings is estimating
that at September 30, 2011 it will have U.S. federal
and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately
$1,196 million and $1,043 million, respectively. These
net operating loss carryforwards expire through years ending in
2032. As of January 2, 2011, Spectrum Brands
management determined that it continues to be more likely than
not that the net U.S. deferred tax asset, excluding certain
indefinite lived intangibles, will not be realized in the future
and as such recorded a full valuation allowance to offset the
net U.S. deferred tax asset, including its net operating
loss carryforwards. In addition, Spectrum Brands has had changes
of ownership, as defined under Section 382 of the Code,
that continue to subject a significant amount of Spectrum
Brands U.S. net operating losses and other tax
attributes to certain limitations. Spectrum Brands estimates
that approximately $296 million of its federal and
$463 million of its state net operating losses will expire
unused due to the limitation in Section 382 of the Code.
As a consequence of the merger of Salton, Inc. and Applica
Incorporated in December of 2007 (which created Russell Hobbs),
as well as earlier business combinations and issuances of common
stock consummated by both companies, use of the tax benefits of
Russell Hobbs loss carryforwards is also subject to
limitations imposed by Section 382 of the Code. The
determination of the limitations is complex and requires
significant judgment and analysis of past transactions. Spectrum
Brands analysis to determine what portion of Russell
Hobbs carryforwards are restricted or eliminated by that
provision is ongoing and, pursuant to such analysis, Spectrum
Brands expects that a significant portion of these carryforwards
will not be available to offset future taxable income, if any.
In addition, use of Russell Hobbs net operating loss and
credit carryforwards is dependent upon both Russell Hobbs and
Spectrum Brands achieving profitable results in the future.
Russell Hobbs net operating loss carryforwards are subject
to a full valuation allowance at January 2, 2011.
If Spectrum Brands is unable to fully utilize its net operating
losses, other than those restricted under Section 382 of
the Code, as discussed above, to offset taxable income generated
in the future, its results of operations could be materially and
negatively impacted.
Consolidation
of retailers and Spectrum Brands dependence on a small
number of key customers for a significant percentage of its
sales may negatively affect its business, financial condition
and results of operations.
As a result of consolidation of retailers and consumer trends
toward national mass merchandisers, a significant percentage of
Spectrum Brands sales are attributable to a very limited
group of customers. Spectrum Brands largest customer
accounted for approximately 24% of its consolidated net sales
for the fiscal quarter ended January 2, 2011. As these mass
merchandisers and retailers grow larger and become more
sophisticated, they may demand lower pricing, special packaging,
or impose other requirements on product suppliers. These
business demands may relate to inventory practices, logistics,
or other aspects of the customer-supplier relationship. Because
of the importance of these key customers, demands for price
reductions or promotions, reductions in their purchases, changes
in their financial condition or loss of their accounts could
have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands
business, financial condition and results of operations.
Although Spectrum Brands has long-established relationships with
many of its customers, it does not have long-term agreements
with them and purchases are generally made through the use of
individual purchase orders. Any significant reduction in
purchases, failure to obtain anticipated orders or delays or
cancellations of
35
orders by any of these major customers, or significant pressure
to reduce prices from any of these major customers, could have a
material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands business,
financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, a
significant deterioration in the financial condition of the
retail industry in general could have a material adverse effect
on its sales and profitability.
In addition, as a result of the desire of retailers to more
closely manage inventory levels, there is a growing trend among
them to purchase products on a
just-in-time
basis. Due to a number of factors, including
(i) manufacturing lead-times, (ii) seasonal purchasing
patterns and (iii) the potential for material price
increases, Spectrum Brands may be required to shorten its
lead-time for production and more closely anticipate its
retailers and customers demands, which could in the
future require it to carry additional inventories and increase
its working capital and related financing requirements. This may
increase the cost of warehousing inventory or result in excess
inventory becoming difficult to manage, unusable or obsolete. In
addition, if Spectrum Brands retailers significantly
change their inventory management strategies, Spectrum Brands
may encounter difficulties in filling customer orders or in
liquidating excess inventories, or may find that customers are
cancelling orders or returning products, which may have a
material adverse effect on its business.
Furthermore, Spectrum Brands primarily sells branded products
and a move by one or more of its large customers to sell
significant quantities of private label products, which Spectrum
Brands does not produce on their behalf and which directly
compete with Spectrum Brands products, could have a
material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands business,
financial condition and results of operations.
As a
result of its international operations, Spectrum Brands faces a
number of risks related to exchange rates and foreign
currencies.
Spectrum Brands international sales and certain of its
expenses are transacted in foreign currencies. During the fiscal
quarter ended January 2, 2011, approximately 49% of
Spectrum Brands net sales and 47% of its operating
expenses were denominated in foreign currencies. Spectrum Brands
expects that the amount of its revenues and expenses transacted
in foreign currencies will increase as its Latin American,
European and Asian operations grow and, as a result, its
exposure to risks associated with foreign currencies could
increase accordingly. Significant changes in the value of the
U.S. dollar in relation to foreign currencies will affect
its cost of goods sold and its operating margins and could
result in exchange losses or otherwise have a material effect on
its business, financial condition and results of operations.
Changes in currency exchange rates may also affect Spectrum
Brands sales to, purchases from and loans to its
subsidiaries as well as sales to, purchases from and bank lines
of credit with its customers, suppliers and creditors that are
denominated in foreign currencies.
Spectrum Brands sources many products from, and sells many
products in, China and other Asian countries. To the extent the
Chinese Renminbi (RMB) or other currencies
appreciate with respect to the U.S. dollar, it may
experience fluctuations in its results of operations. Since
2005, the RMB has no longer been pegged to the U.S. dollar
at a constant exchange rate and instead fluctuates versus a
basket of currencies. Although the Peoples Bank of China
regularly intervenes in the foreign exchange market to prevent
significant short-term fluctuations in the exchange rate, the
RMB may appreciate or depreciate within a flexible peg range
against the U.S. dollar in the medium to long term.
Moreover, it is possible that in the future Chinese authorities
may lift restrictions on fluctuations in the RMB exchange rate
and lessen intervention in the foreign exchange market.
While Spectrum Brands may enter into hedging transactions in the
future, the availability and effectiveness of these transactions
may be limited, and it may not be able to successfully hedge its
exposure to currency fluctuations. Further, Spectrum Brands may
not be successful in implementing customer pricing or other
actions in an effort to mitigate the impact of currency
fluctuations and, thus, its results of operations may be
adversely impacted.
36
A
deterioration in trade relations with China could lead to a
substantial increase in tariffs imposed on goods of Chinese
origin, which potentially could reduce demand for and sales of
Spectrum Brands products.
Spectrum Brands purchases a number of its products and supplies
from suppliers located in China. China gained Permanent Normal
Trade Relations (PNTR) with the U.S. when it
acceded to the World Trade Organization (WTO),
effective January 2002. The U.S. imposes the lowest
applicable tariffs on exports from PNTR countries to the
U.S. In order to maintain its WTO membership, China has
agreed to several requirements, including the elimination of
caps on foreign ownership of Chinese companies, lowering tariffs
and publicizing its laws. China may not meet these requirements,
it may not remain a member of the WTO, and its PNTR trading
status may not be maintained. If Chinas WTO membership is
withdrawn or if PNTR status for goods produced in China were
removed, there could be a substantial increase in tariffs
imposed on goods of Chinese origin entering the U.S. which
could have a material negative adverse effect on its sales and
gross margin.
Spectrum
Brands international operations may expose it to risks
related to compliance with the laws and regulations of foreign
countries.
Spectrum Brands is subject to three European Union
(EU) Directives that may have a material impact on
its business: Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in
Electrical and Electronic Equipment, Waste of Electrical and
Electronic Equipment and the Directive on Batteries and
Accumulators and Waste Batteries, discussed below. Restriction
of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic
Equipment requires Spectrum Brands to eliminate specified
hazardous materials from products it sells in EU member states.
Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment requires Spectrum
Brands to collect and treat, dispose of or recycle certain
products it manufactures or imports into the EU at its own
expense. The EU Directive on Batteries and Accumulators and
Waste Batteries bans heavy metals in batteries by establishing
maximum quantities of heavy metals in batteries and mandates
waste management of these batteries, including collection,
recycling and disposal systems, with the costs imposed upon
producers and importers such as Spectrum Brands. Complying or
failing to comply with the EU Directives may harm Spectrum
Brands business. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
Although contracts with its suppliers address related compliance
issues, Spectrum Brands may be unable to procure appropriate
Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and
Electronic Equipment compliant material in sufficient quantity
and quality
and/or be
able to incorporate it into Spectrum Brands product
procurement processes without compromising quality
and/or
harming its cost structure.
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands may face excess and obsolete inventory risk
related to non-compliant inventory that it may continue to hold
in fiscal 2010 for which there is reduced demand, and it may
need to write down the carrying value of such inventories.
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands may be unable to sell certain existing
inventories of its batteries in Europe.
|
Many of the developing countries in which Spectrum Brands
operates do not have significant governmental regulation
relating to environmental safety, occupational safety,
employment practices or other business matters routinely
regulated in the U.S. or may not rigorously enforce such
regulation. As these countries and their economies develop, it
is possible that new regulations or increased enforcement of
existing regulations may increase the expense of doing business
in these countries. In addition, social legislation in many
countries in which Spectrum Brands operates may result in
significantly higher expenses associated with labor costs,
terminating employees or distributors and closing manufacturing
facilities. Increases in Spectrum Brands costs as a result
of increased regulation, legislation or enforcement could
materially and adversely affect its business, results of
operations and financial condition.
37
Spectrum
Brands may not be able to adequately establish and protect its
intellectual property rights, and the infringement or loss of
its intellectual property rights could harm its
business.
To establish and protect its intellectual property rights,
Spectrum Brands relies upon a combination of national, foreign
and multi-national patent, trademark and trade secret laws,
together with licenses, confidentiality agreements and other
contractual arrangements. The measures that Spectrum Brands
takes to protect its intellectual property rights may prove
inadequate to prevent third parties from infringing or
misappropriating its intellectual property. Spectrum Brands may
need to resort to litigation to enforce or defend its
intellectual property rights. If a competitor or collaborator
files a patent application claiming technology also claimed by
Spectrum Brands, or a trademark application claiming a
trademark, service mark or trade dress also used by Spectrum
Brands, in order to protect its rights, it may have to
participate in expensive and time consuming opposition or
interference proceedings before the U.S. Patent and
Trademark Office or a similar foreign agency. Similarly, its
intellectual property rights may be challenged by third parties
or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. The
costs associated with protecting intellectual property rights,
including litigation costs, may be material. For example,
several million dollars have been spent on protecting the
patented automatic litter box business over the last few years.
Furthermore, even if Spectrum Brands intellectual property
rights are not directly challenged, disputes among third parties
could lead to the weakening or invalidation of its intellectual
property rights, or its competitors may independently develop
technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to
its technology. Obtaining, protecting and defending intellectual
property rights can be time consuming and expensive, and may
require Spectrum Brands to incur substantial costs, including
the diversion of the time and resources of management and
technical personnel.
Moreover, the laws of certain foreign countries in which
Spectrum Brands operates or may operate in the future do not
protect, and the governments of certain foreign countries do not
enforce, intellectual property rights to the same extent as do
the laws and government of the U.S., which may negate Spectrum
Brands competitive or technological advantages in such
markets. Also, some of the technology underlying Spectrum
Brands products is the subject of nonexclusive licenses
from third parties. As a result, this technology could be made
available to Spectrum Brands competitors at any time. If
Spectrum Brands is unable to establish and then adequately
protect its intellectual property rights, its business,
financial condition and results of operations could be
materially and adversely affected.
Spectrum Brands licenses various trademarks, trade names and
patents from third parties for certain of its products. These
licenses generally place marketing obligations on Spectrum
Brands and require Spectrum Brands to pay fees and royalties
based on net sales or profits. Typically, these licenses may be
terminated if Spectrum Brands fails to satisfy certain minimum
sales obligations or if it breaches the terms of the license.
The termination of these licensing arrangements could adversely
affect Spectrum Brands business, financial condition and
results of operations.
Spectrum Brands licenses the use of the Black & Decker
brand for marketing in certain small household appliances in
North America, South America (excluding Brazil) and the
Caribbean. Sales of Black & Decker branded products
represented approximately 14% of the total consolidated revenue
in the fiscal quarter ended January 2, 2011. In December
2007, The Black & Decker Corporation (BDC)
extended the license agreement through December 2012, with an
automatic extension through December 2014 if certain milestones
are met regarding sales volume and product return. The failure
to renew the license agreement with BDC or to enter into a new
agreement on acceptable terms could have a material adverse
effect on Spectrum Brands financial condition, liquidity
and results of operations.
Claims
by third parties that Spectrum Brands is infringing their
intellectual property and other litigation could adversely
affect its business.
From time to time in the past, Spectrum Brands has been subject
to claims that it is infringing the intellectual property of
others. Spectrum Brands currently is the subject of such claims
and it is possible that third parties will assert infringement
claims against Spectrum Brands in the future. An adverse finding
against Spectrum Brands in these or similar trademark or other
intellectual property litigations may have a material adverse
effect on Spectrum Brands business, financial condition
and results of operations. Any such claims,
38
with or without merit, could be time consuming and expensive,
and may require Spectrum Brands to incur substantial costs,
including the diversion of the resources of management and
technical personnel, cause product delays or require Spectrum
Brands to enter into licensing or other agreements in order to
secure continued access to necessary or desirable intellectual
property. If Spectrum Brands is deemed to be infringing a third
partys intellectual property and is unable to continue
using that intellectual property as it had been, its business
and results of operations could be harmed if it is unable to
successfully develop non-infringing alternative intellectual
property on a timely basis or license non-infringing
alternatives or substitutes, if any exist, on commercially
reasonable terms. In addition, an unfavorable ruling in
intellectual property litigation could subject Spectrum Brands
to significant liability, as well as require Spectrum Brands to
cease developing, manufacturing or selling the affected products
or using the affected processes or trademarks. Any significant
restriction on Spectrum Brands proprietary or licensed
intellectual property that impedes its ability to develop and
commercialize its products could have a material adverse effect
on its business, financial condition and results of operations.
Spectrum
Brands dependence on a few suppliers and one of its U.S.
facilities for certain of its products makes it vulnerable to a
disruption in the supply of its products.
Although Spectrum Brands has long-standing relationships with
many of its suppliers, it generally does not have long-term
contracts with them. An adverse change in any of the following
could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial
condition and results of operations:
|
|
|
|
|
its ability to identify and develop relationships with qualified
suppliers;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the terms and conditions upon which it purchases products from
its suppliers, including applicable exchange rates, transport
costs and other costs, its suppliers willingness to extend
credit to it to finance its inventory purchases and other
factors beyond its control;
|
|
|
|
|
|
financial condition of its suppliers;
|
|
|
|
|
|
political instability in the countries in which its suppliers
are located;
|
|
|
|
|
|
its ability to import outsourced products;
|
|
|
|
|
|
its suppliers noncompliance with applicable laws, trade
restrictions and tariffs; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
its suppliers ability to manufacture and deliver
outsourced products according to its standards of quality on a
timely and efficient basis.
|
If Spectrum Brands relationship with one of its key
suppliers is adversely affected, Spectrum Brands may not be able
to quickly or effectively replace such supplier and may not be
able to retrieve tooling, molds or other specialized production
equipment or processes used by such supplier in the manufacture
of its products.
In addition, Spectrum Brands manufactures the majority of its
foil cutting systems for its shaving product lines, using
specially designed machines and proprietary cutting technology,
at its Portage, Wisconsin facility. Damage to this facility, or
prolonged interruption in the operations of this facility for
repairs, as a result of labor difficulties or for other reasons,
could have a material adverse effect on its ability to
manufacture and sell its foil shaving products which could in
turn harm its business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Spectrum
Brands faces risks related to its sales of products obtained
from third-party suppliers.
Spectrum Brands sells a significant number of products that are
manufactured by third party suppliers over which it has no
direct control. While Spectrum Brands has implemented processes
and procedures to try to ensure that the suppliers it uses are
complying with all applicable regulations, there can be no
assurances that such suppliers in all instances will comply with
such processes and procedures or otherwise with applicable
regulations. Noncompliance could result in Spectrum Brands
marketing and distribution of contaminated, defective or
dangerous products which could subject it to liabilities and
could result in the
39
imposition by governmental authorities of procedures or
penalties that could restrict or eliminate its ability to
purchase products from non-compliant suppliers. Any or all of
these effects could adversely affect Spectrum Brands
business, financial condition and results of operations.
Class
action and derivative action lawsuits and other investigations,
regardless of their merits, could have an adverse effect on
Spectrum Brands business, financial condition and results
of operations.
Spectrum Brands and certain of its officers and directors have
been named in the past, and may be named in the future, as
defendants of class action and derivative action lawsuits. In
the past, Spectrum Brands has also received requests for
information from government authorities. Regardless of their
subject matter or merits, class action lawsuits and other
government investigations may result in significant cost to
Spectrum Brands, which may not be covered by insurance, may
divert the attention of management or may otherwise have an
adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results
of operations.
Spectrum
Brands may be exposed to significant product liability claims
which its insurance may not cover and which could harm its
reputation.
In the ordinary course of its business, Spectrum Brands may be
named as a defendant in lawsuits involving product liability
claims. In any such proceeding, plaintiffs may seek to recover
large and sometimes unspecified amounts of damages and the
matters may remain unresolved for several years. Any such
matters could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum
Brands business, results of operations and financial
condition if it is unable to successfully defend against or
settle these matters or if its insurance coverage is
insufficient to satisfy any judgments against Spectrum Brands or
settlements relating to these matters. Although Spectrum Brands
has product liability insurance coverage and an excess umbrella
policy, its insurance policies may not provide coverage for
certain, or any, claims against Spectrum Brands or may not be
sufficient to cover all possible liabilities. Additionally,
Spectrum Brands does not maintain product recall insurance.
Spectrum Brands may not be able to maintain such insurance on
acceptable terms, if at all, in the future. Moreover, any
adverse publicity arising from claims made against Spectrum
Brands, even if the claims were not successful, could adversely
affect the reputation and sales of its products. In particular,
product recalls or product liability claims challenging the
safety of Spectrum Brands products may result in a decline
in sales for a particular product. This could be true even if
the claims themselves are ultimately settled for immaterial
amounts. This type of adverse publicity could occur and product
liability claims could be made in the future.
Spectrum
Brands may incur material capital and other costs due to
environmental liabilities.
Spectrum Brands is subject to a broad range of federal, state,
local, foreign and multi-national laws and regulations relating
to the environment. These include laws and regulations that
govern:
|
|
|
|
|
discharges to the air, water and land;
|
|
|
|
the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and
wastes; and
|
|
|
|
remediation of contamination associated with release of
hazardous substances at its facilities and at off-site disposal
locations.
|
Risk of environmental liability is inherent in Spectrum
Brands business. As a result, material environmental costs
may arise in the future. In particular, it may incur capital and
other costs to comply with increasingly stringent environmental
laws and enforcement policies, such as the EU Directives:
Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and
Electronic Equipment, Waste of Electrical and Electronic
Equipment and the Directive on Batteries and Accumulators and
Waste Batteries, discussed above. Moreover, there are proposed
international accords and treaties, as well as federal, state
and local laws and regulations that would attempt to control or
limit the causes of climate change, including the effect of
greenhouse gas emissions on the environment. In the event that
the U.S. government or foreign governments enact new
climate change laws or regulations or make changes to existing
laws or regulations, compliance with applicable laws or
regulations may result in increased manufacturing costs for
Spectrum Brands products,
40
such as by requiring investment in new pollution control
equipment or changing the ways in which certain of its products
are made. Spectrum Brands may incur some of these costs directly
and others may be passed on to it from its third-party
suppliers. Although Spectrum Brands believes that it is
substantially in compliance with applicable environmental laws
and regulations at its facilities, it may not always be in
compliance with such laws and regulations or any new laws and
regulations in the future, which could have a material adverse
effect on Spectrum Brands business, financial condition
and results of operations.
From time to time, Spectrum Brands has been required to address
the effect of historic activities on the environmental condition
of its properties or former properties. Spectrum Brands has not
conducted invasive testing at all of its facilities to identify
all potential environmental liability risks. Given the age of
its facilities and the nature of its operations, material
liabilities may arise in the future in connection with its
current or former facilities. If previously unknown
contamination of property underlying or in the vicinity of its
manufacturing facilities is discovered, Spectrum Brands could be
required to incur material unforeseen expenses. If this occurs,
it may have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands
business, financial condition and results of operations.
Spectrum Brands is currently engaged in investigative or
remedial projects at a few of its facilities and any liabilities
arising from such investigative or remedial projects at such
facilities may have a material effect on Spectrum Brands
business, financial condition and results of operations.
Spectrum Brands is also subject to proceedings related to its
disposal of industrial and hazardous material at off-site
disposal locations or similar disposals made by other parties
for which it is responsible as a result of its relationship with
such other parties. These proceedings are under the Federal
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability
Act of 1980 (CERCLA) or similar state or foreign
jurisdiction laws that hold persons who arranged for
the disposal or treatment of such substances strictly liable for
costs incurred in responding to the release or threatened
release of hazardous substances from such sites, regardless of
fault or the lawfulness of the original disposal. Liability
under CERCLA is typically joint and several, meaning that a
liable party may be responsible for all of the costs incurred in
investigating and remediating contamination at a site. Spectrum
Brands occasionally is identified by federal or state
governmental agencies as being a potentially responsible party
for response actions contemplated at an off-site facility. At
the existing sites where Spectrum Brands has been notified of
its status as a potentially responsible party, it is either
premature to determine if Spectrum Brands potential
liability, if any, will be material or it does not believe that
its liability, if any, will be material. Spectrum Brands may be
named as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA or similar
state or foreign jurisdiction laws in the future for other sites
not currently known to Spectrum Brands, and the costs and
liabilities associated with these sites may have a material
adverse effect on Spectrum Brands business, financial
condition and results of operations.
Compliance
with various public health, consumer protection and other
regulations applicable to Spectrum Brands products and
facilities could increase its cost of doing business and expose
Spectrum Brands to additional requirements with which Spectrum
Brands may be unable to comply.
Certain of Spectrum Brands products sold through, and
facilities operated under, each of its business segments are
regulated by the EPA, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration
(FDA) or other federal consumer protection and
product safety agencies and are subject to the regulations such
agencies enforce, as well as by similar state, foreign and
multinational agencies and regulations. For example, in the
U.S., all products containing pesticides must be registered with
the EPA and, in many cases, similar state and foreign agencies
before they can be manufactured or sold. Spectrum Brands
inability to obtain, or the cancellation of, any registration
could have an adverse effect on its business, financial
condition and results of operations. The severity of the effect
would depend on which products were involved, whether another
product could be substituted and whether its competitors were
similarly affected. Spectrum Brands attempts to anticipate
regulatory developments and maintain registrations of, and
access to, substitute chemicals and other ingredients, but it
may not always be able to avoid or minimize these risks.
As a distributor of consumer products in the U.S., certain of
Spectrum Brands products are also subject to the Consumer
Product Safety Act, which empowers the U.S. Consumer
Product Safety Commission (the Consumer Commission)
to exclude from the market products that are found to be unsafe
or hazardous. Under certain circumstances, the Consumer
Commission could require Spectrum Brands to repair, replace or
41
refund the purchase price of one or more of its products, or it
may voluntarily do so. For example, Russell Hobbs, in
cooperation with the Consumer Commission, voluntarily recalled
approximately 9,800 units of a thermal coffeemaker sold
under the Black & Decker brand in August 2009 and
approximately 584,000 coffeemakers in June 2009. Any additional
repurchases or recalls of Spectrum Brands products could
be costly to it and could damage the reputation or the value of
its brands. If Spectrum Brands is required to remove, or it
voluntarily removes its products from the market, its reputation
or brands could be tarnished and it may have large quantities of
finished products that could not be sold. Furthermore, failure
to timely notify the Consumer Commission of a potential safety
hazard can result in significant fines being assessed against
Spectrum Brands. Additionally, laws regulating certain consumer
products exist in some states, as well as in other countries in
which Spectrum Brands sells its products, and more restrictive
laws and regulations may be adopted in the future.
The Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) established a
standard for food-use pesticides, which is that a reasonable
certainty of no harm will result from the cumulative effect of
pesticide exposures. Under the FQPA, the EPA is evaluating the
cumulative effects from dietary and non-dietary exposures to
pesticides. The pesticides in certain of Spectrum Brands
products that are sold through the Home and Garden Business
continue to be evaluated by the EPA as part of this program. It
is possible that the EPA or a third party active ingredient
registrant may decide that a pesticide Spectrum Brands uses in
its products will be limited or made unavailable to Spectrum
Brands. Spectrum Brands cannot predict the outcome or the
severity of the effect of the EPAs continuing evaluations
of active ingredients used in its products.
In addition, the use of certain pesticide and fertilizer
products that are sold through Spectrum Brands global pet
supplies business and through the Home and Garden Business may,
among other things, be regulated by various local, state,
federal and foreign environmental and public health agencies.
These regulations may require that only certified or
professional users apply the product, that users post notices on
properties where products have been or will be applied or that
certain ingredients may not be used. Compliance with such public
health regulations could increase Spectrum Brands cost of
doing business and expose Spectrum Brands to additional
requirements with which it may be unable to comply.
Any failure to comply with these laws or regulations, or the
terms of applicable environmental permits, could result in
Spectrum Brands incurring substantial costs, including fines,
penalties and other civil and criminal sanctions or the
prohibition of sales of its pest control products. Environmental
law requirements, and the enforcement thereof, change
frequently, have tended to become more stringent over time and
could require Spectrum Brands to incur significant expenses.
Most federal, state and local authorities require certification
by Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. (UL), an
independent,
not-for-profit
corporation engaged in the testing of products for compliance
with certain public safety standards, or other safety regulation
certification prior to marketing electrical appliances. Foreign
jurisdictions also have regulatory authorities overseeing the
safety of consumer products. Spectrum Brands products may
not meet the specifications required by these authorities. A
determination that any of Spectrum Brands products are not
in compliance with these rules and regulations could result in
the imposition of fines or an award of damages to private
litigants.
Public
perceptions that some of the products Spectrum Brands produces
and markets are not safe could adversely affect Spectrum
Brands.
On occasion, customers and some current or former employees have
alleged that some products failed to perform up to expectations
or have caused damage or injury to individuals or property.
Public perception that any of its products are not safe, whether
justified or not, could impair Spectrum Brands reputation,
damage its brand names and have a material adverse effect on its
business, financial condition and results of operations.
42
If
Spectrum Brands is unable to negotiate satisfactory terms to
continue existing or enter into additional collective bargaining
agreements, it may experience an increased risk of labor
disruptions and its results of operations and financial
condition may suffer.
Approximately 20% of Spectrum Brands total labor force is
employed under collective bargaining agreements. One of these
agreements, which covers approximately 12% of the labor force
under collective bargaining agreements, or approximately 2% of
Spectrum Brands total labor force, is scheduled to expire
on September 30, 2011. While Spectrum Brands currently
expects to negotiate continuations to the terms of these
agreements, there can be no assurances that it will be able to
obtain terms that are satisfactory to it or otherwise to reach
agreement at all with the applicable parties. In addition, in
the course of its business, Spectrum Brands may also become
subject to additional collective bargaining agreements. These
agreements may be on terms that are less favorable than those
under its current collective bargaining agreements. Increased
exposure to collective bargaining agreements, whether on terms
more or less favorable than existing collective bargaining
agreements, could adversely affect the operation of Spectrum
Brands business, including through increased labor
expenses. While it intends to comply with all collective
bargaining agreements to which it is subject, there can be no
assurances that Spectrum Brands will be able to do so and any
noncompliance could subject it to disruptions in its operations
and materially and adversely affect its results of operations
and financial condition.
Significant
changes in actual investment return on pension assets, discount
rates and other factors could affect Spectrum Brands
results of operations, equity and pension contributions in
future periods.
Spectrum Brands results of operations may be positively or
negatively affected by the amount of income or expense it
records for its defined benefit pension plans. Accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of American
(GAAP) require that Spectrum Brands calculate income
or expense for the plans using actuarial valuations. These
valuations reflect assumptions about financial market and other
economic conditions, which may change based on changes in key
economic indicators. The most significant year-end assumptions
Spectrum Brands used to estimate pension income or expense are
the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on
plan assets. In addition, Spectrum Brands is required to make an
annual measurement of plan assets and liabilities, which may
result in a significant change to equity. Although pension
expense and pension funding contributions are not directly
related, key economic factors that affect pension expense would
also likely affect the amount of cash Spectrum Brands would
contribute to pension plans as required under the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
(ERISA).
If
Spectrum Brands goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible
assets or other long-term assets become impaired, Spectrum
Brands will be required to record additional impairment charges,
which may be significant.
A significant portion of Spectrum Brands long-term assets
consist of goodwill, other indefinite-lived intangible assets
and finite-lived intangible assets recorded as a result of past
acquisitions. Spectrum Brands does not amortize goodwill and
indefinite-lived intangible assets, but rather reviews them for
impairment on a periodic basis or whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be
recoverable. Spectrum Brands considers whether circumstances or
conditions exist which suggest that the carrying value of its
goodwill and other long-lived assets might be impaired. If such
circumstances or conditions exist, further steps are required in
order to determine whether the carrying value of each of the
individual assets exceeds its fair market value. If analysis
indicates that an individual assets carrying value does
exceed its fair market value, the next step is to record a loss
equal to the excess of the individual assets carrying
value over its fair value.
The steps required by GAAP entail significant amounts of
judgment and subjectivity. Events and changes in circumstances
that may indicate that there is impairment and which may
indicate that interim impairment testing is necessary include,
but are not limited to: strategic decisions to exit a business
or dispose of an asset made in response to changes in economic;
political and competitive conditions; the impact of the economic
environment on the customer base and on broad market conditions
that drive valuation considerations by market participants;
Spectrum Brands internal expectations with regard to
future revenue growth and the
43
assumptions it makes when performing impairment reviews; a
significant decrease in the market price of its assets; a
significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which its
assets are used; a significant adverse change in legal factors
or the business climate that could affect its assets; an
accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount
originally expected for the acquisition of an asset; and
significant changes in the cash flows associated with an asset.
As a result of such circumstances, Spectrum Brands may be
required to record a significant charge to earnings in its
financial statements during the period in which any impairment
of its goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets or other
long-term assets is determined. Any such impairment charges
could have a material adverse effect on Spectrum Brands
business, financial condition and operating results.
44
SPECIAL
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
We have made in this prospectus forward-looking statements that
are subject to risks and uncertainties. These statements are
based on the beliefs and assumptions of our management and the
management of Spectrum Brands Holdings. Generally,
forward-looking statements include information concerning
possible or assumed future actions, events or results of
operations of our company. Forward-looking statements
specifically include, without limitation, the information
regarding: efficiencies/cost avoidance, cost savings, income and
margins, growth, economies of scale, combined operations, the
economy, future economic performance, conditions to, and the
timetable for, completing the integration of Spectrum Brands
Holdings financial reporting with ours, completing future
acquisitions and dispositions, litigation, potential and
contingent liabilities, managements plans, business
portfolios, changes in regulations and taxes.
Forward-looking statements may be preceded by, followed by or
include the words may, will,
believe, expect, anticipate,
intend, plan, estimate,
could, might, or continue or
the negative or other variations thereof or comparable
terminology.
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance.
You should understand that the following important factors, in
addition to those discussed in the section captioned Risk
Factors and in Annex E, Certain Information
Regarding Harbinger F&G, LLC Risk Factors
Regarding Harbinger F&G, could affect the future
results of our company, and could cause those results or other
outcomes to differ materially from those expressed or implied in
the forward-looking statements.
HGI
Important factors that could affect our future results, include,
without limitation, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Limitations on our ability to successfully identify additional
suitable acquisition and investments opportunities and to
compete for these opportunities with others who have greater
resources;
|
|
|
|
|
|
our dependence on distributions from our subsidiaries to fund
our operations and payments on our debt;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the impact of covenants in the indenture governing our senior
secured notes, and future financing agreements, on our ability
to operate our business and finance our pursuit of additional
acquisition opportunities;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the impact on our business and financial condition of our
substantial indebtedness and the significant additional
indebtedness and other financing obligations we and our
subsidiaries may incur;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the impact on the aggregate value of our company portfolio and
our stock price from changes in the market prices of publicly
traded equity interests we hold, particularly during times of
volatility in security prices;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the impact of additional material charges associated with our
oversight of acquired companies and the integration of our
financial reporting;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the impact on our ability to dispose of equity interests we hold
from restrictive stockholder agreements and securities laws;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the controlling effect of our principal stockholders whose
interests may conflict with interests of our other stockholders
and holders of the notes;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the effect interests of our officers, directors, stockholders
and their respective affiliates may have in certain transactions
in which we are involved;
|
|
|
|
|
|
our dependence on certain key personnel;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the impact of potential losses and other risks from changes in
our investment portfolio;
|
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to effectively increase the size of our organization
and manage our growth;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the impact of a determination that we are an investment company
or personal holding company;
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
the impact of future claims arising from agreements and
transactions involving former subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
the impact of expending significant resources in researching
acquisition or investment targets that are not consummated;
|
|
|
|
tax consequences associated with our acquisition, holding and
disposition of target companies and assets; and
|
|
|
|
the impact of delays or difficulty in satisfying the
requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002 or negative reports concerning our internal controls.
|
Spectrum
Brands Holdings
Spectrum Brands Holdings actual results or other outcomes
from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking
statements may be affected by a variety of important factors,
including, without limitation, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the impact of Spectrum Brands substantial indebtedness on
its business, financial condition and results of operations;
|
|
|
|
the impact of restrictions in Spectrum Brands debt
instruments on its ability to operate its business, finance its
capital needs or pursue or expand business strategies;
|
|
|
|
any failure to comply with financial covenants and other
provisions and restrictions of Spectrum Brands debt
instruments;
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands ability to successfully integrate the
business acquired in connection with the combination with
Russell Hobbs and achieve the expected synergies from that
integration at the expected costs;
|
|
|
|
the impact of expenses resulting from the implementation of new
business strategies, divestitures or current and proposed
restructuring activities;
|
|
|
|
the impact of fluctuations in commodity prices, costs or
availability of raw materials or terms and conditions available
from suppliers, including suppliers willingness to advance
credit;
|
|
|
|
interest rate and exchange rate fluctuations;
|
|
|
|
the loss of, or a significant reduction in, sales to a
significant retail customer(s);
|
|
|
|
competitive promotional activity or spending by competitors or
price reductions by competitors;
|
|
|
|
the introduction of new product features or technological
developments by competitors
and/or the
development of new competitors or competitive brands;
|
|
|
|
the effects of general economic conditions, including inflation,
recession or fears of a recession, depression or fears of a
depression, labor costs and stock market volatility or changes
in trade, monetary or fiscal policies in the countries where
Spectrum Brands Holdings does business;
|
|
|
|
changes in consumer spending preferences and demand for Spectrum
Brands Holdings products;
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands ability to develop and successfully
introduce new products, protect its intellectual property and
avoid infringing the intellectual property of third parties;
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands ability to successfully implement, achieve
and sustain manufacturing and distribution cost efficiencies and
improvements, and fully realize anticipated cost savings;
|
|
|
|
the cost and effect of unanticipated legal, tax or regulatory
proceedings or new laws or regulations (including environmental,
public health and consumer protection regulations);
|
|
|
|
public perception regarding the safety of Spectrum Brands
products, including the potential for environmental liabilities,
product liability claims, litigation and other claims;
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
the impact of pending or threatened litigation;
|
|
|
|
changes in accounting policies applicable to Spectrum
Brands business;
|
|
|
|
government regulations;
|
|
|
|
the seasonal nature of sales of certain of Spectrum Brands
products;
|
|
|
|
the effects of climate change and unusual weather
activity; and
|
|
|
|
the effects of political or economic conditions, terrorist
attacks, acts of war or other unrest in international markets.
|
We also caution the reader that undue reliance should not be
placed on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of
the date of this prospectus. We do not undertake any duty or
responsibility to update any of these forward-looking statements
to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this
prospectus or to reflect actual outcomes.
THE
SPECTRUM BRANDS ACQUISITION
On June 16, 2010, Spectrum Brands Holdings completed the
SB/RH Merger pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated
as of February 9, 2010, as amended, by and among Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Russell Hobbs, Spectrum Brands, Battery Merger
Corp. and Grill Merger Corp. (the Merger Agreement).
As a result of the completion of the SB/RH Merger, Russell Hobbs
became a wholly owned subsidiary of Spectrum Brands, Spectrum
Brands became a wholly owned subsidiary of Spectrum Brands
Holdings and the stockholders of Spectrum Brands immediately
prior to the consummation of the SB/RH Merger received shares of
Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock in exchange for their
shares of Spectrum Brands common stock. Immediately prior to the
SB/RH Merger, the Harbinger Parties owned approximately 40.6% of
the outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands common stock and 100%
of the outstanding capital stock of Russell Hobbs and had an
outstanding term loan to Russell Hobbs. Upon the completion of
the SB/RH Merger, the stockholders of Spectrum Brands (other
than the Harbinger Parties) owned approximately 36% of the
outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock and
the Harbinger Parties owned approximately 64% of the outstanding
shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock. The Spectrum
Brands common stock was delisted from the NYSE and shares of
Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock were listed on the NYSE
under the ticker symbol SPB. Additional information
about Russell Hobbs, a subsidiary of Spectrum Brands, can be
found in HGIs Definitive Information Statement filed by
HGI with the SEC on November 5, 2010.
On January 7, 2011, we completed the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition pursuant to the Exchange Agreement. As a result, the
Harbinger Parties contributed 27,756,905 shares of Spectrum
Brands Holdings common stock, or approximately 54.5% of the
outstanding Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock, to us in
exchange for 119,909,829 newly issued shares of our common
stock. This exchange ratio of 4.32 to 1.00 was based on the
respective volume weighted average trading prices of our common
stock ($6.33) and Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock ($27.36)
on the NYSE for the 30 trading days from and including
July 2, 2010 to and including August 13, 2010, the day
we received the Harbinger Parties proposal for the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition.
After the completion of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the
Harbinger Parties own approximately 93.3% of our outstanding
shares of common stock and the Harbinger Parties and Harbinger
Capital together directly own approximately 12.8% of the
outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock.
Upon the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we
became a party to the Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration
Rights Agreement. Under the Spectrum Brands Holdings
Registration Rights Agreement, we have certain demand and
piggy back registration rights with respect to our
shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock.
Under the Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration Rights
Agreement, we, the Harbinger Parties or the Avenue Parties may
demand that Spectrum Brands Holdings register all or a portion
of our or their respective
47
shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock for sale under
the Securities Act, so long as the anticipated aggregate
offering price of the securities to be offered is (i) at
least $30 million if registration is to be effected
pursuant to a registration statement on
Form S-1
or a similar long-form registration or (ii) at
least $5 million if registration is to be effected pursuant
to a registration statement on
Form S-3
or a similar short-form registration.
The Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration Rights Agreement also
provides that if Spectrum Brands Holdings decides to register
shares of its common stock for its own account or the account of
a stockholder other than us, the Harbinger Parties and the
Avenue Parties (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the
agreement), we, the Harbinger Parties or the Avenue Parties may
require Spectrum Brands Holdings to include all or a portion of
their shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock in the
registration and, to the extent the registration is in
connection with an underwritten public offering, to have such
shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock included in the
offering.
Following the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition,
we also became a party to the Spectrum Brands Holdings
Stockholder Agreement. Under the Spectrum Brands Holdings
Stockholder Agreement, the parties agree that, among other
things:
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands Holdings will maintain (i) a special
nominating committee of its board of directors (the
Special Nominating Committee) consisting of three
Independent Directors (as defined in the Spectrum Brands
Holdings Stockholder Agreement), (ii) a nominating and
corporate governance committee of its board of directors (the
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee) and
(iii) an Audit Committee in accordance with the NYSE rules;
|
|
|
|
for so long as we (together with our affiliates, including the
Harbinger Parties) own 40% or more of Spectrum Brands
Holdings outstanding voting securities, we will vote our
shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock to effect the
structure of Spectrum Brands Holdings board of directors
described in the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement
and to ensure that Spectrum Brands Holdings chief
executive officer is elected to its board of directors;
|
|
|
|
neither Spectrum Brands Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries
will be permitted to pay any monitoring or similar fee to us or
our affiliates, including the Harbinger Parties;
|
|
|
|
we will not effect any transfer of Spectrum Brands
Holdings equity securities to any person that would result
in such person and its affiliates beneficially owning 40% or
more of Spectrum Brands Holdings outstanding voting
securities, unless (i) such person agrees to be bound by
the terms of the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement,
(ii) the transfer is pursuant to a bona fide acquisition of
Spectrum Brands Holdings approved by Spectrum Brands
Holdings board of directors and a majority of the members
of the Special Nominating Committee, (iii) the transfer is
otherwise specifically approved by Spectrum Brands
Holdings board of directors and a majority of the Special
Nominating Committee, or (iv) the transfer is of 5% or less
of Spectrum Brands Holdings outstanding voting securities;
|
|
|
|
before June 16, 2011, we will not (and we will not permit
any of our affiliates, including the Harbinger Parties, to) make
any public announcement with respect to, or submit a proposal
for, or offer in respect of, a Going-Private Transaction (as
defined in the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement)
of Spectrum Brands Holdings unless such action is specifically
requested in writing by the board of directors of Spectrum
Brands Holdings with the approval of a majority of the members
of the Special Nominating Committee. In addition, under Spectrum
Brands Holdings certificate of incorporation, no
stockholder that (together with its affiliates) owns 40% or more
of the outstanding voting securities of Spectrum Brands Holdings
(the 40% Stockholder) shall, or shall permit any of
its affiliates or any group which such 40% Stockholder or any
person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by such
40% Stockholder is a member of, to engage in any transactions
that would constitute a Going-Private Transaction, unless such
transaction satisfies certain requirements;
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
we will have certain inspection rights so long as we and our
affiliates, including the Harbinger Parties, own, in the
aggregate, at least 15% of the outstanding Spectrum Brands
Holdings voting securities; and
|
|
|
|
we will have certain rights to obtain Spectrum Brands
information, at our expense, for so long as we own at least 10%
of the outstanding Spectrum Brands Holdings voting
securities.
|
The provisions of the Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder
Agreement (other than with respect to information and
investigation rights) will terminate on the date on which we and
our affiliates (including the Harbinger Parties) no longer
beneficially own 40% of outstanding Spectrum Brands
Holdings voting securities. The Spectrum Brands Holdings
Stockholder Agreement terminates when any person or group owns
90% or more of the outstanding voting securities of Spectrum
Brands Holdings.
In order to permit the collateral agent to exercise the remedies
under the indenture and foreclose on the Spectrum Brands
Holdings common stock pledged as collateral for the notes upon
an event of default under the indenture, on January 7,
2011, simultaneously with the closing of the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition, the collateral agent became a party to the Spectrum
Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement and will, subject to
certain exceptions, become subject to all of its covenants,
terms and conditions to the same extent as HGI prior to such
event of default.
ACQUISITION
OF HARBINGER F&G, F&G HOLDINGS AND FS HOLDCO
See Annex E, Certain Information Regarding Harbinger
F&G, LLC, for a description of the acquisitions of
Harbinger F&G, F&G Holdings and FS Holdco.
49
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the
exchange notes in exchange for the outstanding initial notes. We
are making this exchange solely to satisfy our obligations under
the Registration Rights Agreement. In consideration for issuing
the exchange notes, we will receive initial notes in like
aggregate principal amount.
50
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated cash
and cash equivalents, short-term investments and consolidated
capitalization as of December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition and issuance of our common stock to effect
the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, (ii) the Fidelity &
Guaranty Acquisition and (iii) the issuance of the initial
notes and the use of proceeds from such issuance.
|
You should read this table together with Unaudited Pro
Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements, Use
of Proceeds, The Spectrum Brands Acquisition,
Acquisition of Harbinger F&G, F&G Holdings and
FS Holdco and our historical financial statements and
related notes and the financial statements and related notes of
each of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Spectrum Brands and F&G
Holdings included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HGI As of
|
|
|
Pro Forma As of
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
39.3
|
|
|
$
|
115.4
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
71.7
|
|
|
|
71.7
|
(5)
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
360.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HGI Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
$
|
350.0
|
|
|
$
|
350.0
|
|
Spectrum Brands Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands ABL Facility(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43.5
|
|
Foreign Credit Facilities and Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37.5
|
|
Spectrum Brands Term Loan(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
680.0
|
|
Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Notes(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
750.0
|
|
Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
245.0
|
|
Less: Original issuance discounts on debt
|
|
|
(4.9
|
)
|
|
|
(29.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
345.1
|
|
|
$
|
2,076.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total HGI stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
124.3
|
|
|
$
|
663.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
469.4
|
|
|
$
|
2,740.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The Spectrum Brands ABL Facility provides for borrowings of up
to $300 million from time to time, subject to a borrowing
base formula. As of December 31, 2010, $43.5 million
aggregate principal amount of borrowings and $36.5 million
of letters of credit were outstanding under the Spectrum Brands
ABL Facility and Spectrum Brands had the ability to borrow up to
an additional $150 million, subject to satisfaction of
customary borrowing conditions. The Spectrum Brands ABL Facility
expires in June 2016. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Consists of $680 million aggregate principal amount of
borrowings outstanding under the Spectrum Brands Term Loan that
had an initial principal balance of $750 million that was
borrowed at a discount of approximately $15 million. This
discount accretes and is included in interest expense as this
facility matures or is prepaid. This term loan was refinanced at
par with a new term loan with a lower interest rate and which
matures in June 2016. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Consists of $750 million aggregate principal amount of the
Spectrum Brands Senior Secured Notes that were issued at a
discount of approximately $10 million. This discount
accretes and is included in interest expense as the Spectrum
Brands Senior Secured Notes mature. The Spectrum Brands Senior
Secured Notes mature in June 2018. |
51
|
|
|
(4) |
|
As of December 31, 2010, $245 million aggregate
principal amount of the Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated
Toggle Notes was outstanding (including notes issued as payment
of interest in kind). Spectrum Brands may elect to pay interest
under the Spectrum Brands Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes in
cash or as a payment in kind through the semi-annual interest
period ended February 2011. The Spectrum Brands Senior
Subordinated Toggle Notes mature in August 2019. |
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Pro forma cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments
exclude cash, cash equivalents and investments of the insurance
operations which are segregated in a separate section of the
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet included
elsewhere in this prospectus. |
52
UNAUDITED
PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial
statements for the year ended December 31, 2010, the date
of our latest publicly available financial information, gives
effect to (i) the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, including
the full-period effect of the SB/RH Merger, (ii) the full
period effect of the initial notes offering and (iii) the
Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
shown below reflect historical financial information and have
been prepared on the basis that, under Accounting Standards
Codification Topic 805: Business Combinations (ASC
805), the Spectrum Brands Acquisition is accounted for as
a transaction between entities under common control and the
Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition is accounted for under
the acquisition method of accounting. In accordance with the
guidance in ASC 805, the assets and liabilities transferred
between entities under common control should be recorded by the
receiving entity based on their carrying amounts (or at the
historical cost basis of the parent, if these amounts differ).
Although we issued shares of our common stock to effect the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition, for accounting purposes Spectrum
Brands Holdings will be treated as the predecessor and receiving
entity of HGI since Spectrum Brands Holdings was an operating
business in prior periods, whereas HGI was not. As Spectrum
Brands was determined to be the accounting acquirer in the SB/RH
Merger, the financial statements of Spectrum Brands will be
presented as our predecessor entity for periods preceding the
SB/RH Merger. Accordingly, HGIs assets and liabilities
will be recorded at the Harbinger Parties basis as of the
date that common control was first established (June 16,
2010). The carrying value of HGIs assets and liabilities
approximated the Harbinger Parties basis at that date.
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance
sheet at December 31, 2010 is presented on a basis to
reflect (i) the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, including the
issuance of our common stock to affect the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition, and (ii) the Fidelity & Guaranty
Acquisition. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined
statement of operations for the year ended December 31,
2010 is presented on a basis to reflect (i) the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition, including the issuance of our common stock
to affect the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the full-period
effect of the SB/RH Merger, (ii) the full-period effect of
the initial notes offering and (iii) the Fidelity and
Guaranty Acquisition, as if each had occurred on January 1,
2010. Because of different fiscal year-ends, and in order to
present results for comparable periods, the unaudited pro forma
condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended
December 31, 2010 combines the historical condensed
consolidated statement of operations of HGI for the year then
ended with the derived historical results of operations of
Russell Hobbs for the six months ended March 31, 2010, the
last quarter end reported by Russell Hobbs prior to the SB/RH
Merger, and the derived historical results of operations of
Spectrum Brands Holdings for the twelve-month period ended
January 2, 2011 (which include Russell Hobbs results
of operations for the most recent six-month period ended
January 2, 2011). The results of Russell Hobbs have been
excluded for the stub period from June 16, 2010, the date
of the SB/RH Merger, to July 4, 2010 for pro forma
purposes, since comparable results are included in the derived
historical results of operations of Russell Hobbs for the
six-month period ended March 31, 2010. Pro forma
adjustments are made in order to reflect the potential effect of
the transactions on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined
statement of operations. As a result of the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition, the financial statements of Spectrum Brands
Holdings, as predecessor, will replace those of HGI for periods
prior to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition. Those financial
statements will reflect the SB/RH Merger effective June 16,
2010. We do not present any pro forma annual periods prior to
January 1, 2010 since those would be the same as Spectrum
Brands Holdings historical financial statements as the
predecessor to HGI.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
and the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements were based on, and should be read in
conjunction with:
|
|
|
|
|
our historical audited consolidated financial statements and
notes thereto for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010
included elsewhere in this prospectus;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands Holdings historical audited consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2010 included elsewhere in this prospectus;
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands Holdings historical unaudited consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto for the three-month
period ended January 2, 2011 included elsewhere in this
prospectus; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
F&G Holdings historical audited consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2010 included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
Our historical consolidated financial information has been
adjusted in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial
statements to give effect to pro forma events that are
(1) directly attributable to the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition, the SB/RH Merger, the initial notes offering and
the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition,
(2) factually supportable, and (3) with respect to the
unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations,
expected to have a continuing impact on our results. The
unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements do
not reflect any of HGIs or Spectrum Brands Holdings
managements expectations for revenue enhancements, cost
savings from the combined companys operating efficiencies,
synergies or other restructurings, or the costs and related
liabilities that would be incurred to achieve such revenue
enhancements, cost savings from operating efficiencies,
synergies or restructurings, which could result from the SB/RH
Merger.
The pro forma adjustments are based upon available
information and assumptions that the managements of HGI,
Spectrum Brands Holdings and F&G Holdings, as applicable,
believe reasonably reflect the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the
SB/RH Merger, the initial notes offering and the
Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition. The unaudited pro
forma condensed combined financial statements are provided for
illustrative purposes only and do not purport to represent what
our actual consolidated results of operations or our
consolidated financial position would have been had the Spectrum
Brands and Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisitions and other
identified events occurred on the date assumed, nor are they
necessarily indicative of our future consolidated results of
operations or financial position.
54
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet
As of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Pro Forma Adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum
|
|
|
Fidelity &
|
|
|
Spectrum
|
|
|
|
|
Fidelity &
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harbinger
|
|
|
Brands
|
|
|
Guaranty Life
|
|
|
Brands
|
|
|
|
|
Guaranty
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Group Inc.
|
|
|
Holdings, Inc.
|
|
|
Holdings, Inc.
|
|
|
Acquisition
|
|
|
Note
|
|
Acquisition
|
|
|
Note
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Consumer Products and Other:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
39,311
|
|
|
$
|
83,051
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
360,133
|
|
|
(5i)
|
|
$
|
(367,100
|
)
|
|
(10a)
|
|
$
|
115,395
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
71,688
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,688
|
|
Receivables, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
415,038
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
415,038
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
512,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
512,300
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
799
|
|
|
|
85,777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
86,576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
111,798
|
|
|
|
1,096,166
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360,133
|
|
|
|
|
|
(367,100
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
1,200,997
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
360,133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(360,133
|
)
|
|
(5i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Properties, net
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
|
197,328
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
197,465
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
607,101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
607,101
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,746,223
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,746,223
|
|
Deferred charges and other assets
|
|
|
11,866
|
|
|
|
99,556
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111,422
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
483,934
|
|
|
|
3,746,374
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(367,100
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
3,863,208
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Insurance:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed maturities,
available-for-sale,
at fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,361,477
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
573,723
|
|
|
(10b)
|
|
|
15,935,200
|
|
Equity securities,
available-for-sale,
at fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
292,777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,955
|
|
|
(10b)
|
|
|
301,732
|
|
Derivative investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
161,468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,208
|
|
|
(10c)
|
|
|
197,676
|
|
Other invested assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90,838
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90,838
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,906,560
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
618,886
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,525,446
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
639,247
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79,275
|
|
|
(10c,d)
|
|
|
718,522
|
|
Accrued investment income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
202,226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,853
|
|
|
(10b)
|
|
|
211,079
|
|
Accounts and notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,257
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(76,257
|
)
|
|
(10d)
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred policy acquisition costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,695,237
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,695,237
|
)
|
|
(10e,g)
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of in-force
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69,631
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
741,266
|
|
|
(10g)
|
|
|
810,897
|
|
Reinsurance recoverable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,830,083
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(907,831
|
)
|
|
(10e)
|
|
|
922,252
|
|
Deferred tax asset, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
151,702
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,702
|
)
|
|
(10h)
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,902
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,392
|
|
|
(10 f,i)
|
|
|
57,294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,612,845
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,217,355
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
19,395,490
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
483,934
|
|
|
$
|
3,746,374
|
|
|
$
|
20,612,845
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1,584,455
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,258,698
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
|
Consumer Products and Other:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
31,544
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
31,544
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
2,728
|
|
|
|
273,804
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
276,532
|
|
Accrued and other current liabilities
|
|
|
7,414
|
|
|
|
273,232
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
280,646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
10,142
|
|
|
|
578,580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
588,722
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
345,146
|
|
|
|
1,700,168
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,045,314
|
|
Non-current deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
290,346
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
290,346
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
4,320
|
|
|
|
147,996
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
152,316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
359,608
|
|
|
|
2,717,090
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,076,698
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Insurance:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future policy benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,473,956
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
211,909
|
|
|
(10j)
|
|
|
3,685,865
|
|
Contractholder funds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,081,681
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(142,495
|
)
|
|
(10k)
|
|
|
14,939,186
|
|
Liability for policy and contract claims
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63,427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63,427
|
|
Accounts and notes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
244,584
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(244,584
|
)
|
|
(10l)
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
404,558
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(42,546
|
)
|
|
(10d,f,l)
|
|
|
362,012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,268,206
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(217,716
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
19,050,490
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
359,608
|
|
|
|
2,717,090
|
|
|
|
19,268,206
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(217,716
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
22,127,188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
671
|
|
|
(5c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,392
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
132,773
|
|
|
|
1,321,604
|
|
|
|
1,754,571
|
|
|
|
(597,317
|
)
|
|
(5a,b,c)
|
|
|
(1,754,571
|
)
|
|
(10m)
|
|
|
857,060
|
|
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
|
|
|
1,543
|
|
|
|
(280,650
|
)
|
|
|
(437,595
|
)
|
|
|
109,549
|
|
|
(5a,b)
|
|
|
415,495
|
|
|
(10n)
|
|
|
(191,658
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
|
|
|
(10,210
|
)
|
|
|
(6,749
|
)
|
|
|
27,663
|
|
|
|
13,281
|
|
|
(5a,b)
|
|
|
(27,663
|
)
|
|
(10o)
|
|
|
(3,678
|
)
|
Treasury stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,449
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,449
|
|
|
(5c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
124,299
|
|
|
|
1,029,284
|
|
|
|
1,344,639
|
|
|
|
(468,367
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(1,366,739
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
663,116
|
|
Noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
468,367
|
|
|
(5b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
468,394
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
124,326
|
|
|
|
1,029,284
|
|
|
|
1,344,639
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,366,739
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
1,131,510
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and equity
|
|
$
|
483,934
|
|
|
$
|
3,746,374
|
|
|
$
|
20,612,845
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1,584,455
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,258,698
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements.
55
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of
Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Pro Forma Adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Russell
|
|
|
|
|
|
Elimination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hobbs, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
of Russell
|
|
|
SB/RH
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum
|
|
|
Six-Month
|
|
|
Fidelity &
|
|
|
Hobbs, Inc.
|
|
|
Merger
|
|
|
|
|
Initial
|
|
|
Fidelity &
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harbinger
|
|
|
Brands
|
|
|
Period Ended
|
|
|
Guaranty Life
|
|
|
Duplicate
|
|
|
Related &
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
Guaranty
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Group Inc.
|
|
|
Holdings, Inc.
|
|
|
March 31, 2010
|
|
|
Holdings, Inc.
|
|
|
Information(6)
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Note
|
|
Offering(8)
|
|
|
Acquisition
|
|
|
Note
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer Products and Other:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,836,138
|
|
|
$
|
406,412
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(35,755
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,206,795
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Insurance:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Premiums
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
219,970
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(130,103
|
)
|
|
(10r)
|
|
|
89,867
|
|
Net investment income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
915,587
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(75,167
|
)
|
|
(10p,r)
|
|
|
840,420
|
|
Net investment gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,128
|
|
|
(10r)
|
|
|
81,245
|
|
Insurance and investment product fees and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
108,254
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,063
|
|
|
(10r)
|
|
|
146,317
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,303,928
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(146,079
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
1,157,849
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,836,138
|
|
|
|
406,412
|
|
|
|
1,303,928
|
|
|
|
(35,755
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(146,079
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
4,364,644
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer Products and Other:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,799,951
|
|
|
|
275,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23,839
|
)
|
|
|
(2,164
|
)
|
|
(7b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,049,616
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
18,846
|
|
|
|
816,899
|
|
|
|
90,647
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,261
|
)
|
|
|
(32,590
|
)
|
|
(5a,e,f,h)(7a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
882,541
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,846
|
|
|
|
2,616,850
|
|
|
|
366,315
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(35,100
|
)
|
|
|
(34,754
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,932,157
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Insurance:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits and other changes in policy reserves
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
862,994
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(68,063
|
)
|
|
(10r)
|
|
|
794,931
|
|
Acquisition and operating expenses, net of deferrals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,902
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,044
|
|
|
(10r)
|
|
|
118,946
|
|
Amortization of deferred acquistion costs and intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
273,038
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(165,963
|
)
|
|
(10q)
|
|
|
107,075
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,236,934
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(215,982
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
1,020,952
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating costs and expenses
|
|
|
18,846
|
|
|
|
2,616,850
|
|
|
|
366,315
|
|
|
|
1,236,934
|
|
|
|
(35,100
|
)
|
|
|
(34,754
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(215,982
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
3,953,109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(18,846
|
)
|
|
|
219,288
|
|
|
|
40,097
|
|
|
|
66,994
|
|
|
|
(655
|
)
|
|
|
34,754
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69,903
|
|
|
|
|
|
411,535
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
4,963
|
|
|
|
280,628
|
|
|
|
11,556
|
|
|
|
25,019
|
|
|
|
(3,866
|
)
|
|
|
(98,824
|
)
|
|
(5d)
|
|
|
34,834
|
|
|
|
(25,019
|
)
|
|
(10s)
|
|
|
229,291
|
|
Other expense (income), net
|
|
|
(743
|
)
|
|
|
12,543
|
|
|
|
6,423
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income
taxes
|
|
|
(23,066
|
)
|
|
|
(73,883
|
)
|
|
|
22,118
|
|
|
|
41,975
|
|
|
|
2,288
|
|
|
|
133,578
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34,834
|
)
|
|
|
94,922
|
|
|
|
|
|
163,098
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(758
|
)
|
|
|
75,733
|
|
|
|
7,021
|
|
|
|
(130,122
|
)
|
|
|
(214
|
)
|
|
|
767
|
|
|
(5a,g)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
178,499
|
|
|
(10t)
|
|
|
130,926
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
|
(22,308
|
)
|
|
|
(149,616
|
)
|
|
|
15,097
|
|
|
|
172,097
|
|
|
|
2,502
|
|
|
|
132,811
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34,834
|
)
|
|
|
(83,577
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
32,172
|
|
Less: (Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
attributable to noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
293
|
|
|
(5b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations attributable to
controlling interest
|
|
$
|
(22,305
|
)
|
|
$
|
(149,616
|
)
|
|
$
|
15,097
|
|
|
$
|
172,097
|
|
|
$
|
2,502
|
|
|
$
|
132,518
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(34,834
|
)
|
|
$
|
(83,577
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
31,882
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations per share attributable
to controlling interest:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(1.16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.23
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(1.16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.23
|
|
Weighted average shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
19,286
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
119,910
|
|
|
(5c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
139,196
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
19,286
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
139,286
|
|
See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements.
56
Harbinger
Group Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
HGIs fiscal year-end was December 31 while Spectrum Brands
Holdings fiscal year-end is September 30 and Russell
Hobbs fiscal year-end was June 30. HGIS latest
reporting period is the year ended December 31, 2010, while
Russell Hobbs last reporting period, prior to the SB/RH
Merger, was its third quarter results for the nine-month period
ended March 31, 2010 and Spectrum Brands Holdings
latest reporting period is its three-month period ended
January 2, 2011 (which includes results of operations for
Russell Hobbs for that full three-month period). In order for
the unaudited interim pro forma results to be comparable,
results of Russell Hobbs and Spectrum Brands Holdings must
reflect twelve months. Because Russell Hobbs results of
operations for the six months ended January 2, 2011 are
included in Spectrum Brands Holdings historical statements
of operations (post SB/RH Merger), Russell Hobbs
historical financial information for the statement of operations
covering the three-month period ended September 30, 2009
has been excluded, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(A)
|
|
|
(B)
|
|
|
(C)=(A)-(B)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
617,281
|
|
|
$
|
210,869
|
|
|
$
|
406,412
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
422,652
|
|
|
|
146,984
|
|
|
|
275,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
194,629
|
|
|
|
63,885
|
|
|
|
130,744
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling
|
|
|
87,539
|
|
|
|
26,633
|
|
|
|
60,906
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
35,715
|
|
|
|
14,099
|
|
|
|
21,616
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
6,513
|
|
|
|
2,296
|
|
|
|
4,217
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
4,665
|
|
|
|
757
|
|
|
|
3,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
134,432
|
|
|
|
43,785
|
|
|
|
90,647
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
60,197
|
|
|
|
20,100
|
|
|
|
40,097
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
24,112
|
|
|
|
12,556
|
|
|
|
11,556
|
|
Other expense (income), net
|
|
|
5,702
|
|
|
|
(721
|
)
|
|
|
6,423
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
30,383
|
|
|
|
8,265
|
|
|
|
22,118
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
11,375
|
|
|
|
4,354
|
|
|
|
7,021
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
19,008
|
|
|
$
|
3,911
|
|
|
$
|
15,097
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To derive Spectrum Brands Holdings results for the twelve
months ended January 2, 2011, Spectrum Brands
historical statement of operations for the year ended
September 30, 2010 has been adjusted to include
57
the three month period ended January 2, 2011 and exclude
the three-month period ended January 3, 2010, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Twelve Months
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
January 3,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(A)
|
|
|
(B)
|
|
|
(C)
|
|
|
(D) = (A) + (B) - (C)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
2,567,011
|
|
|
$
|
861,067
|
|
|
$
|
591,940
|
|
|
$
|
2,836,138
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
1,638,451
|
|
|
|
561,234
|
|
|
|
405,827
|
|
|
|
1,793,858
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
7,150
|
|
|
|
594
|
|
|
|
1,651
|
|
|
|
6,093
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
921,410
|
|
|
|
299,239
|
|
|
|
184,462
|
|
|
|
1,036,187
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling
|
|
|
466,813
|
|
|
|
140,220
|
|
|
|
111,289
|
|
|
|
495,744
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
199,386
|
|
|
|
60,757
|
|
|
|
40,762
|
|
|
|
219,381
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
31,013
|
|
|
|
7,567
|
|
|
|
6,445
|
|
|
|
32,135
|
|
Acquisition and integration related charges
|
|
|
38,452
|
|
|
|
16,455
|
|
|
|
2,431
|
|
|
|
52,476
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
16,968
|
|
|
|
4,971
|
|
|
|
4,776
|
|
|
|
17,163
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
752,632
|
|
|
|
229,970
|
|
|
|
165,703
|
|
|
|
816,899
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
168,778
|
|
|
|
69,269
|
|
|
|
18,759
|
|
|
|
219,288
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
277,015
|
|
|
|
53,095
|
|
|
|
49,482
|
|
|
|
280,628
|
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
12,300
|
|
|
|
889
|
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
|
12,543
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations before
reorganization items and income taxes
|
|
|
(120,537
|
)
|
|
|
15,285
|
|
|
|
(31,369
|
)
|
|
|
(73,883
|
)
|
Reorganization items expense, net
|
|
|
3,646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income
taxes
|
|
|
(124,183
|
)
|
|
|
15,285
|
|
|
|
(35,015
|
)
|
|
|
(73,883
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
63,189
|
|
|
|
35,043
|
|
|
|
22,499
|
|
|
|
75,733
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(187,372
|
)
|
|
$
|
(19,758
|
)
|
|
$
|
(57,514
|
)
|
|
$
|
(149,616
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
BASIS OF
PRO FORMA PRESENTATION
|
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
have been prepared using the historical consolidated financial
statements of HGI, Russell Hobbs, Spectrum Brands, Spectrum
Brands Holdings and F&G Holdings. The predecessor of the
historical financial statements of Spectrum Brands Holdings is
Spectrum Brands. The Spectrum Brands Acquisition is accounted
for as a merger among entities under common control with
Spectrum Brands Holdings as the predecessor and receiving entity
of HGI. The Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition is accounted
for using the acquisition method of accounting.
|
|
(3)
|
SIGNIFICANT
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
|
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
of HGI do not assume any differences in accounting policies
between HGI, Spectrum Brands Holdings and F&G Holdings. HGI
will review the
58
accounting policies of HGI, Spectrum Brands Holdings and
F&G Holdings to ensure conformity of such accounting
policies on a consolidated basis and, as a result of that
review, HGI may identify differences between the accounting
policies of these companies that, when conformed, could have a
material impact on the combined financial statements. At this
time, HGI is not aware of any differences that would have a
material impact on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements.
|
|
(4)
|
ACQUISITION
OF RUSSELL HOBBS BY SPECTRUM BRANDS IN SB/RH MERGER
|
Russell Hobbs was acquired by Spectrum Brands Holdings as a
result of the SB/RH Merger on June 16, 2010. The
consideration was in the form of newly-issued shares of common
stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings exchanged for all of the
outstanding shares of common and preferred stock and certain
debt of Russell Hobbs held by the Harbinger Parties. Inasmuch as
Russell Hobbs was a private company and its common stock was not
publicly traded, the closing market price of the Spectrum Brands
common stock at June 15, 2010 was used to calculate the
purchase price. The total purchase price of Russell Hobbs was
approximately $597,579 determined as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands closing price per share on June 15, 2010
|
|
$
|
28.15
|
|
Purchase price Russell Hobbs allocation
20,704 shares(1)(2)
|
|
$
|
575,203
|
|
Cash payment to pay off Russell Hobbs North American
credit facility
|
|
|
22,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total purchase price of Russell Hobbs
|
|
$
|
597,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Number of shares calculated based upon conversion formula, as
defined in the SB/RH Merger agreement, using balances as of
June 16, 2010. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
The fair value of 271 shares of unvested restricted stock
units as they relate to post combination services will be
recorded as operating expense over the remaining service period
and were assumed to have no fair value for the purchase price. |
The total purchase price for Russell Hobbs was allocated to the
preliminary net tangible and intangible assets of Russell Hobbs
by Spectrum Brands Holdings based upon their preliminary fair
values at June 16, 2010 and is reflected in Spectrum Brands
Holdings historical consolidated statement of financial
position as of January 2, 2011 as set forth below. The
excess of the purchase price over the preliminary net tangible
assets and intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. The
preliminary allocation of the purchase price was based upon a
valuation for which the estimates and assumptions are subject to
change within the measurement period (up to one year from the
acquisition date). The primary areas of the preliminary purchase
price allocation that are not yet finalized relate to certain
legal matters, amounts for income taxes including deferred tax
accounts, amounts for uncertain tax positions, and net operating
loss carryforwards inclusive of associated limitations, and the
final allocation of goodwill. Spectrum Brands Holdings expects
to continue to obtain information to assist it in determining
the fair values of the net assets acquired at the acquisition
date during the measurement period. The preliminary purchase
price allocation for Russell Hobbs is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
307,809
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
15,150
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
363,327
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
120,079
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
15,752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
|
822,117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
142,046
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
18,970
|
(1)
|
Long-term liabilities
|
|
|
63,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities assumed
|
|
|
224,538
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
$
|
597,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents indebtedness of Russell Hobbs assumed in the SB/RH
Merger. |
59
|
|
(5)
|
PRO FORMA
ADJUSTMENTS SPECTRUM BRANDS ACQUISITION AND SB/RH
MERGER
|
(a) To effect the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, HGI issued
its common stock to the Harbinger Parties in exchange for the
controlling financial interest in Spectrum Brands Holdings.
After this issuance of shares, the Harbinger Parties own
approximately 93% of HGIs outstanding common stock. As
Spectrum Brands Holdings is the receiving and predecessor entity
and under common control of the Harbinger Parties, HGIs
assets and liabilities will be recorded at the Harbinger
Parties basis as of the date common control was
established. The carrying value of HGIs assets and
liabilities approximated the Harbinger Parties basis at
the date that common control with Spectrum Brands Holdings was
established (June 16, 2010). However, adjustments were made
to income taxes and pension expense to reflect the effect of
rolling back the Harbinger Parties basis in HGI to the
January 1, 2010 assumed transaction date for purposes of
the unaudited condensed combined pro forma statement of
operations. This results in a decrease in Selling, general and
administrative expense for pension expense in the amount of $918
for the year ended December 31, 2010. Similarly, the tax
adjustment is as shown in the unaudited pro forma condensed
combined statement of operations included herein.
The financial statements of Spectrum Brands Holdings, as
predecessor, will replace those of HGI for periods prior to the
date common control with Spectrum Brands Holdings was
established (June 16, 2010) and, as such, these
adjustments eliminate HGIs historical retained earnings
and accumulated other comprehensive loss prior to that date as
well as the subsequent amortization through December 31,
2010 of accumulated other comprehensive loss to retained
earnings (through HGIs historical net loss for the period).
(b) Adjustment reflects the noncontrolling interest in
Spectrum Brands Holdings upon the completion of the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition. HGI owns approximately 54.5% of the
outstanding Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock, subsequent to
the Spectrum Brands Acquisition. The allocation to
noncontrolling interest from the components of
stockholders equity reflects 45.5% of Spectrum Brands
Holdings stockholders equity at January 2, 2011.
(c) Adjustment reflects the 119,910 shares of HGI
common stock issued as a result of the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition. The adjustment also reflects the elimination of
Spectrum Brands Holdings historical capital structure.
(d) The SB/RH Merger resulted in a substantial change to
the Spectrum Brands Holdings debt structure, as further
discussed in the notes to the Spectrum Brands Holdings
historical financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The change in interest expense is $98,824 for the
year ended December 31, 2010. The adjustment consists of
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Interest Expense
|
|
|
$750,000 Term loan
|
|
|
8.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
60,750
|
|
$750,000 Senior secured notes
|
|
|
9.5
|
%
|
|
|
71,250
|
|
$231,161 Senior subordinated notes
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
|
|
27,739
|
|
ABL revolving credit facility
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
|
1,670
|
|
Foreign debt, other obligations and capital leases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,407
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,678
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total pro forma interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
189,494
|
|
Less: elimination of historical interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
288,318
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(98,824
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An assumed increase or decrease of 1/8 percent in the
interest rate assumed above with respect to the $750,000 term
loan and the ABL revolving credit facility (with an assumed
$22,000 average principal balance outstanding), which have
variable interest rates, would impact total pro forma interest
expense by $965 for the year ended December 31, 2010.
60
(e) Adjustment reflects increased amortization expense
associated with the fair value adjustment of Russell Hobbs
intangible assets of $4,806 for the year ended December 31,
2010. This adjustment for the year ended December 31, 2010
reflects an adjustment to the Russell Hobbs historical six-month
period ended March 31, 2010 only (the last reported period
prior to the SB/RH Merger), as the Russell Hobbs acquisition is
already reflected in the last six months of Spectrum Brands
Holdings twelve-month period ended January 2, 2011.
(f) Adjustment reflects an increase in equity awards
amortization of $2,664 to reflect equity awards issued in
connection with the SB/RH Merger which had vesting periods
ranging from 1-12 months. For purposes of this pro forma
adjustment, fair value is assumed to be the average of the high
and low price of Spectrum Brands common stock at
June 16, 2010 of $28.24 per share, managements most
reliable determination of fair value.
(g) As a result of Russell Hobbs and Spectrum
Brands existing income tax loss carryforwards in the
United States, for which full valuation allowances have been
provided, no deferred income taxes have been established and no
income tax has been provided in the pro forma adjustments
related to the SB/RH Merger.
(h) Adjustment reflects decreased depreciation expense
associated with the fair value adjustment of Russell Hobbs
property, plant and equipment of $751. Such amount reflects an
adjustment to the Russell Hobbs historical six-month period
ended March 31, 2010 only (the last reported period prior
to the SB/RH Merger), as the Russell Hobbs acquisition is
already reflected in the last six months of Spectrum Brands
Holdings twelve-month period ended January 2, 2011.
The adjustment has been recorded to Selling, general and
administrative expense. Pro forma impacts to Cost of goods sold
for depreciation associated with the fair value adjustment of
Russell Hobbs equipment is considered immaterial.
(i) Adjustment reflects the reclassification of HGIs
restricted cash related to the initial note offering which
became unrestricted upon completion of the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition.
|
|
(6)
|
PRO FORMA
ADJUSTMENT ELIMINATION OF DUPLICATE FINANCIAL
INFORMATION
|
This pro forma adjustment represents the elimination of the
financial data from June 16, 2010 through July 4, 2010
of Russell Hobbs that is reflected in Spectrum Brands
Holdings historical financial statements. These are
considered duplicative because a full twelve months of financial
results for Russell Hobbs has been reflected in the unaudited
condensed combined pro forma statement of operations consisting
of the six-month Russell Hobbs historical period ended
March 31, 2010, prior to the SB/RH Merger, and the six
month period ended January 2, 2011, subsequent to the SB/RH
Merger, included in Spectrum Brands Holdings historical
column.
(a) Spectrum Brands Holdings financial results for
the twelve-month period ended January 2, 2011 include
$38,391 of expenses related to the SB/RH Merger. These costs
include severance and fees for legal, accounting, financial
advisory, due diligence, tax, valuation, printing and other
various services necessary to complete this transaction and were
expensed as incurred. These costs have been excluded from the
unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations
as these amounts are considered non-recurring.
(b) Spectrum Brands Holdings increased Russell Hobbs
inventory by $2,504, to estimated fair value, upon completion of
the SB/RH Merger. Cost of sales increased by this amount during
the first inventory turn subsequent to the completion of the
SB/RH Merger. $340 was recorded in the three months ended
July 4, 2010 and has been eliminated as part of the
Elimination of duplicate financial information
adjustments discussed in Note (6) above. The remaining
$2,164 was recorded in the six months ended December 31,
2010, which amount has been eliminated as a pro forma adjustment
related to the SB/RH Merger. These costs have been excluded from
the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of
operations as they are considered non-recurring.
61
|
|
(8)
|
PRO FORMA
ADJUSTMENTS INITIAL NOTES OFFERING
|
On November 15, 2010, HGI issued the initial notes in
private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to
Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended. The issue price of the initial notes was
98.587% of par, reflecting an original issue discount
aggregating $4,945, and HGI incurred debt issuance costs of
$11,618.
The incremental interest expense related to the initial notes
was calculated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense on notes at 10.625%
|
|
$
|
37,188
|
|
Amortization of original issue discount on notes
|
|
|
785
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
1,824
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total pro forma interest expense
|
|
|
39,797
|
|
Less: Elimination of historical interest expense
|
|
|
4,963
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma adjustment
|
|
$
|
34,834
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a result of HGIs existing income tax loss
carryforwards, for which valuation allowances have been
provided, no income tax benefit has been reflected in the pro
forma adjustments related to HGI.
|
|
(9)
|
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY ACQUISITION
|
For the purposes of these unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements, HGI made a preliminary allocation of the
estimated purchase price to the net assets to be acquired, as if
the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition had closed on
December 31, 2010, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Investments, cash and receivables
|
|
$
|
17,455,047
|
|
Reinsurance recoverables
|
|
|
922,252
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
810,897
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
57,294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
|
19,395,490
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future policy benefits
|
|
|
3,685,865
|
|
Contractholder funds
|
|
|
14,939,186
|
|
Liability for policy and contract claims
|
|
|
63,427
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
362,012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities assumed
|
|
|
19,050,490
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total preliminary purchase price allocation
|
|
|
345,000
|
|
Amount re-characterized as expense (See Note 10(a) below)
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contractual cash purchase price
|
|
$
|
350,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10)
|
PRO FORMA
ADJUSTMENTS FIDELITY & GUARANTY
ACQUISITION
|
The following pro forma adjustments are made to reflect the
preliminary purchase price allocation and other transactions
directly related to the Fidelity & Guaranty
Acquisition:
(a) Adjustment reflects the cash purchase price of $350,000
for the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition plus costs
associated with closing the transaction of $17,100. For purposes
of the preliminary purchase price allocation set forth in Note
(9) above, the $350,000 cash purchase price paid by HGI has
been reduced by a $5,000 expense reimbursement made by the
seller to the Harbinger Parties, thereby effectively
re-characterizing $5,000 of HGIs purchase price payment as
expense.
(b) Adjustments of $573,723, $8,955 and $8,853 represent
adjustments of $582,678 to available-for-sale securities and
$8,853 to accrued investment income, respectively, transferred
to F&G Holdings from Old Mutual Reassurance (Ireland)
Limited (OM RE) as part of the transaction. The life
business ceded to OM RE was recaptured as part of the
transaction.
62
(c) Adjustments of $36,208 and $15,737 represent the
derivative investments and cash and cash equivalents,
respectively, transferred to F&G Holdings from OM RE as
part of the transaction. The life business ceded to OM RE was
recaptured as part of the transaction.
(d) Adjustment to reclassify $76,257 of notes receivable
from affiliates to cash and cash equivalents. These notes were
settled as part of the transaction. An additional adjustment has
been made to cash and cash equivalents in the amount of
($12,719) to settle intercompany payables included in F&G
Holdings Other liabilities.
(e) Adjustment of $(907,831) to remove the reinsurance
recoverable from OM RE and $220,778 to reflect unamortized
deferred acquisition costs transferred from OM RE as part of
transaction. The life business ceded to OM RE was recaptured as
part of the transaction.
(f) Adjustment of $13,750 to reflect a reserve facility
structuring fee related to the retrocession of the life business
recaptured from OM RE to a newly formed reinsurance subsidiary.
The structuring fee will be capitalized and amortized over the
life of the reserve facility.
(g) Adjustments of $(1,916,015) for the purchase accounting
related to the elimination of the historical deferred
acquisition costs (DAC) and the historical present
value of in-force (PVIF) of $(69,631) and the
establishment of PVIF of $810,897 resulting from purchase
accounting for the transaction. The PVIF reflects the estimated
fair value of the in-force contracts and represents the portion
of the purchase price that is allocated to the value of the
right to receive future cash flows from the life insurance and
annuity contracts in-force at the acquisition date. PVIF is
based on actuarially determined projections, by each line of
business, of future policy and contract charges, premiums,
mortality and morbidity, surrenders, operating expenses,
investment returns and other factors. Actual experience of the
purchased business may vary materially from these projections.
PVIF is amortized in relation to estimated gross profits or
premiums, depending on product type. The net adjustment to
amortization as a result of eliminating the historical DAC and
establishing the PVIF is reflected in adjustment (q).
(h) Adjustment of $(1,702) is the decrease in the deferred
tax asset as a result of the changes to the assets and
liabilities in purchase accounting of $445,715 net of a deferred
tax asset valuation allowance of $447,417 established in
purchase accounting.
(i) Adjustment of $1,642 represents the adjustment of the
carrying value of other assets to fair value.
(j) Adjustment of $211,909 represents the increase to the
carrying value of F&G Holdings liability for future
policy benefits based on current assumptions, including business
recaptured from OM RE.
(k) Adjustment of $(142,495) represents the decrease in the
carrying value of F&G Holdings contractholder funds
based on current assumptions.
(l) Adjustments of $(43,577) to adjust historical balance
of deferred reinsurance gains to a fair value of $0 and
$(244,584) to reflect the push down of the sellers basis
in the note payable assigned to the acquirer, which is
eliminated in consolidation.
(m) Adjustment of $(1,754,571) represents the elimination
of the historical paid-in capital of F&G Holdings.
(n) Adjustment of $415,495 represents the elimination of
the historical accumulated deficit of F&G Holdings of
$437,595 and the adjustment for expenses associated with closing
the transaction of $(22,100) reflected in adjustment (a).
(o) Adjustments of $(27,674) and $11 to eliminate the
historical balances for net unrealized gains and other,
respectively, in accumulated other comprehensive income.
(p) Adjustment of $(70,396) includes the amortization of
the premium of $(66,862) on fixed maturity
securities available for sale of F&G Holdings,
resulting from the fair value adjustment of these assets as of
63
December 31, 2010 and an adjustment of $(3,534) for the
change in the yield on the investments that were sold as part of
the purchase agreement and reinvested in lower yielding assets.
(q) Adjustment of $(165,963) for the reversal of the
historical deferred acquisition cost amortization of $(273,038)
and the amortization of the PVIF under purchase accounting of
$107,075.
(r) Adjustments to reflect the income statement impacts of
the recapture of the life business from OM Re and the
retrocession of the majority of the recaptured business and the
reinsurance of certain life business previously not reinsured to
an unaffiliated third party reinsurer that was contemplated by
HGI as part of the transaction, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Premiums
|
|
$
|
(130,103
|
)
|
Net investment income
|
|
|
(4,771
|
)
|
Net investment gains/(losses)
|
|
|
21,128
|
|
Insurance and investment product fees and other
|
|
|
38,063
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
(68,063
|
)
|
Acquisition and operating expenses, net of deferrals
|
|
|
18,044
|
|
(s) Adjustment of $(25,019) to eliminate interest expense
on the note payable referenced in note (l).
(t) Adjustment of $178,499 represents (i) the reversal
of a $145,276 income tax benefit component of F&G
Holdings historical income tax benefit attributable to a
change in valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, which
would not have been reflected in operations if purchase
accounting had been applied as of January 1, 2010, and
(ii) the $33,223 income tax effect of all pro forma
consolidated statement of income adjustments relating to
F&G Holdings using the federal income tax rate of 35%.
64
SELECTED
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following is selected historical financial information of
HGI. Selected historical financial information of Spectrum
Brands Holdings is included in Annex B hereto.
The following table sets forth our selected historical
consolidated financial information for the periods and as of the
dates presented. The selected financial information as of
December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and for each
of the five fiscal years then ended has been derived from our
audited consolidated financial statements.
The financial information indicated may not be indicative of
future performance. This financial information and other data
should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to, our respective audited and unaudited
consolidated financial statements, including the related notes
thereto, our Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the
unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus. All amounts are in
thousands, except for per share amounts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010(1)
|
|
|
2009(2)
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006(3)
|
|
|
Income Statement Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(18,846
|
)
|
|
|
(6,290
|
)
|
|
|
(3,237
|
)
|
|
|
(3,388
|
)
|
|
|
(4,730
|
)
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations attributable to HGI
|
|
|
(22,305
|
)
|
|
|
(13,344
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
2,551
|
|
|
|
(273
|
)
|
Loss from discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,390
|
)
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(22,308
|
)
|
|
|
(13,347
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
2,550
|
|
|
|
(4,664
|
)
|
Net (loss) income attributable to HGI
|
|
|
(22,305
|
)
|
|
|
(13,344
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
2,551
|
|
|
|
(4,663
|
)
|
Net (loss) income per share basic and diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
|
(1.16
|
)
|
|
|
(0.69
|
)
|
|
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
Loss from discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.23
|
)
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(1.16
|
)
|
|
|
(0.69
|
)
|
|
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
(0.24
|
)
|
Balance Sheet Data (as of year end):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Working capital(4)
|
|
$
|
101,656
|
|
|
$
|
141,947
|
|
|
$
|
153,908
|
|
|
$
|
154,275
|
|
|
$
|
150,490
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
483,934
|
|
|
|
152,883
|
|
|
|
164,032
|
|
|
|
165,444
|
|
|
|
163,731
|
|
Total HGI stockholders equity
|
|
|
124,299
|
|
|
|
145,767
|
|
|
|
158,814
|
|
|
|
162,099
|
|
|
|
159,268
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
212.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deficiency of earnings (loss) to fixed charges
|
|
$
|
(23,066
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,781
|
)
|
|
$
|
(111
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(91
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
During the year ended December 31, 2010, loss from
continuing operations reflects a benefit from income taxes of
$0.8 million which represents the restoration of deferred
tax assets previously written off in connection with the change
in control of our company in 2009, as discussed further in note
(2) below, and a related reversal of accrued interest and
penalties on uncertain tax positions. These deferred tax assets
relate to net operating loss carryforwards which are realizable
to the extent we settle our uncertain tax positions for which we
have previously recorded $0.8 million of reserves and
related accrued interest and penalties. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
The change in control of our company in the year ended
December 31, 2009 resulted in a change of ownership of our
company under sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue
Code. As a result, we wrote off approximately $7.4 million
of net operating loss carryforward tax benefits and alternative
minimum tax credits. |
65
|
|
|
|
|
Additionally, as a result of cumulative losses in recent years,
we increased our valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets
by $2.8 million. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
During 2006, we sold our approximate 57% ownership interest in
Omega Protein Corporation in two separate transactions for
combined proceeds of $75.5 million. In conjunction with the
sale, we recognized transaction related losses of
$10.3 million ($7.2 million net of tax adjustments).
Such amounts are included under loss from discontinued
operations for the year ended December 31, 2006. |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Working capital is defined as current assets less current
liabilities. |
66
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following is HGIs managements discussion and
analysis of financial condition and results of operations.
Managements discussion and analysis of financial
conditions and results of operations of Spectrum Brands Holdings
is included in Annex B hereto.
The following is a discussion of our financial condition and
results of operations. This discussion should be read in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains
forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.
Actual results could differ materially from those discussed
herein. Factors that could cause or contribute to such
differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed
above in Risk Factors, as well as those discussed in
this section and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
We are a holding company that is majority owned by the Harbinger
Parties.
After the disposition of our 57% ownership interest in the
common stock of Omega in December 2006, we have held
substantially all of our assets in cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments. Since then, we have been actively
looking for acquisition or investment opportunities with a
principal focus on identifying and evaluating potential
acquisitions of operating businesses. These efforts accelerated
after the Harbinger Parties acquired approximately
9.9 million shares, or approximately 51.6%, of our common
stock in July 2009 (the 2009 Change of Control).
On November 15, 2010, we completed the offering of the
initial notes. The initial notes were sold only to qualified
institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the
Securities Act and to certain persons in offshore transactions
in reliance on Regulation S and are governed by the
indenture. The net proceeds of the offering were held in a
segregated escrow account until we completed the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition.
On January 7, 2011, we completed the transactions
contemplated by the Exchange Agreement, issuing approximately
119.9 million shares of our common stock to the Harbinger
Parties in exchange for approximately 27.8 million shares
of common stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings. As a result, we own
a controlling interest in Spectrum Brands Holdings, with a
current market value of approximately $771 million (as of
March 31, 2011) and the Harbinger Parties own approximately
93.3% of our outstanding common stock. See The Spectrum
Brands Acquisition and Notes 15 and 17 of our
consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this
prospectus, for additional information regarding the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition.
On March 7, 2011, HGI entered into the Transfer Agreement
with the Master Fund. Pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, on
March 9, 2011, (i) HGI acquired from the Master Fund a
100% membership interest in Harbinger F&G, and
(ii) the Master Fund transferred to Harbinger F&G the
sole issued and outstanding Ordinary Share of FS Holdco, the
parent of Front Street. In consideration for the interests in
Harbinger F&G and FS Holdco, HGI agreed to reimburse the
Master Fund for certain expenses incurred by the Master Fund in
connection with the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition
(up to a maximum of $13.3 million) and to submit certain
expenses of the Master Fund for reimbursement by OM Group under
the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement. Following the
consummation of the foregoing acquisitions, Harbinger F&G
became the direct wholly-owned subsidiary of HGI, FS Holdco
became the direct wholly-owed subsidiary of Harbinger F&G
and Front Street became the indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary
of Harbinger F&G.
On April 6, 2011, pursuant to the F&G Stock Purchase
Agreement between Harbinger F&G and OM Group, Harbinger
F&G acquired from OM Group all of the outstanding shares of
capital stock of F&G Holdings and certain intercompany loan
agreements between OM Group, as lender, and F&G Holdings,
as borrower, in consideration for $350 million, which could be
reduced by up to $50 million post-closing if certain
regulatory approval is not received. FGL Insurance Company and
FGL NY Insurance Company are F&G Holdings principal
insurance companies, and are direct wholly-owned subsidiaries of
F&G Holdings. See Annex E, Certain Information
Regarding Harbinger F&G, LLC.
We are focused on obtaining controlling equity stakes in
subsidiaries that operate across a diversified set of
industries. We view the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the
Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition as the first steps in the
implementation of that strategy. We have identified the
following six sectors in which we intend
67
to pursue investment opportunities: consumer products,
insurance and financial products, telecommunications,
agriculture, power generation and water and natural resources.
In pursuing our strategy, we utilize the investment expertise
and industry knowledge of Harbinger Capital, a multi-billion
dollar private investment firm based in New York and an
affiliate of the Harbinger Parties. We believe that the team at
Harbinger Capital has a track record of making successful
investments across various industries. We believe that our
affiliation with Harbinger Capital will enhance our ability to
identify and evaluate potential acquisition opportunities
appropriate for a permanent capital vehicle. Our corporate
structure provides significant advantages compared to the
traditional hedge fund structure for long-term holdings as our
sources of capital are longer term in nature and thus will more
closely match our principal investment strategy. In addition,
our corporate structure provides additional options for funding
acquisitions, including the ability to use our common stock as a
form of consideration.
Philip Falcone serves as Chairman of our Board, Chief Executive
Officer and President and has been the Chief Investment Officer
of the Harbinger Capital affiliated funds since 2001.
Mr. Falcone has over two decades of experience in leveraged
finance, distressed debt and special situations. In addition to
Mr. Falcone, Harbinger Capital employs a wide variety of
professionals with expertise across various industries,
including our targeted sectors.
Results
of Operations
Presented below is a table that summarizes our results of
operations and compares the amount of the change between the
years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (the 2010
Change) and between the years ended December 31, 2009
and 2008 (the 2009 Change).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2010 Change
|
|
|
2009 Change
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
18,846
|
|
|
|
6,290
|
|
|
|
3,237
|
|
|
|
12,556
|
|
|
|
3,053
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
18,846
|
|
|
|
6,290
|
|
|
|
3,237
|
|
|
|
12,556
|
|
|
|
3,053
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(18,846
|
)
|
|
|
(6,290
|
)
|
|
|
(3,237
|
)
|
|
|
(12,556
|
)
|
|
|
(3,053
|
)
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(4,963
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,963
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
3,013
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(2,784
|
)
|
Other, net
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
|
1,280
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
(757
|
)
|
|
|
1,167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,220
|
)
|
|
|
1,509
|
|
|
|
3,126
|
|
|
|
(5,729
|
)
|
|
|
(1,617
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(23,066
|
)
|
|
|
(4,781
|
)
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
|
|
(18,285
|
)
|
|
|
(4,670
|
)
|
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes
|
|
|
758
|
|
|
|
(8,566
|
)
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
9,324
|
|
|
|
(8,664
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(22,308
|
)
|
|
|
(13,347
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(8,961
|
)
|
|
|
(13,334
|
)
|
Less: Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
$
|
(22,305
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13,344
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,961
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13,332
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per common share basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(1.16
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.69
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.47
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.69
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68
Fiscal
Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, 2009
We reported a net loss of $22.3 million or $1.16 per
diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2010,
compared to a net loss of $13.3 million or $(0.69) per
diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2009. The
increase in our net loss principally resulted from (i) a
$10.3 million increase in professional fees associated with
advisors retained to assist us in evaluating business
acquisition opportunities, including the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition, and preparing related public company filings, (ii)
interest expense of $5.0 million on our notes and (iii) to
a much lesser extent, from additional employee and other costs
related to relocating our corporate headquarters, all partially
offset by the nonrecurring effect of $8.6 million of income
tax charges in 2009 principally in connection with our change in
controlling stockholders.
The following presents a more detailed discussion of our
operating results:
Revenues. For the years ended
December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had no revenues. We sold our
remaining operating business in December 2006 and we do not
expect to recognize revenues until we consolidate our results
with Spectrum Brands Holdings.
Cost of revenues. For the years ended
December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had no cost of revenues.
General and administrative expenses. General
and administrative expenses consist primarily of professional
fees (including advisory services, legal and accounting fees),
salaries and benefits, pension expense and insurance costs.
General and administrative expenses increased $12.5 million
to $18.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010
from $6.3 million for the year ended December 31,
2009. This increase was primarily a result of an increase in
professional fees associated with advisors retained to assist us
in evaluating business acquisition opportunities, including the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition, and preparing related public
company filings and, to a much lesser extent, increases in
employee and other costs related to relocating our corporate
headquarters to New York City. During 2010 we incurred
$10.9 million in professional fees related to potential
acquisitions, including $5.2 million related to the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition, compared to $0.6 million in
2009.
Interest expense. Interest expense was $5.0
million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The interest
expense is related to our notes issued November 15, 2010,
including the amortization of the original issue discount and
debt issuance costs. There was no debt outstanding or related
interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2009.
Interest income. Interest income decreased
$9,000 to $220,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010
from $229,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009,
resulting from sustained lower interest rates on our cash
equivalents and investments which were invested principally in
U.S. Government instruments.
Other. Other income was $0.5 million and
$1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and
2009, respectively. Our other income in 2010 was primarily
related to settlements on legal claims relating to solvent
schemes with insurers in various markets. The fluctuation in
other income will vary as we reach settlements with these
insurers. Our other income in 2009 included a refund of excess
collateral of $0.8 million from a rent-a-captive insurance
arrangement we entered into in 1993 and $0.3 million from
insurance termination settlement arrangements related to certain
non-operating subsidiaries.
Income taxes. The benefit from income taxes
for the year ended December 31, 2010 principally represents
the restoration in the 2010 first quarter of $0.8 million
of deferred tax assets previously written off in connection with
the 2009 Change in Control of HGI and a related reversal of
accrued interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions. These
deferred tax assets relate to net operating loss carryforwards
which are realizable to the extent we settle our uncertain tax
positions for which we had previously recorded $0.8 million
of reserves and related accrued interest and penalties. As a
result, the final resolution of these uncertain tax positions
will have no net effect on our future provision for (or benefit
from) income taxes.
The provision for income taxes for the year ended
December 31, 2009 principally represents the write-off of
$7.4 million of net operating loss carryforward tax
benefits and alternative minimum tax credits. This
69
resulted from our ownership change that, pursuant to
Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, limits
our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and
alternative minimum tax credits. We also recorded a valuation
allowance for deferred tax assets whose realization did not meet
the more likely than not criteria.
Due to our cumulative losses in recent years, we determined
that, as of December 31, 2010, a valuation allowance was
still required for all of our deferred tax assets other than
those which are realizable upon settlement of our uncertain tax
positions, as described above. Accordingly, we do not expect to
record any future benefit from income taxes until it is more
likely than not that some or all of our remaining net operating
loss carryforwards will be realized.
Fiscal
Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, 2008
We reported a net loss of $13.3 million or $(0.69) per
diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared
to a net loss of $12,000 or $(0.00) per diluted share in for the
year ended December 2, 2008. The increase in net loss
resulted from the write off of $7.4 million of net
operating loss carryforward tax benefits and alternative minimum
tax credits resulting from the 2009 Change of Control which
constituted a change of ownership under Sections 382 and
383 of the Internal Revenue Code. Additionally, as a result of
cumulative losses in recent years, we increased our valuation
allowance for our deferred tax assets by $2.8 million
during the fourth quarter of 2009. The increase in net loss also
resulted from increases in professional fees and pension
expenses and a decrease in interest income, all partially offset
by the recognition of other income in 2009 related to former
businesses of HGI.
The following presents a more detailed discussion of our
operating results:
Revenues. For the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had no revenues.
Cost of revenues. For the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had no cost of revenues.
General and administrative expenses. General
and administrative expenses increased $3.1 million to
$6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from
$3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
This increase was primarily a result of increased professional
fees of $1.9 million, predominately arising from the 2009
Change of Control, the transition to a reconstituted Board, the
Reincorporation Merger, increased efforts in evaluating possible
business acquisitions, and an increase of $0.9 million in
actuarially determined pension expenses.
Interest income. Interest income decreased
$2.8 million to $0.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2009 from $3.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008, which results from sustained lower
interest rates on our cash equivalents and investments which
were invested principally in U.S. Government instruments.
Other. Other income, net was $1.3 million
and $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009
and 2008, respectively. During 2009, we received a refund of
excess collateral of $0.8 million from a
rent-a-captive
insurance arrangement which we entered into in 1993. As we had
previously written off the balance of our excess collateral, the
full amount of this refund was recorded as other income. Also
during 2009, we received $0.3 million from settlement
agreements entered into during 2009 in which we agreed to accept
a payment in exchange for the termination of insurance coverage
on certain non-operating subsidiaries.
Income taxes. Despite a pretax loss of
$4.8 million, we recorded a provision for income taxes of
$8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009
compared to a benefit for income taxes of $0.1 million for the
prior year. The change from a benefit to a provision resulted
primarily from the write-off of $7.4 million of net
operating loss carryforward tax benefits and alternative minimum
tax credits resulting from the 2009 Change of Control which
constituted a change in ownership under Sections 382 and
383 of the Internal Revenue Code. We had determined that, as of
December 31, 2009, a valuation allowance of approximately
$2.8 million was required for deferred tax assets whose
realization did not meet the more likely than not criteria.
70
Effect of
the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the Fidelity &
Guaranty Acquisition on our Future Consolidated Financial
Statements
Immediately prior to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the
Harbinger Parties (or Parent) held the controlling
financial interests in both us and Spectrum Brands Holdings. As
a result, the Spectrum Brands Acquisition is considered a
transaction between entities under common control under ASC
Topic 805, Business Combinations, and will be
accounted for similar to the pooling of interest method. In
accordance with the guidance in ASC Topic 805, the assets
and liabilities transferred between entities under common
control should be recorded by the receiving entity based on
their carrying amounts (or at the historical cost of the parent,
if these amounts differ). Although we were the issuer of shares
in the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, during the historical
periods prior to the acquisition, Spectrum Brands Holdings was
an operating business and we were not. Therefore, Spectrum
Brands Holdings will be reflected as the predecessor and
receiving entity in our financial statements to provide a more
meaningful presentation of the transaction to our stockholders.
Accordingly, our assets and liabilities will be recorded at the
Parents basis as of the date that common control was first
established (June 16, 2010). Our financial statements will
be retrospectively adjusted to reflect as our historical
financial statements those of Spectrum Brands Holdings and
Spectrum Brands, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Spectrum Brands
Holdings. Spectrum Brands Holdings was formed and, on
June 16, 2010, acquired 100% of both Russell Hobbs, now a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Spectrum Brands, and Spectrum Brands
in exchange for issuing an approximately 65% controlling
financial interest to the Harbinger Parties and an approximately
35% non-controlling financial interest to other stockholders
(other than the Harbinger Parties). As Spectrum Brands was the
accounting acquirer in the SB/RH Merger, the financial
statements of Spectrum Brands will be included as our
predecessor entity for periods preceding the SB/RH Merger.
In connection with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we changed
our fiscal year end from December 31 to September 30
to conform to the fiscal year end of Spectrum Brands Holdings.
As a result of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the change in
our fiscal year, our next quarterly report on
Form 10-Q
will be for the six months ended April 3, 2011, which will
reflect the combination of us and Spectrum Brands Holdings
retrospectively to the beginning of that six-month period.
The Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition will be accounted
for under the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly,
will be reflected in our consolidated financial statements
effective with the April 6, 2011 acquisition date. See
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Our liquidity needs are primarily for interest payments on our
long-term debt, professional fees (including advisory services,
legal and accounting fees), salaries and benefits, office rent,
pension expense and insurance costs. We may also utilize a
significant portion of our cash, cash equivalents and
investments to fund all or a portion of the cost of any future
acquisitions and related expenses.
The following table summarizes information about our contractual
obligations (in thousands) as of December 31, 2010 and the
effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity
and cash flow in future periods:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
After
|
|
Contractual Obligations(1)
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012-2013
|
|
|
2014-2015
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
Long-term debt(2)
|
|
$
|
350,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
350,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Interest payments on long-term debt(2)
|
|
|
185,938
|
|
|
|
37,188
|
|
|
|
74,375
|
|
|
|
74,375
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension liabilities(3)
|
|
|
3,709
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
|
3,254
|
|
Retirement agreement(4)
|
|
|
436
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations(5)
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual obligations
|
|
$
|
540,499
|
|
|
$
|
37,607
|
|
|
$
|
74,998
|
|
|
$
|
424,640
|
|
|
$
|
3,254
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
(1) |
|
We also have $0.4 million of potential obligations related
to uncertain tax positions for which the timing and amount of
payment cannot be reasonably estimated due to the nature of the
uncertainties. See Note 10 to our consolidated financial
statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Represents the notes. See Note 7 to our consolidated
financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
For more information concerning pension liabilities, see
Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements, included
elsewhere in this prospectus. |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Amounts in this category relate to a retirement agreement
entered into in 1981 with a former executive officer. |
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Operating lease obligation includes our real estate lease for
our corporate headquarters located in New York, New York. For
more information concerning our operating lease, see
Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements, included
elsewhere in this prospectus. |
Our current source of liquidity is our cash, cash equivalents
and investments. Because we have historically limited our
investments principally to U.S. Government instruments, we
do not presently earn significant interest income. In the
future, we may expand our investment approach to include
investments that will generate greater returns. We are exploring
alternative investment opportunities for our cash while we
search for acquisition opportunities.
We are a holding company that is dependent on the proceeds
realized from investments and dividends or distributions from
our subsidiaries as our primary source of cash. The ability of
our subsidiaries to generate sufficient net income and cash
flows to make upstream cash distributions is subject to numerous
factors, including restrictions contained in our
subsidiaries financing agreements, availability of
sufficient funds in such subsidiaries and applicable state laws
and regulatory restrictions. At the same time, our subsidiaries
may require additional capital to grow their businesses. Such
capital could come from us, retained earnings at the relevant
subsidiary or from third-party sources. For example, Front
Street will require additional capital in order to engage in
reinsurance transactions, including any possible transaction
with FGL Insurance Company.
We expect our cash, cash equivalents and investments to continue
to be a source of liquidity except to the extent they may be
used to fund investments in operating businesses or assets. As
of December 31, 2010, our cash, cash equivalents and
investments were $471.1 million (of which $360.1 was
restricted pending the completion of the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition) compared to $151.9 million as of
December 31, 2009. Subsequent to December 31, 2010,
the $360.1 million restricted balance became unrestricted
and we used $350 million of cash for the Fidelity &
Guaranty Acquisition and approximately $17.1 million for
related expenses.
Based on current levels of operations, we do not have any
significant capital expenditure commitments and management
believes that our consolidated cash, cash equivalents and
investments on hand will be adequate to fund our operational and
capital requirements for at least the next twelve months.
Depending on the size and terms of future investments in
operating businesses or assets, we may raise additional capital
through the issuance of equity, debt or both. There is no
assurance, however, that such capital will be available at the
time, in the amounts necessary or with terms satisfactory to us.
Long-term
Debt
On November 15, 2010, we issued $350 million aggregate
principal amount of the notes. The notes were sold only to
qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under
the Securities Act and to certain persons in offshore
transactions in reliance on Regulation S, but have future
registration requirements. The notes were issued at a price
equal to 98.587% of the principal amount thereof, with an
original issue discount aggregating $4.9 million. Interest
on the notes is payable semi-annually, commencing on
May 15, 2011 and ending November 15, 2015. The notes,
net of unamortized original issue discount, are classified as
Long-term debt in the accompanying consolidated
balance sheet as of December 31, 2010.
The net proceeds from issuance of the notes, together with an
amount equal to accrued interest and amortized original issue
discount to April 7, 2011, were deposited into a segregated
escrow account pending
72
the completion of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition. Such escrow
balance is classified as Restricted cash in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31,
2010. The escrow balance was subsequently released to us on
January 7, 2011 upon completion of the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition and the collateralization of the notes with a first
priority lien on all of our assets, including the Spectrum
Brands Holdings common stock acquired by us as well as all of
the stock held by us in our other direct subsidiaries and our
cash, cash equivalents and investment securities. We used the
net proceeds from the offering of the initial notes, together
with other available funds, to pay the purchase price of the
Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition.
We have the option to redeem the notes prior to May 15,
2013 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount
plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest to the
date of redemption. At any time on or after May 15, 2013,
we may redeem some or all of the notes at certain fixed
redemption prices expressed as percentages of the principal
amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. At any time prior to
November 15, 2013, we may redeem up to 35% of the original
aggregate principal amount of the notes with net cash proceeds
received by us from certain equity offerings at a price equal to
110.625% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed, plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption,
provided that redemption occurs within 90 days of the
closing date of such equity offering, and at least 65% of the
aggregate principal amount of the notes remains outstanding
immediately thereafter.
The indenture governing the notes contains covenants limiting,
among other things, and subject to certain qualifications and
exceptions, our ability, and, in certain cases, the ability of
our subsidiaries, to incur additional indebtedness; create
liens; engage in sale-leaseback transactions; pay dividends or
make distributions in respect of capital stock; make certain
restricted payments; sell assets; engage in transactions with
affiliates; or consolidate or merge with, or sell substantially
all of our assets to, another person. We are also required to
maintain compliance with certain financial tests, including
minimum liquidity and collateral coverage ratios that are based
on the fair market value of the collateral, including the shares
of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock owned by us, subsequent
to the collateralization on January 7, 2011. We were in
compliance with all of such applicable covenants as of
December 31, 2010.
We incurred $11.6 million of costs in connection with our
issuance of the notes. These costs are classified as Debt
issuance costs in the consolidated balance sheet as of
December 31, 2010 included elsewhere in this prospectus
and, along with the original issue discount, are being amortized
to interest expense utilizing the effective interest method over
the term of the notes.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We have entered into indemnifications in the ordinary course of
business with our customers, suppliers, service providers,
business partners and in certain instances, when we sold
businesses. Although the specific terms or number of such
arrangements is not precisely known due to the extensive history
of our past operations, costs incurred to settle claims related
to these indemnifications have not been material to our
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Further, we have no reason to believe that future costs to
settle claims related to our former operations will have
material impact on our financial position, results of operations
or cash flows. Additionally, we have indemnified our directors
and officers who are, or were, serving at our request in such
capacities.
73
Summary
of Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our consolidated cash flow
information for the last three years (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Cash (used in) provided by:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
(13,972
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,694
|
)
|
|
$
|
389
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(47,974
|
)
|
|
|
(12,068
|
)
|
|
|
3,054
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
(26,675
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
(88,621
|
)
|
|
$
|
(14,762
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash (used in) provided by operating activities.
Cash used in operating activities was $14.0 million for the
year ended December 31, 2010 compared to cash used in
operating activities of $2.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2009. The increase in usage of cash is
primarily related to higher general and administrative
expenditures, which includes advisory, legal and accounting fees
related to the Spectrum Brands Acquisition for the year ended
December 31, 2010.
Cash used in operating activities was $2.7 million for the
year ended December 31, 2009 compared to cash provided by
operating activities of $0.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008. The change from cash provided by
operating activities to cash used in operating activities
resulted principally from lower interest income and higher
general and administrative expenditures during 2009 compared to
2008.
Net
cash (used in) provided by investing activities.
Variations in our net cash (used in) provided by investing
activities are typically the result of the change in mix of
cash, cash equivalents and investments during the period. All
highly liquid investments with original maturities of three
months or less are considered to be cash equivalents and all
investments with original maturities of greater than three
months are classified as either short- or long-term investments.
Cash used in investing activities was $48.0 million for the
year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $12.1 million
for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in cash
used in investing activities resulted principally from
additional net purchases of short-term investments during the
year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended
December 31, 2009.
Cash used in investing activities was $12.1 million for the
year ended December 31, 2009 compared to cash provided by
investing activities of $3.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008. This change from cash provided by
investing activities to cash used in investing activities
resulted from additional net purchases of investments during
2009 compared to 2008.
Net
cash used in financing activities.
Cash used in financing activities was $26.7 million for the
year ended December 31, 2010 and principally related to our
issuance of the notes. We received $345.1 million of proceeds
from the issuance of the notes, net of original issue discount
of $4.9 million. The proceeds, along with $15.0 million
representing accrued interest and amortized original issue
discount to April 7, 2011, were placed in a restricted
escrow account pending completion of the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition and collateralization of the notes, which
subsequently occurred on January 7, 2011. We also incurred
$11.6 million of debt issuance costs related to the notes.
We had no cash flows from financing activities for the years
ended December 31, 2009 or 2008.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
As of the date of this prospectus, there are no recent
accounting pronouncements that have not yet been adopted that we
believe may have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
74
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition,
liquidity and results of operations are based upon our
consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. The preparation of these financial
statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect amounts reported therein. The following lists our
current accounting policies involving significant management
judgment and provides a brief description of these policies:
Litigation and environmental reserves. The
establishment of litigation and environmental reserves requires
judgments concerning the ultimate outcome of pending claims
against us and our subsidiaries. In applying judgment,
management utilizes opinions and estimates obtained from outside
legal counsel to apply the appropriate accounting for
contingencies. Accordingly, estimated amounts relating to
certain claims have met the criteria for the recognition of a
liability. Other claims for which a liability has not been
recognized are reviewed on an ongoing basis in accordance with
accounting guidance. A liability is recognized for all
associated legal costs as incurred. Liabilities for litigation
settlements, environmental settlements, legal fees and changes
in these estimated amounts may have a material impact on our
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
If the actual cost of settling these matters, whether resulting
from adverse judgments or otherwise, differs from the reserves
totaling $0.3 million we have accrued as of
December 31, 2010, that difference will be reflected in our
results of operations when the matter is resolved or when our
estimate of the cost changes.
Deferred income taxes. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences
attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their
respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which the temporary differences are
expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rates is
recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment
date. Additionally, taxing jurisdictions could retroactively
disagree with our tax treatment of certain items, and some
historical transactions have income tax effects going forward.
Accounting guidance requires these future effects to be
evaluated using current laws, rules and regulations, each of
which can change at any time and in an unpredictable manner.
Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when,
in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that
some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized. Cumulative losses weigh heavily in the overall
assessment of the need for a valuation allowance. As a result of
our cumulative losses in recent years, we determined that, as of
December 31, 2010, a valuation allowance was required for
all of our deferred tax assets other than an amount which is
realizable upon settlement of our uncertain tax positions.
Consequently, our valuation allowance increased from
$2.7 million as of December 31, 2009 to
$8.6 million as of December 31, 2010 principally due
to our inability to recognize an income tax benefit on our
pretax losses during 2010.
We also apply the accounting guidance for uncertain tax
positions which prescribes a minimum recognition threshold a tax
position is required to meet before being recognized in the
financial statements. It also provides information on
derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and
penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and
transition. Accrued interest expense and penalties related to
uncertain tax positions are recorded in Benefit from
(provision for) income taxes. Our reserve for uncertain
tax positions totaled $0.4 million as of December 31,
2010.
Defined benefit plan assumptions. We have two
defined benefit plans, under which participants earn a
retirement benefit based upon a formula set forth in each plan.
We record income or expense related to these plans using
actuarially determined amounts that are calculated using the
accounting guidance for pensions. Key assumptions used in the
actuarial valuations include the discount rate and the
anticipated rate of return on plan assets. These rates are based
on market interest rates, and therefore
75
fluctuations in market interest rates could impact the amount of
pension income or expense recorded for these plans. Despite our
belief that our estimates are reasonable for these key actuarial
assumptions, future actual results may differ from our
estimates, and these differences could be material to our future
financial statements.
The discount rate enables a company to state expected future
cash flows at a present value on the measurement date. We have
little latitude in selecting this rate as it is based on a
review of projected cash flows and on high-quality fixed income
investments at the measurement date. A lower discount rate
increases the present value of benefit obligations and generally
increases pension expense. The expected long-term rate of return
reflects the average rate of earnings expected on funds invested
or to be invested in the pension plans to provide for the
benefits included in the pension liability. We establish the
expected long-term rate of return at the beginning of each year
based upon information available to us at that time, including
the plans investment mix and the forecasted rates of
return on these types of securities.
Differences in actual experience or changes in the assumptions
may materially affect our financial position or results of
operations. Actual results that differ from the actuarial
assumptions are accumulated and amortized over future periods
and, therefore, generally affect recognized expense and the
recorded obligation in future periods. For example, due to
significant adverse market conditions during 2008, our pension
expense significantly increased during 2009 and continued at
that higher level during 2010. A significant component of the
increase was caused by the amortization of actuarial losses
which reflects the increase in the accumulated differences in
actual plan results compared to assumptions utilized in previous
years.
We continually update and assess the facts and circumstances
regarding these critical accounting matters and other
significant accounting matters affecting estimates in our
financial statements.
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We did not have any market risk exposure to changes in interest
rates, foreign currency exchange rates, equity prices or
commodity prices at December 31, 2010. At that date, our
investments consisted entirely of U.S. Treasury securities with
maturities of less than one year that were being held to
maturity. We had no outstanding derivative instruments at
December 31, 2010. The $350 million principal amount
of our outstanding debt bears interest at a fixed rate of
10.625% per annum and, accordingly, there is no variability in
the amount of our future semi-annual interest payments.
Spectrum Brands Holdings and F&G Holdings both utilize
derivatives. See the notes to the historical financial
statements of Spectrum Brands Holdings and F&G Holdings
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
76
BUSINESS
Our
Company
We are a holding company that is majority owned by the Harbinger
Parties. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1954 under the name
Zapata Corporation and reincorporated in Nevada in April 1999
under the same name. On December 23, 2009, we were
reincorporated in Delaware under the name Harbinger Group Inc.
We had approximately $471.1 million in cash, cash
equivalents and short-term investments of which
$360.1 million was restricted pending the completion of
the Spectrum Brands Acquisition) as of December 31, 2010.
Our common stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol
HRG. Our principal executive offices are located at
450 Park Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, New York 10022.
After the completion of the disposition of our 57% ownership
interest in the common stock of Omega in December 2006, we have
held substantially all of our assets in cash, cash equivalents
and short-term investments. Since then, we have been actively
looking for acquisition or investment opportunities with a
principal focus on identifying and evaluating potential
acquisitions of operating businesses. These efforts accelerated
after the Harbinger Parties acquired approximately
9.9 million shares, or approximately 51.6%, of our common
stock in July 2009 (the 2009 Change of Control).
On November 15, 2010, we completed the offering of the
initial notes. The initial notes were sold only to qualified
institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the
Securities Act and to certain persons in offshore transactions
in reliance on Regulation S, and are government by the
indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010, between HGI and
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. The net
proceeds of the offering were held in a segregated escrow
account until we completed the Spectrum Brands Acquisition
described below.
On January 7, 2011, we issued approximately
119.9 million shares of our common stock to the Harbinger
Parties in exchange for approximately 27.8 million shares
of common stock of Spectrum Brands Holdings. As a result of the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition, we own a controlling interest in
Spectrum Brands Holdings, with a current market value of
approximately $771 million (as of March 31, 2011) and
the Harbinger Parties own approximately 93.3% of our outstanding
common stock. See The Spectrum Brands Acquisition
and Notes 15 and 17 of our consolidated financial
statements, included elsewhere in the prospectus, for additional
information regarding the Spectrum Brands Acquisition.
On March 7, 2011, HGI entered into the Transfer Agreement
with the Master Fund. Pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, on
March 9, 2011, (i) HGI acquired from the Master Fund a
100% membership interest in Harbinger F&G, and
(ii) the Master Fund transferred to Harbinger F&G the
sole issued and outstanding Ordinary Share of FS Holdco, the
parent of Front Street. In consideration for the interests in
Harbinger F&G and FS Holdco, HGI agreed to reimburse the
Master Fund for certain expenses incurred by the Master Fund in
connection with the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition (up to
a maximum of $13.3 million) and to submit certain expenses
of the Master Fund for reimbursement by OM Group under the
F&G Stock Purchase Agreement. Following the consummation of
the foregoing acquisitions, Harbinger F&G became the direct
wholly-owned subsidiary of HGI, FS Holdco became the direct
wholly-owed subsidiary of Harbinger F&G and Front Street
became the indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of Harbinger
F&G.
On April 6, 2011, pursuant to the F&G Stock Purchase
Agreement, between Harbinger F&G and OM Group, Harbinger
F&G acquired from OM Group all of the outstanding shares of
capital stock of F&G Holdings and certain intercompany loan
agreements between OM Group, as lender, and F&G Holdings,
as borrower, in consideration for $350 million, which could
be reduced by up to $50 million post-closing if certain
regulatory approval is not received. FGL Insurance Company and
FGL NY Insurance Company are F&G Holdings principal
insurance companies, and are direct wholly-owned subsidiaries of
F&G Holdings. See Annex E, Certain Information
Regarding Harbinger F&G, LLC The Fidelity
& Guaranty Acquisition, for further information.
Business
Strategy
We are focused on obtaining controlling equity stakes in
subsidiaries that operate across a diversified set of
industries. We view the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the
Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition as the first steps in the
implementation of that strategy. We have identified the
following six sectors in which we intend
77
to pursue investment opportunities: consumer products,
insurance and financial products, telecommunications,
agriculture, power generation and water and natural resources.
We may pay acquisition consideration in the form of cash, our
debt or equity securities, or a combination thereof. In
addition, as a part of our acquisition strategy we may consider
raising additional capital through the issuance of equity or
debt securities, including the issuance of preferred stock. We
believe that our status as a public entity with potential access
to the public equity markets may give us a competitive advantage
over privately-held entities with a similar business objective
to acquire certain target businesses on favorable terms.
We have not focused and do not intend to focus our acquisition
efforts solely on any particular industry. While we generally
focus our attention in the United States, we may investigate
acquisition opportunities outside of the United States when we
believe that such opportunities might be attractive.
In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business, we
may encounter intense competition from other entities having
similar business objectives such as strategic investors, private
equity groups and special-purpose acquisition corporations. Many
of these entities are well established and have extensive
experience identifying and effecting business combinations
directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors may
possess greater technical, human and other resources than us,
and our financial resources may be relatively limited when
contrasted with many of these competitors. Any of these factors
may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully
negotiating a business combination.
In pursuing our strategy, we utilize the investment expertise
and industry knowledge of Harbinger Capital, a multi-billion
dollar private investment firm based in New York, and an
affiliate of the Harbinger Parties. We believe that the team at
Harbinger Capital has a track record of making successful
investments across various industries. We believe that our
affiliation with Harbinger Capital will enhance our ability to
identify and evaluate potential acquisition opportunities
appropriate for a permanent capital vehicle. Our corporate
structure provides significant advantages compared to the
traditional hedge-fund structure for long-term holdings as our
sources of capital are longer term in nature and thus will more
closely match our principal investment strategy. In addition,
our corporate structure provides additional options for funding
acquisitions, including the ability to use our common stock as a
form of consideration.
Philip Falcone, who serves as Chairman of our Board, Chief
Executive Officer and President and has been the Chief
Investment Officer of Harbinger Capital affiliated funds since
2001. Mr. Falcone has over two decades of experience in
leveraged finance, distressed debt and special situations. In
addition to Mr. Falcone, Harbinger Capital employs a wide
variety of professionals with expertise across various
industries, including our targeted sectors.
The Harbinger Parties and their affiliates include other
vehicles that actively are seeking investment opportunities, and
any one of those vehicles may at any time be seeking investment
opportunities similar to those targeted by us. Our directors and
officers who are affiliated with the Harbinger Parties may
consider, among other things, asset type and investment time
horizon in evaluating opportunities for us. In recognition of
the potential conflicts that these persons and our other
directors may have with respect to corporate opportunities, our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation permits our
Board from time to time to assert or renounce our interests and
expectancies in one or more specific industries. In accordance
with this provision, we have determined that we will not seek
business combinations or acquisitions of businesses engaged in
the wireless communications industry. However, a renunciation of
interests and expectancies in specific industries does not
preclude us from seeking business acquisitions in those
industries. We have had discussions regarding potential
investments in various industries, including wireless
communications.
Financial
Information about Industry Segments
We follow the accounting guidance which establishes standards
for reporting information about operating segments in annual
financial statements and related disclosures about products and
services, geographic areas and major customers. We have
determined that we do not have any separately reportable
operating segments for the years ended December 31, 2010,
2009 and 2008.
78
Employees
At March 31, 2011, we employed nine persons. In the
normal course of business, we use contract personnel to
supplement our employee base to meet our business needs. We
believe that our employee relations are generally satisfactory.
We expect we will need to hire additional employees as a result
of our ownership of a majority interest in Spectrum Brands
Holdings, our acquisition of F&G Holdings and the
increasing complexity of our business.
Properties
Our principal executive office is located at 450 Park
Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, New York 10022, where we lease
approximately 2,350 square feet of office space.
Legal and
Environmental Matters
In 2004, Utica Mutual Insurance Company (Utica
Mutual) commenced an action against us in the Supreme
Court for the County of Oneida, State of New York, seeking
reimbursement under a general agreement of indemnity entered
into by us in the late 1970s. Based upon the discovery to date,
Utica Mutual is seeking reimbursement for payments it claims to
have made under (1) a workers compensation bond and
(2) certain reclamation bonds which were issued to certain
former subsidiaries and are alleged by Utica Mutual to be
covered by the general agreement of indemnity. While the precise
amount of Utica Mutuals claim is unclear, it appears it is
claiming approximately $0.5 million, including
approximately $0.2 million relating to the workers
compensation bond and approximately $0.3 million relating
to the reclamation bonds.
In 2005, we were notified by Weatherford of a claim for
reimbursement of approximately $0.2 million in connection
with the investigation and cleanup of purported environmental
contamination at two properties formerly owned by a
non-operating subsidiary of ours. The claim was made under an
indemnification provision given by us to Weatherford in a 1995
asset purchase agreement and relates to alleged environmental
contamination that purportedly existed on the properties prior
to the date of the sale. Weatherford has also advised us that it
anticipates that further remediation and cleanup may be
required, although Weatherford has not provided any information
regarding the cost of any such future clean up. We have
challenged any responsibility to indemnify Weatherford. We
believe that we have meritorious defenses to the claim,
including that the alleged contamination occurred after the sale
of the property, and we intend to vigorously defend
against it.
We are a nominal defendant, and the members of our Board are
named as defendants in a derivative action filed in December
2010 by Alan R. Kahn in the Delaware Court of Chancery. The
plaintiff alleges that the Spectrum Brands Acquisition was
financially unfair to HGI and its public stockholders and seeks
unspecified damages and the rescission of the transaction. We
believe the allegations are without merit and intend to
vigorously defend this matter.
In addition to the matters described above, we are involved in
other litigation and claims incidental to our current and prior
businesses. These include pending cases in Mississippi and
Louisiana state courts and in a federal multi-district
litigation alleging injury from exposure to asbestos on offshore
drilling rigs and shipping vessels formerly owned or operated by
our offshore drilling and bulk-shipping affiliates.
We have aggregate reserves for our legal and environmental
matters of approximately $0.3 million at both
December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, which
reserves relate primarily to the Utica Mutual and Weatherford
claims described above. However, based on currently available
information, including legal defenses available to us, and given
the aforementioned reserves and related insurance coverage, we
do not believe that the outcome of these legal and environmental
matters will have a material effect on our financial position,
results of operations or cash flows.
Spectrum
Brands Holdings
A description of the business of Spectrum Brands Holdings is
included in Annex C hereto.
F&G
Holdings
A description of the business of F&G Holdings is included
in Annex E hereto.
79
MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth the name, age and position of our
directors and officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Philip A. Falcone
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
|
Peter A. Jenson
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Chief Operating Officer and Director
|
Francis T. McCarron
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
Richard H. Hagerup
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
Interim Chief Accounting Officer
|
Lap Wai Chan
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
Director
|
Lawrence M. Clark, Jr.
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
Director
|
Keith M. Hladek
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
Director
|
Thomas Hudgins
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
Director
|
Robert V. Leffler, Jr.
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
Director
|
Philip A. Falcone, age 48, has served as a director,
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of
HGI since July 2009. He is Chief Investment Officer and Chief
Executive Officer of Harbinger Capital, an affiliate of HGI, is
Chief Investment Officer of the Harbinger Parties and other
Harbinger Capital affiliates and is Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer of Zap.Com Corporation
(Zap.Com). Mr. Falcone has been the Chief
Investment Officer of the Harbinger Capital affiliated funds
since 2001. Mr. Falcone has over two decades of experience
in leveraged finance, distressed debt and special situations.
Prior to joining the predecessor of Harbinger Capital,
Mr. Falcone served as Head of High Yield Trading for
Barclays Capital. None of the companies Mr. Falcone worked
with before joining the Harbinger Capital affiliated funds is an
affiliate of HGI. We elected Mr. Falcone as a director
because of his extensive investment experience and his
controlling relationship with our controlling stockholders. We
elected Mr. Falcone as our Chairman of the Board, President
and Chief Executive Officer because of his experience, and
current position, as Chief Investment Officer and Chief
Executive Officer of Harbinger Capital.
Peter A. Jenson, age 46, has served as a director
and Secretary of HGI since July 2009. He is Chief Operating
Officer of Harbinger Capital, an affiliate of HGI, and was
elected Chief Operating Officer of HGI and Zap.Com in May 2010.
He also serves as Secretary of Zap.Com. Mr. Jenson is
responsible for all operational activities of Harbinger Capital
(including the Harbinger Parties and their management
companies), including trade operations, portfolio accounting,
valuation, treasury and portfolio financing, legal and
compliance, information technology, administration and human
resources. Prior to joining Harbinger Capital in 2009,
Mr. Jenson held similar senior executive positions where he
was responsible for finance and administration activities at
Citadel Investment Group, a global financial institution, and
Constellation Commodity Group, an energy company.
Mr. Jenson was also a Partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
where he was responsible for attestation and consulting
activities across a broad spectrum of financial services
clients, including commercial and international banks, trading
organizations and investment companies. None of the companies
Mr. Jenson worked with before joining Harbinger Capital are
affiliates of HGI. Mr. Jenson is a Chartered Accountant and
a Certified Practising Accountant in Australia, as well as a
Fellow of The Securities Institute in Australia. We elected
Mr. Jenson as a director because of his expertise in
operational activities, his knowledge of accounting and finance
and his relationship with the Harbinger Parties, thereby
providing the Board of Directors with important interaction
with, and access to, our controlling stockholders.
Francis T. McCarron, age 54, has been the Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of HGI since December
2009. Mr. McCarron also serves as the Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of Zap.Com, a position he
has held since December 2009. From 2001 to 2007,
Mr. McCarron was the Chief Financial Officer of Triarc
Companies, Inc. (Triarc), which was renamed
Wendys/Arbys Group, Inc. in 2008. During 2008,
Mr. McCarron was a consultant for Triarc. During the time
of Mr. McCarrons employment, Triarc was a holding
company that, through its principal subsidiary, Arbys
Restaurant Group, Inc., was the franchisor of the Arbys
restaurant system. Triarc (now Wendy/Arbys Group, Inc.) is
not an affiliate of HGI.
80
Richard H. Hagerup, age 58, has been the Interim
Chief Accounting Officer of HGI since December 2010.
Mr. Hagerup also serves as Interim Chief Accounting Officer
of Zap.Com, a position he has held since December 2010. Prior to
being appointed as Interim Chief Accounting Officer of HGI,
Mr. Hagerup served as HGIs contract controller, a
position he held from January 2010. From April 1980 to April
2008, Mr. Hagerup held various accounting and financial
reporting positions with Triarc and its affiliates, last serving
as Controller of Triarc. During the time of
Mr. Hagerups employment, Triarc was a holding company
that, through its principal subsidiary, Arbys Restaurant
Group, Inc., was the franchisor of the Arbys restaurant
system. Triarc (now Wendy/Arbys Group, Inc.) is not an
affiliate of HGI.
Lap Wai Chan, age 44, has served as a director of
HGI since October 2009. From September 2009 to September 2010,
he was a consultant to MatlinPatterson Global Advisors
(MatlinPatterson), a private equity firm focused on
distressed control investments across a range of industries.
From July 2002 to September 2009, Mr. Chan was a Managing
Partner at MatlinPatterson. Prior to that, Mr. Chan was a
Managing Director at Credit Suisse First Boston H.K. Ltd.
(Credit Suisse). From March 2003 to December 2007,
Mr. Chan served on the board of directors of Polymer Group,
Inc. MatlinPatterson, Credit Suisse and Polymer Group, Inc. are
not affiliates of HGI. We elected Mr. Chan as a director
because of his extensive investment experience, particularly in
Asia and Latin America, which strengthens the Boards
collective qualifications, skills and experience.
Lawrence M. Clark, Jr., age 39, has served as a
director of HGI since July 2009. Until January 2011,
Mr. Clark was a Managing Director and Director of
Investments of Harbinger Capital, where he was responsible for
investments in metals, mining, industrials and retail companies,
among other sectors. Mr. Clark served in that position from
January 2006 and prior to that was a vice president from October
2002. Mr. Clark has launched BalanTrove Partners, a hedge
fund. Prior to joining Harbinger Capital, from April 2001,
Mr. Clark was a Distressed Debt and Special Situations
Research Analyst at Satellite Asset Management, L.P.
(Satellite), where he covered financially stressed
and distressed industrial, cyclical and energy companies. He has
actively participated in several financial restructurings in
official and unofficial capacities as representative of holders
of both secured and unsecured creditors. BalanTrove Partners and
Satellite are not affiliates of HGI. Mr. Clark has
completed Levels I and II of the Chartered Financial
Analyst designation program. We elected Mr. Clark as a
director because of his extensive investment experience in a
broad range of industries and varying financial cycles.
Keith M. Hladek, age 35, has served as a director of
HGI since October 2009. Mr. Hladek is also a director of
Zap.Com. He is Chief Financial Officer of Harbinger Capital, an
affiliate of HGI. Mr. Hladek is responsible for all
accounting and operations of Harbinger Capital affiliated funds
and their management companies, including portfolio accounting,
valuation, settlement, custody, and administration of
investments. Prior to joining Harbinger Capital in 2009,
Mr. Hladek was Controller at Silver Point Capital, L.P., a
distressed debt and credit-focused private investment firm,
where he was responsible for accounting, operations and
valuation for various funds and related financing vehicles. None
of the companies Mr. Hladek worked with before joining
Harbinger Capital is an affiliate of HGI. Mr. Hladek is a
Certified Public Accountant in New York. We elected
Mr. Hladek as a director because of his extensive
accounting and operations experience and his relationship with
the Harbinger Parties, thereby providing the Board with
important interaction with, and access to, our controlling
stockholders.
Thomas Hudgins, age 71, has served as a director of
HGI since October 2009. He is a retired partner of
Ernst & Young LLP (E&Y). From 1993 to
1998, he served as E&Ys Managing Partner of its New
York office with over 1,200 audit and tax professionals and
staff personnel. During his tenure at E&Y, Mr. Hudgins
was the coordinating partner for a number of multinational
companies, including American Express Company, American Standard
Inc., Textron Inc., MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc.,
and Morgan Stanley, as well as various mid-market and leveraged
buy-out companies. As coordinating partner, he had the lead
responsibility for the world-wide delivery of audit, tax and
management consulting services to these clients.
Mr. Hudgins also served on E&Ys international
executive committee for its global financial services practice.
Mr. Hudgins previously served on the board of directors and
as a member of various committees of Foamex International Inc.,
Aurora Foods, Inc. and RHI Entertainment Inc. E&Y, RHI
Entertainment Inc., Foamex International Inc. and Aurora Foods,
Inc. are not affiliates of HGI. We elected Mr. Hudgins
because he possesses particular
81
knowledge and experience in accounting, finance and capital
structures, which strengthens the Boards collective
qualifications, skills and experience.
Robert V. Leffler, Jr., age 65, has served as a
director of HGI since May 1995. For more than the past six
years, Mr. Leffler has owned and operated the Leffler
Agency, an advertising and marketing/public relations firm based
in Baltimore, Maryland and Tampa, Florida, which specializes in
sports, rental real estate and broadcast television. The Leffler
Agency is not an affiliate of HGI. We elected Mr. Leffler
because we believe he provides a unique historical perspective
to our long operating history in light of his service on our
Board since 1995.
CERTAIN
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS
Controlled
Company
The Board has determined that HGI is a controlled
company for the purposes of Section 303A of the NYSE
rules, as the Harbinger Parties control more than 50% of
HGIs voting power. A controlled company may elect not to
comply with certain NYSE rules, including (1) the
requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of
independent directors, (2) the requirement that a
nominating/corporate governance committee be in place that is
composed entirely of independent directors with a written
charter addressing the committees purpose and
responsibilities, and (3) the requirement that a
compensation committee be in place that is composed entirely of
independent directors with a written charter addressing the
committees purpose and responsibilities. We currently
avail ourselves of the controlled company
exceptions. The Board has determined that it is appropriate not
to have a nominating/corporate governance committee because of
our relatively limited number of directors, our limited number
of senior executives and our status as a controlled
company under applicable NYSE rules. In April 2011, the
board of directors formed a compensation committee. While our
compensation committee is composed entirely of independent
directors and has a charter addressing the committees
purpose and responsibilities, we still avail ourselves of the
controlled company exceptions and are not obligated
to comply with the NYSE rules governing compensation committees.
Director
Independence
The Board has determined that Messrs. Chan, Hudgins and
Leffler are independent members of the board of directors under
the NYSE rules. Under the NYSE rules, no director qualifies as
independent unless the board of directors affirmatively
determines that the director has no material relationship with
HGI. Based upon information requested from and provided by each
director concerning their background, employment and
affiliations, including commercial, industrial, banking,
consulting, legal, accounting, charitable and familial
relationships, the Board has determined that each of the
independent directors named above has no material relationship
with HGI, nor has any such person entered into any material
transactions or arrangements with HGI or its subsidiaries,
either directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an
organization that has a relationship with HGI, and is therefore
independent under the NYSE rules.
As provided for under the NYSE rules, the Board has adopted
categorical standards or guidelines to assist the Board in
making its independence determinations with respect to each
director. Under the NYSE rules, immaterial relationships that
fall within the guidelines are not required to be disclosed in
this prospectus.
82
COMPENSATION
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
This section provides an overview and analysis of our
compensation program and policies, the material compensation
decisions made under those programs and policies, and the
material factors considered in making those decisions. The
discussion below is intended to help you understand the detailed
information provided in our executive compensation tables and
put that information into context within our overall
compensation program. The series of tables following this
Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides more detailed
information concerning compensation earned or paid in fiscal
year 2010 for the Companys directors and earned or paid in
our 2008, 2009 and 2010 fiscal years for the following
individuals (the named executive officers):
|
|
|
|
|
Philip A. Falcone, our Chairman of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer,
|
|
|
|
Francis T. McCarron, our Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer, who was appointed in December 2009, and
|
|
|
|
Leonard DiSalvo, our Vice President Finance until
May 31, 2010.
|
Our Board as a whole has functioned as our compensation
committee. Our Board does have a compensation philosophy, but it
has determined that a compensation program is not yet necessary
or appropriate because the Company currently has only one named
executive officer who receives compensation from us.
Specifically, Mr. Falcone does not receive any compensation
for his services as our Chairman of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer. Mr. McCarron was the first
executive officer employed by the Board following the Harbinger
Parties acquisition of a controlling interest in the
Company in July 2009 (the 2009 Change in
Control) and, at that time, the Board did not find it
necessary to have a compensation program in place. The
compensation arrangement for Mr. DiSalvo, our former Vice
President Finance, was approved by our Board several
years ago, prior to the 2009 Change in Control, and this
compensation formed the basis for Mr. DiSalvos
retention and severance package.
In April 2011, the Board formed a Compensation Committee to
(i) oversee our compensation and employee benefits plans
and practices, including our executive compensation plans and
our incentive compensation and equity-based plans,
(ii) consider hiring and significant compensation decisions
with respect to executive officers and make recommendations to
the Board for approval, (iii) evaluate the performance of
our executive officers in light of established goals and
objectives and (iv) review and discuss with management our
compensation discussion and analysis disclosure and compensation
committee reports in order to comply with our public reporting
requirements. The Board appointed Messrs. Leffler
(Chairman), Chan and Hudgins as members of the Compensation
Committee. The Compensation Committee may decide in the future
to adopt a compensation program.
Compensation
Philosophy and General Objectives
Our compensation philosophy is to grant compensation that will
attract and retain employees who are able to meaningfully
contribute to our success. We will both reward employees for
past performance and provide an incentive for future
achievement. We will also strive to align the interests of our
executive officers with our stockholders by providing our
executive officers with equity interests in HGI. We will also be
mindful of fairness to all stakeholders.
Components
of Executive Compensation
The principal elements of compensation for Mr. McCarron,
our only named executive officer currently compensated by us,
are:
|
|
|
|
|
base salary;
|
|
|
|
annual bonus potential;
|
|
|
|
a long-term component consisting of a stock-related
award; and
|
|
|
|
perquisites and other personal benefits.
|
83
We use incentive compensation, including bonuses, to provide a
substantial cash payment opportunity based upon our achievement
of budgetary and other objectives. We have used stock options as
a long-term incentive designed to provide reward tied to the
price of our common stock. The Board believes that equity
awards, which provide value to the participants only when our
stockholders benefit from stock price appreciation, are an
appropriate complement to our overall compensation philosophy
and will help align the interests of our executives with those
of stockholders. In addition, the Board believes that long term
incentives will provide an important retentive component to our
overall compensation program. Mr. DiSalvo participated in
our benefit plans until the termination of his employment on
May 31, 2010. Mr. Falcone does not participate in our
benefit plans.
We provide Mr. McCarron with standard medical, dental,
vision and disability coverage and life insurance available to
employees generally. Perquisites are intended to provide the
executives with benefits that are typically offered in addition
to the standard benefits package in similar sized companies.
Generally, the Board believes that perquisites should not be a
significant component of our compensation philosophy.
We believe that the various components of our executive
compensation philosophy, in the aggregate, will provide a strong
link between compensation and performance. We also believe that
such elements will align the interests of our employees with our
stockholders by creating a strong compensatory incentive to
successfully drive our growth and achieve the goals we set for
our individual executives and our business.
How We
Chose Amounts for Each Element of Our Named Executive
Officers Compensation
Generally
Prior to the 2009 Change in Control, the Company had a
Compensation Committee that was responsible for the approval and
administration of compensation programs for the Companys
executives. Following the 2009 Change in Control, our
Compensation Committee was disbanded because we had a very
limited number of senior executives and, as a controlled
company under applicable NYSE Rules, we are not required
to have a compensation committee. Instead, our entire Board has
been responsible for determining compensation for our directors
and executive officers. Because we expect our executive
compensation decisions will become more numerous and complex
with the completion of Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the
Insurance Transaction, in April 2011 our Board formed a
Compensation Committee and delegated to it the authority to
recommend the amount or form of executive and director
compensation.
Mr. McCarrons compensation package was negotiated in
late 2009 by our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating
Officer who have substantial experience in establishing
management compensation, and was approved by our Board.
Mr. DiSalvos original compensation package was
negotiated in September 1998 by the then existing board of
directors and its compensation committee.
Mr. DiSalvos retention agreement compensation package
was negotiated by Mr. McCarron and approved by our Board.
Although the ultimate approval of the named executive
officers compensation is made by the Board, the Board
takes into consideration the recommendations of the Chief
Executive Officer in awarding compensation and setting
compensation levels.
During our last completed fiscal year, the Board did not retain
compensation consultants to determine or recommend the amount or
form of executive or director compensation, but it may do so in
the future if it deems it appropriate. While we may use formal
benchmarking and peer group comparables in the future in
establishing compensation levels of our named executive
officers, for the past three years we have not relied on any
formal benchmarking or set compensation levels by reference to
any peer group.
Base
Salary
The base salary for Mr. McCarron was negotiated by
representatives of our Principal Stockholder and approved by our
Board. The base salary for Mr. DiSalvo was negotiated by
Mr. McCarron and approved by our Board. In approving the
compensation, the Board considered a number of factors
including, but not limited to, the responsibilities of the
position, the experience of the individual and the competitive
marketplace
84
for executive talent with similar skill sets and, in the case
of Mr. DiSalvos retention and severance package, his
then current base salary.
Bonus
Bonuses for our named executive officers are discretionary and
were based on a number of subjective considerations; however,
Mr. McCarron was entitled, pursuant to his employment
agreement, to a minimum annual cash bonus for 2010 of $500,000.
For the last three fiscal years, only Messrs. McCarron and
DiSalvo were granted cash bonuses. In setting their cash bonus,
the Board considered their overall performance.
Long
Term Incentives
There is no set formula for the granting of awards to individual
executives or employees. Consistent with our equity incentive
plans and past awards, the exercise price of all equity awards
granted during the last three fiscal years was equal to the fair
market value (closing sale price of our common stock) on the
date of grant. During the past three fiscal years,
Mr. McCarron was the only named executive officer awarded
options. When Mr. McCarron was hired in December 2009, he
was granted an initial non-qualified option to purchase
125,000 shares of our common stock (the Initial
Option) pursuant to our long-term incentive plan (the
1996 Plan). The 1996 Plan provides for the
granting of restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, stock
options and other types of awards to key employees of the
Company. Under the 1996 Plan, options may be granted at prices
equivalent to the market value of the common stock on the date
of grant. Options become exercisable in one or more installments
on such dates as the Company may determine. Unexercised options
will expire on varying dates up to a maximum of ten years from
the date of grant. All options granted vest ratably over three
years beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant.
The 1996 Plan provides for the issuance of options to purchase
up to 8,000,000 shares of common stock. At
December 31, 2010, stock options with respect to a total of
1,652,412 shares had been exercised and a total of
5,852,808 shares of common stock were available for future
awards under the 1996 Plan. As of December 31, 2010,
options to purchase 494,780 shares of common stock were
outstanding under the 1996 Plan. No restricted stock, stock
appreciation rights or other types of awards have been granted
under the 1996 Plan.
The Boards decision to award options to Mr. McCarron
was discretionary and made in connection with the determination
of his initial compensation package. Pursuant to
Mr. McCarrons employment agreement, for years
beginning on or after January 1, 2011, he will be eligible
to receive an additional annual option or similar equity grant
having a fair value targeted at between 25% and 50% of his total
annual compensation for the immediately preceding year, subject
to the sole discretion of the Board (including the discretion to
grant awards higher than the targeted amount).
The Board may decide to grant additional awards to
Mr. McCarron or future named executive officers and, when
doing so, may consider factors such as:
|
|
|
|
|
the executives overall compensation package and job
performance, and
|
|
|
|
|
|
an executives ability to contribute to the achievement of
our goals and objectives.
|
Perquisites
Pension Plan. In 2005, our Board
authorized a freeze of the Harbinger Group Inc. Pension Plan so
that individuals first employed after January 15, 2006 are
not eligible to participate in the pension plan and no further
benefits accrue for existing participants. Of our named
executive officers, only Leonard DiSalvo was eligible to
participate in the pension plan and he accrued no further
benefits after January 15, 2006.
Benefits under the pension plan are based on employees
years of service and compensation level. All of the costs of the
pension plan are borne by us. The Plans participants are
100% vested in the accrued benefit after five years of service.
401(k) Plan. We sponsor a 401(k)
Retirement Savings Plan (the 401(k) Plan) in
which eligible participants may defer a fixed amount or a
percentage of their eligible compensation, subject to
limitations.
85
We make discretionary matching contributions of up to 4% of
eligible compensation. Mr. McCarron was not eligible to
participate in our 401(k) Plan in 2009. Our matches under the
401(k) Plan were: for Mr. McCarron, $9,800 in 2010; for
Mr. DiSalvo, $9,200 in 2008, $9,800 in 2009 and $8,486 in
2010. Mr. Falcone does not participate in our 401(k) Plan.
Senior Executive Health Plan. In 2006,
the Board established the HGI Corporation Senior Executive
Retiree Health Care Benefit Plan to provide health and medical
benefits for former senior executive officers at the discretion
of the Board. These health insurance benefits were to be
consistent with HGIs benefits available to current
employees. There are no current participants in this plan.
Deferred Compensation Arrangements. We
do not currently have any deferred compensation arrangements or
plans.
Other. We continue to provide benefits
to the surviving spouse of former HGI Chairman, B. John Mackin,
under the terms of a Consulting and Retirement Agreement dated
August 27, 1981. Mr. Mackin retired as an employee of
HGI in 1985. The agreement provides for health and dental
benefits and annual retirement income of $112,500 to
Mr. Mackins widow for the remainder of her life. This
amount represents half of the $225,000 per annum that was paid
to Mr. Mackin prior to his death in 2003.
Risk
Review
Our Board has generally reviewed, analyzed and discussed our
executive compensation. Our Board does not believe that any
aspects of our executive compensation encourages the named
executive officers to take unnecessary or excessive risks. There
is no single performance measure for executive compensation, and
Mr. McCarrons elements of compensation are balanced
among current cash payments, deferred cash bonus potential and
an equity award.
Compensation
in Connection with Termination of Employment and
Change-In-Control
We do not maintain any programs of broad application
specifically designed to provide compensation in connection with
the termination of employment or a change in control of the
Company. We believe that creating sustainable growth and
long-term stockholder value is best served by encouraging the
attraction and retention of high quality executive officers
through performance-based incentives without overemphasizing
compensation at terminal events, such as termination or change
in control.
Nonetheless, we recognize that an appropriate incentive in
attracting talent is to provide reasonable protection against
loss of income in the event the employment relationship
terminates without fault of the employee. Thus, compensation
practices in connection with termination of employment generally
will be designed on a
case-by-case
basis as our Board deems appropriate to achieve our goal of
attracting highly-qualified executive talent. We have provided
for termination compensation through individual employment
agreements in the form of salary and benefit continuation for a
moderate period of time following involuntary termination of an
executive officers employment. We have also agreed to
individual severance arrangements at the time of termination of
employment, taking into account the specific facts and
circumstances surrounding termination, including other
compensation available at such time.
You can find additional information regarding our practices in
providing compensation in connection with termination of
employment and change in control under the headings
Employment Agreements with Named Executive
Officers and Payments upon Termination and
Change in Control below.
86
COMPENSATION
AND BENEFITS
Summary
Compensation Table
The following table discloses compensation for the fiscal years
ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and
December 31, 2008 received by (i) Philip A. Falcone,
our Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive
Officer, (ii) Francis T. McCarron, our Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer, who was appointed in
December 2009, and (iii) Leonard DiSalvo, our Vice
President Finance until May 31, 2010. These
individuals are also referred to in this Registration Statement
as our named executive officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Qualified
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
Option
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
Compensation
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
Name and
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
Bonus
|
|
Awards
|
|
Awards
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Earnings
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Total
|
Principal Position
|
|
Year
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
Philip A. Falcone
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chairman of the
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Board, President
and Chief Executive
Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Francis T. McCarron
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
1,250,000
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,800
|
(4)
|
|
|
1,759,800
|
|
Executive Vice
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
15,070
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
329,361
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
344,431
|
|
President and Chief
Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leonard DiSalvo
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
111,557
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
192,939
|
(8)
|
|
|
304,496
|
|
Former Vice
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
245,000
|
|
|
|
63,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,495
|
|
|
|
9,800
|
(4)
|
|
|
348,295
|
|
President-Finance
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
230,936
|
|
|
|
65,769
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,470
|
|
|
|
9,200
|
(4)
|
|
|
309,375
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The Harbinger Group Inc. Pension Plan was frozen in 2005;
accordingly, the amount of future pension benefits an employee
will receive is fixed. Disclosed changes in pension value are
caused by actuarial related changes in the present value of the
named executive officers accumulated benefit. Actuarial
assumptions such as age and the selected discount rate will
cause an annual change in the actuarial pension value of an
employees benefit but does not result in any change in the
actual amount of future benefits an employee will receive. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Falcone is an employee of an affiliate of the Harbinger
Parties and he does not receive any compensation for his
services as our Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
Executive Officer. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Pursuant to Mr. McCarrons employment agreement, he
was guaranteed a minimum bonus amount of $500,000 for 2010. In
2011, the board of directors set Mr. McCarrons cash
bonus amount for 2010 at $1,250,000. |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Amounts represent HGIs matching contribution under
HGIs 401(k) plan. |
|
(5) |
|
In 2009, stock options were granted with a grant date fair value
of $2.63 with the following assumptions used in the
determination of fair value using the Black-Scholes option
pricing model: expected option term of six years, volatility of
32.6%, risk-free interest rate of 3.1% and no assumed dividend
yield. No stock options were granted in 2008 or 2010. |
|
|
|
(6) |
|
Excludes any compensation paid to Mr. DiSalvo for
consulting services he performed after his employment terminated
on May 31, 2010. |
|
|
|
(7) |
|
For 2010, Mr. DiSalvo earned a bonus of $34,453, which was
computed at a rate of 125% of his 2009 bonus. Pursuant to his
severance agreement, in lieu of receiving this bonus,
Mr. DiSalvo received a lump-sum severance payment of
$184,453 (included as All Other Compensation in this
table). |
|
|
|
(8) |
|
Amount consists of $184,453 in severance payments and $8,486 for
HGIs matching contribution under the 401(k) plan. |
87
Employment
Agreements with Named Executive Officers
Philip A. Falcone, our Chief Executive Officer, and Francis T.
McCarron, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer, are employees at will. Mr. Falcone was not and is
not a party to an employment agreement with HGI. We have an
employment agreement with Mr. McCarron and a consulting
agreement with Mr. DiSalvo, our former Vice
President Finance. We also have indemnification
agreements with each of our named executive officers.
Employment
Agreement with Francis T. McCarron
Pursuant to our employment agreement with Mr. McCarron,
dated as of December 24, 2009, Mr. McCarrons
annual base salary is $500,000 and, beginning January 1,
2010, he is eligible to earn an annual cash bonus targeted at
300% of his base salary upon the attainment of certain
reasonable performance objectives to be set by, and in the sole
discretion of, our Board or the Compensation Committee of the
Board, in consultation with Mr. McCarron. For 2010,
Mr. McCarron was guaranteed a minimum annual bonus of
$500,000. In 2011, the Board set Mr. McCarrons 2010
cash bonus amount at $1,250,000.
Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. McCarron was
granted an Initial Option to purchase 125,000 shares of our
common stock pursuant to the 1996 Plan. The Initial Option vests
in three substantially equal annual installments, subject to
Mr. McCarrons continued employment on each annual
vesting date, and has an exercise price equal to the fair market
value of a share of common stock on the date of grant ($7.01).
For years beginning on or after January 1, 2011,
Mr. McCarron will be eligible to receive an additional
annual option or similar equity grant having a fair value
targeted at between 25% and 50% of Mr. McCarrons
total annual compensation for the immediately preceding year,
subject to the sole discretion of our Board (including the
discretion to grant awards higher than the targeted amount).
For payments made to Mr. McCarron on termination of his
employment, see the below section entitled Payments
Upon Termination And Change Of Control Termination
Payments to Francis T. McCarron.
Retention
and Consulting Agreement with Leonard DiSalvo
On January 22, 2010, we entered into a Retention and
Consulting Agreement with Mr. DiSalvo pursuant to which
Mr. DiSalvo continued to be employed by HGI through
May 31, 2010, and was then entitled to the following
retention payments: (i) a lump sum payment equal to
$150,000; (ii) a pro-rated bonus for 2010 equal to $34,453;
and (iii) three months of outplacement services.
Since June 1, 2010, Mr. DiSalvo has been providing
certain consulting services to HGI pursuant to that agreement.
For each full month of service, Mr. DiSalvo is compensated
$21,233.33, a rate equal to 1/12th of his annual base
salary at the rate in effect on the date his employment
terminated. In addition, Mr. DiSalvo had the right to (but
did not) elect health care continuation coverage under
Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act
(COBRA) and we would have paid his COBRA
premiums during the consulting period at the same rate we pay
health insurance premiums for our active employees. The
consulting services continue for 12 months, except that
Mr. DiSalvo may terminate the consulting period at any time
upon 30 days prior written notice to us and we may
terminate the consulting period at any time for cause.
Mr. DiSalvos entitlement to the payments was also
subject to his execution of a release in a form reasonably
acceptable to us, which he executed in May 2010.
Mr. DiSalvos stock options continue to be subject to
the terms of the 1996 Plan, except that for purposes of these
options, Mr. DiSalvos employment was deemed to
terminate on August 31, 2010.
Grants of
Plan-Based Awards
We did not grant any plan-based awards for the year ended
December 31, 2010.
88
Outstanding
Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
Stock Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
Market or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
Payout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market
|
|
|
Unearned
|
|
|
Unearned
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
Shares,
|
|
|
Shares,
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares or
|
|
|
Shares or
|
|
|
Units or
|
|
|
Units or
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units of
|
|
|
Units of
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock That
|
|
|
Stock That
|
|
|
Rights
|
|
|
Rights That
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Unearned
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Have Not
|
|
|
Have Not
|
|
|
That Have
|
|
|
Have Not
|
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Expiration
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
Not Vested
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
Name
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Unexercisable
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
Philip A. Falcone
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Francis T. McCarron
|
|
|
41,667
|
(2)
|
|
|
83,333
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.01
|
|
|
|
12/23/2019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leonard DiSalvo
|
|
|
100,000
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.775
|
|
|
|
8/31/2011
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
160,000
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.813
|
|
|
|
8/31/2011
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The exercise price of all equity awards is equal to the fair
market value (closing sale price of our common stock) on the
date of grant. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
On December 24, 2010, options for 41,667 shares of
common stock became exercisable; |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
On December 24, 2011, if Mr. McCarron continues to be
employed as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer, options for 41,667 shares of common stock will
become exercisable. On December 24, 2012, if
Mr. McCarron continues to be employed as our Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer, options for
41,666 shares of common stock will become exercisable. |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Amounts are fully vested as of the date of this prospectus. |
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Pursuant to Mr. DiSalvos retention and consulting
agreement, his termination of employment on May 31, 2010
was, solely with respect to his options, deemed to be effective
August 31, 2010. |
Option
Exercises and Stock Vested
No named executive officers exercised stock options during the
year ended December 31, 2010. Additionally, there are no
stock awards outstanding for our named executive officers.
Pension
Benefits
In 2005, our Board authorized a plan to freeze the pension plan
in accordance with ERISA rules and regulations so that new
employees, after January 15, 2006, are not eligible to
participate in the pension plan and further benefits no longer
accrue for existing participants. Benefits under that the plan
are based on employees years of service and compensation
level. All of the costs of this plan are borne by us. The
pension plans participants were 100% vested in the accrued
benefit after five years of service.
The following table provides information about benefits under
the pension plan for each of our named executive officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Years
|
|
|
Present Value
|
|
|
Payments During
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credited Services
|
|
|
of Accumulated
|
|
|
Last Fiscal Year
|
|
Name
|
|
Plan Name
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
Benefit ($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
Philip A. Falcone
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Francis T. McCarron
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leonard DiSalvo
|
|
Harbinger Group Inc.
Pension Plan
|
|
|
7
|
(1)
|
|
|
176,003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The pension plan was frozen in 2005, thereby freezing the number
of years of credited service for Mr. DiSalvo. |
89
Nonqualified
Deferred Compensation
The Company does not provide any nonqualified defined
contribution or other deferred compensation plans.
Payments
Upon Termination and Change of Control
Mr. McCarron is entitled to certain payments if his
employment is terminated, as detailed below.
Termination
Payments to Francis T. McCarron
Pursuant to his employment agreement, if
Mr. McCarrons employment is terminated for any
reason, he is entitled to his salary through his final date of
active employment plus any accrued but unused vacation pay. He
is also entitled to any benefits mandated under the COBRA or
required under the terms of HGIs plans described above.
If Mr. McCarrons employment had been terminated by us
without cause, or by him for Good Reason, as defined below, at
any time on or prior to December 31, 2010, he would have
been entitled to the continuation of his base salary until
December 31, 2010 and his Initial Option to purchase
125,000 shares of our common stock would have become fully
vested. In addition, he would have been entitled to his annual
bonus for 2010, in an amount equal to the greater of $500,000 or
the bonus earned for the year based upon the actual attainment
of the performance goals, as pro-rated for the number of days
Mr. McCarron was employed in 2010. If the Company
terminates Mr. McCarron without Cause or Mr. McCarron
terminates his employment for Good Reason any time after
December 31, 2010, Mr. McCarron will be entitled to
the continuation of his base salary for three months following
such termination and full vesting of the Initial Option.
Mr. McCarrons entitlement to these payments is
conditioned upon his execution of an agreement acceptable to us
that (a) waives any rights Mr. McCarron may otherwise
have against us, (b) releases us from actions, suits,
claims, proceedings and demands related to the period of
employment
and/or the
termination of employment, and (c) contains certain other
obligations which shall be set forth at the time of the
termination; provided, however, that any such
waiver and release shall not include a waiver or release of
Mr. McCarrons rights (a) arising under, or
preserved by, his employment agreement, (b) to continued
coverage under our directors and officers insurance policies,
(c) to indemnification pursuant to Mr. McCarrons
indemnification agreement, or (d) as a stockholder of the
Company. Mr. McCarron must sign and tender the release as
described above not later than 60 days following his last
day of employment and, if he fails or refuses to do so, he will
forfeit the right to such termination compensation as would
otherwise be due and payable.
Good Reason is defined in
Mr. McCarrons employment agreement as the occurrence
of any of the following events without either
Mr. McCarrons express prior written consent or full
cure by us within 30 days: (i) any material diminution
in Mr. McCarrons title, responsibilities or
authorities; (ii) the assignment to him of duties that are
materially inconsistent with his duties as the principal
financial officer of HGI; (iii) any change in the reporting
structure so that he reports to any person or entity other than
Chief Executive Officer
and/or the
Board; (iv) the relocation of Mr. McCarrons
principal office, or principal place of employment, to a
location that is outside the borough of Manhattan, New York;
(v) a breach by HGI of any material terms of
Mr. McCarrons employment agreement; or (vi) any
failure of HGI to obtain the assumption (in writing or by
operation of law) of our obligations under his employment
agreement by any successor to all or substantially all of our
business or assets upon consummation of any merger,
consolidation, sale, liquidation, dissolution or similar
transaction.
90
Summary
Table
The following table sets forth amounts of compensation to be
paid to Mr. McCarron if his employment is terminated
without Cause or for Good Reason. The amounts shown assume that
such termination was effective as of December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Health
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-qualified
|
|
|
|
Welfare
|
|
Executive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined
|
|
|
|
and Life
|
|
Level
|
|
|
|
|
Severance
|
|
Contribution
|
|
Pension
|
|
Insurance
|
|
Outplacement
|
|
|
|
|
Payments
|
|
Plan
|
|
Benefit
|
|
Benefits
|
|
Service
|
|
Total
|
Name
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
Francis T. McCarron
|
|
|
1,250,000
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,250,000
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Mr. McCarrons employment agreement provides that he
will be entitled to his annual bonus for 2010, in an amount
equal to the greater of $500,000 or the bonus earned for the
year based upon the actual attainment of the performance goals,
as pro-rated for the number of days Mr. McCarron was
employed in 2010. In 2011, the Board set
Mr. McCarrons cash bonus amount for 2010 at
$1,250,000. |
Director
Compensation
During 2010, directors who were not employees of HGI or of the
Harbinger Parties (or an affiliate) were paid an annual retainer
of $35,000 (on a quarterly basis), plus $1,000 per meeting for
each standing committee of the Board on which a director served
or $2,000 per meeting for each standing committee of the Board
of which a director was Chairman. Those directors who also are
employees of HGI or of the Harbinger Parties (or an affiliate)
do not receive any compensation for their services as directors.
Messrs. Falcone, Hladek and Jenson are employees of the
Harbinger Parties (or an affiliate) and do not receive any
compensation for their services as directors. Mr. Clark, a
former employee of the Harbinger Parties (or an affiliate) did
not receive any compensation for his services as a director
during 2010.
In 2010, the Board formed several special committees to consider
proposed transactions. Messrs. Chan, Hudgins and Leffler
served on each special committee. Mr. Chan acted as
Chairman of the special committee and for this service was paid
$25,000 per calendar month during which the special committee
was in existence and a fee of $1,500 per meeting.
Messrs. Hudgins and Leffler were paid $10,000 per calendar
month during which the special committee was in existence, and a
fee of $1,500 per meeting.
Director
Compensation Table
The following table shows for the fiscal year 2010 certain
information with respect to the compensation of the current
directors of HGI, excluding Philip A. Falcone, whose
compensation is disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table
above. There are no individuals who were directors at any time
during 2010 but are not currently directors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
Nonqualified
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or Paid
|
|
Stock
|
|
Option
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
Deferred
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
in Cash
|
|
Awards
|
|
Awards
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Total
|
Name
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
Earnings
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
Lap W. Chan
|
|
|
239,321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
239,321
|
|
Lawrence M. Clark, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Keith M. Hladek
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas Hudgins
|
|
|
156,429
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156,429
|
|
Peter A. Jenson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert V. Leffler
|
|
|
143,429
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
143,429
|
|
91
COMPENSATION
COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
As stated above, during fiscal year 2010, we did not have a
compensation committee because of the limited number of our
senior executives and our status as a controlled
company under applicable NYSE Rules. Instead, the entire
Board was responsible for determining compensation for our
directors and executive officers. Two of our directors,
Messrs. Falcone and Jenson, also serve as our executive
officers and participated in deliberations concerning executive
officer compensation. Messrs. Falcone and Jenson are also
directors and executive officers of our subsidiary, Zap.Com.
However, neither Mr. Falcone nor Mr. Jenson receive
any compensation for their services as officers or directors of
HGI.
None of our executive officers served during fiscal year 2010 or
currently serves, and we anticipate that none will serve, as a
member of the board or compensation committee of any entity
(other than the Company and its subsidiary, Zap.Com, as
discussed above) that has one or more executive officers that
serves as a director on our Board.
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Our Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and addressing
conflicts of interests of directors and executive officers, as
well as reviewing and discussing with management and the
independent registered public accounting firm, and approving as
the case may be, any transactions or courses of dealing with
related parties that are required to be disclosed pursuant to
Item 404 of
Regulation S-K,
which is the SECs disclosure rules for certain related
party transactions.
Management
Agreement
Effective March 1, 2010, we entered into a Management and
Advisory Services Agreement (the Management
Agreement) with Harbinger Capital, pursuant to which
Harbinger Capital has agreed to provide us with advisory and
consulting services, particularly with regard to identifying and
evaluating investment opportunities. Harbinger Capital is an
affiliate of the Harbinger Parties, which collectively hold
approximately 93.3% of our outstanding shares of common stock.
Harbinger Capital is also the employer of Messrs. Falcone,
Jenson and Hladek, who are directors and, in the case of
Messrs. Falcone and Jenson, officers of HGI. We have agreed
to reimburse Harbinger Capital for (1) its
out-of-pocket
expenses and its fully-loaded cost (based on budgeted
compensation and overhead) of services provided by its legal and
accounting personnel (but excluding such services as are
incidental and ordinary course activities) and (2) upon our
completion of any transaction, Harbinger Capitals
out-of-pocket
expenses and its fully-loaded cost (based on budgeted
compensation and overhead) of services provided by its legal and
accounting personnel (but not its investment banking personnel)
relating to such transaction, to the extent not previously
reimbursed by us. Requests by Harbinger Capital for
reimbursement are subject to review by our Audit Committee,
after review by our management. The Management Agreement has a
three-year term, with automatic one-year extensions unless
terminated by either party with 90 days notice. No
fees were paid to Harbinger Capital under the Management
Agreement in 2010. However, HGI did reimburse the Master Fund
for certain
out-of-pocket
expenses relating to the Fidelity & Guaranty
Acquisition pursuant to the Transfer Agreement.
Spectrum
Brands Acquisition; Related Transactions
For a description of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the
Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration Rights Agreement, the
Spectrum Brands Holdings Stockholder Agreement and related
transactions and the interests our directors and significant
stockholders have in this transaction, see The Spectrum
Brands Acquisition elsewhere in this prospectus.
Registration
Rights Agreement
In connection with the Exchange Agreement, HGI entered into a
registration rights agreement (the Registration Rights
Agreement) with the Harbinger Parties. Pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Harbinger Parties have
certain demand and so-called piggy back registration
rights with respect to
92
(i) any and all shares of HGIs common stock owned
after September 10, 2010 by the Harbinger Parties and their
permitted transferees (irrespective of when acquired) and any
shares of HGIs common stock issuable or issued upon
exercise, conversion or exchange of HGIs other securities
owned by the Harbinger Parties, and (ii) any of HGIs
securities issued in respect of its common stock issued or
issuable to any of the Harbinger Parties with respect to those
securities described in the preceding clause (i).
Under the Registration Rights Agreement, any of the Harbinger
Parties may demand that HGI register all or a portion of such
Harbinger Partys HGI common stock for sale under the
Securities Act, so long as the anticipated aggregate offering
price of the securities to be offered is (i) at least
$30 million if registration is to be effected pursuant to a
registration statement on
Form S-1
or any similar long-form registration or
(ii) at least $5 million if registration is to be
effected pursuant to a registration statement on
Form S-3
or a similar short-form registration. Under the
Registration Rights Agreement, HGI is not obligated to effect
more than three such long-form registrations in the
aggregate for all of the Harbinger Parties.
The Registration Rights Agreement also provides that if HGI
decides to register shares of its common stock for its own
account or the account of a stockholder other than the Harbinger
Parties (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement), the Harbinger Parties may
require HGI to include all or a portion of their shares of
HGIs common stock in the registration and, to the extent
the registration is in connection with an underwritten public
offering, to have such shares of HGI common stock included in
the offering.
Transfer
Agreement
On March 7, 2011, HGI entered into the Transfer Agreement
with the Master Fund, pursuant to which, on March 9, 2011,
(i) HGI acquired from the Master Fund a 100% membership
interest in Harbinger F&G, and (ii) the Master Fund
transferred to Harbinger F&G the sole issued and
outstanding Ordinary Share of FS Holdco FS Holdco. In
consideration for the interests in Harbinger F&G and FS
Holdco, HGI agreed to reimburse the Master Fund for certain
expenses incurred by the Master Fund in connection with the
Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition (up to a maximum of
$13.3 million) and to submit certain expenses of the Master
Fund for reimbursement by OM Group under the F&G Stock
Purchase Agreement
Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions of Spectrum Brands
Holdings
A description of certain relationships and related party
transactions of Spectrum Brands Holdings is attached as
Annex D hereto.
93
PRINCIPAL
STOCKHOLDERS
The table below shows the number of shares of our common stock
beneficially owned by:
|
|
|
|
|
each named executive officer,
|
|
|
|
each director,
|
|
|
|
each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of our
outstanding common stock (the 5%
stockholders), and
|
|
|
|
all directors and executive officers as a group.
|
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules
of the SEC. Determinations as to the identity of 5% stockholders
and the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned,
including shares which may be acquired by them within
60 days, is based upon filings with the SEC as indicated in
the footnotes to the table below. Except as otherwise indicated,
we believe, based on the information furnished or otherwise
available to us, that each person or entity named in the table
has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares
of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by them, subject
to applicable community property laws.
In computing the number of shares of our common stock
beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of
that person, shares of our common stock that are subject to
options held by that person that are currently exercisable or
exercisable within 60 days of April 26, 2011, are
deemed outstanding. These shares of our common stock are not,
however, deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the
percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise noted
below, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table
is
c/o Harbinger
Group Inc., 450 Park Avenue, 27th floor, New York,
New York 10022.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficial
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
Name and Address
|
|
Ownership
|
|
|
Class
|
|
|
5% Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd.(1)
|
|
|
95,932,068
|
|
|
|
68.9
|
%
|
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.(2)
|
|
|
21,493,161
|
|
|
|
15.4
|
%
|
Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd.(3)
|
|
|
12,434,660
|
|
|
|
8.9
|
%
|
Our Directors and Executive Officers Serving at
April 26, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lap W. Chan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lawrence M. Clark, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leonard DiSalvo(4)
|
|
|
260,000
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Philip A. Falcone(5)
|
|
|
129,859,889
|
|
|
|
93.3
|
%
|
Richard H. Hagerup
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Keith M. Hladek(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas Hudgins
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peter A. Jenson(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert V. Leffler, Jr.(7)
|
|
|
8,000
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Francis T. McCarron(8)
|
|
|
41,667
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
All current directors and executive officers as a group
(10 persons)
|
|
|
130,169,556
|
|
|
|
93.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Indicates less than 1% of our outstanding common stock. |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Based solely on a Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 6, filed
with the SEC on March 10, 2011, the Master Fund is the
beneficial owner of 95,932,068 shares of our common stock,
which may also be deemed to be beneficially owned by Harbinger
Capital, the investment manager of Master Fund; Harbinger
Holdings, LLC (Harbinger Holdings), the managing
member of Harbinger Capital, and Philip A. Falcone, the managing
member of Harbinger Holdings and the portfolio manager of the
Master Fund. The address of the |
94
|
|
|
|
|
Master Fund is
c/o International
Fund Services (Ireland) Limited, 78 Sir John
Rogersons Quay, Dublin 2, Ireland. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Based solely on a Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 6, filed
with the SEC on March 10, 2011, Harbinger Capital Partners
Special Situations Fund, L.P. (the Special Situations
Fund) is the beneficial owner of 21,493,161 shares of
our common stock, which may be deemed to be beneficially owned
by Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations GP, LLC
(HCPSS), the general partner of the Special
Situations Fund, Harbinger Holdings, the managing member of
HCPSS, and Mr. Falcone, the managing member of Harbinger
Holdings and the portfolio manager of the Special Situations
Fund. The address of the Special Situations Fund is 450 Park
Avenue, 30th floor, New York, New York, 10022. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Based solely on a Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 6, filed
with the SEC on March 10, 2011, Global Opportunities
Breakaway Ltd. (the Global Fund) is the beneficial
holder of 12,434,660 shares of our common stock, which may
be deemed to be beneficially owned by Harbinger Capital
Partners II LP (HCP II), the investment manager
of the Global Fund; Harbinger Capital Partners II GP LLC
(HCP II GP), the general partner of HCP II, and
Mr. Falcone, the managing member of HCP II GP and the
portfolio manager of the Global Fund. The address of the Global
Fund is
c/o Maples
Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House,
Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands KY1-1104. |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Represents 260,000 shares of our common stock issuable
under options exercisable within 60 days of April 26,
2011. |
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Based solely on a Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 6, filed
with the SEC on March 10, 2011, Mr. Falcone, the
managing member of Harbinger Holdings and HCP II GP and
portfolio manager of each of the Master Fund, the Special
Situations Fund and the Global Fund, may be deemed to indirectly
beneficially own 129,859,889 shares of our common stock,
constituting approximately 93.3% of our outstanding common
stock, and has shared voting and dispositive power over all such
shares. Mr. Falcone disclaims beneficial ownership of the
shares reported in the Schedule 13D, except with respect to
his pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Falcones address
is
c/o Harbinger
Holdings, LLC, 450 Park Avenue, 30th floor, New York,
New York, 10022. |
|
|
|
(6) |
|
The address of each beneficial owner is
c/o Harbinger
Capital Partners LLC, 450 Park Avenue, 30th floor, New York, New
York 10022. |
|
|
|
(7) |
|
Represents 8,000 shares of our common stock issuable under
options exercisable within 60 days of April 26, 2011. |
|
|
|
(8) |
|
Represents 41,667 shares of our common stock issuable under
options exercisable within 60 days of April 26, 2011. |
95
THE
EXCHANGE OFFER
Terms of
the Exchange Offer
We are offering to exchange our exchange notes for a like
aggregate principal amount of our initial notes.
The exchange notes that we propose to issue in the exchange
offer will be substantially identical to our initial notes
except that, unlike our initial notes, the exchange notes will
have no transfer restrictions or registration rights. You should
read the description of the exchange notes in the section in
this prospectus entitled Description of Notes.
We reserve the right in our sole discretion to purchase or make
offers for any initial notes that remain outstanding following
the expiration or termination of the exchange offer and, to the
extent permitted by applicable law, to purchase initial notes in
the open market or privately negotiated transactions, one or
more additional tender or exchange offers or otherwise. The
terms and prices of these purchases or offers could differ
significantly from the terms of the exchange offer.
Expiration
Date; Extensions; Amendments; Termination
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time,
on ,
2011, unless we extend it in our reasonable discretion. The
expiration date of the exchange offer will be at least 20
business days after the commencement of the exchange offer in
accordance with
Rule 14e-1(a)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
Exchange Act).
We expressly reserve the right to delay acceptance of any
initial notes, extend or terminate the exchange offer and not
accept any initial notes that we have not previously accepted if
any of the conditions described below under
Conditions to the Exchange Offer have
not been satisfied or waived by us. We will notify the exchange
agent of any delay, extension or termination of the exchange
offer by oral notice, promptly confirmed in writing, or by
written notice. We will also notify the holders of the initial
notes by a press release or other public announcement
communicated before 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the
next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date
unless applicable laws require us to do otherwise.
We also expressly reserve the right to amend the terms of the
exchange offer in any manner. If we make any material change, we
will promptly disclose this change in a manner reasonably
calculated to inform the holders of our initial notes of the
change including providing public announcement or giving oral or
written notice to these holders. A material change in the terms
of the exchange offer could include a change in the timing of
the exchange offer, a change in the exchange agent and other
similar changes in the terms of the exchange offer. If we make
any material change to the exchange offer, we will disclose this
change by means of a post-effective amendment to the
registration statement which includes this prospectus and will
distribute an amended or supplemented prospectus to each
registered holder of initial notes. In addition, we will extend
the exchange offer for an additional five to ten business days
as required by the Exchange Act, depending on the significance
of the amendment, if the exchange offer would otherwise expire
during that period. We will promptly notify the exchange agent
by oral notice, promptly confirmed in writing, or written notice
of any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment
of the exchange offer.
Procedures
for Tendering Initial Notes
Proper
Execution and Delivery of Letters of Transmittal
To tender your initial notes in the exchange offer, you must use
one of the three alternative procedures described below:
(1) Regular delivery procedure: Complete,
sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the
letter of transmittal. Have the signatures on the letter of
transmittal guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal.
Mail or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal or the
facsimile together with the certificates representing the
initial notes being tendered and any other required documents to
the exchange agent on or before 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the expiration date.
96
(2) Book-entry delivery procedure: Send a
timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of your initial
notes, if this procedure is available, into the exchange
agents account at DTC in accordance with the procedures
for book-entry transfer described under
Book-Entry Delivery Procedure below, on
or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration
date.
(3) Guaranteed delivery procedure: If
time will not permit you to complete your tender by using the
procedures described in (1) or (2) above before the
expiration date and this procedure is available, comply with the
guaranteed delivery procedures described under
Guaranteed Delivery Procedure below.
The method of delivery of the initial notes, the letter of
transmittal and all other required documents is at your election
and risk. Instead of delivery by mail, we recommend that you use
an overnight or hand-delivery service. If you choose the mail,
we recommend that you use registered mail, properly insured,
with return receipt requested. In all cases, you should allow
sufficient time to assure timely delivery. You should not
send any letters of transmittal or initial notes to us. You must
deliver all documents to the exchange agent at its address
provided below. You may also request your broker, dealer,
commercial bank, trust company or nominee to tender your initial
notes on your behalf.
Only a holder of initial notes may tender initial notes in the
exchange offer. A holder is any person in whose name initial
notes are registered on our books or any other person who has
obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered
holder.
If you are the beneficial owner of initial notes that are
registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank,
trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your
notes, you must contact that registered holder promptly and
instruct that registered holder to tender your notes on your
behalf. If you wish to tender your initial notes on your own
behalf, you must, before completing and executing the letter of
transmittal and delivering your initial notes, either make
appropriate arrangements to register the ownership of these
notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power
from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership
may take considerable time.
You must have any signatures on a letter of transmittal or a
notice of withdrawal guaranteed by:
(1) a member firm of a registered national securities
exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc.,
(2) a commercial bank or trust company having an office or
correspondent in the United States, or
(3) an eligible guarantor institution within the meaning of
Rule 17Ad-15
under the Exchange Act, unless the initial notes are
tendered:
(1) by a registered holder or by a participant in DTC whose
name appears on a security position listing as the owner, who
has not completed the box entitled Special Issuance
Instructions or Special Delivery Instructions
on the letter of transmittal and only if the exchange notes are
being issued directly to this registered holder or deposited
into this participants account at DTC, or
(2) for the account of a member firm of a registered
national securities exchange or of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company
having an office or correspondent in the United States or an
eligible guarantor institution within the meaning of
Rule 17Ad-15
under the Exchange Act.
If the letter of transmittal or any bond powers are signed by:
(1) the recordholder(s) of the initial notes tendered: the
signature must correspond with the name(s) written on the face
of the initial notes without alteration, enlargement or any
change whatsoever.
(2) a participant in DTC: the signature must correspond
with the name as it appears on the security position listing as
the holder of the initial notes.
(3) a person other than the registered holder of any
initial notes: these initial notes must be endorsed or
accompanied by bond powers and a proxy that authorize this
person to tender the initial notes on
97
behalf of the registered holder, in satisfactory form to us as
determined in our sole discretion, in each case, as the name of
the registered holder or holders appears on the initial notes.
(4) trustees, executors, administrators, guardians,
attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in
a fiduciary or representative capacity: these persons should so
indicate when signing. Unless waived by us, evidence
satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must also be
submitted with the letter of transmittal.
To tender your initial notes in the exchange offer, you must
make the following representations:
(1) you are authorized to tender, sell, assign and transfer
the initial notes tendered and to acquire exchange notes
issuable upon the exchange of such tendered initial notes, and
that we will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free
and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances
and not subject to any adverse claim when the same are accepted
by us,
(2) any exchange notes acquired by you pursuant to the
exchange offer are being acquired in the ordinary course of
business, whether or not you are the holder,
(3) you or any other person who receives exchange notes,
whether or not such person is the holder of the exchange notes,
has an arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in a distribution of such exchange notes within the
meaning of the Securities Act and is not participating in, and
does not intend to participate in, the distribution of such
exchange notes within the meaning of the Securities Act,
(4) you or such other person who receives exchange notes,
whether or not such person is the holder of the exchange notes,
is not an affiliate, as defined in Rule 405 of the
Securities Act, of ours, or if you or such other person is an
affiliate, you or such other person will comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act to the extent applicable,
(5) if you are not a broker-dealer, you represent that you
are not engaging in, and do not intend to engage in, a
distribution of exchange notes, and
(6) if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange
notes for your own account in exchange for initial notes, you
represent that the initial notes to be exchanged for the
exchange notes were acquired by you as a result of market-making
or other trading activities and acknowledge that you will
deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale, offer to
resell or other transfer of such exchange notes.
You must also warrant that the acceptance of any tendered
initial notes by HGI and the issuance of exchange notes in
exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by HGI of
its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement relating
to the initial notes.
To effectively tender notes through DTC, the financial
institution that is a participant in DTC will electronically
transmit its acceptance through the Automatic Tender Offer
Program. DTC will then edit and verify the acceptance and send
an agents message to the exchange agent for its
acceptance. An agents message is a message transmitted by
DTC to the exchange agent stating that DTC has received an
express acknowledgment from the participant in DTC tendering the
notes that this participant has received and agrees to be bound
by the terms of the letter of transmittal, and that we may
enforce this agreement against this participant.
Book-Entry
Delivery Procedure
Any financial institution that is a participant in DTCs
systems may make book-entry deliveries of initial notes by
causing DTC to transfer these initial notes into the exchange
agents account at DTC in accordance with DTCs
procedures for transfer. To effectively tender notes through
DTC, the financial institution that is a participant in DTC will
electronically transmit its acceptance through the Automatic
Tender Offer Program. The DTC will then edit and verify the
acceptance and send an agents message to the exchange
agent for its acceptance. An agents message is a message
transmitted by DTC to the exchange agent stating that DTC has
received an express acknowledgment from the participant in DTC
tendering the notes that this participation
98
has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter
of transmittal, and that we may enforce this agreement against
this participant. The exchange agent will make a request to
establish an account for the initial notes at DTC for purposes
of the exchange offer within two business days after the date of
this prospectus.
A delivery of initial notes through a book-entry transfer into
the exchange agents account at DTC will only be effective
if an agents message or the letter of transmittal or a
facsimile of the letter of transmittal with any required
signature guarantees and any other required documents is
transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at the address
indicated below under Exchange Agent on
or before the expiration date unless the guaranteed delivery
procedures described below are complied with. Delivery of
documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the exchange
agent.
Guaranteed
Delivery Procedure
If you are a registered holder of initial notes and desire to
tender your notes, and (1) these notes are not immediately
available, (2) time will not permit your notes or other
required documents to reach the exchange agent before the
expiration date or (3) the procedures for book-entry
transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis and an
agents message delivered, you may still tender in the
exchange offer if:
(1) you tender through a member firm of a registered
national securities exchange or of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company
having an office or correspondent in the United States, or an
eligible guarantor institution within the meaning of
Rule 17Ad-15
under the Exchange Act,
(2) on or before the expiration date, the exchange agent
receives a properly completed and duly executed letter of
transmittal or facsimile of the letter of transmittal, and a
notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form
provided by us, with your name and address as holder of the
initial notes and the amount of notes tendered, stating that the
tender is being made by that letter and notice and guaranteeing
that within three NYSE trading days after the expiration date
the certificates for all the initial notes tendered, in proper
form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation with an
agents message, as the case may be, and any other
documents required by the letter of transmittal will be
deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange
agent, and
(3) the certificates for all your tendered initial notes in
proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation as the
case may be, and all other documents required by the letter of
transmittal are received by the exchange agent within three NYSE
trading days after the expiration date.
Acceptance
of Initial Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange
Notes
Your tender of initial notes will constitute an agreement
between you and us governed by the terms and conditions provided
in this prospectus and in the related letter of transmittal.
We will be deemed to have received your tender as of the date
when your duly signed letter of transmittal accompanied by your
initial notes tendered, or a timely confirmation of a book-entry
transfer of these notes into the exchange agents account
at DTC with an agents message, or a notice of guaranteed
delivery from an eligible institution is received by the
exchange agent.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including
time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal of tenders will be
determined by us in our sole discretion. Our determination will
be final and binding.
We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all initial
notes not properly tendered or any initial notes which, if
accepted, would, in our opinion or our counsels opinion,
be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any
conditions of the exchange offer or irregularities or defects in
tender as to particular notes with the exception of conditions
to the exchange offer relating to the obligations of broker
dealers, which we will not waive. If we waive a condition to the
exchange offer, the waiver will be applied equally to all note
holders. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the
exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of
transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties. Unless
waived, any defects or irregularities in
99
connection with tenders of initial notes must be cured within
such time as we shall determine. None of us, the exchange agent
or any other person will be under any duty to give notification
of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of initial
notes. None of us, the exchange agent or any other person will
incur any liability for any failure to give notification of
these defects or irregularities. Tenders of initial notes will
not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have
been cured or waived. The exchange agent will return without
cost to their holders any initial notes that are not properly
tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not
been cured or waived promptly following the expiration date.
If all the conditions to the exchange offer are satisfied or
waived on the expiration date, we will accept all initial notes
properly tendered and will issue the exchange notes promptly
thereafter. Please refer to the section of this prospectus
entitled Conditions to the Exchange
Offer below. For purposes of the exchange offer, initial
notes will be deemed to have been accepted as validly tendered
for exchange when, as and if we give oral or written notice of
acceptance to the exchange agent.
We will issue the exchange notes in exchange for the initial
notes tendered pursuant to a notice of guaranteed delivery by an
eligible institution only against delivery to the exchange agent
of the letter of transmittal, the tendered initial notes and any
other required documents, or the receipt by the exchange agent
of a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of initial
notes into the exchange agents account at DTC with an
agents message, in each case, in form satisfactory to us
and the exchange agent.
If any tendered initial notes are not accepted for any reason
provided by the terms and conditions of the exchange offer or if
initial notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than
the holder desires to exchange, the unaccepted or non-exchanged
initial notes will be returned without expense to the tendering
holder, or, in the case of initial notes tendered by book-entry
transfer procedures described above, will be credited to an
account maintained with the book-entry transfer facility,
promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or the expiration
or termination of the exchange offer.
By tendering into the exchange offer, you will irrevocably
appoint our designees as your attorney-in-fact and proxy with
full power of substitution and resubstitution to the full extent
of your rights on the notes tendered. This proxy will be
considered coupled with an interest in the tendered notes. This
appointment will be effective only when, and to the extent that,
we accept your notes in the exchange offer. All prior proxies on
these notes will then be revoked and you will not be entitled to
give any subsequent proxy. Any proxy that you may give
subsequently will not be deemed effective. Our designees will be
empowered to exercise all voting and other rights of the holders
as they may deem proper at any meeting of note holders or
otherwise. The initial notes will be validly tendered only if we
are able to exercise full voting rights on the notes, including
voting at any meeting of the note holders, and full rights to
consent to any action taken by the note holders.
Withdrawal
of Tenders
Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may
withdraw tenders of initial notes at any time before
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
For a withdrawal to be effective, you must send a written or
facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal to the exchange
agent before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
expiration date at the address provided below under
Exchange Agent and before acceptance of
your tendered notes for exchange by us.
Any notice of withdrawal must:
(1) specify the name of the person having tendered the
initial notes to be withdrawn,
(2) identify the notes to be withdrawn, including, if
applicable, the registration number or numbers and total
principal amount of these notes,
(3) be signed by the person having tendered the initial
notes to be withdrawn in the same manner as the original
signature on the letter of transmittal by which these notes were
tendered, including any required signature guarantees, or be
accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to permit the
trustee
100
for the initial notes to register the transfer of these notes
into the name of the person having made the original tender and
withdrawing the tender,
(4) specify the name in which any of these initial notes
are to be registered, if this name is different from that of the
person having tendered the initial notes to be
withdrawn, and
(5) if applicable because the initial notes have been
tendered through the book-entry procedure, specify the name and
number of the participants account at DTC to be credited,
if different than that of the person having tendered the initial
notes to be withdrawn.
We will determine all questions as to the validity, form and
eligibility, including time of receipt, of all notices of
withdrawal and our determination will be final and binding on
all parties. Initial notes that are withdrawn will be deemed not
to have been validly tendered for exchange in the exchange offer.
The exchange agent will return without cost to their holders all
initial notes that have been tendered for exchange and are not
exchanged for any reason, promptly after withdrawal, rejection
of tender or expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
You may retender properly withdrawn initial notes in the
exchange offer by following one of the procedures described
under Procedures for Tendering Initial
Notes above at any time on or before the expiration date.
Conditions
to the Exchange Offer
We will complete the exchange offer only if:
(1) there is no change in the laws and regulations which
would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed
with the exchange offer,
(2) there is no change in the current interpretation of the
staff of the SEC which permits resales of the exchange notes,
(3) there is no stop order issued by the SEC or any state
securities authority suspending the effectiveness of the
registration statement which includes this prospectus or the
qualification of the indenture for the exchange notes under the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and there are no proceedings
initiated or, to our knowledge, threatened for that purpose,
(4) there is no action or proceeding instituted or
threatened in any court or before any governmental agency or
body that would reasonably be expected to prohibit, prevent or
otherwise impair our ability to proceed with the exchange
offer, and
(5) we obtain all the governmental approvals that we in our
sole discretion deem necessary to complete the exchange offer.
These conditions are for our sole benefit. We may assert any one
of these conditions regardless of the circumstances giving rise
to it and may also waive any one of them, in whole or in part,
at any time and from time to time, if we determine in our
reasonable discretion that it has not been satisfied, subject to
applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all conditions to
the exchange offer must be satisfied or waived before the
expiration of the exchange offer. If we waive a condition to the
exchange offer, the waiver will be applied equally to all note
holders. Each of these rights will be deemed an ongoing right
which we may assert at any time and from time to time.
If we determine that we may terminate the exchange offer because
any of these conditions is not satisfied, we may:
(1) refuse to accept and return to their holders any
initial notes that have been tendered,
(2) extend the exchange offer and retain all notes tendered
before the expiration date, subject to the rights of the holders
of these notes to withdraw their tenders, or
101
(3) waive any condition that has not been satisfied and
accept all properly tendered notes that have not been withdrawn
or otherwise amend the terms of the exchange offer in any
respect as provided under the section in this prospectus
entitled Expiration Date; Extensions;
Amendments; Termination.
Accounting
Treatment
We will record the exchange notes at the same carrying value as
the initial notes as reflected in our accounting records on the
date of the exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any
gain or loss for accounting purposes. We will amortize the costs
related to the issuance of the initial notes over the term of
the initial notes and exchange notes and expense the costs of
the exchange offer as incurred.
Exchange
Agent
We have appointed Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as
exchange agent for the exchange offer. You should direct all
questions and requests for assistance on the procedures for
tendering and all requests for additional copies of this
prospectus or the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent as
follows:
By mail:
Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association
Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
PO Box 1517
Minneapolis, MN 55480
By hand/overnight delivery:
Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association
Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
Sixth & Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Confirm by telephone:
(800) 344-5128
Fees and
Expenses
We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders in the exchange
offer, including fees and expenses of the exchange agent and
trustee and accounting, legal, printing and related fees and
expenses.
We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or other
persons soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. However,
we will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for
its services and will reimburse the exchange agent for its
reasonable
out-of-pocket
expenses in connection with the exchange offer. We will also pay
brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries
their reasonable
out-of-pocket
expenses for forwarding copies of the prospectus, letters of
transmittal and related documents to the beneficial owners of
the initial notes and for handling or forwarding tenders for
exchange to their customers.
102
We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the
exchange of initial notes in accordance with the exchange offer.
However, tendering holders will pay the amount of any transfer
taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other
persons, if:
(1) certificates representing exchange notes or initial
notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for
exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or
issued in the name of, any person other than the registered
holder of the notes tendered,
(2) tendered initial notes are registered in the name of
any person other than the person signing the letter of
transmittal, or
(3) a transfer tax is payable for any reason other than the
exchange of the initial notes in the exchange offer.
If you do not submit satisfactory evidence of the payment of any
of these taxes or of any exemption from this payment with the
letter of transmittal, we will bill you directly the amount of
these transfer taxes.
Your
Failure to Participate in the Exchange Offer Will Have Adverse
Consequences
The initial notes were not registered under the Securities Act
or under the securities laws of any state and you may not resell
them, offer them for resale or otherwise transfer them unless
they are subsequently registered or resold under an exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws. If you do not exchange your
initial notes for exchange notes in accordance with the exchange
offer, or if you do not properly tender your initial notes in
the exchange offer, you will not be able to resell, offer to
resell or otherwise transfer the initial notes unless they are
registered under the Securities Act or unless you resell them,
offer to resell or otherwise transfer them under an exemption
from the registration requirements of, or in a transaction not
subject to, the Securities Act.
In addition, except as set forth in this paragraph, you will not
be able to obligate us to register the initial notes under the
Securities Act. You will not be able to require us to register
your initial notes under the Securities Act unless:
(1) because of any change in applicable law or in
interpretations thereof by the SEC Staff, HGI is not permitted
to effect the exchange offer;
(2) the exchange offer is not consummated by the
310th day after the Issue Date;
(3) any initial purchaser so requests with respect to
initial notes held by it that are not eligible to be exchanged
for exchange notes in the exchange offer; or
(4) any other holder is prohibited by law or SEC policy
from participating in the exchange offer or any holder (other
than an exchanging broker-dealer) that participates in the
exchange offer does not receive freely tradeable Exchange Notes
on the date of the exchange and, in each case, such holder so
requests,
in which case the Registration Rights Agreement requires us to
file a registration statement for a continuous offer in
accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act for the
benefit of the holders of the initial notes described in this
sentence. We do not currently anticipate that we will register
under the Securities Act any notes that remain outstanding after
completion of the exchange offer.
Delivery
of Prospectus
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own
account in exchange for initial notes, where such initial notes
were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such
exchange notes. See Plan of Distribution.
103
DESCRIPTION
OF NOTES
In this Description of Notes, HGI refers only to
Harbinger Group Inc., and any successor obligor on the notes,
and not to any of its subsidiaries. You can find the definitions
of certain terms used in this description under
Certain Definitions.
HGI issued the initial notes and will issue the exchange notes
under the indenture, dated as of November 15, 2010, between
HGI and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the
indenture). The terms of the notes include those
stated in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. The term
notes means all notes issued under the indenture,
including the initial notes, the exchange notes and any
additional notes.
The following is a summary of the material provisions of the
indenture. Because this is a summary, it may not contain all the
information that is important to you. You should read the
indenture in its entirety. Copies of the indenture are available
as described under Where You Can Find More
Information.
Basic
Terms of Notes
The notes are
|
|
|
|
|
senior secured obligations of HGI, that are secured by a first
priority Lien (subject to certain exceptions and Permitted
Liens) on the Collateral referred to below;
|
|
|
|
ranked equally in right of payment with all existing and future
unsubordinated Debt of HGI and effectively senior to all
unsecured Debt of HGI to the extent of the value of the
Collateral; and
|
|
|
|
ranked senior in right of payment to all of HGIs and the
Guarantors future Debt that expressly provides for its
subordination to the notes and the Note Guarantees.
|
Principal,
Maturity and Interest
HGI issued $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of the
notes in the initial notes offering. The notes will mature on
November 15, 2015. Interest on the notes will accrue at the
rate per annum set forth on the cover of this prospectus. HGI
will pay interest on the notes semi-annually in arrears on May
15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on May 15,
2011, to holders of record on the immediately preceding May 1
and November 1. Interest on the notes will accrue from the
most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
interest has been paid, from the Issue Date. Interest will be
computed on the basis of a
360-day year
comprised of twelve
30-day
months.
HGI will pay interest on overdue principal of the notes at a
rate equal to 1.0% per annum in excess of the rate per annum set
forth on the cover of this prospectus and will pay interest on
overdue installments of interest at such higher rate, in each
case to the extent lawful. Additional interest is payable with
respect to the notes in certain circumstances if HGI does not
consummate the exchange offer (or shelf registration, if
applicable) as further described under
Registration Rights; Additional Interest.
Additional
Notes
Subject to the covenants described below, HGI may issue
additional notes under the indenture in an unlimited principal
amount having the same terms in all respects as the notes, or in
all respects except with respect to interest paid or payable on
or prior to the first interest payment date after the issuance
of such notes. The notes and any additional notes would be
treated as a single class for all purposes under the indenture
and will vote together as one class on all matters with respect
to the notes. Additional notes cannot be issued under the same
CUSIP number unless the additional notes and original notes are
fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
104
Escrow
Arrangements
Pursuant to the terms of the indenture, HGI deposited into an
account (the Account) the proceeds of the
initial notes offering, plus an incremental amount (either in
cash or in the form of a letter of credit) sufficient to pay the
issue price of the notes, together with Accrued Yield (as
defined herein) and interest accrued on the notes from the Issue
Date to, but excluding, April 7, 2011 (the day that is five
business days after March 31, 2011), pledged to the
trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the notes, and
invested in Cash Equivalents in which the trustee, for the
benefit of the holders of the notes had a valid and perfected
first-priority security interest. On January 7, 2011,
following the consummation of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition
and the satisfaction of the other escrow release conditions, the
proceeds of the initial notes offering and the other assets in
the Account were released from escrow.
Guaranties
If any Subsidiary of HGI guarantees any Debt of HGI, such
Subsidiary must provide a full and unconditional guaranty of the
notes (a Note Guaranty).
Each Note Guaranty will be limited to the maximum amount that
would not render the Guarantors obligations subject to
avoidance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of
the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of
state law. By virtue of this limitation, a Guarantors
obligation under its Note Guaranty could be significantly less
than amounts payable with respect to the notes, or a Guarantor
may have effectively no obligation under its Note Guaranty.
The Note Guaranty of a Guarantor will terminate upon:
(1) a sale or other disposition (including by way of
consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or
disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the
Guarantor (other than to HGI or a Subsidiary of HGI) permitted
by the indenture,
(2) a Guarantor ceases to guarantee any Debt of HGI, or
(3) defeasance or discharge of the notes, as provided in
Defeasance and Discharge.
As of the date of this prospectus, there are no Guarantors.
Ranking
The indebtedness evidenced by the notes will rank equal in right
of payment with all future senior Debt of HGI, and will have the
benefit of a first-priority security interest in the Collateral
as described under Collateral.
As of December 31, 2010, on a pro forma basis, HGI would
have had no Debt other than the notes. Subject to the limits
described under Certain Covenants
Limitation on Debt and Disqualified Stock and
Limitation on Liens, HGI may incur
additional Debt, some of which may be secured.
HGI is organized and operates as a holding company that owns
Equity Interests of various Subsidiaries. It is not expected
that future operating Subsidiaries will guarantee the notes.
Claims of creditors of non-guarantor Subsidiaries, including
trade creditors, and creditors holding debt and guarantees
issued by those Subsidiaries, and claims of preferred
stockholders (if any) of those Subsidiaries generally will have
priority with respect to the assets and earnings of those
Subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of HGI, including
holders of the notes, and holders of minority interests in such
Subsidiaries will have ratable claims with claims of creditors
of HGI. The notes therefore will be effectively subordinated to
creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred stockholders
(if any) of Subsidiaries of HGI. As of December 31, 2010,
on a pro forma basis, the total liabilities of HGIs
Subsidiaries would have been approximately $2.8 billion,
including trade payables. The indenture does not limit the
incurrence of Debt (or other liabilities) and Disqualified Stock
of Subsidiaries that are not guarantors. See
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Debt and Disqualified Stock.
105
HGIs ability to pay interest on the notes is dependent
upon the receipt of dividends and other distributions from its
Subsidiaries. The availability of distributions from its
Subsidiaries will be subject to the satisfaction of various
covenants and conditions contained in the applicable
Subsidiarys existing and future financing and
organizational documents, as well as applicable law, rule and
regulation. See Risk Factors Risks Related to
the Notes We are a holding company and are dependent
upon dividends or distributions from our operating subsidiaries
to fund payments on the notes, and our ability to receive funds
from our operating subsidiaries will be dependent upon the
profitability of our operating subsidiaries and restrictions
imposed by law and contracts.
Security
General
HGIs obligations under the notes and the indenture are
secured by a first priority Lien on all assets of HGI (other
than Excluded Property, and subject to certain Permitted
Collateral Liens), including without limitation:
|
|
|
|
|
all Equity Interests of Spectrum owned by HGI and related
assets, including all general intangibles under contracts
(including without limitation, the registration rights
agreement) that HGI has with Spectrum;
|
|
|
|
|
|
all Equity Interests in other directly held Subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
|
|
all cash and investment securities owned by HGI;
|
|
|
|
all general intangibles owned by HGI; and
|
|
|
|
any proceeds thereof (collectively, the
Collateral).
|
HGI will be able to Incur additional Debt in the future that
could equally and ratably share in the Collateral. The amount of
such Debt will be limited by the covenants described under
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Debt and Disqualified Stock and
Limitation on Liens. Under certain
circumstances, the amount of such Debt could be significant.
After-Acquired
Property
If any property (other than Excluded Property) is acquired by
HGI or a Guarantor that is not automatically subject to a
perfected security interest under the Security Documents, any
Excluded Property ceases to fit within the definition thereof,
or a Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor, then HGI or such Guarantor
will, promptly after such propertys acquisition, such
property ceasing to be Excluded Property or such Subsidiary
becoming a Guarantor, provide security over such property (or,
in the case of a new Guarantor, all of its assets (except any
Excluded Property)) in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as collateral agent (the Collateral
Agent) and deliver certain certificates to the
Collateral Agent and opinions in respect thereof as specified in
the indenture and the Security Documents.
Security
Agreement
The security interests described above have been effected
pursuant to a Security and Pledge Agreement, dated as of
January 7, 2011, by and among HGI and the Collateral Agent
(the Security and Pledge Agreement). So long
as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
and subject to certain terms and conditions, HGI is entitled to
exercise any voting and other consensual rights pertaining to
all Equity Interests pledged pursuant to the Security and Pledge
Agreement and to remain in possession and retain exclusive
control over the Collateral (other than as set forth in the
Security and Pledge Agreement) and to collect, invest and
dispose of any income or dividends thereon. The Security and
Pledge Agreement, however, generally requires HGI to deliver to
the Collateral Agent, and for the Collateral Agent to maintain
in its control and possession, certificates evidencing pledges
of Equity Interests or, in the case of Equity Interests
106
that are uncertificated or held through a securities
intermediary, control through registration of such interests in
the name of the Collateral Agent. Upon the occurrence and during
the continuance of an Event of Default, the Security and Pledge
Agreement provides that the Collateral Agent may, and upon the
instructions of the Authorized Representatives (as set forth
below under Collateral Trust Agreement)
shall, foreclose upon and sell the applicable Collateral and
distribute the net proceeds of any such sale to the trustee and
the holders of the notes and other Pari Passu Obligations,
subject to applicable laws and applicable governmental
requirements. Upon such event and until the relevant Event of
Default is cured or waived, all of the rights of HGI or the
applicable Guarantor to exercise voting or other consensual
rights with respect to the Collateral shall cease, and all such
rights shall become vested in the Collateral Agent, which, to
the extent permitted by law, shall have the sole right to
exercise such voting and other consensual rights.
The Security and Pledge Agreement, the Collateral
Trust Agreement (as defined below) and the indenture
provide that HGI and each Guarantor shall, at its sole expense,
do all acts which may be reasonably necessary to confirm that
the Collateral Agent holds, for the benefit of the holders of
the notes and the trustee, duly created, enforceable and
perfected first-priority Liens in the Collateral, subject to
Permitted Collateral Liens. As necessary, or upon reasonable
request of the Collateral Agent, HGI and each Guarantor shall,
at its sole expense, execute, acknowledge and deliver such
documents and instruments (including the filing of financing
statements or amendments or continuations thereto) and take such
other actions which may be necessary to assure, perfect,
transfer and confirm the rights conveyed by the Security and
Pledge Agreement and any other Security Documents, to the extent
permitted by applicable law.
The Security and Pledge Agreement also provides that, on the
earlier to occur of (i) the occurrence of a Default,
(ii) such time as Spectrum becomes a well-known
seasoned issuer as defined under the Securities Act rules
and regulations, and (iii) at any time that the Liquid
Collateral Coverage Ratio is less than 1.75 to 1, HGI will be
required to exercise all of its contractual rights and use its
commercially reasonable efforts to, as promptly as possible,
cause Spectrum to file and become effective a shelf registration
that shall be in form suitable for use by the Collateral Agent
in connection with any disposition of Spectrum Equity Interests
constituting part of the Collateral in connection with any
exercise of remedies, and to keep such shelf registration
statement effective at all times until the earlier of the time
(i) the notes are repaid in full or (ii) all Spectrum
Equity Interests pledged as Collateral have been disposed of by
the Collateral Agent.
Collateral
Trust Agreement
General
On January 7, 2011, HGI (together with any Guarantors, the
Trustors) and the Collateral Agent entered
into the Collateral Trust Agreement (the
Collateral Trust Agreement). The
Collateral Trust Agreement sets forth the terms on which
the Collateral Agent (directly or through co-trustees or agents)
will accept, hold, administer, enforce and distribute the
proceeds of all Liens on the Collateral held by it in trust for
the benefit of holders of the notes, and all other Pari-Passu
Obligations (as defined below). The agent or other
representative of the holders of any series of future Debt
(together with the trustee, the Authorized
Representatives) intended to constitute Obligations
secured equally and ratably by Liens on the Collateral
(collectively, Pari-Passu Obligations) will
be required to execute a joinder to the Collateral
Trust Agreement in order to confirm the agreement of the
applicable secured parties to be bound by the terms thereof.
Equal and
Ratable Sharing of Collateral
Pursuant to the Collateral Trust Agreement, each Authorized
Representative (on behalf of itself and each holder of
Obligations that it represents) acknowledges and agrees that,
pursuant to the Security Documents, the security interest
granted to the Collateral Agent under the Security Documents
shall for all purposes and at all times secure the Obligations
in respect of the notes, the Note Guarantees, and any other
Pari-Passu Obligations on an equal and ratable basis, to the
extent such Liens have not been released in accordance with the
terms of the indenture.
107
Enforcement
of Liens; Voting
The Collateral Trust Agreement provides that if an event of
default shall have occurred and be continuing under the
indenture or any Pari-Passu Obligation, and if the Collateral
Agent shall have received a written direction from Authorized
Representatives that collectively represent at least a majority
in principal amount of the Pari-Passu Obligations (each such
representative acting at the direction of holders of the
obligations so represented by it), unless inconsistent with
applicable law, the Collateral Agent shall pursuant to such
direction, institute and maintain such suits and proceedings as
it may deem appropriate to protect and enforce the rights vested
in it by the Collateral Trust Agreement and each Security
Document, including the exercise of any trust or power conferred
on the Collateral Agent, or for the appointment of a receiver,
or for the taking of any remedial action authorized by the
Collateral Trust Agreement.
The right of the Collateral Agent to repossess and dispose of
the Collateral upon the occurrence and during the continuance of
an Event of Default under the indenture:
|
|
|
|
|
in the case of Collateral securing Permitted Liens, is subject
to applicable law and the terms of agreements governing those
Permitted Liens;
|
|
|
|
with respect to any Collateral, is subject to applicable law and
is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy
law if a bankruptcy case were to be commenced by or against HGI
or any of the Guarantors prior to the Collateral Agent having
repossessed and disposed of the Collateral; and
|
|
|
|
in the case of Equity Interests, is subject to applicable
securities laws, which may require that any such sale be
effected through a private placement (which could require such
disposition to be made at a discount to prices that could be
obtained in the public markets) or through an SEC registration.
|
Order
of Application of Proceeds of Collateral
Any proceeds of any Collateral foreclosed upon or otherwise
realized upon pursuant to the Security Documents will be applied
in the following order:
|
|
|
|
|
first, to the Collateral Agent to pay any costs and expenses due
to the Collateral Agent in connection with the foreclosure or
realization of such Collateral,
|
|
|
|
second, to the trustee and each other Authorized Representative
(if any), equally and ratably (in the same proportion that such
unpaid Pari-Passu Obligations of the trustee or such other
Authorized Representative, as applicable, bears to all unpaid
Pari-Passu Obligations (on the relevant distribution date) for
application to the payment in full of all outstanding Pari-Passu
Obligations that are then due and payable to the secured parties
(which shall then be applied or held by the trustee and each
such other Authorized Representative in such order as may be
provided in the applicable indenture or other instrument
governing such Debt); and
|
|
|
|
finally, in the case of any surplus, to HGI or the Guarantor
that pledged such Collateral, or its successors or assigns.
|
Subject to the terms of applicable agreements, the application
of proceeds provisions set forth immediately above are intended
for the benefit of, and will be enforceable as a third party
beneficiary by, each present and future holder of Pari-Passu
Obligations, the trustee, each other present and future
Authorized Representative and the Collateral Agent.
Release
of Liens
The Liens on the Collateral securing the notes and the Note
Guarantees will be released:
(1) upon payment in full of principal, interest and all
other Obligations on the notes or satisfaction and discharge of
the indenture or defeasance (including covenant defeasance of
the notes);
(2) upon release of a Note Guarantee (with respect to the
Liens securing such Note Guarantee granted by such Guarantor);
108
(3) in connection with any disposition of Collateral to any
Person other than HGI or any Guarantor (but excluding any
transaction subject to the covenant described under
Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets)
that is permitted by the indenture (with respect to the Lien on
such Collateral); provided that, except in the case of
any disposition of Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of
business, upon such disposition and after giving effect thereto,
no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and HGI would
be in compliance with the covenants set forth under
Certain Covenants Maintenance of
Liquidity, and Maintenance of Collateral
Coverage (calculated as if the disposition date was a date
on which such covenant is required to be tested under
Maintenance of Collateral Coverage);
(4) in whole or in part, with the consent of the holders of
the requisite percentage of notes in accordance with the
provisions described under the caption
Amendments and Waivers, including the
release of all or substantially all of the Collateral if
approved by holders of at least 75% of the aggregate principal
amount of the notes; or
(5) with respect to assets that become Excluded Property.
Each of the releases described in clauses 1, 2, 3 and 5
shall be effected by the Collateral Agent upon receipt of
appropriate notice of instruction, to the extent required,
without the consent of holders or any action on the part of the
trustee.
Upon compliance by HGI or any Guarantor, as the case may be,
with the conditions precedent required by the indenture, the
trustee or the Collateral Agent shall promptly cause to be
released and re-conveyed to HGI or the Guarantor, as the case
may be, the released Collateral.
To the extent applicable, HGI will comply with
Section 313(b) of the Trust Indenture Act relating to
reports, but will not be subject to Section 314(d) of the
Trust Indenture Act, relating to the release of property
and to the substitution therefor of any property to be pledged
as collateral for the notes except to the extent required by
law. Any certificate or opinion required by Section 314(d)
of the Trust Indenture Act may be made by an officer of HGI
except in cases where Section 314(d) requires that such
certificate or opinion be made by an independent engineer,
appraiser or other expert. The most recent appraisals required
pursuant to the definition of Fair Market Value
shall be deemed sufficient for such purposes to the maximum
extent permitted by law. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary herein, HGI and the Guarantors will not be required to
comply with all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the
Trust Indenture Act if they determine, in good faith based
on advice of outside counsel, that under the terms of that
section
and/or any
interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC
and its staff, including no action letters or
exemptive orders, all or any portion of Section 314(d) of
the Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable to the released
Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
certain no-action letters issued by the SEC have permitted an
indenture qualified under the Trust Indenture Act to
contain provisions permitting the release of collateral from
Liens under such indenture in the ordinary course of an
issuers business without requiring the issuer to provide
certificates and other documents under Section 314(d) of
the Trust Indenture Act. In addition, under interpretations
provided by the SEC, to the extent that a release of a Lien is
made without the need for consent by the noteholders or the
trustee, the provisions of Section 314(d) may be
inapplicable to the release. The indenture contains such
provisions.
No
Impairment of the Security Interests
Neither HGI nor any of the Guarantors will be permitted to take
any action, or knowingly omit to take any action, which action
or omission could reasonably be expected to have the result of
materially impairing the perfection or priority of the security
interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the
trustee and the noteholders.
The indenture provides that any release of Collateral in
accordance with the provisions of the indenture and the Security
Documents will not be deemed to impair the security under the
indenture, and that any engineer, appraiser or other expert may
rely on such provision in delivering a certificate requesting
release so long as all other provisions of the indenture with
respect to such release have been complied with.
109
Certain
Limitations on the Collateral
The value of the Collateral in the event of liquidation will
depend on many factors. In particular, the Equity Interests that
are pledged represent an equity interest in the pledged
Subsidiaries, and only have value to the extent that the assets
of such Subsidiaries are worth in excess of the liabilities of
such Subsidiaries (and, in a bankruptcy or liquidation, will
only receive value after payment upon all such liabilities,
including all Debt of such Subsidiaries). Consequently,
liquidating the Collateral may not produce proceeds in an amount
sufficient to pay any amounts due on the notes. See Risk
Factors Risks Related to the Notes The
value of the collateral may not be sufficient to repay the notes
in full. In addition, enforcement of the Liens on the
Collateral may be limited by applicable governmental
requirements. The fair market value of the Collateral is subject
to fluctuations based on factors that include, among others,
prevailing interest rates, the ability to sell the Collateral in
an orderly sale, general economic conditions, the availability
of buyers and similar factors. The amount to be received upon a
sale of the Collateral would be dependent on numerous factors,
including the actual fair market value of the Collateral at such
time and the timing and the manner of the sale. By its nature,
some of the Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily
ascertainable market value. In the event of a foreclosure,
liquidation, bankruptcy or similar proceeding, we cannot assure
you that the proceeds from any sale or liquidation of the
Collateral will be sufficient to pay HGIs Obligations
under the notes. Any claim for the difference between the
amount, if any, realized by holders of the notes from the sale
of Collateral securing the notes and the Obligations under the
notes will rank equally in right of payment with all of
HGIs other unsecured senior debt and other unsubordinated
obligations, including trade payables. To the extent that third
parties establish Liens on the Collateral such third parties
could have rights and remedies with respect to the assets
subject to such Liens that, if exercised, could adversely affect
the value of the Collateral or the ability of the Collateral
Agent or the holders of the notes to realize or foreclose on the
Collateral. HGI may also issue additional notes as described
above or otherwise Incur Obligations which would be secured by
the Collateral, the effect of which would be to increase the
amount of Debt secured equally and ratably by the Collateral.
The ability of the holders to realize on the Collateral may also
be subject to certain bankruptcy law limitations in the event of
a bankruptcy. See Certain bankruptcy
limitations.
Certain
Bankruptcy Limitations
In addition to the limitations described above, the right of the
Collateral Agent to obtain possession, exercise control over or
dispose of the Collateral during the existence of an Event of
Default is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable
bankruptcy law if HGI were to have become a debtor under the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code prior to the Collateral Agent having
exercised control over or disposed of the Collateral. Under the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code, a secured creditor is prohibited by
the automatic stay from exercising control over or disposing of
collateral taken from a debtor in a bankruptcy case without
bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code permits the debtor in certain circumstances to continue to
retain and to use collateral owned as of the date of the
bankruptcy filing (and the proceeds, products, offspring, rents
or profits of such collateral) even though the debtor is in
default under the applicable debt instruments, provided that
the secured creditor is given adequate
protection. The term adequate protection is
not defined in the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, but it includes
making periodic cash payments, providing an additional or
replacement lien or granting other relief, in each case to the
extent that the collateral decreases in value during the
pendency of the bankruptcy case as a result of, among other
things, the imposition of the automatic stay, the use, sale or
lease of such collateral or any grant of a priming
lien in connection with
debtor-in-possession
financing. The type of adequate protection provided to a secured
creditor may vary according to circumstances. In view of the
lack of a precise definition of the term adequate
protection and the broad discretionary powers of a
bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict whether or when
the Collateral Agent could repossess or dispose of the
Collateral, or whether or to what extent holders would be
compensated for any delay in payment or decrease in value of the
Collateral through the requirement of adequate
protection.
Furthermore, in the event a bankruptcy court determines the
value of the Collateral (after giving effect to any prior or
pari passu Liens) is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on
the notes, the holders of the notes
110
would hold secured claims to the extent of the value of the
Collateral and would hold unsecured claims with respect to any
shortfall. Under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, a secured
creditors claim includes interest and any reasonable fees,
costs or charges provided for under the agreement under which
such claim arose if the claims are oversecured. In addition, if
HGI were to become the subject of a bankruptcy case, the
bankruptcy court, among other things, may void certain
prepetition transfers made by the entity that is the subject of
the bankruptcy filing, including, without limitation, transfers
held to be preferences or fraudulent conveyances.
Optional
Redemption
Except as set forth in this section, the notes are not
redeemable at the option of HGI.
At any time and from time to time prior to May 15, 2013,
HGI may redeem the notes at its option, in whole or in part, at
a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of
notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date.
Applicable Premium means, with respect to any
note on any redemption date, the greater of
(i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such note; or
(ii) the excess of:
(a) the present value at such redemption date of
(i) the redemption price of such note at May 15, 2013
(such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing
below), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on
such note through May 15, 2013 excluding accrued but unpaid
interest to the applicable redemption date, computed using a
discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption
date plus 50 basis points; over
(b) the principal amount of the note.
Treasury Rate means, as of any redemption
date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United
States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled
and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical
Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least
two business days prior to the redemption date (or, if such
Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly
available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to
the period from the redemption date to May 15, 2013;
provided, however, that if the period from the redemption
date to May 15, 2013, is less than one year, the weekly
average yield on actually traded United States Treasury
securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be
used.
At any time and from time to time on or after May 15, 2013,
HGI may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption
price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth
below plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.
|
|
|
|
|
Date
|
|
Price
|
|
|
May 15, 2013
|
|
|
105.313
|
%
|
November 15, 2013
|
|
|
102.656
|
%
|
November 15, 2014 and thereafter
|
|
|
100.000
|
%
|
At any time and from time to time prior to November 15,
2013, HGI may redeem notes with the net cash proceeds received
by HGI from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to
110.625% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal
amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 35% of the
original aggregate principal amount of the notes issued under
the indenture (including additional notes), provided that
(1) in each case the redemption takes place not later than
90 days after the closing of the related Equity
Offering, and
(2) not less than 65% of the aggregate principal amount of
the notes issued under the indenture remains outstanding
immediately thereafter.
111
Selection
and Notice
If fewer than all of the notes are being redeemed, the trustee
will select the notes to be redeemed pro rata, by lot or by any
other method the trustee in its sole discretion deems fair and
appropriate in accordance with DTC procedure, in denominations
of $2,000 principal amount and higher integral multiples of
$1,000. Upon surrender of any note redeemed in part, the holder
will receive a new note equal in principal amount to the
unredeemed portion of the surrendered note. Once notice of
redemption is sent to the holders, notes called for redemption
become due and payable at the redemption price on the redemption
date, and, commencing on the redemption date, notes redeemed
will cease to accrue interest.
No
Sinking Fund
There will be no sinking fund payments for the notes.
Certain
Covenants
The indenture contains covenants including, among others, the
following:
Maintenance
of Liquidity
From the Issue Date and until the second semi-annual interest
payment on the notes is made, HGI and the Guarantors shall
maintain an amount in Cash Equivalents that is subject to no
Liens (other than Liens under the Security Documents) in an
amount equal to HGIs obligations to pay interest on the
notes and all other Debt of HGI and the Guarantors for the next
twelve months. Thereafter, HGI and the Guarantors shall maintain
an amount in Cash Equivalents that is subject to no Liens (other
than Liens under the Security Documents) in an amount equal to
HGIs obligations to pay interest on the notes and all
other Debt of HGI and the Guarantors for the next six months. In
the case any such Debt bears interest at a floating rate, HGI
may assume that the reference interest rate in effect on the
applicable date of determination will be in effect for the
remainder of such period.
Maintenance
of Collateral Coverage
(a) As of (i) the last day of each fiscal year and
(ii) the last day of the second fiscal quarter of HGI, HGI
shall not permit the Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less than
2.0 to 1.0; provided that, beginning at the time that the
outstanding principal amount of Pari-Passu Obligations
(including the principal amount of the notes) equals or exceeds
$400.0 million and for so long as such amount equals or
exceeds $400.0 million, HGI shall not permit the Collateral
Coverage Ratio to be less than 2.5 to 1 as of such dates.
(b) As of the last day of each fiscal quarter of HGI, HGI
shall not permit the Liquid Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less
than 1.25 to 1.0.
(c) From and after the date, if any, that HGI or any
Guarantor makes any Investment in LightSquared pursuant to
clause (e)(A)(ii) under Limitation on
Restricted Payments and so long as such Investment is
still outstanding, HGI and the Guarantors shall not permit the
Cash Collateral Coverage Ratio to be less than 2.0 to 1.0 at any
time.
Limitation
on Debt and Disqualified Stock
(a) Neither HGI nor any Guarantor will Incur any Debt.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, HGI and, to the extent
provided below, any Guarantor may Incur the following
(Permitted Debt):
(1) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor constituting Pari-Passu
Obligations for which the Authorized Representative of such Debt
holders has executed a joinder to the Collateral
Trust Agreement as described under the caption
Security Collateral Trust
Agreement; provided that, on the date of the
Incurrence, after giving effect to the Incurrence and the
receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, (i) the
aggregate principal amount of Debt outstanding incurred under
this clause (1), together
112
with Debt Incurred under clause (4) (and any Permitted
Refinancing Debt Incurred to refinance Debt incurred pursuant to
such clauses that is a Pari-Passu Obligation), does not exceed
$400.0 million and (ii) the Collateral Coverage Ratio
is not less than 2.25 to 1.0 or, to the extent that the
Collateral Coverage Ratio is then required to be not less than
2.5 to 1.0 (including as a result of such incurrence of Debt)
pursuant to the proviso set forth under clause (a) of
Maintenance of Collateral Coverage, 2.5 to 1.0;
(2) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor owed to HGI or any
Guarantor so long as such Debt continues to be owed to HGI or
any Guarantor;
(3) Subordinated Debt of HGI or any Guarantor; provided
that (a) such Debt has a Stated Maturity after the
Stated Maturity of the notes and (b) on the date of the
Incurrence, after giving effect to the Incurrence and the
receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the
Collateral Coverage Ratio is not less than 2.0 to 1.0,
calculated as if all Debt of HGI and the Guarantors outstanding
at such time was included in clause (ii) of the definition
of Collateral Coverage Ratio;
(4) Debt of HGI pursuant to the notes (other than
additional notes) and Debt of any Guarantor pursuant to a Note
Guaranty of the notes (including additional notes);
(5) Debt (Permitted Refinancing Debt)
constituting an extension or renewal of, replacement of, or
substitution for, or issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds
of which are used to repay, redeem, repurchase, refinance or
refund, including by way of defeasance (all of the foregoing,
for purposes of this clause, refinance) then
outstanding Debt in an amount not to exceed the principal amount
of the Debt so refinanced, plus premiums, fees and expenses;
provided that
(A) in case the Debt to be refinanced is Subordinated Debt,
the new Debt, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or
instrument pursuant to which it is outstanding, is expressly
made subordinate in right of payment to the notes at least to
the extent that the Debt to be refinanced is subordinated to the
notes,
(B) the new Debt does not have a Stated Maturity prior to
the Stated Maturity of the Debt to be refinanced, and the
Average Life of the new Debt is at least equal to the remaining
Average Life of the Debt to be refinanced, and
(C) Debt Incurred pursuant to clauses (2), (3), (6), (7),
(9), (10), (11), (12) and (13) may not be refinanced
pursuant to this clause;
(6) Hedging Agreements of HGI or any Guarantor entered into
in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of managing
risks associated with the business of HGI or its Subsidiaries
and not for speculation;
(7) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor with respect to
(A) letters of credit and bankers acceptances issued
in the ordinary course of business and not supporting other
Debt, including letters of credit supporting performance, surety
or appeal bonds, workers compensation claims, health,
disability or other benefits to employees or former employees or
their families or property, casualty or liability insurance or
self-insurance, and letters of credit in connection with the
maintenance of, or pursuant to the requirements of,
environmental or other permits or licenses from governmental
authorities, or other Debt with respect to reimbursement type
obligations regarding workers compensation claims and
(B) indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out
or similar obligations incurred in connection with the
acquisition or disposition of any business or assets;
(8) Debt of HGI outstanding on the Issue Date (and, for
purposes of clause (5)(C), not otherwise constituting Permitted
Debt);
(9) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor consisting of Guarantees
of Debt of HGI or any Guarantor Incurred under any other clause
of this covenant;
(10) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor Incurred on or after the
Issue Date not otherwise permitted in an aggregate principal
amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $10.0 million;
113
(11) Debt arising from endorsing instruments of deposit and
from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a
check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient
funds, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;
provided that such Debt is extinguished within five
business days of Incurrence;
(12) Debt of HGI or any Guarantor consisting of the
financing of insurance premiums;
(13) Contribution Debt; and
(14) Debt, which may include Capital Leases, Incurred on or
after the Issue Date no later than 180 days after the date
of purchase, or completion of construction or improvement of
property, for the purpose of financing all or any part of the
purchase price or cost of construction or improvement;
provided that the principal amount of any Debt Incurred
pursuant to this clause may not exceed (a) $1 million
less (b) the aggregate outstanding amount of Permitted
Refinancing Debt Incurred to refinance Debt Incurred pursuant to
this clause.
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant,
for purposes of determining compliance with this covenant,
increases in Debt solely due to fluctuations in the exchange
rates of currencies will not be deemed to exceed the maximum
amount that HGI or a Guarantor may Incur under this covenant.
For purposes of determining compliance with any
U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of
Debt, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Debt
denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on
the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such
Debt was Incurred; provided that if such Debt is Incurred
to refinance other Debt denominated in a foreign currency, and
such refinancing would cause the applicable
U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if
calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on
the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated
restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as
the principal amount of such refinancing Debt does not exceed
the principal amount of such Debt being refinanced. The
principal amount of any Debt Incurred to refinance other Debt,
if Incurred in a different currency from the Debt being
refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange
rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Debt
is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
(d) In the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of
more than one of the types of Debt described in this covenant,
HGI, in its sole discretion, will classify items of Debt and
will only be required to include the amount and type of such
Debt in one of such clauses and HGI will be entitled to divide
and classify an item of Debt in more than one of the types of
Debt described in this covenant, and may, at any time after such
Incurrence (based on circumstances existing at such time),
change the classification of an item of Debt (or any portion
thereof) to any other type of Debt described in this covenant at
any time. If any Contribution Debt is redesignated as Incurred
under any provision other than clause (13) of paragraph
(b), the related issuance of Equity Interests may be included in
any calculation under paragraph (a)(3)(B) of Limitation on
Restricted Payments.
(e) Neither HGI nor any Guarantor may Incur any Debt that
is subordinated in right of payment to other Debt of HGI or the
Guarantor unless such Debt is also subordinated in right of
payment to the notes or the relevant Note Guaranty on
substantially identical terms. This does not apply to
distinctions between categories of Debt that exist by reason of
any Liens or Guarantees securing or in favor of some but not all
of such Debt.
Limitation
on Restricted Payments
(a) HGI will not, and, to the extent within HGIs
control, will not permit any of its Subsidiaries (including any
Guarantor) to, directly or indirectly (the payments and other
actions described in the following clauses being collectively
Restricted Payments):
|
|
|
|
|
declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on its
Equity Interests (other than dividends or distributions paid in
HGIs Qualified Equity Interests) held by Persons other
than HGI or any of its Subsidiaries;
|
114
|
|
|
|
|
purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Equity Interests of HGI or any direct or indirect parent of HGI
held by Persons other than HGI or any of its Subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
repay, redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or
retire for value, or make any payment on or with respect to, any
Subordinated Debt of HGI or any Guarantor except a payment of
interest or principal at Stated Maturity; or
|
|
|
|
make any Investment in any direct or indirect parent of HGI;
|
unless, at the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed
Restricted Payment:
(1) no Default has occurred and is continuing,
(2) HGI could Incur at least $1.00 of Debt under paragraph
(b)(1) under Limitation on Debt and
Disqualified Stock, and
(3) the aggregate amount expended for all Restricted
Payments made on or after the Issue Date would not, subject to
paragraph (c), exceed the sum of
(A) 50% of the aggregate amount of the Consolidated Net
Income (or, if the Consolidated Net Income is a loss, minus 100%
of the amount of the loss) accrued on a cumulative basis during
the period, taken as one accounting period, beginning with the
first fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date and ending
on the last day of HGIs most recently completed fiscal
quarter for which internal financial statements are available,
plus
(B) subject to paragraph (c), the aggregate net cash
proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or
other property received by HGI (other than from a Subsidiary)
after the Issue Date
(i) from the issuance and sale of its Qualified Equity
Interests, including by way of issuance of its Disqualified
Equity Interests or Debt to the extent since converted into
Qualified Equity Interests of HGI, or
(ii) as a contribution to its common equity (but excluding
any equity contribution consisting of Equity Interests of
Spectrum or related assets contributed in connection with the
satisfaction of the Escrow Conditions).
The amount expended in any Restricted Payment, if other than in
cash, will be deemed to be the fair market value of the relevant
non-cash assets, as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors, whose determination will be conclusive and evidenced
by a resolution of the Board of Directors.
(b) The foregoing will not prohibit:
(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after
the date of declaration thereof if, at the date of declaration,
such payment would comply with paragraph (a);
(2) dividends or distributions by a Subsidiary payable, on
a pro rata basis or on a basis more favorable to HGI, to all
holders of any class of Capital Stock of such Subsidiary a
majority of the voting power of which is held, directly or
indirectly through Subsidiaries, by HGI;
(3) the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or
other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Debt
with the proceeds of, or in exchange for, Permitted Refinancing
Debt;
(4) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of Equity Interests of HGI or any direct or
indirect parent in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of
(i) an offering (occurring within 60 days of such
purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for
value) of, Qualified Equity Interests of HGI or (ii) a
contribution to the common equity capital of HGI;
(5) the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or
other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Debt of HGI in
exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, (i) an offering
(occurring within 60 days of
115
such purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for
value) of Qualified Equity Interests of HGI or (ii) a
contribution to the common equity capital of the Issuer;
(6) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of Equity Interests of HGI held by
officers, directors or employees or former officers, directors
or employees (or their estates or beneficiaries under their
estates), upon death, disability, retirement, severance or
termination of employment or pursuant to any agreement under
which the Equity Interests were issued; provided that the
aggregate cash consideration paid therefor in any twelve-month
period after the Issue Date does not exceed an aggregate amount
of $5.0 million;
(7) the repurchase of any Subordinated Debt at a purchase
price not greater than (x) 101% of the principal amount
thereof in the event of a change of control pursuant to a
provision no more favorable to the holders thereof than
Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of
Control or (y) 100% of the principal amount thereof
in the event of an Asset Sale pursuant to a provision no more
favorable to the holders thereof than
Limitation on Asset Sales, provided
that, in each case, prior to the repurchase HGI has made an
Offer to Purchase and repurchased all notes issued under the
indenture that were validly tendered for payment in connection
with the offer to purchase;
(8) Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted hereby in
an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million;
(9) (a) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to
occur upon the exercise of stock options or warrants if the
Equity Interests represent all or a portion of the exercise
price thereof (or related withholding taxes) and
(b) Restricted Payments by HGI to allow the payment of cash
in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise
of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of
Equity Interests of HGI in an aggregate amount under this
clause (b) not to exceed $1.0 million;
(10) payment of dividends or distributions on Disqualified
Equity Interests of HGI or any Guarantor and payment of any
redemption price or liquidation value of any Disqualified Equity
Interest when due in accordance with its terms, in each case, to
the extent that such Disqualified Equity Interest was permitted
to be Incurred in accordance with the provisions of the
indenture;
(11) in the case of any Subsidiary of HGI that, in the
ordinary course of its business, makes Investments in private
collective investment vehicles (including private collective
investment vehicles other than those owned by Permitted
Holders), Investments by such Subsidiary in private collective
investment vehicles owned or managed by Permitted Holders;
(12) Payments by HGI used to fund costs, expenses and fees
related to (i) the Spectrum Brands Acquisition as disclosed
in the prospectus or (ii) future acquisitions if such
costs, expenses and fees are reasonable and customary (as
determined in good faith by HGI); and
(13) the payment of dividends on Qualified Equity Interests
of up to 8.0% per annum of the greater of the gross proceeds
received by HGI from any offering or sale of such Qualified
Equity Interests after the Issue Date or the accreted value of
such Equity Interests (provided that the aggregate amount
of dividends paid on such Qualified Equity Interests shall not
exceed the proceeds therefrom received by HGI after the Issue
Date);
provided that, in the case of clauses (6), (7),
(10) and (13), no Default has occurred and is continuing or
would occur as a result thereof.
(c) Proceeds of the issuance of Qualified Equity Interests
will be included under clause (3) of paragraph
(a) only to the extent they are not applied as described in
clause (4) or (5) of paragraph (b). Restricted
Payments permitted pursuant to clauses (2) through (9),
(11) and (12) will not be included in making the
calculations under clause (3) of paragraph (a).
(d) For purposes of determining compliance with this
covenant, in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment (or
portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the
categories of Restricted Payments described in clauses (1)
through (13) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant
to paragraph (a) f this
116
covenant, HGI will be entitled to classify or re-classify (based
on circumstances existing at the time of such re-classification)
such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) in any manner that
complies with this covenant and such Restricted Payment will be
treated as having been made pursuant to only such clause or
clauses or the paragraph (a) of this covenant.
(e) HGI and the Guarantors will not directly or indirectly
make any Investment in
(A) LightSquared; provided that HGI and any
Guarantor may acquire Equity Interests in LightSquared (which
Equity Interests in LightSquared shall be pledged as Collateral)
(i) solely in exchange for Qualified Equity Interests of
HGI or solely as a contribution to the common equity of HGI; or
(ii) if, after giving effect to the Investment, the Cash
Collateral Coverage Ratio would be at least 2.0 to 1.0; or
(B) any Persons, the Equity Interests of which constitute
Excluded Property of a type described in clause (iii) of
the definition thereof; provided that HGI may make
Investments in such Persons in an aggregate amount under this
clause (B) not to exceed $15.0 million.
In the case of clause (B), such restriction shall no longer
apply (and Investments made in such Person shall no longer count
against the amount set forth in the proviso) if the Equity
Interests of such Person cease to constitute Excluded Property
and are pledged as Collateral.
Limitation
on Liens
Neither HGI nor any Guarantor will, create, incur, assume or
otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien
of any kind (other than Permitted Liens or, in the case of the
Collateral, other than Permitted Collateral Liens) upon any of
their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired.
Limitation
on Sale and Leaseback Transactions
Neither HGI nor any Guarantor will enter into any Sale and
Leaseback Transaction with respect to any property or asset
unless HGI or the Guarantor would be entitled to
(1) Incur Debt in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt
with respect to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to
Limitation on Debt and Disqualified
Stock, and
(2) create a Lien on such property or asset securing such
Attributable Debt without equally and ratably securing the notes
pursuant to Limitation on Liens,
in which case, the corresponding Debt and Lien will be deemed
Incurred pursuant to those provisions.
Limitation
on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting
Subsidiaries
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b), HGI will not, and,
to the extent within HGIs control, will not permit any
Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or
become effective any encumbrance or restriction of any kind on
the ability of any Subsidiary to:
(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on any
Equity Interests of the Subsidiary owned by HGI or any other
Subsidiary;
(2)pay any Debt or other obligation owed to HGI or any other
Subsidiary;
(3)make loans or advances to HGI or any other Subsidiary; or
(4)transfer any of its property or assets to HGI or any other
Subsidiary.
(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) do not apply to
any encumbrances or restrictions:
(1) existing on the Issue Date in the indenture or any
other agreements in effect on the Issue Date, and any
extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings of any of the
foregoing; provided that the encumbrances and
restrictions in the extension, renewal, replacement or
refinancing are, taken as a whole, no less favorable in any
material respect to the noteholders than the encumbrances or
restrictions being extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced;
117
(2) existing under or by reason of applicable law, rule,
regulation or order;
(3) existing with respect to any Person, or to the property
or assets of any Person, at the time the Person is acquired by
HGI or any Subsidiary, which encumbrances or restrictions
(i) are not applicable to any other Person or the property
or assets of any other Person (other than Subsidiaries of such
Person) and (ii) do not materially adversely affect the
ability to make interest, principal and redemption payments on
the notes and any extensions, renewals, replacements, or
refinancings of any of the foregoing, provided the
encumbrances and restrictions in the extension, renewal,
replacement or refinancing are, taken as a whole, no less
favorable in any material respect to the noteholders than the
encumbrances or restrictions being extended, renewed, replaced
or refinanced;
(4) of the type described in clause (a)(4) arising or
agreed to in the ordinary course of business (i) that
restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or
transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease or
license or (ii) by virtue of any Lien on, or agreement to
transfer, option or similar right (including any asset sale or
stock sale agreement) with respect to any property or assets of,
HGI or any Subsidiary;
(5) with respect to a Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an
agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition
of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property
and assets of, the Subsidiary that is permitted by
Limitation on Asset Sales;
(6) contained in the terms governing any Debt of any
Subsidiary if the encumbrances or restrictions are ordinary and
customary for a financing of that type;
(7) required pursuant to the indenture;
(8) existing pursuant to customary provisions in
partnership agreements, limited liability company organizational
governance documents, joint venture and other similar agreements
entered into in the ordinary course of business that restrict
the transfer of ownership interests in such partnership, limited
liability company, joint venture or similar Person;
(9) consisting of restrictions on cash or other deposits or
net worth imposed by customers, suppliers or landlords under
contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(10) existing pursuant to purchase money and capital lease
obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of
business; and
(11) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading,
netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase or
other agreement to which HGI or any of its Subsidiaries is a
party entered into in the ordinary course of business;
provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance
solely of the property or assets of HGI or such Subsidiary that
are the subject of such agreement, the payment rights arising
thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any
other asset or property of HGI or such Subsidiary or the assets
or property of any other Subsidiary.
For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant,
(i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving
dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or
liquidating distributions being paid on common stock or other
Preferred Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability
to make distributions on Equity Interests and (ii) the
subordination of loans or advances made to HGI or any Subsidiary
to other Debt Incurred by HGI or any such Subsidiary shall not
be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.
Repurchase
of Notes upon a Change of Control
If a Change of Control occurs, each holder of notes will have
the right to require HGI to repurchase all or any part (equal to
$2,000 or a higher multiple of $1,000) of that holders
notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set
forth in the indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, HGI will
offer a payment (such payment, a Change of Control
Payment) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate
principal amount of notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid
interest thereon, to the date of purchase. Within 30 days
118
following any Change of Control, HGI will mail a notice to each
holder describing the transaction or transactions that
constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase
notes on the date specified in such notice (the Change
of Control Payment Date), which date shall be no
earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from
the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures
required by the indenture and described in such notice. HGI will
comply with the requirements of
Rule 14e-1
under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and
regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations
are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the notes as
a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the
provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with
the Change of Control provisions of the indenture, HGI will
comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and
will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the
Change of Control provisions of the indenture by virtue of such
compliance.
On or before the Change of Control Payment Date, HGI will, to
the extent lawful:
(1) accept for payment all notes or portions thereof
properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the
Change of Control Payment in respect of all notes or portions
thereof properly tendered; and
(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the trustee the
notes so accepted together with an officers certificate
stating the aggregate principal amount of notes or portions
thereof being purchased by HGI.
The paying agent will promptly mail or wire transfer to each
holder of notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment
for such notes, and the trustee will promptly authenticate and
mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder a
new note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of
the notes surrendered, if any; provided that such new
note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or a higher
integral multiple of $1,000.
A Change of Control will generally constitute a change of
control under Spectrums existing debt instruments, and any
future credit agreements or other agreements to which HGI or any
of its Subsidiaries becomes a party may provide that certain
change of control events with respect to HGI would constitute a
default under these agreements. HGIs ability to pay cash
to the holders following the occurrence of a Change of Control
may be limited by HGIs then existing financial resources.
Moreover, the exercise by the holders of their right to require
HGI to purchase the notes could cause a default under other
debt, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the
financial effect of the purchase on HGI. There can be no
assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary
to make the required purchase of the notes. See Risk
Factors Risks Related to the Notes We
may be unable to repurchase the notes upon a change of
control.
HGI will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon
a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change
of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in
compliance with the requirements set forth in the indenture
applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by HGI and
purchases all notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under
such Change of Control Offer or (2) notice of redemption
has been given with respect to all the notes pursuant to the
indenture as described above under the caption
Optional Redemption, unless and until
there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.
A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of
Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a
definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at
the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.
The provisions under the indenture relative to HGIs
obligation to make a Change of Control Offer may be waived or
modified with the written consent of the holders of a majority
in principal amount of the notes.
The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating
to the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the
properties or assets of HGI and its Subsidiaries taken as a
whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting
the phrase substantially all, there is no precise
established definition of the phrase under applicable law.
Accordingly, the ability of a holder of the notes to require HGI
to repurchase such notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer,
119
conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets
of HGI and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person
or group may be uncertain.
Limitation
on Asset Sales
Neither HGI nor any Guarantor will make any Asset Sale unless
the following conditions are met:
(1) The Asset Sale is for fair market value, as determined
in good faith by the Board of Directors.
(2) At least 75% of the consideration consists of Cash
Equivalents received at closing or Replacement Assets
(provided such Replacement Assets or Equity Interests of
any direct Subsidiary that directly or indirectly owns such
Replacement Assets are pledged as Collateral pursuant to the
Security Documents). For purposes of this clause (2):
(A) the assumption by the purchaser of Debt or other
obligations (other than Subordinated Debt) of HGI or a Guarantor
pursuant to a customary novation agreement,
(B) instruments or securities received from the purchaser
that are promptly, but in any event within 120 days of the
closing, converted by HGI to Cash Equivalents, to the extent of
the Cash Equivalents actually so received and
(C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by HGI
or any Guarantor in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair
market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash
Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is
at that time outstanding, not to exceed $10.0 million at
the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash
Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of
Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time
received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in
value) (provided such assets or Equity Interests of any direct
Subsidiary that directly or indirectly owns such assets are
pledged as Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents)
shall be considered Cash Equivalents received at closing.
(3) Within 420 days after the receipt of any Net Cash
Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Net Cash Proceeds may be used
to (a) acquire all or substantially all of the assets of an
operating business, a majority of the Voting Stock of another
Person that thereupon becomes a Subsidiary engaged in an
operating business or to make other Investments in Persons other
than Permitted Holders in the ordinary course of business
(collectively, Replacement Assets) or
(b) to make a capital contribution to a Subsidiary, the
proceeds of which are used by such Subsidiary to purchase an
operating business, to make capital expenditures or otherwise
acquire long-term assets that are to be used in an operating
business (which assets or Voting Stock shall be pledged as
Collateral) or to make other Investments in Persons other than
Permitted Holders in the ordinary course of business.
Following the entering into of a binding agreement with respect
to an Asset Sale and prior to the consummation thereof, Cash
Equivalents (whether or not actual Net Cash Proceeds of such
Asset Sale) used for the purposes described in this
clause (3) that are designated as uses in accordance with
this clause (3), and not previously or subsequently so
designated in respect of any other Asset Sale, shall be deemed
to be Net Cash Proceeds applied in accordance with this clause
(3).
(4) The Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale not applied
pursuant to clause (3) within 420 days of the Asset
Sale constitute Excess Proceeds. Excess
Proceeds of less than $2.0 million will be carried forward
and accumulated; provided that until the aggregate amount
of Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds $20.0 million, all or
any portion of such Excess Proceeds may be used or invested in
the manner described in clause (3) above and such invested
amount shall no longer be considered Excess Proceeds. When
accumulated Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds such amount, HGI
must, within 30 days, make an Offer to Purchase notes
having a principal amount equal to
(A) accumulated Excess Proceeds, multiplied by
120
(B) a fraction (x) the numerator of which is equal to
the outstanding principal amount of the notes and (y) the
denominator of which is equal to the outstanding principal
amount of the notes and all Pari-Passu Obligations secured by
Liens on the Collateral and owed to anyone other than HGI, a
Subsidiary or any Permitted Holder similarly required to be
repaid, redeemed or tendered for in connection with the Asset
Sale, rounded down to the nearest $1,000. The purchase price for
the notes will be 100% of the principal amount plus accrued
interest to the date of purchase. If the Offer to Purchase is
for less than all of the outstanding notes and notes in an
aggregate principal amount in excess of the purchase amount are
tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the offer, HGI will
purchase notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the
purchase amount on a pro rata basis, by lot or any other method
that the trustee in its sole discretion deems fair and
appropriate with adjustments so that only notes in multiples of
$1,000 principal amount will be purchased. Upon completion of
the Offer to Purchase, Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero,
and any Excess Proceeds remaining after consummation of the
Offer to Purchase may be used for any purpose not otherwise
prohibited by the indenture.
Limitation
on Transactions with Affiliates
(a) HGI will not, and, to the extent within HGIs
control, will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or
indirectly, enter into, renew or extend any transaction or
arrangement including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of
property or assets, or the rendering of any service with any
Affiliate of HGI or any Subsidiary (a Related Party
Transaction), involving payments or consideration in
excess of $1.0 million except upon fair and reasonable
terms that taken as a whole are no less favorable to HGI or the
Subsidiary than could be obtained in a comparable
arms-length transaction with a Person that is not an
Affiliate of HGI.
(b) Any Related Party Transaction or series of Related
Party Transactions with an aggregate value in excess of
$5.0 million must first be approved by a majority of the
Board of Directors who are disinterested in the subject matter
of the transaction pursuant to a Board Resolution delivered to
the trustee. Prior to entering into any Related Party
Transaction or series of Related Party Transactions with an
aggregate value in excess of $15.0 million, HGI must in
addition obtain and deliver to the trustee a favorable written
opinion from a nationally recognized investment banking,
appraisal, or accounting firm as to the fairness of the
transaction to HGI and its Subsidiaries from a financial point
of view.
(c) The foregoing paragraphs do not apply to
(1) any transaction between HGI and any of its Subsidiaries
or between Subsidiaries of HGI;
(2) the payment of reasonable and customary regular fees
and compensation to, and reasonable and customary
indemnification arrangements and similar payments on behalf of,
directors of HGI who are not employees of HGI;
(3) any Restricted Payments if permitted by
Limitation on Restricted Payments;
(4) transactions or payments, including the award of
securities, pursuant to any employee, officer or director
compensation or benefit plans or arrangements entered into in
the ordinary course of business, or approved by the Board of
Directors;
(5) transactions pursuant to any contract or agreement in
effect on the Issue Date, as amended, modified or replaced from
time to time so long as the terms of the amended, modified or
new agreements, taken as a whole, are no less favorable to HGI
and its Subsidiaries than those in effect on the date of the
indenture;
(6) the entering into of a customary agreement providing
registration rights to the direct or indirect stockholders of
HGI and the performance of such agreements;
(7) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Equity Interests) of HGI to any Person or any
transaction with an Affiliate where the only consideration paid
by HGI or any Subsidiary is Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Equity Interests) of HGI or any contribution to the
capital of HGI;
121
(8) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or
arrangement or any other transactions undertaken in good faith
for the sole purpose of improving the tax efficiency of HGI and
its Subsidiaries;
(9) (A) transactions with customers, clients,
suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or
transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods
or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and
otherwise in compliance with the terms of the indenture,
(B) transactions with joint ventures entered into in
ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or
industry norm or (C) any management services or support
agreement entered into on terms consistent with past practice
and approved by a majority of HGIs Board of Directors
(including a majority of the disinterested directors) in good
faith;
(10) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the
provisions of, the Consolidation, Merger or Sale of
Assets covenant, or any merger, consolidation or
reorganization of HGI with an Affiliate, solely for the purposes
of reincorporating HGI in a new jurisdiction;
(11) (a) transactions between HGI or any of its
Subsidiaries and any Person that is an Affiliate solely because
one or more of its directors is also a director of HGI;
provided that such director abstains from voting as a
director of HGI on any matter involving such other Person or
(b) transactions entered into with any of HGIs or its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates for shared services, facilities
and/or
employee arrangements entered into on commercially reasonable
terms (as determined in good faith by HGI);
(12) Investments permitted pursuant to clause (11) of
Covenants Limitation on Restricted
Payments on commercially reasonable terms (as determined
in good faith by HGI);
(13) payments by HGI or any Subsidiary to any Affiliate for
any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement
services or in respect of other investment banking activities,
including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which
payments are on arms-length terms and are approved by a
majority of the members of the Board of Directors (including a
majority of the disinterested directors) in good faith;
(14) any transaction pursuant to which any Permitted Holder
provides HGI
and/or its
Subsidiaries, at cost, with services, including services to be
purchased from third-party providers, such as legal and
accounting, tax, consulting, financial advisory, corporate
governance, insurance coverage and other services, which
transaction is approved by a majority of the members of the
Board of Directors (including a majority of the disinterested
directors) in good faith;
(15) the contribution of Equity Interests of Spectrum to
HGI or any Subsidiary by a Permitted Holder; and
(16) the entering into of customary investment management
contracts between a Permitted Holder and any Subsidiary of HGI
that, in the ordinary course of its business, makes Investments
in private collective investment vehicles (including private
collective investment vehicles other than those owned by
Permitted Holders), which investment management contacts are
entered into on commercially reasonable terms and approved by a
majority of the members of the Board of Directors (including a
majority of the disinterested directors) in good faith.
Financial
Reports
(a) Whether or not HGI is subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act,
HGI must provide the trustee and noteholders with, or
electronically file with the Commission, within the time periods
specified in those sections
(1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required
to be filed with the Commission on
Forms 10-Q
and 10-K if
HGI were required to file such reports, including a
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and, with respect to
annual information only, a report thereon by HGIs
certified independent accountants, and
122
(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed
with the Commission on
Form 8-K
if HGI were required to file such reports.
In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, HGI
will, if the Commission will accept the filing, file a copy of
all of the information and reports referred to in
clauses (1) and (2) with the Commission for public
availability within the time periods specified in the
Commissions rules and regulations. In addition, HGI will
make the information and reports available to securities
analysts and prospective investors upon request.
For so long as any of the notes remain outstanding and
constitute restricted securities under
Rule 144, HGI will furnish to the holders of the notes and
prospective investors, upon their request, the information
required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under
the Securities Act.
Reports
to Trustee
HGI will deliver to the trustee:
(1) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year
a certificate stating that HGI has fulfilled its obligations
under the indenture or, if there has been a Default, specifying
the Default and its nature and status; and
(2) as soon as reasonably possible and in any event within
30 days after HGI becomes aware or should reasonably become
aware of the occurrence of a Default, an Officers
Certificate setting forth the details of the Default, and the
action which HGI proposes to take with respect thereto.
No
Investment Company Registration
Neither HGI nor any Guarantor will register, or be required to
register, as an investment company as such term is
defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Consolidation,
Merger or Sale of Assets
HGI
(a) HGI will not
|
|
|
|
|
consolidate with or merge with or into any Person, or
|
|
|
|
sell, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its assets as an entirety or substantially
an entirety, in one transaction or a series of related
transactions, to any Person or
|
|
|
|
permit any Person to merge with or into HGI,
|
unless:
(1) either (x) HGI is the continuing Person or
(y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person is a
corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the
United States of America or any jurisdiction thereof and
expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all of the
obligations of HGI under the indenture and the notes and the
Registration Rights Agreement;
(2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no
Default has occurred and is continuing;
(3) immediately after giving effect to the transaction on a
pro forma basis, HGI or the resulting surviving or transferee
Person would be in compliance with the covenants set forth under
Certain Covenants Maintenance of
Liquidity, and Certain
Covenants Maintenance of Collateral Coverage
(calculated as if the date of the transaction was a date on
which such covenant is required to be tested under
Maintenance of Collateral
Coverage); and
(4) HGI delivers to the trustee an officers
certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that the
consolidation, merger or transfer and the supplemental indenture
(if any) comply with the indenture;
123
provided, that clauses (2) and (3) do not apply
(i) to the consolidation or merger of HGI with or into a
Wholly Owned Subsidiary or the consolidation or merger of a
Wholly Owned Subsidiary with or into HGI or (ii) if, in the
good faith determination of the Board of Directors of HGI, whose
determination is evidenced by a Resolution of HGIs Board
of Directors, the sole purpose of the transaction is to change
the jurisdiction of incorporation of HGI.
(b) HGI shall not lease all or substantially all of its
assets, whether in one transaction or a series of transactions,
to one or more other Persons.
(c) The foregoing shall not apply to (i) any transfer
of assets by HGI to any Guarantor, (ii) any transfer of
assets among Guarantors or (iii) any transfer of assets by
a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to (x) another
Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or (y) HGI or any
Guarantor.
(d) Upon the consummation of any transaction effected in
accordance with these provisions, if HGI is not the continuing
Person, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person will
succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right
and power of, HGI under the indenture and the notes with the
same effect as if such successor Person had been named as HGI in
the indenture. Upon such substitution, except in the case of a
sale, conveyance, transfer or disposition of less than all its
assets, HGI will be released from its obligations under the
indenture and the notes.
Guarantors
No Guarantor may:
|
|
|
|
|
consolidate with or merge with or into any Person, or
|
|
|
|
sell, convey, transfer or dispose of, all or substantially all
its assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, in
one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any
Person, or
|
|
|
|
permit any Person to merge with or into the Guarantor
|
unless:
(A) the other Person is HGI or any Subsidiary that is
Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the
transaction; or
(B) (1) either (x) the Guarantor is the
continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or
transferee Person expressly assumes by supplemental indenture
all of the obligations of the Guarantor under its Note
Guaranty; and
(2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no
Default has occurred and is continuing; or
(C) the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition
(including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor
or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the
assets of the Guarantor (in each case other than to HGI or a
Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by the indenture.
Default
and Remedies
Events
of Default
An Event of Default occurs if
(1) HGI defaults in the payment of the principal of any
note when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon
acceleration or redemption, or otherwise (other than pursuant to
an Offer to Purchase);
(2) HGI defaults in the payment of interest (including any
Additional Interest) on any note when the same becomes due and
payable, and the default continues for a period of 30 days;
(3) HGI fails to make an Offer to Purchase and thereafter
accept and pay for notes tendered when and as required pursuant
to Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of
Control or Certain
124
Covenants Limitation on Asset Sales, or HGI or
any Guarantor fails to comply with
Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets;
(4) HGI defaults in the performance of or breaches the
covenants set forth under Certain
Covenants Maintenance of Liquidity, or
Certain Covenants Maintenance of
Collateral Coverage and such default or breach is not
cured within (i) 45 days after the date of default
under clause (a) of Certain
Covenants Maintenance of Collateral Coverage
or (ii) 15 days after the date of any default under
Certain Covenants Maintenance of
Liquidity, or clauses (b) or (c) of
Certain Covenants Maintenance of
Collateral Coverage (it being understood that the date of
default in the case of covenants tested at the end of a fiscal
period is the last day of such fiscal period);
(5) HGI defaults in the performance of or breaches any
other covenant or agreement of HGI in the indenture or under the
notes and the default or breach continues for a period of 60
consecutive days after written notice to HGI by the trustee or
to HGI and the trustee by the holders of 25% or more in
aggregate principal amount of the notes;
(6) the failure by HGI or any Significant Subsidiary to pay
any Debt within any applicable grace period after final maturity
or the acceleration of any such Debt by the holders thereof
because of a default, in each case, if the total amount of such
Debt unpaid or accelerated exceeds $25.0 million;
(7) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment
of money are rendered against HGI or any of its Significant
Subsidiaries and are not paid or discharged, and there is a
period of 60 consecutive days following entry of the final
judgment or order that causes the aggregate amount for all such
final judgments or orders outstanding and not paid or discharged
against all such Persons to exceed $25.0 million (in excess
of amounts which HGIs insurance carriers have agreed to
pay under applicable policies) during which a stay of
enforcement, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not
in effect;
(8) certain bankruptcy defaults occur with respect to HGI
or any Significant Subsidiary;
(9) any Note Guaranty of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to
be in full force and effect, other than in accordance the terms
of the indenture, or a Guarantor that is a Significant
Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note
Guaranty; or
(10) (a) the Liens created by the Security Documents
shall at any time not constitute a valid and perfected Lien on
any portion of the Collateral (with a fair market value in
excess of $25.0 million) intended to be covered thereby (to
the extent perfection by filing, registration, recordation or
possession is required by the indenture or the Security
Documents), (b) any of the Security Documents shall for
whatever reason be terminated or cease to be in full force and
effect (except for expiration in accordance with its terms or
amendment, modification, waiver, termination or release in
accordance with the terms of the indenture) or (c) the
enforceability of the Liens created by the Security Documents
shall be contested by HGI or any Guarantor that is a Significant
Subsidiary.
Consequences
of an Event of Default
If an Event of Default, other than a bankruptcy default with
respect to HGI, occurs and is continuing under the indenture,
the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the notes then outstanding, by written
notice to HGI (and to the trustee if the notice is given by the
holders), may, and the trustee at the written request of such
holders shall, declare the principal of and accrued interest on
the notes to be immediately due and payable. Upon a declaration
of acceleration, such principal and interest will become
immediately due and payable. If a bankruptcy default occurs with
respect to HGI, the principal of and accrued interest on the
notes then outstanding will become immediately due and payable
without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee
or any holder.
The holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
notes by written notice to HGI and to the trustee may waive all
past defaults and rescind and annul a declaration of
acceleration and its consequences if
125
(1) all existing Events of Default, other than the
nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
the notes that have become due solely by the declaration of
acceleration, have been cured or waived, and
(2) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or
decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.
Except as otherwise provided in Consequences
of an Event of Default or Amendments and
Waivers Amendments with Consent of
Holders, the holders of a majority in principal amount of
the outstanding notes may, by written notice to the trustee,
waive an existing Default and its consequences. Upon such
waiver, the Default will cease to exist, and any Event of
Default arising therefrom will be deemed to have been cured, but
no such waiver will extend to any subsequent or other Default or
impair any right consequent thereon.
In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the notes
because an Event of Default described in clause (6) under
Events of Default has occurred and is continuing,
the declaration of acceleration of the notes shall be
automatically annulled if the event of default or payment
default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to
clause (6) shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the
holders of the Debt, or the Debt that gave rise to such Event of
Default shall have been discharged in full, within 30 days
after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and
if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the notes would
not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except
nonpayment of principal, premium or interest on the notes that
became due solely because of the acceleration of the notes, have
been cured or waived.
The holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee or exercising
any trust or power conferred on the trustee. However, the
trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with
law or the indenture, that may involve the trustee in personal
liability, or that the trustee determines in good faith may be
unduly prejudicial to the rights of holders of notes not joining
in the giving of such direction, and may take any other action
it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction
received from holders of notes.
A holder may not institute any proceeding, judicial or
otherwise, with respect to the indenture or the notes, or for
the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other
remedy under the indenture or the notes, unless:
(1) the holder has previously given to the trustee written
notice of a continuing Event of Default;
(2) holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount
of outstanding notes have made written request to the trustee to
institute proceedings in respect of the Event of Default in its
own name as trustee under the indenture;
(3) holders have offered to the trustee indemnity
reasonably satisfactory to the trustee against any costs,
liabilities or expenses to be incurred in compliance with such
request;
(4) the trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such
notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute
any such proceeding; and
(5) during such
60-day
period, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding notes have not given the trustee a direction
that is inconsistent with such written request.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the right of a holder
of a note to receive payment of principal of or interest on its
note on or after the Stated Maturities thereof, or to bring suit
for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such dates,
may not be impaired or affected without the consent of that
holder.
If any Default occurs and is continuing and is actually known to
the trustee, the trustee will send notice of the Default to each
holder within 90 days after it occurs, unless the Default
has been cured; provided that, except in the case of a
default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any
note, the trustee may
126
withhold the notice if and so long as the trustee in good faith
determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the
holders.
No
Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators,
Members and Stockholders
No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member or
stockholder of HGI or any Guarantor, as such, will have any
liability for any obligations of HGI or such Guarantor under the
notes, any Note Guaranty or the indenture or for any claim based
on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations. Each
holder of notes by accepting a note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration
for issuance of the notes. This waiver may not be effective to
waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is
the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public
policy.
Amendments
and Waivers
Amendments
Without Consent of Holders
HGI and the trustee may amend or supplement the indenture, the
notes (and HGI, the trustee or the Collateral Agent may amend or
supplement the Security Documents) without notice to or the
consent of any noteholder
(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the
indenture or the notes;
(2) to comply with Consolidation, Merger
or Sale of Assets;
(3) to comply with any requirements of the Commission in
connection with the qualification of the indenture under the
Trust Indenture Act;
(4) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an
appointment by a successor trustee;
(5) to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or
in place of certificated notes, provided that the
uncertificated notes are issued in registered form for purposes
of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the
uncertificated notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B)
of the Code;
(6) to provide for any Guarantee of the notes, to secure
the notes or to confirm and evidence the release, termination or
discharge of any Guarantee of or Lien securing the notes when
such release, termination or discharge is permitted by the
indenture;
(7) to provide for or confirm the issuance of additional
notes;
(8) to make any other change that does not materially and
adversely affect the rights of any holder;
(9) to conform any provision to this Description of
Notes, as certified by an officers
certificate; or
(10) to evidence the issuance of any Pari-Passu Obligations
and secure such obligations with Liens on the Collateral.
Amendments
With Consent of Holders.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in
Default and Remedies Consequences
of a Default or paragraph (b), HGI and the trustee may
amend the indenture and the notes with the written consent of
the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
notes and the holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding notes may waive future compliance by HGI with any
provision of the indenture or the notes. In addition, the
trustee is authorized to permit the Collateral Agent to amend
any Security Document with the written consent of the holders of
a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a),
without the consent of each holder affected, an amendment or
waiver may not
(1) reduce the principal amount of or change the Stated
Maturity of any installment of principal of any note,
127
(2) reduce the rate of or change the Stated Maturity of any
interest payment on any note,
(3) reduce the amount payable upon the redemption of any
note or change the time of any mandatory redemption or, in
respect of an optional redemption, the times at which any note
may be redeemed,
(4) after the time an Offer to Purchase is required to have
been made, reduce the purchase amount or purchase price, or
extend the latest expiration date or purchase date thereunder,
(5) make any note payable in money other than that stated
in the note,
(6) impair the right of any holder of notes to receive any
principal payment or interest payment on such holders
notes, on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, or to institute
suit for the enforcement of any such payment,
(7) make any change in the percentage of the principal
amount of the notes required for amendments or waivers,
(8) modify or change any provision of the indenture
affecting the ranking of the notes or any Note Guaranty in a
manner adverse to the holders of the notes, or
(9) make any change in any Note Guaranty that would
adversely affect the noteholders.
In addition, no amendment, supplement or waiver may release all
or substantially all of the Collateral without the consent of
holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of notes.
It is not necessary for noteholders to approve the particular
form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but is
sufficient if their consent approves the substance thereof.
The indenture provides that, in determining whether the holders
of the required principal amount of notes have concurred in any
direction, waiver or consent, notes owned by HGI, any Guarantor
or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with
HGI or any Guarantor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be
outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether
the trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction,
waiver or consent, only notes which a responsible officer of the
trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.
Subject to the foregoing, only notes outstanding at the time
shall be considered in any such determination. As a result,
notes held by the Harbinger Parties will not be able to vote in
respect of any direction, waiver or consent so long as the
Harbinger Parties control HGI.
Defeasance
and Discharge
HGI may discharge its obligations under the notes and the
indenture by irrevocably depositing in trust with the trustee
money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay
principal of and interest on the notes to maturity or redemption
within one year, subject to meeting certain other conditions.
HGI may also elect to
(1) discharge most of its obligations in respect of the
notes and the indenture, not including obligations related to
the defeasance trust or to the replacement of notes or its
obligations to the trustee (legal
defeasance), or
(2) discharge its obligations under most of the covenants
and under clause (3) of Consolidation,
Merger or Sale of Assets HGI (and the events
listed in clauses (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) (with respect to
Significant Subsidiaries only), (9) and (10) under
Default and Remedies Events of
Default will no longer constitute Events of Default)
(covenant defeasance) by irrevocably
depositing in trust with the trustee money or
U.S. Government Obligations sufficient, in the opinion of
an independent firm of certified public accountants, to pay
principal of and interest on the notes to maturity or redemption
and by meeting certain other conditions, including delivery to
the trustee of either a ruling received from the Internal
Revenue Service or an opinion of counsel to the effect that the
holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal
income tax purposes as a result of the defeasance and will be
subject to
128
federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and
at the same times as would otherwise have been the case. In the
case of legal defeasance, such an opinion could not be given
absent a change of law after the date of the indenture.
In the case of either discharge or defeasance, the Note
Guaranties, if any, will terminate.
Concerning
the Trustee
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is the trustee under the
indenture.
Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the
trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set
forth in the indenture and no others, and no implied covenants
or obligations will be read into the indenture against the
trustee. In case an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, the trustee shall exercise those rights and powers
vested in it by the indenture, and use the same degree of care
and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise
or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such
persons own affairs. No provision of the indenture
requires the trustee to expend or risk its own funds or
otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of
its duties thereunder, or in the exercise of its rights or
powers, unless it receives indemnity satisfactory to it against
any loss, liability or expense.
The indenture and provisions of the Trust Indenture Act
incorporated by reference therein contain limitations on the
rights of the trustee, should it become a creditor of any
obligor on the notes, to obtain payment of claims in certain
cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of
any such claim as security or otherwise. The trustee is
permitted to engage in other transactions with HGI and its
Affiliates; provided that if it acquires any conflicting
interest it must either eliminate the conflict within
90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue
or resign.
Book-Entry,
Delivery and Form
Except as described below, we will initially issue the exchange
notes in the form of one or more registered exchange notes in
global form without coupons (the global
notes). We will deposit each global note on the date
of the closing of the exchange offer with, or on behalf of, DTC
in New York, New York, and register the exchange notes in the
name of DTC or its nominee, or will leave these notes in the
custody of the trustee.
Depository
Procedures
The following description of the operations and procedures of
The Depository Trust Company (DTC), the
Euroclear System (Euroclear) and Clearstream
Banking, S.A. (Clearstream) are provided
solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and
procedures are solely within the control of the respective
settlement systems and are subject to changes by them. We take
no responsibility for these operations and procedures and urge
you to contact the system or their participants directly to
discuss these matters.
DTC has advised us that it is a limited-purpose trust company
created to hold securities for its participating organizations
(collectively, the Participants) and to
facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in those
securities between the Participants through electronic
book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The
Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including
the initial purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing
corporations and certain other organizations. Access to
DTCs system is also available to other entities such as
banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through
or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either
directly or indirectly (collectively, the Indirect
Participants). Persons who are not Participants may
beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only
through the Participants or the Indirect Participants. The
ownership interests and transfers of ownership interests in each
security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded only on the
records of the Participants and Indirect Participants and not on
the records of DTC.
129
DTC has also advised us that, pursuant to procedures established
by it:
(1) upon deposit of the global notes, DTC will credit the
accounts of the Participants designated by the initial
purchasers with portions of the principal amount of the global
notes; and
(2) ownership of these interests in the global notes will
be shown on, and the transfer of ownership of these interests
will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with
respect to the Participants) or by the Participants and the
Indirect Participants (with respect to other owners of
beneficial interest in the global notes).
Investors in the global notes who are Participants may hold
their interests therein directly through DTC. Investors in the
global notes who are not Participants may hold their interests
therein indirectly through organizations (including Euroclear
and Clearstream) which are Participants. Investors in the global
notes may also hold their interests therein through Euroclear or
Clearstream, if they are participants in such systems, or
indirectly through organizations that are participants.
Investors may also hold interests in the global notes through
Participants in the DTC system other than Euroclear and
Clearstream. Euroclear and Clearstream will hold interests in
the global notes on behalf of their participants through
customers securities accounts in their respective names on
the books of their respective depositories, which are Euroclear
Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of Euroclear, and Citibank, N.A., as
operator of Clearstream. All interests in a global note,
including those held through Euroclear or Clearstream, may be
subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. Those
interests held through Euroclear or Clearstream may also be
subject to the procedures and requirements of such systems. The
laws of some states require that certain Persons take physical
delivery in definitive form of securities that they own.
Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a
global note to such Persons will be limited to that extent.
Because DTC can act only on behalf of the Participants, which in
turn act on behalf of the Indirect Participants, the ability of
a Person having beneficial interests in a global note to pledge
such interests to Persons that do not participate in the DTC
system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests,
may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing
such interests.
Except as described below, owners of interests in the global
notes will not have notes registered in their names, will not
receive physical delivery of notes in certificated form and will
not be considered the registered owners or holders
thereof under the indenture for any purpose.
Payments in respect of the principal of, premium on, if any,
interest and Special Interest, if any, on, a global note
registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable to
DTC in its capacity as the registered holder under the
indenture. Under the terms of the indenture, HGI and the trustee
will treat the Persons in whose names the notes, including the
global notes, are registered as the owners of the notes for the
purpose of receiving payments and for all other purposes.
Consequently, none of HGI, the trustee or any of their
respective agents has or will have any responsibility or
liability for:
(1) any aspect of DTCs records or any
Participants or Indirect Participants records
relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial
ownership interest in the global notes or for maintaining,
supervising or reviewing any of DTCs records or any
Participants or Indirect Participants records
relating to the beneficial ownership interests in the global
notes; or
(2) any other matter relating to the actions and practices
of DTC or any of its Participants or Indirect Participants.
DTC has advised us that its current practice, upon receipt of
any payment in respect of securities such as the notes,
including principal and interest, is to credit the accounts of
the relevant Participants with the payment on the payment date
unless DTC has reason to believe that it will not receive
payment on such payment date. Each relevant Participant is
credited with an amount proportionate to its beneficial
ownership of an interest in the principal amount of the relevant
security as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by the
Participants and the Indirect Participants to the beneficial
owners of the notes will be governed by standing instructions
and customary practices, which will be the responsibility of the
Participants or the Indirect Participants and will not be the
responsibility of DTC, the trustee or us. Neither we nor the
trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of the
Participants or the Indirect Participants in identifying the
beneficial
130
owners of the notes, and we and the trustee may conclusively
rely on, and will be protected in relying on, instructions from
DTC or its nominee for all purposes.
Transfers between the Participants will be effected in
accordance with DTCs procedures, and will be settled in
same-day
funds, and transfers between participants in Euroclear and
Clearstream will be effected in accordance with their respective
rules and operating procedures.
Cross-market transfers between the Participants, on the one
hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other
hand, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTCs
rules on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be,
by their respective depositaries; however, such cross-market
transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear
or Clearstream, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such
system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within
the established deadlines (Brussels time) of such system.
Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will, if the
transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver
instructions to its respective depositary to take action to
effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving
interests in the relevant global note in DTC, and making or
receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for
same-day
funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear participants and
Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly
to the depositories for Euroclear or Clearstream.
DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a holder of notes only at the direction of one or more
Participants to whose account DTC has credited the interests in
the global notes and only in respect of such portion of the
aggregate principal amount of the notes as to which such
Participant or Participants has or have given such direction.
However, if there is an Event of Default under the notes, DTC
reserves the right to exchange the global notes for legended
notes in certificated form, and to distribute such notes to its
Participants.
Although DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the
foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the
global notes among participants in DTC, Euroclear and
Clearstream, they are under no obligation to perform or to
continue to perform such procedures, and may discontinue such
procedures at any time. None of HGI, the trustee and any of
their respective agents will have any responsibility for the
performance by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream or their respective
participants or indirect participants of their respective
obligations under the rules and procedures governing their
operations.
Exchange
of Global Notes for Certificated Notes
A global note is exchangeable for certificated notes if:
(1) DTC notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to
continue as depositary for the global notes and a successor
depositary is not appointed by HGI within 90 days of the
notice; or
(2) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and
the trustee has received a request from the depositary.
In addition, beneficial interests in a global note may be
exchanged for certificated notes upon prior written notice given
to the trustee by or on behalf of DTC in accordance with the
indenture. In all cases, certificated notes delivered in
exchange for any global note or beneficial interests in global
notes will be registered in the names, and issued in any
approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the
depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures) and
will bear the applicable restrictive legend referred to in
Notice to Investors, unless that legend is not
required by applicable law.
Exchange
of Certificated Notes for Global Notes
Certificated notes may not be exchanged for beneficial interests
in any global note unless the transferor first delivers to the
trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in the
indenture) to the effect that such transfer will comply with the
appropriate transfer restrictions applicable to such notes. See
Notice to Investors.
131
Same
Day Settlement and Payment
HGI will make payments in respect of the notes represented by
the global notes, including principal, premium, if any, interest
and Special Interest, if any, by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to the accounts specified by DTC or its nominee.
HGI will make all payments of principal, premium, if any,
interest and Special Interest, if any, with respect to
certificated notes by wire transfer of immediately available
funds to the accounts specified by the holders of the
certificated notes or, if no such account is specified, by
mailing a check to each such holders registered address.
The notes represented by the global notes are expected to be
eligible to trade in DTCs
Same-Day
Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market
trading activity in such notes will, therefore, be required by
DTC to be settled in immediately available funds, subject in all
cases to the rules and procedures of DTC and its Participants.
We expect that secondary trading in any certificated notes will
also be settled in immediately available funds.
Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a
Euroclear or Clearstream participant purchasing an interest in a
global note from a Participant will be credited, and any such
crediting will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or
Clearstream participant, during the securities settlement
processing day (which must be a business day for Euroclear and
Clearstream) immediately following the settlement date of DTC.
DTC has advised HGI that cash received in Euroclear or
Clearstream as a result of sales of interests in a global note
by or through a Euroclear or Clearstream participant to a
Participant will be received with value on the settlement date
of DTC but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or
Clearstream cash account only as of the business day for
Euroclear or Clearstream following DTCs settlement date.
Governing
Law
The indenture, including any Note Guaranties, and the notes
shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws
of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws
principles.
Certain
Definitions
Accrued Yield means an amount in respect of
each $1,000 principal amount of notes that, together with the
accrued interest to be paid in a Special Redemption, will
provide the holder thereof with the yield to maturity on such
note, calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and payable
for the actual number of days elapsed from the Issue Date.
Yield to maturity means the annual yield to maturity
of the notes, calculated based on market convention and as
reflected in the pricing term sheet for this offering.
Affiliate means, with respect to any Person,
any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled
by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such
Person. For purposes of this definition, control
(including, with correlative meanings, the terms
controlling, controlled by and
under common control with) with respect to any
Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise.
Asset Sale means any sale, lease, transfer or
other disposition of any assets by HGI or any Guarantor,
including by means of a merger, consolidation or similar
transaction and including any sale by HGI or any Guarantor of
the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary (each of the above
referred to as a disposition), provided
that the following are not included in the definition of
Asset Sale:
(1) a disposition to HGI or a Guarantor, including the sale
or issuance by HGI or any Guarantor of any Equity Interests of
any Subsidiary to HGI or any Guarantor;
(2) the disposition by HGI or any Guarantor in the ordinary
course of business of (i) Cash Equivalents and cash
management investments, (ii) damaged, worn out or obsolete
assets, (iii) rights granted to others pursuant to leases
or licenses, or (iv) inventory and other assets acquired
and held for resale in the ordinary course of business (it being
understood that any Equity Interests of any direct Subsidiary of
HGI or any Guarantor and the assets of an operating business,
unit, division or line of business shall not constitute
inventory or other assets acquired and held for resale in the
ordinary course of business);
132
(3) the sale or discount of accounts receivable arising in
the ordinary course of business;
(4) a transaction covered by
Consolidation, Merger or Sale of
Assets HGI;
(5) a Restricted Payment permitted under
Limitation on Restricted Payments;
(6) the issuance of Disqualified Equity Interests pursuant
to Limitation on Debt and Disqualified
Stock;
(7) any disposition in a transaction or series of related
transactions of assets with a fair market value of less than
$5.0 million;
(8) any disposition of Equity Interests of a Subsidiary
pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person
from whom such Subsidiary was acquired or from whom such
Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly
formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of
such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of
the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;
(9) any surrender or waiver of contract rights pursuant to
a settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract,
tort or other claims of any kind;
(10) foreclosure or any similar action with respect to any
property or other asset of HGI or any of its Subsidiaries;
(11) dispositions in connection with Permitted
Liens; and
(12) dispositions of marketable securities, other than
shares of Spectrum common stock, constituting less than 5% of
the Total Assets; provided that such disposition is at
fair market value and the consideration consists of Cash
Equivalents.
Attributable Debt means, in respect of a Sale
and Leaseback Transaction, at the time of determination, the
present value, discounted at the interest rate implicit in the
Sale and Leaseback Transaction determined in accordance with
GAAP, of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments
during the remaining term of the lease in the Sale and Leaseback
Transaction.
Average Life means, with respect to any Debt
or Disqualified Equity Interests, the quotient obtained by
dividing (i) the sum of the products of (x) the number
of years from the date of determination to the dates of each
successive scheduled principal payment of such Debt or such
redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified
Equity Interests and (y) the amount of such principal, or
redemption or similar payment by (ii) the sum of all such
principal, or redemption or similar payments.
Beneficial Owner has the meaning assigned to
such term in
Rule 13d-3
and
Rule 13d-5
under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the
beneficial ownership of any particular person (as
that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act),
such person shall be deemed to have beneficial
ownership of all securities that such person has the
right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities,
whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable
only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms
Beneficially Owns and Beneficially
Owned shall have a corresponding meaning.
Board of Directors means:
(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors
of the corporation or, except with respect to the definition of
Change of Control, any duly authorized committee thereof having
the authority of the full board with respect to the
determination to be made;
(2) with respect to a limited liability company, any
managing member thereof or, if managed by managers, the board of
managers thereof, or any duly authorized committee thereof
having the authority of the full board with respect to the
determination to be made;
(3) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors
of the general partner of the partnership; and
133
(4) with respect to any other Person, the board or
committee of such Person serving a similar function.
Capital Lease means, with respect to any
Person, any lease of any property which, in conformity with
GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such
Person.
Capital Stock means, with respect to any
Person, any and all shares of stock of a corporation,
partnership interests or other equivalent interests (however
designated, whether voting or non-voting) in such Persons
equity, entitling the holder to receive a share of the profits
and losses, and a distribution of assets, after liabilities, of
such Person.
Cash Collateral Coverage Ratio means, on any
date of determination, the ratio of (i) the Fair Market
Value of the Collateral (but only to the extent the notes are
secured by a first-priority Lien pursuant to the Security
Agreements on such Collateral that is subject to no prior Liens)
consisting of Cash Equivalents to (ii) the principal amount
of Debt secured by Liens on the Collateral outstanding on such
date.
Cash Equivalents means
(1) United States dollars, or money in other currencies
received in the ordinary course of business;
(2) U.S. Government Obligations or certificates
representing an ownership interest in U.S. Government
Obligations with maturities not exceeding one year from the date
of acquisition;
(3) (i) demand deposits, (ii) time deposits and
certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from
the date of acquisition, (iii) bankers acceptances
with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of
acquisition, and (iv) overnight bank deposits, in each case
with any bank or trust company organized or licensed under the
laws of the United States or any state thereof having capital,
surplus and undivided profits in excess of $500 million
whose short-term debt is rated
A-2
or higher by S&P or
P-2
or higher by Moodys;
(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than
seven days for underlying securities of the type described in
clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any
financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in
clause (3) above;
(5) commercial paper rated at least
P-1 by
Moodys or
A-1 by
S&P and maturing within six months after the date of
acquisition; and
(6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which
consist of investments of the type described in clauses (1)
through (5) above.
Change of Control means the occurrence of any
of the following:
(1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition (other than by way of merger or
consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of
all or substantially all of the properties or assets of HGI and
its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any person
(as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange
Act) other than a Permitted Holder;
(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or
dissolution of HGI;
(3) any person or group (as such
terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
Act) becomes the ultimate Beneficial Owner, directly or
indirectly, of 35% or more of the voting power of the Voting
Stock of HGI other than a Permitted Holder; provided that
such event shall not be deemed a Change of Control so long as
one or more Permitted Holders shall Beneficially Own more of the
voting power of the Voting Stock of HGI than such person or
group;
(4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the
Board of Directors of HGI are not Continuing Directors;
For purposes of this definition, (i) any direct or indirect
holding company of HGI shall not itself be considered a Person
for purposes of clauses (1) or (3) above or a
person or group for purposes of
clauses (1) or (3) above, provided that no
person or group (other than the
Permitted Holders or another
134
such holding company) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly,
more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such
company, and a majority of the Voting Stock of such holding
company immediately following it becoming the holding company of
HGI is Beneficially Owned by the Persons who Beneficially Owned
the voting power of the Voting Stock of HGI immediately prior to
it becoming such holding company and (ii) a Person shall
not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities subject
to a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar
agreement until the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by such agreement.
Change of Control Offer has the meaning
assigned to that term in the indenture governing the notes.
Collateral Agent means Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, in its capacity as the Collateral Agent,
or any collateral agent appointed pursuant to the Collateral
Trust Agreement.
Collateral Coverage Ratio means, at the date
of determination, the ratio of (i) the Fair Market Value of
the Collateral (but only to the extent the notes are secured by
a first-priority Lien on such Collateral pursuant to the
Security Agreements that is subject to no prior Lien) to
(ii) the principal amount of Debt secured by Liens on the
Collateral outstanding on such date.
Collateral Trust Agreement means the
collateral trust agreement dated as of the Issue Date among HGI,
the Collateral Agent and the trustee, as amended from time to
time.
Consolidated Net Income means, for any
period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of HGI and its
Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis
in conformity with GAAP, provided that the following
(without duplication) will be excluded in computing Consolidated
Net Income:
(1) the net income (or loss) of any Person that is not a
Guarantor, except that net income shall be included to the
extent of the dividends or other distributions actually paid in
cash to HGI or any of the Guarantors by such Person during such
period;
(2) any net income (or loss) of any Person acquired in a
pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the
date of such acquisition;
(3) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to or
associated with the extinguishment of Debt or Hedging Agreements;
(4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principles;
(5) any non-cash expense realized or resulting from stock
option plans, employee benefit plans or post-employment benefit
plans, or grants or sales of stock, stock appreciation or
similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, preferred stock
or other rights;
(6) to the extent covered by insurance and actually
reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination
that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in
fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that
such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier in
writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed
within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a
deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so
reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to
liability or casualty events or business interruption;
(7) any expenses or charges related to any issuance of
Equity Interests, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or
issuance, repayment, refinancing, amendment or modification of
Debt (including amortization or write offs of debt issuance or
deferred financing costs, premiums and prepayment penalties), in
each case, whether or not successful, including any such
expenses or charges attributable to the issuance and sale of the
notes and the consummation of the exchange offer pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement; and
(8) any expenses or reserves for liabilities to the extent
that HGI or any Subsidiary is entitled to indemnification
therefor under binding agreements; provided that any
liabilities for which HGI or such Subsidiary is not actually
indemnified shall reduce Consolidated Net Income in the period
in which it is determined that HGI or such Subsidiary will not
be indemnified.
135
Continuing Directors means, as of any date of
determination, any member of the Board of Directors of HGI who:
(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue
Date or
(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of
Directors with the approval of the Permitted Holders or a
majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such
Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.
Contribution Debt means Debt or Disqualified
Equity Interests of HGI or any Guarantor with a Stated Maturity
after the Stated Maturity of the notes in an aggregate principal
amount or liquidation preference not greater than (i) half
(in the case of Debt referred to in clause (1) below) and
(ii) twice (in the case of unsecured Debt or Disqualified
Equity Interests), the aggregate amount of cash received from
the issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests of HGI or a
capital contribution to the common equity of HGI; provided
that:
(1) Contribution Debt may be secured by Liens on the
Collateral (provided that no such Contribution Debt may
be so secured unless, on the date of the Incurrence, after
giving effect to the Incurrence and the receipt and application
of the proceeds therefrom, (x) the aggregate principal
amount of Debt outstanding and incurred under this clause (1),
together with other Pari-Passu Obligations (including the notes)
does not exceed $500.0 million and (y) HGI would be in
compliance with the covenants set forth under
Certain Covenants Maintenance of
Liquidity, and Maintenance of Collateral
Coverage (calculated as if the Incurrence date was a date
on which such covenant is required to be tested under
Maintenance of Collateral Coverage));
(2) such cash has not been used to make a Restricted
Payment and shall thereafter be excluded from any calculation
under paragraph (a)(3)(B) under Limitation on Restricted
Payments (it being understood that if any such Debt or
Disqualified Stock Incurred as Contribution Debt is redesignated
as Incurred under any provision other than paragraph (b)(13) of
the Limitation on Debt covenant, the related
issuance of Equity Interests may be included in any calculation
under paragraph (a)(3)(B) in the Limitation on Restricted
Payments covenant); and
(3) such Contribution Debt (a) is Incurred within
180 days after the making of such cash contributions and
(b) is so designated as Contribution Debt pursuant to an
officers certificate on the Incurrence date thereof.
Any cash received from the issuance and sale of Qualified Equity
Interests of HGI or a capital contribution to the common equity
of HGI may only be applied to incur secured Debt pursuant to
clause (i) of the first paragraph above or unsecured Debt
or Disqualified Equity Interests pursuant to clause (ii) of
such paragraph. For example, if HGI issues Qualified Equity
Interests and receives $100 of cash proceeds, HGI may either
incur $50 of secured Debt (subject to the conditions set forth
in such clause (i)) or $200 of unsecured Debt or Disqualified
Equity Interests, but may not incur $50 of secured Debt and $150
of unsecured Debt.
Debt means, with respect to any Person,
without duplication,
(1) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;
(2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds,
debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
(3) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of
credit, bankers acceptances or other similar instruments,
excluding obligations in respect of trade letters of credit or
bankers acceptances issued in respect of trade payables;
(4) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and
unpaid purchase price of property or services which would have
been recorded as liabilities under GAAP, excluding trade
payables arising in the ordinary course of business;
136
(5) all obligations of such Person as lessee under Capital
Leases (other than the interest component thereof);
(6) all Debt of other Persons Guaranteed by such Person to
the extent so Guaranteed;
(7) all Debt of other Persons secured by a Lien on any
asset of such Person, whether or not such Debt is assumed by
such Person;
(8) all obligations of such Person under Hedging
Agreements; and
(9) all Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person;
provided, however, that notwithstanding the
foregoing, Debt shall be deemed not to include (1) deferred
or prepaid revenues or (2) any liability for federal,
state, local or other taxes owed or owing to any governmental
entity.
The amount of Debt of any Person will be deemed to be:
(A) with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum
liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to
the obligation;
(B) with respect to Debt secured by a Lien on an asset of
such Person but not otherwise the obligation, contingent or
otherwise, of such Person, the lesser of (x) the fair
market value of such asset on the date the Lien attached and
(y) the amount of such Debt;
(C) with respect to any Debt issued with original issue
discount, the face amount of such Debt less the remaining
unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Debt;
(D) with respect to any Hedging Agreement, the net amount
payable if such Hedging Agreement terminated at that time due to
default by such Person; and
(E) otherwise, the outstanding principal amount thereof.
Default means any event that is, or after
notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.
Designated Non-cash Consideration means any
non-cash consideration received by HGI or a Guarantor in
connection with an Asset Sale that is designated as Designated
Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an officers certificate
executed by an officer of HGI or such Guarantor at the time of
such Asset Sale. Any particular item of Designated Non-cash
Consideration will cease to be considered to be outstanding once
it has been sold for cash or Cash Equivalents (which shall be
considered Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale when received).
Disqualified Equity Interests means Equity
Interests that by their terms or upon the happening of any event
are:
(1) required to be redeemed or redeemable at the option of
the holder prior to the Stated Maturity of the notes for
consideration other than Qualified Equity Interests, or
(2) convertible at the option of the holder into
Disqualified Equity Interests or exchangeable for Debt;
provided that (i) only the portion of the Equity
Interests which is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or
exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder
thereof prior to the Stated Maturity of the notes shall be
deemed to be Disqualified Equity Interests, (ii) if such
Equity Interests are issued to any employee or to any plan for
the benefit of employees of HGI or its Subsidiaries or by any
such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not
constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because they may
be required to be repurchased by HGI in order to satisfy
applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of
such employees termination, death or disability and
(iii) Equity Interests will not constitute Disqualified
Equity Interests solely because of provisions giving holders
thereof the right to require repurchase or redemption
137
upon an asset sale or change of control
occurring prior to the Stated Maturity of the notes if those
provisions:
(A) are no more favorable to the holders than
Limitation on Asset Sales and
Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of
Control, and
(B) specifically state that repurchase or redemption
pursuant thereto will not be required prior to HGIs
repurchase of the notes as required by the indenture.
Disqualified Stock means Capital Stock
constituting Disqualified Equity Interests.
Domestic Subsidiary means any Subsidiary
formed under the laws of the United States of America or any
jurisdiction thereof.
Equity Interests means all Capital Stock and
all warrants or options with respect to, or other rights to
purchase, Capital Stock, but excluding Debt convertible into
equity.
Equity Offering means a primary offering,
whether by way of private placement or registered offering,
after the Issue Date, of Qualified Stock of HGI other than an
issuance registered on
Form S-4
or S-8 or
any successor thereto or any issuance pursuant to employee
benefit plans or otherwise in compensation to officers,
directors or employees.
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended.
Excluded Property means
(i) motor vehicles, the perfection of a security interest
in which is excluded from the Uniform Commercial Code in the
relevant jurisdiction;
(ii) voting Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary, to
the extent (but only to the extent) required to prevent the
Collateral from including more than 65% of all voting Equity
Interests in such Foreign Subsidiary;
(iii) any interest in a joint venture or non-Wholly Owned
Subsidiary to the extent and for so long as the attachments of
security interest created hereby therein would violate any joint
venture agreement, organizational document, shareholders
agreement or equivalent agreement relating to such joint venture
or Subsidiary;
(iv) any rights of HGI or any Guarantor in any contract or
license if under the terms thereof, or any applicable law with
respect thereto, the valid grant of a security interest therein
to the Collateral Agent is prohibited and such prohibition has
not been waived or the consent of the other party to such
contract or license has not been obtained or, under applicable
law, such prohibition cannot be waived;
(v) certain deposit accounts, the balance of which consists
exclusively of (a) withheld income taxes and federal,
state, local and foreign employment taxes in such amounts as are
required to be paid to the IRS or any other applicable
governmental authority and (b) amounts required to be paid
over to an employee benefit plan on behalf of or for the benefit
of employees of HGI or any Guarantor;
(vi) other property that the Collateral Agent may determine
from time to time that the cost of obtaining a Lien thereon
exceeds the benefits of obtaining such a Lien (it being
understood that the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to
make any such determination);
(vii) any
intent-to-use
U.S. trademark application to the extent that, and solely
during the period in which, the grant of a security interest
therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such
intent-to-use
trademark application or the mark that is the subject of such
application under applicable law;
(viii) Equity Interests of Zap.Com Corporation until such
time as HGI determines that such Equity Interests should be
pledged as Collateral, such determination (which shall be
irrevocable) to be made by an officers certificate
delivered by HGI to the Collateral Agent; and
138
(ix) an amount in Cash Equivalents not to exceed
$1 million deposited for the purpose of securing, leases of
office space, furniture or equipment;
provided however that Excluded Property shall
not (i) apply to any contract or license to the extent the
applicable prohibition is ineffective or unenforceable under the
UCC (including
Sections 9-406
through 9-409) or any other applicable law, or (ii) limit,
impair or otherwise affect Collateral Agents unconditional
continuing security interest in and Lien upon any rights or
interests of HGI or such Guarantor in or to moneys due or to
become due under any such contract or license (including any
accounts).
Fair
Market Value means:
(i) in the case of any Collateral that (a) is listed
on a national securities exchange or (b) is actively traded
in the
over-the-counter-market
and represents equity in a Person with a market capitalization
of at least $500 million on each trading day in the
preceding 60 day period prior to such date, the product of
(a) (i) the sum of the volume
weighted average prices of a unit of such Collateral for each of
the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to such date,
divided by (ii) 20, multiplied by (b) the number of
units pledged as Collateral;
(ii) in the case of any Collateral that is not so listed or
actively traded (other than Cash Equivalents), the fair market
value thereof (defined as the price that would be negotiated in
an arms-length transaction for cash between a willing
buyer and willing seller, neither of which is acting under
compulsion), as determined by a written opinion of a nationally
recognized investment banking, appraisal, accounting or
valuation firm that is not an Affiliate of HGI; provided
that (i) such written opinion may be based on a desktop
appraisal conducted by such banking, appraisal, accounting or
valuation firm for any date of determination that is not the end
of the fiscal year for HGI and (ii) the fair market value
thereof determined by such written opinion may be determined as
of a date as early as 30 days prior to the end of the
applicable fiscal period on which a covenant is required to be
tested (the end of such period being referred to as the
Test Date); and
(iii) in the case of Cash Equivalents, the face value
thereof.
The volume weighted average price means the
per share of common stock (or per minimum denomination or unit
size in the case of any security other than common stock)
volume-weighted average price as displayed under the heading
Bloomberg VWAP on Bloomberg page for the
<equity> AQR page corresponding to
the ticker for such common stock or unit (or its
equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect
of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the
scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on
such trading day (or if such volume-weighted average price is
unavailable, the market value of one share of such common stock
(or per minimum denomination or unit size in the case of any
security other than common stock) on such trading day
determined, using a volume-weighted average method, by a
nationally recognized independent investment banking firm
retained for this purpose by the trustee). The volume
weighted average price will be determined without regard
to
after-hours
trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading
session trading hours.
In the case of any assets referenced in clause (ii) above
tested on a date of determination other than in connection with
a Test Date, for purposes of calculating compliance with a
covenant, HGI will be permitted to rely on the value as
determined by the written opinion given for the most recently
completed Test Date.
For the avoidance of doubt:
(i) if HGI will be in compliance with an applicable
covenant at a Test Date even if an asset constituting Collateral
had no value, it shall not be required to obtain an appraisal of
such Collateral (in which case such Collateral shall be assumed
to have no value for such purpose); and
(ii) if HGI will be in compliance with an applicable
covenant at a Test Date if an asset constituting Collateral has
a minimum specified value, an appraisal establishing that such
Collateral is worth at least such minimum specified value shall
be sufficient (in which case such Collateral shall be assumed to
have such minimum specified value for such purpose).
139
Foreign Subsidiary means any Subsidiary that
is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
GAAP means generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States of America as in effect as of
the Issue Date.
Guarantee means any obligation, contingent or
otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any
Debt or other obligation of any other Person and, without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct
or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to
purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or
payment of) such Debt or other obligation of such other Person
(whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by
agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or
services, to
take-or-pay,
or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or
(ii) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other
manner the obligee of such Debt or other obligation of the
payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in
respect thereof, in whole or in part; provided that the
term Guarantee does not include endorsements for
collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The
term Guarantee used as a verb has a corresponding
meaning.
Guarantor means each Subsidiary that executes
a supplemental indenture providing for the guaranty of the
payment of the notes, or any successor obligor under its Note
Guaranty pursuant to Consolidation, Merger or Sale of
Assets, in each case unless and until such Guarantor is
released from its Note Guaranty pursuant to the indenture.
Hedging Agreement means (i) any interest
rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other
agreement designed to manage fluctuations in interest rates or
(ii) any foreign exchange forward contract, currency swap
agreement or other agreement designed to manage fluctuations in
foreign exchange rates.
Incur and Incurrence
means, with respect to any Debt or Capital Stock, to incur,
create, issue, assume or Guarantee such Debt or Capital Stock.
If any Person becomes a Guarantor on any date after the date of
the indenture, the Debt and Capital Stock of such Person
outstanding on such date will be deemed to have been Incurred by
such Person on such date for purposes of
Limitation on Debt and Disqualified
Stock, but will not be considered the sale or issuance of
Equity Interests for purposes of Limitation on
Asset Sales. The accrual of interest, accretion of
original issue discount or payment of interest in kind or the
accretion or payment in kind, accumulation of dividends on any
Equity Interests, will not be considered an Incurrence of Debt.
Investment means
(1) any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension
of credit to another Person,
(2) any capital contribution to another Person, by means of
any transfer of cash or other property or in any other form,
(3) any purchase or acquisition of Equity Interests, bonds,
notes or other Debt, or other instruments or securities issued
by another Person, including the receipt of any of the above as
consideration for the disposition of assets or rendering of
services, or
(4) any Guarantee of any obligation of another Person.
Issue Date means the date on which the notes
are originally issued under the indenture.
Lien means any mortgage, pledge, security
interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement or Capital
Lease).
Liquid Collateral Coverage Ratio means the
ratio of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Collateral (but
only to the extent the notes are secured by a first-priority
Lien pursuant to the Security Agreements on such Collateral that
is subject to no prior Lien) consisting of (a) shares of
common stock of Spectrum and (b) Cash Equivalents to
(ii) the principal amount of Debt secured by Liens on the
Collateral outstanding on such date.
Moodys means Moodys Investors
Service, Inc. and its successors.
140
Net Cash Proceeds means, with respect to any
Asset Sale, the proceeds of such Asset Sale in the form of cash
(including (i) payments in respect of deferred payment
obligations to the extent corresponding to, principal, but not
interest, when received in the form of cash, and
(ii) proceeds from the conversion of other consideration
received when converted to cash), net of
(1) brokerage commissions, underwriting commissions and
other fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale, including
fees and expenses of counsel, accountants, consultants and
investment bankers;
(2) provisions for taxes as a result of such Asset Sale
taking into account the consolidated results of operations of
HGI and its Subsidiaries;
(3) payments required to be made to holders of minority
interests in Subsidiaries as a result of such Asset Sale or
(except in the case of Collateral) to repay Debt outstanding at
the time of such Asset Sale that is secured by a Lien on the
property or assets sold;
(4) appropriate amounts to be provided as a reserve against
liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including pension
and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities
related to environmental matters and indemnification obligations
associated with such Asset Sale, with any subsequent reduction
of the reserve other than by payments made and charged against
the reserved amount to be deemed a receipt of cash; and
(5) payments of unassumed liabilities (not constituting
Debt) relating to the assets sold at the time of, or within
30 days after the date of, such Asset Sale.
Note Guaranty means the guaranty of the notes
by a Guarantor pursuant to the indenture.
Obligations means, with respect to any Debt,
all obligations (whether in existence on the Issue Date or
arising afterwards, absolute or contingent, direct or indirect)
for or in respect of principal (when due, upon acceleration,
upon redemption, upon mandatory repayment or repurchase pursuant
to a mandatory offer to purchase, or otherwise), premium,
interest, penalties, fees, indemnification, reimbursement and
other amounts payable and liabilities with respect to such Debt,
including all interest accrued or accruing after the
commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or
similar case or proceeding at the contract rate (including,
without limitation, any contract rate applicable upon default)
specified in the relevant documentation, whether or not the
claim for such interest is allowed as a claim in such case or
proceeding.
Permitted Collateral Liens means:
(1) Liens on the Collateral to secure Obligations in
respect of the notes (excluding any additional notes);
(2) Liens on the Collateral that rank pari passu
with or junior to the Liens securing the Obligations in
respect of the notes and that secure Obligations in respect of
Debt (including any additional notes) Incurred pursuant to
clause (1) or (13) of the definition of Permitted
Debt; (3) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Debt
(or successive Permitted Refinancing Debt) as a whole, or in
part, of any Obligations secured by any Lien referred to in
clauses (1) or (2) of this definition; and
(4) Liens on the Collateral of the types described in
clauses (4), (5), (6), (13), (14) and (15) of the
definition of Permitted Liens.
Permitted Holders means
(1) each of Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I,
Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.
and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd;
(2) any Affiliate of any Person specified in clause (1),
other than another portfolio company thereof (which means a
company actively engaged in providing goods and services to
unaffiliated customers) or a company controlled by a
portfolio company; or
(3) any Person both the Capital Stock and the Voting Stock
of which (or in the case of a trust, the beneficial interests in
which) are owned 50% or more by Persons specified in
clauses (1) or (2).
Permitted Liens means
(1) Liens existing on the Issue Date not otherwise
permitted;
141
(2) Permitted Collateral Liens;
(3) pledges or deposits under workers compensation
laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or
good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts
or leases, or to secure public or statutory obligations, surety
bonds, customs duties and the like, or for the payment of rent,
in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business and not
securing Debt;
(4) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers,
vendors, warehousemens and mechanics liens, in
each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith
and by appropriate proceedings;
(5) Liens in respect of taxes and other governmental
assessments and charges which are not yet due or which are being
contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;
(6) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business not
securing Debt and not in the aggregate materially detracting
from the value of the properties or their use in the operation
of the business of HGI and the Guarantors;
(7) Liens on property of a Person at the time such Person
becomes a Guarantor, provided such Liens were not created
in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any other property
of HGI or any other Guarantor;
(8) Liens on property or the Equity Interests of any Person
at the time HGI or any Guarantor acquires such property or
Person, including any acquisition by means of a merger or
consolidation with or into HGI or a Guarantor of such Person,
provided such Liens were not created in contemplation
thereof and do not extend to any other property of HGI or any
Guarantor;
(9) Liens securing Debt or other obligations of HGI or a
Guarantor to HGI or a Guarantor;
(10) Liens securing Hedging Agreements so long as such
Hedging Agreements relate to Debt for borrowed money that is,
and is permitted to be under the indenture, secured by a Lien on
the same property securing such Hedging Agreements;
(11) extensions, renewals or replacements of any Liens
referred to in clauses (1), (7), or (8) in connection with
the refinancing of the obligations secured thereby, provided
that such Lien does not extend to any other property and,
except as contemplated by the definition of Permitted
Refinancing Debt, the amount secured by such Lien is not
increased; and
(12) other Liens (not on the Collateral) securing
obligations in an aggregate amount not exceeding
$5.0 million;
(13) licenses or leases or subleases as licensor, lessor or
sublessor of any of its property, including intellectual
property, in the ordinary course of business;
(14) Liens securing office leases and office furniture and
equipment in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$1 million; and
(15) Liens on property securing Debt permitted pursuant to
clause (14) of Limitation on Debt and Disqualified
Equity Interests.
Person means an individual, a corporation, a
partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a
trust or any other entity, including a government or political
subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.
Preferred Stock means, with respect to any
Person, any and all Capital Stock which is preferred as to the
payment of dividends or distributions, upon liquidation or
otherwise, over another class of Capital Stock of such Person.
Qualified Equity Interests means all Equity
Interests of a Person other than Disqualified Equity Interests.
Qualified Stock means all Capital Stock of a
Person other than Disqualified Stock.
142
Registration Rights Agreement means the
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, by
and among HGI and the initial purchasers.
S&P means Standard &
Poors Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc. and
its successors.
Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, with
respect to any Person, an arrangement whereby such Person enters
into a lease of property previously transferred by such Person
to the lessor.
Security Documents means (i) the
Security and Pledge Agreement, (ii) the Collateral
Trust Agreement and (iii) the security documents
granting a security interest in any assets of any Person to
secure the Obligations under the notes and the Note Guarantees,
as each may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time.
Significant Subsidiary means any Subsidiary,
or group of Subsidiaries, that would , taken together, be a
significant subsidiary as defined in Article 1,
Rule 1-02
(w)(1) or (2) of
Regulation S-X
promulgated under the Securities Act, as such regulation is in
effect on the Issue Date.
Stated Maturity means (i) with respect
to any Debt, the date specified as the fixed date on which the
final installment of principal of such Debt is due and payable
or (ii) with respect to any scheduled installment of
principal of or interest on any Debt, the date specified as the
fixed date on which such installment is due and payable as set
forth in the documentation governing such Debt, not including
any contingent obligation to repay, redeem or repurchase prior
to the regularly scheduled date for payment.
Subordinated Debt means any Debt of HGI or
any Guarantor which (i) is subordinated in right of payment
to the notes or the Note Guaranty, as applicable, pursuant to a
written agreement to that effect or (ii) is unsecured.
Subsidiary means with respect to any Person,
any corporation, association or other business entity of which
more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly
or indirectly, by, or, in the case of a partnership, the sole
general partner or the managing partner or the only general
partners of which are, such Person and one or more Subsidiaries
of such Person (or a combination thereof). Unless otherwise
specified, Subsidiary means a Subsidiary of HGI.
Total Assets means the total assets of HGI
and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the
most recent balance sheet of HGI.
U.S. Government Obligations means
obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured
by the United States of America or by any agent or
instrumentality thereof, provided that the full faith and
credit of the United States of America is pledged in support
thereof.
Voting Stock means, with respect to any
Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind ordinarily having the
power to vote for the election of directors, managers or other
voting members of the governing body of such Person.
Wholly Owned means, with respect to any
Subsidiary, a Subsidiary all of the outstanding Capital Stock of
which (other than any directors qualifying shares) is
owned by HGI and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries (or a
combination thereof).
U.S.
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
Subject to the limitations and qualifications set forth herein
(including Exhibit 8.1 hereto), this discussion is the
opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
LLP, our U.S. federal income tax counsel. The following is
a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax
considerations relevant to the exchange of initial notes for
exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer and the ownership
and disposition of exchange notes acquired by United States
Holders and
non-United
States Holders (each as defined below and collectively referred
to as Holders) pursuant to the exchange offer. This
discussion does not purport to be a complete analysis of all
potential tax effects. The discussion is based on the Code,
U.S. Treasury regulations issued thereunder (Treasury
Regulations), rulings and pronouncements of the Internal
Revenue Service (the
143
IRS) and judicial decisions in effect or in
existence as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are
subject to change at any time or to different interpretations.
Any such change may be applied retroactively in a manner that
could adversely affect a Holder and the continued validity of
this summary. This discussion does not address all of the
U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant
to a Holder in light of such Holders particular
circumstances (for example, United States Holders subject to the
alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code) or to Holders
subject to special rules, such as certain financial
institutions, U.S. expatriates, partnerships or other
pass-through entities, insurance companies, regulated investment
companies, real estate investment trusts, dealers in securities
or currencies, traders in securities, Holders whose functional
currency is not the U.S. dollar, tax-exempt organizations
and persons holding the initial notes or exchange notes
(collectively referred to as notes) as part of a
straddle, hedge, or conversion
transaction within the meaning of Section 1258 of the Code
or other integrated transaction within the meaning of Treasury
Regulations
Section 1.1275-6.
Moreover, the effect of any applicable state, local or foreign
tax laws, or U.S. federal gift and estate tax law is not
discussed. The discussion deals only with notes held as
capital assets within the meaning of
Section 1221 of the Code.
We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS
with respect to the matters discussed below. There can be no
assurance that the IRS will not take a different position
concerning the tax consequences of the exchange of initial notes
for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer and ownership
or disposition of the exchange notes acquired by Holders
pursuant to the exchange offer or that any such position would
not be sustained.
If an entity taxable as a partnership for U.S. federal
income tax purposes holds the notes, the U.S. federal
income tax treatment of a partner (or other owner) will depend
on the status of the partner (or other owner) and the activities
of the entity. Such partner (or other owner) should consult its
tax advisor as to the tax consequences of the entity purchasing,
owning and disposing of the notes.
Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors
with regard to the application of the tax consequences discussed
below to their particular situations as well as the application
of any state, local, foreign or other tax laws, including gift
and estate tax laws.
United
States Holders
This section applies to United States Holders. A
United States Holder is a beneficial owner of notes that is:
|
|
|
|
|
a citizen or resident alien of the United States as determined
for U.S. federal income tax purposes,
|
|
|
|
a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for
U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in
or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the
District of Columbia,
|
|
|
|
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal
income tax regardless of its source, or
|
|
|
|
a trust (i) if a court within the United States is able to
exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or
more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial
decisions of the trust, or (ii) that has a valid election
in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as
a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
|
Exchange
Offer
Exchanging an initial note for an exchange note will not be
treated as a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. Consequently, United States Holders will not recognize
gain or loss upon receipt of an exchange note. The holding
period for an exchange note will include the holding period for
the initial note and the initial basis in an exchange note will
be the same as the adjusted basis in the initial note.
Payments
upon Optional Redemption, Change of Control or Other
Circumstances
In certain circumstances we may be obligated to pay amounts in
excess of stated interest or principal on the exchange notes, or
to pay the full principal amount of some or all of the exchange
notes before their
144
stated maturity date. These features of the exchange notes may
implicate the provisions of the Treasury Regulations governing
contingent payment debt instruments. A debt
instrument is not subject to these provisions, however, if, at
the date of its issuance, there is only a remote
chance that contingencies affecting the instruments yield
to maturity will occur. We believe that the likelihood that we
will be obligated to make payments in amounts or at times that
affect the exchange notes yield to maturity is remote, and
we do not intend to treat the exchange notes as contingent
payment debt instruments. Our determination that these
contingencies are remote is binding on a United States Holder
unless such United States Holder discloses its contrary position
in the manner required by applicable Treasury Regulations. Our
determination is not, however, binding on the IRS, and if the
IRS were to challenge this determination, a United States Holder
might be required to accrue income on its exchange notes in
excess of stated interest and original issue discount otherwise
includible and to treat as ordinary income rather than as
capital gain any income realized on the taxable disposition of
an exchange note before the resolution of the contingencies. The
remainder of this summary assumes that the exchange notes will
not be subject to the Treasury Regulations governing contingent
payment debt instruments.
Interest
Absent an election to the contrary (see
Original Issue Discount Election
to treat all interest as original issue discount, below),
qualified stated interest (QSI) on the exchange
notes will be taxable to a United States Holder as ordinary
income at the time it is received or accrued, in accordance with
such United States Holders method of tax accounting. We
expect the regular interest payments made on the exchange notes
to be treated as QSI. An interest payment on a debt instrument
is QSI if it is one of a series of stated interest payments on a
debt instrument that are unconditionally payable at least
annually at a single fixed rate, applied to the outstanding
principal amount of the debt instrument.
Original
Issue Discount
Because the initial notes were issued with original issue
discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes
(OID), the exchange notes should be treated as
having been issued with OID. The following is a summary of the
OID rules and their application to the exchange notes.
A United States Holder will be required to include OID in gross
income (as ordinary income) for U.S. federal income tax
purposes as it accrues (regardless of its method of accounting
for U.S. federal income tax purposes), which may be in
advance of receipt of the cash attributable to that income. OID
accrues under the constant-yield method, based on a compounded
yield to maturity, as described below. Accordingly, a United
States Holder will be required to include in income increasingly
greater amounts of OID in successive accrual periods, unless the
accrual periods vary in length (as described below).
The amount of OID a United States Holder must include in income
each taxable year will equal the sum of the daily
portions of the OID with respect to an exchange note for
all days on which such holder owns the exchange note during the
taxable year. A United States Holder determines the daily
portions of OID by allocating to each day in an accrual
period the pro rata portion of the OID that is allocable
to that accrual period. The term accrual period
means an interval of time with respect to which the accrual of
OID is measured and which may vary in length over the term of an
exchange note provided that each accrual period is no longer
than one year and each scheduled payment of principal or
interest occurs on either the first or last day of an accrual
period.
The amount of OID allocable to an accrual period will be the
excess, if any, of:
|
|
|
|
|
the product of the adjusted issue price of the
exchange note at the beginning of the accrual period and its
yield to maturity, over
|
|
|
|
the aggregate amount of any QSI allocable to the accrual period.
|
All of the stated interest on the exchange notes should
constitute QSI. The adjusted issue price of an exchange note at
the beginning of the first accrual period is its issue price,
and, on any day thereafter, it is the sum of the issue price and
the amount of OID previously included in gross income, reduced
by the amount of
145
any payment (other than a payment of QSI) previously made on the
exchange note. If an interval between payments of QSI on an
exchange note contains more than one accrual period, then, when
a United States Holder determines the amount of OID allocable to
an accrual period, such holder must allocate the amount of QSI
payable at the end of the interval, including any QSI that is
payable on the first day of the accrual period immediately
following the interval, pro rata to each accrual period in the
interval based on their relative lengths. In addition, a United
States Holder must increase the adjusted issue price at the
beginning of each accrual period in the interval by the amount
of any QSI that has accrued prior to the first day of the
accrual period but that is not payable until the end of the
interval. If all accrual periods are of equal length except for
a shorter initial
and/or final
accrual period, a United States Holder can compute the amount of
OID allocable to the initial period using any reasonable method;
however, the OID allocable to the final accrual period will
always be the difference between the amount payable at maturity
(other than a payment of QSI) and the adjusted issue price at
the beginning of the final accrual period.
Election to treat all interest as original issue
discount. A United States Holder may elect to
include in gross income all interest that accrues on its
exchange note using the constant-yield method described above,
with the modifications described below.
If a United States Holder makes this election for its exchange
note, then, when such holder applies the constant-yield method:
|
|
|
|
|
the issue price of the exchange note will equal such
holders initial basis in the exchange note,
|
|
|
|
the issue date of the exchange note will be the date such holder
acquired the initial note, and
|
|
|
|
no payments on the exchange note will be treated as payments of
QSI.
|
This election will apply only to the exchange note for which
such election is made by a United States Holder; however, if the
exchange note has bond premium (described below under
Market Discount, Acquisition Premium and Bond
Premium Bond Premium), a United States Holder
will be deemed to have made an election to apply amortizable
bond premium against interest for all debt instruments with
amortizable bond premium (other than debt instruments the
interest on which is excludible from gross income) that such
holder holds at the beginning of the taxable year to which the
election applies or any taxable year thereafter. Additionally,
if a United States Holders makes this election for a market
discount note, such holder will be treated as having made the
election discussed below under Market
Discount, Acquisition Premium and Bond Premium
Market Discount to include market discount in income
currently over the life of all debt instruments that you hold at
the time of the election or acquire thereafter. A United States
Holder may not revoke an election to apply the constant-yield
method to all interest on an exchange note without the consent
of the IRS.
Market
Discount, Acquisition Premium and Bond Premium
Market Discount. If a United States Holder
purchased an initial note (which will be exchanged for an
exchange note pursuant to the exchange offer) for an amount that
is less than its revised issue price, the amount of
the difference should be treated as market discount for
U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any market discount
applicable to an initial note should carry over to the exchange
note received in exchange therefor. The amount of any market
discount will be treated as de minimis and disregarded if it is
less than one-quarter of one percent of the revised issue price
of the initial note, multiplied by the number of complete years
to maturity. For this purpose, the revised issue
price of an initial note equals the issue price of the
initial note, increased by the amount of any OID previously
accrued on the initial note (without regard to the amortization
of any acquisition premium). Although the Code does not
expressly so provide, the revised issue price of the initial
note is decreased by the amount of any payments previously made
on the initial note (other than payments of qualified stated
interest). The rules described below do not apply to a United
States Holder if such holder purchased an initial note that has
de minimis market discount.
Under the market discount rules, a United States Holder is
required to treat any principal payment on, or any gain on the
sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of, an exchange
note as ordinary income to the extent of any accrued market
discount (on the initial note or the exchange note) that has not
previously
146
been included in income. If a United States Holder disposes of
an exchange note in an otherwise nontaxable transaction (other
than certain specified nonrecognition transactions), such holder
will be required to include any accrued market discount as
ordinary income as if such holder had sold the exchange note at
its then fair market value. In addition, such holder may be
required to defer, until the maturity of the exchange note or
its earlier disposition in a taxable transaction, the deduction
of a portion of the interest expense on any indebtedness
incurred or continued to purchase or carry the initial note or
the exchange note received in exchange therefor.
Market discount accrues ratably during the period from the date
on which such holder acquired the initial note through the
maturity date of the exchange note (for which the initial note
was exchanged), unless such holder makes an irrevocable election
to accrue market discount under a constant yield method. Such
holder may elect to include market discount in income currently
as it accrues (either ratably or under the constant-yield
method), in which case the rule described above regarding
deferral of interest deductions will not apply. If such holder
elects to include market discount in income currently, such
holders adjusted basis in an exchange note will be
increased by any market discount included in income. An election
to include market discount currently will apply to all market
discount obligations acquired during or after the first taxable
year in which the election is made, and the election may not be
revoked without the consent of the IRS. If a United States
Holder makes the election described above in
Original Issue Discount Election
to treat all interest as OID for a market discount note,
such holder would be treated as having made an election to
include market discount in income currently under a constant
yield method, as discussed in this paragraph.
Acquisition Premium. If a United States Holder
purchased an initial note (which will be exchanged for an
exchange note pursuant to the exchange offer) for an amount that
is less than or equal to the sum of all amounts (other than
qualified stated interest) payable on the initial note after the
purchase date but is greater than the adjusted issue price of
such initial note, the excess is acquisition premium. Any
acquisition premium applicable to an initial note should carry
over to the exchange note received in exchange therefor. If such
holder does not elect to include all interest income on the
exchange notes in gross income under the constant yield method
(see Original Issue Discount above),
such holders accruals of OID will be reduced by a fraction
equal to (i) the excess of such holders adjusted
basis in the initial note immediately after the purchase over
the adjusted issue price of the initial note, divided by
(ii) the excess of the sum of all amounts payable (other
than qualified stated interest) on the initial note after the
purchase date over the adjusted issue price of the initial note.
Bond Premium. If a United States Holder
purchased an initial note (which will be exchanged for an
exchange note pursuant to the exchange offer) for an amount in
excess of its principal amount, the excess will be treated as
bond premium. Any bond premium applicable to an initial note
should carry over to the exchange note received in exchange
therefor. Such holder may elect to amortize bond premium over
the remaining term of the exchange note on a constant yield
method. In such case, such holder will reduce the amount
required to be included in income each year with respect to
interest on such holders exchange note by the amount of
amortizable bond premium allocable to that year. The election,
once made, is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS and
applies to all taxable bonds held during the taxable year for
which the election is made or subsequently acquired. If such
holder elected to amortize bond premium on an initial note, such
election should carry over to the exchange note received in
exchange therefor. If such holder does not make this election,
such holder will be required to include in gross income the full
amount of interest on the exchange note in accordance with such
holders regular method of tax accounting, and will include
the premium in such holders tax basis for the exchange
note for purposes of computing the amount of such holders
gain or loss recognized on the taxable disposition of the
exchange note. United States Holders should consult their own
tax advisors concerning the computation and amortization of any
bond premium on the exchange note.
Sale
or Other Taxable Disposition of the Exchange Notes
A United States Holder will recognize gain or loss on the sale,
exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of
an exchange note equal to the difference, if any, between the
amount realized upon the disposition (less any portion allocable
to any accrued and unpaid interest, which will be taxable as
ordinary
147
income to the extent not previously included in such
holders income) and the United States Holders
adjusted tax basis in the exchange note at the time of
disposition. A United States Holders adjusted tax basis in
an exchange note will be the price such holder paid for the
initial note, increased by any OID and market discount
previously included in gross income and reduced (but not below
zero) by amortized bond premium and payments, if any, such
holder previously received other than QSI payments. This gain or
loss will be a capital gain or loss (except to the extent of
accrued interest not previously includible in income or to the
extent the market discount rules require the recognition of
ordinary income) and will be long-term capital gain or loss if
the United States Holder has held the exchange note for more
than one year. Otherwise, such gain or loss will be a short-term
capital gain or loss. Long-term capital gains of noncorporate
United States Holders, including individuals, may be taxed at
lower rates than items of ordinary income. The deductibility of
capital losses is subject to limitations.
Medicare
Contribution Tax on Unearned Income
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, a 3.8%
Medicare tax will be imposed on the lesser of the net
investment income or the amount by which modified adjusted
gross income exceeds a threshold amount, in either case, of
United States Holders that are individuals, estates and trusts.
Net investment income includes, among other things, interest
income not derived from the conduct of a nonpassive trade or
business. Payments of interest and accruals of OID on the
exchange notes are expected to constitute net investment income.
Information
Reporting and Backup Withholding
Information reporting requirements will apply to United States
Holders that are not exempt recipients, such as corporations,
with respect to certain payments of interest on the exchange
notes, accruals of OID on the exchange notes and the proceeds of
disposition (including a retirement or redemption of an exchange
note). In addition, a United States Holder other than certain
exempt recipients may be subject to backup
withholding on the receipt of certain payments on the
exchange notes if such holder:
|
|
|
|
|
fails to provide a correct taxpayer identification number
(TIN), which for an individual is ordinarily his or
her social security number,
|
|
|
|
is notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding,
|
|
|
|
fails to certify, under penalties of perjury, that it has
furnished a correct TIN and that the IRS has not notified the
United States Holder that it is subject to backup
withholding, or
|
|
|
|
otherwise fails to comply with applicable requirements of the
backup withholding rules.
|
United States Holders should consult their own tax advisors
regarding their qualification for an exemption from backup
withholding and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption,
if applicable. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and
taxpayers may use amounts withheld as a credit against their
U.S. federal income tax liability or may claim a refund as
long as they timely provide certain information to the IRS.
Non-United
States Holders
This section applies to
non-United
States Holders. A
non-United
States Holder is a beneficial owner of notes that is not a
United States Holder and that is an individual, corporation (or
other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal
income tax purposes), estate or trust.
Exchange
Offer
Non-United
States Holders should not recognize gain or loss upon receipt of
an exchange note in exchange for an initial note pursuant to the
exchange offer.
148
Interest
Payments
Subject to the discussion below concerning effectively connected
income and backup withholding, interest paid to a
non-United
States Holder on an exchange note (which, for purposes of the
non-United
States Holder discussion, includes any accrued OID) will not be
subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax,
provided that such
non-United
States Holder meets the following requirements:
|
|
|
|
|
Such holder does not own, actually or constructively, for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, stock constituting 10% or
more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our
stock entitled to vote.
|
|
|
|
Such holder is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a
controlled foreign corporation related, directly or indirectly,
to us through equity ownership.
|
|
|
|
Such holder is not a bank receiving interest on an extension of
credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the
ordinary course of its trade or business.
|
|
|
|
Such holder provides a properly completed IRS
Form W-8BEN
certifying its
non-U.S. status.
|
The gross amount of payments of interest that do not qualify for
the exception from withholding described above will be subject
to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30%, unless
(i) such holder provides a properly completed IRS
Form W-8BEN
claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under an
applicable tax treaty, or (ii) such interest is effectively
connected with such holders conduct of a U.S. trade
or business and such holder provides a properly completed IRS
Form W-8ECI.
Sale
or Other Taxable Disposition of the Exchange Notes
Subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding, a
non-United
States Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income
tax or withholding tax on any gain recognized on the sale,
exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition of an
exchange note unless:
|
|
|
|
|
such holder is an individual present in the United States for
183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and
certain other conditions are met, in which case such holder will
be subject to a 30% tax (or a lower applicable treaty rate) with
respect to such gain (offset by certain U.S. source capital
losses), or
|
|
|
|
such gain is effectively connected with such holders
conduct of a trade or business in the United States, in
which case such holder will be subject to tax as described below
under Effectively Connected Income.
|
Any amounts in respect of accrued interest recognized on the
sale or exchange of an exchange note will not be subject to
U.S. federal withholding tax, unless the sale or exchange
is part of a plan the principal purpose of which is to avoid tax
and the withholding agent has actual knowledge or reason to know
of such plan.
Effectively
Connected Income
If interest or gain from a disposition of the exchange notes is
effectively connected with a
non-United States
Holders conduct of a U.S. trade or business, such
holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the
interest or gain on a net income basis in the same manner as if
such holder were a United States Holder, unless an
applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. The interest or
gain in respect of the exchange notes would be exempt from
U.S. withholding tax if such holder claims the exemption by
providing a properly completed IRS
Form W-8ECI.
In addition, if such holder is a foreign corporation, such
holder may also be subject to a branch profits tax on its
effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year,
subject to certain adjustments, at a rate of 30% unless reduced
or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty.
149
Information
Reporting and Backup Withholding
Unless certain exceptions apply, we must report to the IRS and
to a
non-United
States Holder any payments to such holder in respect of payments
of interest and accruals of OID during the taxable year. Under
current U.S. federal income tax law, backup withholding tax
will not apply to payments of interest by us or our paying agent
on an exchange note to a
non-United
States Holder, if such holder provides us with a properly
competed IRS
Form W-8BEN,
provided that we or our paying agent, as the case may be, do not
have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a
U.S. person.
Payments pursuant to the sale, exchange or other disposition of
exchange notes, made to or through a foreign office of a foreign
broker, other than payments in respect of interest, will not be
subject to information reporting and backup withholding;
provided that information reporting may apply if the foreign
broker has certain connections to the United States, unless the
beneficial owner of the exchange note certifies, under penalties
of perjury, that it is not a U.S. person, or otherwise
establishes an exemption. Payments made to or through a foreign
office of a U.S. broker will not be subject to backup
withholding, but are subject to information reporting unless the
beneficial owner of the exchange note certifies, under penalties
of perjury, that it is not a U.S. person, or otherwise
establishes an exemption. Payments to or through a
U.S. office of a broker, however, are subject to
information reporting and backup withholding, unless the
beneficial owner of the exchange notes certifies, under
penalties of perjury, that it is not a U.S. person, or
otherwise establishes an exemption.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax; any amounts
withheld from a payment to a
non-United States
Holder under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a
credit against such holders U.S. federal income tax
liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that
the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Non-United
States Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding
application of withholding and backup withholding in their
particular circumstance and the availability of and procedure
for obtaining an exemption from withholding and backup
withholding under current Treasury Regulations.
PLAN OF
DISTRIBUTION
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own
account pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for initial
notes acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market
making or other trading activities may be deemed to be an
underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act
and, therefore, must deliver a prospectus meeting the
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any
resales, offers to resell or other transfers of the exchange
notes received by it in connection with the exchange offer.
Accordingly, each such broker-dealer must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resale of such exchange
notes. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging
that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
underwriter within the meaning of the Securities
Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from
time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with
resales of exchange notes received in exchange for initial notes
where such initial notes were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities. We have
agreed that, for a period of 90 days after the expiration
of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus, as amended
or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in
connection with any such resale.
We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes
by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for
their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold
from time to time in one or more transactions in the
over-the-counter
market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of
options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods
of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at
prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated
prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to
or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in
the form of commissions or concessions from any such
broker-dealer
and/or the
purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that
resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own
account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer
that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may
be
150
deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of
the Securities Act and any profit of any such resale of exchange
notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such
persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the
Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by
acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a
prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it
is an underwriter within the meaning of the
Securities Act.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We file annual, quarterly and current reports and other
information with the SEC in accordance with the requirements of
the Exchange Act. You may read and copy any document we file
with the SEC at the SECs Public Reference Room,
100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.
Copies of these reports, proxy statements and information may be
obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section
of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E.,
Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on the operation of the Public Reference
Room. In addition, the SEC maintains a web site that contains
reports, proxy statements and other information regarding
registrants, such as us, that file electronically with the SEC.
The address of this web site is
http://www.sec.gov.
Anyone who receives a copy of this prospectus may obtain a copy
of the indenture without charge by writing to Harbinger Group
Inc., Attn.: Chief Financial Officer, 450 Park Avenue,
27th Floor, New York, NY 10022.
LEGAL
MATTERS
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, New
York, New York, will opine that the exchange notes are binding
obligations of the registrant.
EXPERTS
The consolidated balance sheet of HGI as of December 31,
2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
changes in equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash
flows for the year ended December 31, 2010, and the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2010, have been included in this registration
statement and prospectus in reliance upon the reports of KPMG
LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing
elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts
in accounting and auditing.
The consolidated balance sheet of HGI as of December 31,
2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
changes in equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash
flows for each of the two years in the period ended
December 31, 2009, included elsewhere in this prospectus,
have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP,
independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in
their report included elsewhere in this prospectus. Such
financial statements have been so included in reliance on the
report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in
accounting and auditing.
The consolidated statements of financial position of Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Inc. as of September 30, 2010 and 2009
(Successor Company), and the related consolidated statements of
operations, shareholders equity (deficit) and
comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the year ended
September 30, 2010, the period August 31, 2009 to
September 30, 2009 (Successor Company), the period
October 1, 2008 to August 30, 2009, and the year ended
September 30, 2008 (Predecessor Company), the financial
statement schedule II, and the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2010,
have been included in this registration statement and prospectus
in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent registered
public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the
authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
KPMG LLPs reports include an explanatory paragraph that
describes Spectrum Brands emergence from bankruptcy
protection on August 28, 2009 and adoption of fresh start
reporting on August 30, 2009, resulting in the Successor
Companys consolidated financial statements prior to
August 30, 2009 not being comparable
151
to its consolidated financial statements for periods on or
after August 30, 2009. KPMG LLPs reports also include
an explanatory paragraph that describes the Successor
Companys change to the measurement date of accounting for
pension and other post retirement on September 30, 2009.
The consolidated balance sheets of Fidelity & Guaranty
Life Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and
the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in
shareholders equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of
the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010,
have been included in this registration statement and prospectus
in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered
public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the
authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
The audit report covering these financial statements refers to a
change in the method of accounting for other-than-temporary
impairments in 2009 and for the fair value of financial
instruments in 2008.
152
INDEX TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Fiscal
Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
|
|
|
F-9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-30
|
|
|
|
|
F-31
|
|
|
|
|
F-32
|
|
|
|
|
F-33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-67
|
|
|
|
|
F-69
|
|
|
|
|
F-70
|
|
|
|
|
F-71
|
|
|
|
|
F-72
|
|
|
|
|
F-74
|
|
|
|
|
F-144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Fiscal
Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-145
|
|
|
|
|
F-146
|
|
|
|
|
F-147
|
|
|
|
|
F-148
|
|
|
|
|
F-150
|
|
|
|
|
F-151
|
|
F-1
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Harbinger Group Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of
Harbinger Group Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company)
as of December 31, 2010, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, changes in equity and comprehensive
income (loss), and cash flows for the year then ended. These
consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our
audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of the Company as of December 31, 2010, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for the year
then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
Companys internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 11, 2011
expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the
Companys internal control over financial reporting.
New York, New York
March 11, 2011
F-2
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Harbinger Group Inc.:
We have audited Harbinger Group Inc. and subsidiaries (the
Company) internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO). The Companys management is responsible
for maintaining effective internal control over financial
reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting, included in
Managements Report on Internal Control over Financial
Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
Companys internal control over financial reporting based
on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk
that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on
the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as
of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of
December 31, 2010, and the related consolidated statements
of operations, changes in equity and comprehensive income
(loss), and cash flows for the year then ended, and our report
dated March 11, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on
those consolidated financial statements.
New York, New York
March 11, 2011
F-3
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Harbinger Group Inc.
Rochester, NY
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of
Harbinger Group Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company)
as of December 31, 2009, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, changes in equity and comprehensive
income (loss), and cash flows for each of the two years in the
period ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Harbinger Group Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2009,
and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
each of the two years in the period ended December 31,
2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ Deloitte &
Touche LLP
Rochester, New York
February 26, 2010
F-4
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents (Note 3)
|
|
$
|
39,311
|
|
|
$
|
127,932
|
|
Short-term investments (Note 3)
|
|
|
71,688
|
|
|
|
15,952
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
799
|
|
|
|
530
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
111,798
|
|
|
|
144,414
|
|
Restricted cash (Notes 3 and 7)
|
|
|
360,133
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term investments (Note 3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,039
|
|
Property and equipment, net (Note 4)
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Debt issuance costs, net (Note 7)
|
|
|
11,395
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
471
|
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
483,934
|
|
|
$
|
152,883
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
2,728
|
|
|
$
|
593
|
|
Accrued and other current liabilities (Note 5)
|
|
|
7,414
|
|
|
|
1,874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
10,142
|
|
|
|
2,467
|
|
Long-term debt (Note 7)
|
|
|
345,146
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension liabilities (Note 12)
|
|
|
3,611
|
|
|
|
3,519
|
|
Other liabilities (Note 6)
|
|
|
709
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
359,608
|
|
|
|
7,086
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harbinger Group Inc. stockholders equity (Note 8):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $.01 par; 10,000,000 shares
authorized; none issued or outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.01 par; 500,000,000 shares authorized;
19,292,110 and 19,284,850 shares issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
193
|
|
Additional paid in capital
|
|
|
132,773
|
|
|
|
132,638
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
1,543
|
|
|
|
23,848
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (Note 12)
|
|
|
(10,210
|
)
|
|
|
(10,912
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Harbinger Group Inc. stockholders equity
|
|
|
124,299
|
|
|
|
145,767
|
|
Noncontrolling interest (Note 2)
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
124,326
|
|
|
|
145,797
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and equity
|
|
$
|
483,934
|
|
|
$
|
152,883
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative (Notes 11,12,13 and 14)
|
|
|
18,846
|
|
|
|
6,290
|
|
|
|
3,237
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
18,846
|
|
|
|
6,290
|
|
|
|
3,237
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(18,846
|
)
|
|
|
(6,290
|
)
|
|
|
(3,237
|
)
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense (Note 7)
|
|
|
(4,963
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
3,013
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
|
1,280
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income (expense)
|
|
|
(4,220
|
)
|
|
|
1,509
|
|
|
|
3,126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(23,066
|
)
|
|
|
(4,781
|
)
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes (Note 10)
|
|
|
758
|
|
|
|
(8,566
|
)
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(22,308
|
)
|
|
|
(13,347
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
Less: Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
$
|
(22,305
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13,344
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per common share basic and diluted
(Note 9)
|
|
$
|
(1.16
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.69
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
19,286
|
|
|
|
19,280
|
|
|
|
19,276
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
19,286
|
|
|
|
19,280
|
|
|
|
19,276
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(22,308
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13,347
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided
by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of debt discount
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
8,542
|
|
|
|
(148
|
)
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(362
|
)
|
|
|
(94
|
)
|
|
|
902
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
2,135
|
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
|
(88
|
)
|
Accrued and other current liabilities
|
|
|
5,540
|
|
|
|
829
|
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
Pension liabilities
|
|
|
794
|
|
|
|
910
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(391
|
)
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
|
|
|
(13,972
|
)
|
|
|
(2,694
|
)
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of investments
|
|
|
(176,191
|
)
|
|
|
(28,065
|
)
|
|
|
(302,064
|
)
|
Maturities of investments
|
|
|
128,494
|
|
|
|
16,039
|
|
|
|
305,118
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(143
|
)
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other investing activities
|
|
|
(134
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
|
|
|
(47,974
|
)
|
|
|
(12,068
|
)
|
|
|
3,054
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of debt
|
|
|
345,055
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash placed in escrow
|
|
|
(360,133
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt issuance costs
|
|
|
(11,618
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercised
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(26,675
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(88,621
|
)
|
|
|
(14,762
|
)
|
|
|
3,443
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
127,932
|
|
|
|
142,694
|
|
|
|
139,251
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
39,311
|
|
|
$
|
127,932
|
|
|
$
|
142,694
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the year for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
97
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-7
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Non-
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Held in
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
controlling
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
(Loss)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2008
|
|
|
24,709
|
|
|
$
|
247
|
|
|
$
|
164,250
|
|
|
$
|
37,204
|
|
|
$
|
(31,668
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,934
|
)
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
$
|
162,133
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13
|
)
|
Actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax effects
(Note 12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,273
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,273
|
)
|
|
|
(3,273
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,286
|
)
|
Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to the noncontrolling
interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive loss attributable to Harbinger Group,
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(3,285
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
24,709
|
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
|
164,250
|
|
|
|
37,192
|
|
|
|
(31,668
|
)
|
|
|
(11,207
|
)
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
158,847
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13,344
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(13,347
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13,347
|
)
|
Treasury stock retirement (Note 8)
|
|
|
(5,432
|
)
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
|
|
(31,614
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock option net exercises (Note 14)
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax effects
(Note 12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
Stock-based compensation (Note 14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13,052
|
)
|
Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to the noncontrolling
interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive loss attributable to Harbinger Group,
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(13,049
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
19,285
|
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
132,638
|
|
|
|
23,848
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,912
|
)
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
145,797
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22,305
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(22,308
|
)
|
|
$
|
(22,308
|
)
|
Stock options exercised (Note 14)
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax effects
(Note 12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
702
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
702
|
|
|
|
702
|
|
Stock-based compensation (Note 14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(21,606
|
)
|
Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to the noncontrolling
interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive loss attributable to Harbinger Group,
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(21,603
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
19,292
|
|
|
$
|
193
|
|
|
$
|
132,773
|
|
|
$
|
1,543
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(10,210
|
)
|
|
$
|
27
|
|
|
$
|
124,326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-8
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
Note 1.
|
Business
and Organization
|
Harbinger Group Inc. (HGI and, together with its
consolidated subsidiaries, the Company) is a holding
company with approximately $471.1 million in cash, cash
equivalents and investments (of which $360.1 was restricted
pending the completion of the Spectrum Brands Acquisition) at
December 31, 2010. The Companys principal focus is to
identify and evaluate business combinations or acquisitions of
businesses. The Company currently owns 98% of Zap.Com
Corporation (Zap.Com), a public shell company that
may seek assets or businesses to acquire. As discussed in
Notes 15 and 17, on January 7, 2011, the Company
acquired a controlling interest in Spectrum Brands Holdings,
Inc. (SB Holdings), a global branded consumer
products company.
As of December 31, 2010, Harbinger Capital Partners Master
Fund I, Ltd. (the Harbinger Master Fund),
Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (the Harbinger Global
Fund) and Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations
Fund, L.P. (Harbinger Special Situations Fund and
together with the Harbinger Master Fund and Harbinger Global
Fund, the Harbinger Parties or the Companys
Principal Stockholders) collectively owned 51.6% of
the Companys common stock. On January 7, 2011, the
Principal Stockholders ownership of the Company increased
to 93.3% from 51.6% as a result of the Companys
acquisition of a controlling interest in SB Holdings from the
Principal Stockholders as discussed in Notes 15 and 17.
|
|
Note 2.
|
Significant
Accounting Policies
|
Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
Harbinger Group Inc., its 98% owned subsidiary, Zap.Com, and
certain wholly-owned non-operating subsidiaries and are prepared
in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States of America (GAAP). All
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation. The noncontrolling interest component of total
equity represents the 2% share of Zap.Com not owned by the
Company.
The Company follows the accounting guidance which establishes
standards for reporting information about operating segments in
annual financial statements and related disclosures about
products and services, geographic areas and major customers. As
of December 31, 2010, the Company has determined that it
does not have any separately reportable operating segments.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
The Company principally invests its excess cash in
U.S. Government instruments. All highly liquid investments
with original maturities of three months or less are considered
to be cash equivalents.
Investments
A portion of the Companys investments are held in
U.S. Government instruments with maturities greater than
three months. As the Company has both the intent and the ability
to hold these securities to maturity, they are considered
held-to-maturity
investments. Such investments are recorded at original cost plus
accrued interest, which is included in Prepaid expenses
and other current assets.
Restricted
Cash
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had restricted cash
held in escrow under the terms of its 10.625% Senior
Secured Notes (the 10.625% Notes) issued on
November 15, 2010 (see Note 7). The restricted cash is
classified as a non-current asset since it relates to the
long-term debt. Such funds became unrestricted upon their
release from escrow on January 7, 2011 (see Note 17).
F-9
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated
depreciation. Major improvements which extend the lives of
existing property and equipment are capitalized. Expenditures
for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.
Upon retirement or disposal of assets, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from accounts and any
resulting gain or loss is recognized in the statement of
operations.
Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over an
estimated useful life of three years for furniture, fixtures and
equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the
lesser of the useful life of the improvement or the term of the
lease.
Debt
Issuance Costs and Original Issue Discount
Deferred debt issuance costs and original issue discount on debt
are amortized to interest expense using the effective interest
method.
Income
Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the
expected future tax consequences of temporary differences
between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and
liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in
which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax
assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion
of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or
all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The Company also applies the accounting guidance for uncertain
tax positions which prescribes a minimum recognition threshold a
tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the
financial statements. It also provides information on
derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and
penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and
transition. Accrued interest expense and penalties related to
uncertain tax positions are recorded in Benefit from
(provision for) income taxes.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Due to the inherent
uncertainty involved in making estimates, actual results in
future periods could differ from these estimates.
The Companys significant estimates which are susceptible
to change in the near term relate to (1) estimates of
reserves for litigation and environmental reserves (see
Note 11) (2) recognition of deferred tax assets and
related valuation allowances (see Note 10) and
(3) assumptions used in the actuarial valuations for
defined benefit plans (see Note 12).
Concentrations
of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to
concentrations of credit risk include the Companys cash,
cash equivalents and investments. These funds are currently
concentrated among three financial institutions; however, the
majority of the Companys unrestricted funds are invested
in U.S. Government Treasuries, backed by the full faith and
credit of the U.S. Government, which are held by these
financial institutions on behalf of the Company. The restricted
funds were held in a bank money market account at
December 31, 2010.
F-10
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Recently
Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
There are no recent accounting pronouncements that have not yet
been adopted that the Company believes may have a material
impact on its consolidated financial statements.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year financial
information to conform to the current year presentation.
Specifically, the Company reclassified Non-trade
receivables, which were not significant during the periods
presented, into Prepaid expenses and other current
assets in the consolidated balance sheets and reclassified
the related changes in the consolidated statements of cash flows.
|
|
Note 3.
|
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
|
The Company classifies its U.S. Treasury investments as
held-to-maturity,
unless original maturities are three months or less, and,
accordingly, their carrying amounts represent amortized cost,
which is original cost adjusted for the amortization of premiums
and discounts, plus accrued interest. The accrued interest
receivable is included in Prepaid expenses and other
current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance
sheets. The carrying amounts approximate fair value. The
carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Companys
financial instruments for which the disclosure of fair values is
required were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrecognized
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrecognized
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Treasury Bills
|
|
$
|
24,074
|
|
|
$
|
24,074
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
127,593
|
|
|
$
|
127,591
|
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
Treasury money market
|
|
|
426
|
|
|
|
426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
Checking accounts
|
|
|
14,811
|
|
|
|
14,811
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
39,311
|
|
|
$
|
39,311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
127,932
|
|
|
$
|
127,930
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Accrued interest classified as other current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash and cash equivalents, at cost
|
|
|
39,311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
127,932
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Treasury Bills and Notes
|
|
|
71,743
|
|
|
|
71,715
|
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
15,956
|
|
|
|
15,916
|
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term investments
|
|
|
71,743
|
|
|
$
|
71,715
|
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
15,956
|
|
|
$
|
15,916
|
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Accrued interest classified as other current assets
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term investments, at cost
|
|
|
71,688
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,952
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash in bank money market account
|
|
|
360,133
|
|
|
$
|
360,133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Treasury Notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,056
|
|
|
|
8,018
|
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,056
|
|
|
$
|
8,018
|
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Accrued interest classified as other current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term investments, at cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,039
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash, cash equivalents and investments
|
|
$
|
471,132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(28
|
)
|
|
$
|
151,923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(80
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-11
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Interest rates on the Companys U.S. Treasury Bills
classified as cash and cash equivalents had interest rates of
0.05% and 0.00% at December 31, 2010 and 2009,
respectively. As of December 31, 2010, the Companys
short-term investments had maturities up to approximately
11 months and had interest rates ranging from 0.1% to 0.3%.
As of December 31, 2009, the Companys short-term
investments had maturities up to approximately 10 months
with interest rates ranging from 0.38% to 0.62%. In addition, at
December 31, 2009, the Company had long-term investments
with maturities up to approximately 1.3 years with interest
rates ranging from 0.44% to 0.60%.
The Company expects that all of the gross unrecognized losses
aggregating $28,000 as of December 31, 2010 will not be
realized since the Company has the intent and ability to hold
its U.S. Treasury investments to maturity. All short-term
investments will mature in less than one year.
The Company estimates that the fair value of its long-term debt
is approximately $349,125,000 compared to its carrying value of
$345,146,000 at December 31, 2010. The fair value is based
on an indicative bid price for the 10.625% Notes as of
December 31, 2010.
See Note 12 with respect to fair value measurements of the
Companys pension plan assets.
|
|
Note 4.
|
Property
and Equipment
|
The components of property and equipment are as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
$
|
55
|
|
|
$
|
32
|
|
Equipment
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total property and equipment, at cost
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
(190
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
|
|
$
|
137
|
|
|
$
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 5.
|
Accrued
and Other Current Liabilities
|
Accrued and other current liabilities consist of the following
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Interest (Note 7)
|
|
$
|
4,648
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Employee compensation and benefits
|
|
|
1,351
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
356
|
|
|
|
578
|
|
Legal and environmental reserves (Note 11)
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
|
345
|
|
Professional fees
|
|
|
186
|
|
|
|
433
|
|
Franchise tax
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Pension accrual (Note 12)
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
Federal and state income taxes (Note 10)
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Other
|
|
|
269
|
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,414
|
|
|
$
|
1,874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-12
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
Note 6.
|
Other
Liabilities
|
Other liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Uncertain tax positions
|
|
$
|
366
|
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
Retirement agreement
|
|
|
323
|
|
|
|
333
|
|
Other
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
709
|
|
|
$
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.625% Senior
Secured Notes
On November 15, 2010, the Company issued $350 million
aggregate principal amount of 10.625% Senior Secured Notes
due November 15, 2015. The 10.625% Notes were sold
only to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to
Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and
to certain persons in offshore transactions in reliance on
Regulation S, but have future registration requirements.
The 10.625% Notes were issued at a price equal to 98.587%
of the principal amount thereof, with an original issue discount
(OID) aggregating $4,945,000. Interest on the
10.625% Notes is payable semi-annually, commencing on
May 15, 2011 and ending November 15, 2015. The
10.625% Notes, net of unamortized OID of $4,854,000, are
classified as Long-term debt in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010.
The net proceeds from issuance of the 10.625% Notes,
together with an amount equal to accrued interest and amortized
OID to April 7, 2011, were deposited into a segregated
escrow account pending the Companys acquisition (the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition) of a controlling
interest in the common stock of SB Holdings by March 31,
2011 (see Notes 15 and 17 for discussion of the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition). Such escrow balance is classified as
Restricted cash in the accompanying consolidated
balance sheet as of December 31, 2010. As disclosed in
Note 17, the escrow balance was subsequently released to
the Company on January 7, 2011 upon completion of the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the collateralization of the
10.625% Notes with a first priority lien on all of the
assets of the Company, including the SB Holdings common stock
acquired by it as well as all of the stock held by the Company
in its other subsidiaries and the Companys cash and
investment securities. The Company intends to use the net
proceeds from issuance of the 10.625% Notes for general
corporate purposes, which may include acquisitions and other
investments.
The Company has the option to redeem the 10.625% Notes
prior to May 15, 2013 at a redemption price equal to 100%
of the principal amount plus a make-whole premium and accrued
and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. At any time on or
after May 15, 2013, the Company may redeem some or all of
the 10.625% Notes at certain fixed redemption prices
expressed as percentages of the principal amount, plus accrued
and unpaid interest. At any time prior to November 15,
2013, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate
principal amount of the 10.625% Notes with net cash
proceeds received by the Company from certain equity offerings
at a price equal to 110.625% of the principal amount of the
10.625% Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest,
if any, to the date of redemption, provided that redemption
occurs within 90 days of the closing date of such equity
offering, and at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of
the 10.625% Notes remains outstanding immediately
thereafter.
The indenture governing the 10.625% Notes contains
covenants limiting, among other things, and subject to certain
qualifications and exceptions, the ability of HGI, and, in
certain cases, HGIs subsidiaries, to incur additional
indebtedness; create liens; engage in sale-leaseback
transactions; pay dividends or make distributions in respect of
capital stock; make certain restricted payments; sell assets;
engage in transactions with affiliates; or consolidate or merge
with, or sell substantially all of its assets to, another
person. HGI is also
F-13
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
required to maintain compliance with certain financial tests,
including minimum liquidity and collateral coverage ratios that
are based on the fair market value of the collateral, including
the shares of SB Holdings common stock owned by HGI, subsequent
to the collateralization on January 7, 2011. The Company
was in compliance with all of such applicable covenants as of
December 31, 2010.
The Company incurred $11.6 million of costs in connection
with its issuance of the 10.625% Notes. These costs are
classified as Debt issuance costs in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31,
2010 and, along with the OID, are being amortized to interest
expense utilizing the effective interest method over the term of
the 10.625% Notes.
On November 3, 2009, the Companys board of directors
and Principal Stockholders approved the merger (the
Reincorporation Merger) of Zapata Corporation
(Zapata), a Nevada corporation, with and into its
newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary, Harbinger Group Inc., a
Delaware corporation. The Principal Stockholders approved the
Reincorporation Merger by written consent in lieu of a meeting.
On December 23, 2009, the Company completed the
Reincorporation Merger and the Company effectively changed its
name to Harbinger Group Inc. and changed its domicile from the
State of Nevada to the State of Delaware. In connection with the
Reincorporation Merger, stockholders received one share of
common stock of Harbinger Group Inc. for each share of Zapata
common stock owned at the effective date of the Reincorporation
Merger.
Immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Reincorporation
Merger, the Companys authorized capital stock consisted of
1,600,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per
share, 14,400,000 shares of preference stock, par value
$0.01 per share and 132,000,000 shares of common stock, of
which 19,284,850 shares were outstanding and
5,432,080 shares were held in treasury. No preferred stock
or preference stock was issued or outstanding.
At the time of the Reincorporation Merger and at
December 31, 2010, the Companys authorized capital
stock consisted of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock and
500,000,000 shares of common stock. The board of directors
has the right to set the dividend, voting, conversion,
liquidation and other rights, as well as the qualifications,
limitations, and restrictions, with respect to the preferred
stock. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had
19,292,110 shares of common stock issued and outstanding,
with no shares held in treasury, and no preferred stock issued
or outstanding. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had
480,707,890 shares of common stock and
10,000,000 shares of preferred stock available for issuance.
On January 7, 2011, the Company issued the Harbinger
Parties 119,909,829 shares of its common stock in
connection with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition discussed in
Notes 15 and 17. Reflecting such share issuance, the
Company had 139,201,939 shares of common stock issued and
360,798,061 shares of common stock available for issuance
as of January 7, 2011.
|
|
Note 9.
|
Net
Loss Per Common Share
|
Net loss per common share basic is
computed by dividing Net loss attributable to Harbinger
Group Inc. by the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding. Net loss per common share
diluted in each of the years presented was the same as
Net loss per common share basic as the
Company reported a net loss and, therefore, the effect of all
potentially dilutive securities on the net loss would have been
anti-dilutive.
F-14
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table details the potential common shares excluded
from the calculation of Net loss per common
share diluted because the associated exercise
prices were greater than the average market price of the
Companys common stock, or because their impact would be
antidilutive due to the Companys net loss for the period
(in thousands, except per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Stock options
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
|
524
|
|
|
|
427
|
|
Weighted average exercise price per share
|
|
$
|
5.65
|
|
|
$
|
5.49
|
|
|
$
|
5.12
|
|
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes consisted of the
following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State
|
|
$
|
(9
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24
|
)
|
Federal
|
|
|
915
|
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
Federal
|
|
|
(148
|
)
|
|
|
(8,493
|
)
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes
|
|
$
|
758
|
|
|
$
|
(8,566
|
)
|
|
$
|
98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table reconciles the expected benefit from income
taxes for all periods computed using the U.S. Federal
statutory rate of 34% to the Benefit from (provision for)
income taxes as reflected in the consolidated statements
of operations (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Benefit at statutory rate
|
|
$
|
7,843
|
|
|
$
|
1,626
|
|
|
$
|
38
|
|
Net operating loss and credit carryforward limitations due to
ownership change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,376
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
|
|
|
(6,193
|
)
|
|
|
(2,794
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Non-deductible professional fees and advisory services
|
|
|
(1,515
|
)
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease (increase) in tax reserve
|
|
|
401
|
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
State income taxes, net of Federal benefit
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
Change in estimated liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
Effect of deferred rate change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes
|
|
$
|
758
|
|
|
$
|
(8,566
|
)
|
|
$
|
98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-15
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Temporary differences and tax credit carryforwards that gave
rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and
liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension liabilities
|
|
$
|
1,451
|
|
|
$
|
1,424
|
|
Capitalized transaction costs
|
|
|
1,549
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
Accruals not yet deductible
|
|
|
1,033
|
|
|
|
582
|
|
Net operating loss carryforward
|
|
|
4,978
|
|
|
|
635
|
|
Alternative minimum tax credit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,011
|
|
|
|
3,212
|
|
Less valuation allowance
|
|
|
(8,645
|
)
|
|
|
(2,698
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
366
|
|
|
|
514
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
366
|
|
|
$
|
514
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys net deferred tax assets are reflected in the
Companys consolidated balance sheets as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
$
|
26
|
|
|
$
|
119
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
366
|
|
|
$
|
514
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The 2009 Change of Control resulted in an ownership change under
Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the IRC). As a result, the
Companys ability to utilize pre-ownership change net
operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of
$3.3 million and alternative minimum tax (AMT)
credits of $6.6 million was eliminated. The
$3.3 million of NOL carryforwards included approximately
$0.3 million which has not been recognized for financial
statement purposes as they relate to benefits associated with
stock option exercises that have not reduced current taxes
payable.
The benefit from income taxes for the year ended
December 31, 2010 principally represents the restoration in
the 2010 first quarter of $732,000 of deferred tax assets
previously written off in connection with the 2009 Change in
Control in the third quarter of 2009 and a related reversal of
$35,000 of accrued interest and penalties on uncertain tax
positions. These deferred tax assets relate to net operating
loss carryforwards which are realizable to the extent the
Company settles its uncertain tax positions for which it had
previously recorded $732,000 of reserves and $35,000 of related
accrued interest and penalties. As a result, the final
resolution of these uncertain tax positions will have no net
effect on the Companys future provision for (or benefit
from) income taxes.
The Company has $14.3 million of post-ownership change NOL
carryforwards. However, in accordance with the accounting for
stock-based compensation, approximately $76,000 of these
carryforwards have not been recognized for financial statement
purposes as they relate to benefits associated with stock option
exercises that have not reduced current taxes payable. Equity
will be increased by $27,000 if and when such
F-16
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
deferred tax assets are ultimately realized. The Company uses
the ordering model prescribed by the liability method of
accounting for income taxes when determining when excess tax
benefits have been realized.
The Companys ability to utilize its NOL carryforward tax
benefits is dependent on future taxable income. NOL
carryforwards have a
20-year
carry-forward period and will begin expiring in 2029.
Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when,
in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that
some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for
the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of
enactment. Cumulative losses weigh heavily in the overall
assessment of the need for a valuation allowance. As a result of
its cumulative losses in recent years, the Company determined
that a valuation allowance was required for substantially all of
its deferred tax assets. Consequently, the Companys
valuation allowance increased from $2.7 million as of
December 31, 2009 to $8.6 million as of
December 31, 2010.
The Company also applies the accounting guidance for uncertain
tax positions which prescribes a minimum recognition threshold a
tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the
financial statements. Unrecognized tax benefits were
approximately $366,000 and $732,000 as of December 31, 2010
and 2009, respectively, which are classified as Other
liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance
sheets. The reversal of these benefits will not affect the
Companys effective tax rate when recognized. The Company
expects that the full amount of unrecognized tax benefits will
reverse during the next 12 months. The following is a
roll-forward of the Companys total uncertain tax positions
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
|
|
|
|
|
Additions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
Settlements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
|
|
|
|
|
Additions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
Settlements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
|
|
|
|
|
Additions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
|
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
(366
|
)
|
Settlements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
366
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued interest expense and penalties, if any, related to the
above uncertain tax positions are recorded in Benefit from
(provision for) income taxes. For the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the amount of interest
expense and penalties (reversal) was $(35,000), $19,000 and
$16,000, respectively. The Company files federal and state
consolidated income tax returns and is subject to income tax
examinations for years after 2006. The Company currently has no
federal or state tax returns under examination.
If the Company has another change of ownership under
section 382 of the IRC, utilization of NOL carryforward tax
benefits could be significantly limited or possibly eliminated.
An ownership change for this purpose is generally a change in
the majority ownership of a company over a three-year period.
F-17
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Section 541 of the IRC subjects a corporation that is a
personal holding company (PHC), as
defined in the IRC, to a 15% tax on undistributed personal
holding company income in addition to the
corporations normal income tax. Generally, undistributed
PHC income is based on taxable income, subject to certain
adjustments, most notably a reduction for Federal income taxes.
Personal holding company income is comprised primarily of
passive investment income plus, under certain circumstances,
personal service income. A corporation is generally considered
to be a personal holding company if (1) 60% or more of its
adjusted ordinary gross income is personal holding company
income and (2) 50% or more of its outstanding common stock
is owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals
at any time during the last half of the taxable year.
Subsequent to the 2009 Change of Control, the Company may
continue to qualify as a PHC. For 2010, the Company did not
incur a PHC tax as it had a net operating loss for the year
ended December 31, 2010. If it is determined that five or
fewer individuals hold more than 50% in value of the
Companys outstanding common stock during the second half
of future tax years, it is possible that the Company could have
at least 60% of adjusted ordinary gross income consist of PHC
income as discussed above. Thus, there can be no assurance that
the Company will not be subject to this tax in the future,
which, in turn, may materially and adversely impact the
Companys financial position, results of operations and
cash flows. In addition, if the Company is subject to this tax
in future periods, statutory tax rate increases could
significantly increase its tax expense and adversely affect its
consolidated operating results and cash flows. Specifically, the
current 15% tax rate on undistributed PHC income is scheduled to
expire as of December 31, 2012, after which the rate will
revert back to the highest individual ordinary income rate of
39.6%.
|
|
Note 11.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Lease
Commitments
Future annual minimum payments under non-cancelable operating
lease obligations as of December 31, 2010 are approximately
$208,000 in each of the years ending December 31, 2011 and
2012. Rental expense for leases was $139,000, $69,000 and
$76,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008, respectively.
Legal
and Environmental Matters
In 2004, Utica Mutual Insurance Company (Utica
Mutual) commenced an action against the Company in the
Supreme Court for the County of Oneida, State of New York,
seeking reimbursement under a general agreement of indemnity
entered into by the Company in the late 1970s. Based upon the
discovery to date, Utica Mutual is seeking reimbursement for
payments it claims to have made under (1) a workers
compensation bond and (2) certain reclamation bonds which
were issued to certain former subsidiaries and are alleged by
Utica Mutual to be covered by the general agreement of
indemnity. While the precise amount of Utica Mutuals claim
is unclear, it appears it is claiming approximately
$0.5 million, including approximately $0.2 million
relating to the workers compensation bond and approximately
$0.3 million relating to the reclamation bonds.
In 2005, the Company was notified by Weatherford International
Inc. (Weatherford) of a claim for reimbursement of
approximately $0.2 million in connection with the
investigation and cleanup of purported environmental
contamination at two properties formerly owned by a
non-operating subsidiary of the Company. The claim was made
under an indemnification provision provided by the Company to
Weatherford in a 1995 asset purchase agreement and relates to
alleged environmental contamination that purportedly existed on
the properties prior to the date of the sale. Weatherford has
also advised the Company that Weatherford anticipates that
further remediation and cleanup may be required, although
Weatherford has not provided any information regarding the cost
of any such future clean up. The Company has challenged any
responsibility to indemnify
F-18
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Weatherford. The Company believes that it has meritorious
defenses to the claim, including that the alleged contamination
occurred after the sale of the property, and intends to
vigorously defend against it.
In December 2010, a derivative action was filed by Alan R. Kahn
in the Delaware Court of Chancery alleging that the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition was financially unfair to HGI and its public
stockholders. See Note 15 for additional information
regarding this litigation.
In addition to the matters described above, the Company is
involved in other litigation and claims incidental to its
current and prior businesses. These include multiple complaints
in Mississippi and Louisiana state courts and in a federal
multi-district litigation alleging injury from exposure to
asbestos on offshore drilling rigs and shipping vessels formerly
owned or operated by the Companys offshore drilling and
bulk-shipping affiliates.
The Company has aggregate reserves for its legal and
environmental matters of approximately $0.3 million at both
December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 which reserves
relate primarily to the Utica Mutual and Weatherford claims
described above. However, based on currently available
information, including legal defenses available to the Company,
and given the aforementioned reserves and related insurance
coverage, the Company does not believe that the outcome of these
legal and environmental matters will have a material effect on
its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Guarantees
Throughout its history, the Company has entered into
indemnifications in the ordinary course of business with
customers, suppliers, service providers, business partners and,
in certain instances, when it sold businesses. Additionally, the
Company has indemnified its directors and officers who are, or
were, serving at the request of the Company in such capacities.
Although the specific terms or number of such arrangements is
not precisely known due to the extensive history of past
operations, costs incurred to settle claims related to these
indemnifications have not been material to the Companys
financial statements. The Company has no reason to believe that
future costs to settle claims related to its former operations
will have a material impact on its financial position, results
of operations or cash flows.
|
|
Note 12.
|
Defined
Benefit Plans
|
General
The Company has a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan
(the Pension Plan) covering certain current and
former U.S. employees. During 2006, the Pension Plan was
frozen which caused all existing participants to become fully
vested in their benefits.
Additionally, the Company has an unfunded supplemental pension
plan (the Supplemental Plan) which provides
supplemental retirement payments to certain former senior
executives of the Company. The amounts of such payments equal
the difference between the amounts received under the Pension
Plan and the amounts that would otherwise be received if Pension
Plan payments were not reduced as the result of the limitations
upon compensation and benefits imposed by Federal law. Effective
December 1994, the Supplemental Plan was frozen.
F-19
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Consolidated
Obligations and Funded Status (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Change in Benefit Obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
18,504
|
|
|
$
|
17,034
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
1,006
|
|
|
|
1,101
|
|
Actuarial loss
|
|
|
794
|
|
|
|
1,835
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(1,621
|
)
|
|
|
(1,466
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation at end of year
|
|
|
18,683
|
|
|
|
18,504
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Plan Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan assets at fair value at beginning of year
|
|
|
14,881
|
|
|
|
14,026
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
1,608
|
|
|
|
2,217
|
|
Company contributions
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(1,621
|
)
|
|
|
(1,466
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan assets at fair value at end of year
|
|
|
14,974
|
|
|
|
14,881
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded Status of Plans
|
|
$
|
(3,709
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,623
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets Consist
of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued and other current liabilities
|
|
$
|
(98
|
)
|
|
$
|
(104
|
)
|
Pension liabilities
|
|
|
(3,611
|
)
|
|
|
(3,519
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amount recognized
|
|
$
|
(3,709
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,623
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss
consisted of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net actuarial loss
|
|
$
|
(16,948
|
)
|
|
$
|
(17,650
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amount recognized
|
|
|
(16,948
|
)
|
|
|
(17,650
|
)
|
Cumulative deferred tax effects
|
|
|
6,738
|
|
|
|
6,738
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
$
|
(10,210
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,912
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components
of net periodic benefit cost (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
1,006
|
|
|
|
1,101
|
|
|
|
1,091
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(1,029
|
)
|
|
|
(968
|
)
|
|
|
(1,517
|
)
|
Amortization of actuarial loss
|
|
|
918
|
|
|
|
881
|
|
|
|
548
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic pension cost
|
|
$
|
895
|
|
|
$
|
1,014
|
|
|
$
|
122
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company expects to recognize approximately $0.9 million
in pension expense during 2011. This amount is comprised of
approximately $0.9 million of net actuarial losses, which
will be amortized out of accumulated other comprehensive loss
and included as a component of net periodic benefit cost,
approximately $1.0 million of interest and service costs,
offset by approximately $1.0 million of expected return on
plan assets.
F-20
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Components
of actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax
effects
The components of Actuarial adjustments to pension plans,
net of tax effects included in Comprehensive Income
(Loss) reported in the accompanying Consolidated
Statements of Changes in Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net actuarial loss arising during the year
|
|
$
|
(216
|
)
|
|
$
|
(586
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,607
|
)
|
Amortization of unrecognized net actuarial loss to net periodic
benefit cost
|
|
|
918
|
|
|
|
881
|
|
|
|
548
|
|
Deferred tax benefit (provision)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,786
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial adjustments to pension plans, net of tax effects
|
|
$
|
702
|
|
|
$
|
295
|
|
|
$
|
(3,273
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension
Plan Information
The accumulated benefit obligation for the Pension Plan was
$17.9 million and $17.7 million at December 31,
2010 and 2009, respectively. The fair value of the Pension Plan
assets was $15.0 million and $14.9 million at
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.14
|
%
|
|
|
5.66
|
%
|
|
|
6.75
|
%
|
Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.66
|
%
|
|
|
6.75
|
%
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
Expected long-term return on plan assets
|
|
|
7.25
|
%
|
|
|
7.25
|
%
|
|
|
7.75
|
%
|
The Company is responsible for establishing objectives and
policies for the investment of Pension Plan assets with
assistance from the Pension Plans investment consultant.
As the obligations are relatively long-term in nature, the
investment strategy has been to maximize long-term capital
appreciation. The Pension Plan has historically invested within
and among equity and fixed income asset classes in a manner that
sought to achieve the highest rate of return consistent with a
moderate amount of volatility. At the same time, the Pension
Plan maintained a sufficient amount invested in highly liquid
investments to meet immediate and projected cash flow needs. To
achieve these objectives, the Company developed guidelines for
the composition of investments to be held by the Pension Plan.
Due to varying rates of return among asset classes, the actual
asset mix may vary somewhat from these guidelines but are
generally rebalanced as soon as practical.
Pension Plan Assets. Asset allocations and
target asset allocations by asset category are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
Plan Investment Allocation Guidelines
|
Asset Category
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Min
|
|
Target
|
|
Max
|
|
Domestic equity securities
|
|
|
52
|
%
|
|
|
53
|
%
|
|
|
28
|
%
|
|
|
45
|
%
|
|
|
75
|
%
|
International equity securities
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
Fixed income
|
|
|
38
|
%
|
|
|
36
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, no plan assets were
invested in the Companys common stock.
F-21
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
For 2010, the Company assumed a long-term asset rate of return
of 7.25%. In developing this rate of return assumption, the
Company evaluated historical returns and asset class return
expectations based on the Pension Plans current asset
allocation. Despite the Companys belief that this
assumption is reasonable, future actual results may differ from
this estimate.
Fair value measurements for the Pension Plans assets at
December 31, 2010 and 2009 are summarized below (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements(1)
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Asset Category
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Domestic equity securities
|
|
$
|
7,788
|
|
|
$
|
7,878
|
|
International equity securities
|
|
|
1,502
|
|
|
|
1,601
|
|
Fixed income
|
|
|
5,684
|
|
|
|
5,402
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
14,974
|
|
|
$
|
14,881
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
All Pension Plan investments are invested in and among equity
and fixed income asset classes through collective trusts. Each
collective trusts valuation is based on its calculation of
net asset value per share reflecting the fair value of its
underlying investments. Since each of these collective trusts
allows redemptions at net asset value per share at the
measurement date, its valuation is categorized as a Level 2
fair value measurement. |
Contributions. Based on the currently enacted
minimum pension plan funding requirements, the Company expects
to make contributions during 2011 totaling approximately
$0.4 million.
Estimated Future Benefit Payments. The
following benefit payments are expected to be paid (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
1,353
|
|
2012
|
|
|
1,344
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,345
|
|
2014
|
|
|
1,364
|
|
2015
|
|
|
1,339
|
|
Years
2016-2020
|
|
|
6,684
|
|
Supplemental
Plan Information
The accumulated benefit obligation for the Supplemental Plan was
$0.8 million and $0.8 million at December 31,
2010 and 2009, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
4.38
|
%
|
|
|
5.66
|
%
|
|
|
6.75
|
%
|
Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.66
|
%
|
|
|
6.75
|
%
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
Supplemental Plan Assets. The Supplemental
Plan is unfunded and has no assets.
F-22
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Contributions. The Company plans to make no
contributions to its Supplemental Plan in 2011 as the
Supplemental Plan is an unfunded plan. Estimated future benefit
payments will be made by the Company in accordance with the
schedule below.
Estimated Future Benefit Payments. The
following benefit payments are expected to be paid:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
98
|
|
2012
|
|
|
97
|
|
2013
|
|
|
92
|
|
2014
|
|
|
87
|
|
2015
|
|
|
81
|
|
Years
2016-2020
|
|
|
314
|
|
|
|
Note 13.
|
Defined
Contribution Plan
|
The Company has a 401(k) Plan (the 401(k) Plan) in
which eligible participants may defer a fixed amount or a
percentage of their eligible compensation, subject to
limitations. The Company makes a discretionary matching
contribution of up to 4% of eligible compensation. The Company
recognized expenses for contributions to the 401(k) Plan of
approximately $33,000, $28,000 and $25,000 in 2010, 2009 and
2008 respectively.
|
|
Note 14.
|
Stock-Based
Compensation
|
The consolidated statements of operations for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 included $114,000, $2,000
and $0, respectively, of share-based compensation costs,
included in General and administrative. The total
income tax benefit recognized in the consolidated statements of
operations for share-based compensation arrangements was $0,
$1,000 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009
and 2008, respectively.
On December 5, 1996, the Companys stockholders
approved a long-term incentive plan (the 1996 Plan).
The 1996 Plan provides for the granting of restricted stock,
stock appreciation rights, stock options and other types of
awards to key employees of the Company. Under the 1996 Plan,
options may be granted at prices equivalent to the market value
of the common stock on the date of grant. Options become
exercisable in one or more installments on such dates as the
Company may determine. Unexercised options will expire on
varying dates up to a maximum of ten years from the date of
grant. All options granted vest ratably over three years
beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant. The
1996 Plan, as amended, provides for the issuance of options to
purchase up to 8,000,000 shares of common stock. At
December 31, 2010, stock options covering a total of
1,652,412 shares had been exercised and a total of
5,852,808 shares of common stock are available for future
stock options or other awards under the Plan. As of
December 31, 2010, there were options for the purchase of
up to 494,780 shares of common stock outstanding under the
1996 Plan. No restricted stock, stock appreciation rights or
other types of awards have been granted under the 1996 Plan.
In May 2002, the Companys stockholders approved specific
stock option grants of 8,000 options to each of the six
non-employee directors of the Company. These grants had been
approved by the board of directors and awarded by the Company in
March 2002, subject to stockholder approval. These grants are
non-qualified options with a ten year life and became
exercisable in cumulative one-third installments vesting
annually beginning on the first anniversary of the date of
grant. As of December 31, 2010, there were options for the
purchase of up to 8,000 shares outstanding under these
grants.
F-23
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
In 2010 and 2009, stock options for 10,000 and
125,000 shares were granted with grant date fair values of
$2.35 and $2.63 per share, respectively. There were no stock
options granted in 2008. The following assumptions were used in
the determination of these grant date fair values using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
|
3.1
|
%
|
Assumed dividend yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected option term
|
|
|
6 years
|
|
|
|
6 years
|
|
Volatility
|
|
|
32.0
|
%
|
|
|
32.6
|
%
|
A summary of the Companys stock option activity as of
December 31, 2010, and changes during the year then ended,
is presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Value (in
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Team
|
|
|
thousands)
|
|
|
Outstanding at January 1, 2010
|
|
|
524,040
|
|
|
$
|
5.49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
$
|
6.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(7,260
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited or expired
|
|
|
(24,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
3.33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
502,780
|
|
|
$
|
5.65
|
|
|
|
4.0 years
|
|
|
$
|
515
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
409,447
|
|
|
$
|
5.35
|
|
|
|
2.8 years
|
|
|
$
|
515
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested or expected to vest at December 31,
|
|
|
502,780
|
|
|
$
|
5.65
|
|
|
|
4.0 years
|
|
|
$
|
515
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the
years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $21,000,
$61,000 and $0, respectively. In connection with these
exercises, the Company remitted $7,000, $0 and $0 for the
payment of withholding taxes during the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The stock
options exercised during 2009 were net exercises,
pursuant to which the optionee received shares of common stock
equal to the intrinsic value of the options (fair market value
of common stock on date of exercise less exercise price) reduced
by any applicable withholding taxes. The Company issued
approximately 7,000, 8,000 and 0 shares of common stock
during 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, related to these
exercises.
As of December 31, 2010, there was approximately
$0.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost
related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements. That
cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period
of 2.0 years.
|
|
Note 15.
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
Effective March 1, 2010, the Company entered into a
management agreement with Harbinger Capital Partners LLC
(Harbinger Capital), an affiliate of the Company,
whereby Harbinger Capital may provide advisory and consulting
services to the Company. The Company has agreed to reimburse
Harbinger Capital for its
out-of-pocket
expenses and the cost of certain services performed by legal and
accounting personnel of Harbinger Capital under the agreement.
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company did not
incur any costs related to this agreement.
On September 10, 2010, the Company entered into a
Contribution and Exchange Agreement (as amended, the
Exchange Agreement) with the Harbinger Parties,
whereby the Harbinger Parties agreed to contribute a
F-24
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
majority interest in SB Holdings to the Company in the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition in exchange for 4.32 shares of the
Companys common stock for each share of SB Holdings common
stock contributed to the Company. The exchange ratio of 4.32 to
1.00 was based on the respective volume weighted average trading
prices of the Companys common stock ($6.33) and SB
Holdings common stock ($27.36) on the New York Stock Exchange
(NYSE) for the 30 trading days from and including
July 2, 2010 to and including August 13, 2010, the day
the Company received the Harbinger Parties proposal for
the Spectrum Brands Acquisition.
The Harbinger Parties are the Companys Principal
Stockholders and are affiliates of Harbinger Capital. As of
December 31, 2010, the Harbinger Parties owned
9,950,061 shares of the Companys common stock, or
approximately 51.6% of the outstanding common stock of the
Company, and 34,256,905 shares of SB Holdings common stock.
SB Holdings is a global branded consumer products company and a
leading supplier of batteries, shaving and grooming products,
personal care products, small household appliances, specialty
pet supplies, lawn & garden and home pest control
products, personal insect repellents and portable lighting.
Included in its portfolio of brands are
Rayovac®,
Remington®,
Varta®,
George Foreman
®,
Black&Decker
Home®,
Toastmaster®,
Tetra®,
Marineland®,
Natures
Miracle®,
Dingo®,
8-in-1
®,
Littermaid®,
Spectracide®,
Cutter®,
Repel®,
and
HotShot®.
SB Holdings reported net sales of $2.6 billion for its most
recent fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, which if
adjusted for the pro forma full year effect of a significant
acquisition made by it in June 2010, would have been
$3.1 billion.
On September 10, 2010, a special committee of the
Companys board of directors (the Spectrum Special
Committee), consisting solely of directors who were
determined by the Companys board of directors to be
independent under the NYSE rules, unanimously determined that
the Exchange Agreement and the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, were
advisable to, and in the best interests of, the Company and its
stockholders (other than the Harbinger Parties), approved the
Exchange Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby,
and recommended that the Companys board of directors
approve the Exchange Agreement and the Companys
stockholders approve the issuance of the Companys common
stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement. On September 10,
2010, the Companys board of directors (based in part on
the unanimous approval and recommendation of the Spectrum
Special Committee) unanimously determined that the Exchange
Agreement and the Spectrum Brands Acquisition were advisable to,
and in the best interests of, the Company and its stockholders
(other than the Harbinger Parties), approved the Exchange
Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, and
recommended that the Companys stockholders approve the
issuance of its common stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.
On September 10, 2010, the Harbinger Parties, who held a
majority of the Companys outstanding common stock on that
date, approved the issuance of the Companys common stock
pursuant to the Exchange Agreement by written consent in lieu of
a meeting pursuant to Section 228 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
The Company, as a nominal defendant, and the members of its
board of directors are named as defendants in a derivative
action filed in December 2010 in the Delaware Court of Chancery.
The plaintiff alleges that the Spectrum Brands Acquisition is
financially unfair to the Company and its public stockholders
and seeks unspecified damages and rescission of the transaction.
The Company believes the allegations are without merit and
intends to vigorously defend this matter.
As discussed in Note 17, on January 7, 2010, the
Company completed the Spectrum Brands Acquisition pursuant to
the Exchange Agreement.
F-25
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
Note 16.
|
Quarterly
Financial Data (Unaudited)
|
The following table presents certain unaudited consolidated
operating results for each of the Companys preceding eight
quarters (in thousands, except per share data). The Company
believes that the following information includes all adjustments
(consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, except as
disclosed in Notes 2 and 3 to the table) necessary for a
fair presentation in accordance with GAAP. The operating results
for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results
for any other period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
September 30,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2010(2)
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(3,738
|
)
|
|
|
(3,335
|
)
|
|
|
(7,803
|
)
|
|
|
(3,970
|
)
|
Net loss attributable to Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
|
(2,702
|
)
|
|
|
(3,159
|
)
|
|
|
(7,744
|
)
|
|
|
(8,700
|
)
|
Net loss per common share basic and diluted(1)
|
|
|
(0.14
|
)
|
|
|
(0.16
|
)
|
|
|
(0.40
|
)
|
|
|
(0.45
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
September 30,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2009(2)
|
|
2009(3)
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(1,200
|
)
|
|
|
(1,173
|
)
|
|
|
(1,401
|
)
|
|
|
(2,516
|
)
|
Net loss attributable to Harbinger Group Inc.
|
|
|
(727
|
)
|
|
|
(462
|
)
|
|
|
(8,498
|
)
|
|
|
(3,657
|
)
|
Net loss per common share basic and diluted(1)
|
|
|
(0.04
|
)
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
|
(0.44
|
)
|
|
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Net loss per common share has been computed
independently for each quarter based upon the weighted average
shares outstanding for that quarter. Therefore, the sum of the
quarterly amounts may not equal the reported annual amounts. |
|
(2) |
|
During the third quarter of 2009 as a result of the 2009 Change
of Control, the Company wrote off approximately
$8.2 million of net operating loss carryforward tax
benefits and alternative minimum tax credits in accordance with
Sections 382 and 383 of the IRC. Approximately
$7.9 million of this write off impacted the income tax
provision as $0.3 million of the $8.2 million had not
been recognized for financial statement purposes as they related
to benefits associated with stock option exercises that had not
reduced current taxes payable. During the first quarter 2010,
the Company recorded a benefit from income taxes of
$0.8 million which represents the restoration of deferred
tax assets previously written off in connection with the 2009
Change in Control referred to above and a related reversal of
accrued interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions. See
Note 10. |
|
(3) |
|
Due to tax law changes enacted during the fourth quarter of
2009, the Company was able to re-establish approximately
$0.5 million of AMT credits previously written off during
the third quarter of 2009. However during the fourth quarter of
2009, the Company increased its valuation allowance on all
deferred tax assets other than refundable AMT credits by
approximately $2.8 million. See Note 10. |
F-26
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 17. Subsequent
Events
The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date when
the financial statements were issued. During this period, the
Company did not have any material recognizable subsequent
events; however the Company did have unrecognized subsequent
events as described below:
On January 7, 2011, the Company completed the Spectrum
Brands Acquisition pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and issued
an aggregate of 119,909,829 shares of its common stock to
the Harbinger Parties in exchange for an aggregate of
27,756,905 shares of common stock (the SB Holdings
Contributed Shares) of SB Holdings, or approximately 54.5%
of the outstanding SB Holdings common stock.
As of the date of its completion, the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition resulted in the following: (i) SB Holdings
became the Companys majority-owned subsidiary and its
results will be consolidated with the Companys results in
the Companys financial statements in accordance with the
accounting guidance discussed below; (ii) the Harbinger
Parties together owned 129,859,890 shares, or approximately
93.3%, of the Companys outstanding common stock;
(iii) the Harbinger Parties owned approximately 12.8% of
the outstanding shares of SB Holdings common stock; and
(iv) the remaining 32.7% of the outstanding SB Holdings
common stock continued to be owned by stockholders of SB
Holdings who are not affiliated with the Harbinger Parties. SB
Holdings common stock continues to be traded on the NYSE under
the symbol SPB.
The issuance of shares of the Companys common stock to the
Harbinger Parties pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and the
acquisition by the Company of the SB Holdings Contributed Shares
were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the Securities Act). These shares are restricted
securities under the Securities Act. The Company may not be able
to sell the SB Holdings Contributed Shares and the Harbinger
Parties may not be able to sell their shares of the
Companys common stock acquired pursuant to the Exchange
Agreement except pursuant to: (i) an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act covering the resale of those
shares, (ii) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which
requires a specified holding period and limits the manner and
volume of sales, or (iii) any other applicable exemption
under the Securities Act.
Immediately prior to the consummation of the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition, the Harbinger Parties (or Parent) held
the controlling financial interests in both the Company and SB
Holdings. As a result, the Spectrum Brands Acquisition is
considered a transaction between entities under common control
under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805,
Business Combinations,(ASC Topic 805)
and will be accounted for similar to the pooling of interest
method. In accordance with the guidance in ASC Topic 805, the
assets and liabilities transferred between entities under common
control should be recorded by the receiving entity based on
their carrying amounts (or at the historical cost of the parent,
if these amounts differ). Although the Company was the issuer of
shares in the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, during the historical
periods prior to the acquisition, SB Holdings was an operating
business and the Company was not. Therefore, SB Holdings will be
reflected as the predecessor and receiving entity in the
Companys financial statements to provide a more meaningful
presentation of the transaction to the Companys
shareholders. Accordingly, the Companys assets and
liabilities will be recorded at the Parents basis as of
the date that common control was first established
(June 16, 2010). The Companys financial statements
will be retrospectively adjusted to reflect as the
Companys historical financial statements those of SB
Holdings and Spectrum Brands Inc. (Spectrum Brands),
a wholly-owned subsidiary of SB Holdings. SB Holdings was formed
and, on June 16, 2010, acquired 100% of both Russell Hobbs,
Inc., now a wholly-owned subsidiary of Spectrum Brands
(Russell Hobbs), and Spectrum Brands in exchange for
issuing an approximately 65% controlling financial interest to
the Harbinger Parties and an approximately 35% non-controlling
financial interest to other stockholders (other than the
Harbinger Parties) (this transaction is referred to as the
SB/RH Merger). As Spectrum Brands was the accounting
acquirer in the SB/RH Merger, the financial statements of
Spectrum Brands will be included as the Companys
predecessor entity for periods preceding the SB/RH Merger.
F-27
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
In connection with the Spectrum Brands Acquisition, the Company
changed its fiscal year end from December 31 to September 30 to
conform to the fiscal year end of SB Holdings. As a result of
the Spectrum Brands Acquisition and the change in the
Companys fiscal year, the Companys next quarterly
report on
Form 10-Q
will be for the six months ended April 3, 2011, which will
reflect the combination of the Company and SB Holdings
retrospectively to the beginning of that six-month period.
On January 7, 2011, the escrow balance classified as
Restricted cash as of December 31, 2010 was
released to the Company upon completion of the Spectrum Brands
Acquisition and the collateralization of the 10.625% Notes
with a first priority lien on all of the assets of HGI. Those
assets include the SB Holdings common stock acquired in the
Spectrum Brands Acquisition as well as all of the stock held by
HGI in its other subsidiaries and HGIs cash and investment
securities.
On March 7, 2011, the Company entered into a Transfer
Agreement (the Transfer Agreement) with the
Harbinger Master Fund. Pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, on
March 9, 2011, (i) the Company acquired from the
Harbinger Master Fund a 100% membership interest in Harbinger
OM, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (HOM),
which is the buyer under the First Amended and Restated Stock
Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 17, 2011 (the
Purchase Agreement), between HOM and OM Group (UK)
Limited (OM Group), pursuant to which HOM agreed to
acquire for $350 million all of the outstanding shares of
capital stock of Old Mutual U.S. Life Holdings, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (U.S. Life), and
(ii) the Harbinger Master Fund transferred to HOM the sole
issued and outstanding Ordinary Share of FS Holdco Ltd, a Cayman
Islands exempted limited company (FS Holdco)
(together, the Insurance Transaction). In
consideration for the interests in HOM and FS Holdco, the
Company agreed to reimburse the Harbinger Master Fund for
certain expenses incurred by the Harbinger Master Fund in
connection with the Insurance Transaction (up to a maximum of
$13.3 million) and to submit certain expenses of the
Harbinger Master Fund for reimbursement by OM Group under the
Purchase Agreement. The Company estimates that it will incur
total expenses (including the $13.3 million discussed
above) of approximately $17.1 million in connection with
the Insurance Transaction.
U.S. Life, through its insurance subsidiaries, is a leading
provider of fixed annuity products in the U.S., with
approximately 800,000 policy holders in the U.S. and a
distribution network of approximately 300 independent marketing
organizations representing approximately 24,000 agents
nationwide. At December 31, 2010, U.S. Life had
approximately $17 billion in annuity assets under
management.
FS Holdco Ltd. was recently formed as a holding company for
Front Street Re, Ltd. (Front Street), a recently
formed Bermuda-based reinsurer. Neither HOM nor FS Holdco has
engaged in any business other than in connection with the
Insurance Transaction.
On January 19, 2011, the Companys board of directors
delegated the consideration of the Insurance Transaction to a
special committee comprised of those directors the
Companys board of directors has determined to be
independent under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange (the
OM Special Committee). On February 28, 2011,
the OM Special Committee unanimously determined that it is in
the best interests of the Company and its stockholders (other
than the Harbinger Master Fund and its affiliates) to enter into
the Transfer Agreement and proceed with the Insurance
Transaction and recommended that the Companys board of
directors authorize the Company to enter into the Transfer
Agreement, the Guaranty Indemnity (referred to below) and
related documents, and proceed with the Insurance Transaction.
In considering the Insurance Transaction, the OM Special
Committee received an opinion from Gleacher & Company
Securities, Inc., dated February 28, 2011, that stated that
the consideration to be paid by HOM pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement is fair to the Company, from a financial point of
view, as of that date. On March 7, 2011, the Companys
board of directors approved the Transfer Agreement and the
transactions contemplated thereby, including the Purchase
Agreement.
F-28
HARBINGER
GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The U.S. Life acquisition is subject to customary closing
conditions for similar transactions, including approval by the
Maryland and New York insurance departments. The acquisition is
expected to close around the end of the Companys second
fiscal quarter ending April 3, 2011.
The Transfer Agreement contemplates that after closing of the
U.S. Life acquisition, the OM Special Committee will
consider a proposed $3 billion reinsurance transaction
pursuant to which Front Street would reinsure certain policy
obligations of OM Financial Life Insurance Company,
U.S. Lifes principal insurance subsidiary
(OMFLIC), and an affiliate of Harbinger Capital
could be appointed as investment manager of certain of the
assets associated with the reinsured business. The Purchase
Agreement provides for up to a $50 million post-closing
purchase price reduction under specified circumstances,
including, for example, if the reinsurance transaction as
contemplated by the Purchase Agreement is disapproved by the
Maryland Insurance Administration or is approved by the Maryland
Insurance Administration subject to the imposition of certain
restrictions or conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement,
including if Harbinger Capital is not allowed to be appointed as
investment manager for $1 billion of the approximately
$3 billion of assets supporting the reinsured business, as
contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.
HOMs pre-closing and closing obligations under the
Purchase Agreement, including payment of the purchase price, are
guaranteed by the Harbinger Master Fund. Pursuant to the
Transfer Agreement, the Company entered into a Guaranty
Indemnity Agreement (the Guaranty Indemnity) with
the Harbinger Master Fund, pursuant to which the Company agreed
to indemnify the Harbinger Master Fund for any losses incurred
by it or its representatives in connection with the Harbinger
Master Funds guaranty of HOMs pre-closing and
closing obligations under the Purchase Agreement.
F-29
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
January 2,
2011 and September 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
January 2, 2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands, except per share figures)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
83,051
|
|
|
$
|
170,614
|
|
Receivables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowances of $8,861 and
$4,351, respectively
|
|
|
371,311
|
|
|
|
365,002
|
|
Other
|
|
|
43,727
|
|
|
|
41,445
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
512,300
|
|
|
|
530,342
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
26,988
|
|
|
|
35,735
|
|
Assets held for sale
|
|
|
12,668
|
|
|
|
12,452
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other
|
|
|
46,121
|
|
|
|
44,122
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
1,096,166
|
|
|
|
1,199,712
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
197,328
|
|
|
|
201,164
|
|
Deferred charges and other
|
|
|
47,006
|
|
|
|
46,352
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
607,101
|
|
|
|
600,055
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
1,746,223
|
|
|
|
1,769,360
|
|
Debt issuance costs
|
|
|
52,550
|
|
|
|
56,961
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
3,746,374
|
|
|
$
|
3,873,604
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt
|
|
$
|
31,544
|
|
|
$
|
20,710
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
273,804
|
|
|
|
332,231
|
|
Accrued liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wages and benefits
|
|
|
54,498
|
|
|
|
93,971
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
42,633
|
|
|
|
37,118
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
19,855
|
|
|
|
23,793
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
24,911
|
|
|
|
31,652
|
|
Other
|
|
|
131,335
|
|
|
|
123,297
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
578,580
|
|
|
|
662,772
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
|
|
|
1,700,168
|
|
|
|
1,723,057
|
|
Employee benefit obligations, net of current portion
|
|
|
90,846
|
|
|
|
92,725
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
290,346
|
|
|
|
277,843
|
|
Other
|
|
|
57,150
|
|
|
|
70,828
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
2,717,090
|
|
|
|
2,827,225
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized
200,000 shares; issued 51,133 and 51,101 shares,
respectively; outstanding 50,934 and 51,020 shares
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
|
514
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
1,321,604
|
|
|
|
1,316,461
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(280,650
|
)
|
|
|
(260,892
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(6,749
|
)
|
|
|
(7,497
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,034,733
|
|
|
|
1,048,586
|
|
Less treasury stock, at cost, 199 and 81 shares,
respectively
|
|
|
(5,449
|
)
|
|
|
(2,207
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
1,029,284
|
|
|
|
1,046,379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
3,746,374
|
|
|
$
|
3,873,604
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes which are an integral part of these
condensed consolidated financial statements (Unaudited).
F-30
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Operations
For
the three month periods ended January 2, 2011 and
January 3, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands, except per share figures)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
861,067
|
|
|
$
|
591,940
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
561,234
|
|
|
|
405,827
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
594
|
|
|
|
1,651
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
299,239
|
|
|
|
184,462
|
|
Selling
|
|
|
140,220
|
|
|
|
111,289
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
60,757
|
|
|
|
40,762
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
7,567
|
|
|
|
6,445
|
|
Acquisition and integration related charges
|
|
|
16,455
|
|
|
|
2,431
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
4,971
|
|
|
|
4,776
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
229,970
|
|
|
|
165,703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
69,269
|
|
|
|
18,759
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
53,095
|
|
|
|
49,482
|
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
889
|
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before reorganization
items and income taxes
|
|
|
15,285
|
|
|
|
(31,369
|
)
|
Reorganization items expense, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
15,285
|
|
|
|
(35,015
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
35,043
|
|
|
|
22,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations
|
|
|
(19,758
|
)
|
|
|
(57,514
|
)
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,735
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(19,758
|
)
|
|
$
|
(60,249
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding
|
|
|
50,802
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
Loss from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(0.39
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.92
|
)
|
Loss from discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(0.39
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.01
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares and equivalents outstanding
|
|
|
50,802
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
Loss from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(0.39
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.92
|
)
|
Loss from discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(0.39
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.01
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes which are an integral part of these
condensed consolidated financial statements (Unaudited).
F-31
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the three month periods ended
January 2, 2011 and January 3, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(Amounts in thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(19,758
|
)
|
|
$
|
(60,249
|
)
|
Loss from discontinuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,735
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations
|
|
|
(19,758
|
)
|
|
|
(57,514
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used by operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
12,392
|
|
|
|
11,412
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
14,319
|
|
|
|
10,367
|
|
Amortization of unearned restricted stock compensation
|
|
|
5,614
|
|
|
|
3,196
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
4,411
|
|
|
|
916
|
|
Administrative related reorganization items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,646
|
|
Payments for administrative related reorganization items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25,131
|
)
|
Non-cash increase to cost of goods sold due to fresh-start
reporting inventory valuation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,494
|
|
Non-cash interest expense on 12% Notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,760
|
|
Non-cash debt accretion
|
|
|
2,330
|
|
|
|
6,165
|
|
Other non-cash adjustments
|
|
|
3,639
|
|
|
|
20,389
|
|
Net changes in assets and liabilities, net of discontinued
operations
|
|
|
(73,321
|
)
|
|
|
(37,826
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used by operating activities of continuing operations
|
|
|
(50,374
|
)
|
|
|
(23,126
|
)
|
Net cash used by operating activities of discontinued operations
|
|
|
(252
|
)
|
|
|
(8,258
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used by operating activities
|
|
|
(50,626
|
)
|
|
|
(31,384
|
)
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(8,142
|
)
|
|
|
(4,934
|
)
|
Acquisition, net of cash
|
|
|
(10,278
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sale of equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used by investing activities
|
|
|
(18,420
|
)
|
|
|
(4,930
|
)
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment of Senior Credit Facilities
|
|
|
(70,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
ABL Revolving Credit Facility, net
|
|
|
43,500
|
|
|
|
(6,586
|
)
|
Reduction of other debt
|
|
|
(224
|
)
|
|
|
(4,804
|
)
|
Proceeds from debt financing
|
|
|
13,044
|
|
|
|
12,605
|
|
Refund of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
204
|
|
Treasury stock purchases
|
|
|
(3,241
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
(16,921
|
)
|
|
|
1,419
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(1,596
|
)
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(87,563
|
)
|
|
|
(35,135
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
|
|
|
170,614
|
|
|
|
97,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
|
|
$
|
83,051
|
|
|
$
|
62,665
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes which are an integral part of these
condensed consolidated financial statements (Unaudited).
F-32
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements (Unaudited)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
|
|
1
|
DESCRIPTION
OF BUSINESS
|
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (SB
Holdings or the Company), is a global branded
consumer products company and was created in connection with the
combination of Spectrum Brands, Inc. (Spectrum
Brands), a global branded consumer products company, and
Russell Hobbs, Inc. (Russell Hobbs), a global
branded small appliance company, to form a new combined company
(the Merger). The Merger was consummated on
June 16, 2010. As a result of the Merger, both Spectrum
Brands and Russell Hobbs are wholly-owned subsidiaries of SB
Holdings and Russell Hobbs is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Spectrum Brands. SB Holdings trades on the New York Stock
Exchange under the symbol SPB.
In connection with the Merger, Spectrum Brands refinanced its
existing senior debt, except for Spectrum Brands
12% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes due 2019 (the
12% Notes), which remain outstanding, and a
portion of Russell Hobbs existing senior debt through a
combination of a new $750,000 United States (U.S.)
Dollar Term Loan due June 16, 2016 (the Term
Loan), a new $750,000 9.5% Senior Secured Notes
maturing June 15, 2018 (the 9.5% Notes)
and a new $300,000 ABL revolving facility due June 16, 2014
(the ABL Revolving Credit Facility). (See also
Note 7, Debt, for a more complete discussion of the
Companys outstanding debt.)
On February 3, 2009, Spectrum Brands, at the time a
Wisconsin corporation, and each of its wholly owned
U.S. subsidiaries (collectively, the Debtors)
filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the Bankruptcy Code), in
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Texas
(the Bankruptcy Court). On August 28, 2009 (the
Effective Date), the Debtors emerged from
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. As of the Effective Date
and pursuant to the Debtors confirmed plan of
reorganization, Spectrum Brands converted from a Wisconsin
corporation to a Delaware corporation. Prior to and including
August 30, 2009, all operations of the business resulted
from the operations of the Predecessor Company. In accordance
with ASC Topic 852: Reorganizations, the
Company determined that all conditions required for the adoption
of fresh-start reporting were met upon emergence from
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code on the Effective Date.
However in light of the proximity of that date to the
Companys August accounting period close, which was
August 30, 2009, the Company elected to adopt a convenience
date of August 30, 2009, (the Fresh-Start Adoption
Date) for recording fresh-start reporting.
Unless the context indicates otherwise, the term
Company is used to refer to both Spectrum Brands and
its subsidiaries prior to the Merger and SB Holdings and its
subsidiaries subsequent to the Merger. The term
Predecessor Company refers only to the Company prior
to the Effective Date and the term Successor Company
refers to Spectrum Brands or the Company subsequent to the
Effective Date.
The Company is a diversified global branded consumer products
company with positions in seven major product categories:
consumer batteries; small appliances; pet supplies; electric
shaving and grooming; electric personal care; portable lighting;
and home and garden control.
Effective October 1, 2010, the Companys chief
operating decision-maker decided to manage the businesses in
three vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments:
(i) Global Batteries & Appliances, which consists
of the Companys worldwide battery, electric shaving and
grooming, electric personal care, portable lighting business and
small appliances primarily in the kitchen and home product
categories (Global Batteries &
Appliances); (ii) Global Pet Supplies, which consists
of the Companys worldwide pet supplies business
(Global Pet Supplies); and (iii) Home and
Garden Business, which consists of the Companys home and
garden and insect control businesses (the Home and Garden
Business). The current reporting segment structure
reflects the combination of the former Global
Batteries & Personal Care segment (Global
Batteries & Personal Care), which consisted of
the worldwide battery, electric shaving and grooming, electric
personal care and portable lighting business, with substantially
all of the former Small Appliances segment, which consisted of
the Russell Hobbs businesses acquired on June 16, 2010
(Small
F-33
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
Appliances), to form Global Batteries &
Appliances. In addition, certain pest control and pet products
included in the former Small Appliances segment have been
reclassified into the Home and Garden Business and Global Pet
Supplies segments, respectively. The presentation of all
historical segment reporting herein has been changed to conform
to this segment reporting.
The Companys operations include the worldwide
manufacturing and marketing of alkaline, zinc carbon and hearing
aid batteries, as well as aquariums and aquatic health supplies
and the designing and marketing of rechargeable batteries,
battery-powered lighting products, electric shavers and
accessories, grooming products and hair care appliances. The
Companys operations also include the manufacturing and
marketing of specialty pet supplies. The Company also
manufactures and markets herbicides, insecticides and repellents
in North America. The Company also designs, markets and
distributes a broad range of branded small appliances and
personal care products. The Companys operations utilize
manufacturing and product development facilities located in the
U.S., Europe, Asia and Latin America.
The Company sells its products in approximately 120 countries
through a variety of trade channels, including retailers,
wholesalers and distributors, hearing aid professionals,
industrial distributors and original equipment manufacturers and
enjoys name recognition in its markets under the Rayovac, VARTA
and Remington brands, each of which has been in existence for
more than 80 years, and under the Tetra, 8-in-1,
Spectracide, Cutter, Black & Decker, George Foreman,
Russell Hobbs, Farberware and various other brands.
|
|
2
|
SIGNIFICANT
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
|
Basis of Presentation: These condensed
consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the
Company, without audit, pursuant to the rules and regulations of
the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC) and, in the opinion of the Company, include
all adjustments (which are normal and recurring in nature)
necessary to present fairly the financial position of the
Company at January 2, 2011 and September 30, 2010, and
the results of operations and cash flows for the three month
periods ended January 2, 2011 and January 3, 2010.
Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included
in consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with
U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
(GAAP) have been condensed or omitted pursuant to
such SEC rules and regulations. These condensed consolidated
financial statements should be read in conjunction with the
audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto
included in the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010. Certain prior
period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current
period presentation.
Significant Accounting Policies and
Practices: The condensed consolidated financial
statements include the condensed consolidated financial
statements of SB Holdings and its subsidiaries and are prepared
in accordance with GAAP. All intercompany transactions have been
eliminated.
The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements
in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities
at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts
of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.
Discontinued Operations: On November 11,
2008, the Predecessor Company board of directors (the
Predecessor Board) approved the shutdown of the
growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business, which
included the manufacturing and marketing of fertilizers,
enriched soils, mulch and grass seed. The decision to shutdown
the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business was
made only after the Predecessor Company was unable to
successfully sell this business, in whole or in part. The
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business was completed during the second quarter of the
Companys fiscal year ended September 30, 2009.
F-34
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
The presentation herein of the results of continuing operations
has been changed to exclude the growing products portion of the
Home and Garden Business for all periods presented. The
following amounts have been segregated from continuing
operations and are reflected as discontinued operations for the
three month period ended January 3, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
(2,512
|
)
|
Provision for income tax expense
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(2,735
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets Held for Sale: At January 2, 2011
and September 30, 2010, the Company had $12,668 and
$12,452, respectively, included in Assets held for sale in its
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
(Unaudited) consisting of certain assets primarily related to a
former manufacturing facilities in Ningbo, China and in Brazil.
Intangible Assets: Intangible assets are
recorded at cost or at fair value if acquired in a purchase
business combination. Customer lists and proprietary technology
intangibles are amortized, using the straight-line method, over
their estimated useful lives of approximately 4 to
20 years. Excess of cost over fair value of net assets
acquired (goodwill) and trade name intangibles are not
amortized. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually,
at the reporting unit level with such groupings being consistent
with the Companys reportable segments. If an impairment is
indicated, a write-down to fair value (normally measured by
discounting estimated future cash flows) is recorded. Trade name
intangibles are tested for impairment at least annually by
comparing the fair value with the carrying value. Any excess of
carrying value over fair value is recognized as an impairment
loss in income from operations. The Companys annual
impairment testing is completed at the August financial period
end.
Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 350:
Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, (ASC
350) requires that goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets be tested for impairment annually, or more
often if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment
loss may have been incurred. Management uses its judgment in
assessing whether assets may have become impaired between annual
impairment tests. Indicators such as unexpected adverse business
conditions, economic factors, unanticipated technological change
or competitive activities, loss of key personnel, and acts by
governments and courts may signal that an asset has become
impaired.
The Companys goodwill and indefinite lived trade name
intangibles were tested in conjunction with the Companys
realignment of reportable segments on October 1, 2010. The
Company concluded that the implied fair values of its reporting
units, which are the same as the Companys reporting
segments, and indefinite lived trade name intangible assets were
in excess of the carrying amounts of those assets, under both
the Companys prior reportable segment structure and the
current reportable segment structure, and, accordingly, no
impairment of goodwill or indefinite lived trade name
intangibles was recorded.
Shipping and Handling Costs: The Company
incurred shipping and handling costs of $51,270 and $36,461 for
the three month periods ended January 2, 2011 and
January 3, 2010, respectively. These costs are included in
Selling expenses in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated
Statements of Operations (Unaudited). Shipping and handling
costs include costs incurred with third-party carriers to
transport products to customers as well as salaries and overhead
costs related to activities to prepare the Companys
products for shipment from its distribution facilities.
F-35
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
Concentrations of Credit Risk: Trade
receivables subject the Company to credit risk. Trade accounts
receivable are carried at net realizable value. The Company
extends credit to its customers based upon an evaluation of the
customers financial condition and credit history, and
generally does not require collateral. The Company monitors its
customers credit and financial condition based on changing
economic conditions and makes adjustments to credit policies as
required. Provision for losses on uncollectible trade
receivables are determined principally on the basis of past
collection experience applied to ongoing evaluations of the
Companys receivables and evaluations of the risks of
nonpayment for a given customer.
The Company has a broad range of customers including many large
retail outlet chains, one of which accounts for a significant
percentage of its sales volume. This customer represented
approximately 24% and 21% of the Companys Net sales during
the three month periods ended January 2, 2011 and
January 3, 2010, respectively. This customer also
represented approximately 12% and 15% of the Companys
Trade accounts receivable, net at January 2, 2011 and
September 30, 2010, respectively.
Approximately 49% and 51% of the Companys Net sales during
the three month periods ended January 2, 2011 and
January 3, 2010, respectively, occurred outside the United
States. These sales and related receivables are subject to
varying degrees of credit, currency, political and economic
risk. The Company monitors these risks and makes appropriate
provisions for collectibility based on an assessment of the
risks present.
Stock-Based Compensation: On the Effective
Date all of the existing common stock of the Predecessor Company
was extinguished and deemed cancelled, including restricted
stock and other stock-based awards.
In September 2009, the Successor Companys board of
directors (the Board) adopted the 2009 Spectrum
Brands Inc. Incentive Plan (the 2009 Plan). In
conjunction with the Merger, the 2009 Plan was assumed by SB
Holdings. As of September 30, 2010, up to 3,333 shares
of common stock, net of forfeitures and cancellations, could
have been issued under the 2009 Plan. After October 21,
2010, no further awards may be made under the 2009 Plan if (as
described in greater detail below) a majority of the holders of
the common stock of the Company eligible to vote thereon approve
the Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Equity Award
Plan (2011 Plan) prior to October 21, 2011.
In conjunction with the Merger, the Company assumed the Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Award Plan (formerly
known as the Russell Hobbs, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Award Plan,
as amended on June 24, 2008) (the 2007 RH
Plan). As of September 30, 2010, up to
600 shares of common stock, net of forfeitures and
cancellations, could have been issued under the 2007 RH Plan.
After October 21, 2010, no further awards may be made under
the 2007 RH Plan if (as described in greater detail below) a
majority of the holders of the common stock of the Company
eligible to vote thereon approve the 2011 Plan prior to
October 21, 2011.
On October 21, 2010, the Companys Board of Directors
adopted the 2011 Plan, subject to shareholder approval prior to
October 21, 2011 and the Company intends to submit the 2011
Plan for shareholder approval in connection with its next Annual
Meeting. Upon such shareholder approval, no further awards will
be granted under the 2009 Plan and the 2007 RH Plan.
4,626 shares of common stock of the Company, net of
cancellations, may be issued under the 2011 Plan. While the
Company has begun granting awards under the 2011 Plan, the 2011
Plan (and awards granted thereunder) are subject to the approval
by a majority of the holders of the common stock of the Company
eligible to vote thereon prior to October 21, 2011.
Under ASC Topic 718: Compensation-Stock
Compensation, (ASC 718), the Company is
required to recognize expense related to the fair value of its
employee stock awards.
Total stock compensation expense associated with restricted
stock awards recognized by the Company during the three month
periods ended January 2, 2011 and January 3, 2010 was
$5,614, or $3,649, net of taxes, and $3,196, or $2,078, net of
taxes, respectively.
F-36
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
The Company granted approximately 1,423 shares of
restricted stock units during the three month period ended
January 2, 2011. Of these grants, 15 restricted stock units
are time-based and vest over a one year period and 18 restricted
stock units are time-based and vest over a three year period.
The remaining 1,390 shares are restricted stock units and
are performance and time-based with 640 shares vesting over
a one year period and 750 shares vesting over a three year
period. The total market value of the restricted shares on the
date of the grant was approximately $40,969.
The fair value of restricted stock is determined based on the
market price of the Companys shares on the grant date. A
summary of the status of the Companys non-vested
restricted stock as of January 2, 2011 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted Stock
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Restricted stock at September 30, 2010
|
|
|
695
|
|
|
$
|
25.23
|
|
|
$
|
17,536
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,423
|
|
|
|
28.79
|
|
|
|
40,969
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(341
|
)
|
|
|
22.41
|
|
|
|
(7,642
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock at January 2, 2011
|
|
|
1,777
|
|
|
$
|
28.62
|
|
|
$
|
50,863
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reorganization Items: In accordance with ASC
Topic 852: Reorganizations, reorganization
items are presented separately in the accompanying Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited) and represent
expenses, income, gains and losses that the Company has
identified as directly relating to its voluntary petitions under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. See Note 2,
Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11 in the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 for additional
information regarding the Chapter 11 filing and subsequent
emergence. Reorganization items expense, net for the three month
period ended January 3, 2010 is summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Legal and professional fees
|
|
$
|
3,536
|
|
Provision for rejected leases
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reorganization items expense, net
|
|
$
|
3,646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition and Integration Related
Charges: Acquisition and integration related
charges reflected in Operating expenses in the accompanying
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
include, but are not limited to transaction costs such as
banking, legal and accounting professional fees directly related
to the acquisition, termination and related costs for
transitional and certain other employees, integration related
professional fees and other post business combination related
expenses associated with the Companys acquisitions.
The following table summarizes acquisition and integration
related charges associated with the Merger incurred by the
Company during the three month periods ended January 2,
2011 and January 3, 2010 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Legal and professional fees
|
|
$
|
2,395
|
|
|
$
|
2,431
|
|
Employee termination charges
|
|
|
3,752
|
|
|
|
|
|
Integration costs
|
|
|
10,130
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Acquisition and integration related charges
|
|
$
|
16,277
|
|
|
$
|
2,431
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-37
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
Additionally, the Company incurred $178 of legal and
professional fees associated with the acquisition of Seed
Resources, LLC (Seed Resources) during the three
month period ended January 2, 2011. (See Note 15,
Acquisitions for information on the Seed Resources acquisition.)
3 OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
Comprehensive loss and the components of other comprehensive
loss, net of tax, for the three month periods ended
January 2, 2011 and January 3, 2010 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(19,758
|
)
|
|
$
|
(60,249
|
)
|
Other comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
(4,074
|
)
|
|
|
(1,115
|
)
|
Valuation allowance adjustments
|
|
|
643
|
|
|
|
(1,100
|
)
|
Net unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments
|
|
|
4,179
|
|
|
|
(1,204
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change to derive comprehensive loss for the period
|
|
|
748
|
|
|
|
(3,419
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
$
|
(19,010
|
)
|
|
$
|
(63,668
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net exchange gains or losses resulting from the translation of
assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are accumulated
in the accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI)
section of Shareholders equity. Also included are the
effects of exchange rate changes on intercompany balances of a
long-term nature and transactions designated as hedges of net
foreign investments. The changes in accumulated foreign currency
translation for the three month periods ended January 2,
2011 and January 3, 2010 were primarily attributable to the
impact of translation of the net assets of the Companys
European operations, primarily denominated in Euros and Pounds
Sterling.
|
|
4
|
NET LOSS
PER COMMON SHARE
|
Net loss per common share for the three month periods ended
January 2, 2011 and January 3, 2010 is calculated
based upon the following number of shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
50,802
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
Effect of restricted stock and assumed conversion of options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
50,802
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the three month periods ended January 2, 2011 and
January 3, 2010, the Company has not assumed the exercise
of common stock equivalents as the impact would be antidilutive.
F-38
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
Inventories for the Company, which are stated at the lower of
cost or market, consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
$
|
73,278
|
|
|
$
|
62,857
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
23,050
|
|
|
|
28,239
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
415,972
|
|
|
|
439,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
512,300
|
|
|
$
|
530,342
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
GOODWILL
AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
|
Goodwill and intangible assets for the Company consist of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Batteries &
|
|
|
Global Pet
|
|
|
Garden
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appliances
|
|
|
Supplies
|
|
|
Business
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Goodwill:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
268,420
|
|
|
$
|
159,985
|
|
|
$
|
171,650
|
|
|
$
|
600,055
|
|
Acquisition of Seed Resources, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,029
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,029
|
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
(1,726
|
)
|
|
|
(1,257
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,983
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at January 2, 2011
|
|
$
|
266,694
|
|
|
$
|
168,757
|
|
|
$
|
171,650
|
|
|
$
|
607,101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade names Not Subject to Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
569,945
|
|
|
$
|
211,533
|
|
|
$
|
76,000
|
|
|
$
|
857,478
|
|
Acquisition of Seed Resources, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
(3,262
|
)
|
|
|
(2,887
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,149
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at January 2, 2011
|
|
$
|
566,683
|
|
|
$
|
209,746
|
|
|
$
|
76,000
|
|
|
$
|
852,429
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2010, net
|
|
$
|
516,324
|
|
|
$
|
230,248
|
|
|
$
|
165,310
|
|
|
$
|
911,882
|
|
Amortization during period
|
|
|
(8,277
|
)
|
|
|
(3,824
|
)
|
|
|
(2,218
|
)
|
|
|
(14,319
|
)
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
(2,239
|
)
|
|
|
(1,530
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,769
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at January 2, 2011, net
|
|
$
|
505,808
|
|
|
$
|
224,894
|
|
|
$
|
163,092
|
|
|
$
|
893,794
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Intangible Assets, net at January 2, 2011
|
|
$
|
1,072,491
|
|
|
$
|
434,640
|
|
|
$
|
239,092
|
|
|
$
|
1,746,223
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets subject to amortization include proprietary
technology, customer relationships and certain trade names. The
carrying value of technology assets was $59,145, net of
accumulated amortization of $8,468 at January 2, 2011 and
$60,792, net of accumulated amortization of $6,305 at
September 30, 2010. The Company trade names subject to
amortization relate to the valuation under fresh-start reporting
and the Merger. The carrying value of these trade names was
$142,799, net of accumulated amortization of $6,901 at
January 2, 2011 and $145,939, net of accumulated
amortization of $3,750 at September 30, 2010. Remaining
intangible assets subject to amortization include customer
relationship intangibles. The carrying value of customer
relationships was $691,850, net of accumulated amortization of
$47,300 at January 2, 2011 and $705,151, net of accumulated
amortization of $35,865 at September 30, 2010. The useful
life of the Companys intangible assets subject to
amortization are 8 years for technology assets related to
the Global Pet
F-39
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
Supplies segment, 9 to 17 years for technology assets
associated with the Global Batteries & Appliances
segment, 15 to 20 years for customer relationships of
Global Batteries & Appliances, 20 years for
customer relationships of the Home and Garden Business and
Global Pet Supplies, 12 years for a trade name within the
Global Batteries & Appliances segment and 4 years
for a trade name within the Home and Garden Business segment.
Amortization expense for the three month periods ended
January 2, 2011 and January 3, 2010 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Proprietary technology amortization
|
|
$
|
1,649
|
|
|
$
|
1,545
|
|
Customer relationships amortization
|
|
|
9,530
|
|
|
|
8,791
|
|
Trade names amortization
|
|
|
3,140
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,319
|
|
|
$
|
10,367
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company estimates annual amortization expense for the next
five fiscal years will approximate $55,630 per year.
Debt consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 2, 2011
|
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Term Loan, U.S. Dollar, expiring June 16, 2016
|
|
$
|
680,000
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
750,000
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
%
|
9.5% Notes, due June 15, 2018
|
|
|
750,000
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
%
|
|
|
750,000
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
%
|
12% Notes, due August 28, 2019
|
|
|
245,031
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
|
|
245,031
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
ABL Revolving Credit Facility, expiring June 16, 2014
|
|
|
43,500
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
Other notes and obligations
|
|
|
26,255
|
|
|
|
11.5
|
%
|
|
|
13,605
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
%
|
Capitalized lease obligations
|
|
|
11,220
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
%
|
|
|
11,755
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,756,006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,770,391
|
|
|
|
|
|
Original issuance discounts on debt
|
|
|
(24,294
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(26,624
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Less current maturities
|
|
|
31,544
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
$
|
1,700,168
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,723,057
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In connection with the Merger, Spectrum Brands (i) entered
into a new senior secured term loan pursuant to a new senior
credit agreement (the Senior Credit Agreement)
consisting of a $750,000 U.S. Dollar Term Loan due
June 16, 2016 (the Term Loan), (ii) issued
$750,000 in aggregate principal amount of 9.5% Senior
Secured Notes maturing June 15, 2018 (the
9.5% Notes) and (iii) entered into a
$300,000 U.S. Dollar asset based revolving loan facility
due June 16, 2014 (the ABL Revolving Credit
Facility and together with the Senior Credit Agreement,
the Senior Credit Facilities and the Senior Credit
Facilities together with the 9.5% Notes, the Senior
Secured Facilities). The proceeds from the Senior Secured
Facilities were used to repay Spectrum Brands
then-existing senior term credit facility (the Prior Term
Facility) and Spectrum Brands then-existing asset
based revolving loan facility, to pay fees and expenses in
connection with the refinancing and for general corporate
purposes.
F-40
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
The 9.5% Notes and 12% Notes were issued by Spectrum
Brands. SB/RH Holdings, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of SB
Holdings, and the wholly owned domestic subsidiaries of Spectrum
Brands are the guarantors under the 9.5% Notes. The wholly
owned domestic subsidiaries of Spectrum Brands are the
guarantors under the 12% Notes. SB Holdings is not an
issuer or guarantor of the 9.5% Notes or the
12% Notes. SB Holdings is also not a borrower or guarantor
under the Companys Term Loan or the ABL Revolving Credit
Facility. Spectrum Brands is the borrower under the Term Loan
and its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries along with SB/RH
Holdings, LLC are the guarantors under that facility. Spectrum
Brands and its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries are the
borrowers under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility and SB/RH
Holdings, LLC is a guarantor of that facility.
Senior
Term Credit Facility
The Term Loan has a maturity date of June 16, 2016. Subject
to certain mandatory prepayment events, the Term Loan is subject
to repayment according to a scheduled amortization, with the
final payment of all amounts outstanding, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, due at maturity. Among other things, the Term
Loan provides for a minimum Eurodollar interest rate floor of
1.5% and interest spreads over market rates of 6.5%.
The Senior Credit Agreement contains financial covenants with
respect to debt, including, but not limited to, a maximum
leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio, which
covenants, pursuant to their terms, become more restrictive over
time. In addition, the Senior Credit Agreement contains
customary restrictive covenants, including, but not limited to,
restrictions on the Companys ability to incur additional
indebtedness, create liens, make investments or specified
payments, give guarantees, pay dividends, make capital
expenditures and merge or acquire or sell assets. Pursuant to a
guarantee and collateral agreement, the Company and its domestic
subsidiaries have guaranteed their respective obligations under
the Senior Credit Agreement and related loan documents and have
pledged substantially all of their respective assets to secure
such obligations. The Senior Credit Agreement also provides for
customary events of default, including payment defaults and
cross-defaults on other material indebtedness.
The Term Loan was issued at a 2.00% discount and was recorded
net of the $15,000 amount incurred. The discount is being
amortized as an adjustment to the carrying value of principal
with a corresponding charge to interest expense over the
remaining life of the Senior Credit Agreement. During the
Companys fiscal year ended September 30, 2010
(Fiscal 2010), the Company recorded $25,968 of fees
in connection with the Senior Credit Agreement. The fees are
classified as Debt issuance costs within the accompanying
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
(Unaudited) and are amortized as an adjustment to interest
expense over the remaining life of the Senior Credit Agreement.
In connection with voluntary prepayments of $70,000 of term debt
during the three month period ended January 2, 2011, the
Company recorded accelerated amortization of portions of the
unamortized discount and unamortized Debt issuance costs
totaling $3,581 as an adjustment to increase interest expense.
At January 2, 2011 and September 30, 2010, the
aggregate amount outstanding under the Term Loan totaled
$680,000 and $750,000, respectively.
On February 1, 2011, the Company completed the refinancing
of its Term Loan, which had an aggregate amount outstanding of
$680,000, with a new Senior Secured Term Loan facility (the
New Term Loan) at a lower interest rate. The New
Term Loan, issued at par and with a maturity date of
June 16, 2016, includes an interest rate of LIBOR plus 4%,
with a LIBOR minimum of 1%.
9.5% Notes
At both January 2, 2011 and September 30, 2010, the
Company had outstanding principal of $750,000 under the
9.5% Notes maturing June 15, 2018.
F-41
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
The Company may redeem all or a part of the 9.5% Notes,
upon not less than 30 or more than 60 days notice at
specified redemption prices. Further, the indenture governing
the 9.5% Notes (the 2018 Indenture) requires
the Company to make an offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a
portion of the applicable outstanding notes for a specified
redemption price, including a redemption premium, upon the
occurrence of a change of control of the Company, as defined in
such indenture.
The 2018 Indenture contains customary covenants that limit,
among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness,
payment of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity
interests, the making of certain investments, expansion into
unrelated businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or
consolidation with another company, transfer or sale of all or
substantially all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
In addition, the 2018 Indenture provides for customary events of
default, including failure to make required payments, failure to
comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make
payments on or acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and
certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default
under the 2018 Indenture arising from certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency will automatically cause the
acceleration of the amounts due under the 9.5% Notes. If
any other event of default under the 2018 Indenture occurs and
is continuing, the trustee for the 2018 Indenture or the
registered holders of at least 25% in the then aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the 9.5% Notes may declare
the acceleration of the amounts due under those notes.
The Company is subject to certain limitations as a result of the
Companys Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio under the 2018
Indenture being below 2:1. Until the test is satisfied, Spectrum
Brands and certain of its subsidiaries are limited in their
ability to make significant acquisitions or incur significant
additional senior credit facility debt beyond the Senior Credit
Facilities. The Company does not expect its inability to satisfy
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test to impair its ability to
provide adequate liquidity to meet the short-term and long-term
liquidity requirements of its existing businesses, although no
assurance can be given in this regard.
The 9.5% Notes were issued at a 1.37% discount and were
recorded net of the $10,245 amount incurred. The discount is
being amortized as an adjustment to the carrying value of
principal with a corresponding charge to interest expense over
the remaining life of the 9.5% Notes. During Fiscal 2010,
the Company recorded $20,823 of fees in connection with the
issuance of the 9.5% Notes. The fees are classified as Debt
issuance costs within the accompanying Condensed Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position (Unaudited) and are amortized
as an adjustment to interest expense over the remaining life of
the 9.5% Notes.
12%
Notes
On August 28, 2009, in connection with emergence from the
voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11 and pursuant to
the Plan, the Company issued $218,076 in aggregate principal
amount of 12% Notes maturing August 28, 2019.
Semiannually, at its option, the Company may elect to pay
interest on the 12% Notes in cash or as payment in kind, or
PIK. PIK interest is added to principal upon the
relevant semi-annual interest payment date. Under the Prior Term
Facility, the Company agreed to make interest payments on the
12% Notes through PIK for the first three semi-annual
interest payment periods. As a result of the refinancing of the
Prior Term Facility the Company is no longer required to make
interest payments as payment in kind after the semi-annual
interest payment date of August 28, 2010. Effective with
the payment date of August 28, 2010 the Company gave notice
to the trustee that the interest payment due February 28,
2011 would be made in cash.
The Company may redeem all or a part of the 12% Notes, upon
not less than 30 or more than 60 days notice, beginning
August 28, 2012 at specified redemption prices. Further,
the indenture governing the 12% Notes require the Company
to make an offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a portion of the
applicable
F-42
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
outstanding notes for a specified redemption price, including a
redemption premium, upon the occurrence of a change of control
of the Company, as defined in such indenture.
At January 2, 2011 and September 30, 2010, the Company
had outstanding principal of $245,031 under the 12% Notes,
including PIK interest of $26,955 added to principal during
Fiscal 2010.
The indenture governing the 12% Notes (the 2019
Indenture), contains customary covenants that limit, among
other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, payment
of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity interests,
the making of certain investments, expansion into unrelated
businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or consolidation
with another company, transfer or sale of all or substantially
all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
In addition, the 2019 Indenture provides for customary events of
default, including failure to make required payments, failure to
comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make
payments on or acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and
certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default
under the indenture arising from certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency will automatically cause the acceleration of the
amounts due under the 12% Notes. If any other event of
default under the 2019 Indenture occurs and is continuing, the
trustee for the indenture or the registered holders of at least
25% in the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the
12% Notes may declare the acceleration of the amounts due
under those notes.
The Company is subject to certain limitations as a result of the
Companys Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio under the 2019
Indenture being below 2:1. Until the test is satisfied, Spectrum
Brands and certain of its subsidiaries are limited in their
ability to make significant acquisitions or incur significant
additional senior credit facility debt beyond the Senior Credit
Facilities. The Company does not expect its inability to satisfy
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test to impair its ability to
provide adequate liquidity to meet the short-term and long-term
liquidity requirements of its existing businesses, although no
assurance can be given in this regard.
In connection with the Merger, the Company obtained the consent
of the note holders to certain amendments to the 2019 Indenture
(the Supplemental Indenture). The Supplemental
Indenture became effective upon the closing of the Merger. Among
other things, the Supplemental Indenture amended the definition
of change in control to exclude the Harbinger Capital Partners
Master Fund I, Ltd. (Harbinger Master Fund) and
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.
(Harbinger Special Fund) and, together with
Harbinger Master Fund, the HCP Funds) and Global
Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (together with the HCP Funds, the
Harbinger Parties) and increased the Companys
ability to incur indebtedness up to $1,850,000.
During Fiscal 2010, the Company recorded $2,966 of fees in
connection with the consent. The fees are classified as Debt
issuance costs within the accompanying Condensed Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position (Unaudited) and are amortized
as an adjustment to interest expense over the remaining life of
the 12% Notes effective with the closing of the Merger.
ABL
Revolving Credit Facility
The ABL Revolving Credit Facility is governed by a credit
agreement (the ABL Credit Agreement) with Bank of
America as administrative agent (the Agent). The ABL
Revolving Credit Facility consists of revolving loans (the
Revolving Loans), with a portion available for
letters of credit and a portion available as swing line loans,
in each case subject to the terms and limits described therein.
The Revolving Loans may be drawn, repaid and reborrowed without
premium or penalty. The proceeds of borrowings under the ABL
Revolving Credit Facility are to be used for costs, expenses and
fees in
F-43
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
connection with the ABL Revolving Credit Facility, for working
capital requirements of the Company and its subsidiaries,
restructuring costs, and other general corporate purposes.
The ABL Revolving Credit Facility carries an interest rate, at
the Companys option, which is subject to change based on
availability under the facility, of either: (a) the base
rate plus currently 2.75% per annum or (b) the
reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate (the Eurodollar Rate)
plus currently 3.75% per annum. No amortization will be required
with respect to the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The ABL
Revolving Credit Facility will mature on June 16, 2014.
Pursuant to the credit and security agreement, the obligations
under the ABL credit agreement are secured by certain current
assets of the guarantors, including, but not limited to, deposit
accounts, trade receivables and inventory.
The ABL Credit Agreement contains various representations and
warranties and covenants, including, without limitation,
enhanced collateral reporting, and a maximum fixed charge
coverage ratio. The ABL Credit Agreement also provides for
customary events of default, including payment defaults and
cross-defaults on other material indebtedness.
During Fiscal 2010, the Company recorded $9,839 of fees in
connection with the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The fees are
classified as Debt issuance costs within the accompanying
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
(Unaudited) and are amortized as an adjustment to interest
expense over the remaining life of the ABL Revolving Credit
Facility.
As a result of borrowings and payments under the ABL Revolving
Credit Facility at January 2, 2011, the Company had
aggregate borrowing availability of approximately $149,954, net
of lender reserves of $28,972.
At January 2, 2011, the Company had outstanding letters of
credit of $36,464 under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility.
As a result of borrowings and payments under the ABL Revolving
Credit Facility at September 30, 2010, the Company had
aggregate borrowing availability of approximately $225,255, net
of lender reserves of $28,972.
|
|
8
|
DERIVATIVE
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
|
Derivative financial instruments are used by the Company
principally in the management of its interest rate, foreign
currency and raw material price exposures. The Company does not
hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading
purposes. When hedge accounting is elected at inception, the
Company formally designates the financial instrument as a hedge
of a specific underlying exposure if such criteria are met, and
documents both the risk management objectives and strategies for
undertaking the hedge. The Company formally assesses, both at
the inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether the
financial instruments that are used in hedging transactions are
effective at offsetting changes in the forecasted cash flows of
the related underlying exposure. Because of the high degree of
effectiveness between the hedging instrument and the underlying
exposure being hedged, fluctuations in the value of the
derivative instruments are generally offset by changes in the
forecasted cash flows of the underlying exposures being hedged.
Any ineffective portion of a financial instruments change
in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings. For
derivatives that are not designated as cash flow hedges, or do
not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, the change in the
fair value is also immediately recognized in earnings.
Under ASC Topic 815: Derivatives and Hedging,
(ASC 815), entities are required to provide
enhanced disclosures for derivative and hedging activities.
F-44
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
The Companys fair value of outstanding derivative
contracts recorded as assets in the accompanying Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position (Unaudited) were
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
Asset Derivatives
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
Receivables Other
|
|
$
|
3,165
|
|
|
$
|
2,371
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
Deferred charges and other
|
|
|
1,765
|
|
|
|
1,543
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Receivables Other
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Deferred charges and other
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total asset derivatives designated as hedging instruments under
ASC 815
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,396
|
|
|
$
|
3,989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under
ASC 815:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Receivables Other
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total asset derivatives
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,440
|
|
|
$
|
3,989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys fair value of outstanding derivative
contracts recorded as liabilities in the accompanying Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position (Unaudited) were
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
Liability Derivatives
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
2,584
|
|
|
$
|
3,734
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
842
|
|
|
|
861
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
Other long term liabilities
|
|
|
2,068
|
|
|
|
2,032
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
4,068
|
|
|
|
6,544
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Other long term liabilities
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
1,057
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liability derivatives designated as hedging instruments
under ASC 815
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,690
|
|
|
$
|
14,228
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under
ASC 815:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
7,762
|
|
|
|
9,698
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Other long term liabilities
|
|
|
13,143
|
|
|
|
20,887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liability derivatives
|
|
|
|
$
|
30,595
|
|
|
$
|
44,813
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
Flow Hedges
For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as
cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on
the derivative is reported as a component of AOCI and
reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during
which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses
on the derivative, representing either hedge ineffectiveness or
hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness,
are recognized in current earnings.
F-45
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
The following table summarizes the impact of derivative
instruments on the accompanying Condensed Consolidated
Statements of Operations (Unaudited) for the three month period
ended January 2, 2011, pretax:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income on
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
(Ineffective
|
|
Income on
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
Portion and
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
(Ineffective Portion
|
|
|
|
AOCI on
|
|
|
AOCI into
|
|
AOCI into
|
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
and Amount
|
|
Derivatives in ASC 815 Cash Flow
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
Income
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Effectiveness
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
Hedging Relationships
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
Testing)
|
|
Effectiveness Testing)
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
2,023
|
|
|
Cost of
goods sold
|
|
$
|
550
|
|
|
Cost of
goods sold
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(849
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(389
|
)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
(119
|
)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
1,942
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
(2,125
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,583
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(2,543
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(100
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the impact of derivative
instruments on the accompanying Condensed Consolidated
Statements of Operations (Unaudited) for the three month period
ended January 3, 2010 pretax:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income on
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
(Ineffective
|
|
Income on
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
Portion and
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
(Ineffective Portion
|
|
|
|
AOCI on
|
|
|
AOCI into
|
|
AOCI into
|
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
and Amount
|
|
Derivatives in ASC 815 Cash Flow
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
Income
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Effectiveness
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
Hedging Relationships
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
Testing)
|
|
Effectiveness Testing)
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
3,656
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
331
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
71
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
|
(5,753
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(1,238
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(119
|
)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
(94
|
)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(421
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
(728
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(2,637
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1,729
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative
Contracts
For derivative instruments that are used to economically hedge
the fair value of the Companys third party and
intercompany foreign exchange payments, commodity purchases and
interest rate payments, the gain (loss) is recognized in
earnings in the period of change associated with the derivative
contract. During the three month
F-46
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
periods ended January 2, 2011 and January 3, 2010, the
Company recognized the following respective gains (losses) on
derivative contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives Not Designated as
|
|
Location of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Income on
Derivatives
|
Hedging Instruments Under ASC 815
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
9,058
|
|
|
|
(1,830
|
)
|
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
9,058
|
|
|
$
|
(1,788
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit
Risk
The Company is exposed to the default risk of the counterparties
with which the Company transacts. The Company monitors
counterparty credit risk on an individual basis by periodically
assessing each such counterpartys credit rating exposure.
The maximum loss due to credit risk equals the fair value of the
gross asset derivatives which are primarily concentrated with a
foreign financial institution counterparty. The Company
considers these exposures when measuring its credit reserve on
its derivative assets, which was $83 and $75 at January 2,
2011 and September 30, 2010, respectively. Additionally,
the Company does not require collateral or other security to
support financial instruments subject to credit risk.
The Companys standard contracts do not contain credit risk
related contingent features whereby the Company would be
required to post additional cash collateral as a result of a
credit event. However, the Company is typically required to post
collateral in the normal course of business to offset its
liability positions. At both January 2, 2011 and
September 30, 2010, the Company had posted cash collateral
of $2,363 related to such liability positions. In addition, at
both January 2, 2011 and September 30, 2010, the
Company had posted standby letters of credit of $4,000 related
to such liability positions. The cash collateral is included in
Current Assets Receivables-Other within the
accompanying Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial
Position (Unaudited).
Derivative
Financial Instruments
Cash
Flow Hedges
The Company uses interest rate swaps to manage its interest rate
risk. The swaps are designated as cash flow hedges with the
changes in fair value recorded in AOCI and as a derivative hedge
asset or liability, as applicable. The swaps settle periodically
in arrears with the related amounts for the current settlement
period payable to, or receivable from, the counter-parties
included in accrued liabilities or receivables, respectively,
and recognized in earnings as an adjustment to interest expense
from the underlying debt to which the swap is designated. At
January 2, 2011, the Company had a portfolio of
USD-denominated interest rate swaps outstanding which
effectively fixes the interest on floating rate debt, exclusive
of lender spreads as follows: 2.25% for a notional principal
amount of $300,000 through December 2011 and 2.29% for a
notional principal amount of $300,000 through January 2012. At
September 30, 2010, the Company had a portfolio of
U.S. dollar-denominated interest rate swaps outstanding
which effectively fixes the interest on floating rate debt,
exclusive of lender spreads as follows: 2.25% for a notional
principal amount of $300,000 through December 2011 and 2.29% for
a notional principal amount of $300,000 through January 2012
(the U.S. dollar swaps). The derivative net
loss on these contracts recorded in AOCI by the Company at
January 2, 2011 was $(2,144), net of tax benefit of $1,314.
The derivative net (loss) on the U.S. dollar swaps
contracts recorded in AOCI by the Company at September 30,
2010 was $(2,675), net of tax benefit of $1,640. At
January 2, 2011, the portion of derivative net losses
estimated to be reclassified from AOCI into earnings by the
Company over the next 12 months is $862, net of tax.
F-47
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
The Company periodically enters into forward foreign exchange
contracts to hedge the risk from forecasted foreign denominated
third party and intercompany sales or payments. These
obligations generally require the Company to exchange foreign
currencies for U.S. Dollars, Euros, Pounds Sterling,
Australian Dollars, Brazilian Reals, Canadian Dollars or
Japanese Yen. These foreign exchange contracts are cash flow
hedges of fluctuating foreign exchange related to sales or
product or raw material purchases. Until the sale or purchase is
recognized, the fair value of the related hedge is recorded in
AOCI and as a derivative hedge asset or liability, as
applicable. At the time the sale or purchase is recognized, the
fair value of the related hedge is reclassified as an adjustment
to Net sales or purchase price variance in Cost of goods sold.
At January 2, 2011 the Company had a series of foreign
exchange derivative contracts outstanding through June 2012 with
a contract value of $239,830. At September 30, 2010 the
Company had a series of foreign exchange derivative contracts
outstanding through June 2012 with a contract value of $299,993.
The derivative net loss on these contracts recorded in AOCI by
the Company at January 2, 2011 was $(2,638), net of tax
benefit of $1,091. The derivative net (loss) on these contracts
recorded in AOCI by the Company at September 30, 2010 was
$(5,322), net of tax benefit of $2,204. At January 2, 2011,
the portion of derivative net losses estimated to be
reclassified from AOCI into earnings by the Company over the
next 12 months is $2,850, net of tax.
The Company is exposed to risk from fluctuating prices for raw
materials, specifically zinc used in its manufacturing
processes. The Company hedges a portion of the risk associated
with these materials through the use of commodity swaps. The
hedge contracts are designated as cash flow hedges with the fair
value changes recorded in AOCI and as a hedge asset or
liability, as applicable. The unrecognized changes in fair value
of the hedge contracts are reclassified from AOCI into earnings
when the hedged purchase of raw materials also affects earnings.
The swaps effectively fix the floating price on a specified
quantity of raw materials through a specified date. At
January 2, 2011 the Company had a series of such swap
contracts outstanding through September 2012 for 12 tons with a
contract value of $23,794. At September 30, 2010, the
Company had a series of such swap contracts outstanding through
September 2012 for 15 tons with a contract value of $28,897. The
derivative net gain on these contracts recorded in AOCI by the
Company at January 2, 2011 was $3,214, net of tax expense
of $1,716. The derivative net gain on these contracts recorded
in AOCI by the Company at September 30, 2010 was $2,256,
net of tax expense of $1,201. At January 2, 2011, the
portion of derivative net gains estimated to be reclassified
from AOCI into earnings by the Company over the next
12 months is $2,066, net of tax.
Derivative
Contracts
The Company periodically enters into forward and swap foreign
exchange contracts to economically hedge the risk from third
party and intercompany payments resulting from existing
obligations. These obligations generally require the Company to
exchange foreign currencies for U.S. Dollars, Euros or
Australian Dollars. These foreign exchange contracts are fair
value hedges of a related liability or asset recorded in the
accompanying Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial
Position (Unaudited). The gain or loss on the derivative hedge
contracts is recorded in earnings as an offset to the change in
value of the related liability or asset at each period end. At
January 2, 2011 and September 30, 2010 the Company had
$305,185 and $333,562, respectively, of such foreign exchange
derivative notional value contracts outstanding.
|
|
9
|
FAIR
VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
|
ASC Topic 820: Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosures, (ASC 820), establishes a new
framework for measuring fair value and expands related
disclosures. Broadly, the ASC 820 framework requires fair
value to be determined based on the exchange price that would be
received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit
price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the
asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants. ASC 820 establishes market or observable
inputs as the preferred source of values, followed by
assumptions based on hypothetical transactions in the absence of
market inputs. The
F-48
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
Company utilizes valuation techniques that attempt to maximize
the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of
unobservable inputs. The determination of the fair values
considers various factors, including closing exchange or
over-the-counter
market pricing quotations, time value and credit quality factors
underlying options and contracts. The fair value of certain
derivative financial instruments is estimated using pricing
models based on contracts with similar terms and risks. Modeling
techniques assume market correlation and volatility, such as
using prices of one delivery point to calculate the price of the
contracts different delivery point. The nominal value of
interest rate transactions is discounted using applicable
forward interest rate curves. In addition, by applying a credit
reserve which is calculated based on credit default swaps or
published default probabilities for the actual and potential
asset value, the fair value of the Companys derivative
financial instruments assets reflects the risk that the
counterparties to these contracts may default on the
obligations. Likewise, by assessing the requirements of a
reserve for non-performance which is calculated based on the
probability of default by the Company, the Company adjusts its
derivative contract liabilities to reflect the price at which a
potential market participant would be willing to assume the
Companys liabilities. The Company has not changed its
valuation techniques in measuring the fair value of any
financial assets and liabilities during the year.
The valuation techniques required by ASC 820 are based upon
observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect
market data obtained from independent sources, while
unobservable inputs reflect market assumptions made by the
Company. These two types of inputs create the following fair
value hierarchy:
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
Unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments in active
markets.
|
|
|
Level 2
|
Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted
prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are
not active; and model-derived valuations whose inputs are
observable or whose significant value drivers are observable.
|
|
|
Level 3
|
Significant inputs to the valuation model are unobservable.
|
The Company maintains policies and procedures to value
instruments using the best and most relevant data available. In
certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall
into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such
cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the
fair value measurement in its entirety falls must be determined
based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair
value measurement. The Companys assessment of the
significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement
in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors
specific to the asset or liability. In addition, the Company has
risk management teams that review valuation, including
independent price validation for certain instruments. Further,
in other instances, the Company retains independent pricing
vendors to assist in valuing certain instruments.
The Companys derivatives are valued using internal models,
which are based on market observable inputs including interest
rate curves and both forward and spot prices for currencies and
commodities.
F-49
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
The Companys net derivative portfolio as of
January 2, 2011, contains Level 2 instruments and
represents commodity, interest rate and foreign exchange
contracts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,930
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,930
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,930
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,930
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(5,494
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(5,494
|
)
|
Foreign exchange contracts, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(24,591
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
(24,591
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(30,085
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(30,085
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys net derivative portfolio as of
September 30, 2010, contains Level 2 instruments and
represents commodity, interest rate and foreign exchange
contracts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,914
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,914
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,914
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,914
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(6,627
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(6,627
|
)
|
Foreign exchange contracts, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(38,111
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
(38,111
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(44,738
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(44,738
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts and
other receivables, accounts payable and short-term debt
approximate fair value. The fair values of long-term debt and
derivative financial instruments are generally based on quoted
or observed market prices.
Goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets are also
tested annually or if a triggering event occurs that indicates
an impairment loss may have been incurred using fair value
measurements with unobservable inputs (Level 3). (See also
Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies
Intangible Assets, for further details on impairment testing.)
The carrying amounts and fair values of the Companys
financial instruments are summarized as follows
((liability)/asset):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 2, 2011
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Amount
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
(1,731,712
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,860,569
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,743,767
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,868,754
|
)
|
Interest rate swap agreements
|
|
|
(5,494
|
)
|
|
|
(5,494
|
)
|
|
|
(6,627
|
)
|
|
|
(6,627
|
)
|
Commodity swap and option agreements
|
|
|
4,930
|
|
|
|
4,930
|
|
|
|
3,914
|
|
|
|
3,914
|
|
Foreign exchange forward agreements
|
|
|
(24,591
|
)
|
|
|
(24,591
|
)
|
|
|
(38,111
|
)
|
|
|
(38,111
|
)
|
F-50
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
|
|
10
|
EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLANS
|
Pension
Benefits
The Company has various defined benefit pension plans covering
some of its employees in the U.S. and certain employees in
other countries, primarily the United Kingdom and Germany. These
pension plans generally provide benefits of stated amounts for
each year of service. The Company funds its U.S. pension
plans in accordance with the requirements of the defined benefit
pension plans and, where applicable, in amounts sufficient to
satisfy the minimum funding requirements of applicable laws.
Additionally, in compliance with the Companys funding
policy, annual contributions to
non-U.S. defined
benefit plans are equal to the actuarial recommendations or
statutory requirements in the respective countries.
The Company also sponsors or participates in a number of other
non-U.S. pension
arrangements, including various retirement and termination
benefit plans, some of which are covered by local law or
coordinated with government-sponsored plans, which are not
significant in the aggregate and therefore are not included in
the information presented below. The Company also has various
nonqualified deferred compensation agreements with certain of
its employees. Under certain of these agreements, the Company
has agreed to pay certain amounts annually for the first
15 years subsequent to retirement or to a designated
beneficiary upon death. It is managements intent that life
insurance contracts owned by the Company will fund these
agreements. Under the remaining agreements, the Company has
agreed to pay such deferred amounts in up to 15 annual
installments beginning on a date specified by the employee,
subsequent to retirement or disability, or to a designated
beneficiary upon death.
Other
Benefits
Under the Rayovac postretirement plan, the Company provides
certain health care and life insurance benefits to eligible
retired employees. Participants earn retiree health care
benefits after reaching age 45 over the next 10 succeeding
years of service and remain eligible until reaching age 65.
The plan is contributory and, accordingly, retiree contributions
have been established as a flat dollar amount with contribution
rates expected to increase at the active medical trend rate.
This plan is unfunded. The Company is amortizing the transition
obligation over a
20-year
period.
Under the Tetra U.S. postretirement plan the Company
provides postretirement medical benefits to full-time employees
who meet minimum age and service requirements. The plan is
contributory with retiree contributions adjusted annually and
contains other cost-sharing features such as deductibles,
coinsurance and copayments.
The Companys results of operations for the three month
periods ended January 2, 2011 and January 3, 2010
reflect the following pension and deferred compensation benefit
costs:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components of net periodic pension and other deferred
|
|
Three Months
|
|
compensation benefit costs
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
781
|
|
|
$
|
725
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
2,557
|
|
|
|
1,813
|
|
Expected return on assets
|
|
|
(1,965
|
)
|
|
|
(1,272
|
)
|
Amortization of prior service cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Recognized net actuarial loss
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Employee contributions
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
|
|
(88
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic benefit cost
|
|
$
|
1,341
|
|
|
$
|
1,180
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-51
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
Pension and deferred compensation contributions
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
Contributions made during period
|
|
$
|
914
|
|
|
$
|
359
|
|
The following table sets forth the fair value of the
Companys pension plan assets as of January 2, 2011
segregated by level within the fair value hierarchy (See
Note 9 Fair Value of Financial Instruments, for
discussion of the fair value hierarchy and fair value
principles):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
U.S. Defined Benefit Plan Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common collective trust equity
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
33,936
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
33,936
|
|
Common collective trust fixed income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,640
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,640
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total U.S. Defined Benefit Plan Assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
46,576
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
46,576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
International Defined Benefit Plan Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common collective trust equity
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
30,250
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
30,250
|
|
Common collective trust fixed income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,142
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,142
|
|
Insurance contracts general fund
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,734
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,734
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,677
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,677
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total International Defined Benefit Plan Assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
82,803
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
82,803
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table sets forth the fair value of the
Companys pension plan assets as of September 30, 2010
segregated by level within the fair value hierarchy:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
U.S. Defined Benefit Plan Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common collective trust equity
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,168
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,168
|
|
Common collective trust fixed income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total U.S. Defined Benefit Plan Assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,284
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,284
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
International Defined Benefit Plan Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common collective trust equity
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,090
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,090
|
|
Common collective trust fixed income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,725
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,725
|
|
Insurance contracts general fund
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,347
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,347
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total International Defined Benefit Plan Assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
81,282
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
81,282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company sponsors a defined contribution pension plan for its
domestic salaried employees, which allows participants to make
contributions by salary reduction pursuant to
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Prior to
April 1, 2009 the Company contributed annually from 3% to
6% of participants compensation based on age or service,
and had the ability to make additional discretionary
contributions. The Company suspended all contributions to its
U.S. subsidiaries defined contribution pension plans
effective April 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009.
Effective January 1, 2010 the Company reinstated its annual
contribution as described above. The Company also sponsors
defined contribution pension plans for employees of certain
foreign subsidiaries. Company contributions charged to
operations, including discretionary amounts, for the three month
periods ended January 2, 2011 and January 3, 2010 were
$1,411 and $99, respectively.
F-52
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal
jurisdiction and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions
and is subject to ongoing examination by the various taxing
authorities. The Companys major taxing jurisdictions are
the U.S., United Kingdom and Germany. In the U.S. federal
tax filings for years prior to and including the Companys
fiscal year ended September 30, 2006 are closed. However,
the federal net operating loss carryforward from the
Companys fiscal year ended September 30, 2006 is
subject to Internal Revenue Service (IRS)
examination until the year that such net operating loss
carryforward is utilized and that year is closed for audit. The
Companys fiscal years ended September 30, 2007, 2008,
2009, and 2010 remain open to examination by the IRS. Filings in
various U.S. state and local jurisdictions are also subject
to audit and to date no significant audit matters have arisen.
In the U.S. federal tax filings for years prior to and
including Russell Hobbs fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 are
closed. However, the federal net operating loss carryforward
from Russell Hobbs fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 is
subject to IRS examination until the year that such net
operating loss carryforward is utilized and that year is closed
for audit. Russell Hobbs fiscal year ended June 30, 2009
remains open to examination by the IRS. Filings in various
U.S. state and local jurisdictions are also subject to
audit and to date no significant audit matters have arisen.
Effective October 1, 2010 the Company began managing its
business in three vertically integrated, product-focused
reporting segments; (i) Global Batteries &
Appliances; (ii) Global Pet Supplies; and (iii) the
Home and Garden Business. See Note 1, Description of
Business, for additional information regarding the
Companys realignment of its reporting segments.
Global strategic initiatives and financial objectives for each
reportable segment are determined at the corporate level. Each
reportable segment is responsible for implementing defined
strategic initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives
and has a general manager responsible for the sales and
marketing initiatives and financial results for product lines
within that segment.
Net sales and Cost of goods sold to other business segments have
been eliminated. The gross contribution of intersegment sales is
included in the segment selling the product to the external
customer. Segment net sales are based upon the segment from
which the product is shipped.
The operating segment profits do not include restructuring and
related charges, acquisition and integration related charges,
reorganization items expense, net, interest expense, interest
income and income tax expense. In connection with the
realignment of reportable segments discussed above, as of
October 1, 2010 expenses associated with certain general
and administrative expenses necessary to reflect the operating
segments on a standalone basis and which were previously
reflected in operating segment profits, have been excluded in
the determination of reportable segment profits. Accordingly,
corporate expenses primarily include general and administrative
expenses and global long-term incentive compensation plans which
are evaluated on a consolidated basis and not allocated to the
Companys operating segments. All depreciation and
amortization included in income from operations is related to
operating segments or corporate expense. Costs are identified to
operating segments or corporate expense according to the
function of each cost center.
All capital expenditures are related to operating segments.
Variable allocations of assets are not made for segment
reporting.
The financial information presented herein reflects the impact
of all of the preceding segment structure changes for all
periods presented.
F-53
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
Segment information for the three month periods ended
January 2, 2011 and January 3, 2010 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Appliances
|
|
$
|
696,572
|
|
|
$
|
428,671
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
137,045
|
|
|
|
136,995
|
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
27,450
|
|
|
|
26,274
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segments
|
|
$
|
861,067
|
|
|
$
|
591,940
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Segment profit (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Appliances
|
|
$
|
93,299
|
|
|
$
|
47,704
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
16,239
|
|
|
|
1,386
|
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
(6,831
|
)
|
|
|
(9,580
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segments
|
|
|
102,707
|
|
|
|
39,510
|
|
Corporate expense
|
|
|
11,418
|
|
|
|
11,893
|
|
Acquisition and integration related charges
|
|
|
16,455
|
|
|
|
2,431
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
5,565
|
|
|
|
6,427
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
53,095
|
|
|
|
49,482
|
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
889
|
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before reorganization
items and income taxes
|
|
$
|
15,285
|
|
|
$
|
(31,369
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Segment total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Appliances
|
|
$
|
2,345,192
|
|
|
$
|
2,477,091
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
843,908
|
|
|
|
839,191
|
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
500,482
|
|
|
|
496,143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segments
|
|
|
3,689,582
|
|
|
|
3,812,425
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
56,792
|
|
|
|
61,179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets at period end
|
|
$
|
3,746,374
|
|
|
$
|
3,873,604
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
RESTRUCTURING
AND RELATED CHARGES
|
The Company reports restructuring and related charges associated
with manufacturing and related initiatives in Cost of goods
sold. Restructuring and related charges reflected in Cost of
goods sold include, but are not limited to, termination and
related costs associated with manufacturing employees, asset
impairments relating to manufacturing initiatives, and other
costs directly related to the restructuring or integration
initiatives implemented.
F-54
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
The Company reports restructuring and related charges relating
to administrative functions in Operating expenses, such as
initiatives impacting sales, marketing, distribution, or other
non-manufacturing related functions. Restructuring and related
charges reflected in Operating expenses include, but are not
limited to, termination and related costs, any asset impairments
relating to the functional areas described above, and other
costs directly related to the initiatives implemented as well as
consultation, legal and accounting fees related to the
evaluation of the Predecessor Companys capital structure
incurred prior to the Bankruptcy filing.
The following table summarizes restructuring and related charges
incurred by segment for the three month periods ended
January 2, 2011 and January 3, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Appliances
|
|
$
|
(150
|
)
|
|
$
|
847
|
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
744
|
|
|
|
766
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and related charges in cost of goods sold
|
|
|
594
|
|
|
|
1,651
|
|
Operating expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Appliances
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
(938
|
)
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
650
|
|
|
|
6,343
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
2,302
|
|
|
|
528
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
1,994
|
|
|
|
(1,157
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and related charges in operating expense
|
|
|
4,971
|
|
|
|
4,776
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and related charges
|
|
$
|
5,565
|
|
|
$
|
6,427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
Restructuring Initiatives
The Company implemented a series of initiatives within the
Global Batteries & Appliances segment, the Global Pet
Supplies segment and the Home and Garden Business segment to
reduce operating costs as well as evaluate the Companys
opportunities to improve its capital structure (the Global
Cost Reduction Initiatives). These initiatives include
headcount reductions within each of the Companys segments
and the exit of certain facilities in the U.S. related to
the Global Pet Supplies and Home and Garden Business segment.
These initiatives also included consultation, legal and
accounting fees related to the evaluation of the Companys
capital structure. The Company recorded $3,729 and $7,721 of
pretax restructuring and related charges during the three month
periods ended January 2, 2011 and January 3, 2010,
respectively, related to the Global Cost Reduction Initiatives.
Costs associated with these initiatives, which are expected to
be incurred through January 31, 2015, are projected to
total approximately $66,200.
F-55
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
Global
Cost Reduction Initiatives Summary
The following table summarizes the remaining accrual balance
associated with the 2009 initiatives and the activity during the
three month period ended January 2, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
6,447
|
|
|
$
|
4,005
|
|
|
$
|
10,452
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
2,232
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
2,264
|
|
Cash expenditures
|
|
|
(1,609
|
)
|
|
|
(621
|
)
|
|
|
(2,230
|
)
|
Non-cash items
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
(243
|
)
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual balance at January 2, 2011
|
|
$
|
7,254
|
|
|
$
|
3,173
|
|
|
$
|
10,427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expensed as incurred(A)
|
|
$
|
49
|
|
|
$
|
1,416
|
|
|
$
|
1,465
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Consists of amounts not impacting the accrual for restructuring
and related charges. |
The following table summarizes the expenses as incurred during
the three month period ending January 2, 2011, the
cumulative amount incurred to date and the total future expected
costs incurred associated with the Global Cost Reduction
Initiatives by operating segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global
|
|
|
|
Home and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Batteries &
|
|
Global Pet
|
|
Garden
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appliances
|
|
Supplies
|
|
Business
|
|
Corporate
|
|
Total
|
|
Restructuring and related charges during the three month period
ended January 2, 2011
|
|
$
|
33
|
|
|
$
|
3,046
|
|
|
$
|
650
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,729
|
|
Restructuring and related charges since initiative inception
|
|
$
|
7,072
|
|
|
$
|
13,256
|
|
|
$
|
14,654
|
|
|
$
|
7,591
|
|
|
$
|
42,573
|
|
Total future restructuring and related charges expected
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,000
|
|
|
$
|
5,625
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,625
|
|
2008
Restructuring Initiatives
The Company implemented an initiative within the Global
Batteries & Appliances segment to reduce operating
costs and rationalize the Companys manufacturing
structure. These initiatives include the plan to exit the
Companys Ningbo, China battery manufacturing facility (the
Ningbo Exit Plan). The Company recorded $(150) and
$696 of pretax restructuring and related charges during the
three month periods ended January 2, 2011 and
January 3, 2010, respectively, in connection with the
Ningbo Exit Plan. The Company has recorded pretax restructuring
and related charges of $29,378 since the inception of the Ningbo
Exit Plan, which are now substantially complete.
F-56
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
Ningbo
Exit Plan Summary
The following table summarizes the remaining accrual balance
associated with the 2008 initiatives and the activity during the
three month period ended January 2, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
491
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
26
|
|
Cash expenditures
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual balance at January 2, 2011
|
|
$
|
422
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expensed as incurred(A)
|
|
$
|
(176
|
)
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Consists of amounts not impacting the accrual for restructuring
and related charges. |
2007
Restructuring Initiatives
In Fiscal 2007, the Company began managing its business in three
vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments;
Global Batteries & Personal Care (which, effective
October 1, 2010, includes the appliance portion of Russell
Hobbs, collectively, Global Batteries & Appliances),
Global Pet Supplies and the Home and Garden Business. As part of
this realignment, the Companys Global Operations
organization, previously included in corporate expense,
consisting of research and development, manufacturing
management, global purchasing, quality operations and inbound
supply chain, is now included in each of the operating segments.
In connection with these changes the Company undertook a number
of cost reduction initiatives, primarily headcount reductions,
at the corporate and operating segment levels (the Global
Realignment Initiatives). The Company recorded $1,986 and
$(2,177) of pretax restructuring and related charges during the
three month periods ended January 2, 2011 and
January 3, 2010, respectively, in connection with the
Global Realignment Initiatives. Costs associated with these
initiatives, which are expected to be incurred through
June 30, 2011, relate primarily to severance and are
projected at approximately $91,300, the majority of which are
cash costs.
The following table summarizes the remaining accrual balance
associated with the Global Realignment Initiatives and the
activity during the three month period ended January 2,
2011:
Global
Realignment Initiatives Summary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
8,721
|
|
|
$
|
2,281
|
|
|
$
|
11,002
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
1,120
|
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
|
1,647
|
|
Cash expenditures
|
|
|
(4,486
|
)
|
|
|
(309
|
)
|
|
|
(4,795
|
)
|
Non-cash items
|
|
|
(706
|
)
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
(481
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual balance at January 2, 2011
|
|
$
|
4,649
|
|
|
$
|
2,724
|
|
|
$
|
7,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expensed as incurred(A)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
339
|
|
|
$
|
339
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Consists of amounts not impacting the accrual for restructuring
and related charges. |
F-57
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
The following table summarizes the expenses as incurred during
the three month period ended January 2, 2011, the
cumulative amount incurred to date and the total future expected
costs incurred associated with the Global Realignment
Initiatives by operating segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global
|
|
Home and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Batteries &
|
|
Garden
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appliances
|
|
Business
|
|
Corporate
|
|
Total
|
|
Restructuring and related charges during the three month period
ended January 2, 2011
|
|
$
|
(8
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,994
|
|
|
$
|
1,986
|
|
Restructuring and related charges since initiative inception
|
|
$
|
46,661
|
|
|
$
|
6,762
|
|
|
$
|
37,150
|
|
|
$
|
90,573
|
|
Total future restructuring and related charges expected
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
725
|
|
|
$
|
725
|
|
2006
Restructuring Initiatives
The Company implemented a series of initiatives within the
Global Batteries & Appliances segment in Europe to
reduce operating costs and rationalize the Companys
manufacturing structure (the European Initiatives).
These initiatives, which are substantially complete, include the
relocation of certain operations at the Ellwangen, Germany
packaging center to the Dischingen, Germany battery plant and
restructuring its sales, marketing and support functions. The
Company recorded no pretax restructuring and related charges
during both the three month periods ended January 2, 2011
and January 3, 2010 in connection with the European
Initiatives. The Company has recorded pretax restructuring and
related charges of $26,965 since the inception of the European
Initiatives.
The following table summarizes the remaining accrual balance
associated with the European Initiatives and the activity during
the three month period ended January 2, 2011:
European
Initiatives Summary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
1,801
|
|
|
$
|
47
|
|
|
$
|
1,848
|
|
Cash expenditures
|
|
|
(124
|
)
|
|
|
(37
|
)
|
|
|
(161
|
)
|
Non-cash items
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual balance at January 2, 2011
|
|
$
|
1,624
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
$
|
1,633
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
COMMITMENTS
AND CONTINGENCIES
|
The Company has provided for the estimated costs associated with
environmental remediation activities at some of its current and
former manufacturing sites. The Company believes that any
additional liability in excess of the amounts provided of
approximately $9,360, which may result from resolution of these
matters, will not have a material adverse effect on the
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the
Company.
In December 2009, San Francisco Technology, Inc. filed an
action in the Federal District Court for the Northern District
of California against the Company, as well as a number of
unaffiliated defendants, claiming that each of the defendants
had falsely marked patents on certain of its products in
violation of Article 35, Section 292 of the
U.S. Code and seeking to have civil fines imposed on each
of the defendants for such
F-58
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
claimed violations. The Company is reviewing the claims but is
unable to estimate any possible losses at this time.
Applica Consumer Products, Inc., (Applica) a
subsidiary of the Company is a defendant in NACCO Industries,
Inc. et al. v. Applica Incorporated et al., Case
No. C.A. 2541-VCL, which was filed in the Court of Chancery
of the State of Delaware in November 2006. The original
complaint in this action alleged a claim for, among other
things, breach of contract against Applica and a number of tort
claims against certain entities affiliated with the HCP Funds.
The claims against Applica related to the alleged breach of the
merger agreement between Applica and NACCO Industries, Inc.
(NACCO) and one of its affiliates, which agreement
was terminated following Applicas receipt of a superior
merger offer from the HCP Funds. On October 22, 2007, the
plaintiffs filed an amended complaint asserting claims against
Applica for, among other things, breach of contract and breach
of the implied covenant of good faith relating to the
termination of the NACCO merger agreement and asserting various
tort claims against Applica and the HCP Funds. The original
complaint was filed in conjunction with a motion preliminarily
to enjoin the HCP Funds acquisition of Applica. On
December 1, 2006, plaintiffs withdrew their motion for a
preliminary injunction. In light of the consummation of
Applicas merger with affiliates of the HCP Funds in
January 2007 (Applica is currently a subsidiary of Russell
Hobbs), the Company believes that any claim for specific
performance is moot. Applica filed a motion to dismiss the
amended complaint in December 2007. Rather than respond to the
motion to dismiss the amended complaint, NACCO filed a motion
for leave to file a second amended complaint, which was granted
in May 2008. Applica moved to dismiss the second amended
complaint, which motion was granted in part and denied in part
in December 2009.
The trial is currently scheduled for February 2011. The Company
may be unable to resolve the disputes successfully or without
incurring significant costs and expenses. As a result, Russell
Hobbs and Harbinger Master Fund have entered into an
indemnification agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by
which Harbinger Master Fund has agreed, effective upon the
consummation of the Merger, to indemnify Russell Hobbs, its
subsidiaries and any entity that owns all of the outstanding
voting stock of Russell Hobbs against any
out-of-pocket
losses, costs, expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and other
damages in excess of $3,000 incurred with respect to this
litigation and any future litigation or legal action against the
indemnified parties arising out of or relating to the matters
which form the basis of this litigation. The Company is
reviewing the claims but is unable to estimate any possible
losses at this time.
Applica is a defendant in three asbestos lawsuits in which the
plaintiffs have alleged injury as the result of exposure to
asbestos in hair dryers distributed by that subsidiary over
20 years ago. Although Applica never manufactured such
products, asbestos was used in certain hair dryers distributed
by it prior to 1979. The Company believes that these actions are
without merit, but may be unable to resolve the disputes
successfully without incurring significant expenses which the
Company is unable to estimate at this time. At this time, the
Company does not believe it has coverage under its insurance
policies for the asbestos lawsuits.
The Company is a defendant in various other matters of
litigation generally arising out of the ordinary course of
business.
The Company does not believe that any other matters or
proceedings presently pending will have a material adverse
effect on its results of operations, financial condition,
liquidity or cash flows.
Russell
Hobbs
On June 16, 2010, the Company consummated the Merger,
pursuant to which Spectrum Brands became a wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company and Russell Hobbs became a wholly
owned subsidiary of Spectrum Brands. Headquartered in Miramar,
Florida, Russell Hobbs is a designer, marketer and distributor
of a broad
F-59
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
range of branded small household appliances. Russell Hobbs
markets and distributes small kitchen and home appliances, pet
and pest products and personal care products. Russell Hobbs has
a broad portfolio of recognized brand names, including
Black & Decker, George Foreman, Russell Hobbs,
Toastmaster, LitterMaid, Farberware, Breadman and Juiceman.
Russell Hobbs customers include mass merchandisers,
specialty retailers and appliance distributors primarily in
North America, South America, Europe and Australia.
The results of Russell Hobbs operations since June 16, 2010
are included in the Companys Condensed Consolidated
Statements of Operations (Unaudited). Effective October 1,
2010, substantially all of the financial results of Russell
Hobbs are reported within the Global Batteries &
Appliances segment. In addition, certain pest control and pet
products included in the former Small Appliances segment have
been reclassified into the Home and Garden Business and Global
Pet Supplies segments, respectively.
In accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business
Combinations (ASC 805), the Company
accounted for the Merger by applying the acquisition method of
accounting. The acquisition method of accounting requires that
the consideration transferred in a business combination be
measured at fair value as of the closing date of the
acquisition. After consummation of the Merger, the stockholders
of Spectrum Brands, inclusive of the Harbinger Parties, owned
approximately 60% of SB Holdings and the stockholders of Russell
Hobbs owned approximately 40% of SB Holdings. Inasmuch as
Russell Hobbs was a private company and its common stock was not
publicly traded, the closing market price of the Spectrum Brands
common stock at June 15, 2010 was used to calculate the
purchase price. The total purchase price of Russell Hobbs was
approximately $597,579 determined as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands closing price per share on June 15, 2010
|
|
$
|
28.15
|
|
Purchase price Russell Hobbs allocation
20,704 shares(1)(2)
|
|
$
|
575,203
|
|
Cash payment to pay off Russell Hobbs North American
credit facility
|
|
|
22,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total purchase price of Russell Hobbs
|
|
$
|
597,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Number of shares calculated based upon conversion formula, as
defined in the Merger Agreement, using balances as of
June 16, 2010. |
|
(2) |
|
The fair value of 271 shares of unvested restricted stock
units as they relate to post combination services will be
recorded as operating expense over the remaining service period
and were assumed to have no fair value for the purchase price. |
Preliminary
Purchase Price Allocation
The total purchase price for Russell Hobbs was allocated to the
preliminary net tangible and intangible assets based upon their
preliminary fair values at June 16, 2010 as set forth
below. The excess of the purchase price over the preliminary net
tangible assets and intangible assets was recorded as goodwill.
The preliminary allocation of the purchase price was based upon
a valuation for which the estimates and assumptions are subject
to change within the measurement period (up to one year from the
acquisition date). The primary areas of the preliminary purchase
price allocation that are not yet finalized relate to the
certain legal matters, amounts for income taxes including
deferred tax accounts, amounts for uncertain tax positions, and
net operating loss carryforwards inclusive of associated
limitations, and the final allocation of goodwill. The Company
expects to continue to obtain information to assist it in
determining the fair values of the net assets
F-60
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
acquired at the acquisition date during the measurement period.
The preliminary purchase price allocation for Russell Hobbs is
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
307,809
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
15,150
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
363,327
|
|
Goodwill(A)
|
|
|
120,079
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
15,752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
$
|
822,117
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
142,046
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
18,970
|
|
Long-term liabilities
|
|
|
63,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities assumed
|
|
$
|
224,538
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
$
|
597,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Consists of $25,426 of tax deductible Goodwill. |
Preliminary
Pre-Acquisition Contingencies Assumed
The Company has evaluated and continues to evaluate
pre-acquisition contingencies relating to Russell Hobbs that
existed as of the acquisition date. Based on the evaluation to
date, the Company has preliminarily determined that certain
pre-acquisition contingencies are probable in nature and
estimable as of the acquisition date. Accordingly, the Company
has preliminarily recorded its best estimates for these
contingencies as part of the preliminary purchase price
allocation for Russell Hobbs. The Company continues to gather
information relating to all pre-acquisition contingencies that
it has assumed from Russell Hobbs. Any changes to the
pre-acquisition contingency amounts recorded during the
measurement period will be included in the purchase price
allocation. Subsequent to the end of the measurement period any
adjustments to pre-acquisition contingency amounts will be
reflected in the Companys results of operations.
Certain estimated values are not yet finalized and are subject
to change, which could be significant. The Company will finalize
the amounts recognized as it obtains the information necessary
to complete its analysis during the measurement period. The
following items are provisional and subject to change:
|
|
|
|
|
amounts for legal contingencies, pending the finalization of the
Companys examination and evaluation of the portfolio of
filed cases;
|
|
|
|
amounts for income taxes including deferred tax accounts,
amounts for uncertain tax positions, and net operating loss
carryforwards inclusive of associated limitations; and
|
|
|
|
the final allocation of Goodwill.
|
ASC 805 requires, among other things, that most assets acquired
and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of
the acquisition date. Accordingly, the Company performed a
preliminary valuation of the assets and liabilities of Russell
Hobbs at June 16, 2010. Significant adjustments as a result
of that preliminary valuation are summarized as followed:
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories An adjustment of $1,721 was recorded to
adjust inventory to fair value. Finished goods were valued at
estimated selling prices less the sum of costs of disposal and a
reasonable profit allowance for the selling effort.
|
F-61
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities, net An adjustment of
$43,086 was recorded to adjust deferred taxes for the
preliminary fair value allocations.
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net An adjustment of
$(455) was recorded to adjust the net book value of property,
plant and equipment to fair value giving consideration to their
highest and best use. Key assumptions used in the valuation of
the Companys property, plant and equipment were based on
the cost approach.
|
|
|
|
Certain indefinite-lived intangible assets were valued using a
relief from royalty methodology. Customer relationships and
certain definite-lived intangible assets were valued using a
multi-period excess earnings method. Certain intangible assets
are subject to sensitive business factors of which only a
portion are within control of the Companys management. The
total fair value of indefinite and definite lived intangibles
was $363,327 as of June 16, 2010. A summary of the
significant key inputs were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company valued customer relationships using the income
approach, specifically the multi-period excess earnings method.
In determining the fair value of the customer relationship, the
multi-period excess earnings approach values the intangible
asset at the present value of the incremental after-tax cash
flows attributable only to the customer relationship after
deducting contributory asset charges. The incremental after-tax
cash flows attributable to the subject intangible asset are then
discounted to their present value. Only expected sales from
current customers were used which included an expected growth
rate of 3%. The Company assumed a customer retention rate of
approximately 93% which was supported by historical retention
rates. Income taxes were estimated at 36% and amounts were
discounted using a rate of 15.5%. The customer relationships
were valued at $38,000 under this approach.
|
|
|
|
The Company valued trade names and trademarks using the income
approach, specifically the relief from royalty method. Under
this method, the asset value was determined by estimating the
hypothetical royalties that would have to be paid if the trade
name was not owned. Royalty rates were selected based on
consideration of several factors, including prior transactions
of Russell Hobbs related trademarks and trade names, other
similar trademark licensing and transaction agreements and the
relative profitability and perceived contribution of the
trademarks and trade names. Royalty rates used in the
determination of the fair values of trade names and trademarks
ranged from 2.0% to 5.5% of expected net sales related to the
respective trade names and trademarks. The Company anticipates
using the majority of the trade names and trademarks for an
indefinite period as demonstrated by the sustained use of each
subjected trademark. In estimating the fair value of the
trademarks and trade names, Net sales for significant trade
names and trademarks were estimated to grow at a rate of 1%-14%
annually with a terminal year growth rate of 3%. Income taxes
were estimated at a range of 30%-38% and amounts were discounted
using rates between 15.5%-16.5%. Trade name and trademarks were
valued at $170,930 under this approach.
|
|
|
|
The Company valued a trade name license agreement using the
income approach, specifically the multi-period excess earnings
method. In determining the fair value of the trade name license
agreement, the multi-period excess earnings approach values the
intangible asset at the present value of the incremental
after-tax cash flows attributable only to the trade name license
agreement after deducting contributory asset charges. The
incremental after-tax cash flows attributable to the subject
intangible asset are then discounted to their present value. In
estimating the fair value of the trade name license agreement
net sales were estimated to grow at a rate of (3)%-1% annually.
The Company assumed a twelve year useful life of the trade name
license agreement. Income taxes were estimated at 37% and
amounts were discounted using a rate of 15.5%. The trade name
license agreement was valued at $149,200 under this approach.
|
F-62
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
|
|
|
|
|
The Company valued technology using the income approach,
specifically the relief from royalty method. Under this method,
the asset value was determined by estimating the hypothetical
royalties that would have to be paid if the technology was not
owned. Royalty rates were selected based on consideration of
several factors including prior transactions of Russell Hobbs
related licensing agreements and the importance of the
technology and profit levels, among other considerations.
Royalty rates used in the determination of the fair values of
technologies were 2% of expected net sales related to the
respective technology. The Company anticipates using these
technologies through the legal life of the underlying patent and
therefore the expected life of these technologies was equal to
the remaining legal life of the underlying patents ranging from
9 to 11 years. In estimating the fair value of the
technologies, net sales were estimated to grow at a rate of
3%-12% annually. Income taxes were estimated at 37% and amounts
were discounted using the rate of 15.5%. The technology assets
were valued at $4,100 under this approach.
|
Supplemental
Pro Forma Information
The following reflects the Companys pro forma results had
the results of Russell Hobbs been included for all periods
beginning after September 30, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported Net sales
|
|
$
|
861,067
|
|
|
$
|
591,940
|
|
Russell Hobbs adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
248,689
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma Net sales
|
|
$
|
861,067
|
|
|
$
|
840,629
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported (Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(19,758
|
)
|
|
$
|
(57,514
|
)
|
Russell Hobbs adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma Loss from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(19,758
|
)
|
|
$
|
(38,141
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and Diluted earnings per share from continuing
operations(A):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported Basic and Diluted earnings per share from continuing
operations
|
|
$
|
(0.39
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.92
|
)
|
Russell Hobbs adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing
operations
|
|
$
|
(0.39
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.27
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
The Company has not assumed the exercise of common stock
equivalents as the impact would be antidilutive. |
Seed
Resources, LLC
On December 3, 2010 the Company completed the $10,524 cash
acquisition of Seed Resources, LLC (Seed Resources).
Seed Resources is a leading wild seed cake producer through its
Birdola premium brand seed cakes. This acquisition was not
significant individually. In accordance with ASC 805, the
Company accounted for the acquisition by applying the
acquisition method of accounting. The acquisition method of
accounting requires that the consideration transferred in a
business combination be measured at fair value as of the closing
date of the acquisition.
The results of Seed Resources operations since December 3,
2010 are included in the Companys Condensed Consolidated
Statements of Operations (Unaudited) and are reported as part of
the Global Pet
F-63
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
Supplies business segment. The preliminary purchase price of
$12,200, including a $1,100 trade name intangible asset and
$10,029 of goodwill, for this acquisition was based upon a
preliminary valuation. The Companys estimates and
assumptions for this acquisition are subject to change as the
Company obtains additional information for its estimates during
the respective measurement period. The primary areas of the
purchase price allocation that are not yet finalized relate to
certain legal matters, income and non-income based taxes and
residual goodwill.
|
|
16
|
RELATED
PARTY TRANSACTIONS
|
Merger
Agreement and Exchange Agreement
On June 16, 2010 (the Closing Date), SB
Holdings completed the Merger pursuant to the Agreement and Plan
of Merger, dated as of February 9, 2010, as amended on
March 1, 2010, March 26, 2010 and April 30, 2010,
by and among SB Holdings, Russell Hobbs, Spectrum Brands,
Battery Merger Corp., and Grill Merger Corp. (the Merger
Agreement). As a result of the Merger, each of Spectrum
Brands and Russell Hobbs became a wholly-owned subsidiary of SB
Holdings. At the effective time of the Merger, (i) the
outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands common stock were canceled
and converted into the right to receive shares of SB Holdings
common stock, and (ii) the outstanding shares of Russell
Hobbs common stock and preferred stock were canceled and
converted into the right to receive shares of SB Holdings common
stock.
Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, on
February 9, 2010, Spectrum Brands entered into support
agreements with the Harbinger Parties and Avenue International
Master, L.P. and certain of its affiliates (the Avenue
Parties), in which the Harbinger Parties and the Avenue
Parties agreed to vote their shares of Spectrum Brands common
stock acquired before the date of the Merger Agreement in favor
of the Merger and against any alternative proposal that would
impede the Merger.
Immediately following the consummation of the Merger, the
Harbinger Parties owned approximately 64% of the outstanding SB
Holdings common stock and the stockholders of Spectrum Brands
(other than the Harbinger Parties) owned approximately 36% of
the outstanding SB Holdings common stock.
On January 7, 2011, the Harbinger Parties contributed
27,757 shares of SB Holdings common stock to Harbinger
Group, Inc. (HRG) and received in exchange for such
shares an aggregate of 119,910 shares of HRG common stock
(the Share Exchange), pursuant to a Contribution and
Exchange Agreement (the Exchange Agreement). As a
result of the Share Exchange, (i) HRG owns approximately
54.4% of the outstanding shares of SB Holdings common
stock and the Harbinger Parties own approximately 12.7% of the
outstanding shares of SB Holdings common stock, and
(ii) the Harbinger Parties own 129,860 shares of HRG
common stock, or approximately 93.3% of the outstanding HRG
common stock.
In connection with the Merger, the Harbinger Parties and SB
Holdings entered into a stockholder agreement, dated
February 9, 2010 (the Stockholder Agreement),
which provides for certain protective provisions in favor of
minority stockholders and provides certain rights and imposes
certain obligations on the Harbinger Parties, including:
|
|
|
|
|
for so long as the Harbinger Parties own 40% or more of the
outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings, the Harbinger
Parties and HRG will vote their shares of SB Holdings common
stock to effect the structure of the SB Holdings board of
directors as described in the Stockholder Agreement;
|
|
|
|
the Harbinger Parties will not effect any transfer of equity
securities of SB Holdings to any person that would result in
such person and its affiliates owning 40% or more of the
outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings, unless specified
conditions are met; and
|
|
|
|
the Harbinger Parties will be granted certain access and
informational rights with respect to SB Holdings and its
subsidiaries.
|
F-64
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
Pursuant to a joinder to the Stockholder Agreement entered into
by the Harbinger Parties and HRG previously, upon consummation
of the Share Exchange, HRG became a party to the Stockholder
Agreement, subject to all of the covenants, terms and conditions
of the Stockholder Agreement to the same extent as the Harbinger
Parties were bound thereunder prior to giving effect to the
Share Exchange.
Certain provisions of the Stockholder Agreement terminate on the
date on which the Harbinger Parties or HRG no longer constitutes
a Significant Stockholder (as defined in the Stockholder
Agreement). The Stockholder Agreement terminates when any person
(including the Harbinger Parties or HRG) acquires 90% or more of
the outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings.
Also in connection with the Mergers, the Harbinger Parties, the
Avenue Parties and SB Holdings entered into a registration
rights agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010 (the
SB Holdings Registration Rights Agreement), pursuant
to which the Harbinger Parties and the Avenue Parties have,
among other things and subject to the terms and conditions set
forth therein, certain demand and so-called piggy
back registration rights with respect to their shares of
SB Holdings common stock. On September 10, 2010, the
Harbinger Parties and HRG entered into a joinder to the SB
Holdings Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which,
effective upon the consummation of the Share Exchange, HRG will
become a party to the SB Holdings Registration Rights Agreement,
entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations of a
holder thereunder.
Other
Agreements
On August 28, 2009, in connection with Spectrum
Brands emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization
proceedings, Spectrum Brands entered into a registration rights
agreement with the Harbinger Parties, the Avenue Parties and
D.E. Shaw Laminar Portfolios, L.L.C. (D.E. Shaw),
pursuant to which the Harbinger Parties, the Avenue Parties and
D.E. Shaw have, among other things and subject to the terms and
conditions set forth therein, certain demand and so-called
piggy back registration rights with respect to their
Spectrum Brands 12% Notes.
In connection with the Mergers, Russell Hobbs and Harbinger
Master Fund entered into an indemnification agreement, dated as
of February 9, 2010 (the Indemnification
Agreement), by which Harbinger Master Fund agreed, among
other things and subject to the terms and conditions set forth
therein, to guarantee the obligations of Russell Hobbs to pay
(i) a reverse termination fee to Spectrum Brands under the
merger agreement and (ii) monetary damages awarded to
Spectrum Brands in connection with any willful and material
breach by Russell Hobbs of the Merger Agreement. The maximum
amount payable by Harbinger Master Fund under the
Indemnification Agreement was $50,000 less any amounts paid by
Russell Hobbs or the Harbinger Parties, or any of their
respective affiliates as damages under any documents related to
the Mergers. No such amounts became due under the
Indemnification Agreement. Harbinger Master Fund also agreed to
indemnify Russell Hobbs, SB Holdings and their subsidiaries for
out-of-pocket
costs and expenses above $3,000 in the aggregate that become
payable after the consummation of the Mergers and that relate to
the litigation arising out of Russell Hobbs business
combination transaction with Applica Incorporated.
|
|
17
|
NEW
ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
|
Business
Combinations
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the
FASB) issued new accounting guidance on business
combinations and noncontrolling interests in consolidated
financial statements. The objective is to improve the relevance,
representational faithfulness and comparability of the
information that a reporting entity provides in its financial
reports about a business combination and its effects. The
guidance applies to all transactions or other events in which an
entity (the acquirer) obtains control of one or more
businesses (the acquiree), including those sometimes
referred to as true mergers or mergers of
equals
F-65
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Notes to
Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited) (Continued)
(Amounts
in thousands, except per share figures)
and combinations achieved without the transfer of consideration.
The guidance, among other things, requires companies to provide
disclosures relating to the gross amount of goodwill and
accumulated goodwill impairment losses. In April 2009, the FASB
issued additional guidance which addresses application issues
arising from contingencies in a business combination. The
Company adopted the new guidance beginning October 1, 2009.
The Company completed the Merger during Fiscal 2010 and acquired
Seed Resources on December 3, 2010. (See Note 15,
Acquisitions, for information relating to the Merger and the
Seed Resources Acquisition.)
Employers
Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan
Assets
In December 2008, the FASB issued new accounting guidance on
employers disclosures about assets of a defined benefit
pension or other postretirement plan. It requires employers to
disclose information about fair value measurements of plan
assets. The objectives of the disclosures are to provide an
understanding of: (a) how investment allocation decisions
are made, including the factors that are pertinent to an
understanding of investment policies and strategies;
(b) the major categories of plan assets; (c) the
inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value
of plan assets; (d) the effect of fair value measurements
using significant unobservable inputs on changes in plan assets
for the period; and (e) significant concentrations of risk
within plan assets. The Company adopted this new guidance at
September 30, 2010, the fair value measurement date of its
defined benefit pension and retiree medical plans. (See
Note 10, Employee Benefit Plans, for the applicable
disclosures.)
F-66
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of
financial position of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and
subsidiaries (the Company) as of September 30, 2010 and
September 30, 2009 (Successor Company), and the related
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders equity
(deficit) and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for
the year ended September 30, 2010, the period
August 31, 2009 to September 30, 2009 (Successor
Company), the period October 1, 2008 to August 30,
2009 and the year ended September 30, 2008 (Predecessor
Company). In connection with our audits of the consolidated
financial statements, we have also audited the financial
statement schedule II. These consolidated financial
statements are the responsibility of the Companys
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of the Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries
as of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009
(Successor Company), and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2010, the
period August 31, 2009 to September 30, 2009
(Successor Company), the period October 1, 2008 to
August 30, 2009 and the year ended September 30, 2008
(Predecessor Company) in conformity with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
Companys internal control over financial reporting as of
September 30, 2010, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO), and our report dated December 14, 2010 expressed an
unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys
internal control over financial reporting.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial
statements, the Predecessor Company filed a petition for
reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States
Bankruptcy Code on February 3, 2009. The Companys
plan of reorganization became effective and the Company emerged
from bankruptcy protection on August 28, 2009. In
connection with their emergence from bankruptcy, the Successor
Company Spectrum Brands, Inc. adopted fresh-start reporting in
conformity with ASC Topic 852,
Reorganizations formerly America Institute of
Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position
90-7,
Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization under
the Bankruptcy Code, effective as of August 30,
2009. Accordingly, the Successor Companys consolidated
financial statements prior to August 30, 2009 are not
comparable to its consolidated financial statements for periods
on after August 30, 2009.
As discussed in Note 10 to the consolidated financial
statements, effective September 30, 2009, the Successor
Company adopted the measurement date provision of ASC Topic 715,
Compensation-Retirement Benefits formerly
FAS 158, Employers Accounting for Defined
Benefit Pension and other Postretirement Plans.
Atlanta, Georgia
December 14, 2010, except for Notes 1, 6, 11 and 17
as to which the date is February 25, 2011
F-67
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.:
We have audited Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries
(the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of
September 30, 2010, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO). The Companys management is responsible
for maintaining effective internal control over financial
reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting, included in
Managements Annual Report on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion
on the Companys internal control over financial reporting
based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk
that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on
the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control
over financial reporting as of September 30, 2010, based on
criteria established in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited the accompanying consolidated statements of
financial position of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of September 30, 2010 and
September 30, 2009 (Successor Company), and the related
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders equity
(deficit) and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for
the year ended September 30, 2010, the period
August 31, 2009 to September 30, 2009 (Successor
Company), the period October 1, 2008 to August 30,
2009 and the year ended September 30, 2008 (Predecessor
Company), along with the financial statement schedule II,
and our report dated December 14, 2010 expressed an
unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
The Company acquired Russell Hobbs, Inc. and its subsidiaries
(Russell Hobbs) on June 16, 2010. Management excluded
Russell Hobbs from its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting and the associated
total assets of $863,282,000 and total net sales of $237,576,000
included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company
as of and for the year ended September 30, 2010. Our audit
of internal control over financial reporting of the Company as
of September 30, 2010 also excluded Russell Hobbs.
Atlanta, Georgia
December 14, 2010
F-68
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
September 30,
2010 and 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
170,614
|
|
|
$
|
97,800
|
|
Receivables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowances of $4,351 and
$1,011, respectively
|
|
|
365,002
|
|
|
|
274,483
|
|
Other
|
|
|
41,445
|
|
|
|
24,968
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
530,342
|
|
|
|
341,505
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
35,735
|
|
|
|
28,137
|
|
Assets held for sale
|
|
|
12,452
|
|
|
|
11,870
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other
|
|
|
44,122
|
|
|
|
39,973
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
1,199,712
|
|
|
|
818,736
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
201,164
|
|
|
|
212,361
|
|
Deferred charges and other
|
|
|
46,352
|
|
|
|
34,934
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
600,055
|
|
|
|
483,348
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
1,769,360
|
|
|
|
1,461,945
|
|
Debt issuance costs
|
|
|
56,961
|
|
|
|
9,422
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
3,873,604
|
|
|
$
|
3,020,746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt
|
|
$
|
20,710
|
|
|
$
|
53,578
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
332,231
|
|
|
|
186,235
|
|
Accrued liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wages and benefits
|
|
|
93,971
|
|
|
|
88,443
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
37,118
|
|
|
|
21,950
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
23,793
|
|
|
|
26,203
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
31,652
|
|
|
|
8,678
|
|
Other
|
|
|
123,297
|
|
|
|
109,981
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
662,772
|
|
|
|
495,068
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
|
|
|
1,723,057
|
|
|
|
1,529,957
|
|
Employee benefit obligations, net of current portion
|
|
|
92,725
|
|
|
|
55,855
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
277,843
|
|
|
|
227,498
|
|
Other
|
|
|
70,828
|
|
|
|
51,489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
2,827,225
|
|
|
|
2,359,867
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized
200,000 shares; issued 51,020 shares; outstanding
51,020 shares at September 30, 2010
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized
150,000 shares; issued 30,000 shares; outstanding
30,000 shares at September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
1,316,461
|
|
|
|
724,796
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(260,892
|
)
|
|
|
(70,785
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
|
|
|
(7,497
|
)
|
|
|
6,568
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,048,586
|
|
|
|
660,879
|
|
Less treasury stock, at cost, 81 and 0 shares, respectively
|
|
|
(2,207
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
1,046,379
|
|
|
|
660,879
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
3,873,604
|
|
|
$
|
3,020,746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-69
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
2,567,011
|
|
|
$
|
219,888
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,010,648
|
|
|
$
|
2,426,571
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
1,638,451
|
|
|
|
155,310
|
|
|
|
|
1,245,640
|
|
|
|
1,489,971
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
7,150
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
13,189
|
|
|
|
16,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
921,410
|
|
|
|
64,400
|
|
|
|
|
751,819
|
|
|
|
920,101
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling
|
|
|
466,813
|
|
|
|
39,136
|
|
|
|
|
363,106
|
|
|
|
506,365
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
199,386
|
|
|
|
20,578
|
|
|
|
|
145,235
|
|
|
|
188,934
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
31,013
|
|
|
|
3,027
|
|
|
|
|
21,391
|
|
|
|
25,315
|
|
Acquisition and integration related charges
|
|
|
38,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
16,968
|
|
|
|
1,551
|
|
|
|
|
30,891
|
|
|
|
22,838
|
|
Goodwill and intangibles impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,391
|
|
|
|
861,234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
752,632
|
|
|
|
64,292
|
|
|
|
|
595,014
|
|
|
|
1,604,686
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
168,778
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
156,805
|
|
|
|
(684,585
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
277,015
|
|
|
|
16,962
|
|
|
|
|
172,940
|
|
|
|
229,013
|
|
Other expense (income), net
|
|
|
12,300
|
|
|
|
(816
|
)
|
|
|
|
3,320
|
|
|
|
1,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations before reorganization items and
income taxes
|
|
|
(120,537
|
)
|
|
|
(16,038
|
)
|
|
|
|
(19,455
|
)
|
|
|
(914,818
|
)
|
Reorganization items expense (income), net
|
|
|
3,646
|
|
|
|
3,962
|
|
|
|
|
(1,142,809
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
(124,183
|
)
|
|
|
(20,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
1,123,354
|
|
|
|
(914,818
|
)
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
63,189
|
|
|
|
51,193
|
|
|
|
|
22,611
|
|
|
|
(9,460
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
|
(187,372
|
)
|
|
|
(71,193
|
)
|
|
|
|
1,100,743
|
|
|
|
(905,358
|
)
|
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
(2,735
|
)
|
|
|
408
|
|
|
|
|
(86,802
|
)
|
|
|
(26,187
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(190,107
|
)
|
|
$
|
(70,785
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
1,013,941
|
|
|
$
|
(931,545
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net (loss) income per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(5.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.37
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
21.45
|
|
|
$
|
(17.78
|
)
|
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
(1.69
|
)
|
|
|
(0.51
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(5.28
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.36
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
19.76
|
|
|
$
|
(18.29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding
|
|
|
36,000
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
|
51,306
|
|
|
|
50,921
|
|
Diluted net (loss) income per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(5.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.37
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
21.45
|
|
|
$
|
(17.78
|
)
|
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
(1.69
|
)
|
|
|
(0.51
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(5.28
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.36
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
19.76
|
|
|
$
|
(18.29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares of common stock and equivalents
outstanding
|
|
|
36,000
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
|
51,306
|
|
|
|
50,921
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-70
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Income (Loss),
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
net of tax
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
(Deficit)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balances at September 30, 2007, Predecessor Company
|
|
|
52,765
|
|
|
$
|
690
|
|
|
$
|
669,274
|
|
|
$
|
(763,370
|
)
|
|
$
|
65,664
|
|
|
$
|
(76,086
|
)
|
|
$
|
(103,828
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(931,545
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(931,545
|
)
|
Adjustment of additional minimum pension liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,459
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,459
|
|
Valuation allowance adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,060
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,060
|
)
|
Translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,236
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,236
|
|
Other unrealized gains and losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(927,764
|
)
|
Issuance of restricted stock
|
|
|
408
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeiture of restricted stock
|
|
|
(268
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury shares surrendered
|
|
|
(130
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(744
|
)
|
|
|
(744
|
)
|
Amortization of unearned compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at September 30, 2008, Predecessor Company
|
|
|
52,775
|
|
|
$
|
692
|
|
|
$
|
674,370
|
|
|
$
|
(1,694,915
|
)
|
|
$
|
69,445
|
|
|
$
|
(76,830
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,027,238
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,013,941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,013,941
|
|
Adjustment of additional minimum pension liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,160
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,160
|
)
|
Valuation allowance adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,104
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,104
|
|
Translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,650
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,650
|
)
|
Other unrealized gains and losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,817
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,817
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,025,052
|
|
Issuance of restricted stock
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeiture of restricted stock
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury shares surrendered
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
Amortization of unearned compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,636
|
|
Cancellation of Predecessor Company common stock
|
|
|
(52,738
|
)
|
|
|
(691
|
)
|
|
|
(677,007
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,891
|
|
|
|
(600,807
|
)
|
Elimination of Predecessor Company accumulated deficit and
accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
680,974
|
|
|
|
(80,556
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600,418
|
|
Issuance of new common stock in connection with emergence from
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
724,796
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
725,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at August 30, 2009, Successor Company
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
|
$
|
724,796
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
725,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at August 30, 2009, Successor Company
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
|
$
|
724,796
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
725,096
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(70,785
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(70,785
|
)
|
Adjustment of additional minimum pension liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
576
|
|
Valuation allowance adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(755
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(755
|
)
|
Translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,896
|
|
Other unrealized gains and losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(64,217
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at September 30, 2009, Successor Company
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
|
$
|
724,796
|
|
|
$
|
(70,785
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,568
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
660,879
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(190,107
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(190,107
|
)
|
Adjustment of additional minimum pension liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,773
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,773
|
)
|
Valuation allowance adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,398
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,398
|
)
|
Translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,596
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,596
|
|
Other unrealized gains and losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,490
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,490
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(204,172
|
)
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
20,433
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
574,998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
575,203
|
|
Issuance of restricted stock
|
|
|
939
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested restricted stock units, not issued or outstanding
|
|
|
(271
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury shares surrendered
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,207
|
)
|
|
|
(2,207
|
)
|
Amortization of unearned compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at September 30, 2010, Successor Company
|
|
|
51,020
|
|
|
$
|
514
|
|
|
$
|
1,316,461
|
|
|
$
|
(260,892
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,497
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,207
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,046,379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-71
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(190,107
|
)
|
|
$
|
(70,785
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
1,013,941
|
|
|
$
|
(931,545
|
)
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(2,735
|
)
|
|
|
408
|
|
|
|
|
(86,802
|
)
|
|
|
(26,187
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
|
(187,372
|
)
|
|
|
(71,193
|
)
|
|
|
|
1,100,743
|
|
|
|
(905,358
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash
provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
54,822
|
|
|
|
5,158
|
|
|
|
|
36,745
|
|
|
|
52,236
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
45,920
|
|
|
|
3,513
|
|
|
|
|
19,099
|
|
|
|
27,687
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
9,030
|
|
|
|
314
|
|
|
|
|
13,338
|
|
|
|
8,387
|
|
Amortization of unearned restricted stock compensation
|
|
|
16,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,636
|
|
|
|
5,098
|
|
Impairment of goodwill and intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,391
|
|
|
|
861,234
|
|
Non-cash goodwill adjustment due to release of valuation
allowance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fresh-start reporting adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,087,566
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on cancelation of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(146,555
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Administrative related reorganization items
|
|
|
3,646
|
|
|
|
3,962
|
|
|
|
|
91,312
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments for administrative related reorganization items
|
|
|
(47,173
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
51,731
|
|
|
|
3,498
|
|
|
|
|
22,046
|
|
|
|
(37,237
|
)
|
Non-cash increase to cost of goods sold due to inventory
valuations
|
|
|
34,865
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash interest expense on 12% Notes
|
|
|
24,555
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Write off of unamortized discount on retired debt
|
|
|
59,162
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Write off of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
6,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,358
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
16,359
|
|
|
|
1,299
|
|
|
|
|
28,368
|
|
|
|
29,726
|
|
Non-cash debt accretion
|
|
|
18,302
|
|
|
|
2,861
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
12,702
|
|
|
|
5,699
|
|
|
|
|
68,203
|
|
|
|
8,655
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(66,127
|
)
|
|
|
48,995
|
|
|
|
|
9,004
|
|
|
|
12,086
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
2,025
|
|
|
|
1,256
|
|
|
|
|
5,131
|
|
|
|
13,738
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
86,497
|
|
|
|
22,438
|
|
|
|
|
(80,463
|
)
|
|
|
(62,165
|
)
|
Other assets and liabilities
|
|
|
(73,612
|
)
|
|
|
(6,565
|
)
|
|
|
|
(88,996
|
)
|
|
|
(18,990
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities of continuing
operations
|
|
|
68,559
|
|
|
|
68,678
|
|
|
|
|
29,794
|
|
|
|
(4,903
|
)
|
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities of discontinued
operations
|
|
|
(11,221
|
)
|
|
|
6,273
|
|
|
|
|
(28,187
|
)
|
|
|
(5,259
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
|
|
|
57,338
|
|
|
|
74,951
|
|
|
|
|
1,607
|
|
|
|
(10,162
|
)
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(40,316
|
)
|
|
|
(2,718
|
)
|
|
|
|
(8,066
|
)
|
|
|
(18,928
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
|
285
|
|
Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
(2,577
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,460
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used by investing activities of continuing operations
|
|
|
(42,505
|
)
|
|
|
(2,647
|
)
|
|
|
|
(16,147
|
)
|
|
|
(18,643
|
)
|
Net cash (used) provided by investing activities of discontinued
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(855
|
)
|
|
|
12,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-72
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used by investing activities
|
|
|
(42,505
|
)
|
|
|
(2,647
|
)
|
|
|
|
(17,002
|
)
|
|
|
(6,267
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from new Senior Credit Facilities, excluding new ABL
Revolving Credit Facility, net of discount
|
|
|
1,474,755
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment of extinguished senior credit facilities, excluding old
ABL revolving credit facility
|
|
|
(1,278,760
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reduction of other debt
|
|
|
(8,456
|
)
|
|
|
(4,603
|
)
|
|
|
|
(120,583
|
)
|
|
|
(425,073
|
)
|
Proceeds from other debt financing
|
|
|
13,688
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
477,759
|
|
Debt issuance costs, net of refund
|
|
|
(55,024
|
)
|
|
|
(287
|
)
|
|
|
|
(17,199
|
)
|
|
|
(152
|
)
|
Extinguished ABL Revolving Credit Facility
|
|
|
(33,225
|
)
|
|
|
(31,775
|
)
|
|
|
|
65,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Payments of) proceeds on supplemental loan
|
|
|
(45,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury stock purchases
|
|
|
(2,207
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
(744
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
65,771
|
|
|
|
(36,665
|
)
|
|
|
|
(27,843
|
)
|
|
|
51,790
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents due
to Venezuela hyperinflation
|
|
|
(8,048
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
1,002
|
|
|
|
|
(376
|
)
|
|
|
(441
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
72,814
|
|
|
|
36,641
|
|
|
|
|
(43,614
|
)
|
|
|
34,920
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
|
|
|
97,800
|
|
|
|
61,159
|
|
|
|
|
104,773
|
|
|
|
69,853
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
|
|
$
|
170,614
|
|
|
$
|
97,800
|
|
|
|
$
|
61,159
|
|
|
$
|
104,773
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
136,429
|
|
|
$
|
5,828
|
|
|
|
$
|
158,380
|
|
|
$
|
227,290
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes, net
|
|
|
36,951
|
|
|
|
1,336
|
|
|
|
|
18,768
|
|
|
|
16,999
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-73
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
(1)
|
Description
of Business
|
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (SB
Holdings or the Company), is a global branded
consumer products company and was created in connection with the
combination of Spectrum Brands, Inc. (Spectrum
Brands), a global branded consumer products company, and
Russell Hobbs, Inc. (Russell Hobbs), a global
branded small appliance company, to form a new combined company
(the Merger). The Merger was consummated on
June 16, 2010. As a result of the Merger, both Spectrum
Brands and Russell Hobbs are wholly-owned subsidiaries of SB
Holdings and Russell Hobbs is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Spectrum Brands. SB Holdings trades on the New York Stock
Exchange under the symbol SPB.
In connection with the Merger, Spectrum Brands refinanced its
existing senior debt and a portion of Russell Hobbs
existing senior debt through a combination of a new $750,000
United States (U.S.) Dollar Term Loan due
June 16, 2016, new $750,000 9.5% Senior Secured Notes
maturing June 15, 2018 and a new $300,000 ABL revolving
facility due June 16, 2014. (See also Note 7, Debt,
for a more complete discussion of the Companys outstanding
debt.)
On February 3, 2009, Spectrum Brands, at the time a
Wisconsin corporation, and each of its wholly owned
U.S. subsidiaries (collectively, the Debtors)
filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the Bankruptcy Code), in
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Texas
(the Bankruptcy Court). On August 28, 2009 (the
Effective Date), the Debtors emerged from
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. As of the Effective Date
and pursuant to the Debtors confirmed plan of
reorganization, Spectrum Brands converted from a Wisconsin
corporation to a Delaware corporation.
Unless the context indicates otherwise, the term
Company is used to refer to both Spectrum Brands and
its subsidiaries prior to the Merger and SB Holdings and its
subsidiaries subsequent to the Merger. The term
Predecessor Company refers only to the Company prior
to the Effective Date and the term Successor Company
refers to the Company subsequent to the Effective Date. The
Companys fiscal year ends September 30. References
herein to Fiscal 2010, Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008 refer to the
fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively.
Prior to and including August 30, 2009, all operations of
the business resulted from the operations of the Predecessor
Company. In accordance with ASC Topic 852:
Reorganizations, (ASC 852) the
Company determined that all conditions required for the adoption
of fresh-start reporting were met upon emergence from
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code on the Effective Date.
However in light of the proximity of that date to the
Companys August accounting period close, which was
August 30, 2009, the Company elected to adopt a convenience
date of August 30, 2009, (the Fresh-Start Adoption
Date) for recording fresh-start reporting. The Company
analyzed the transactions that occurred during the
two-day
period from August 29, 2009, the day after the Effective
Date, and August 30, 2009, the Fresh-Start Adoption Date,
and concluded that such transactions represented less than
one-percent of the total net sales during Fiscal 2009. As a
result, the Company determined that August 30, 2009 would
be an appropriate Fresh-Start Adoption Date to coincide with the
Companys normal financial period close for the month of
August 2009. As a result, the fair value of the Predecessor
Companys assets and liabilities became the new basis for
the Successor Companys Consolidated Statement of Financial
Position as of the Fresh-Start Adoption Date, and all operations
beginning August 31, 2009 are related to the Successor
Company. Financial information of the Companys financial
statements prepared for the Predecessor Company will not be
comparable to financial information for the Successor Company.
The Company is a global branded consumer products company with
positions in seven major product categories: consumer batteries;
small appliances; pet supplies; electric shaving and grooming;
electric personal care; portable lighting; and home and garden
control.
Effective October 1, 2010, the Companys chief
operating decision-maker decided to manage the businesses in
three vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments:
(i) Global Batteries &
F-74
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Appliances, which consists of the Companys worldwide
battery, electric shaving and grooming, electric personal care,
portable lighting business and small appliances primarily in the
kitchen and home product categories (Global
Batteries & Appliances); (ii) Global Pet
Supplies, which consists of the Companys worldwide pet
supplies business (Global Pet Supplies); and
(iii) Home and Garden Business, which consists of the
Companys home and garden and insect control businesses
(the Home and Garden Business). The current
reporting segment structure reflects the combination of the
former Global Batteries & Personal Care segment
(Global Batteries & Personal Care), which
consisted of the worldwide battery, electric shaving and
grooming, electric personal care and portable lighting business,
with substantially all of the former Small Appliances segment,
which consisted of the Russell Hobbs businesses acquired on
June 16, 2010 (Small Appliances), to
form Global Batteries & Appliances. In addition,
certain pest control and pet products included in the former
Small Appliances segment have been reclassified into the Home
and Garden Business and Global Pet Supplies segments,
respectively. The presentation of all historical segment
reporting herein has been changed to conform to this segment
reporting. The recasting of the segment reporting is disclosed
in Note 6, Goodwill and Intangible Assets and Note 11,
Segment Information. Additionally, certain subsequent events are
discussed in Note 17, Subsequent Events.
The Companys operations include the worldwide
manufacturing and marketing of alkaline, zinc carbon and hearing
aid batteries, as well as aquariums and aquatic health supplies
and the designing and marketing of rechargeable batteries,
battery-powered lighting products, electric shavers and
accessories, grooming products and hair care appliances. The
Companys operations also include the manufacturing and
marketing of specialty pet supplies. The Company also
manufactures and markets herbicides, insecticides and repellents
in North America. With the addition of Russell Hobbs the Company
designs, markets and distributes a broad range of branded small
appliances and personal care products. The Companys
operations utilize manufacturing and product development
facilities located in the U.S., Europe, Asia and Latin America.
The Company sells its products in approximately 120 countries
through a variety of trade channels, including retailers,
wholesalers and distributors, hearing aid professionals,
industrial distributors and original equipment manufacturers and
enjoys name recognition in its markets under the Rayovac, VARTA
and Remington brands, each of which has been in existence for
more than 80 years, and under the Tetra, 8in1, Spectracide,
Cutter, Black & Decker, George Foreman, Russell Hobbs,
Farberware and various other brands.
|
|
(2)
|
Voluntary
Reorganization Under Chapter 11
|
On February 3, 2009, the Predecessor Company announced that
it had reached agreements with certain noteholders,
representing, in the aggregate, approximately 70% of the face
value of the Companys then outstanding senior subordinated
notes, to pursue a refinancing that, if implemented as proposed,
would significantly reduce the Predecessor Companys
outstanding debt. On the same day, the Debtors filed voluntary
petitions under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in the
Bankruptcy Court (the Bankruptcy Filing) and filed
with the Bankruptcy Court a proposed plan of reorganization (the
Proposed Plan) that detailed the Debtors
proposed terms for the refinancing. The Chapter 11 cases
were jointly administered by the Bankruptcy Court as Case
No. 09-50455
(the Bankruptcy Cases).
The Bankruptcy Court entered a written order (the
Confirmation Order) on July 15, 2009 confirming
the Proposed Plan (as so confirmed, the Plan).
Plan
Effective Date
On the Effective Date the Plan became effective, and the Debtors
emerged from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Pursuant to
and by operation of the Plan, on the Effective Date, all of
Predecessor Companys existing equity securities, including
the existing common stock and stock options, were extinguished
and deemed cancelled. Spectrum Brands filed a certificate of
incorporation authorizing new shares of
F-75
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
common stock. Pursuant to and in accordance with the Plan, on
the Effective Date, Successor Company issued a total of
27,030 shares of common stock and $218,076 of
12% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes due 2019 (the
12% Notes) to holders of allowed claims with
respect to Predecessor Companys
81/2% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the
81/2
Notes),
73/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the
73/8
Notes) and Variable Rate Toggle Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2013 (the Variable Rate Notes) (collectively,
the Senior Subordinated Notes). (See also
Note 7, Debt, for a more complete discussion of the
12% Notes.) Also on the Effective Date, Successor Company
issued a total of 2,970 shares of common stock to
supplemental and
sub-supplemental
debtor-in-possession
facility participants in respect of the equity fee earned under
the Debtors
debtor-in-possession
credit facility.
Accounting
for Reorganization
Subsequent to the date of the Bankruptcy Filing (the
Petition Date), the Companys financial
statements are prepared in accordance with ASC 852.
ASC 852 does not change the application of
U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
(GAAP) in the preparation of the Companys
consolidated financial statements. However, ASC 852 does
require that financial statements, for periods including and
subsequent to the filing of a Chapter 11 petition,
distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated
with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the
business. In accordance with ASC 852 the Company has done
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
On the four column consolidated statement of financial position
as of August 30, 2009, which is included in this
Note 2, Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11,
separated liabilities that are subject to compromise from
liabilities that are not subject to compromise;
|
|
|
|
On the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations,
distinguished transactions and events that are directly
associated with the reorganization from the ongoing operations
of the business;
|
|
|
|
On the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows,
separately disclosed Reorganization items expense (income), net,
consisting of the following: (i) Fresh-start reporting
adjustments; (ii) Gain on cancelation of debt; and
(iii) Administrative related reorganization items; and
|
|
|
|
Ceased accruing interest on the Predecessor Companys then
outstanding senior subordinated notes.
|
Liabilities
Subject to Compromise
Liabilities subject to compromise refer to known liabilities
incurred prior to the Bankruptcy Filing by those entities that
filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy. These liabilities are
considered by the Bankruptcy Court to be pre-petition claims.
However, liabilities subject to compromise exclude pre-petition
claims for which the Company has received the Bankruptcy
Courts approval to pay, such as claims related to active
employees and retirees and claims related to certain critical
service vendors. Liabilities subject to compromise are subject
to future adjustments that may result from negotiations, actions
by the Bankruptcy Court and developments with respect to
disputed claims or matters arising out of the proof of claims
process whereby a creditor may prove that the amount of a claim
differs from the amount that the Company has recorded.
Since the Petition Date, and in accordance with ASC 852,
the Company ceased accruing interest on its senior subordinated
notes, as such debt and interest would be an allowed claim by
the Bankruptcy Court. The Predecessor Companys contractual
interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes in excess of reported
interest was approximately $55,654 for the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009.
F-76
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Liabilities subject to compromise as of August 30, 2009 for
the Predecessor Company were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Senior Subordinated Notes
|
|
$
|
1,049,885
|
|
Accrued interest on Senior Subordinated Notes
|
|
|
40,497
|
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
15,580
|
(A)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Company Balance
|
|
$
|
1,105,962
|
|
Effects of Plan
|
|
|
(1,105,962
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company Balance
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
As discussed below in the four column consolidated statement of
financial position as of August 30, 2009 Effects of
Plan Adjustments, note (f), the $15,580 relates to
rejected lease obligations that are to be paid by the Successor
Company in subsequent periods. |
Reorganization
Items
In accordance with ASC 852, reorganization items are
presented separately in the accompanying Consolidated Statements
of Operations and represent expenses, income, gains and losses
that the Company has identified as directly relating to the
Bankruptcy Cases. Reorganization items expense (income), net
during Fiscal 2010 and during the period from August 31,
2009 through September 30, 2009 and the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 are summarized
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
|
October 1,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
2009 through
|
|
|
|
2008 through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
Legal and professional fees
|
|
$
|
3,536
|
|
|
$
|
3,962
|
|
|
|
$
|
74,624
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for rejected leases
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Administrative related reorganization items
|
|
$
|
3,646
|
|
|
$
|
3,962
|
|
|
|
$
|
91,312
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on cancellation of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(146,555
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Fresh-start reporting adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,087,566
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reorganization items expense (income), net
|
|
$
|
3,646
|
|
|
$
|
3,962
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1,142,809
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fresh-Start
Reporting
The Company, in accordance with ASC 852, adopted
fresh-start reporting as of the close of business on
August 30, 2009 since the reorganization value of the
assets of the Predecessor Company immediately before the date of
confirmation of the Plan was less than the total of all
post-petition liabilities and allowed claims, and the holders of
the Predecessor Companys voting shares immediately before
confirmation of the Plan received less than 50 percent of
the voting shares of the emerging entity. The four-column
consolidated statement of financial position as of
August 30, 2009, included herein, applies effects of the
Plan and fresh-start reporting to the carrying values and
classifications of assets or liabilities that were necessary.
The Company analyzed the transactions that occurred during the
two-day
period from August 29, 2009, the day after the Effective
Date, and August 30, 2009, the fresh-start reporting date,
and concluded that such
F-77
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
transactions were not material individually or in the aggregate
as such transactions represented less than one-percent of the
total net sales for the fiscal year ended September 30,
2009. As a result, the Company determined that August 30,
2009, would be an appropriate fresh-start reporting date to
coincide with the Companys normal financial period close
for the month of August 2009. Upon adoption of fresh-start
reporting, the recorded amounts of assets and liabilities were
adjusted to reflect their estimated fair values. Accordingly,
the reported historical financial statements of the Predecessor
Company prior to the adoption of fresh-start reporting for
periods ended on or prior to August 30, 2009 are not
comparable to those of the Successor Company.
The four-column consolidated statement of financial position as
of August 30, 2009 reflects the implementation of the Plan
as if the Plan had been effective on August 30, 2009.
Reorganization adjustments have been recorded within the
consolidated statement of financial position as of
August 30, 2009 to reflect effects of the Plan, including
the discharge of Liabilities subject to compromise and the
adoption of fresh-start reporting in accordance with
ASC 852. The Bankruptcy Court confirmed the Plan based upon
a reorganization value of the Company between $2,200,000 and
$2,400,000, which was estimated using various valuation methods
including: (i) publicly traded company analysis,
(ii) discounted cash flow analysis; and (iii) a review
and analysis of several recent transactions of companies in
similar industries to the Company. These three valuation methods
were equally weighted in determining the final range of
reorganization value as confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court. Based
upon the factors used in determining the range of reorganization
value, the Company concluded that $2,275,000 should be used for
fresh-start reporting purposes as it most closely approximated
fair value.
The basis of the discounted cash flow analysis used in
developing the reorganization value was based on Company
prepared projections which included a variety of estimates and
assumptions. While the Company considers such estimates and
assumptions reasonable, they are inherently subject to
significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties,
many of which are beyond the Companys control and,
therefore, may not be realized. Changes in these estimates and
assumptions may have had a significant effect on the
determination of the Companys reorganization value. The
assumptions used in the calculations for the discounted cash
flow analysis included projected revenue, costs, and cash flows,
for the fiscal years ending September 30, 2009, 2010, 2011,
2012 and 2013 and represented the Companys best estimates
at the time the analysis was prepared. The Companys
estimates implicit in the cash flow analysis included net sales
growth of approximately 1.5% for the fiscal year ending
September 30, 2010 and 4.0% per year for each of the fiscal
years ending September 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013. In
addition, selling, general and administrative expenses,
excluding depreciation and amortization, were projected to grow
at rates relative to net sales, however, certain expense
categories for each of the fiscal years ending
September 30, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 were reduced for
the projected impact of various cost reduction initiatives
implemented by the Company during Fiscal 2009 which included
lower trade spending, salary freezes, reduced marketing
expenses, furloughs, suspension of the Companys match to
its 401(k) and reductions in salaries of certain members of
management. The analysis also included anticipated levels of
reinvestment in the Companys operations through capital
expenditures of approximately $25,000 per year. The Company did
not include in its estimates the potential effects of
litigation, either on the Company or the industry. The foregoing
estimates and assumptions are inherently subject to
uncertainties and contingencies beyond the control of the
Company. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the
estimates, assumptions, and values reflected in the valuations
will be realized, and actual results could vary materially.
The publicly traded company analysis identified a group of
comparable companies giving consideration to lines of business,
business risk, scale and capitalization and leverage. This
analysis involved the selection of the appropriate earnings
before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
(EBITDA) market multiples by segment deemed to be
the most relevant when analyzing the peer group. A range of
valuation multiples was then identified and applied to the
Companys Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2010 projections by
segment to determine
F-78
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
an estimate of reorganization values. The market multiple ranges
used by segment were as follows: (i) Global
Batteries & Personal Care used a range of
7.0x-8.0x
for Fiscal 2009 and
6.5x-7.5x
for Fiscal 2010; (ii) Global Pet Supplies used a range of
7.5x-8.5x
for Fiscal 2009 and
7.0x-8.0x
for Fiscal 2010; and (iii) the Home and Garden Business
used a range of
9.0x-10.0x
for Fiscal 2009 and
8.0x-9.0x
for Fiscal 2010. Theses multiples were based on estimated EBITDA
adjusted for certain non-recurring initiatives, as mentioned
above.
The recent transactions of companies in similar industries
analysis identified transactions of similar companies giving
consideration to lines of business, business risk, scale and
capitalization and leverage. The analysis considered the
business, financial and market environment for which the
transactions took place, circumstances surrounding the
transaction including the financial position of the buyers and
the perceived synergies and benefits that the buyers could
obtain from the transaction. This analysis involved the
determination of historical acquisition EBITDA multiples by
examining public merger and acquisition transactions. A range of
valuation multiples was then identified and applied to
historical EBITDA by segment to determine an estimate of
reorganization values. The multiple ranges used by segment were
as follows: (i) Global Batteries & Personal Care
used a range of
6.5x-7.5x;
(ii) Global Pet Supplies used a range of
9.5x-10.5x;
and (iii) the Home and Garden Business used a range of
8.0x-9.0x.
These multiples were based on Fiscal 2009 estimated EBITDA
adjusted for certain non-recurring initiatives, as mentioned
above.
Fresh-start adjustments reflect the allocation of fair value to
the Successor Companys long-lived assets and the present
value of liabilities to be paid as calculated by the Company.
In applying fresh-start reporting, the Company followed these
principles:
|
|
|
|
|
The reorganization value of the entity was allocated to the
entitys assets in conformity with the procedures specified
by SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations
(SFAS 141). The reorganization value
exceeded the sum of the amounts assigned to assets and
liabilities. This excess was recorded as Successor Company
goodwill as of August 30, 2009.
|
|
|
|
Each liability existing as of the fresh-start reporting date,
other than deferred taxes, has been stated at the present value
of the amounts to be paid, determined at appropriate risk
adjusted interest rates.
|
|
|
|
Deferred taxes were reported in conformity with applicable
income tax accounting standards, principally ASC Topic 740:
Income Taxes, formerly
SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes (ASC 740). Deferred tax assets and
liabilities have been recognized for differences between the
assigned values and the tax basis of the recognized assets and
liabilities.
|
|
|
|
Adjustment of all of the property, plant and equipment assets to
fair value and eliminating all of the accumulated depreciation.
|
|
|
|
Adjustment of the Companys pension plans projected benefit
obligation by recognition of all previously unamortized
actuarial gains and losses.
|
F-79
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The following four-column consolidated statement of financial
position table identifies the adjustments recorded to the
Predecessor Companys August 30, 2009 consolidated
statement of financial position as a result of implementing the
Plan and applying fresh-start reporting:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fresh-Start
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Effects of Plan
|
|
|
Valuation
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
86,710
|
|
|
$
|
(25,551
|
)(a)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
61,159
|
|
Receivables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable
|
|
|
270,657
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
270,657
|
|
Other
|
|
|
34,594
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,594
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
341,738
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48,762
|
(m)
|
|
|
390,500
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
12,644
|
|
|
|
1,707
|
(h)
|
|
|
9,330
|
(n)
|
|
|
23,681
|
|
Assets held for sale
|
|
|
10,813
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,978
|
(m)
|
|
|
12,791
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other
|
|
|
40,448
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(116
|
)(m)
|
|
|
40,332
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
797,604
|
|
|
|
(23,844
|
)
|
|
|
59,954
|
|
|
|
833,714
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
178,786
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,699
|
(m)
|
|
|
213,485
|
|
Deferred charges and other
|
|
|
42,068
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,046
|
)(m)
|
|
|
36,022
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
238,905
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
289,155
|
(o)
|
|
|
528,060
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
677,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
782,450
|
(o)
|
|
|
1,459,500
|
|
Debt issuance costs
|
|
|
18,457
|
|
|
|
8,949
|
(b)
|
|
|
(17,957
|
)(p)
|
|
|
9,449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
1,952,870
|
|
|
$
|
(14,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,142,255
|
|
|
$
|
3,080,230
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt
|
|
$
|
93,313
|
|
|
$
|
(3,445
|
)(c)
|
|
$
|
(4,329
|
)(m)
|
|
$
|
85,539
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
159,370
|
|
|
|
(204
|
)(d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
159,166
|
|
Accrued liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wages and benefits
|
|
|
80,247
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,247
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
20,059
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,059
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
26,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,100
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
59,724
|
|
|
|
(59,581
|
)(e)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
Other
|
|
|
118,949
|
|
|
|
9,133
|
(f)
|
|
|
(3,503
|
)(m)
|
|
|
124,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
557,762
|
|
|
|
(54,097
|
)
|
|
|
(7,832
|
)
|
|
|
495,833
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
|
|
|
1,329,047
|
|
|
|
271,806
|
(g)
|
|
|
(75,329
|
)(m)
|
|
|
1,525,524
|
|
Employee benefit obligations, net of current portion
|
|
|
41,385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,712
|
(m)
|
|
|
60,097
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
106,853
|
|
|
|
1,707
|
(h)
|
|
|
114,211
|
(n)
|
|
|
222,771
|
|
Other
|
|
|
45,982
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,927
|
(m)
|
|
|
50,909
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
2,081,029
|
|
|
|
219,416
|
|
|
|
54,689
|
|
|
|
2,355,134
|
|
Liabilities subject to compromise
|
|
|
1,105,962
|
|
|
|
(1,105,962
|
)(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders (deficit) equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock-Old (Predecessor Company)
|
|
|
691
|
|
|
|
(691
|
)(j)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock-New (Successor Company)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300
|
(j)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
677,007
|
|
|
|
47,789
|
(j)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
724,796
|
|
Accumulated (deficit) equity
|
|
|
(1,915,484
|
)
|
|
|
747,362
|
(k)
|
|
|
1,168,122
|
(q)
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
80,556
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(80,556
|
)(q)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,157,230
|
)
|
|
|
794,760
|
|
|
|
1,087,566
|
|
|
|
725,096
|
|
Less treasury stock
|
|
|
(76,891
|
)
|
|
|
76,891
|
(l)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders (deficit) equity
|
|
|
(1,234,121
|
)
|
|
|
871,651
|
|
|
|
1,087,566
|
|
|
|
725,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders (deficit) equity
|
|
$
|
1,952,870
|
|
|
$
|
(14,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,142,255
|
|
|
$
|
3,080,230
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-80
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Effects
of Plan Adjustments
(a) The Plans impact resulted in a net decrease of
$25,551 on cash and cash equivalents. The significant sources
and uses of cash were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Sources:
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts borrowed under the exit facility
|
|
$
|
65,000
|
|
Amounts borrowed under new supplemental loan agreement
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Sources
|
|
$
|
110,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Uses:
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of un-reimbursed letters of credit
|
|
$
|
20,005
|
|
Repayment of supplemental loans
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
Repayment of certain amounts under the term loan agreement,
current portion
|
|
|
3,440
|
|
Repayment of certain amounts under the term loan agreement, net
of current portion
|
|
|
3,440
|
|
Payment of pre-petition foreign exchange contracts recorded in
accounts payable
|
|
|
204
|
|
Payment of lender cure payments, terminated derivative contracts
and other
|
|
|
48,066
|
|
Payment of debt issuance costs on exit facility
|
|
|
8,949
|
|
Payment of other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
6,447
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Uses
|
|
$
|
135,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Cash Uses
|
|
$
|
(25,551
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) The Company incurred $8,949 of debt issuance costs
under the exit facility. These debt issuance costs are
classified as long-term assets and are amortized over the life
of the exit facility.
(c) The adjustment to current maturities of long-term debt
reflects the $20,005 payment of the Predecessor Companys
un-reimbursed letters of credit, the $45,000 repayment of the
Predecessor Companys supplemental loan, and the $3,440
payment of certain amounts under the term loan agreement. The
adjustment to current maturities of long-term debt also reflects
the $65,000 funding from the exit facility. The adjustment to
the current maturities of long-term debt are:
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of unreimbursed letters of credit
|
|
$
|
20,005
|
|
Repayment of supplemental loan
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
Repayment of certain amounts under the term loan agreement,
current portion
|
|
|
3,440
|
|
Amounts borrowed under the exit facility
|
|
|
(65,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,445
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(d) Reflects payment of $204 related to pre-petition
foreign exchange derivative contracts.
(e) Total adjustment of $59,581 reflects term lender cure
payments of $33,995, terminated interest rate swap derivative
contract payments of $12,068 and other accrued interest of
$2,003. Additionally, this adjustment includes $11,515 of
accrued default interest as provided in the August 2009
amendment of the Senior Term Credit Facility, which was assumed
by the Successor Company and included in the principal balance
of the loans at emergence (See Note 7, Debt, for additional
information).
(f) Reflects the payment of professional fees related to
the reorganization in the amount of $6,447 offset by the
reclassification of $15,580 related to rejected lease
obligations previously recorded as liabilities subject to
compromise (see note(i)). These rejected lease obligations were
paid by the Successor Company in
F-81
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
subsequent periods. As of September 30, 2009, the
Companys rejected lease obligation was reduced to $6,181.
(g) The adjustment to long-term debt represents the
issuance of the 12% Notes at a fair value of $218,731 (face
value of $218,076) used, in part, to extinguish the Senior
Subordinated Notes of the debtors that were recorded in
liabilities subject to compromise (see note (i)), the issuance
of the new supplemental loan in the amount of $45,000, offset by
the payment of the non-current portion of the term loan in the
amount of $3,440 (see note (a)). The excess of fair value over
face value of the 12% Notes is recorded in long-term debt
and will be accreted as a reduction to interest expense over the
life of the note.
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of the 12% Notes (fair value)
|
|
$
|
218,731
|
|
Amounts borrowed under the new supplemental loan agreement
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
Accrued default interest
|
|
|
11,515
|
|
Repayment of certain amounts under the term loan agreement, net
of current portion
|
|
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
271,806
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(h) Gain on the cancellation of debt from the
extinguishment of the senior subordinated notes as well as the
modification of the senior term credit facility, for tax
purposes, resulted in a $124,054 reduction in the U.S. net
deferred tax asset, exclusive of indefinite-lived intangibles.
Due to the Companys full valuation allowance position as
of August 30, 2009 on the U.S. net deferred tax asset,
exclusive of indefinite-lived intangibles, the tax effect of
these items is offset by a corresponding adjustment to the
valuation allowance of $124,054. Due to changes in the relative
current versus non-current deferred tax asset balances and the
corresponding allocation of the domestic valuation allowance, a
net $1,707 deferred tax balance reclassification occurred
between current and non-current as a result of the effects of
the Plan.
(i) The adjustment to liabilities subject to compromise
relates to the extinguishment of the Senior Subordinated Notes
balance of $1,049,885 and the accrued interest of $40,497
associated with the Senior Subordinated Notes. Additionally,
rejected lease obligations of $15,580 were reclassified to other
current liabilities (see note (f)).
(j) Pursuant to the Plan, the debtors common stock
was canceled and new common stock of the reorganized debtors was
issued. The adjustments eliminated Predecessor Companys
common stock and additional paid-in capital of $691 and
$677,007, respectively, and recorded Successor Companys
common stock and additional paid-in capital of $300 and
$724,796, respectively, which represents the fair value of the
newly issued common stock. The fair value of the newly issued
common stock was not separately valued. A fair value of $725,096
was determined by subtracting the fair value of net debt (total
debt less cash and cash equivalents), or $1,549,904 from the
enterprise value of $2,275,000. The Company issued
30,000 shares at emergence, consisting of
27,030 shares to holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes
allowed note holder claims and 2,970 shares in accordance
with the terms of the Debtors
debtor-in-possession
credit facility.
(k) As a result of the Plan, the adjustment to accumulated
(deficit) equity recorded the elimination of the Predecessor
Companys common stock, additional paid in capital and
treasury stock in the amount of $600,807 and recorded the
pre-tax gain on the cancellation of debt in the amount of
$146,555. The elimination of the Predecessor Companys
common stock, additional paid in capital and treasury stock was
calculated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Elimination of Predecessor Companys common stock (see
note(j))
|
|
$
|
691
|
|
Elimination of Predecessor Companys additional paid in
capital (see note(j))
|
|
|
677,007
|
|
Elimination of Predecessor Companys treasury stock (see
note(l))
|
|
|
(76,891
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Elimination of Predecessor Companys common stock
|
|
$
|
600,807
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-82
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The pre-tax gain on the cancellation of debt was calculated as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Extinguishment of Predecessor Company senior subordinated notes
|
|
$
|
1,049,885
|
|
Extinguishment of Predecessor Company accrued interest on senior
subordinated notes
|
|
|
40,497
|
|
Issuance of Successor Company 12% Notes (fair value)
|
|
|
(218,731
|
)
|
Issuance of Successor Company common stock
|
|
|
(725,096
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax gain on the cancellation of debt
|
|
$
|
146,555
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(l) Pursuant to the Plan, the adjustment eliminates
treasury stock of $76,891 of the Predecessor Company.
Fresh-Start
Valuation Adjustments
(m) Reflects the adjustment of assets and liabilities to
estimated fair value, or other measurement specified by
SFAS 141, in conjunction with the adoption of fresh-start
reporting. Significant adjustments are summarized as followed:
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories An adjustment of $48,762 was
recorded to adjust inventory to fair value. Raw materials were
valued at current replacement cost,
work-in-process
was valued at estimated selling prices of finished goods less
the sum of costs to complete, cost of disposal and a reasonable
profit allowance for completing and selling effort based on
profit for similar finished goods. Finished goods were valued at
estimated selling prices less the sum of costs of disposal and a
reasonable profit allowance for the selling effort.
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net An
adjustment of $34,699 was recorded to adjust the net book value
of property, plant and equipment to fair value giving
consideration to their highest and best use. Key assumptions
used in the valuation of the Companys property, plant and
equipment were based on a combination of the cost or market
approach, depending on whether market data was available.
|
|
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt and Long-term debt, net
of current maturities An adjustment of $79,658
($4,329 to Current maturities of long-term debt and $75,329 to
Long-term debt, net of current maturities) was recorded to
adjust the book value of debt to fair value. This adjustment
included a decrease of $84,001 which was based on quoted market
prices of certain debt instruments as of the Effective Date,
offset by an increase of $4,343 related to debt instruments not
traded which was calculated giving consideration to the terms of
the underlying agreements, using a risk adjusted interest rate
of 12%.
|
|
|
|
Employee benefit obligations, net of current portion
An adjustment of $18,712 was recorded to measure
the employee benefit obligations as of the Effective Date. This
adjustment primarily reflects the difference between the
expected return on plan assets as compared to the fair value of
the plan assets as of the Effective Date and the change in the
duration weighted discount rate associated with the payment of
the benefit obligations from the prior measurement date and the
Effective Date. The weighted average discount rate change from
6.75% at September 30, 2008 to 5.75% at August 30,
2009.
|
(n) Reflects the tax effects of the fresh-start adjustments
at statutory tax rates applicable to such adjustments, net of
adjustments to the valuation allowance.
(o) Adjustment eliminated the balance of goodwill and other
unamortized intangible assets of the Predecessor Company and
records Successor Company intangible assets, including
reorganization value in excess of amounts allocated to
identified tangible and intangible assets, also referred to as
Successor Company
F-83
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
goodwill. (See Note 6, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, for
additional information regarding the Companys goodwill and
other intangible assets). The Successor Companys
August 30, 2009 statement of financial position
reflects the allocation of the business enterprise value to
assets and liabilities immediately following emergence as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Business enterprise value
|
|
$
|
2,275,000
|
|
Add: Fair value of non-interest bearing liabilities (non-debt
liabilities)
|
|
|
744,071
|
|
Less: Fair value of tangible assets, excluding cash
|
|
|
(1,031,511
|
)
|
Less: Fair value of identified intangible assets
|
|
|
(1,459,500
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reorganization value of assets in excess of amounts allocated to
identified tangible and intangible assets (Successor Company
goodwill)
|
|
$
|
528,060
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following represent the methodologies and significant
assumptions used in determining the fair value of intangible
assets, other than goodwill.
Certain indefinite-lived intangible assets which include trade
names, trademarks and technology, were valued using a relief
from royalty methodology. Customer relationships were valued
using a multi-period excess earnings method. Certain intangible
assets are subject to sensitive business factors of which only a
portion are within control of the Companys management. A
summary of the key inputs used in the valuation of these assets
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
The Company valued customer relationships using the income
approach, specifically the multi-period excess earnings method.
In determining the fair value of the customer relationship, the
multi-period excess earnings approach values the intangible
asset at the present value of the incremental after-tax cash
flows attributable only to the customer relationship after
deducting contributory asset charges. The incremental after-tax
cash flows attributable to the subject intangible asset are then
discounted to their present value. Only expected sales from
current customers were used which included an expected growth
rate of 3%. The Company assumed a customer retention rate of 95%
which was supported by historical retention rates. Income taxes
were estimated at a rate of 35% and amounts were discounted
using rates between 12%-14%. The customer relationships were
valued at $708,000 under this approach.
|
|
|
|
The Company valued trade names and trademarks using the income
approach, specifically the relief from royalty method. Under
this method, the asset values were determined by estimating the
hypothetical royalties that would have to be paid if the trade
name was not owned. Royalty rates were selected based on
consideration of several factors, including consumer product
industry practices, the existence of licensing agreements
(licensing in and licensing out), and importance of the
trademark and trade name and profit levels, among other
considerations. Royalty rates used in the determination of the
fair values of trade names and trademarks ranged from 1% to 5%
of expected net sales related to the respective trade names and
trademarks. The Company anticipates using the majority of the
trade names and trademarks for an indefinite period. In
estimating the fair value of the trademarks and trade names,
nets sales were estimated to grow at a rate of (7)%-10% annually
with a terminal year growth rate of 2%-6%. Income taxes were
estimated at a rate of 35% and amounts were discounted using
rates between 12%-14%. Trade name and trademarks were valued at
$688,000 under this approach.
|
|
|
|
The Company valued technology using the income approach,
specifically the relief from royalty method. Under this method,
the asset value was determined by estimating the hypothetical
royalties that would have to be paid if the technology was not
owned. Royalty rates were selected based on consideration of
several factors including industry practices, the existence of
licensing agreements (licensing in and licensing out), and
importance of the technology and profit levels, among other
|
F-84
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
considerations. Royalty rates used in the determination of the
fair values of technologies ranged from 7%-8% of expected net
sales related to the respective technology. The Company
anticipates using these technologies through the legal life of
the underlying patent and therefore the expected life of these
technologies was equal to the remaining legal life of the
underlying patents ranging from 8 to 17 years. In
estimating the fair value of the technologies, nets sales were
estimated to grow at a rate of 0%-14% annually. Income taxes
were estimated at 35% and amounts were discounted using rates
between 12%-13%. The technology assets were valued at $63,500
under this approach.
|
(p) The fresh-start adjustment of $17,957 eliminates the
debt issuance costs related to assumed debt, that is, the
(senior secured term credit facility).
(q) The Predecessor Companys accumulated deficit and
accumulated other comprehensive income is eliminated in
conjunction with the adoption of fresh-start reporting. The
Predecessor Company recognized a gain of $1,087,566 related to
the fresh-start reporting adjustments as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on fresh-start
|
|
|
|
reporting
|
|
|
|
adjustments
|
|
|
Establishment of Successor Companys goodwill
|
|
$
|
528,060
|
|
Elimination of Predecessor Companys goodwill
|
|
|
(238,905
|
)
|
Establishment of Successor Companys other intangible assets
|
|
|
1,459,500
|
|
Elimination of Predecessor Companys other intangible assets
|
|
|
(677,050
|
)
|
Debt fair value adjustments
|
|
|
79,658
|
|
Elimination of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
(17,957
|
)
|
Property, plant and equipment fair value adjustment
|
|
|
34,699
|
|
Deferred tax adjustment
|
|
|
(104,881
|
)
|
Inventory fair value adjustment
|
|
|
48,762
|
|
Employee benefit obligations fair value adjustment
|
|
|
(18,712
|
)
|
Other fair value adjustments
|
|
|
(5,608
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,087,566
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
Significant
Accounting Policies and Practices
|
|
|
(a)
|
Principles
of Consolidation and Fiscal Year End
|
The consolidated financial statements include the financial
statements of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and its
subsidiaries and are prepared in accordance with GAAP. All
intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The
Companys fiscal year ends September 30. References
herein to Fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 refer to the fiscal years
ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The Company recognizes revenue from product sales generally upon
delivery to the customer or the shipping point in situations
where the customer picks up the product or where delivery terms
so stipulate. This represents the point at which title and all
risks and rewards of ownership of the product are passed,
provided that: there are no uncertainties regarding customer
acceptance; there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement
exists; the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and
collectibility is deemed reasonably assured. The Company is not
obligated to allow for, and the Companys general policy is
not to accept, product returns associated with battery sales.
The Company does accept returns in specific instances related to
F-85
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
its shaving, grooming, personal care, home and garden, small
appliances and pet products. The provision for customer returns
is based on historical sales and returns and other relevant
information. The Company estimates and accrues the cost of
returns, which are treated as a reduction of Net sales.
The Company enters into various promotional arrangements,
primarily with retail customers, including arrangements
entitling such retailers to cash rebates from the Company based
on the level of their purchases, which require the Company to
estimate and accrue the estimated costs of the promotional
programs. These costs are treated as a reduction of Net sales.
The Company also enters into promotional arrangements that
target the ultimate consumer. Such arrangements are treated as
either a reduction of Net sales or an increase of Cost of goods
sold, based on the type of promotional program. The income
statement presentation of the Companys promotional
arrangements complies with ASC Topic 605: Revenue
Recognition. For all types of promotional arrangements
and programs, the Company monitors its commitments and uses
various measures, including past experience, to determine
amounts to be recorded for the estimate of the earned, but
unpaid, promotional costs. The terms of the Companys
customer-related promotional arrangements and programs are
tailored to each customer and are documented through written
contracts, correspondence or other communications with the
individual customers.
The Company also enters into various arrangements, primarily
with retail customers, which require the Company to make upfront
cash, or slotting payments, to secure the right to
distribute through such customers. The Company capitalizes
slotting payments; provided the payments are supported by a time
or volume based arrangement with the retailer, and amortizes the
associated payment over the appropriate time or volume based
term of the arrangement. The amortization of slotting payments
is treated as a reduction in Net sales and a corresponding asset
is reported in Deferred charges and other in the accompanying
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
For purposes of the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flows, the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments
purchased with original maturities of three months or less to be
cash equivalents.
|
|
(e)
|
Concentrations
of Credit Risk, Major Customers and Employees
|
Trade receivables subject the Company to credit risk. Trade
accounts receivable are carried at net realizable value. The
Company extends credit to its customers based upon an evaluation
of the customers financial condition and credit history,
but generally does not require collateral. The Company monitors
its customers credit and financial condition based on
changing economic conditions and will make adjustments to credit
policies as required. Provision for losses on uncollectible
trade receivables are determined principally on the basis of
past collection experience applied to ongoing evaluations of the
Companys receivables and evaluations of the risks of
nonpayment for a given customer.
The Company has a broad range of customers including many large
retail outlet chains, one of which accounts for a significant
percentage of its sales volume. This major customer represented
approximately 22%
F-86
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
and 23% of the Successor Companys Net sales during Fiscal
2010 and the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009, respectively, and approximately 23% and
20% of Net sales during the Predecessor Companys period
from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and
Fiscal 2008, respectively. This major customer also represented
approximately 15% and 14% of the Successor Companys Trade
account receivables, net as of September 30, 2010 and
September 30, 2009, respectively.
Approximately 44% and 48% of the Successor Companys Net
sales during Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31,
2009 through September 30, 2009, respectively, occurred
outside of the United States and approximately 42% and 48% of
the Predecessor Companys Net sales during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008, respectively, occurred outside of the United States. These
sales and related receivables are subject to varying degrees of
credit, currency, and political and economic risk. The Company
monitors these risks and makes appropriate provisions for
collectibility based on an assessment of the risks present.
|
|
(f)
|
Displays
and Fixtures
|
Temporary displays are generally disposable cardboard displays
shipped to customers to facilitate display of the Companys
products. Temporary displays are generally disposed of after a
single use by the customer.
Permanent fixtures are permanent in nature, generally made from
wire or other permanent racking, which are shipped to customers
for display of the Companys products. These permanent
fixtures are restocked with the Companys product multiple
times over the fixtures useful life.
The costs of both temporary and permanent displays are
capitalized as a prepaid asset and are included in Prepaid
expenses and other in the accompanying Consolidated Statements
of Financial Position. The costs of temporary displays are
expensed in the period in which they are shipped to customers
and the costs of permanent fixtures are amortized over an
estimated useful life of one to two years once they are shipped
to customers and are reflected in Deferred charges and other in
the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
The Companys inventories are valued at the lower of cost
or market. Cost of inventories is determined using the
first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method.
|
|
(h)
|
Property,
Plant and Equipment
|
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost or at fair
value if acquired in a purchase business combination.
Depreciation on plant and equipment is calculated on the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets. Depreciable lives by major classification are as follows:
|
|
|
Building and improvements
|
|
20-40 years
|
Machinery, equipment and other
|
|
2-15 years
|
Plant and equipment held under capital leases are amortized on a
straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or
estimated useful life of the asset.
The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates
recoverability of assets to be held and used by comparing the
carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected to
be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be
impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the
amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the
fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported
at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to
sell.
F-87
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Intangible assets are recorded at cost or at fair value if
acquired in a purchase business combination. In connection with
fresh-start reporting, Intangible Assets were recorded at their
estimated fair value on August 30, 2009. Customer lists,
proprietary technology and certain trade name intangibles are
amortized, using the straight-line method, over their estimated
useful lives of approximately 4 to 20 years. Excess of cost
over fair value of net assets acquired (goodwill) and
indefinite-lived intangible assets (certain trade name
intangibles) are not amortized. Goodwill is tested for
impairment at least annually, at the reporting unit level with
such groupings being consistent with the Companys
reportable segments. If impairment is indicated, a write-down to
fair value (normally measured by discounting estimated future
cash flows) is recorded. Indefinite-lived trade name intangibles
are tested for impairment at least annually by comparing the
fair value, determined using a relief from royalty methodology,
with the carrying value. Any excess of carrying value over fair
value is recognized as an impairment loss in income from
operations. ASC Topic 350: Intangibles-Goodwill and
Other, (ASC 350) requires that goodwill
and indefinite-lived intangible assets be tested for impairment
annually, or more often if an event or circumstance indicates
that an impairment loss may have been incurred. During Fiscal
2010, the period from October 1, 2008 through
August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, the Companys
goodwill and trade name intangibles were tested for impairment
as of the Companys August financial period end, the annual
testing date for the Company, as well as certain interim periods
where an event or circumstance occurred that indicated an
impairment loss may have been incurred.
Intangibles
with Indefinite Lives
In accordance with ASC 350, the Company conducts impairment
testing on the Companys goodwill. To determine fair value
during Fiscal 2010, the period from October 1, 2008 through
August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008 the Company used the
discounted estimated future cash flows methodology, third party
valuations and negotiated sales prices. Assumptions critical to
the Companys fair value estimates under the discounted
estimated future cash flows methodology are: (i) the
present value factors used in determining the fair value of the
reporting units and trade names; (ii) projected average
revenue growth rates used in the reporting unit; and
(iii) projected long-term growth rates used in the
derivation of terminal year values. These and other assumptions
are impacted by economic conditions and expectations of
management and will change in the future based on period
specific facts and circumstances. The Company also tested fair
value for reasonableness by comparison to the total market
capitalization of the Company, which includes both its equity
and debt securities. In addition, in accordance with
ASC 350, as part of the Companys annual impairment
testing, the Company tested its indefinite-lived trade name
intangible assets for impairment by comparing the carrying
amount of such trade names to their respective fair values. Fair
value was determined using a relief from royalty methodology.
Assumptions critical to the Companys fair value estimates
under the relief from royalty methodology were: (i) royalty
rates; and (ii) projected average revenue growth rates.
In connection with the Companys annual goodwill impairment
testing performed during Fiscal 2010 the first step of such
testing indicated that the fair value of the Companys
reporting segments were in excess of their carrying amounts and,
accordingly, no further testing of goodwill was required.
In connection with the Predecessor Companys annual
goodwill impairment testing performed during Fiscal 2009, which
was completed on the Predecessor Company before applying
fresh-start reporting, the first step of such testing indicated
that the fair value of the Predecessor Companys reporting
segments were in excess of their carrying amounts and,
accordingly, no further testing of goodwill was required.
In connection with its annual goodwill impairment testing in
Fiscal 2008 the Predecessor Company first compared the fair
value of its reporting units with their carrying amounts,
including goodwill. This first step indicated that the fair
value of the Predecessor Companys Global Pet Supplies and
Home and Garden Business was less than the Predecessor
Companys carrying amount of those reporting units and,
accordingly,
F-88
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
further testing of goodwill was required to determine the
impairment charge required by ASC 350. Accordingly, the
Predecessor Company then compared the carrying amount of the
Global Pet Supplies and the Home and Garden Business goodwill to
the respective implied fair value of their goodwill. The
carrying amounts of the Global Pet Supplies and the Home and
Garden Business goodwill exceeded their implied fair values and,
therefore, during Fiscal 2008 the Predecessor Company recorded a
non-cash pretax impairment charge equal to the excess of the
carrying amount of the respective reporting units goodwill
over the implied fair value of such goodwill of which $270,811
related to Global Pet Supplies and $49,801 related to the Home
and Garden Business.
Furthermore, during Fiscal 2010 the Company, in connection with
its annual impairment testing, concluded that the fair value of
its intangible assets exceeded is carrying value. During the
period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009
and Fiscal 2008, in connection with its annual impairment
testing, the Company concluded that the fair values of certain
trade name intangible assets were less than the carrying amounts
of those assets. As a result, during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008 the Company recorded non-cash pretax impairment charges of
approximately $34,391 and $224,100, respectively, equal to the
excess of the carrying amounts of the intangible assets over the
fair value of such assets.
In accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant and
Equipment (ASC 360) and ASC 350, in
addition to its annual impairment testing the Company conducts
goodwill and trade name intangible asset impairment testing if
an event or circumstance (triggering event) occurs
that indicates an impairment loss may have been incurred. The
Companys management uses its judgment in assessing whether
assets may have become impaired between annual impairment tests.
Indicators such as unexpected adverse business conditions,
economic factors, unanticipated technological change or
competitive activities, loss of key personnel, and acts by
governments and courts may signal that an asset has become
impaired. Several triggering events occurred during Fiscal 2008
which required the Company to test its indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment between annual impairment test
dates. On May 20, 2008, the Predecessor Company entered
into a definitive agreement for the sale of Global Pet Supplies,
which was subsequently terminated. The Companys intent to
dispose of Global Pet Supplies constituted a triggering event
for impairment testing. The Company estimated the fair value of
Global Pet Supplies, and the resultant estimated impairment
charge of goodwill, based on the negotiated sales price of
Global Pet Supplies, which management deemed the best indication
of fair value at that time. Accordingly, the Company recorded a
non-cash pretax charge of $154,916 to reduce the carrying value
of goodwill related to Global Pet Supplies to reflect the
estimated fair value of the business during the third quarter of
Fiscal 2008. Goodwill and trade name intangible assets of the
Home and Garden Business were tested during the third quarter of
Fiscal 2008, as a result of lower forecasted profits from this
business. This decrease in profitability was primarily due to
significant cost increases in certain raw materials used in the
production of many of the lawn fertilizer and growing media
products manufactured by the Company at that time as well as
more conservative growth rates to reflect the current and
expected future economic conditions for this business. The
Company first compared the fair value of this reporting unit
with its carrying amounts, including goodwill. This first step
indicated that the fair value of the Home and Garden Business
was less than the Companys carrying amount of this
reporting unit and, accordingly, further testing of goodwill was
required to determine the impairment charge. Accordingly, the
Company then compared the carrying amount of the Home and Garden
Business goodwill against the implied fair value of such
goodwill. The carrying amount of the Home and Garden Business
goodwill exceeded its implied fair value and, therefore, during
Fiscal 2008 the Company recorded a non-cash pretax impairment
charge equal to the excess of the carrying amount of the
reporting units goodwill over the implied fair value of
such goodwill of approximately $110,213. In addition, during the
third quarter of Fiscal 2008, the Company concluded that the
implied fair values of certain trade name intangible assets
related to the Home and Garden Business were less that the
carrying amounts of those assets and, accordingly, during Fiscal
2008 recorded a non-cash pretax
F-89
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
impairment charge of $22,000. Goodwill and trade name
intangibles of the Home and Garden Business were tested during
the first quarter of Fiscal 2008 in conjunction with the
Companys reclassification of that business from an asset
held for sale to an asset held and used. The Company first
compared the fair value of this reporting unit with its carrying
amounts, including goodwill. This first step indicated that the
fair value of the Home and Garden Business was in excess of its
carrying amounts and, accordingly, no further testing of
goodwill was required. In addition, during the first quarter of
Fiscal 2008, the Company concluded that the implied fair values
of certain trade name intangible assets related to the Home and
Garden Business were less than the carrying amounts of those
assets and, accordingly, during Fiscal 2008 recorded a non-cash
pretax impairment charge of $12,400.
The above impairments of goodwill and trade name intangible
assets was primarily attributed to lower current and forecasted
profits, reflecting more conservative growth rates versus those
assumed by the Company at the time of acquisition, as well as
due to a sustained decline in the total market capitalization of
the Company.
During the third quarter of Fiscal 2008, the Company developed
and initiated a plan to phase down, and ultimately curtail,
manufacturing operations at its Ningbo, China battery
manufacturing facility. The Company completed the shutdown of
Ningbo during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2008. In connection
with the Companys strategy to exit operations in Ningbo,
China, the Predecessor Company recorded a non-cash pretax charge
of $16,193 to reduce the carrying value of goodwill related to
the Ningbo, China battery manufacturing facility.
The recognition of the $34,391 and $861,234 non-cash impairment
of goodwill and trade name intangible assets during the period
from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and
Fiscal 2008, respectively, has been recorded as a separate
component of Operating expenses and has had a material negative
effect on the Predecessor Companys financial condition and
results of operations during the period from October 1,
2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008. These
impairments will not result in future cash expenditures.
Intangibles
with Definite or Estimable Useful Lives
The triggering events discussed above under ASC 350 also
indicated a triggering event in accordance with ASC 360.
Management conducted an analysis in accordance with ASC 360
of intangibles with definite or estimable useful lives in
conjunction with the ASC 350 testing of intangibles with
indefinite lives.
The Company assesses the recoverability of intangible assets
with definite or estimable useful lives in accordance with
ASC 360 by determining whether the carrying value can be
recovered through projected undiscounted future cash flows. If
projected undiscounted future cash flows indicate that the
unamortized carrying value of intangible assets with finite
useful lives will not be recovered, an adjustment would be made
to reduce the carrying value to an amount equal to projected
future cash flows discounted at the Companys incremental
borrowing rate. The cash flow projections used are based on
trends of historical performance and managements estimate
of future performance, giving consideration to existing and
anticipated competitive and economic conditions.
Impairment reviews are conducted at the judgment of management
when it believes that a change in circumstances in the business
or external factors warrants a review. Circumstances such as the
discontinuation of a product or product line, a sudden or
consistent decline in the sales forecast for a product, changes
in technology or in the way an asset is being used, a history of
operating or cash flow losses, or an adverse change in legal
factors or in the business climate, among others, may trigger an
impairment review. The Companys initial impairment review
to determine if an impairment test is required is based on an
undiscounted cash flow analysis for asset groups at the lowest
level for which identifiable cash flows exist. The analysis
requires management judgment with respect to changes in
technology, the continued success of product lines and future
volume, revenue and expense growth rates, and discount rates.
F-90
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
In accordance with ASC 360, long-lived assets to be
disposed of are recorded at the lower of their carrying value or
fair value less costs to sell. During Fiscal 2008, the
Predecessor Company recorded a non-cash pretax charge of $5,700
in discontinued operations to reduce the carrying value of
intangible assets related to the growing products portion of the
Home and Garden Business in order to reflect the estimated fair
value of this business. (See also Note 9, Discontinued
Operations, for additional information regarding this impairment
charge).
Debt issuance costs are capitalized and amortized to interest
expense using the effective interest method over the lives of
the related debt agreements.
Included in accounts payable are bank overdrafts, net of
deposits on hand, on disbursement accounts that are replenished
when checks are presented for payment.
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability
method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for
the future tax consequences attributable to differences between
the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and
liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss
and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to
apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect
on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates
is recognized in income in the period of the enactment date.
|
|
(m)
|
Foreign
Currency Translation
|
Assets and liabilities of the Companys foreign
subsidiaries are translated at the rate of exchange existing at
year-end, with revenues, expenses, and cash flows translated at
the average of the monthly exchange rates. Adjustments resulting
from translation of the financial statements are recorded as a
component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(AOCI). Also included in AOCI are the effects of
exchange rate changes on intercompany balances of a long-term
nature.
As of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009,
foreign currency translation adjustment balances of $18,492 and
$5,896, respectively, were reflected in the accompanying
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position in AOCI.
Successor Company exchange losses (gains) on foreign currency
transactions aggregating $13,336 and $(726) for Fiscal 2010 and
the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30,
2009, respectively, are included in Other expense (income), net,
in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Predecessor Company exchange losses (gains) on foreign currency
transactions aggregating $4,440 and $3,466 for the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008, respectively, are included in Other expense (income), net,
in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
|
|
(n)
|
Shipping
and Handling Costs
|
The Successor Company incurred shipping and handling costs of
$161,148 and $12,866 during Fiscal 2010 and the period from
August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009,
respectively. The Predecessor Company incurred shipping and
handling costs of $135,511 and $183,676 during the period from
October 1,
F-91
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively.
Shipping and handling costs, which are included in Selling
expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of
Operations, include costs incurred with third-party carriers to
transport products to customers and salaries and overhead costs
related to activities to prepare the Companys products for
shipment at the Companys distribution facilities.
The Successor Company incurred advertising costs of $37,520 and
$3,166 during Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31,
2009 through September 30, 2009, respectively. The
Predecessor Company incurred expenses for advertising of $25,813
and $46,417 during the period from October 1, 2008 through
August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively. Such
advertising costs are included in Selling expenses in the
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
|
|
(p)
|
Research
and Development Costs
|
Research and development costs are charged to expense in the
period they are incurred.
|
|
(q)
|
Net
(Loss) Income Per Common Share
|
Basic net (loss) income per common share is computed by dividing
net (loss) income available to common shareholders by the
weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the
period. Basic net (loss) income per common share does not
consider common stock equivalents. Diluted net (loss) income per
common share reflects the dilution that would occur if employee
stock options and restricted stock awards were exercised or
converted into common shares or resulted in the issuance of
common shares that then shared in the net (loss) income of the
entity. The computation of diluted net (loss) income per common
share uses the if converted and treasury
stock methods to reflect dilution. The difference between
the basic and diluted number of shares is due to the effects of
restricted stock and assumed conversion of employee stock
options awards.
As discussed in Note 2, Voluntary Reorganization under
Chapter 11, the Predecessor Company common stock was
cancelled as a result of the Companys emergence from
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code on the Effective Date.
The Successor Company common stock began trading on
September 2, 2009. As such, the earnings per share
information for the Predecessor Company is not meaningful to
shareholders of the Successor Companys common shares, or
to potential investors in such common shares.
Net (loss) income per common share is calculated based upon the
following shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
36,000
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
|
51,306
|
|
|
|
50,921
|
|
Effect of restricted stock and assumed conversion of stock
options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
36,000
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
|
51,306
|
|
|
|
50,921
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Successor Company for Fiscal 2010 and the period from
August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009, and the
Predecessor Company for the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008 has not assumed the
exercise of common stock equivalents as the impact would be
antidilutive.
On June 16, 2010, the Company issued 20,433 shares of
its common stock in conjunction with the Merger. Additionally,
all shares of its wholly owned subsidiary Spectrum Brands, were
converted to shares of
F-92
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
SB Holdings on June 16, 2010. (See also, Note 15,
Acquisition, for a more complete discussion of the Merger.)
|
|
(r)
|
Derivative
Financial Instruments
|
Derivative financial instruments are used by the Company
principally in the management of its interest rate, foreign
currency and raw material price exposures. The Company does not
hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading
purposes. When hedge accounting is elected at inception, the
Company formally designates the financial instrument as a hedge
of a specific underlying exposure if such criteria are met, and
documents both the risk management objectives and strategies for
undertaking the hedge. The Company formally assesses, both at
the inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether the
financial instruments that are used in hedging transactions are
effective at offsetting changes in the forecasted cash flows of
the related underlying exposure. Because of the high degree of
effectiveness between the hedging instrument and the underlying
exposure being hedged, fluctuations in the value of the
derivative instruments are generally offset by changes in the
forecasted cash flows of the underlying exposures being hedged.
Any ineffective portion of a financial instruments change
in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings. For
derivatives that are not designated as cash flow hedges, or do
not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, the change in the
fair value is also immediately recognized in earnings.
Effective December 29, 2008, the Company adopted ASC Topic
815: Derivatives and Hedging, (ASC
815). ASC 815 amends the disclosure requirements for
derivative instruments and hedging activities. Under the revised
guidance entities are required to provide enhanced disclosures
for derivative and hedging activities.
The fair value of outstanding derivative contracts recorded as
assets in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial
Position were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
Asset Derivatives
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
Receivables Other
|
|
$
|
2,371
|
|
|
$
|
2,861
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
Deferred charges and other
|
|
|
1,543
|
|
|
|
554
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Receivables Other
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Deferred charges and other
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total asset derivatives designated as hedging instruments under
ASC 815
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,989
|
|
|
$
|
3,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under
ASC 815:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Receivables Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total asset derivatives
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,989
|
|
|
$
|
3,785
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-93
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The fair value of outstanding derivative contracts recorded as
liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
Liability Derivatives
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
3,734
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
861
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
Other long term liabilities
|
|
|
2,032
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
6,544
|
|
|
|
1,036
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Other long term liabilities
|
|
|
1,057
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liability derivatives designated as hedging instruments
under ASC 815
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,228
|
|
|
$
|
1,036
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under
ASC 815:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
9,698
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
Other long term liabilities
|
|
|
20,887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liability derivatives
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,813
|
|
|
$
|
1,167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flow
Hedges
For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as
cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on
the derivative is reported as a component of AOCI and
reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during
which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses
on the derivative representing either hedge ineffectiveness or
hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness
are recognized in current earnings.
The following table summarizes the impact of derivative
instruments on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of
Operations for Fiscal 2010 (Successor Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income on
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative
|
|
Income on
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
(Ineffective Portion
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
and Amount
|
|
(Ineffective Portion
|
|
|
|
AOCI on
|
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
and Amount
|
|
Derivatives in ASC 815 Cash Flow
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
|
Effectiveness
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
Hedging Relationships
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
Testing)
|
|
Effectiveness Testing)
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
3,646
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
719
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
|
(1)
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
|
(13,059
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(4,439
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(6,112
|
)(A)
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(752
|
)
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
(812
|
)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(4,560
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
2,481
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(14,725
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(2,051
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(6,113
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Includes $(4,305) reclassified from AOCI associated with the
refinancing of the senior credit facility. (See also
Note 7, Debt, for a more complete discussion of the
Companys refinancing of its senior credit facility.) |
F-94
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The following table summarizes the impact of derivative
instruments on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of
Operations for the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009 (Successor Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income on
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative
|
|
Income on
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
(Ineffective Portion
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
and Amount
|
|
(Ineffective Portion
|
|
|
|
AOCI on
|
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
and Amount
|
|
Derivatives in ASC 815 Cash Flow
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
|
Effectiveness
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
Hedging Relationships
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
Testing)
|
|
Effectiveness Testing)
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
530
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(127
|
)
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(418
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the impact of derivative
instruments designated as cash flow hedges on the accompanying
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 (Predecessor
Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income on
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative
|
|
Income on
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
(Ineffective Portion
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
and Amount
|
|
(Ineffective Portion
|
|
Derivatives in ASC 815
|
|
AOCI on
|
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
and Amount
|
|
Cash Flow Hedging
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
|
Effectiveness
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
Relationships
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
Testing)
|
|
Effectiveness Testing)
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
(4,512
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
(11,288
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
851
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
|
(8,130
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(2,096
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(11,847
|
)(A)
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
1,357
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
544
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
9,251
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
9,719
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
|
(1,313
|
)
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(2,116
|
)
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(12,803
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(3,347
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(5,237
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(23,799
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Included in this amount is $(6,191), reflected in the
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments Under
ASC 815 table below, as a result of the de-designation of a
cash flow hedge as described below. |
F-95
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The following table summarizes the impact of derivative
instruments designated as cash flow hedges on the accompanying
Consolidated Statements of Operations for Fiscal 2008
(Predecessor Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income on
|
|
Income on
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
Location of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
Derivative
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
(Ineffective Portion
|
|
(Ineffective Portion
|
|
Derivatives in ASC 815
|
|
AOCI on
|
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
Reclassified from
|
|
|
and Amount
|
|
and Amount
|
|
Cash Flow Hedging
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
AOCI into Income
|
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
Excluded from
|
|
Relationships
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
Effectiveness Testing)
|
|
Effectiveness Testing)
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
(15,949
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
(10,521
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
(433
|
)
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
|
(5,304
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
772
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
752
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
(1,729
|
)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
2,627
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
(9,293
|
)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
|
4,669
|
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
8,925
|
|
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(177
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(13,205
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(11,846
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(610
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative
Contracts
For derivative instruments that are used to economically hedge
the fair value of the Companys third party and
intercompany payments and interest rate payments, the gain
(loss) is recognized in earnings in the period of change
associated with the derivative contract.
During Fiscal 2010 the Successor Company recognized the
following respective gains (losses) on derivative contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
Location of Gain or (Loss)
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Income on Derivatives
|
|
|
Income on Derivatives
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
153
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(42,039
|
)
|
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(41,886
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009 (Successor Company) and the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 (Predecessor
Company), the Company recognized the following respective gains
(losses) on derivative contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income on Derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
Location of Gain or (Loss)
|
Derivatives Not Designated as
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
Hedging Instruments Under ASC 815
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Income on Derivatives
|
|
Interest rate contracts(A)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(6,191
|
)
|
|
Interest expense
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(1,469
|
)
|
|
|
3,075
|
|
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(1,469
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,116
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Amount represents portion of certain future payments related to
interest rate contracts that were de-designated as cash flow
hedges during the pendency of the Bankruptcy Cases. |
F-96
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
During Fiscal 2008 the Predecessor Company recognized the
following respective gains (losses) on derivative contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
Location of Gain or (Loss)
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Recognized in
|
|
|
Income on Derivatives
|
|
|
Income on Derivatives
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
(9,361
|
)
|
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(9,361
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit
Risk
The Company is exposed to the default risk of the counterparties
with which the Company transacts. The Company monitors
counterparty credit risk on an individual basis by periodically
assessing each such counterpartys credit rating exposure.
The maximum loss due to credit risk equals the fair value of the
gross asset derivatives which are primarily concentrated with a
foreign financial institution counterparty. The Company
considers these exposures when measuring its credit reserve on
its derivative assets, which was $75 and $32, respectively, at
September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009.
Additionally, the Company does not require collateral or other
security to support financial instruments subject to credit risk.
The Companys standard contracts do not contain credit risk
related contingencies whereby the Company would be required to
post additional cash collateral as a result of a credit event.
However, as a result of the Companys current credit
profile, the Company is typically required to post collateral in
the normal course of business to offset its liability positions.
At September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, the
Company had posted cash collateral of $2,363 and $1,943,
respectively, related to such liability positions. In addition,
at September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, the
Successor Company had posted standby letters of credit of $4,000
and $0, respectively, related to such liability positions. The
cash collateral is included in Receivables Other
within the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial
Position.
Derivative
Financial Instruments
Cash
Flow Hedges
The Company uses interest rate swaps to manage its interest rate
risk. The swaps are designated as cash flow hedges with the
changes in fair value recorded in AOCI and as a derivative hedge
asset or liability, as applicable. The swaps settle periodically
in arrears with the related amounts for the current settlement
period payable to, or receivable from, the counter-parties
included in accrued liabilities or receivables, respectively,
and recognized in earnings as an adjustment to interest expense
from the underlying debt to which the swap is designated. At
September 30, 2010, the Company had a portfolio of
U.S. dollar-denominated interest rate swaps outstanding
which effectively fixes the interest on floating rate debt,
exclusive of lender spreads as follows: 2.25% for a notional
principal amount of $300,000 through December 2011 and 2.29% for
a notional principal amount of $300,000 through January 2012
(the U.S. dollar swaps). During Fiscal 2010, in
connection with the refinancing of its senior credit facilities,
the Company terminated a portfolio of Euro-denominated interest
rate swaps at a cash loss of $3,499 which was recognized as an
adjustment to interest expense. The derivative net (loss) on the
U.S. dollar swaps contracts recorded in AOCI by the Company
at September 30, 2010 was $(2,675), net of tax benefit of
$1,640. The derivative net gain (loss) on these contracts
recorded in AOCI by the Company at September 30, 2009 was
$0. The derivative net (loss) on these contracts recorded in
AOCI by the Predecessor Company at September 30, 2008 was
$(3,604), net of tax benefit of $2,209. At September 30,
2010, the portion of derivative net (losses) estimated to be
reclassified from AOCI into earnings by the Successor Company
over the next 12 months is $(1,416), net of tax.
F-97
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
In connection with the Companys merger with Russell Hobbs
and the refinancing of the Companys existing senior credit
facilities associated with the closing of the Merger, the
Company assessed the prospective effectiveness of its interest
rate cash flow hedges during fiscal 2010. As a result, during
fiscal 2010, the Company ceased hedge accounting and recorded a
loss of ($1,451) as an adjustment to interest expense for the
change in fair value of its U.S. dollar swaps from the date
of de-designation until the U.S. dollar swaps were
re-designated. The Company also evaluated whether the amounts
recorded in AOCI associated with the forecasted U.S. dollar
swap transactions were probable of not occurring and determined
that occurrence of the transactions was still reasonably
possible. Upon the refinancing of the existing senior credit
facility associated with the closing of the Merger, the Company
re-designated the U.S. dollar swaps as cash flow hedges of
certain scheduled interest rate payments on the new $750,000
U.S. Dollar Term Loan expiring June 16, 2016. At
September 30, 2010, the Company believes that all
forecasted interest rate swap transactions designated as cash
flow hedges are probable of occurring.
The Companys interest rate swap derivative financial
instruments at September 30, 2010, September 30, 2009
and September 30, 2008 are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
Remaining
|
|
Notional
|
|
Notional
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Term
|
|
Amount
|
|
Amount
|
|
Term
|
|
Interest rate swaps-fixed
|
|
$
|
300,000
|
|
|
|
1.28 years
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
267,029
|
|
|
|
0.07 years
|
|
Interest rate swaps-fixed
|
|
$
|
300,000
|
|
|
|
1.36 years
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
170,000
|
|
|
|
0.11 years
|
|
Interest rate swaps-fixed
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
225,000
|
|
|
|
1.52 years
|
|
Interest rate swaps-fixed
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
80,000
|
|
|
|
1.62 years
|
|
The Company periodically enters into forward foreign exchange
contracts to hedge the risk from forecasted foreign denominated
third party and intercompany sales or payments. These
obligations generally require the Company to exchange foreign
currencies for U.S. Dollars, Euros, Pounds Sterling,
Australian Dollars, Brazilian Reals, Canadian Dollars or
Japanese Yen. These foreign exchange contracts are cash flow
hedges of fluctuating foreign exchange related to sales or
product or raw material purchases. Until the sale or purchase is
recognized, the fair value of the related hedge is recorded in
AOCI and as a derivative hedge asset or liability, as
applicable. At the time the sale or purchase is recognized, the
fair value of the related hedge is reclassified as an adjustment
to Net sales or purchase price variance in Cost of goods sold.
At September 30, 2010 the Successor Company had a series of
foreign exchange derivative contracts outstanding through June
2012 with a contract value of $299,993. At September 30,
2009 the Successor Company had a series of foreign exchange
derivative contracts outstanding through September 2010 with a
contract value of $92,963. At September 30, 2008 the
Predecessor Company had a series of such derivative contracts
outstanding through September 2010 with a contract value of
$144,776. The derivative net (loss) on these contracts recorded
in AOCI by the Successor Company at September 30, 2010 was
$(5,322), net of tax benefit of $2,204. The derivative net
(loss) on these contracts recorded in AOCI by the Successor
Company at September 30, 2009 was $(378), net of tax
benefit of $167. The derivative net gain on these contracts
recorded in AOCI by the Predecessor Company at
September 30, 2008 was $3,591, net of tax expense of
$1,482. At September 30, 2010, the portion of derivative
net (losses) estimated to be reclassified from AOCI into
earnings by the Company over the next 12 months is
$(4,596), net of tax.
The Company is exposed to risk from fluctuating prices for raw
materials, specifically zinc used in its manufacturing
processes. The Company hedges a portion of the risk associated
with these materials through the use of commodity swaps. The
hedge contracts are designated as cash flow hedges with the fair
value changes recorded in AOCI and as a hedge asset or
liability, as applicable. The unrecognized changes in fair value
of the hedge contracts are reclassified from AOCI into earnings
when the hedged purchase of raw materials also affects earnings.
The swaps effectively fix the floating price on a specified
quantity of raw
F-98
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
materials through a specified date. At September 30, 2010
the Successor Company had a series of such swap contracts
outstanding through September 2012 for 15 tons with a contract
value of $28,897. At September 30, 2009 the Successor
Company had a series of such swap contracts outstanding through
September 2011 for 8 tons with a contract value of $11,830. At
September 30, 2008, the Predecessor Company had a series of
such swap contracts outstanding through September 2010 for 13
tons with a contract value of $31,030. The derivative net gain
on these contracts recorded in AOCI by the Successor Company at
September 30, 2010 was $2,256, net of tax expense of
$1,201. The derivative net gain on these contracts recorded in
AOCI by the Successor Company at September 30, 2009 was
$347, net of tax expense of $183. The derivative net (loss) on
these contracts recorded in AOCI by the Successor Company at
September 30, 2008 was $(5,396), net of tax benefit of
$2,911. At September 30, 2010, the portion of derivative
net gains estimated to be reclassified from AOCI into earnings
by the Company over the next 12 months is $1,251, net of
tax.
The Company was also exposed to fluctuating prices of raw
materials, specifically urea and
di-ammonium
phosphates (DAP), used in its manufacturing
processes in the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business. During the period from October 1, 2008 through
August 30, 2009 (Predecessor Company) $(2,116) of pretax
derivative gains (losses) were recorded as an adjustment to Loss
from Discontinued operations, net of tax, for swap or option
contracts settled at maturity. During Fiscal 2008, $8,925 of
pretax derivative gains were recorded as an adjustment to Loss
from discontinued operations, by the Predecessor Company for
swap or option contracts settled at maturity. The hedges are
generally highly effective; however, during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008, $(12,803) and $(177), respectively, of pretax derivative
gains (losses), were recorded as an adjustment to Loss from
discontinued operations, net of tax, by the Predecessor Company.
The amount recorded during the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009, was due to the shutdown of the
growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business and a
determination that the forecasted transactions were probable of
not occurring. The Successor Company had no such swap contracts
outstanding as of September 30, 2009 and no related gain
(loss) recorded in AOCI.
Derivative
Contracts
The Company periodically enters into forward and swap foreign
exchange contracts to economically hedge the risk from third
party and intercompany payments resulting from existing
obligations. These obligations generally require the Company to
exchange foreign currencies for U.S. Dollars, Euros or
Australian Dollars. These foreign exchange contracts are
economic hedges of a related liability or asset recorded in the
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The
gain or loss on the derivative hedge contracts is recorded in
earnings as an offset to the change in value of the related
liability or asset at each period end. At September 30,
2010 and September 30, 2009 the Company had $333,562 and
$37,478, respectively, of such foreign exchange derivative
notional value contracts outstanding.
During the Predecessor Companys eleven month period ended
August 30, 2009, as a result of the Bankruptcy Cases, the
Company determined that previously designated cash flow hedge
relationships associated with interest rate swaps became
ineffective as of the Companys Petition Date. Further, the
Companys senior secured term credit agreement was amended
in connection with the implementation of the Plan, and
accordingly the underlying transactions did not occur as
originally forecasted. As a result, the Predecessor Company
reclassified approximately $(6,191), pretax, of (losses) from
AOCI as an adjustment to Interest expense during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009. As a result,
the portion of derivative net losses to be reclassified from
AOCI into earnings over the next 12 months was $0. The
Predecessor Companys related derivative contracts were
terminated during the pendency of the Bankruptcy Cases and
settled at a loss on the Effective Date.
F-99
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
(s) Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
ASC Topic 820: Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosures, (ASC 820), establishes a new
framework for measuring fair value and expands related
disclosures. Broadly, the ASC 820 framework requires fair
value to be determined based on the exchange price that would be
received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit
price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the
asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants. ASC 820 establishes market or observable
inputs as the preferred source of values, followed by
assumptions based on hypothetical transactions in the absence of
market inputs. The Company utilizes valuation techniques that
attempt to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize
the use of unobservable inputs. The determination of the fair
values considers various factors, including closing exchange or
over-the-counter
market pricing quotations, time value and credit quality factors
underlying options and contracts. The fair value of certain
derivative financial instruments is estimated using pricing
models based on contracts with similar terms and risks. Modeling
techniques assume market correlation and volatility, such as
using prices of one delivery point to calculate the price of the
contracts different delivery point. The nominal value of
interest rate transactions is discounted using applicable
forward interest rate curves. In addition, by applying a credit
reserve which is calculated based on credit default swaps or
published default probabilities for the actual and potential
asset value, the fair value of the Companys derivative
financial instruments assets reflects the risk that the
counterparties to these contracts may default on the
obligations. Likewise, by assessing the requirements of a
reserve for non-performance which is calculated based on the
probability of default by the Company, the Company adjusts its
derivative contract liabilities to reflect the price at which a
potential market participant would be willing to assume the
Companys liabilities. The Company has not changed its
valuation techniques in measuring the fair value of any
financial assets and liabilities during the year.
The valuation techniques required by ASC 820 are based upon
observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect
market data obtained from independent sources, while
unobservable inputs reflect market assumptions made by the
Company. These two types of inputs create the following fair
value hierarchy:
|
|
|
|
level 1
|
Unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments in active
markets.
|
|
|
|
|
Level 2
|
Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted
prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are
not active; and model-derived valuations whose inputs are
observable or whose significant value drivers are observable.
|
|
|
Level 3
|
Significant inputs to the valuation model are unobservable.
|
The Company maintains policies and procedures to value
instruments using the best and most relevant data available. In
certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall
into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such
cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the
fair value measurement in its entirety falls must be determined
based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair
value measurement. The Companys assessment of the
significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement
in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors
specific to the asset or liability. In addition, the Company has
risk management teams that review valuation, including
independent price validation for certain instruments. Further,
in other instances, the Company retains independent pricing
vendors to assist in valuing certain instruments.
The Companys derivatives are valued on a recurring basis
using internal models, which are based on market observable
inputs including interest rate curves and both forward and spot
prices for currencies and commodities.
F-100
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The Companys net derivative portfolio as of
September 30, 2010, contains Level 2 instruments and
represents commodity, interest rate and foreign exchange
contracts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,914
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,914
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,914
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,914
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(6,627
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(6,627
|
)
|
Foreign exchange contracts, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(38,111
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
(38,111
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(44,738
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(44,738
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys net derivative portfolio as of
September 30, 2009, contains Level 2 instruments and
represents commodity and foreign exchange contracts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity contracts
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,415
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,415
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts, net
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(797
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(797
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(797
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(797
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts and
notes receivable, accounts payable and short-term debt
approximate fair value. The fair values of long-term debt and
derivative financial instruments are generally based on quoted
or observed market prices.
Goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets are also
tested annually or if a triggering event occurs that indicates
an impairment loss may have been incurred using fair value
measurements with unobservable inputs (Level 3). The
Company did not record any impairment charges related to
goodwill, intangible assets or other long-lived assets during
Fiscal 2010. (See also Note 3(i), Significant Accounting
Policies Intangible Assets, for further details on
impairment testing.)
The carrying amounts and fair values of the Companys
financial instruments are summarized as follows
((liability)/asset):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
September 30, 2009
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Amount
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
(1,743,767
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,868,754
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,583,535
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,592,987
|
)
|
Interest rate swap agreements
|
|
|
(6,627
|
)
|
|
|
(6,627
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity swap and option agreements
|
|
|
3,914
|
|
|
|
3,914
|
|
|
|
3,415
|
|
|
|
3,415
|
|
Foreign exchange forward agreements
|
|
|
(38,111
|
)
|
|
|
(38,111
|
)
|
|
|
(797
|
)
|
|
|
(797
|
)
|
F-101
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
(t)
|
Environmental
Expenditures
|
Environmental expenditures that relate to current ongoing
operations or to conditions caused by past operations are
expensed or capitalized as appropriate. The Company determines
its liability on a
site-by-site
basis and records a liability at the time when it is probable
that a liability has been incurred and such liability can be
reasonably estimated. The estimated liability is not reduced for
possible recoveries from insurance carriers. Estimated
environmental remediation expenditures are included in the
determination of the net realizable value recorded for assets
held for sale.
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to
the current year presentation. These reclassifications had no
effect on previously reported results of operations or
accumulated deficit.
Comprehensive income includes foreign currency translation of
assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries, effects of
exchange rate changes on intercompany balances of a long-term
nature and transactions designated as a hedge of net foreign
investments, derivative financial instruments designated as cash
flow hedges and additional minimum pension liabilities
associated with the Companys pension. Except for the
currency translation impact of the Companys intercompany
debt of a long-term nature, the Company does not provide income
taxes on currency translation adjustments, as earnings from
international subsidiaries are considered to be permanently
reinvested.
Amounts recorded in AOCI on the accompanying Consolidated
Statements of Shareholders Equity (Deficit) and
Comprehensive Income (Loss) for Fiscal 2010, Fiscal 2009 and
Fiscal 2008 are net of the following tax (benefit) expense
amounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
Cash
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
Flow Hedges
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
Total
|
|
2010 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
(6,141
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,659
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,566
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,366
|
)
|
2009 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
247
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
319
|
|
|
$
|
582
|
|
2009 (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
(497
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,286
|
|
|
$
|
(40
|
)
|
|
$
|
4,749
|
|
2008 (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
(1,139
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,765
|
)
|
|
$
|
(318
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,222
|
)
|
In 1996, the Predecessor Companys board of directors
(Predecessor Board) approved the Rayovac Corporation
1996 Stock Option Plan (1996 Plan). Under the 1996
Plan, stock options to acquire up to 2,318 shares of common
stock, in the aggregate, could be granted to select employees
and non-employee directors of the Predecessor Company under
either or both a time-vesting or a performance-vesting formula
at an exercise price equal to the market price of the common
stock on the date of grant. The 1996 Plan expired on
September 12, 2006.
In 1997, the Predecessor Board adopted the 1997 Rayovac
Incentive Plan (1997 Plan). Under the 1997 Plan, the
Predecessor Company could grant to employees and non-employee
directors stock options, stock appreciation rights
(SARs), restricted stock, and other stock-based
awards, as well as cash-based annual and long-term incentive
awards. Accelerated vesting will occur in the event of a change
in control, as defined in the 1997 Plan. Up to 5,000 shares
of common stock could have been issued under the 1997 Plan. The
1997 Plan expired in August 31, 2007.
F-102
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
In 2004, the Predecessor Board adopted the 2004 Rayovac
Incentive Plan (2004 Plan). The 2004 Plan
supplements the 1997 Plan. Under the 2004 Plan, the Predecessor
Company could grant to employees and non-employee directors
stock options, SARs, restricted stock, and other stock-based
awards, as well as cash-based annual and long-term incentive
awards. Accelerated vesting would occur in the event of a change
in control, as defined in the 2004 Plan. Up to 3,500 shares
of common stock, net of forfeitures and cancellations, could
have been issued under the 2004 Plan. The 2004 Plan would have
expired on July 31, 2014.
On the Effective Date all of the existing common stock of the
Predecessor Company was extinguished and deemed cancelled. The
Successor Company had no stock options, SARs, restricted stock
or other stock-based awards outstanding as of September 30,
2009.
In September 2009, the Successor Companys board of
directors (the Board) adopted the 2009 Spectrum
Brands Inc. Incentive Plan (the 2009 Plan). In
conjunction with the Merger the 2009 Plan was assumed by SB
Holdings. As of September 30, 2010, up to 3,333 shares
of common stock, net of forfeitures and cancellations, could
have been issued under the 2009 Plan. After October 21,
2010, no further awards may be made under the 2009 Plan,
provided that a majority of the holders of the common stock of
the Company eligible to vote thereon approve the Spectrum Brands
Holdings, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Equity Award Plan (2011
Plan) prior to October 21, 2011.
In conjunction with the Merger, the Company adopted the Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Award Plan (formerly
known as the Russell Hobbs Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Award Plan,
as amended on June 24, 2008) (the 2007 RH
Plan). As of September 30, 2010, up to
600 shares of common stock, net of forfeitures and
cancellations, could have been issued under the RH Plan. After
October 21, 2010, no further awards may be made under the
2007 RH Plan, provided that a majority of the holders of the
common stock of the Company eligible to vote thereon approve the
2011 Plan prior to October 21, 2011.
On October 21, 2010, the Companys Board of Directors
adopted the 2011 Plan, subject to shareholder approval prior to
October 21, 2011 and the Company intends to submit the 2011
Plan for shareholder approval in connection with its next Annual
Meeting. Upon such shareholder approval, no further awards will
be granted under the 2009 Plan and the 2007 RH Plan.
4,626 shares of common stock of the Company, net of
cancellations, may be issued under the 2011 Plan. While the
Company has begun granting awards under the 2011 Plan, the 2011
Plan (and awards granted thereunder) are subject to the approval
by a majority of the holders of the common stock of the Company
eligible to vote thereon prior to October 21, 2011.
Under ASC Topic 718: Compensation-Stock
Compensation, (ASC 718), the Company is
required to recognize expense related to the fair value of its
employee stock awards.
Total stock compensation expense associated with restricted
stock awards recognized by the Successor Company during Fiscal
2010 was $16,676 or $10,839, net of taxes. The amounts before
tax are included in General and administrative expenses and
Restructuring and related charges in the accompanying
Consolidated Statements of Operations, of which $2,141 or
$1,392 net of taxes, was included in Restructuring and
related charges primarily related to the accelerated vesting of
certain awards related to terminated employees. The Successor
Company recorded no stock compensation expense during the period
from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009.
Total stock compensation expense associated with both stock
options and restricted stock awards recognized by the
Predecessor Company during the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008 was $2,636 and
$5,098 or $1,642 and $3,141, net of taxes, respectively. The
amounts before tax are included in General and administrative
expenses and Restructuring and related charges in the
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations, of which $0
and $433 or $0 and $267, net of taxes, was included in
Restructuring and related charges during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and
F-103
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Fiscal 2008, respectively, primarily related to the accelerated
vesting of certain awards related to terminated employees.
The Successor Company granted approximately 939 shares of
restricted stock during Fiscal 2010. Of these grants, 271
restricted stock units were granted in conjunction with the
Merger and are time-based and vest over a one year period. The
remaining 668 shares are restricted stock grants that are
time based and vest as follows: (i) 18 shares vest
over a one year period; (ii) 611 shares vest over a
two year period; and (iii) 39 shares vest over a three
year period. The total market value of the restricted shares on
the date of the grant was approximately $23,299.
The Predecessor Company granted approximately 229 shares of
restricted stock during Fiscal 2009. Of these grants, 42 were
time-based and would vest on a pro rata basis over a three year
period and 187 shares were purely performance-based and
would vest only upon achievement of certain performance goals.
All vesting dates were subject to the recipients continued
employment with the Company, except as otherwise permitted by
the Predecessor Board or if the employee was terminated without
cause. The total market value of the restricted shares on the
date of grant was approximately $150. Upon the Effective Date,
by operation of the Plan, the restricted stock granted by the
Predecessor Company was extinguished and deemed cancelled.
The Predecessor Company granted approximately 408 shares of
restricted stock during Fiscal 2008. Of these grants,
158 shares were time-based and would vest on a pro rata
basis over a three year period and 250 were purely
performance-based and would vest only upon achievement of
certain performance goals. All vesting dates were subject to the
recipients continued employment with the Company, except
as otherwise permitted by the Predecessor Board or if the
employee was terminated without cause. The total market value of
the restricted shares on the date of grant was approximately
$2,165. Upon the Effective Date, by operation of the Plan, the
restricted stock granted by the Predecessor Company was
extinguished and deemed cancelled.
The fair value of restricted stock is determined based on the
market price of the Companys shares on the grant date. A
summary of the status of the Successor Companys non-vested
restricted stock as of September 30, 2010 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted Stock
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Restricted stock at September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
939
|
|
|
|
24.82
|
|
|
|
23,299
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(244
|
)
|
|
|
23.59
|
|
|
|
(5,763
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock at September 30, 2010
|
|
|
695
|
|
|
$
|
25.23
|
|
|
$
|
17,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(x)
|
Restructuring
and Related Charges
|
Restructuring charges are recognized and measured according to
the provisions of ASC Topic 420: Exit or Disposal Cost
Obligations, (ASC 420). Under
ASC 420, restructuring charges include, but are not limited
to, termination and related costs consisting primarily of
one-time termination benefits such as severance costs and
retention bonuses, and contract termination costs consisting
primarily of lease termination costs. Related charges, as
defined by the Company, include, but are not limited to, other
costs directly associated with exit and integration activities,
including impairment of property and other assets, departmental
costs of full-time incremental integration employees, and any
other items related to the exit or integration activities. Costs
for such activities are estimated by management after evaluating
detailed analyses of the cost to be incurred. The Company
presents restructuring and related charges on a combined basis.
(See also
F-104
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, for a more
complete discussion of restructuring initiatives and related
costs).
|
|
(y)
|
Acquisition
and Integration Related Charges
|
Acquisition and integration related charges reflected in
Operating expenses include, but are not limited to transaction
costs such as banking, legal and accounting professional fees
directly related to the acquisition, termination and related
costs for transitional and certain other employees, integration
related professional fees and other post business combination
related expenses associated with the Merger of Russell Hobbs.
The following table summarizes acquisition and integration
related charges incurred by the Company during Fiscal 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Legal and professional fees
|
|
$
|
24,962
|
|
Employee termination charges
|
|
|
9,713
|
|
Integration costs
|
|
|
3,777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Acquisition and integration related charges
|
|
$
|
38,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(z)
|
Adoption
of New Accounting Pronouncements
|
Business
Combinations
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the
FASB) issued new accounting guidance on business
combinations and noncontrolling interests in consolidated
financial statements. The objective is to improve the relevance,
representational faithfulness and comparability of the
information that a reporting entity provides in its financial
reports about a business combination and its effects. The
guidance applies to all transactions or other events in which an
entity (the acquirer) obtains control of one or more
businesses (the acquiree), including those sometimes
referred to as true mergers or mergers of
equals and combinations achieved without the transfer of
consideration. The guidance, among other things, requires
companies to provide disclosures relating to the gross amount of
goodwill and accumulated goodwill impairment losses. In April
2009, the FASB issued additional guidance which addresses
application issues arising from contingencies in a business
combination. The Company adopted the new guidance beginning
October 1, 2009. The Company merged with Russell Hobbs
during Fiscal 2010. (See Note 15, Acquisition, for
information relating to the Merger with Russell Hobbs.)
Employers
Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets
In December 2008, the FASB issued new accounting guidance on
employers disclosures about assets of a defined benefit
pension or other postretirement plan. It requires employers to
disclose information about fair value measurements of plan
assets. The objectives of the disclosures are to provide an
understanding of: (a) how investment allocation decisions
are made, including the factors that are pertinent to an
understanding of investment policies and strategies;
(b) the major categories of plan assets; (c) the
inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value
of plan assets; (d) the effect of fair value measurements
using significant unobservable inputs on changes in plan assets
for the period; and (e) significant concentrations of risk
within plan assets. The Company adopted this new guidance at
September 30, 2010, the fair value measurement date of its
defined benefit pension and retiree medical plans. (See
Note 10, Employee Benefit Plans, for the applicable
disclosures.)
F-105
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue
Recognition Multiple-Element Arrangements
In October 2009, the FASB issued new accounting guidance
addressing the accounting for multiple-deliverable arrangements
to enable entities to account for products or services
(deliverables) separately rather than as a combined unit. The
provisions establish the accounting and reporting guidance for
arrangements under which the entity will perform multiple
revenue-generating activities. Specifically, this guidance
addresses how to separate deliverables and how to measure and
allocate arrangement consideration to one or more units of
accounting. The provisions are effective for the Companys
financial statements for the fiscal year that began
October 1, 2010. The Company is in the process of
evaluating the impact that the guidance may have on its
financial statements and related disclosures.
Inventories consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
$
|
62,857
|
|
|
$
|
64,314
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
28,239
|
|
|
|
27,364
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
439,246
|
|
|
|
249,827
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
530,342
|
|
|
$
|
341,505
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
Property,
Plant and Equipment
|
Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Land, buildings and improvements
|
|
$
|
79,935
|
|
|
$
|
75,997
|
|
Machinery, equipment and other
|
|
|
157,172
|
|
|
|
135,639
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
24,037
|
|
|
|
6,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
261,144
|
|
|
|
217,867
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
59,980
|
|
|
|
5,506
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
201,164
|
|
|
$
|
212,361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-106
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
(6)
|
Goodwill
and Intangible Assets
|
Intangible assets consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Batteries &
|
|
|
Global Pet
|
|
|
Garden
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appliances
|
|
|
Supplies
|
|
|
Business
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Goodwill:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2008 (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
117,649
|
|
|
$
|
117,819
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
235,468
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
2,762
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,762
|
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
|
306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at August 30, 2009 (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
120,780
|
|
|
$
|
118,125
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
238,905
|
|
Fresh-start adjustments
|
|
|
60,029
|
|
|
|
41,239
|
|
|
|
187,887
|
|
|
|
289,155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at August 30, 2009 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
180,809
|
|
|
$
|
159,364
|
|
|
$
|
187,887
|
|
|
$
|
528,060
|
|
Adjustments for release of valuation allowance
|
|
|
(30,363
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,080
|
)
|
|
|
(47,443
|
)
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
1,847
|
|
|
|
884
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2009 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
152,293
|
|
|
$
|
160,248
|
|
|
$
|
170,807
|
|
|
$
|
483,348
|
|
Additions due to Russell Hobbs Merger
|
|
|
116,607
|
|
|
|
2,629
|
|
|
|
843
|
|
|
|
120,079
|
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
(480
|
)
|
|
|
(2,892
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,372
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2010 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
268,420
|
|
|
$
|
159,985
|
|
|
$
|
171,650
|
|
|
$
|
600,055
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade names Not Subject to Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2008 (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
286,260
|
|
|
$
|
218,345
|
|
|
$
|
57,000
|
|
|
$
|
561,605
|
|
Reclassification(A)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,000
|
)
|
|
|
(12,000
|
)
|
Impairment charge
|
|
|
(15,391
|
)
|
|
|
(18,500
|
)
|
|
|
(500
|
)
|
|
|
(34,391
|
)
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
|
|
(214
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(454
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at August 30, 2009 (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
270,629
|
|
|
$
|
199,631
|
|
|
$
|
44,500
|
|
|
$
|
514,760
|
|
Fresh-start adjustments
|
|
|
130,371
|
|
|
|
10,869
|
|
|
|
31,500
|
|
|
|
172,740
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at August 30, 2009 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
401,000
|
|
|
$
|
210,500
|
|
|
$
|
76,000
|
|
|
$
|
687,500
|
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
983
|
|
|
|
1,753
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,736
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2009 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
401,983
|
|
|
$
|
212,253
|
|
|
$
|
76,000
|
|
|
$
|
690,236
|
|
Additions due to Russell Hobbs Merger
|
|
|
164,730
|
|
|
|
6,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
170,930
|
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
3,232
|
|
|
|
(6,920
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,688
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2010 (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
569,945
|
|
|
$
|
211,533
|
|
|
$
|
76,000
|
|
|
$
|
857,478
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2008, net (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
11,829
|
|
|
$
|
111,018
|
|
|
$
|
58,357
|
|
|
$
|
181,204
|
|
Additions(A)
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
12,532
|
|
Disposals(B)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,595
|
)
|
|
|
(11,595
|
)
|
Amortization during period
|
|
|
(975
|
)
|
|
|
(11,827
|
)
|
|
|
(6,297
|
)
|
|
|
(19,099
|
)
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
|
|
(623
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(752
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at August 30, 2009, net (Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
11,225
|
|
|
$
|
98,600
|
|
|
$
|
52,465
|
|
|
$
|
162,290
|
|
Fresh-start adjustments
|
|
|
342,775
|
|
|
|
146,400
|
|
|
|
120,535
|
|
|
|
609,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at August 30, 2009, net (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
354,000
|
|
|
$
|
245,000
|
|
|
$
|
173,000
|
|
|
$
|
772,000
|
|
Amortization during period
|
|
|
(1,528
|
)
|
|
|
(1,256
|
)
|
|
|
(729
|
)
|
|
|
(3,513
|
)
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
1,961
|
|
|
|
1,261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2009, net (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
354,433
|
|
|
$
|
245,005
|
|
|
$
|
172,271
|
|
|
$
|
771,709
|
|
Additions due to Russell Hobbs Merger
|
|
|
186,508
|
|
|
|
4,100
|
|
|
|
1,789
|
|
|
|
192,397
|
|
Amortization during period
|
|
|
(22,189
|
)
|
|
|
(14,981
|
)
|
|
|
(8,750
|
)
|
|
|
(45,920
|
)
|
Effect of translation
|
|
|
(2,428
|
)
|
|
|
(3,876
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,304
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2010, net (Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
516,324
|
|
|
$
|
230,248
|
|
|
$
|
165,310
|
|
|
$
|
911,882
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Intangible Assets, net at September 30, 2010
(Successor Company)
|
|
$
|
1,086,269
|
|
|
$
|
441,781
|
|
|
$
|
241,310
|
|
|
$
|
1,769,360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-107
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
(A) |
|
During the first quarter of Fiscal 2009, the Company
reclassified $12,000 of trade names intangible assets not
subject to amortization related to the growing products portion
of the Home and Garden Business to intangible assets subject to
amortization as such trade names had been assigned a useful life
through the term of the shutdown period. The Company completed
the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and
Garden Business during the second quarter of Fiscal 2009. (See
Note 9, Discontinued Operations, for further details on the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business). |
|
(B) |
|
During the second quarter of Fiscal 2009, the Company
reclassified the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business to discontinued operations as the Company completed the
shutdown of the business during that period. The Company
disposed of all intangible assets related to the growing
products portion of the Home and Garden Business. (See
Note 9, Discontinued Operations, for further details on the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business). |
Intangible assets subject to amortization include proprietary
technology, customer relationships and certain trade names. The
carrying value of technology assets was $60,792, net of
accumulated amortization of $6,305 at September 30, 2010
and $62,985, net of accumulated amortization of $515 at
September 30, 2009. The Company trade names subject to
amortization relate to the valuation under fresh-start reporting
and the Merger with Russell Hobbs. The carrying value of these
trade names was $145,939, net of accumulated amortization of
$3,750 at September 30, 2010 and $490, net of accumulated
amortization of $10 at September 30, 2009. Remaining
intangible assets subject to amortization include customer
relationship intangibles. The carrying value of customer
relationships was $705,151, net of accumulated amortization of
$35,865 at September 30, 2010 and $708,234, net of
accumulated amortization of $2,988 at September 30, 2009.
The useful life of the Companys intangible assets subject
to amortization are 8 years for technology assets related
to the Global Pet Supplies segment, 9 to 17 years for
technology assets associated with the Global
Batteries & Appliances segment, 15 to 20 years
for customer relationships of Global Batteries &
Appliances, 20 years for customer relationships of the Home
and Garden Business and Global Pet Supplies, 12 years for a
trade name within the Global Batteries & Appliances
segment and 4 years for a trade name within the Home and
Garden Business segment.
ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an
event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have
been incurred. During Fiscal 2010, the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008 the Company conducted impairment testing of goodwill and
indefinite-lived intangible assets. As a result of this testing
the Company recorded non-cash pretax impairment charges of
approximately $34,391 and $861,234 in the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008, respectively. The $34,391 recorded during the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 related to
impaired trade name intangible assets. Of the Fiscal 2008
impairment, approximately $601,934 of the charge related to
impaired goodwill and $259,300 related to impaired trade name
intangible assets. (See also Note 3(i), Significant
Accounting Policies Intangible Assets, for further
details on the impairment charges).
The Company has designated the growing products portion of the
Home and Garden Business and the Canadian division of the Home
and Garden Business as discontinued operations. In accordance
with ASC 360, long-lived assets to be disposed are recorded
at the lower of their carrying value or fair value less costs to
sell. During Fiscal 2008, the Company recorded a non-cash pretax
charge of $5,700 in discontinued operations to reduce the
carrying value of intangible assets related to the growing
products portion of the Home and Garden Business in order to
reflect the estimated fair value of this business. (See also
Note 9, Discontinued Operations, for additional information
relating to this impairment charge).
F-108
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The amortization expense related to intangibles subject to
amortization for the Successor Company for Fiscal 2010 and the
period from August 31, 2009 through September 30,
2009, and the Predecessor Company for the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal
2008 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008(A)
|
|
Proprietary technology amortization
|
|
$
|
6,305
|
|
|
$
|
515
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,448
|
|
|
$
|
3,934
|
|
Customer list amortization
|
|
|
35,865
|
|
|
|
2,988
|
|
|
|
|
14,920
|
|
|
|
23,327
|
|
Trade names amortization
|
|
|
3,750
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
|
426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
45,920
|
|
|
$
|
3,513
|
|
|
|
$
|
19,099
|
|
|
$
|
27,687
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Fiscal 2008 includes amortization expense related to the year
ended September 30, 2007 (Fiscal 2007), as a
result of the reclassification of the Home and Garden Business
as a continuing operation during Fiscal 2008. (See also
Note 11, Segment Results, for further details on
amortization expense related to the Home and Garden Business). |
The Company estimates annual amortization expense for the next
five fiscal years will approximate $55,630 per year.
Debt consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
|
September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Term Loan, U.S. Dollar, expiring June 16, 2016
|
|
$
|
750,000
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.5% Senior Secured Notes, due June 15, 2018
|
|
|
750,000
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term Loan B, U.S. Dollar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
973,125
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
%
|
Term Loan, Euro
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
371,874
|
|
|
|
8.6
|
%
|
12% Notes, due August 28, 2019
|
|
|
245,031
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
|
|
218,076
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
ABL Revolving Credit Facility, expiring June 16, 2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Old ABL revolving credit facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,225
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
Supplemental Loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
|
|
17.7
|
%
|
Other notes and obligations
|
|
|
13,605
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
%
|
|
|
5,919
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
%
|
Capitalized lease obligations
|
|
|
11,755
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
%
|
|
|
12,924
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,770,391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,660,143
|
|
|
|
|
|
Original issuance discounts on debt
|
|
|
(26,624
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value adjustment as a result of fresh-start reporting
valuation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(76,608
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Less current maturities
|
|
|
20,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53,578
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
$
|
1,723,057
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,529,957
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-109
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The Successor Companys aggregate scheduled maturities of
debt as of September 30, 2010 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
20,710
|
|
2012
|
|
|
35,254
|
|
2013
|
|
|
39,902
|
|
2014
|
|
|
39,907
|
|
2015
|
|
|
39,970
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
1,594,648
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,770,391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys aggregate capitalized lease obligations
included in the amounts above are payable in installments of
$990 in 2011, $745 in 2012, $725 in 2013, $740 in 2014, $803 in
2015 and $7,752 thereafter.
In connection with the combination of Spectrum Brands and
Russell Hobbs, Spectrum Brands (i) entered into a new
senior secured term loan pursuant to a new senior credit
agreement (the Senior Credit Agreement) consisting
of a $750,000 U.S. Dollar Term Loan due June 16, 2016
(the Term Loan), (ii) issued $750,000 in
aggregate principal amount of 9.5% Senior Secured Notes
maturing June 15, 2018 (the 9.5% Notes)
and (iii) entered into a $300,000 U.S. Dollar asset
based revolving loan facility due June 16, 2014 (the
ABL Revolving Credit Facility and together with the
Senior Credit Agreement, the Senior Credit
Facilities and the Senior Credit Facilities together with
the 9.5% Notes, the Senior Secured Facilities).
The proceeds from the Senior Secured Facilities were used to
repay Spectrum Brands then-existing senior term credit
facility (the Prior Term Facility) and Spectrum
Brands then-existing asset based revolving loan facility,
to pay fees and expenses in connection with the refinancing and
for general corporate purposes.
The 9.5% Notes and 12% Notes were issued by Spectrum
Brands. SB/RH Holdings, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of SB
Holdings, and the wholly owned domestic subsidiaries of Spectrum
Brands are the guarantors under the 9.5% Notes. The wholly
owned domestic subsidiaries of Spectrum Brands are the
guarantors under the 12% Notes. SB Holdings is not an
issuer or guarantor of the 9.5% Notes or the
12% Notes. SB Holdings is also not a borrower or guarantor
under the Companys Term Loan or the ABL Revolving Credit
Facility. Spectrum Brands is the borrower under the Term Loan
and its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries along with SB/RH
Holdings, LLC are the guarantors under that facility. Spectrum
Brands and its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries are the
borrowers under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility and SB/RH
Holdings, LLC is a guarantor of that facility.
Senior
Term Credit Facility
The Term Loan has a maturity date of June 16, 2016. Subject
to certain mandatory prepayment events, the Term Loan is subject
to repayment according to a scheduled amortization, with the
final payment of all amounts outstanding, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, due at maturity. Among other things, the Term
Loan provides for a minimum Eurodollar interest rate floor of
1.5% and interest spreads over market rates of 6.5%.
The Senior Credit Agreement contains financial covenants with
respect to debt, including, but not limited to, a maximum
leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio, which
covenants, pursuant to their terms, become more restrictive over
time. In addition, the Senior Credit Agreement contains
customary restrictive covenants, including, but not limited to,
restrictions on the Companys ability to incur additional
indebtedness, create liens, make investments or specified
payments, give guarantees, pay dividends, make capital
expenditures and merge or acquire or sell assets. Pursuant to a
guarantee and collateral agreement, the Company and its domestic
subsidiaries have guaranteed their respective obligations under
the Senior Credit Agreement and related loan documents and have
pledged substantially all of their respective assets to secure
F-110
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
such obligations. The Senior Credit Agreement also provides for
customary events of default, including payment defaults and
cross-defaults on other material indebtedness.
The Term Loan was issued at a 2.00% discount and was recorded
net of the $15,000 amount incurred. The discount will be
amortized as an adjustment to the carrying value of principal
with a corresponding charge to interest expense over the
remaining life of the Senior Credit Agreement. During Fiscal
2010, the Company recorded $25,968 of fees in connection with
the Senior Credit Agreement. The fees are classified as Debt
issuance costs within the accompanying Consolidated Statement of
Financial Position as of September 30, 2010 and will be
amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the
remaining life of the Senior Credit Agreement.
At September 30, 2010, the aggregate amount outstanding
under the Term Loan totaled $750,000.
At September 30, 2009, the aggregate amount outstanding
under the Prior Term Facility totaled a U.S. Dollar
equivalent of $1,391,459, consisting of principal amounts of
$973,125 under the U.S. Dollar Term B Loan, 254,970
under the Euro Facility (USD $371,874 at September 30,
2009) as well as letters of credit outstanding under the
L/C Facility totaling $46,460.
9.5% Notes
At September 30, 2010, the Company had outstanding
principal of $750,000 under the 9.5% Notes maturing
June 15, 2018.
The Company may redeem all or a part of the 9.5% Notes,
upon not less than 30 or more than 60 days notice at
specified redemption prices. Further, the indenture governing
the 9.5% Notes (the 2018 Indenture) requires
the Company to make an offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a
portion of the applicable outstanding notes for a specified
redemption price, including a redemption premium, upon the
occurrence of a change of control of the Company, as defined in
such indenture.
The 2018 Indenture contains customary covenants that limit,
among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness,
payment of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity
interests, the making of certain investments, expansion into
unrelated businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or
consolidation with another company, transfer or sale of all or
substantially all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
In addition, the 2018 Indenture provides for customary events of
default, including failure to make required payments, failure to
comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make
payments on or acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and
certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default
under the 2018 Indenture arising from certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency will automatically cause the
acceleration of the amounts due under the 9.5% Notes. If
any other event of default under the 2018 Indenture occurs and
is continuing, the trustee for the 2018 Indenture or the
registered holders of at least 25% in the then aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the 9.5% Notes may declare
the acceleration of the amounts due under those notes.
The 9.5% Notes were issued at a 1.37% discount and were
recorded net of the $10,245 amount incurred. The discount will
be amortized as an adjustment to the carrying value of principal
with a corresponding charge to interest expense over the
remaining life of the 9.5% Notes. During Fiscal 2010, the
Company recorded $20,823 of fees in connection with the issuance
of the 9.5% Notes. The fees are classified as Debt issuance
costs within the accompanying Consolidated Statement of
Financial Position as of September 30, 2010 and will be
amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the
remaining life of the 9.5% Notes.
F-111
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
12%
Notes
On August 28, 2009, in connection with emergence from the
voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11 and pursuant to
the Plan, the Company issued $218,076 in aggregate principal
amount of 12% Notes maturing August 28, 2019.
Semiannually, at its option, the Company may elect to pay
interest on the 12% Notes in cash or as payment in kind, or
PIK. PIK interest would be added to principal upon
the relevant semi-annual interest payment date. Under the Prior
Term Facility, the Company agreed to make interest payments on
the 12% Notes through PIK for the first three semi-annual
interest payment periods. As a result of the refinancing of the
Prior Term Facility the Company is no longer required to make
interest payments as payment in kind after the semi-annual
interest payment date of August 28, 2010. Effective with
the payment date of August 28, 2010 the Company gave notice
to the trustee that the interest payment due February 28,
2011 would be made in cash. During Fiscal 2010, the Company
reclassified $26,955 of accrued interest from Other long term
liabilities to principal in connection with the PIK provision of
the 12% Notes.
The Company may redeem all or a part of the 12% Notes, upon
not less than 30 or more than 60 days notice, beginning
August 28, 2012 at specified redemption prices. Further,
the indenture governing the 12% Notes require the Company
to make an offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a portion of the
applicable outstanding notes for a specified redemption price,
including a redemption premium, upon the occurrence of a change
of control of the Company, as defined in such indenture.
At September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, the
Company had outstanding principal of $245,031 and $218,076,
respectively, under the 12% Notes.
The indenture governing the 12% Notes (the 2019
Indenture), contains customary covenants that limit, among
other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, payment
of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity interests,
the making of certain investments, expansion into unrelated
businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or consolidation
with another company, transfer or sale of all or substantially
all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
In addition, the 2019 Indenture provides for customary events of
default, including failure to make required payments, failure to
comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make
payments on or acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and
certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default
under the indenture arising from certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency will automatically cause the acceleration of the
amounts due under the 12% Notes. If any other event of
default under the 2019 Indenture occurs and is continuing, the
trustee for the indenture or the registered holders of at least
25% in the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the
12% Notes may declare the acceleration of the amounts due
under those notes.
The Company is subject to certain limitations as a result of the
Companys Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio under the 2019
Indenture being below 2:1. Until the test is satisfied, Spectrum
Brands and certain of its subsidiaries are limited in their
ability to make significant acquisitions or incur significant
additional senior credit facility debt beyond the Senior Credit
Facilities. The Company does not expect its inability to satisfy
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test to impair its ability to
provide adequate liquidity to meet the short-term and long-term
liquidity requirements of its existing businesses, although no
assurance can be given in this regard.
In connection with the Merger, the Company obtained the consent
of the note holders to certain amendments to the 2019 Indenture
(the Supplemental Indenture). The Supplemental
Indenture became effective upon the closing of the Merger. Among
other things, the Supplemental Indenture amended the definition
of change in control to exclude the Harbinger Capital Partners
Master Fund I, Ltd. (Harbinger Master Fund) and
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.
(Harbinger Special Fund) and, together with
Harbinger Master Fund, the HCP Funds) and Global
Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (together
F-112
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
with the HCP Funds, the Harbinger Parties) and
increased the Companys ability to incur indebtedness up to
$1,850,000.
During Fiscal 2010 the Company recorded $2,966 of fees in
connection with the consent. The fees are classified as Debt
issuance costs within the accompanying Consolidated Statement of
Financial Position as of September 30, 2010 and will be
amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the
remaining life of the 12% Notes effective with the closing
of the Merger.
ABL
Revolving Credit Facility
The ABL Revolving Credit Facility is governed by a credit
agreement (the ABL Credit Agreement) with Bank of
America as administrative agent (the Agent). The ABL
Revolving Credit Facility consists of revolving loans (the
Revolving Loans), with a portion available for
letters of credit and a portion available as swing line loans,
in each case subject to the terms and limits described therein.
The Revolving Loans may be drawn, repaid and reborrowed without
premium or penalty. The proceeds of borrowings under the ABL
Revolving Credit Facility are to be used for costs, expenses and
fees in connection with the ABL Revolving Credit Facility, for
working capital requirements of the Company and its
subsidiaries, restructuring costs, and other general
corporate purposes.
The ABL Revolving Credit Facility carries an interest rate, at
the Companys option, which is subject to change based on
availability under the facility, of either: (a) the base
rate plus currently 2.75% per annum or (b) the
reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate (the Eurodollar Rate)
plus currently 3.75% per annum. No amortization will be required
with respect to the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The ABL
Revolving Credit Facility will mature on June 16, 2014.
Pursuant to the credit and security agreement, the obligations
under the ABL credit agreement are secured by certain current
assets of the guarantors, including, but not limited to, deposit
accounts, trade receivables and inventory.
The ABL Credit Agreement contains various representations and
warranties and covenants, including, without limitation,
enhanced collateral reporting, and a maximum fixed charge
coverage ratio. The ABL Credit Agreement also provides for
customary events of default, including payment defaults and
cross-defaults on other material indebtedness.
During Fiscal 2010 the Company recorded $9,839 of fees in
connection with the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The fees are
classified as Debt issuance costs within the accompanying
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of
September 30, 2010 and will be amortized as an adjustment
to interest expense over the remaining life of the ABL Revolving
Credit Facility.
As a result of borrowings and payments under the ABL Revolving
Credit Facility at September 30, 2010, the Company had
aggregate borrowing availability of approximately $225,255, net
of lender reserves of $28,972.
At September 30, 2010, the Company had outstanding letters
of credit of $36,969 under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility.
At September 30, 2009, the Company had an aggregate amount
outstanding under its then-existing asset based revolving loan
facility of $84,225 which included a supplemental loan of
$45,000 and $6,000 in outstanding letters of credit.
F-113
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Income tax (benefit) expense was calculated based upon the
following components of (loss) income from continuing operations
before income tax:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Pretax (loss) income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
(230,262
|
)
|
|
$
|
(28,043
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
936,379
|
|
|
$
|
(654,003
|
)
|
Outside the United States
|
|
|
106,079
|
|
|
|
8,043
|
|
|
|
|
186,975
|
|
|
|
(260,815
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total pretax (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(124,183
|
)
|
|
$
|
(20,000
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
1,123,354
|
|
|
$
|
(914,818
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
44,481
|
|
|
$
|
3,111
|
|
|
|
$
|
24,159
|
|
|
$
|
20,964
|
|
State
|
|
|
2,907
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
|
(364
|
)
|
|
|
2,089
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current
|
|
|
47,388
|
|
|
|
3,393
|
|
|
|
|
23,795
|
|
|
|
23,053
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
22,119
|
|
|
|
49,790
|
|
|
|
|
(1,599
|
)
|
|
|
27,109
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
(6,514
|
)
|
|
|
(1,266
|
)
|
|
|
|
1,581
|
|
|
|
(63,064
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
|
(724
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1,166
|
)
|
|
|
3,442
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred
|
|
|
15,801
|
|
|
|
47,800
|
|
|
|
|
(1,184
|
)
|
|
|
(32,513
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
$
|
63,189
|
|
|
$
|
51,193
|
|
|
|
$
|
22,611
|
|
|
$
|
(9,460
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-114
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The following reconciles the Federal statutory income tax rate
with the Companys effective tax rate:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Statutory federal income tax rate
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
Permanent items
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
Foreign statutory rate vs. U.S. statutory rate
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
Net nondeductible (deductible) interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
ASC 350 Impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11.2
|
)
|
Fresh-start reporting valuation adjustment(A)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on settlement of liabilities subject to compromise
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Professional fees incurred in connection with Bankruptcy Filing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residual tax on foreign earnings
|
|
|
(7.5
|
)
|
|
|
(284.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
Valuation allowance(B)
|
|
|
(73.3
|
)
|
|
|
(7.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
|
|
(23.5
|
)
|
Reorganization items
|
|
|
(6.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)
|
|
|
(9.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
Inflationary adjustments
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax correction of immaterial prior period error
|
|
|
(4.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(256.0
|
)%
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Includes the adjustment to the valuation allowance resulting
from fresh-start reporting. |
|
(B) |
|
Includes the adjustment to the valuation allowance resulting
from the Plan. |
F-115
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The tax effects of temporary differences, which give rise to
significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax
liabilities, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Current deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee benefits
|
|
$
|
21,770
|
|
|
$
|
20,908
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
6,486
|
|
|
|
11,396
|
|
Inventories and receivables
|
|
|
13,484
|
|
|
|
9,657
|
|
Marketing and promotional accruals
|
|
|
5,783
|
|
|
|
5,458
|
|
Other
|
|
|
22,712
|
|
|
|
13,107
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(28,668
|
)
|
|
|
(16,413
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current deferred tax assets
|
|
|
41,567
|
|
|
|
44,113
|
|
Current deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
(1,947
|
)
|
|
|
(11,560
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(3,885
|
)
|
|
|
(4,416
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(5,832
|
)
|
|
|
(15,976
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net current deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
35,735
|
|
|
$
|
28,137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncurrent deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee benefits
|
|
$
|
17,599
|
|
|
$
|
3,564
|
|
Restructuring and purchase accounting
|
|
|
20,541
|
|
|
|
26,921
|
|
Marketing and promotional accruals
|
|
|
1,311
|
|
|
|
845
|
|
Net operating loss and credit carry forwards
|
|
|
513,779
|
|
|
|
291,642
|
|
Prepaid royalty
|
|
|
9,708
|
|
|
|
14,360
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
3,207
|
|
|
|
2,798
|
|
Unrealized losses
|
|
|
4,202
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
14,335
|
|
|
|
17,585
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(302,268
|
)
|
|
|
(116,275
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total noncurrent deferred tax assets
|
|
|
282,414
|
|
|
|
241,440
|
|
Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant, and equipment
|
|
|
(13,862
|
)
|
|
|
(19,552
|
)
|
Unrealized gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,275
|
)
|
Intangibles
|
|
|
(544,478
|
)
|
|
|
(430,815
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(1,917
|
)
|
|
|
(3,296
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(560,257
|
)
|
|
|
(468,938
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
|
|
$
|
(277,843
|
)
|
|
$
|
(227,498
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net current and noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
|
|
$
|
(242,108
|
)
|
|
$
|
(199,361
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During Fiscal 2010, the Company recorded residual U.S. and
foreign taxes on approximately $26,600 of distributions of
foreign earnings resulting in an increase in tax expense of
approximately $9,312. The distributions were primarily non-cash
deemed distributions under U.S. tax law. During the period
from
F-116
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009, the
Successor Company recorded residual U.S. and foreign taxes
on approximately $165,937 of actual and deemed distributions of
foreign earnings resulting in an increase in tax expense of
approximately $58,295. The Company made these distributions,
which were primarily non-cash, to reduce the U.S. tax loss
for Fiscal 2009 as a result of Section 382 considerations.
Remaining undistributed earnings of the Companys foreign
operations amounting to approximately $302,447 and $156,270 at
September 30, 2010 and September 2009, respectively, are
intended to remain permanently invested. Accordingly, no
residual income taxes have been provided on those earnings at
September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009. If at some
future date, these earnings cease to be permanently invested the
Company may be subject to U.S. income taxes and foreign
withholding and other taxes on such amounts. If such earnings
were not considered permanently reinvested, a deferred tax
liability of approximately $109,189 would be required.
The Company, as of September 30, 2010, has
U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $1,087,489 and $936,208, respectively. These net
operating loss carryforwards expire through years ending in
2031. The Company has foreign loss carryforwards of
approximately $195,456 which will expire beginning in 2011.
Certain of the foreign net operating losses have indefinite
carryforward periods. The Company is subject to an annual
limitation on the use of its net operating losses that arose
prior to its emergence from bankruptcy. The Company has had
multiple changes of ownership, as defined under IRC
Section 382, that subject the Companys
U.S. federal and state net operating losses and other tax
attributes to certain limitations. The annual limitation is
based on a number of factors including the value of the
Companys stock (as defined for tax purposes) on the date
of the ownership change, its net unrealized built in gain
position on that date, the occurrence of realized built in gains
in years subsequent to the ownership change, and the effects of
subsequent ownership changes (as defined for tax purposes) if
any. Based on these factors, the Company projects that $296,160
of the total U.S. federal and $462,837 of the state net
operating loss carryforwards will expire unused. In addition,
separate return year limitations apply to limit the
Companys utilization of the acquired Russell Hobbs
U.S. federal and state net operating losses to future
income of the Russell Hobbs subgroup. The Company also projects
that $37,542 of the total foreign loss carryforwards will expire
unused. The Company has provided a full valuation allowance
against these deferred tax assets.
The Predecessor Company recognized income tax expense of
approximately $124,054 related to the gain on the settlement of
liabilities subject to compromise and the modification of the
senior secured credit facility in the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009. The Company,
has, in accordance with the IRC Section 108 reduced its net
operating loss carryforwards for cancellation of debt income
that arose from its emergence from Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code, under IRC Section 382(1)(6).
A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than
not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not
be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets
depends on the ability of the Company to generate sufficient
taxable income of the appropriate character in the future and in
the appropriate taxing jurisdictions. As of September 30,
2010 and September 30, 2009, the Companys valuation
allowance, established for the tax benefit that may not be
realized, totaled approximately $330,936 and $132,688,
respectively. As of September 30, 2010 and
September 30, 2009, approximately $299,524 and $108,493,
respectively related to U.S. net deferred tax assets, and
approximately $31,412 and $24,195, respectively, related to
foreign net deferred tax assets. The increase in the allowance
during Fiscal 2010 totaled approximately $198,248, of which
approximately $191,031 related to an increase in the valuation
allowance against U.S. net deferred tax assets, and
approximately $7,217 related to a decrease in the valuation
allowance against foreign net deferred tax assets. In connection
with the Merger, the Company established additional valuation
allowance of approximately $103,790 related to acquired net
deferred tax assets as part of purchase accounting. This amount
is included in the $198,248 above.
F-117
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits on the Successor
Companys Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at
September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009 are $12,808
and $7,765, respectively, that if recognized will affect the
effective tax rate. The Company recognizes interest and
penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax
expense. The Successor Company as of September 30, 2009 and
September 30, 2010 had approximately $3,021 and $5,860,
respectively, of accrued interest and penalties related to
uncertain tax positions. The impact related to interest and
penalties on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the
period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009
(Predecessor Company) and the period from August 31, 2009
through September 30, 2009 (Successor Company) was not
material. The impact related to interest and penalties on the
Consolidated Statement of Operations for Fiscal 2010 was a net
increase to income tax expense of $1,527. In connection with the
Merger, the Company recorded additional unrecognized tax
benefits of approximately $3,299 as part of purchase accounting.
As of September 30, 2010, certain of the Companys
Canadian, German, and Hong Kong legal entities are undergoing
tax audits. The Company cannot predict the ultimate outcome of
the examinations; however, it is reasonably possible that during
the next 12 months some portion of previously unrecognized
tax benefits could be recognized.
The following table summarizes the changes to the amount of
unrecognized tax benefits of the Predecessor Company for the
period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009
and the Successor Company for the period from August 31,
2009 through September 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits at September 30, 2008
(Predecessor Company)
|
|
$
|
6,755
|
|
Gross increase tax positions in prior period
|
|
|
26
|
|
Gross decrease tax positions in prior period
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
Gross increase tax positions in current period
|
|
|
1,673
|
|
Lapse of statutes of limitations
|
|
|
(807
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits at August 30, 2009 (Predecessor
Company)
|
|
$
|
7,636
|
|
Gross decrease tax positions in prior period
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
Gross increase tax positions in current period
|
|
|
174
|
|
Lapse of statutes of limitations
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits at September 30, 2009 (Successor
Company)
|
|
$
|
7,765
|
|
Russell Hobbs acquired unrecognized tax benefits
|
|
|
3,251
|
|
Gross decrease tax positions in prior period
|
|
|
(904
|
)
|
Gross increase tax positions in current period
|
|
|
3,390
|
|
Lapse of statutes of limitations
|
|
|
(694
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits at September 30, 2010 (Successor
Company)
|
|
$
|
12,808
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal
jurisdiction and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions
and is subject to ongoing examination by the various taxing
authorities. The Companys major taxing jurisdictions are
the U.S., United Kingdom, and Germany. In the U.S., federal tax
filings for years prior to and including the Companys
fiscal year ended September 30, 2006 are closed. However,
the federal net operating loss carryforwards from the
Companys fiscal years ended September 30, 2006 and
prior are subject to Internal Revenue Service (IRS)
examination until the year that such net operating loss
carryforwards are utilized and those years are closed for audit.
The Companys fiscal years ended September 30, 2007,
2008 and 2009 remain open to examination by the IRS. Filings in
various U.S. state and local jurisdictions are also subject
to audit and to date no significant audit matters have arisen.
F-118
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
In the U.S., federal tax filings for years prior to and
including Russell Hobbs year ended June 30, 2008 are
closed. However, the federal net operating loss carryforward for
Russell Hobbs fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 is subject to
examination by the IRS until the year that such net operating
losses are utilized and those years are closed for audit.
ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an
event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have
been incurred. During the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, the Predecessor
Company, as a result of its testing, recorded non-cash pre tax
impairment charges of $34,391 and $861,234, respectively. The
tax impact, prior to consideration of the current year valuation
allowance, of the impairment charges was a deferred tax benefit
of $12,965 and $142,877 during the period from October 1,
2008 through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively,
as a result of a significant portion of the impaired assets not
being deductible for tax purposes in 2008.
During Fiscal 2010 we recorded the correction of an immaterial
prior period error in our consolidated financial statements
related to deferred taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions. We
believe the correction of this error to be both quantitatively
and qualitatively immaterial to our annual results for fiscal
2010 or to any of our previously issued financial statements.
The impact of the correction was an increase to income tax
expense and a decrease to deferred tax assets of approximately
$5,900.
|
|
(9)
|
Discontinued
Operations
|
On November 1, 2007, the Predecessor Company sold the
Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business, which
operated under the name Nu-Gro, to a new company formed by
RoyCap Merchant Banking Group and Clarke Inc. Cash proceeds
received at closing, net of selling expenses, totaled $14,931
and were used to reduce outstanding debt. These proceeds are
included in net cash provided by investing activities of
discontinued operations in the accompanying Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows. On February 5, 2008, the
Predecessor Company finalized the contractual working capital
adjustment in connection with this sale which increased proceeds
received by the Predecessor Company by $500. As a result of the
finalization of the contractual working capital adjustments the
Predecessor Company recorded a loss on disposal of $1,087, net
of tax benefit.
On November 11, 2008, the Predecessor Board approved the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business, which included the manufacturing and marketing of
fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed. The decision
to shutdown the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business was made only after the Predecessor Company was unable
to successfully sell this business, in whole or in part. The
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business was completed during the second quarter of Fiscal 2009.
The presentation herein of the results of continuing operations
has been changed to exclude the growing products portion of the
Home and Garden Business for all periods presented. The
following amounts have been segregated from continuing
operations and are reflected as discontinued operations for
Fiscal 2010, the
F-119
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
period from August 31, 2009 through September 30,
2009, the period from October 1, 2008 through
August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period From
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
31,306
|
|
|
$
|
261,439
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
(2,512
|
)
|
|
$
|
408
|
|
|
|
$
|
(91,293
|
)
|
|
$
|
(27,124
|
)
|
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,491
|
)
|
|
|
(2,182
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(2,735
|
)
|
|
$
|
408
|
|
|
|
$
|
(86,802
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24,942
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The presentation herein of the results of continuing operations
has been changed to exclude the Canadian division of the Home
and Garden Business for all periods presented. The following
amounts have been segregated from continuing operations and are
reflected as discontinued operations for Fiscal 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
4,732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
(1,896
|
)
|
Provision for income tax benefit
|
|
|
(651
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations (including loss on disposal of
$1,087 in 2008), net of tax
|
|
$
|
(1,245
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
In accordance with ASC 360, long-lived assets to be
disposed of by sale are recorded at the lower of their carrying
value or fair value less costs to sell. During Fiscal 2008 the
Predecessor Company recorded a non-cash pretax charge of $5,700
in discontinued operations to reduce the carrying value of
intangible assets related to the growing products portion of the
Home and Garden Business in order to reflect such intangible
assets at their estimated fair value.
|
|
(10)
|
Employee
Benefit Plans
|
Pension
Benefits
The Company has various defined benefit pension plans covering
some of its employees in the United States and certain
employees in other countries, primarily the United Kingdom and
Germany. Plans generally provide benefits of stated amounts for
each year of service. The Company funds its U.S. pension
plans in accordance with the requirements of the defined benefit
pension plans and, where applicable, in amounts sufficient to
satisfy the minimum funding requirements of applicable laws.
Additionally, in compliance with the Companys funding
policy, annual contributions to
non-U.S. defined
benefit plans are equal to the actuarial recommendations or
statutory requirements in the respective countries.
The Company also sponsors or participates in a number of other
non-U.S. pension
arrangements, including various retirement and termination
benefit plans, some of which are covered by local law or
coordinated with government-sponsored plans, which are not
significant in the aggregate and therefore are not included in
the information presented below. The Company also has various
nonqualified deferred
F-120
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
compensation agreements with certain of its employees. Under
certain of these agreements, the Company has agreed to pay
certain amounts annually for the first 15 years subsequent
to retirement or to a designated beneficiary upon death. It is
managements intent that life insurance contracts owned by
the Company will fund these agreements. Under the remaining
agreements, the Company has agreed to pay such deferred amounts
in up to 15 annual installments beginning on a date specified by
the employee, subsequent to retirement or disability, or to a
designated beneficiary upon death.
Other
Benefits
Under the Rayovac postretirement plan the Company provides
certain health care and life insurance benefits to eligible
retired employees. Participants earn retiree health care
benefits after reaching age 45 over the next 10 succeeding
years of service and remain eligible until reaching age 65.
The plan is contributory; retiree contributions have been
established as a flat dollar amount with contribution rates
expected to increase at the active medical trend rate. The plan
is unfunded. The Company is amortizing the transition obligation
over a
20-year
period.
Under the Tetra U.S. postretirement plan the Company
provides postretirement medical benefits to full-time employees
who meet minimum age and service requirements. The plan is
contributory with retiree contributions adjusted annually and
contains other cost-sharing features such as deductibles,
coinsurance and copayments.
The recognition and disclosure provisions of ASC Topic 715:
Compensation-Retirement Benefits, (ASC
715) requires recognition of the overfunded or underfunded
status of defined benefit pension and postretirement plans as an
asset or liability in the statement of financial position, and
to recognize changes in that funded status in AOCI in the year
in which the adoption occurs. The measurement date provisions of
ASC 715, became effective during Fiscal 2009 and the
Company now measures all of its defined benefit pension and
postretirement plan assets and obligations as of
September 30, which is the Companys fiscal year end.
F-121
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The following tables provide additional information on the
Companys pension and other postretirement benefit plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension and Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation Benefits
|
|
|
Other Benefits
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Change in benefit obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation, beginning of year
|
|
$
|
132,752
|
|
|
$
|
112,444
|
|
|
$
|
476
|
|
|
$
|
402
|
|
Obligations assumed from Merger with Russell Hobbs
|
|
|
54,468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
2,479
|
|
|
|
2,279
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
8,239
|
|
|
|
7,130
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
Actuarial (gain) loss
|
|
|
25,140
|
|
|
|
17,457
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
Participant contributions
|
|
|
495
|
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(6,526
|
)
|
|
|
(6,353
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
|
|
|
(2,070
|
)
|
|
|
(539
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation, end of year
|
|
$
|
214,977
|
|
|
$
|
132,752
|
|
|
$
|
527
|
|
|
$
|
476
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year
|
|
$
|
78,345
|
|
|
$
|
70,412
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Assets acquired from Merger with Russell Hobbs
|
|
|
38,458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
7,613
|
|
|
|
1,564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employer contributions
|
|
|
6,234
|
|
|
|
9,749
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Employee contributions
|
|
|
2,127
|
|
|
|
3,626
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(6,526
|
)
|
|
|
(6,353
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Plan expenses paid
|
|
|
(237
|
)
|
|
|
(222
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
|
|
|
(448
|
)
|
|
|
(431
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets, end of year
|
|
$
|
125,566
|
|
|
$
|
78,345
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued Benefit Cost
|
|
$
|
(89,411
|
)
|
|
$
|
(54,407
|
)
|
|
$
|
(527
|
)
|
|
$
|
(476
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
4.2%-13.6%
|
|
|
|
5.0%-11.8%
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
|
|
5.5
|
%
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
4.5%-8.8%
|
|
|
|
4.5%-8.0%
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Rate of compensation increase
|
|
|
0%-5.5%
|
|
|
|
0%-4.6%
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
The net underfunded status as of September 30, 2010 and
September 30, 2009 of $89,411 and $54,407, respectively, is
recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position within Employee benefit obligations, net of
current portion. Included in the Successor Companys AOCI
as of September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009 are
unrecognized net (losses) gains of $(17,197), net of tax benefit
(expense) of $5,894 and $576 net of tax benefit (expense)
of $(247), respectively, which have not yet been recognized as
components of net periodic pension cost. The net loss in AOCI
expected to be recognized during Fiscal 2011 is $388.
At September 30, 2010, the Companys total pension and
deferred compensation benefit obligation of $214,977 consisted
of $62,126 associated with U.S. plans and $152,851
associated with international plans. The fair value of the
Companys assets of $125,566 consisted of $44,284
associated with U.S. plans and $81,282 associated with
international plans. The weighted average discount rate used for
the Companys
F-122
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
domestic plans was approximately 5% and approximately 4.8% for
its international plans. The weighted average expected return on
plan assets used for the Companys domestic plans was
approximately 7.5% and approximately 3.3% for its international
plans.
At September 30, 2009, the Companys total pension and
deferred compensation benefit obligation of $132,752 consisted
of $44,842 associated with U.S. plans and $87,910
associated with international plans. The fair value of the
Companys assets of $78,345 consisted of $33,191 associated
with U.S. plans and $45,154 associated with international
plans. The weighted average discount rate used for the
Companys domestic and international plans was
approximately 5.5%. The weighted average expected return on plan
assets used for the Companys domestic plans was
approximately 8.0% and approximately 5.4% for its international
plans.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Benefits
|
|
|
|
Pension and Deferred Compensation Benefits
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Components of net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
2,479
|
|
|
$
|
211
|
|
|
$
|
2,068
|
|
|
$
|
2,616
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
8,239
|
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
|
6,517
|
|
|
|
6,475
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Expected return on assets
|
|
|
(5,774
|
)
|
|
|
(417
|
)
|
|
|
(4,253
|
)
|
|
|
(4,589
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of prior service cost
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of transition obligation
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Curtailment loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized net actuarial loss (gain)
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic cost (benefit)
|
|
$
|
6,299
|
|
|
$
|
406
|
|
|
$
|
4,871
|
|
|
$
|
5,020
|
|
|
$
|
(23
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
(21
|
)
|
|
$
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The discount rate is used to calculate the projected benefit
obligation. The discount rate used is based on the rate of
return on government bonds as well as current market conditions
of the respective countries where such plans are established.
Below is a summary allocation of all pension plan assets along
with expected long-term rates of return by asset category as of
the measurement date.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
|
Allocation
|
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
Asset Category
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Equity Securities
|
|
|
0-60
|
%
|
|
|
43
|
%
|
|
|
46
|
%
|
Fixed Income Securities
|
|
|
0-40
|
%
|
|
|
22
|
%
|
|
|
16
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
0-100
|
%
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
38
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted average expected long-term rate of return on total
assets is 6.5%.
The Company has established formal investment policies for the
assets associated with these plans. Policy objectives include
maximizing long-term return at acceptable risk levels,
diversifying among asset classes, if appropriate, and among
investment managers, as well as establishing relevant risk
parameters within each
F-123
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
asset class. Specific asset class targets are based on the
results of periodic asset liability studies. The investment
policies permit variances from the targets within certain
parameters. The weighted average expected long-term rate of
return is based on a Fiscal 2010 review of such rates. The plan
assets currently do not include holdings of SB Holdings common
stock.
The Companys Fixed Income Securities portfolio is invested
primarily in commingled funds and managed for overall return
expectations rather than matching duration against plan
liabilities; therefore, debt maturities are not significant to
the plan performance.
The Companys Other portfolio consists of all pension
assets, primarily insurance contracts, in the United Kingdom,
Germany and the Netherlands.
The Companys expected future pension benefit payments for
Fiscal 2011 through its fiscal year 2020 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
6,979
|
|
2012
|
|
|
7,384
|
|
2013
|
|
|
7,716
|
|
2014
|
|
|
8,009
|
|
2015
|
|
|
8,366
|
|
2016 to 2020
|
|
|
50,826
|
|
The following table sets forth the fair value of the
Companys pension plan assets as of September 30, 2010
segregated by level within the fair value hierarchy (See
Note 3(s), Significant Accounting Policies Fair
Value of Financial Instruments, for discussion of the fair value
hierarchy and fair value principles):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
U.S. Defined Benefit Plan Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common collective trust equity
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,168
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,168
|
|
Common collective trust fixed income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total U.S. Defined Benefit Plan Assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,284
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,284
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
International Defined Benefit Plan Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common collective trust equity
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,090
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,090
|
|
Common collective trust fixed income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,725
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,725
|
|
Insurance contracts general fund
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,347
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,347
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total International Defined Benefit Plan Assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
81,282
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
81,282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company sponsors a defined contribution pension plan for its
domestic salaried employees, which allows participants to make
contributions by salary reduction pursuant to
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Prior to
April 1, 2009 the Company contributed annually from 3% to
6% of participants compensation based on age or service,
and had the ability to make additional discretionary
contributions. The Company suspended all contributions to its
U.S. subsidiaries defined contribution pension plans
effective April 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009.
Effective January 1, 2010 the Company reinstated its annual
contribution as described above. The Company also sponsors
defined contribution pension plans for employees of certain
foreign subsidiaries. Successor Company contributions charged to
operations, including discretionary amounts, for Fiscal 2010 and
the period from August 31, 2009 through September 30,
2009 were $3,464 and $44, respectively. Predecessor Company
contributions charged to operations, including discretionary
amounts,
F-124
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
for the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30,
2009 and Fiscal 2008 were $2,623 and $5,083, respectively.
Effective October 1, 2010 the Company began managing its
business in three vertically integrated, product-focused
reporting segments; (i) Global Batteries &
Appliances; (ii) Global Pet Supplies; and (iii) the
Home and Garden Business. See Note 1, Description of
Business, for additional information regarding the
Companys realignment of its reporting segments.
On June 16, 2010, the Company completed the Merger with
Russell Hobbs. The results of Russell Hobbs operations since
June 16, 2010 are in included in the Companys
Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Global strategic initiatives and financial objectives for each
reportable segment are determined at the corporate level. Each
reportable segment is responsible for implementing defined
strategic initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives
and has a general manager responsible for the sales and
marketing initiatives and financial results for product lines
within that segment.
Net sales and Cost of goods sold to other business segments have
been eliminated. The gross contribution of intersegment sales is
included in the segment selling the product to the external
customer. Segment net sales are based upon the segment from
which the product is shipped.
The operating segment profits do not include restructuring and
related charges, acquisition and integration related charges,
impairment charges, reorganization items expense, net, interest
expense, interest income and income tax expense. In connection
with the realignment of reportable segments discussed above, as
of October 1, 2010 expenses associated with certain general
and administrative expenses necessary to reflect the operating
segments on a standalone basis and which were previously
reflected in operating segment profits, have been excluded in
the determination of reportable segment profits. Accordingly,
corporate expenses primarily include general and administrative
expenses and global long-term incentive compensation plans which
are evaluated on a consolidated basis and not allocated to the
Companys operating segments. All depreciation and
amortization included in income from operations is related to
operating segments or corporate expense. Costs are identified to
operating segments or corporate expense according to the
function of each cost center.
All capital expenditures are related to operating segments.
Variable allocations of assets are not made for segment
reporting.
Segment information for the Successor Company for Fiscal 2010
and the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009 and the Predecessor Company for the
period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009
and Fiscal 2008 is as follows:
Net
sales to external customers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Through
|
|
|
|
Through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Global Batteries & Appliances
|
|
$
|
1,658,123
|
|
|
$
|
146,139
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,188,902
|
|
|
$
|
1,493,736
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
566,335
|
|
|
|
56,270
|
|
|
|
|
517,601
|
|
|
|
598,618
|
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
342,553
|
|
|
|
17,479
|
|
|
|
|
304,145
|
|
|
|
334,217
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segments
|
|
$
|
2,567,011
|
|
|
$
|
219,888
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,010,648
|
|
|
$
|
2,426,571
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-125
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Depreciation
and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Through
|
|
|
|
Through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Global Batteries & Appliances
|
|
$
|
57,557
|
|
|
$
|
4,728
|
|
|
|
$
|
21,933
|
|
|
$
|
32,535
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
28,538
|
|
|
|
2,580
|
|
|
|
|
19,832
|
|
|
|
22,891
|
|
Home and Garden Business(A)
|
|
|
14,418
|
|
|
|
1,320
|
|
|
|
|
11,073
|
|
|
|
21,636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segments
|
|
|
100,513
|
|
|
|
8,628
|
|
|
|
|
52,838
|
|
|
|
77,062
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
16,905
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
5,642
|
|
|
|
7,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
117,418
|
|
|
$
|
8,671
|
|
|
|
$
|
58,480
|
|
|
$
|
85,021
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Fiscal 2008 includes depreciation and amortization expense of
$10,821 related to Fiscal 2007 as a result of the
reclassification of the Home and Garden Business as a continuing
operation during Fiscal 2008. |
Segment
profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Through
|
|
|
|
Through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Global Batteries & Appliances
|
|
$
|
171,298
|
|
|
$
|
6,242
|
|
|
|
$
|
165,633
|
|
|
$
|
169,689
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
57,675
|
|
|
|
3,269
|
|
|
|
|
62,365
|
|
|
|
69,885
|
|
Home and Garden Business(A)
|
|
|
51,192
|
|
|
|
(4,573
|
)
|
|
|
|
46,458
|
|
|
|
29,458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segments
|
|
|
280,165
|
|
|
|
4,938
|
|
|
|
|
274,456
|
|
|
|
269,032
|
|
Corporate expenses
|
|
|
48,817
|
|
|
|
3,100
|
|
|
|
|
39,180
|
|
|
|
53,046
|
|
Acquisition and integration related charges
|
|
|
38,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
24,118
|
|
|
|
1,729
|
|
|
|
|
44,080
|
|
|
|
39,337
|
|
Goodwill and intangibles impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,391
|
|
|
|
861,234
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
277,015
|
|
|
|
16,962
|
|
|
|
|
172,940
|
|
|
|
229,013
|
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
12,300
|
|
|
|
(815
|
)
|
|
|
|
3,320
|
|
|
|
1,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations before reorganization items
income taxes
|
|
$
|
(120,537
|
)
|
|
$
|
(16,038
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(19,455
|
)
|
|
$
|
(914,818
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Fiscal 2008 includes depreciation and amortization expense of
$10,821 related to Fiscal 2007 as a result of the
reclassification of the Home and Garden Business from a
discontinued operation to a continuing operation during Fiscal
2008. |
The Global Batteries & Appliances segment does
business in Venezuela through a Venezuelan subsidiary. At
January 4, 2010, the beginning of the Companys second
quarter of Fiscal 2010, the Company determined that Venezuela
meets the definition of a highly inflationary economy under
GAAP. As a result, beginning January 4, 2010, the
U.S. dollar is the functional currency for the
Companys Venezuelan subsidiary. Accordingly, going
forward, currency remeasurement adjustments for this
subsidiarys financial statements and
F-126
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
other transactional foreign exchange gains and losses are
reflected in earnings. Through January 3, 2010, prior to
being designated as highly inflationary, translation adjustments
related to the Venezuelan subsidiary were reflected in
Shareholders equity as a component of AOCI.
In addition, on January 8, 2010, the Venezuelan government
announced its intention to devalue its currency, the Bolivar
fuerte, relative to the U.S. dollar. The official exchange
rate for imported goods classified as essential, such as food
and medicine, changed from 2.15 to 2.6 to the U.S. dollar,
while payments for other non-essential goods moved to an
exchange rate of 4.3 to the U.S. dollar. Some of the
Companys imported products fall into the essential
classification and qualify for the 2.6 rate; however, the
Companys overall results in Venezuela were reflected at
the 4.3 rate expected to be applicable to dividend repatriations
beginning in the second quarter of Fiscal 2010. As a result, the
Company remeasured the local statement of financial position of
its Venezuela entity during the second quarter of Fiscal 2010 to
reflect the impact of the devaluation. Based on actual exchange
activity, the Company determined on September 30, 2010 that
the most likely method of exchanging its Bolivar fuertes for
U.S. dollars will be to formally apply with the Venezuelan
government to exchange through commercial banks at the SITME
rate specified by the Central Bank of Venezuela. The SITME rate
as of September 30, 2010 was quoted at 5.3 Bolivar fuerte
per U.S. dollar. Therefore, the Company changed the rate
used to remeasure Bolivar fuerte denominated transactions as of
September 30, 2010 from the official non-essentials
exchange rate to the 5.3 SITME rate in accordance with
ASC 830, Foreign Currency Matters as it is the
expected rate that exchanges of Bolivar fuerte to
U.S. dollars will be settled. There is also an ongoing
immaterial impact related to measuring the Companys
Venezuelan statement of operations at the new exchange rate of
5.3 to the U.S. dollar.
The designation of the Companys Venezuela entity as a
highly inflationary economy and the devaluation of the Bolivar
fuerte resulted in a $1,486 reduction to the Companys
operating income during Fiscal 2010. The Company also reported a
foreign exchange loss in Other expense (income), net, of $10,102
during Fiscal 2010.
Segment
total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Appliances
|
|
$
|
2,477,091
|
|
|
$
|
1,608,269
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
839,191
|
|
|
|
866,901
|
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
496,143
|
|
|
|
504,448
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segments
|
|
|
3,812,425
|
|
|
|
2,979,618
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
61,179
|
|
|
|
41,128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets at year end
|
|
$
|
3,873,604
|
|
|
$
|
3,020,746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-127
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Segment
long-lived assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Appliances
|
|
$
|
1,538,511
|
|
|
$
|
1,052,907
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
654,743
|
|
|
|
679,009
|
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
424,523
|
|
|
|
432,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segments
|
|
|
2,617,777
|
|
|
|
2,164,116
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
56,115
|
|
|
|
37,894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-lived assets at year end
|
|
$
|
2,673,892
|
|
|
$
|
2,202,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital
expenditures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Through
|
|
|
|
Through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Global Batteries & Appliances
|
|
$
|
28,496
|
|
|
$
|
2,311
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,642
|
|
|
$
|
8,198
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
7,920
|
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
|
|
1,260
|
|
|
|
8,231
|
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
3,890
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
2,102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total segments
|
|
|
40,306
|
|
|
|
2,718
|
|
|
|
|
8,066
|
|
|
$
|
18,531
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
397
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
40,316
|
|
|
$
|
2,718
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,066
|
|
|
$
|
18,928
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Geographic
Disclosures Net sales to external
customers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Through
|
|
|
|
Through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
1,444,779
|
|
|
$
|
113,407
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,166,920
|
|
|
$
|
1,272,100
|
|
Outside the United States
|
|
|
1,122,232
|
|
|
|
106,481
|
|
|
|
|
843,728
|
|
|
|
1,154,471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
2,567,011
|
|
|
$
|
219,888
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,010,648
|
|
|
$
|
2,426,571
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Geographic
Disclosures Long-lived assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
1,884,995
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,410,459
|
|
Outside the United States
|
|
|
788,897
|
|
|
|
|
791,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-lived assets at year end
|
|
$
|
2,673,892
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,202,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-128
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
(12)
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
The Company has provided for the estimated costs associated with
environmental remediation activities at some of its current and
former manufacturing sites. The Company believes that any
additional liability in excess of the amounts provided of
approximately $9,648, which may result from resolution of these
matters, will not have a material adverse effect on the
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the
Company.
In December 2009, San Francisco Technology, Inc. filed an
action in the Federal District Court for the Northern District
of California against the Company, as well as a number of
unaffiliated defendants, claiming that each of the defendants
had falsely marked patents on certain of its products in
violation of Article 35, Section 292 of the
U.S. Code and seeking to have civil fines imposed on each
of the defendants for such claimed violations. The Company is
reviewing the claims but is unable to estimate any possible
losses at this time.
In May 2010, Herengrucht Group, LLC (Herengrucht)
filed an action in the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of California against the Company claiming that the
Company had falsely marked patents on certain of its products in
violation of Article 35, Section 292 of the
U.S. Code and seeking to have civil fines imposed on each
of the defendants for such claimed violations. Herengrucht
dismissed its claims without prejudice in September 2010.
Applica Consumer Products, Inc., (Applica) a
subsidiary of the Company is was defendant in NACCO Industries,
Inc. et al. v. Applica Incorporated et al., Case
No. C.A. 2541-VCL, which was filed in the Court of Chancery
of the State of Delaware in November 2006. The original
complaint in this action alleged a claim for, among other
things, breach of contract against Applica and a number of tort
claims against certain entities affiliated with the HCP Funds.
The claims against Applica related to the alleged breach of the
merger agreement between Applica and NACCO Industries, Inc.
(NACCO) and one of its affiliates, which agreement
was terminated following Applicas receipt of a superior
merger offer from the HCP Funds. On October 22, 2007, the
plaintiffs filed an amended complaint asserting claims against
Applica for, among other things, breach of contract and breach
of the implied covenant of good faith relating to the
termination of the NACCO merger agreement and asserting various
tort claims against Applica and the HCP Funds. The original
complaint was filed in conjunction with a motion preliminarily
to enjoin the HCP Funds acquisition of Applica. On
December 1, 2006, plaintiffs withdrew their motion for a
preliminary injunction. In light of the consummation of
Applicas merger with affiliates of the HCP Funds in
January 2007 (Applica is currently a subsidiary of Russell
Hobbs), the Company believes that any claim for specific
performance is moot. Applica filed a motion to dismiss the
amended complaint in December 2007. Rather than respond to the
motion to dismiss the amended complaint, NACCO filed a motion
for leave to file a second amended complaint, which was granted
in May 2008. Applica moved to dismiss the second amended
complaint, which motion was granted in part and denied in part
in December 2009.
The trial is currently scheduled for February 2011. The Company
may be unable to resolve the disputes successfully or without
incurring significant costs and expenses. As a result, Russell
Hobbs and Harbinger Master Fund have entered into an
indemnification agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by
which Harbinger Master Fund has agreed, effective upon the
consummation of the Merger, to indemnify Russell Hobbs, its
subsidiaries and any entity that owns all of the outstanding
voting stock of Russell Hobbs against any
out-of-pocket
losses, costs, expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and other
damages in excess of $3,000 incurred with respect to this
litigation and any future litigation or legal action against the
indemnified parties arising out of or relating to the matters
which form the basis of this litigation. The Company is
reviewing the claims but is unable to estimate any possible
losses at this time.
F-129
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Applica is a defendant in three asbestos lawsuits in which the
plaintiffs have alleged injury as the result of exposure to
asbestos in hair dryers distributed by that subsidiary over
20 years ago. Although Applica never manufactured such
products, asbestos was used in certain hair dryers distributed
by it prior to 1979. The Company believes that these actions are
without merit, but may be unable to resolve the disputes
successfully without incurring significant expenses which the
Company is unable to estimate at this time. At this time, the
Company does not believe it has coverage under its insurance
policies for the asbestos lawsuits.
The Company is a defendant in various other matters of
litigation generally arising out of the ordinary course of
business.
The Company does not believe that any other matters or
proceedings presently pending will have a material adverse
effect on its results of operations, financial condition,
liquidity or cash flows.
The Companys minimum rent payments under operating leases
are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the
lease. Future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable
operating leases, principally pertaining to land, buildings and
equipment, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
34,665
|
|
2012
|
|
|
32,824
|
|
2013
|
|
|
27,042
|
|
2014
|
|
|
19,489
|
|
2015
|
|
|
15,396
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
48,553
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments
|
|
$
|
177,969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All of the leases expire between Fiscal 2011 through January
2030. Successor Companys total rent expense was $30,218
and $2,351 during Fiscal 2010 and the period from
August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009,
respectively. Predecessor Companys total rent expense was
$22,132 and $37,068 for the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively.
|
|
(13)
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
Merger
Agreement and Exchange Agreement
On June 16, 2010 (the Closing Date), SB
Holdings completed a business combination transaction pursuant
to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the Mergers),
dated as of February 9, 2010, as amended on March 1,
2010, March 26, 2010 and April 30, 2010, by and among
SB Holdings, Russell Hobbs, Spectrum Brands, Battery Merger
Corp., and Grill Merger Corp. (the Merger
Agreement). As a result of the Mergers, each of Spectrum
Brands and Russell Hobbs became a wholly-owned subsidiary of SB
Holdings. At the effective time of the Mergers, (i) the
outstanding shares of Spectrum Brands common stock were canceled
and converted into the right to receive shares of SB Holdings
common stock, and (ii) the outstanding shares of Russell
Hobbs common stock and preferred stock were canceled and
converted into the right to receive shares of SB Holdings common
stock.
Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, on
February 9, 2010, Spectrum Brands entered into support
agreements with Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I,
Ltd. (Harbinger Master Fund), Harbinger Capital
Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities
Breakaway Ltd. (collectively, the Harbinger Parties)
and Avenue International Master, L.P. and certain of its
affiliates (the Avenue Parties), in which the
Harbinger Parties and the Avenue Parties agreed to vote their
shares of Spectrum Brands common stock acquired before the date
of the Merger Agreement in favor of the Mergers and against any
alternative proposal that would impede the Mergers.
F-130
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Immediately following the consummation of the Mergers, the
Harbinger Parties owned approximately 64% of the outstanding SB
Holdings common stock and the stockholders of Spectrum Brands
(other than the Harbinger Parties) owned approximately 36% of
the outstanding SB Holdings common stock. Harbinger Group, Inc.
(HRG) and the Harbinger Parties are parties to a
Contribution and Exchange Agreement (the Exchange
Agreement), pursuant to the terms of which the Harbinger
Parties will contribute 27,757 shares of SB Holdings common
stock to HRG and received in exchange for such shares an
aggregate of 119,910 shares of HRG common stock (the
Share Exchange). Immediately following the
consummation of the Share Exchange, (i) HRG will own
27,757 shares of SB Holdings common stock and the Harbinger
Parties will own 6,500 shares of SB Holdings common stock,
approximately 54.4% and 12.7% of the outstanding shares of SB
Holdings common stock, respectively, and (ii) the Harbinger
Parties will own 129,860 shares of HRG common stock, or
approximately 93.3% of the outstanding HRG common stock.
In connection with the Mergers, the Harbinger Parties and SB
Holdings entered into a stockholder agreement, dated
February 9, 2010 (the Stockholder Agreement),
which provides for certain protective provisions in favor of
minority stockholders and provides certain rights and imposes
certain obligations on the Harbinger Parties, including:
|
|
|
|
|
for so long as the Harbinger Parties own 40% or more of the
outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings, the Harbinger
Parties and HRG will vote their shares of SB Holdings common
stock to effect the structure of the SB Holdings board of
directors as described in the Stockholder Agreement;
|
|
|
|
the Harbinger Parties will not effect any transfer of equity
securities of SB Holdings to any person that would result in
such person and its affiliates owning 40% or more of the
outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings, unless specified
conditions are met; and
|
|
|
|
the Harbinger Parties will be granted certain access and
informational rights with respect to SB Holdings and its
subsidiaries.
|
On September 10, 2010, the Harbinger Parties and HRG
entered into a joinder to the Stockholder Agreement, pursuant to
which, effective upon the consummation of the Share Exchange,
HRG will become a party to the Stockholder Agreement, subject to
all of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Stockholder
Agreement to the same extent as the Harbinger Parties were bound
thereunder prior to giving effect to the Share Exchange.
Certain provisions of the Stockholder Agreement terminate on the
date on which the Harbinger Parties or HRG no longer constitutes
a Significant Stockholder (as defined in the Stockholder
Agreement). The Stockholder Agreement terminates when any person
(including the Harbinger Parties or HRG) acquires 90% or more of
the outstanding voting securities of SB Holdings.
Also in connection with the Mergers, the Harbinger Parties, the
Avenue Parties and SB Holdings entered into a registration
rights agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010 (the
SB Holdings Registration Rights Agreement), pursuant
to which the Harbinger Parties and the Avenue Parties have,
among other things and subject to the terms and conditions set
forth therein, certain demand and so-called piggy
back registration rights with respect to their shares of
SB Holdings common stock. On September 10, 2010, the
Harbinger Parties and HRG entered into a joinder to the SB
Holdings Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which,
effective upon the consummation of the Share Exchange, HRG will
become a party to the SB Holdings Registration Rights Agreement,
entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations of a
holder thereunder.
Other
Agreements
On August 28, 2009, in connection with Spectrum
Brands emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization
proceedings, Spectrum Brands entered into a registration rights
agreement with the Harbinger Parties, the
F-131
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Avenue Parties and D.E. Shaw Laminar Portfolios, L.L.C.
(D.E. Shaw), pursuant to which the Harbinger
Parties, the Avenue Parties and D.E. Shaw have, among other
things and subject to the terms and conditions set forth
therein, certain demand and so-called piggy back
registration rights with respect to their Spectrum Brands
12% Notes.
In connection with the Mergers, Russell Hobbs and Harbinger
Master Fund entered into an indemnification agreement, dated as
of February 9, 2010 (the Indemnification
Agreement), by which Harbinger Master Fund agreed, among
other things and subject to the terms and conditions set forth
therein, to guarantee the obligations of Russell Hobbs to pay
(i) a reverse termination fee to Spectrum Brands under the
merger agreement and (ii) monetary damages awarded to
Spectrum Brands in connection with any willful and material
breach by Russell Hobbs of the Merger Agreement. The maximum
amount payable by Harbinger Master Fund under the
Indemnification Agreement was $50,000 less any amounts paid by
Russell Hobbs or the Harbinger Parties, or any of their
respective affiliates as damages under any documents related to
the Mergers. No such amounts became due under the
Indemnification Agreement. Harbinger Master Fund also agreed to
indemnify Russell Hobbs, SB Holdings and their subsidiaries for
out-of-pocket
costs and expenses above $3,000 in the aggregate that become
payable after the consummation of the Mergers and that relate to
the litigation arising out of Russell Hobbs business
combination transaction with Applica Incorporated.
|
|
(14)
|
Restructuring
and Related Charges
|
The Company reports restructuring and related charges associated
with manufacturing and related initiatives in Cost of goods
sold. Restructuring and related charges reflected in Cost of
goods sold include, but are not limited to, termination and
related costs associated with manufacturing employees, asset
impairments relating to manufacturing initiatives, and other
costs directly related to the restructuring or integration
initiatives implemented.
The Company reports restructuring and related charges relating
to administrative functions in Operating expenses, such as
initiatives impacting sales, marketing, distribution, or other
non-manufacturing related functions. Restructuring and related
charges reflected in Operating expenses include, but are not
limited to, termination and related costs, any asset impairments
relating to the functional areas described above, and other
costs directly related to the initiatives implemented as well as
consultation, legal and accounting fees related to the
evaluation of the Predecessor Companys capital structure
incurred prior to the Bankruptcy Filing.
F-132
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The following table summarizes restructuring and related charges
incurred by segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Through
|
|
|
|
Through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Cost of goods sold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Appliances
|
|
$
|
3,275
|
|
|
$
|
173
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,857
|
|
|
$
|
16,159
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
3,837
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
1,332
|
|
|
|
340
|
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and related charges in cost of goods sold
|
|
|
7,150
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
13,189
|
|
|
|
16,499
|
|
Operating expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Batteries & Appliances
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
370
|
|
|
|
|
8,393
|
|
|
|
12,012
|
|
Global Pet Supplies
|
|
|
2,917
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
4,411
|
|
|
|
2,702
|
|
Home and Garden Business
|
|
|
8,419
|
|
|
|
993
|
|
|
|
|
5,323
|
|
|
|
3,770
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
5,381
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
|
12,764
|
|
|
|
4,354
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and related charges in operating expense
|
|
|
16,968
|
|
|
|
1,551
|
|
|
|
|
30,891
|
|
|
|
22,838
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and related charges
|
|
$
|
24,118
|
|
|
$
|
1,729
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,080
|
|
|
$
|
39,337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-133
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The following table summarizes restructuring and related charges
incurred by type of charge:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Through
|
|
|
|
Through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Costs included in cost of goods sold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United & Tetra integration:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
30
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
299
|
|
European initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(830
|
)
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
Latin America initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
Global Realignment initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
(102
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
869
|
|
|
|
154
|
|
Ningbo Exit Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
857
|
|
|
|
1,230
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
2,148
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
|
8,461
|
|
|
|
15,169
|
|
Global Cost Reduction initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
2,630
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
2,273
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
2,245
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total included in cost of goods sold
|
|
|
7,150
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
13,189
|
|
|
|
16,499
|
|
Costs included in operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Breitenbach, France facility closure:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
United & Tetra integration:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,297
|
|
|
|
1,954
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(132
|
)
|
|
|
|
427
|
|
|
|
883
|
|
European initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Latin America initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
Global Realignment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
5,361
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
6,994
|
|
|
|
12,338
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
(1,841
|
)
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
3,440
|
|
|
|
7,564
|
|
Ningbo Exit Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,334
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Cost Reduction initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
4,268
|
|
|
|
866
|
|
|
|
|
5,690
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
9,272
|
|
|
|
678
|
|
|
|
|
10,716
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total included in operating expenses
|
|
|
16,968
|
|
|
|
1,551
|
|
|
|
|
30,891
|
|
|
|
22,838
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and related charges
|
|
$
|
24,118
|
|
|
$
|
1,729
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,080
|
|
|
$
|
39,337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-134
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
2009
Restructuring Initiatives
The Company implemented a series of initiatives within the
Global Batteries & Appliances segment, the Global Pet
Supplies segment and the Home and Garden Business segment to
reduce operating costs as well as evaluate the Companys
opportunities to improve its capital structure (the Global
Cost Reduction Initiatives). These initiatives include
headcount reductions within each of the Companys segments
and the exit of certain facilities in the U.S. related to
the Global Pet Supplies and Home and Garden Business segment.
These initiatives also included consultation, legal and
accounting fees related to the evaluation of the Companys
capital structure. The Successor Company recorded $18,443 and
$1,550 of pretax restructuring and related charges during Fiscal
2010 and the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009, respectively. The Predecessor Company
recorded $18,850 of pretax restructuring and related charges
during the period from October 1, 2008 through
August 30, 2009 related to the Global Cost Reduction
Initiatives. Costs associated with these initiatives since
inception, which are expected to be incurred through
March 31, 2014, are projected at approximately $65,500.
Global
Cost Reduction Initiatives Summary
The following table summarizes the remaining accrual balance
associated with the Global Cost Reduction Initiatives and
activity that occurred during Fiscal 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2009
|
|
$
|
4,180
|
|
|
$
|
84
|
|
|
$
|
4,264
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
5,101
|
|
|
|
5,107
|
|
|
|
10,208
|
|
Cash expenditures
|
|
|
(3,712
|
)
|
|
|
(1,493
|
)
|
|
|
(5,205
|
)
|
Non-cash items
|
|
|
878
|
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
|
1,185
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
6,447
|
|
|
$
|
4,005
|
|
|
$
|
10,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expensed as incurred(A)
|
|
$
|
1,796
|
|
|
$
|
6,439
|
|
|
$
|
8,235
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Consists of amounts not impacting the accrual for restructuring
and related charges. |
The following table summarizes the expenses incurred by the
Successor Company during Fiscal 2010, the cumulative amount
incurred from inception of the initiative through
September 30, 2010 and the total future expected costs to
be incurred associated with the Global Cost Reduction
Initiatives by operating segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Batteries &
|
|
Global Pet
|
|
Home and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appliances
|
|
Supplies
|
|
Garden
|
|
Corporate
|
|
Total
|
|
Restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010
|
|
$
|
2,437
|
|
|
$
|
6,754
|
|
|
$
|
9,252
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,443
|
|
Restructuring and related charges since initiative inception
|
|
$
|
7,039
|
|
|
$
|
10,210
|
|
|
$
|
14,004
|
|
|
$
|
7,591
|
|
|
$
|
38,844
|
|
Total future estimated restructuring and related charges
expected to be incurred
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,300
|
|
|
$
|
6,500
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
26,800
|
|
2008
Restructuring Initiatives
The Company implemented an initiative within the Global
Batteries & Appliances segment to reduce operating
costs and rationalize the Companys manufacturing
structure. These initiatives include the plan to exit the
Companys Ningbo, China battery manufacturing facility (the
Ningbo Exit Plan). The Successor
F-135
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Company recorded $2,162 and $165 of pretax restructuring and
related charges during Fiscal 2010 and the period from
August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009,
respectively. The Predecessor Company recorded $10,652 and
$16,399 of pretax restructuring and related charges during the
period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009
and Fiscal 2008, respectively, in connection with the Ningbo
Exit Plan. The Company has recorded pretax restructuring and
related charges of $29,378 since the inception of the Ningbo
Exit Plan.
The following table summarizes the remaining accrual balance
associated with the Ningbo Exit Plan and activity that occurred
during Fiscal 2010:
Ningbo
Exit Plan Summary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Costs
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2009
|
|
$
|
308
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
461
|
|
Cash expenditures
|
|
|
(278
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
491
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expensed as incurred(A)
|
|
$
|
1,701
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Consists of amounts not impacting the accrual for restructuring
and related charges. |
2007
Restructuring Initiatives
The Company implemented an initiative within the Global
Batteries & Appliances segment in Latin America to
reduce operating costs (the Latin American
Initiatives). These initiatives, which are complete,
include the reduction of certain manufacturing operations in
Brazil and the restructuring of management, sales, marketing and
support functions. The Successor Company recorded no pretax
restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010 and the
period from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009
related to the Latin American Initiatives. The Predecessor
Company recorded $207 and $317 of pretax restructuring and
related charges during the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively, in
connection with the Latin American Initiatives. The Company has
recorded pretax restructuring and related charges of $11,447
since the inception of the Latin American Initiatives.
The following table summarizes the accrual balance associated
with the Latin American Initiatives and activity that occurred
during Fiscal 2010:
Latin
American Initiatives Summary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2009
|
|
$
|
(282
|
)
|
|
$
|
613
|
|
|
$
|
331
|
|
Non-cash items
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
(613
|
)
|
|
|
(331
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Fiscal 2007, the Company began managing its business in three
vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments;
Global Batteries & Personal Care (which, effective
October 1, 2010, includes the appliance portion of Russell
Hobbs, collectively, Global Batteries & Appliances),
Global Pet Supplies and the Home and Garden Business. As part of
this realignment, the Companys Global Operations
organization,
F-136
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
previously included in corporate expense, consisting of research
and development, manufacturing management, global purchasing,
quality operations and inbound supply chain, is now included in
each of the operating segments. In connection with these changes
the Company undertook a number of cost reduction initiatives,
primarily headcount reductions, at the corporate and operating
segment levels (the Global Realignment Initiatives).
The Successor Company recorded $3,605 and $138 of restructuring
and related charges during Fiscal 2010 and the period from
August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009,
respectively. The Predecessor Company recorded $11,635 and
$20,161 of pretax restructuring and related charges during the
period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009
and Fiscal 2008, respectively, related to the Global Realignment
Initiatives. Costs associated with these initiatives since
inception, which are expected to be incurred through
June 30, 2011, relate primarily to severance and are
projected at approximately $89,000, the majority of which are
cash costs.
The following table summarizes the remaining accrual balance
associated with the Global Realignment Initiatives and activity
that have occurred during Fiscal 2010:
Global
Realignment Initiatives Summary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2009
|
|
$
|
14,581
|
|
|
$
|
3,678
|
|
|
$
|
18,259
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
1,720
|
|
|
|
(1,109
|
)
|
|
|
611
|
|
Cash expenditures
|
|
|
(7,657
|
)
|
|
|
(319
|
)
|
|
|
(7,976
|
)
|
Non-cash items
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
8,721
|
|
|
$
|
2,281
|
|
|
$
|
11,002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expensed as incurred(A)
|
|
$
|
3,828
|
|
|
$
|
(834
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,994
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Consists of amounts not impacting the accrual for restructuring
and related charges. |
The following table summarizes the expenses incurred by the
Successor Company during Fiscal 2010, the cumulative amount
incurred from inception of the initiative through
September 30, 2010 and the total future expected costs to
be incurred associated with the Global Realignment Initiatives
by operating segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Batteries &
|
|
Home and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appliances
|
|
Garden
|
|
Corporate
|
|
Total
|
|
Restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010
|
|
$
|
(981
|
)
|
|
$
|
(796
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,382
|
|
|
$
|
3,605
|
|
Restructuring and related charges since initiative inception
|
|
$
|
46,669
|
|
|
$
|
6,762
|
|
|
$
|
35,156
|
|
|
$
|
88,587
|
|
Total future restructuring and related charges expected
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
350
|
|
|
$
|
350
|
|
2006
Restructuring Initiatives
The Company implemented a series of initiatives within the
Global Batteries & Appliances segment in Europe to
reduce operating costs and rationalize the Companys
manufacturing structure (the European Initiatives).
These initiatives, which are substantially complete, include the
relocation of certain operations at the Ellwangen, Germany
packaging center to the Dischingen, Germany battery plant,
transferring private label battery production at the
Companys Dischingen, Germany battery plant to the
Companys manufacturing facility in China and restructuring
its sales, marketing and support functions. The Company recorded
$(92) and $7 of pretax restructuring and related charges during
Fiscal 2010 and the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009, respectively. The Predecessor Company
recorded $11 and $(707) during the
F-137
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
period from October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009
and Fiscal 2008, respectively, related to the European
Initiatives. The Company has recorded pretax restructuring and
related charges of $26,965 since the inception of the European
Initiatives.
The following table summarizes the remaining accrual balance
associated with the 2006 initiatives and activity that have
occurred during Fiscal 2010:
European
Initiatives Summary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2009
|
|
$
|
2,623
|
|
|
$
|
319
|
|
|
$
|
2,942
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
Cash expenditures
|
|
|
(528
|
)
|
|
|
(251
|
)
|
|
|
(779
|
)
|
Non-cash items
|
|
|
(202
|
)
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
(223
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
1,801
|
|
|
$
|
47
|
|
|
$
|
1,848
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On June 16, 2010, the Company merged with Russell Hobbs.
Headquartered in Miramar, Florida, Russell Hobbs is a designer,
marketer and distributor of a broad range of branded small
household appliances. Russell Hobbs markets and distributes
small kitchen and home appliances, pet and pest products and
personal care products. Russell Hobbs has a broad portfolio of
recognized brand names, including Black & Decker,
George Foreman, Russell Hobbs, Toastmaster, LitterMaid,
Farberware, Breadman and Juiceman. Russell Hobbs customers
include mass merchandisers, specialty retailers and appliance
distributors primarily in North America, South America, Europe
and Australia.
The results of Russell Hobbs operations since June 16, 2010
are included in the Companys Consolidated Statements of
Operations and substantially all of the financial results of
Russell Hobbs are reported within the Global
Batteries & Appliances segment. In addition, certain
pest control and pet products included in the former Small
Appliances segment have been reclassified into the Home and
Garden Business and Global Pet Supplies segments, respectively.
In accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business
Combinations (ASC 805), the Company
accounted for the Merger by applying the acquisition method of
accounting. The acquisition method of accounting requires that
the consideration transferred in a business combination be
measured at fair value as of the closing date of the
acquisition. After consummation of the Merger, the stockholders
of Spectrum Brands, inclusive of Harbinger, own approximately
60% of SB Holdings and the stockholders of Russell Hobbs own
approximately 40% of SB Holdings. Inasmuch as Russell Hobbs is a
private company and its common stock was not publicly traded,
the closing market price of the Spectrum Brands common stock at
June 15, 2010 was used to calculate the purchase price. The
total purchase price of Russell Hobbs was approximately $597,579
determined as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Spectrum Brands closing price per share on June 15, 2010
|
|
$
|
28.15
|
|
Purchase price Russell Hobbs allocation
20,704 shares(1)(2)
|
|
$
|
575,203
|
|
Cash payment to pay off Russell Hobbs North American
credit facility
|
|
|
22,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total purchase price of Russell Hobbs
|
|
$
|
597,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-138
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Number of shares calculated based upon conversion formula, as
defined in the Merger Agreement, using balances as of
June 16, 2010. |
|
(2) |
|
The fair value of 271 shares of unvested restricted stock
units as they relate to post combination services will be
recorded as operating expense over the remaining service period
and were assumed to have no fair value for the purchase price. |
Preliminary
Purchase Price Allocation
The total purchase price for Russell Hobbs was allocated to the
preliminary net tangible and intangible assets based upon their
preliminary fair values at June 16, 2010 as set forth
below. The excess of the purchase price over the preliminary net
tangible assets and intangible assets was recorded as goodwill.
The preliminary allocation of the purchase price was based upon
a valuation for which the estimates and assumptions are subject
to change within the measurement period (up to one year from the
acquisition date). The primary areas of the preliminary purchase
price allocation that are not yet finalized relate to the
certain legal matters, amounts for income taxes including
deferred tax accounts, amounts for uncertain tax positions, and
net operating loss carryforwards inclusive of associated
limitations, and the final allocation of goodwill. The Company
expects to continue to obtain information to assist it in
determining the fair values of the net assets acquired at the
acquisition date during the measurement period. The preliminary
purchase price allocation for Russell Hobbs is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
307,809
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
15,150
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
363,327
|
|
Goodwill(A)
|
|
|
120,079
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
15,752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
$
|
822,117
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
142,046
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
18,970
|
|
Long-term liabilities
|
|
|
63,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities assumed
|
|
$
|
224,538
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
$
|
597,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Consists of $25,426 of tax deductible Goodwill. |
Preliminary
Pre-Acquisition Contingencies Assumed
The Company has evaluated and continues to evaluate
pre-acquisition contingencies relating to Russell Hobbs that
existed as of the acquisition date. Based on the evaluation to
date, the Company has preliminarily determined that certain
pre-acquisition contingencies are probable in nature and
estimable as of the acquisition date. Accordingly, the Company
has preliminarily recorded its best estimates for these
contingencies as part of the preliminary purchase price
allocation for Russell Hobbs. The Company continues to gather
information relating to all pre-acquisition contingencies that
it has assumed from Russell Hobbs. Any changes to the
pre-acquisition contingency amounts recorded during the
measurement period will be included in the purchase price
allocation. Subsequent to the end of the measurement period any
adjustments to pre-acquisition contingency amounts will be
reflected in the Companys results of operations.
F-139
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Certain estimated values are not yet finalized and are subject
to change, which could be significant. The Company will finalize
the amounts recognized as it obtains the information necessary
to complete its analysis during the measurement period. The
following items are provisional and subject to change:
|
|
|
|
|
amounts for legal contingencies, pending the finalization of the
Companys examination and evaluation of the portfolio of
filed cases;
|
|
|
|
amounts for income taxes including deferred tax accounts,
amounts for uncertain tax positions, and net operating loss
carryforwards inclusive of associated limitations; and
|
|
|
|
the final allocation of Goodwill.
|
ASC 805 requires, among other things, that most assets acquired
and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of
the acquisition date. Accordingly, the Company performed a
preliminary valuation of the assets and liabilities of Russell
Hobbs at June 16, 2010. Significant adjustments as a result
of that preliminary valuation are summarized as followed:
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories An adjustment of $1,721 was recorded to
adjust inventory to fair value. Finished goods were valued at
estimated selling prices less the sum of costs of disposal and a
reasonable profit allowance for the selling effort.
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities, net An adjustment of
$43,086 was recorded to adjust deferred taxes for the
preliminary fair value allocations.
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net An adjustment of
$(455) was recorded to adjust the net book value of property,
plant and equipment to fair value giving consideration to their
highest and best use. Key assumptions used in the valuation of
the Companys property, plant and equipment were based on
the cost approach.
|
|
|
|
Certain indefinite-lived intangible assets were valued using a
relief from royalty methodology. Customer relationships and
certain definite-lived intangible assets were valued using a
multi-period excess earnings method. Certain intangible assets
are subject to sensitive business factors of which only a
portion are within control of the Companys management. The
total fair value of indefinite and definite lived intangibles
was $363,327 as of June 16, 2010. A summary of the
significant key inputs were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company valued customer relationships using the income
approach, specifically the multi-period excess earnings method.
In determining the fair value of the customer relationship, the
multi-period excess earnings approach values the intangible
asset at the present value of the incremental after-tax cash
flows attributable only to the customer relationship after
deducting contributory asset charges. The incremental after-tax
cash flows attributable to the subject intangible asset are then
discounted to their present value. Only expected sales from
current customers were used which included an expected growth
rate of 3%. The Company assumed a customer retention rate of
approximately 93% which was supported by historical retention
rates. Income taxes were estimated at 36% and amounts were
discounted using a rate of 15.5%. The customer relationships
were valued at $38,000 under this approach.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company valued trade names and trademarks using the income
approach, specifically the relief from royalty method. Under
this method, the asset value was determined by estimating the
hypothetical royalties that would have to be paid if the trade
name was not owned. Royalty rates were selected based on
consideration of several factors, including prior transactions
of Russell Hobbs related trademarks and trade names, other
similar trademark licensing and transaction agreements and the
relative profitability and perceived contribution of the
trademarks and trade names. Royalty rates
|
F-140
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
used in the determination of the fair values of trade names and
trademarks ranged from 2.0% to 5.5% of expected net sales
related to the respective trade names and trademarks. The
Company anticipates using the majority of the trade names and
trademarks for an indefinite period as demonstrated by the
sustained use of each subjected trademark. In estimating the
fair value of the trademarks and trade names, Net sales for
significant trade names and trademarks were estimated to grow at
a rate of
1%-14%
annually with a terminal year growth rate of 3%. Income taxes
were estimated at a range of 30%-38% and amounts were discounted
using rates between 15.5%-16.5%. Trade name and trademarks were
valued at $170,930 under this approach.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company valued a trade name license agreement using the
income approach, specifically the multi-period excess earnings
method. In determining the fair value of the trade name license
agreement, the multi-period excess earnings approach values the
intangible asset at the present value of the incremental
after-tax cash flows attributable only to the trade name license
agreement after deducting contributory asset charges. The
incremental after-tax cash flows attributable to the subject
intangible asset are then discounted to their present value. In
estimating the fair value of the trade name license agreement
net sales were estimated to grow at a rate of (3)%-1% annually.
The Company assumed a twelve year useful life of the trade name
license agreement. Income taxes were estimated at 37% and
amounts were discounted using a rate of 15.5%. The trade name
license agreement was valued at $149,200 under this approach.
|
|
|
|
The Company valued technology using the income approach,
specifically the relief from royalty method. Under this method,
the asset value was determined by estimating the hypothetical
royalties that would have to be paid if the technology was not
owned. Royalty rates were selected based on consideration of
several factors including prior transactions of Russell Hobbs
related licensing agreements and the importance of the
technology and profit levels, among other considerations.
Royalty rates used in the determination of the fair values of
technologies were 2% of expected net sales related to the
respective technology. The Company anticipates using these
technologies through the legal life of the underlying patent and
therefore the expected life of these technologies was equal to
the remaining legal life of the underlying patents ranging from
9 to 11 years. In estimating the fair value of the
technologies, net sales were estimated to grow at a rate of
3%-12% annually. Income taxes were estimated at 37% and amounts
were discounted using the rate of 15.5%. The technology assets
were valued at $4,100 under this approach.
|
F-141
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Supplemental
Pro Forma Information (unaudited)
The following reflects the Companys pro forma results had
the results of Russell Hobbs been included for all periods
beginning after September 30, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
October 1, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Through
|
|
|
|
Through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported Net sales
|
|
$
|
2,567,011
|
|
|
$
|
219,888
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,010,648
|
|
|
$
|
2,426,571
|
|
Russell Hobbs adjustment
|
|
|
543,952
|
|
|
|
64,641
|
|
|
|
|
711,046
|
|
|
|
909,426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma Net sales
|
|
$
|
3,110,963
|
|
|
$
|
284,529
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,721,694
|
|
|
$
|
3,335,997
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported (Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(187,372
|
)
|
|
$
|
(71,193
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
1,100,743
|
|
|
$
|
(905,358
|
)
|
Russell Hobbs adjustment
|
|
|
(5,504
|
)
|
|
|
(2,284
|
)
|
|
|
|
(25,121
|
)
|
|
|
(43,480
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma Loss from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(192,876
|
)
|
|
$
|
(73,477
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
1,075,622
|
|
|
$
|
(948,838
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and Diluted earnings per share from continuing
operations(A) :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported Basic and Diluted earnings per share from continuing
operations
|
|
$
|
(5.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.37
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
21.45
|
|
|
$
|
(17.78
|
)
|
Russell Hobbs adjustment
|
|
|
(0.16
|
)
|
|
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
|
|
(0.49
|
)
|
|
|
(0.85
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing
operations
|
|
$
|
(5.36
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.45
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
20.96
|
|
|
$
|
(18.63
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
The Company has not assumed the exercise of common stock
equivalents as the impact would be antidilutive. |
|
|
(16)
|
Quarterly
Results (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
July 4,
|
|
April 4,
|
|
January 3,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
788,999
|
|
|
$
|
653,486
|
|
|
$
|
532,586
|
|
|
$
|
591,940
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
274,499
|
|
|
|
252,869
|
|
|
|
209,580
|
|
|
|
184,462
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(24,317
|
)
|
|
|
(86,507
|
)
|
|
|
(19,034
|
)
|
|
|
(60,249
|
)
|
Basic net loss per common share
|
|
$
|
(0.48
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.53
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.63
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.01
|
)
|
Diluted net loss per common share
|
|
$
|
(0.48
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.53
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.63
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.01
|
)
|
F-142
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31, 2009
|
|
|
June 29, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Through
|
|
|
Through
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
June 28,
|
|
March 29,
|
|
December 28,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
219,888
|
|
|
|
$
|
369,522
|
|
|
$
|
589,361
|
|
|
$
|
503,262
|
|
|
$
|
548,503
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
64,400
|
|
|
|
|
146,817
|
|
|
|
230,297
|
|
|
|
184,834
|
|
|
|
189,871
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(70,785
|
)
|
|
|
|
1,223,568
|
|
|
|
(36,521
|
)
|
|
|
(60,449
|
)
|
|
|
(112,657
|
)
|
Basic net (loss) income per common share
|
|
$
|
(2.36
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
23.85
|
|
|
$
|
(0.71
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.18
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.19
|
)
|
Diluted net (loss) income per common share
|
|
$
|
(2.36
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
23.85
|
|
|
$
|
(0.71
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.18
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.19
|
)
|
Update
to Debt
On February 1, 2011, the Company completed the refinancing
of its Term Loan, which had an aggregate amount outstanding of
$680,000, with a new Senior Secured Term Loan facility (the
New Term Loan) at a lower interest rate. The New
Term Loan, issued at par and with a maturity date of
June 17, 2016, includes an interest rate of LIBOR plus 4%,
with a LIBOR minimum of 1%.
Update
to Commitments and Contingencies
Patent
Litigation
In February 2011, GHJ Holdings, LLC filed an action in the
U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas
against the Company claiming that the Company had falsely marked
patents on certain of its products in violation of
Article 35, Section 292 of the U.S. Code and
seeking to have civil fines imposed on each of the defendants
for such claimed violations. The Company is reviewing the claims
but is unable to estimate any possible loss at this time.
NACCO
Litigation
In February 2011, the parties to the litigation reached a full
and final settlement of their disputes. The Company was not
required to make any payments in connection with this settlement.
Update
to Related Party Transactions
On January 7, 2011, the Harbinger Parties contributed
27,757 shares of SB Holdings common stock to HRG and
received in exchange for such shares an aggregate of
119,910 shares of HRG common stock, pursuant to the
Exchange Agreement.
F-143
SPECTRUM
BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
For the year ended September 30, 2010, the period from
August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009,
the period from October 1, 2008 through August 30,
2009 and the year ended September 30, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Column A
|
|
Column B
|
|
Column C Additions
|
|
Column D Deductions
|
|
Column E
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Beginning
|
|
Charged to Costs
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
End of
|
Descriptions
|
|
of Period
|
|
and Expenses
|
|
Deductions
|
|
Adjustments(A)
|
|
Period
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
September 30, 2010 (Successor Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable allowances
|
|
$
|
1,011
|
|
|
$
|
3,340
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,351
|
|
September 30, 2009 (Successor Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable allowances
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,011
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,011
|
|
August 30, 2009 (Predecessor Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable allowances
|
|
$
|
18,102
|
|
|
$
|
1,763
|
|
|
$
|
3,848
|
|
|
$
|
16,017
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
September 30, 2008 (Predecessor Company):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable allowances
|
|
$
|
17,196
|
|
|
$
|
1,368
|
|
|
$
|
462
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,102
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
The Other Adjustment in the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009, represents
the elimination of Accounts receivable allowances through
fresh-start reporting as a result of the Companys
emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. |
See accompanying Report of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm
F-144
Independent
Auditors Report
The Board of Directors
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc. and
subsidiaries (Company) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009,
and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes
in shareholders equity (deficit), and cash flows for each
of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
2010. These consolidated financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards as established by the Auditing Standards
Board (United States) and in accordance with the auditing
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The
Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform,
an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our
audit included consideration of internal control over financial
reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of
expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys
internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we
express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc.
and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010 in
conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial
statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for
other-than-temporary
impairments in 2009 and for the fair value measurement of
financial instruments in 2008.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Baltimore, Maryland
April 26, 2011
F-145
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
As of December 31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Investments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed maturity securities
available-for-sale,
at fair value
|
|
$
|
15,361,477
|
|
|
$
|
14,162,003
|
|
Equity securities
available-for-sale,
at fair value
|
|
|
292,777
|
|
|
|
367,274
|
|
Trading securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
240,130
|
|
Derivative investments
|
|
|
161,468
|
|
|
|
273,298
|
|
Other invested assets
|
|
|
90,838
|
|
|
|
92,693
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total investments
|
|
|
15,906,560
|
|
|
|
15,135,398
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
639,247
|
|
|
|
823,284
|
|
Accrued investment income
|
|
|
202,226
|
|
|
|
191,614
|
|
Notes receivable from affiliates, including accrued interest
|
|
|
76,257
|
|
|
|
90,413
|
|
Deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of in-force
|
|
|
1,764,868
|
|
|
|
2,528,377
|
|
Reinsurance recoverable
|
|
|
1,830,083
|
|
|
|
1,761,337
|
|
Deferred tax asset, net
|
|
|
151,702
|
|
|
|
74,624
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
41,902
|
|
|
|
66,640
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
20,612,845
|
|
|
$
|
20,671,687
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future policy benefits
|
|
$
|
3,473,956
|
|
|
$
|
3,469,627
|
|
Contractholder funds
|
|
|
15,081,681
|
|
|
|
15,241,484
|
|
Liability for policy and contract claims
|
|
|
63,427
|
|
|
|
79,776
|
|
Notes payable to affiliate, including accrued interest
|
|
|
244,584
|
|
|
|
244,840
|
|
Due to affiliates
|
|
|
12,719
|
|
|
|
12,881
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
391,839
|
|
|
|
687,076
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
$
|
19,268,206
|
|
|
$
|
19,735,684
|
|
Shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000 shares
authorized, 102.5 shares and 100 shares issued and
outstanding, respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
1,754,571
|
|
|
|
1,757,641
|
|
Retained earnings (deficit)
|
|
|
(437,595
|
)
|
|
|
(609,692
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
27,663
|
|
|
|
(211,946
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
1,344,639
|
|
|
$
|
936,003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
20,612,845
|
|
|
$
|
20,671,687
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements
F-146
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
For the years ended December 31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Premiums
|
|
$
|
219,970
|
|
|
$
|
252,415
|
|
|
$
|
273,832
|
|
Net investment income
|
|
|
909,756
|
|
|
|
951,869
|
|
|
|
998,552
|
|
Interest earned on affiliated notes receivable
|
|
|
5,831
|
|
|
|
5,832
|
|
|
|
5,570
|
|
Net investment gains (losses)
|
|
|
60,117
|
|
|
|
(138,106
|
)
|
|
|
(969,561
|
)
|
Insurance and investment product fees and other
|
|
|
108,254
|
|
|
|
112,130
|
|
|
|
119,419
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues
|
|
|
1,303,928
|
|
|
|
1,184,140
|
|
|
|
427,812
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits and other changes in policy reserves
|
|
|
862,994
|
|
|
|
1,097,335
|
|
|
|
826,411
|
|
Acquisition and operating expenses, net of deferrals
|
|
|
100,902
|
|
|
|
150,486
|
|
|
|
155,180
|
|
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs and intangibles
|
|
|
273,038
|
|
|
|
170,641
|
|
|
|
294,626
|
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
112,829
|
|
Interest expense on notes payable to affiliate
|
|
|
25,019
|
|
|
|
19,840
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total benefits and expenses
|
|
|
1,261,953
|
|
|
|
1,438,302
|
|
|
|
1,389,046
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
41,975
|
|
|
|
(254,162
|
)
|
|
|
(961,234
|
)
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
(130,122
|
)
|
|
|
(50,381
|
)
|
|
|
(121,907
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
172,097
|
|
|
$
|
(203,781
|
)
|
|
$
|
(839,327
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
other-than-temporary
impairments
|
|
$
|
(143,737
|
)
|
|
$
|
(488,246
|
)
|
|
$
|
(464,265
|
)
|
Portion of
other-than-temporary
impairments included in other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
(57,614
|
)
|
|
|
(169,343
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
other-than-temporary
impairments
|
|
|
(86,123
|
)
|
|
|
(318,903
|
)
|
|
|
(464,265
|
)
|
Other investment gains (losses)
|
|
|
146,240
|
|
|
|
180,797
|
|
|
|
(505,296
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net investment gains (losses)
|
|
$
|
60,117
|
|
|
$
|
(138,106
|
)
|
|
$
|
(969,561
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements
F-147
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Paid-in-
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
(Deficit)
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance, January 1, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,657,016
|
|
|
$
|
433,416
|
|
|
$
|
(70,083
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,020,349
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(839,327
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(839,327
|
)
|
Other comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized investment losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,663,880
|
)
|
|
|
(1,663,880
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,503,107
|
)
|
Capital contribution and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,757,312
|
|
|
$
|
(405,911
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,733,863
|
)
|
|
$
|
(382,462
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(203,781
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(203,781
|
)
|
Other comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized investment gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,521,857
|
|
|
|
1,521,857
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,318,136
|
|
Capital contribution and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,757,641
|
|
|
$
|
(609,692
|
)
|
|
$
|
(211,946
|
)
|
|
$
|
936,003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
172,097
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
172,097
|
|
Other comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized investment gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
240,516
|
|
|
|
240,516
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(907
|
)
|
|
|
(907
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
411,706
|
|
Issuance of 2.5 shares of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,655
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,655
|
|
Return of capital to parent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33,725
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33,725
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,754,571
|
|
|
$
|
(437,595
|
)
|
|
$
|
27,663
|
|
|
$
|
1,344,639
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements
F-148
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
For the years ended December 31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revised,
|
|
|
Revised,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
See Note 2
|
|
|
See Note 2
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
172,097
|
|
|
$
|
(203,781
|
)
|
|
$
|
(839,327
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Realized capital and other (gains) losses on investments
|
|
|
(60,117
|
)
|
|
|
138,106
|
|
|
|
969,561
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(131,845
|
)
|
|
|
(53,179
|
)
|
|
|
(114,176
|
)
|
Amortization of fixed maturity discounts and premiums
|
|
|
3,850
|
|
|
|
8,778
|
|
|
|
14,761
|
|
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs, intangibles, and
software
|
|
|
279,332
|
|
|
|
181,018
|
|
|
|
306,406
|
|
Deferral of policy acquisition costs
|
|
|
(133,120
|
)
|
|
|
(124,995
|
)
|
|
|
(312,726
|
)
|
Interest credited/index credit to contractholder account balances
|
|
|
557,672
|
|
|
|
809,441
|
|
|
|
34,487
|
|
Charges assessed to contractholders for mortality and
administration
|
|
|
(30,347
|
)
|
|
|
(35,090
|
)
|
|
|
(47,900
|
)
|
Impairment of goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
112,829
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trading securities
|
|
|
240,130
|
|
|
|
19,090
|
|
|
|
(4,840
|
)
|
Reinsurance recoverable
|
|
|
(17,225
|
)
|
|
|
(67,033
|
)
|
|
|
(50,983
|
)
|
Accrued investment income
|
|
|
(10,612
|
)
|
|
|
7,371
|
|
|
|
3,784
|
|
Future policy benefits
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
|
|
(55,203
|
)
|
|
|
509,819
|
|
Liability for policy and contract claims
|
|
|
(16,349
|
)
|
|
|
(6,403
|
)
|
|
|
13,518
|
|
Change in affiliates
|
|
|
(162
|
)
|
|
|
(9,569
|
)
|
|
|
52,070
|
|
Other assets and other liabilities
|
|
|
(249,251
|
)
|
|
|
209,510
|
|
|
|
(97,297
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
608,382
|
|
|
|
818,061
|
|
|
|
549,986
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from investments, sold, matured or repaid:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed maturities
|
|
|
3,417,679
|
|
|
|
3,214,504
|
|
|
|
4,505,057
|
|
Equity securities
|
|
|
114,864
|
|
|
|
20,982
|
|
|
|
3,847
|
|
Other invested assets
|
|
|
2,585
|
|
|
|
5,255
|
|
|
|
3,413
|
|
Derivative investments and other
|
|
|
287,787
|
|
|
|
57,457
|
|
|
|
38,729
|
|
Cost of investments acquired:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed maturities
|
|
|
(3,763,386
|
)
|
|
|
(2,901,860
|
)
|
|
|
(4,102,295
|
)
|
Equity securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other invested assets
|
|
|
(224
|
)
|
|
|
(8,539
|
)
|
|
|
(3,220
|
)
|
Derivative investments and other
|
|
|
(109,236
|
)
|
|
|
(148,857
|
)
|
|
|
(430,682
|
)
|
Net (increase) decrease in policy loans
|
|
|
(769
|
)
|
|
|
2,236
|
|
|
|
(3,308
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
|
|
|
(50,700
|
)
|
|
|
240,178
|
|
|
|
11,541
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital contribution from parent company and other
|
|
|
30,655
|
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
|
100,296
|
|
Return of capital to parent
|
|
|
(33,725
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contractholder account deposits
|
|
|
1,401,854
|
|
|
|
928,175
|
|
|
|
1,849,333
|
|
Contractholder account withdrawals
|
|
|
(2,140,503
|
)
|
|
|
(2,356,404
|
)
|
|
|
(2,525,858
|
)
|
Drawdown of revolving credit facility from affiliate
|
|
|
23,616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of revolving credit facility to affiliate
|
|
|
(23,616
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of notes to affiliate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
225,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(741,719
|
)
|
|
|
(1,202,900
|
)
|
|
|
(576,229
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in cash & cash equivalents
|
|
|
(184,037
|
)
|
|
|
(144,661
|
)
|
|
|
(14,702
|
)
|
Cash & cash equivalents, beginning of year
|
|
|
823,284
|
|
|
|
967,945
|
|
|
|
982,647
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash & cash equivalents, end of year
|
|
$
|
639,247
|
|
|
$
|
823,284
|
|
|
$
|
967,945
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes paid (recovered)
|
|
$
|
652
|
|
|
$
|
(12,970
|
)
|
|
$
|
296
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$
|
25,275
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements
F-149
|
|
NOTE 1:
|
ORGANIZATION,
NATURE OF OPERATIONS, AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
|
Organization
and Nature of Operations
The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc. (the
Company or FGLH), a Delaware
corporation, which was a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of OM
Group (UK) Limited (OMGUK) at December 31,
2010. OMGUK is a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Old Mutual
plc of London, England (OM).
The Companys primary business is the sale of individual
life insurance products and annuities through independent
agents, managing general agents, and specialty brokerage firms
and in selected institutional markets. The Companys
principal products are deferred annuities (including fixed
indexed annuities), immediate annuities and life insurance
products. The Companys insurance subsidiaries are licensed
in all fifty states and the District of Columbia and markets
products through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, OM Financial
Life Insurance Company (OMFLIC), which is domiciled
in Maryland, and OM Financial Life Insurance Company of New York
(OMFLNY), which is domiciled in New York.
See Note 17 for a discussion of the sale by OM of all of
the Companys capital stock to Harbinger F&G, LLC
(Harbinger F&G), a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Harbinger Group Inc. (HGI) on April 6, 2011 for
$350,000 (which could be reduced by up to $50,000 post-closing
if certain regulatory approval is not received) and the
assignment to Harbinger F&G of notes receivable from the
Company. Following this sale, the Companys charter was
amended to change its name from Old Mutual U.S. Life
Holdings, Inc. to Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings,
Inc. Similarly, the charters of OMFLIC and OMFLNY were amended
to change their names to Fidelity & Guaranty Life
Insurance Company and Fidelity & Guaranty Life
Insurance Company of New York, respectively. The charter
amendments for the Company and OMFLIC were accepted by Delaware
and Maryland on April 11, 2011, making their name changes
effective on April 11, 2011. The charter amendment for
OMFLNY was accepted by New York on April 14, 2011, making
its name change effective on April 14, 2011.
Basis of
Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared
in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP). GAAP policies which significantly
affect the determination of financial position, results of
operations and cash flows, are summarized below.
|
|
NOTE 2:
|
SIGNIFICANT
ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
|
Significant
Accounting Policies
Principles
of consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of FGLH and all other entities in which the Company has
a controlling financial interest and any variable interest
entities (VIEs) in which the Company is the primary
beneficiary. All material intercompany accounts and transactions
have been eliminated in consolidation. See Note 4 for an
additional discussion of VIEs.
Accounting
estimates and assumptions
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP
requires management to make estimates and assumptions affecting
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date
of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses for the reporting period. Those estimates are
inherently subject to change and actual results could differ
from those estimates. Included among the material (or
potentially material) reported amounts and
F-150
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
disclosures that require extensive use of estimates are: fair
value of certain invested assets and derivatives including
embedded derivatives,
other-than-temporary
impairments, deferred acquisition costs (DAC),
present value of in-force (PVIF), deferred sales
inducements (DSI), impairment of goodwill, future
policy benefits, other contractholder funds, income taxes and
the potential effects of resolving litigated matters.
Investment
securities
At the time of purchase, the Company designates its investment
securities as either
available-for-sale
or trading and reports them in the Companys Consolidated
Balance Sheets at fair value.
Available-for-sale
(AFS) consist of fixed maturity and equity
securities and are stated at fair value with unrealized gains
and losses included within accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss), net of associated DAC, PVIF, DSI, and deferred
income taxes.
Trading securities consist of fixed maturity and equity
securities and money market investments in designated
portfolios. Trading securities are carried at fair value and
changes in fair value are recorded in net investment gains
(losses) on the Companys Consolidated Statements of
Operations as they occur. The Company sold all trading
securities during 2010.
Securities held on deposit with various state regulatory
authorities had a fair value of $13,474 and $13,199 at
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
AFS
securities evaluation for recovery of amortized
cost
The Company regularly reviews its AFS securities for declines in
fair value that the Company determines to be
other-than-temporary.
For an equity security, if the Company does not have the ability
and intent to hold the security for a sufficient period of time
to allow for a recovery in value, the Company concludes that an
other-than-temporary
impairment (OTTI) has occurred and the cost of the
equity security is written down to the current fair value, with
a corresponding charge to realized loss on the Companys
Consolidated Statements of Operations. When assessing the
Companys ability and intent to hold an equity security to
recovery, the Company considers, among other things, the
severity and duration of the decline in fair value of the equity
security as well as the cause of the decline, a fundamental
analysis of the liquidity, business prospects and overall
financial condition of the issuer.
For the Companys fixed maturity AFS securities, the
Company generally considers the following in determining whether
the Companys unrealized losses are other than temporarily
impaired:
|
|
|
|
|
The estimated range and period until recovery;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current delinquencies and nonperforming assets of underlying
collateral;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected future default rates;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Collateral value by vintage, geographic region, industry
concentration or property type;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subordination levels or other credit enhancements as of the
balance sheet date as compared to origination; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contractual and regulatory cash obligations.
|
Prior to adoption of new accounting guidance related to the
recognition and presentation of
other-than-temporary
impairments on January 1, 2009, the Company generally
recognized an
other-than-temporary
impairment on debt securities in an unrealized loss position
when the Company did not expect full recovery of value or did
not have the intent and ability to hold such securities until
they had fully recovered
F-151
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
their amortized cost. The recognition of
other-than-temporary
impairments prior to January 1, 2009 represented the entire
difference between the amortized cost and fair value with this
difference recorded as a realized loss and recorded in net
income (loss) as an adjustment to the amortized cost of the
security.
Upon adoption on January 1, 2009 of guidance related to
OTTI issued by the FASB in April 2009 for the
Investments Debt & Equity Securities
topic, the Company recognized
other-than-temporary
impairments on debt securities in an unrealized loss position
when one of the following circumstances exists:
|
|
|
|
|
The Company does not expect full recovery of its amortized cost
based on the estimate of cash flows expected to be collected,
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company intends to sell a security or
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is more likely than not that the Company will be required to
sell a security prior to recovery.
|
As of January 1, 2009, if the Company intends to sell a
debt security or it is more likely than not the Company will be
required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized
cost basis and the fair value of the security is below amortized
cost, the Company will conclude that an OTTI has occurred and
the amortized cost is written down to current fair value, with a
corresponding charge to realized loss on the Companys
Consolidated Statements of Operations. If the Company does not
intend to sell a debt security or it is more likely than not the
Company will not be required to sell a debt security before
recovery of its amortized cost basis and the present value of
the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the
amortized cost of the security (referred to as the credit loss),
an OTTI has occurred and the amortized cost is written down to
the estimated recovery value with a corresponding charge to
realized loss on the Companys Consolidated Statements of
Operations, as this amount is deemed the credit loss portion of
the OTTI. The remainder of the decline to fair value is recorded
in AOCI to unrealized OTTI on AFS securities on the
Companys Consolidated Statements of Shareholders
Equity (Deficit), as this amount is considered a noncredit
(i.e., recoverable) impairment.
When assessing the Companys intent to sell a debt security
or if it is more likely than not the Company will be required to
sell a debt security before recovery of its cost basis, the
Company evaluates facts and circumstances such as, but not
limited to, decisions to reposition the Companys security
portfolio, sale of securities to meet cash flow needs and sales
of securities to capitalize on favorable pricing. In order to
determine the amount of the credit loss for a security, the
Company calculates the recovery value by performing a discounted
cash flow analysis based on the current cash flows and future
cash flows the Company expects to recover. The discount rate is
the effective interest rate implicit in the underlying security.
The effective interest rate is the original yield or the yield
at the date the debt security was previously impaired.
When evaluating mortgage-backed securities (MBS) and
asset-backed securities (ABS) the Company considers
a number of pool-specific factors as well as market level
factors when determining whether or not the impairment on the
security is temporary or
other-than-temporary.
The most important factor is the performance of the underlying
collateral in the security and the trends of that performance.
The Company uses this information about the collateral to
forecast the timing and rate of mortgage loan defaults,
including making projections for loans that are already
delinquent and for those loans that are currently performing but
may become delinquent in the future. Other factors used in this
analysis include type of underlying collateral (e.g., prime,
Alt-A or subprime), geographic distribution of underlying loans
and timing of liquidations by state. Once default rates and
timing assumptions are determined, the Company then makes
assumptions regarding the severity of a default if it were to
occur. Factors that impact the severity assumption include
expectations for future home price appreciation or depreciation,
loan size, first lien versus second lien, existence of loan
level private mortgage insurance, type of occupancy and
geographic distribution of loans. Once default and severity
assumptions are determined for the security in question, cash
flows for the
F-152
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
underlying collateral are projected including expected defaults
and prepayments. These cash flows on the collateral are then
translated to cash flows on the Companys tranche based on
the cash flow waterfall of the entire capital security
structure. If this analysis indicates the entire principal on a
particular security will not be returned, the security is
reviewed for OTTI by comparing the present value of expected
cash flows to amortized cost. To the extent that the security
has already been impaired or was purchased at a discount, such
that the amortized cost of the security is less than or equal to
the present value of cash flows expected to be collected, no
impairment is required. The Company also considers the ability
of monoline insurers to meet their contractual guarantees on
wrapped MBS securities. Otherwise, if the amortized cost of the
security is greater than the present value of the cash flows
expected to be collected, then impairment is recognized.
The cumulative effect of the adoption of these amendments to the
Investments Debt and Equity Securities Topic as of
January 1, 2009 had an immaterial impact to the historical
financial statements of the Company as significantly all
previously taken OTTI were determined to be primarily credit
related or related to debt securities which the Company intended
to sell.
The Company includes on the face of the Consolidated Statements
of Operations the total OTTI recognized in net investment gains
(losses), with an offset for the amount of noncredit impairments
recognized in AOCI. The Company discloses the amount of OTTI
recognized in AOCI, and the enhanced disclosures related to OTTI
in Note 3.
Fair
value measurements
The Companys measurement of fair value is based on
assumptions used by market participants in pricing the asset or
liability, which may include inherent risk, restrictions on the
sale or use of an asset or non-performance risk, which may
include the Companys own credit risk. The Companys
estimate of an exchange price is the price in an orderly
transaction between market participants to sell the asset or
transfer the liability (exit price) in the principal
market, or the most advantageous market in the absence of a
principal market, for that asset or liability, as opposed to the
price that would be paid to acquire the asset or receive a
liability (entry price). Pursuant to the Fair Value
Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the Financial Accounting
Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards
Codification (ASC), the Company categorizes
financial instruments carried at fair value into a three-level
fair value hierarchy, based on the priority of inputs to the
respective valuation technique. The three-level hierarchy for
fair value measurement is defined as follows:
Level 1 Values are unadjusted quoted prices for
identical assets and liabilities in active markets accessible at
the measurement date.
Level 2 Inputs include quoted prices for
similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices
from those willing to trade in markets that are not active, or
other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by
market data for the term of the instrument. Such inputs include
market interest rates and volatilities, spreads and yield curves.
Level 3 Certain inputs are unobservable
(supported by little or no market activity) and significant to
the fair value measurement. Unobservable inputs reflect the
Companys best estimate of what hypothetical market
participants would use to determine a transaction price for the
asset or liability at the reporting date based on the best
information available in the circumstances.
In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall
into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such
cases, an investments level within the fair value
hierarchy is based on the lower level of input that is
significant to the fair value measurement. The Companys
assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair
value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and
considers factors specific to the investment.
F-153
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
When a determination is made to classify an asset or liability
within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, the
determination is based upon the significance of the unobservable
inputs to the overall fair value measurement. Because certain
securities trade in less liquid or illiquid markets with limited
or no pricing information, the determination of fair value for
these securities is inherently more difficult. However,
Level 3 fair value investments may include, in addition to
the unobservable or Level 3 inputs, observable components,
which are components that are actively quoted or can be
validated to market-based sources.
Trading
and AFS securities fair valuation methodologies and
associated inputs
The Company measures the fair value of its securities classified
as trading and AFS based on assumptions used by market
participants in pricing the security. The most appropriate
valuation methodology is selected based on the specific
characteristics of the fixed maturity or equity security, and
the Company consistently applies the valuation methodology to
measure the securitys fair value. The Companys fair
value measurement is based on a market approach, which utilizes
prices and other relevant information generated by market
transactions involving identical or comparable securities.
Sources of inputs to the market approach include a third-party
pricing service, independent broker quotations or pricing
matrices. The Company uses observable and unobservable inputs in
its valuation methodologies. Observable inputs include benchmark
yields, reported trades, broker-dealer quotes, issuer spreads,
two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and
reference data. In addition, market indicators, industry and
economic events are monitored and further market data is
acquired if certain triggers are met. For certain security
types, additional inputs may be used, or some of the inputs
described above may not be applicable. For broker-quoted only
securities, quotes from market makers or broker-dealers are
obtained from sources recognized to be market participants. For
those securities trading in less liquid or illiquid markets with
limited or no pricing information, the Company uses unobservable
inputs in order to measure the fair value of these securities.
This valuation relies on managements judgment concerning
the discount rate used in calculating expected future cash
flows, credit quality, industry sector performance and expected
maturity.
The Company did not adjust prices received from third parties in
2010 or 2009. The Company does analyze the third-party pricing
services valuation methodologies and related inputs and
performs additional evaluations to determine the appropriate
level within the fair value hierarchy.
Derivative
instruments fair valuation methodologies and
associated inputs
The fair value of derivative assets and liabilities is based
upon valuation pricing models and represent what the Company
would expect to receive or pay at the balance sheet date if the
Company cancelled the options, entered into offsetting
positions, or exercised the options. The fair value of swaps are
based upon valuation pricing models and represent what the
Company would expect to receive or pay at the balance sheet date
if the Company cancelled the swaps or entered into offsetting
swap positions. The fair value of futures contracts at the
balance sheet date represents the cumulative unsettled variation
margin. Fair values for these instruments are determined
externally by an independent actuarial firm using market
observable inputs, including interest rates, yield curve
volatilities, and other factors. Credit risk related to the
counterparty is considered when estimating the fair values of
these derivatives. However, the Company is largely protected by
collateral arrangements with counterparties.
The fair values of the embedded derivatives in the
Companys Fixed Index Annuity (FIA) products
are derived using market indices, pricing assumptions and
historical data.
F-154
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Other
investments fair valuation methodologies and
associated inputs
Separate account assets are comprised of actively-traded
institutional and retail mutual fund investments valued by the
respective mutual fund companies but held in separate accounts.
Fair values and changes in the fair values of the Companys
separate account assets generally accrue directly to the
policyholders and are not included in the Companys
revenues and expenses or equity.
Derivative
instruments
The Company hedges certain portions of the Companys
exposure to equity market risk by entering into derivative
transactions. All of the Companys derivative instruments
are recognized as either assets or liabilities on the
Companys Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. The
change in fair value is recognized in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations within net investment gains (losses).
The Company purchases and issues financial instruments and
products that may contain embedded derivative instruments. If it
is determined that the embedded derivative possesses economic
characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the
economic characteristics of the host contract, and a separate
instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative
instrument, the embedded derivative is bifurcated from the host
contract for measurement purposes. The embedded derivative is
carried at fair value with changes in fair value reported in the
Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Cash
and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents is carried at cost and includes all
highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of
three months or less.
DAC,
PVIF and DSI
Commissions and other costs of acquiring annuities and other
investment contracts, universal life (UL) insurance,
and traditional life insurance, which vary with and are related
primarily to the production of new business, have been deferred
to the extent recoverable. PVIF is an intangible asset that
reflects the estimated fair value of in-force contracts in a
life insurance company acquisition and represents the portion of
the purchase price that is allocated to the value of the right
to receive future cash flows from the business in force at the
acquisition date. Bonus credits to policyholder account values
are considered DSI, and the unamortized balance is reported in
DAC on the Companys Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The methodology for determining the amortization of DAC, PVIF,
and DSI varies by product type. For all insurance contracts,
amortization is based on assumptions consistent with those used
in the development of the underlying contract adjusted for
emerging experience and expected trends. DAC, PVIF and DSI
amortization are reported within amortization of deferred
acquisition costs and intangibles on the Companys
Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Acquisition costs for UL and investment-type products, which
include fixed indexed and deferred annuities, are generally
amortized over the lives of the policies in relation to the
incidence of estimated gross profits (EGPs) from
investment income, surrender charges and other product fees,
policy benefits, maintenance expenses, mortality net of
reinsurance ceded and expense margins, and actual realized gain
(loss) on investments.
Acquisition costs for all traditional life insurance, which
includes individual whole life and term life insurance
contracts, are amortized as a level percent of premium of the
related policies. DAC for payout
F-155
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
annuities is incorporated into the reserve balances on a net
basis, thus amortizing the DAC over the lifetimes of the
contracts.
The carrying amounts of DAC, PVIF, and DSI are adjusted for the
effects of realized and unrealized gains and losses on debt
securities classified as AFS and certain derivatives and
embedded derivatives. Amortization expense of DAC, PVIF, and DSI
reflects an assumption for an expected level of credit-related
investment losses. When actual credit-related investment losses
are realized, the Company performs a retrospective unlocking of
DAC, PVIF and DSI amortization as actual margins vary from
expected margins. This unlocking is reflected in the
Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations.
For annuity, universal life insurance, and investment-type
products, the DAC asset is adjusted for the impact of unrealized
gains (losses) on investments as if these gains (losses) had
been realized, with corresponding credits or charges included in
accumulated other comprehensive income as a shadow adjustment.
Each reporting period, the Company may record an adjustment to
the amounts included within the Companys Consolidated
Balance Sheets for DAC, PVIF, and DSI with an offsetting benefit
or charge to expense for the impact of the difference between
the future EGPs used in the prior period and the emergence of
actual and updated future EGPs in the current period. In
addition, annually the Company conducts a comprehensive review
of the assumptions and the projection models used for the
Companys estimates of future gross profits underlying the
amortization of DAC, PVIF, and DSI and the calculations of the
embedded derivatives and reserves for certain annuity and life
insurance products. These assumptions include investment
margins, mortality, persistency and maintenance expenses (costs
associated with maintaining records relating to insurance and
annuity contracts and with the processing of premium
collections, deposits, withdrawals and commissions). Based on
the Companys review, the cumulative balance of DAC
included on the Companys Consolidated Balance Sheets are
adjusted with an offsetting benefit or charge to amortization
expense to reflect such change.
DAC, PVIF, and DSI are reviewed periodically to ensure that the
unamortized portion does not exceed the expected recoverable
amounts.
Reinsurance
The Companys insurance companies enter into reinsurance
agreements with other companies in the normal course of
business. Assets and liabilities and premiums and benefits from
certain reinsurance contracts are netted on the Companys
Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of
Operations, respectively, when there is a right of offset
explicit in the reinsurance agreements. All other reinsurance
agreements are reported on a gross basis on the Companys
Consolidated Balance Sheets as an asset for amounts recoverable
from reinsurers or as a component of other liabilities for
amounts, such as premiums, owed to the reinsurers, with the
exception for amounts for which the right of offset also exists.
Premiums, benefits and DAC are reported net of insurance ceded.
Goodwill
The Company recognizes the excess of the purchase price over the
fair value of identifiable net assets acquired as goodwill.
Goodwill is not amortized, but is reviewed at least annually for
indications of impairment, with consideration given to financial
performance and other relevant factors. In addition, certain
events, including a significant adverse change in legal factors
or the business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a
regulator or unanticipated competition, would cause the Company
to review the carrying amounts of goodwill for impairment. The
Company is required to perform a two-step test in the
Companys
F-156
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
evaluation of the carrying value of goodwill for impairment. In
Step 1 of the evaluation, the fair value of the reporting unit
is determined and compared to the carrying value of the
reporting unit. If the fair value is greater than the carrying
value, then the carrying value is deemed to be sufficient and
Step 2 is not required. If the fair value estimate is less than
the carrying value, it is an indicator that impairment may exist
and Step 2 is required to be performed. In Step 2, the implied
fair value of the reporting units goodwill is determined
by assigning the reporting units fair value as determined
in Step 1 to all of its net assets (recognized and unrecognized)
as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business
combination at the date of the impairment test. If the implied
fair value of the reporting units goodwill is lower than
its carrying amount, goodwill is impaired and written down to
its implied fair value, and a charge is reported on the
Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Future
policy benefits and other contractholder funds
The liabilities for future policy benefits and contractholder
funds for investment contracts and UL insurance policies consist
of contract account balances that accrue to the benefit of the
contractholders, excluding surrender charges. The liabilities
for future insurance contract benefits and claim reserves for
traditional life policies are computed using assumptions for
investment yields, mortality and withdrawals based principally
on generally accepted actuarial methods and assumptions at the
time of contract issue. Investment yield assumptions for
traditional life reserves for all contracts range from 4.47% to
6.50% depending on the time of contract issue. The investment
yield assumptions for immediate and deferred annuities range
from 0.10% to 6.90%. These investment yield assumptions are
intended to represent an estimation of the interest rate
experience for the period that these contract benefits are
payable.
UL products with secondary guarantees represented approximately
82.5% of permanent life insurance face amount in force as of
December 31, 2010. Liabilities for the secondary guarantees
on UL-type products are calculated by multiplying the benefit
ratio by the cumulative assessments recorded from contract
inception through the balance sheet date less the cumulative
secondary guarantee benefit payments plus interest. If
experience or assumption changes result in a new benefit ratio,
the reserves are adjusted to reflect the changes in a manner
similar to the unlocking of DAC, PVIF and DSI. The accounting
for secondary guarantee benefits impacts, and is impacted by,
EGPs used to calculate amortization of DAC, PVIF and DSI.
Fixed indexed annuities are equal to the total of the
policyholder account values before surrender charges, and
additional reserves established on certain features offered that
link interest credited to an equity index. These features are
not clearly and closely related to the host insurance contract,
and therefore they are recorded at fair value as an additional
reserve.
Insurance
premiums
The Companys insurance premiums for traditional life
insurance products are recognized as revenue when due from the
contractholder. The Companys traditional life insurance
products include those products with fixed and guaranteed
premiums and benefits and consist primarily of term life
insurance and certain annuities with life contingencies.
Net
investment income
Dividends and interest income, recorded in net investment
income, are recognized when earned. Amortization of premiums and
accretion of discounts on investments in debt securities are
reflected in net investment income over the contractual terms of
the investments in a manner that produces a constant effective
yield.
F-157
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
For MBS, included in the trading and AFS fixed maturity
securities portfolios, the Company recognizes income using a
constant effective yield based on anticipated prepayments and
the estimated economic life of the securities. When actual
prepayments differ significantly from originally anticipated
prepayments, the effective yield is recalculated prospectively
to reflect actual payments to date plus anticipated future
payments. Any adjustments resulting from changes in effective
yield are reflected in net investment income on the
Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Net
investment gains (losses)
Net investment gains (losses) on the Companys Consolidated
Statements of Operations includes realized gains and losses from
the sale of investments, write-downs for
other-than-temporary
impairments of
available-for-sale
investments, derivative and certain embedded derivative gains
and losses, and gains and losses on trading securities. Realized
gains and losses on the sale of investments are determined using
the specific identification method.
Product
fees
Revenue from nontraditional life insurance products and deferred
annuities is comprised of policy and contract fees charged for
the cost of insurance, policy administration and surrenders and
is assessed on a monthly basis and recognized as revenue when
assessed and earned.
Benefits
Benefits for fixed and fixed indexed annuities and UL include
benefit claims incurred during the period in excess of contract
account balances. Benefits also include the change in reserves
for life insurance products with secondary guarantee benefits.
For traditional life, benefits are recognized when incurred in a
manner consistent with the related premium recognition policies.
Income
taxes
Through December 31, 2008, the Company provided for income
taxes on a separate return filing basis pursuant to an
intercompany tax sharing agreement with an affiliate, Old Mutual
U.S. Holdings, Inc. The tax sharing agreement provided that
the Company received benefit for net operating losses, capital
losses and tax credits which were not usable on a separate
return basis to the extent such items were utilized in the
consolidated income tax returns. After December 31, 2008,
the Company and its non-life subsidiaries filed separate federal
income tax returns. The Companys life subsidiaries file a
consolidated life federal return. Deferred income taxes are
recognized, based on enacted rates, when assets and liabilities
have different values for financial statement and tax reporting
purposes. A valuation allowance is recorded to the extent
required to reduce the deferred tax asset to an amount that the
Company expects, more likely than not, will be realized.
Federal
Home Loan Bank of Atlanta agreements
Contractholder funds include funds related to funding agreements
that have been issued to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta
(FHLB) as a funding medium for single premium
funding agreements issued by the Company to the FHLB.
Funding agreements were issued to the FHLB in 2003, 2004 and
2005. The funding agreements (i.e., immediate annuity contracts
without life contingencies) provide a guaranteed stream of
payments. Single premiums were received at the initiation of the
funding agreements and were in the form of advances from the
F-158
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
FHLB. Payments under the funding agreements extend through 2022.
The reserves for the funding agreement totaled $159,702 and
$236,914 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
In accordance with the agreements, the investments supporting
the funding agreement liabilities are pledged as collateral to
secure the FHLB funding agreement liabilities. The FHLB
investments had a fair value of $231,391 and $327,213 at
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Revisions
During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company
identified adjustments related to the presentation of cash flows
associated with contractholder account balances in the
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008. Since the adjustments are not
material to the consolidated financial statements taken as a
whole, the Company has corrected the prior year amounts within
the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008. Specifically, the Company
previously included certain interest credited / index
credited amounts to contractholder account balances, charges
assessed for mortality and administration, and related reinsured
amounts as cash flows from financing activities in its
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. These amounts are
presented in cash flows from operating activities in the revised
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008.
The effect of revising the presentation for these activities on
net cash provided by operating activities and net cash used in
financing activities for the years ended 2009 and 2008 is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As Originally
|
|
As
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
Revised
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
29,164
|
|
|
$
|
818,061
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(414,003
|
)
|
|
|
(1,202,900
|
)
|
For the Year Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
535,447
|
|
|
$
|
549,986
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(561,690
|
)
|
|
|
(576,229
|
)
|
New
Accounting Standards
Consolidations
Topic
In June 2009, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2009-17,
Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises
Involved with Variable Interest Entities (ASU
2009-17),
which amends the consolidation guidance related to VIEs.
Primarily, the current quantitative analysis used under the
Consolidations Topic of the FASB ASC was eliminated and replaced
with a qualitative approach that is focused on identifying the
variable interest that has the power to direct the activities
that most significantly impact the performance of the VIE and
absorb losses or receive returns that could potentially be
significant to the VIE. In addition, this new accounting
standard requires an ongoing reassessment of the primary
beneficiary of the VIE, rather than reassessing the primary
beneficiary only upon the occurrence of certain pre-defined
events. The Company adopted these amendments effective
January 1, 2010. The adoption of this standard did not have
a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Derivatives
and Hedging Topic
In July 2010, the FASB amended the Derivatives and Hedging Topic
of the FASB ASC to clarify the type of embedded credit
derivative that is exempt from bifurcation (ASU
2010-11).
This guidance clarifies the
F-159
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
scope exception for embedded credit derivatives and requires
that the only form of embedded credit derivatives that qualify
for the exemption are credit derivatives related to the
subordination of one financial instrument to another. Further,
for securities no longer exempt under the new guidance, entities
may continue to forgo bifurcating the embedded derivatives if
they elect, on an
instrument-by-instrument
basis, and report the security at fair value with changes in
fair value reported through the consolidated statement of
operations. The Company adopted the accounting guidance in ASU
2010-11
effective January 1, 2010. The adoption of this guidance
did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In March 2008, the FASB amended the Derivatives and Hedging
Topic of the FASB ASC to expand the qualitative and quantitative
disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging
activities to include how and why an entity uses derivative
instruments; how derivative instruments and related hedged items
are accounted for in accordance with the FASB ASC guidance; and
how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an
entitys financial position, financial performance and cash
flows. Quantitative disclosure requirements include a tabular
format by primary underlying risk and accounting designation for
the fair value amount, cross-referencing the location of
derivative instruments in the financial statements, the amount
and location of gains and losses in the financial statements for
derivative instruments and related hedged items and disclosures
regarding credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative
instruments. These expanded disclosure requirements apply to all
derivative instruments within the scope of the Derivatives and
Hedging Topic of the FASB ASC, non-derivative hedging
instruments and all hedged items designated and qualifying as
hedges. The Company adopted these amendments effective
January 1, 2009, and has included the enhanced disclosures
related to the Companys derivative instruments and hedging
activities in Note 9.
Fair
Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic
In January 2010, the FASB amended the Fair Value Measurement and
Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC to expand the disclosure
requirements related to fair value measurements (ASU
2010-06).
A reporting entity is now required to disclose separately the
amounts of significant transfers in to and out of Level 1
and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and describe the
reasons for the transfers. Clarification on existing disclosure
requirements is also provided in this update relating to the
level of disaggregation of information as to determining
appropriate classes of assets and liabilities as well as
disclosure requirements regarding valuation techniques and
inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and
nonrecurring fair value measurements. Effective January 1,
2010, the Company adopted the guidance issued by the FASB which
resulted in expanded disclosures within Note 10, Fair
Values of Financial Instruments. Other than the expansion
of disclosures, the adoption of this guidance did not have any
impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In August 2009, the FASB amended the Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosures Topic to provide further guidance on the application
of fair value measurement to liabilities. These amendments
provide valuation techniques to be used when measuring the fair
value of a liability when a quoted price in an active market is
not available. In addition, these amendments indicate that an
entity is not required to include a separate input or adjustment
to other inputs related to a restriction that prevents the
transfer of the liability and clarify when a quoted price for a
liability would be considered a Level 1 input. The Company
adopted the accounting guidance for the reporting period ended
December 31, 2009 which did not have a material impact on
the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In April 2009, the FASB amended the Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosures Topic to provide additional guidance and key
considerations for estimating fair value when the volume and
level of activity for an asset or liability has significantly
decreased in relation to normal market activity, as well as
additional guidance on circumstances that may indicate a
transaction that is not orderly. A change in a valuation
F-160
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
technique resulting from the adoption of this amended guidance
is accounted for as a change in accounting estimate in
accordance with the FASB ASC. The Company adopted the accounting
guidance as of January 1, 2009 which did not have a
material impact on the Companys consolidated financial
statements.
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the Fair
Value Measurements and Disclosure Topic of the FASB ASC. The
impact of changing valuation methods to comply with Fair Value
Measurements and Disclosure Topic resulted in adjustments to
actuarial liabilities, which were recorded as an increase in
2008 net income of $47,802, after the impacts of DAC
amortization and income taxes.
Subsequent
Events Topic
In May 2009, the FASB updated the Subsequent Events Topic of the
FASB ASC in order to establish standards of accounting for the
disclosure of events that take place after the balance sheet
date, but before the financial statements are issued. The effect
of all subsequent events that existed as of the balance sheet
date must be recognized in the financial statements. For those
events that did not exist as of the balance sheet date, but
arose after the balance sheet date and before the financial
statements are issued, recognition is not required, but
depending on the nature of the event, disclosure may be required
in order to keep the financial statements from being misleading.
The adoption of these amendments to the Subsequent Events Topic
did not have an impact on the Companys consolidated
financial statements.
Future
Adoption of New Accounting Standards
Accounting
for Costs Associated with Acquiring or Renewing Insurance
Contracts
In October 2010, as a result of a consensus of the FASB Emerging
Issues Task Force, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2010-26,
Financial Services-Insurance (Topic 944): Accounting for
Costs Associated with Acquiring or Renewing Insurance
Contracts (ASU
2010-26),
which modifies the definition of the types of costs incurred
that can be capitalized in the acquisition of new and renewal
insurance contracts. This guidance defines allowable deferred
acquisition costs as the incremental direct cost of contract
acquisition and certain costs related directly to underwriting,
policy issuance, and processing.
ASU 2010-26
is effective for fiscal years and for interim periods within
those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, with
early application permitted. The guidance could be applied
prospectively or retrospectively. The Company is currently
evaluating the impact of this proposal.
Fair
Value Measurements
In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2010-06,
which also requires additional disclosures about purchases,
sales, issuances and settlements in the rollforward of
Level 3 fair value measurements. This new guidance will be
effective for the Company on January 1, 2011. Other than an
expansion of disclosures, the adoption of this new accounting
guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the
Companys consolidated financial statements.
F-161
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
AFS
Securities
The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains (losses), and fair
value of AFS securities were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Unrealized Gains
|
|
|
Gross Unrealized Losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortized Cost
|
|
|
Not OTTI
|
|
|
OTTI
|
|
|
Not OTTI
|
|
|
OTTI
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
AFS Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ABS
|
|
$
|
508,396
|
|
|
$
|
13,791
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(2,062
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
520,125
|
|
CMBS
|
|
|
731,065
|
|
|
|
25,669
|
|
|
|
2,821
|
|
|
|
(12,218
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
747,337
|
|
Corporates
|
|
|
11,303,332
|
|
|
|
519,733
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(173,018
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,650,047
|
|
Equities
|
|
|
309,874
|
|
|
|
1,612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18,709
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
292,777
|
|
Hybrids
|
|
|
821,333
|
|
|
|
11,726
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(60,253
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
772,806
|
|
Municipals
|
|
|
542,874
|
|
|
|
8,429
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,929
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
543,374
|
|
RMBS
|
|
|
941,460
|
|
|
|
15,540
|
|
|
|
1,343
|
|
|
|
(26,470
|
)
|
|
|
(30,702
|
)
|
|
|
901,171
|
|
U.S. Government
|
|
|
222,461
|
|
|
|
4,306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(150
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
226,617
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total AFS securities
|
|
$
|
15,380,795
|
|
|
$
|
600,806
|
|
|
$
|
4,164
|
|
|
$
|
(300,809
|
)
|
|
$
|
(30,702
|
)
|
|
$
|
15,654,254
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Unrealized Gains
|
|
|
Gross Unrealized Losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortized Cost
|
|
|
Not OTTI
|
|
|
OTTI
|
|
|
Not OTTI
|
|
|
OTTI
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
AFS Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ABS
|
|
$
|
589,811
|
|
|
$
|
15,135
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(24,314
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
580,632
|
|
CMBS
|
|
|
1,371,358
|
|
|
|
16,280
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(131,233
|
)
|
|
|
(5,650
|
)
|
|
|
1,250,755
|
|
Corporates
|
|
|
10,197,228
|
|
|
|
243,355
|
|
|
|
2,520
|
|
|
|
(396,087
|
)
|
|
|
(209
|
)
|
|
|
10,046,807
|
|
Equities
|
|
|
411,646
|
|
|
|
7,480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(51,852
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
367,274
|
|
Hybrids
|
|
|
998,161
|
|
|
|
9,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(148,768
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
858,806
|
|
Municipals
|
|
|
222,916
|
|
|
|
1,682
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,837
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
214,761
|
|
RMBS
|
|
|
1,142,942
|
|
|
|
10,740
|
|
|
|
1,356
|
|
|
|
(175,007
|
)
|
|
|
(7,321
|
)
|
|
|
972,710
|
|
U.S. Government
|
|
|
239,782
|
|
|
|
563
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,813
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
237,532
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total AFS securities
|
|
$
|
15,173,844
|
|
|
$
|
304,648
|
|
|
$
|
3,876
|
|
|
$
|
(939,911
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13,180
|
)
|
|
$
|
14,529,277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTTI is comprised of the amount reflected on the Companys
Consolidated Statements of Operations included in AOCI during
the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, adjusted for
other changes, including but not limited to, changes in fair
value and sales of fixed maturity AFS securities.
F-162
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
The amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturity AFS
securities by contractual maturities were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
Amortized Cost
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Due in one year or less
|
|
$
|
235,972
|
|
|
$
|
240,374
|
|
Due after one year through five years
|
|
|
2,412,256
|
|
|
|
2,506,788
|
|
Due after five years through ten years
|
|
|
4,478,275
|
|
|
|
4,663,480
|
|
Due after ten years
|
|
|
4,942,164
|
|
|
|
5,009,396
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
12,068,667
|
|
|
|
12,420,038
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ABS
|
|
|
508,396
|
|
|
|
520,125
|
|
CMBS
|
|
|
731,065
|
|
|
|
747,337
|
|
Hybrids
|
|
|
821,333
|
|
|
|
772,806
|
|
RMBS
|
|
|
941,460
|
|
|
|
901,171
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total fixed maturity AFS securities
|
|
$
|
15,070,921
|
|
|
$
|
15,361,477
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because
issuers may have the right to call or pre-pay obligations.
As part of the Companys ongoing securities monitoring
process by a committee of investment and accounting
professionals, the Company identifies securities in an
unrealized loss position that could potentially be
other-than-temporarily
impaired. See Note 2 for the Companys accounting
policy for other than temporarily impaired investment assets.
Due to the issuers continued satisfaction of the
securities obligations in accordance with their
contractual terms and the expectation that they will continue to
do so, and for loan-backed and structured securities the present
value of cash flows expected to be collected is at least the
amount of the amortized cost basis of the security,
managements lack of intent to sell these securities for a
period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery
in fair value, and the evaluation that it is more likely than
not that the Company will not be required to sell these
securities prior to recovery, as well as the evaluation of the
fundamentals of the issuers financial condition and other
objective evidence, the Company believes that the fair values of
the securities in the sectors identified in the tables below
were temporarily depressed as of
F-163
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
December 31, 2010 and 2009. The following tables present
the Companys unrealized loss aging by investment type and
length of time the security was in a continuous unrealized loss
position.
The fair value and gross unrealized losses, including the
portion of OTTI recognized in AOCI, of AFS securities,
aggregated by investment category and length of time that
individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss
position, were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Less Than or Equal
|
|
|
Greater Than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To Twelve Months
|
|
|
Twelve Months
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Losses and
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Losses and
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Losses and
|
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
OTTI
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
OTTI
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
OTTI
|
|
|
AFS Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ABS
|
|
$
|
87,898
|
|
|
$
|
(916
|
)
|
|
$
|
13,205
|
|
|
$
|
(1,146
|
)
|
|
$
|
101,103
|
|
|
$
|
(2,062
|
)
|
CMBS
|
|
|
89,222
|
|
|
|
(3,860
|
)
|
|
|
127,245
|
|
|
|
(8,358
|
)
|
|
|
216,467
|
|
|
|
(12,218
|
)
|
Corporates
|
|
|
2,311,822
|
|
|
|
(74,872
|
)
|
|
|
1,087,277
|
|
|
|
(98,146
|
)
|
|
|
3,399,099
|
|
|
|
(173,018
|
)
|
Equities
|
|
|
114,000
|
|
|
|
(7,039
|
)
|
|
|
98,020
|
|
|
|
(11,670
|
)
|
|
|
212,020
|
|
|
|
(18,709
|
)
|
Hybrids
|
|
|
123,090
|
|
|
|
(3,943
|
)
|
|
|
401,757
|
|
|
|
(56,310
|
)
|
|
|
524,847
|
|
|
|
(60,253
|
)
|
Municipals
|
|
|
240,546
|
|
|
|
(7,363
|
)
|
|
|
4,651
|
|
|
|
(566
|
)
|
|
|
245,197
|
|
|
|
(7,929
|
)
|
RMBS
|
|
|
210,558
|
|
|
|
(24,872
|
)
|
|
|
259,300
|
|
|
|
(32,300
|
)
|
|
|
469,858
|
|
|
|
(57,172
|
)
|
U.S. Government
|
|
|
9,273
|
|
|
|
(150
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,273
|
|
|
|
(150
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total AFS securities
|
|
$
|
3,186,409
|
|
|
$
|
(123,015
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,991,455
|
|
|
$
|
(208,496
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,177,864
|
|
|
$
|
(331,511
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total number of AFS securities in an unrealized loss position
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Less Than or Equal
|
|
|
Greater Than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To Twelve Months
|
|
|
Twelve Months
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Losses and
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Losses and
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Losses and
|
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
OTTI
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
OTTI
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
OTTI
|
|
|
AFS Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ABS
|
|
$
|
50,773
|
|
|
$
|
(18,321
|
)
|
|
$
|
68,869
|
|
|
$
|
(5,993
|
)
|
|
$
|
119,642
|
|
|
$
|
(24,314
|
)
|
CMBS
|
|
|
232
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
517,618
|
|
|
|
(136,866
|
)
|
|
|
517,850
|
|
|
|
(136,883
|
)
|
Corporates
|
|
|
1,245,647
|
|
|
|
(2,351
|
)
|
|
|
3,935,668
|
|
|
|
(393,945
|
)
|
|
|
5,181,315
|
|
|
|
(396,296
|
)
|
Equities
|
|
|
13,851
|
|
|
|
(1,668
|
)
|
|
|
230,528
|
|
|
|
(50,184
|
)
|
|
|
244,379
|
|
|
|
(51,852
|
)
|
Hybrids
|
|
|
91,145
|
|
|
|
(812
|
)
|
|
|
641,391
|
|
|
|
(147,956
|
)
|
|
|
732,536
|
|
|
|
(148,768
|
)
|
Municipals
|
|
|
79,091
|
|
|
|
(4,406
|
)
|
|
|
64,463
|
|
|
|
(5,431
|
)
|
|
|
143,554
|
|
|
|
(9,837
|
)
|
RMBS
|
|
|
96,378
|
|
|
|
(741
|
)
|
|
|
549,027
|
|
|
|
(181,587
|
)
|
|
|
645,405
|
|
|
|
(182,328
|
)
|
U.S. Government
|
|
|
193,427
|
|
|
|
(2,813
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
193,427
|
|
|
|
(2,813
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total AFS securities
|
|
$
|
1,770,544
|
|
|
$
|
(31,129
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,007,564
|
|
|
$
|
(921,962
|
)
|
|
$
|
7,778,108
|
|
|
$
|
(953,091
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total number of AFS securities in an unrealized loss position
|
|
|
710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-164
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, securities in an unrealized
loss position were primarily concentrated in investment grade
corporate debt instruments and structured/hybrid securities,
including RMBS, commercial mortgage-backed securities
(CMBS) and financial services sector securities.
Total unrealized losses decreased by $621,580 between
December 31, 2009 and 2010. The decrease was primarily due
to credit spread tightening as global credit markets recovered
as well as investment losses realized on security sales and
impairments.
At December 31, 2010, for securities with unrealized
losses, securities representing 95% of the carrying values were
depressed less than 20% of amortized cost. Based upon the
Companys current evaluation of these securities in
accordance with its impairment policy and the Companys
intent to retain these investments for a period of time
sufficient to allow for recovery in value, the Company has
determined that these securities are temporarily impaired.
The majority of the securities depressed over 20% for six
consecutive months or greater in the tables above relate to
financial service sector securities. Financial services sector
securities include corporate bonds, as well as preferred equity
issued by large financial institutions that are lower in the
capital structure and, as a result, have incurred greater price
depressions. Based upon the Companys analysis of these
securities and current macroeconomic conditions, the Company
expects these securities to pay in accordance with their
contractual obligations and, therefore, has determined that
these securities are temporarily impaired as of
December 31, 2010. Structured securities primarily are RMBS
issues, including
sub-prime
and Alternative A-paper (Alt-A) mortgage loans and
CMBS securities. Based upon the Companys ability and
intent to retain the securities until recovery and cash flow
modeling results, which demonstrate recovery of amortized cost,
the Company has determined that these securities are temporarily
impaired as of December 31, 2010. Certain structured
securities were deemed to be other than temporarily impaired,
which resulted in the recognition of credit losses. Certain
securities with previous credit impairment losses continue to be
in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2010 as the
securities were not written down to fair value due to the
Companys intent to hold these securities until recovery
and cash flow modeling results support recovery of the current
amortized cost of the securities.
The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning
and ending balances of the credit loss portion of other than
temporary impairments on fixed maturity securities held by the
Company as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 for which a
portion of the other than temporary impairment was recognized in
accumulated other comprehensive income or loss:
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2009
|
|
$
|
|
|
Increases attributable to credit losses on securities for which
an OTTI was previously recognized
|
|
|
8,110
|
|
Increases attributable to credit losses on securities for which
an OTTI was not previously recognized
|
|
|
121,057
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
129,167
|
|
Increases attributable to credit losses on securities for which
an OTTI was previously recognized
|
|
|
11,533
|
|
Increases attributable to credit losses on securities for which
an OTTI was not previously recognized
|
|
|
23,941
|
|
Reductions for securities sold during the period
|
|
|
(91,248
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
73,393
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 the
Company recognized losses totaling $143,737, $488,246, and
$464,265, respectively, related to fixed maturity securities and
equity securities which experienced other than temporary
impairments and had an amortized cost of $400,313, $840,673,
and
F-165
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
$600,663, and a fair value of $256,576, $352,427, and $136,398,
respectively, at the time of impairment. The Company recognized
impairments on these fixed maturity securities and equity
securities due to declines in the financial condition and short
term prospects of the issuers.
Trading
Securities
The Companys trading securities consisted of investments
in two trusts that are variable interest entities for which the
Company was the primary beneficiary. As discussed in
Note 4, the Company disposed of its investments in both
trusts during 2010. Prior to their disposal the Company
consolidated these trusts and recognized the underlying
securities held by the trusts as trading securities. As of
December 31, 2009 the fair value of these investments was
$240,130 and the portion of the market adjustment for losses
that relate to trading securities still held as of December 31
2009 was $(26,091).
Net
Investment Income
The major categories of net investment income on the
Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Fixed maturity AFS securities
|
|
$
|
889,899
|
|
|
$
|
916,789
|
|
|
$
|
973,616
|
|
Equity AFS securities
|
|
|
22,375
|
|
|
|
20,035
|
|
|
|
45,848
|
|
Trading securities
|
|
|
4,519
|
|
|
|
7,019
|
|
|
|
21,631
|
|
Policy loans
|
|
|
6,072
|
|
|
|
5,271
|
|
|
|
6,936
|
|
Invested cash & short-term investments
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
|
3,095
|
|
|
|
15,397
|
|
Other investments
|
|
|
1,070
|
|
|
|
12,616
|
|
|
|
(48,985
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross investment income
|
|
|
924,207
|
|
|
|
964,825
|
|
|
|
1,014,443
|
|
Investment expense
|
|
|
(14,451
|
)
|
|
|
(12,956
|
)
|
|
|
(15,891
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net investment income
|
|
$
|
909,756
|
|
|
$
|
951,869
|
|
|
$
|
998,552
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
Investment Gains (Losses)
Details underlying net investment gains (losses) reported on the
Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Realized loss on fixed maturity AFS securities
|
|
$
|
(33,399
|
)
|
|
$
|
(239,742
|
)
|
|
$
|
(380,292
|
)
|
Realized gain (loss) on equity securities
|
|
|
13,092
|
|
|
|
(29,167
|
)
|
|
|
(199,538
|
)
|
Realized loss on trading securities
|
|
|
(30,711
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Realized gain (loss) on certain derivative instruments
|
|
|
138,161
|
|
|
|
(100,893
|
)
|
|
|
(254,430
|
)
|
Unrealized gain (loss) on trading securities
|
|
|
44,413
|
|
|
|
(25,141
|
)
|
|
|
(2,735
|
)
|
Unrealized (loss) gain on certain derivative instruments
|
|
|
(71,439
|
)
|
|
|
256,837
|
|
|
|
(132,566
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net investment gains (losses)
|
|
$
|
60,117
|
|
|
$
|
(138,106
|
)
|
|
$
|
(969,561
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-166
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Proceeds from the sale of fixed maturity securities totaled
$2,582,646 in 2010, $2,970,044 in 2009 and $4,418,429 in 2008.
Gross gains on the sale of fixed maturity securities totaled
$146,782 in 2010, $126,758 in 2009 and $73,571 in 2008; gross
losses totaled $105,274 in 2010, $112,064 in 2009 and $187,454
in 2008.
Details underlying write-downs taken as a result of OTTI that
was recognized in net income (loss) and included in realized
loss on AFS securities above were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
OTTI Recognized in Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ABS
|
|
$
|
(12,784
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(18,858
|
)
|
CMBS
|
|
|
(6,456
|
)
|
|
|
(74,608
|
)
|
|
|
(2,737
|
)
|
Corporates
|
|
|
(27,061
|
)
|
|
|
(135,256
|
)
|
|
|
(195,755
|
)
|
Equities
|
|
|
(1,650
|
)
|
|
|
(21,618
|
)
|
|
|
(162,130
|
)
|
Hybrids
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34,022
|
)
|
|
|
(49,135
|
)
|
RMBS
|
|
|
(34,166
|
)
|
|
|
(53,399
|
)
|
|
|
(35,650
|
)
|
Other invested assets
|
|
|
(264
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(3,742
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(86,123
|
)
|
|
$
|
(318,903
|
)
|
|
$
|
(464,265
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The portion of OTTI recognized in Other Comprehensive Income
(OCI) is disclosed in Note 14.
Concentrations
of Financial Instruments
As of December 31, 2010, the Companys most
significant investment in one issuer was the Companys
investment securities issued by Wachovia Bank Commercial
Mortgage with a fair value of $172,379 or 1.1% of the
Companys invested assets. As of December 31, 2009,
the Companys most significant investment in one issuer was
the Companys investment securities issued by Bank of
America Corporation with a fair value of $178,434 or 1.2% of the
Companys invested assets. Additionally, as of
December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the
Companys most significant investment in one industry was
the Companys investment securities in the banking industry
with a fair value of $2,078,728 and $2,214,016, or 13% and 15%
of the invested assets portfolio, respectively. The Company
utilized the industry classifications to obtain the
concentration of financial instruments amount; as such, this
amount will not agree to the AFS securities table above.
|
|
NOTE 4:
|
RELATIONSHIPS
WITH VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
|
In its capacity as an investor, the Company has relationships
with various types of entities, two of which were considered
variable interest entities (VIEs) in accordance with
the Consolidation Topic of the FASB ASC. Under ASC 810, the
variable interest holder, if any, that will absorb a majority of
the VIEs expected losses, receive a majority of the
VIEs expected residual returns, or both, is deemed to be
the primary beneficiary and must consolidate the VIE. An entity
that holds a significant variable interest in a VIE, but is not
the primary beneficiary, must disclose certain information
regarding its involvement with the VIE.
The Company determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of
a VIE by evaluating the contractual rights and obligations
associated with each party involved in the entity, calculating
estimates of the entitys expected losses and expected
residual returns, and allocating the estimated amounts to each
party. In addition, the Company considers qualitative factors,
such as the extent of the Companys involvement in creating
or managing the VIE. The Company does not have relationships
with unconsolidated VIEs.
F-167
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Consolidated
Variable Interest Entities
As of December 31, 2009, the Company was considered the
primary beneficiary of the two trusts that were deemed to be
VIEs. Upon consolidation, the Company included the securities
held by the trust in its invested assets. Trust assets of
$240,130 were included as trading securities in the
Companys Consolidated Balance Sheet as of
December 31, 2009. Trust assets were comprised of fixed
maturity securities and money market funds. The consolidation of
these VIEs did not result in an increase in liabilities at
December 31, 2009, and the Companys exposure to loss
did not exceed the trust assets. During 2010 the Company
disposed of these two VIEs.
The Company performed a goodwill impairment test in 2008. The
Step 1 analysis for the Companys reporting unit primarily
utilized a discounted cash flow valuation technique. In
determining the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, the
Company incorporated consideration of discounted cash flow
calculations, and assumptions that market participants would
make in valuing the reporting unit. The Companys fair
value estimations were based primarily on an in-depth analysis
of projected future cash flows and relevant discount rates,
which considered market participant inputs (income
approach). The discounted cash flow analysis required the
Company to make judgments about revenues, earnings projections,
capital market assumptions and discount rates. The Company had
determined that it has one reporting unit for purposes of
evaluating recoverability of goodwill.
The Step 1 analysis indicated impairment of goodwill as the fair
value of the reporting unit was less than the carrying value.
For the Step 2 analysis, the Company estimated the implied fair
value of the reporting units goodwill as determined by
assigning the fair value of the reporting unit determined in
Step 1 to all of its net assets (recognized and unrecognized) as
if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business
combination at the date of the impairment test. The implied fair
value of goodwill was zero based on the Companys
impairment test as a result of the deterioration of economic
conditions; therefore, goodwill was written off. This resulted
in an impairment charge of $112,829 for the year ended
December 31, 2008.
|
|
NOTE 6:
|
TRANSACTIONS
WITH AFFILIATES
|
Certain of the Companys investments were managed by
various affiliated companies of OM. Fees incurred in connection
with these services (excluding any overall intercompany
allocations) totaled approximately $3,878, $8,100, and $10,500
for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. These agreements were terminated late in 2010.
F-168
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
The Company holds long-term notes from affiliated companies of
OM. These notes are classified as Notes receivable from
affiliates including accrued interest on the Consolidated
Balance Sheets. These long-term notes are comprised of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Interest at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12/31/10
|
|
Actual Cost
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
12/31/10
|
|
|
Acquired Date
|
|
|
Maturity Date
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
$
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
|
12/15/2005
|
|
|
|
12/31/2013
|
|
|
$
|
30,004
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
%
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
12/18/2006
|
|
|
|
12/17/2014
|
|
|
|
10,002
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
%
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
12/22/2008
|
|
|
|
12/31/2015
|
|
|
|
10,002
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
%
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
12/18/2009
|
|
|
|
12/31/2016
|
|
|
|
10,002
|
|
|
16,000
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
%
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
|
9/25/2006
|
|
|
|
9/25/2014
|
|
|
|
16,247
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
76,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
257
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
76,257
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Interest at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12/31/09
|
|
Actual Cost
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
12/31/09
|
|
|
Acquired Date
|
|
|
Maturity Date
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
$
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
|
12/15/2005
|
|
|
|
12/31/2013
|
|
|
$
|
40,006
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
%
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
12/18/2006
|
|
|
|
12/17/2014
|
|
|
|
10,002
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
%
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
12/22/2008
|
|
|
|
12/31/2015
|
|
|
|
10,002
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
%
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
12/18/2009
|
|
|
|
12/31/2016
|
|
|
|
10,027
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
%
|
|
|
376
|
|
|
|
9/25/2006
|
|
|
|
9/25/2014
|
|
|
|
20,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
90,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
90,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During 2010 the Company received two payments totaling $14,102,
including interest, related to these notes. These notes were
repaid in full on March 31, 2011. The Company received cash
equal to the outstanding principal balance of $76,000 plus
accrued interest of $1,541.
The Company has been involved in reinsurance transactions with
an affiliated entity of OM. These transactions are described in
Note 11.
The Company has certain outstanding long-term notes which were
due to the former parent, OMGUK, which are classified as
Notes payable to affiliate, including accrued
interest on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. OMGUK
assigned its interest in these notes to Harbinger F&G in
connection with the sale of the Company. See Note 17. The
components were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
Term note principal
|
|
$
|
225,000
|
|
|
$
|
225,000
|
|
Term note accrued interest
|
|
|
19,584
|
|
|
|
19,840
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total payable
|
|
$
|
244,584
|
|
|
$
|
244,840
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On February 25, 2009, the Company borrowed $225,000 under a
term loan agreement with OMGUK which bears interest at 10.24%,
payable annually on February 28. The term loan is due on
February 28, 2014.
Also on February 25, 2009, the Company entered into a
$100,000 revolving credit facility with OMGUK under which
borrowings bear interest at the three month LIBOR plus 8.18% and
are due on February 28,
F-169
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
2014. During February 2010 the Company borrowed $23,616 against
this revolving credit facility to pay interest on the term loan.
The Company repaid the revolving credit facility in full in
December 2010 with a payment of $25,275 ($23,616 of principal
and $1,659 in accrued interest). As of December 31, 2010
and 2009, there were no outstanding borrowings under this
revolving credit facility.
The federal income tax expense (benefit) was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Current tax expense (benefit)
|
|
$
|
1,723
|
|
|
$
|
2,754
|
|
|
$
|
(7,574
|
)
|
Deferred tax benefit
|
|
|
(131,845
|
)
|
|
|
(53,135
|
)
|
|
|
(114,333
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total federal income tax benefit
|
|
$
|
(130,122
|
)
|
|
$
|
(50,381
|
)
|
|
$
|
(121,907
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A reconciliation of the effective tax rate differences was as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Pre-tax income (at 35)%
|
|
$
|
14,691
|
|
|
$
|
(88,956
|
)
|
|
$
|
(336,432
|
)
|
Effect of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends received deduction
|
|
|
(1,418
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GAAP goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39,490
|
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
(145,276
|
)
|
|
|
54,458
|
|
|
|
175,886
|
|
Tax credits
|
|
|
(709
|
)
|
|
|
(1,713
|
)
|
|
|
(3,566
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
2,590
|
|
|
|
(14,170
|
)
|
|
|
2,715
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total federal income tax benefit
|
|
$
|
(130,122
|
)
|
|
$
|
(50,381
|
)
|
|
$
|
(121,907
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective tax rate
|
|
|
310
|
%
|
|
|
19.8
|
%
|
|
|
12.7
|
%
|
The federal income tax asset (liability) as of December 31,
2010 and 2009 on the Companys Consolidated Balance Sheets
were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Current liability
|
|
$
|
(51
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,122
|
)
|
Deferred asset
|
|
|
151,702
|
|
|
|
74,624
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total federal income tax asset
|
|
$
|
151,651
|
|
|
$
|
73,502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-170
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Significant components of the Companys deferred tax assets
and liabilities were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments
|
|
$
|
52,952
|
|
|
$
|
361,475
|
|
Unrealized loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
86,671
|
|
Insurance reserves & claim related adjustments
|
|
|
503,688
|
|
|
|
440,916
|
|
Accruals
|
|
|
2,050
|
|
|
|
1,546
|
|
Inter-company transactions
|
|
|
1,790
|
|
|
|
2,061
|
|
Net operating loss carryforward
|
|
|
40,594
|
|
|
|
73,915
|
|
Capital loss carryforward
|
|
|
260,336
|
|
|
|
158,897
|
|
AMT credit carryforward
|
|
|
6,490
|
|
|
|
4,767
|
|
Other tax credit carryforward
|
|
|
68,061
|
|
|
|
67,451
|
|
Other deferred tax assets
|
|
|
12,351
|
|
|
|
34,622
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
948,312
|
|
|
|
1,232,321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(87,068
|
)
|
|
|
(281,450
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance
|
|
$
|
861,244
|
|
|
$
|
950,871
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred policy acquisition costs
|
|
$
|
550,769
|
|
|
$
|
786,008
|
|
Unrealized gains
|
|
|
16,354
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
142,419
|
|
|
|
90,239
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
709,542
|
|
|
|
876,247
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax asset
|
|
$
|
151,702
|
|
|
$
|
74,624
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The application of GAAP requires the Company to evaluate the
recoverability of deferred tax assets and establish a valuation
allowance, if necessary, to reduce the Companys deferred
tax asset to an amount that is more likely than not to be
realizable. Considerable judgment and the use of estimates are
required in determining whether a valuation allowance is
necessary, and if so, the amount of such valuation allowance. In
evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, the Company
considers many factors, including: the nature and character of
the deferred tax assets and liabilities; taxable income in prior
carryback years; future reversals of temporary differences; the
length of time carryovers can be utilized; and any tax planning
strategies the Company would employ to avoid a tax benefit from
expiring unused. The Company is required to establish a
valuation allowance for any gross deferred tax assets that are
unlikely to reduce taxes payable in future years tax
returns.
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, the Company
concluded that it was more likely than not that most gross
deferred tax assets will reduce taxes payable in future years.
However, for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009,
the Company does not believe that it is more likely than not
that the capital losses and other investment related deferred
tax assets will be fully utilized. Accordingly, valuation
allowances of $69,595 and $270,560 were established at
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, for those assets.
Valuation allowances of $17,473 and $10,890 were also
established at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively,
for the net operating losses of the non-life companies as they
are unlikely to be utilized. The (decrease) increase in the
valuation allowance in the amount of $(49,106), $10,139 and
$40,968 were recorded
F-171
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
as a component of other comprehensive income in
shareholders equity and $(145,276), $54,458 and $175,886,
respectively, were recorded in the Companys Consolidated
Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31,
2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Although realization is not assured, management believes it is
more likely than not that the remaining deferred tax assets will
be realized and therefore no valuation allowance has been
recorded against these assets.
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had no
unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would have
impacted the Companys income tax expense and the
Companys effective tax rate. The Company does not
anticipate a change to its unrecognized tax benefits during 2011.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued, if any,
related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income
tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009
and 2008, respectively, the Company did not recognize any
interest and penalty expense related to uncertain tax positions.
The Company did not have any accrued interest and penalty
expense related to the unrecognized tax benefits as of
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
The Company is currently not under any tax examinations from the
Internal Revenue Service (IRS). However, the
Companys tax returns are open to examination under the
three year statute of limitations.
At December 31, 2010, the Company has a combined net
operating loss carryforward of $115,983 which will expire in the
years 2023 through 2030 if unused. The Company has a capital
loss carryforward of $743,817 as of December 31, 2010 which
will expire in the years 2012 through 2015 if unused. In
addition, the Company has tax credits available to be carried
forward and applied against tax in future years of $68,061 which
will expire in years 2018 through 2030 and alternative minimum
tax credits of $6,490 which have no expiration date. Certain tax
attributes will become annually limited in terms of realization
as a consequence of the acquisition of the Company by
Harbinger F&G from OMGUK. See Note 17.
F-172
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
|
|
NOTE 8:
|
DEFERRED
POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS (DAC) AND PRESENT VALUE OF IN-FORCE
(PVIF)
|
Information regarding DAC and PVIF is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DAC
|
|
|
PVIF
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2009
|
|
$
|
2,179,127
|
|
|
$
|
128,214
|
|
|
$
|
2,307,340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferrals
|
|
|
124,995
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
125,144
|
|
Less: Amortization related to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unlocking
|
|
|
(39,584
|
)
|
|
|
8,999
|
|
|
|
(30,585
|
)
|
Interest
|
|
|
120,074
|
|
|
|
7,546
|
|
|
|
127,620
|
|
Other amortization
|
|
|
(230,057
|
)
|
|
|
(37,619
|
)
|
|
|
(267,676
|
)
|
Add: Adjustment for unrealized investment losses
|
|
|
252,376
|
|
|
|
14,157
|
|
|
|
266,534
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
2,406,931
|
|
|
$
|
121,446
|
|
|
$
|
2,528,377
|
|
Deferrals
|
|
|
132,992
|
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
133,120
|
|
Less: Amortization related to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unlocking
|
|
|
(35,572
|
)
|
|
|
3,708
|
|
|
|
(31,864
|
)
|
Interest
|
|
|
109,237
|
|
|
|
6,529
|
|
|
|
115,766
|
|
Other amortization
|
|
|
(340,113
|
)
|
|
|
(16,827
|
)
|
|
|
(356,940
|
)
|
Add: Adjustment for unrealized investment gains
|
|
|
(578,238
|
)
|
|
|
(45,353
|
)
|
|
|
(623,591
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
1,695,237
|
|
|
$
|
69,631
|
|
|
$
|
1,764,868
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The above DAC balances include $239,917 and $353,592 of deferred
sales inducements, net of shadow adjustments as of
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Amortization of DAC and PVIF is attributed to both investment
gains and losses and to other expenses for the amount of gross
margins or profits originating from transactions other than
investment gains and losses. Unrealized investment gains and
losses represent the amount of DAC and PVIF that would have been
amortized if such gains and losses had been recognized.
The estimated future amortization expense for the next five
years for PVIF is $7,463 in 2011, $5,159 in 2012, $4,408 in
2013, $3,079 in 2014 and $586 in 2015.
The Company recognizes all derivative instruments as assets or
liabilities in its Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value.
None of the Companys derivatives qualify for hedge
accounting, thus, any changes in the fair value of the
derivatives is recognized immediately in the Companys
Consolidated Statements of
F-173
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Operations. The fair value of derivative instruments, including
derivative instruments embedded in FIA contracts, presented in
the Companys Consolidated Balance Sheets are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative investments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Call options
|
|
$
|
161,468
|
|
|
$
|
273,298
|
|
Other assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Futures contracts
|
|
|
2,309
|
|
|
|
2,095
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
163,777
|
|
|
$
|
275,393
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contractholder funds:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FIA embedded derivative
|
|
$
|
1,462,592
|
|
|
$
|
1,420,352
|
|
Other liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AFS embedded derivative
|
|
|
432
|
|
|
|
13,770
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,463,024
|
|
|
$
|
1,434,122
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The change in fair value of derivative instruments included in
the Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net investment gains (losses):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Call options
|
|
$
|
33,430
|
|
|
$
|
129,011
|
|
|
$
|
(131,789
|
)
|
Futures contracts
|
|
|
33,292
|
|
|
|
22,908
|
|
|
|
(252,932
|
)
|
Swaps
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,025
|
|
|
|
(2,275
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66,722
|
|
|
|
155,944
|
|
|
|
(386,996
|
)
|
Net investment income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AFS embedded derivatives
|
|
|
13,338
|
|
|
|
25,230
|
|
|
|
(24,178
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
80,060
|
|
|
$
|
181,174
|
|
|
$
|
(411,174
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits and other changes in policy reserves:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FIA embedded derivatives
|
|
$
|
42,240
|
|
|
$
|
145,718
|
|
|
$
|
(474,269
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company has FIA contracts that permit the holder to elect an
interest rate return or an equity market component, where
interest credited to the contracts is linked to the performance
of various equity indices such as the S&P 500, Dow Jones
Industrials or the NASDAQ 100 Index. This feature represents an
embedded derivative under the Derivatives and Hedging Topic of
the FASB ASC. The FIA embedded derivative is valued at fair
value and included in the liability for contractholder funds on
the Companys Consolidated Balance Sheets with changes in
fair value included as a component of benefits and other changes
in policy reserves in the Companys Consolidated Statements
of Operations.
F-174
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
When FIA deposits are received, a portion of the deposit is used
to purchase derivatives consisting of a combination of call
options and futures contracts on the applicable market indices
to fund the index credits due to FIA contractholders. The
majority of all such call options are one year options purchased
to match the funding requirements of the underlying policies. On
the respective anniversary dates of the index policies, the
index used to compute the annual index credit is reset and the
Company purchases new one, two or three year call options to
fund the next index credit. The Company manages the cost of
these purchases through the terms of its FIA contracts, which
permit the Company to change caps or participation rates,
subject to guaranteed minimums on each contracts
anniversary date. The change in the fair value of the call
options and futures contracts is designed to offset the change
in the fair value of the FIA embedded derivative. The call
options and futures contracts are marked to fair value with the
change in fair value included as a component of net investment
gains (losses). The change in fair value of the call options and
futures contracts includes the gains and losses recognized at
the expiration of the instrument term or upon early termination
and the changes in fair value of open positions.
Other market exposures are hedged periodically depending on
market conditions and the Companys risk tolerance. The
Companys FIA hedging strategy economically hedges the
equity returns and exposes the Company to the risk that unhedged
market exposures result in divergence between changes in the
fair value of the liabilities and the hedging assets. The
Company uses a variety of techniques including direct estimation
of market sensitivities and
value-at-risk
to monitor this risk daily. The Company intends to continue to
adjust the hedging strategy as market conditions and the
Companys risk tolerance change.
The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of
nonperformance by its counterparties on the call options and
reflects assumptions regarding this nonperformance risk in the
fair value of the call options. The nonperformance risk is the
net counterparty exposure based on the fair value of the open
contracts less collateral held. The credit risk associated with
such agreements is minimized by purchasing such agreements from
financial institutions with ratings above A3 from
Moodys Investor Services or A− from
Standard and Poors Corporation. Additionally, the Company
maintains a policy of requiring all derivative contracts to be
governed by an International Swaps and Derivatives Association
(ISDA) Master Agreement.
Information regarding the Companys exposure to credit loss
on the call options it holds is presented in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Credit
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Collateral
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Collateral
|
|
Counterparty
|
|
Rating
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Held
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Held
|
|
|
Barclays Bank
|
|
|
Aa3
|
|
|
$
|
172,190
|
|
|
$
|
5,827
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
146,685
|
|
|
$
|
14,875
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Bank of New York
|
|
|
Aa2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,950
|
|
|
|
1,018
|
|
|
|
|
|
Citibank
|
|
|
A3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
|
|
|
BNP Paribas
|
|
|
Aa2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48,274
|
|
|
|
3,297
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Suisse
|
|
|
Aa1
|
|
|
|
88,500
|
|
|
|
1,566
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
147,250
|
|
|
|
6,707
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank of America
|
|
|
A2
|
|
|
|
1,568,602
|
|
|
|
53,993
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,874,606
|
|
|
|
72,204
|
|
|
|
79,025
|
|
Deutsche Bank
|
|
|
Aa3
|
|
|
|
1,624,756
|
|
|
|
50,286
|
|
|
|
21,299
|
|
|
|
1,146,137
|
|
|
|
50,497
|
|
|
|
48,075
|
|
Morgan Stanley
|
|
|
A2
|
|
|
|
1,654,620
|
|
|
|
49,796
|
|
|
|
25,924
|
|
|
|
2,401,453
|
|
|
|
124,401
|
|
|
|
130,021
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,108,668
|
|
|
$
|
161,468
|
|
|
$
|
47,223
|
|
|
$
|
5,789,355
|
|
|
$
|
273,298
|
|
|
$
|
257,121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company holds cash and cash equivalents received from
counterparties for call option collateral, which is included in
other liabilities on the Companys Consolidated Balance
Sheets. This call option collateral limits the maximum amount of
loss due to credit risk that the Company would incur if parties
to the
F-175
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
call options failed completely to perform according to the terms
of the contracts to $114,245 and $16,177 at December 31,
2010 and 2009, respectively.
The Company is required to maintain minimum ratings as a matter
of routine practice in its ISDA agreements. Under some ISDA
agreements, the Company has agreed to maintain certain financial
strength ratings. A downgrade below these levels could result in
termination of the open derivative contracts between the
parties, at which time any amounts payable by the Company or the
counterparty would be dependent on the market value of the
underlying derivative contracts. Downgrades of the Company have
given multiple counterparties the right to terminate ISDA
agreements. No ISDA agreements have been terminated, although
the counterparties have reserved the right to terminate the ISDA
agreements at any time. In certain transactions, the Company and
the counterparty have entered into a collateral support
agreement requiring either party to post collateral when the net
exposures exceed pre-determined thresholds. These thresholds
vary by counterparty and credit rating. Downgrades of the
Companys ratings have increased the threshold amount in
the Companys collateral support agreements, reducing the
amount of collateral held and increasing the credit risk to
which the Company is exposed.
The Company held 2,915 and 2,687 futures contracts at
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The fair value of
futures contracts represents the cumulative unsettled variation
margin. The Company provides cash collateral to the
counterparties for the initial and variation margin on the
futures contracts which is included in cash and cash equivalents
in the Companys Consolidated Balance Sheets. The amount of
collateral held by the counterparties for such contracts at
December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $12,925 and $12,123,
respectively.
The Company also used credit replication swaps to effectively
diversify and add corporate credit exposure to its investment
portfolio and manage asset/liability duration mismatches. The
economic risk and return characteristics matched that of a BBB
rated corporate bond portfolio with lower transaction costs. The
swaps are marked to fair value with the change in fair value
included as a component of revenue on the Consolidated
Statements of Operations. The change in fair value of the swaps
includes the gains and losses recognized at the expiration of
the swap term or upon early termination and the changes in fair
value of open positions. During 2009, the Company closed all of
the outstanding credit replication swaps. The Company owned four
debt securities that contained credit default swaps during 2010,
2009 and 2008. The Company disposed of three of these securities
during 2010. These embedded derivatives have been bifurcated
from their host contract, marked to fair value and included in
other liabilities on the Companys Consolidated Balance
Sheets with the change in fair value included as a component of
net investment income on the Companys Consolidated
Statements of Operations. These credit default swaps allow an
investor to put back to the Company a portion of the
securitys par value upon the occurrence of a default event
by the bond issuer. A default event is defined as a bankruptcy,
failure to pay, obligation acceleration, or restructuring.
Similar to other debt instruments, the Companys maximum
principal loss is limited to the original investment of $989 and
$116,466 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
|
|
NOTE 10:
|
FAIR
VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
|
The Companys financial assets and liabilities carried at
fair value have been classified, for disclosure purposes, based
on a hierarchy defined by FASB ASC Topic 820 Fair Value
Measurements and Disclosures. The hierarchy gives the
highest ranking to fair values determined using unadjusted
quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and
liabilities (Level 1) and the lower ranking to fair
values determined using methodologies and models with
unobservable inputs (Level 3). An assets or a
liabilitys classification is based on the lowest level
input that is significant to its measurement. For example, a
Level 3 fair value measurement may include inputs that are
both observable (Levels 1 and 2) and unobservable
(Level 3). The levels of the
F-176
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
fair value hierarchy are described in Note 2. The following
table provides information as of December 31, 2010 and 2009
about the Companys financial assets and liabilities
measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed maturity securities
available-for-sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporates
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,452,989
|
|
|
$
|
197,058
|
|
|
$
|
11,650,047
|
|
RMBS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
880,495
|
|
|
|
20,676
|
|
|
|
901,171
|
|
CMBS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
747,154
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
747,337
|
|
Hybrids
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
764,772
|
|
|
|
8,034
|
|
|
|
772,806
|
|
ABS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
164,318
|
|
|
|
355,807
|
|
|
|
520,125
|
|
U.S. Government
|
|
|
226,617
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
226,617
|
|
Municipal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
543,374
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
543,374
|
|
Equity securities
available-for-sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
292,777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
292,777
|
|
Derivative instruments- call options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
161,468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
161,468
|
|
Other assets futures contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,309
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,309
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets at fair value
|
|
$
|
226,617
|
|
|
$
|
15,009,656
|
|
|
$
|
581,758
|
|
|
$
|
15,818,031
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AFS embedded derivatives
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
432
|
|
|
$
|
432
|
|
FIA embedded derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,462,592
|
|
|
|
1,462,592
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities at fair value
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,463,024
|
|
|
$
|
1,463,024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-177
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed maturity securities
available-for-sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporates
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,744,742
|
|
|
$
|
302,064
|
|
|
$
|
10,046,806
|
|
RMBS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
968,326
|
|
|
|
4,384
|
|
|
|
972,710
|
|
CMBS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,230,054
|
|
|
|
20,701
|
|
|
|
1,250,755
|
|
Hybrids
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
847,810
|
|
|
|
10,996
|
|
|
|
858,806
|
|
ABS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
256,575
|
|
|
|
324,057
|
|
|
|
580,632
|
|
U.S. Government
|
|
|
237,533
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
237,533
|
|
Municipal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
214,761
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
214,761
|
|
Equity securities
available-for-sale
|
|
|
5,930
|
|
|
|
354,650
|
|
|
|
6,694
|
|
|
|
367,274
|
|
Trading securities
|
|
|
105,641
|
|
|
|
134,489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
240,130
|
|
Separate account assets
|
|
|
1,662
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,662
|
|
Derivative instruments- call options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
273,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
273,298
|
|
Other assets futures contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,095
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,095
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets at fair value
|
|
$
|
350,766
|
|
|
$
|
14,026,800
|
|
|
$
|
668,896
|
|
|
$
|
15,046,462
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AFS embedded derivatives
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
13,770
|
|
|
$
|
13,770
|
|
FIA embedded derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,420,352
|
|
|
|
1,420,352
|
|
Separate account liabilities
|
|
|
1,662
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,662
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities at fair value
|
|
$
|
1,662
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,434,122
|
|
|
$
|
1,435,784
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-178
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
The following tables summarize changes to the Companys
financial instruments carried at fair value and classified
within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy for 2010 and
2009. This summary excludes any impact of amortization of DAC,
PVIF, and DSI. The gains and losses below may include changes in
fair value due in part to observable inputs that are a component
of the valuation methodology.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total (Losses) Gains
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Purchases,
|
|
|
Net Transfer in
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
For the Year Ended
|
|
Beginning
|
|
|
Included in
|
|
|
Included
|
|
|
Issuances &
|
|
|
(Out) of
|
|
|
End of
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
of Year
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
in AOCI
|
|
|
Settlements
|
|
|
Level 3 (a)
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed maturity securities
available-for-sale:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporates
|
|
$
|
302,064
|
|
|
$
|
1,067
|
|
|
$
|
(11,092
|
)
|
|
$
|
(94,678
|
)
|
|
$
|
(303
|
)
|
|
$
|
197,058
|
|
RMBS
|
|
|
4,384
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,292
|
|
|
|
20,676
|
|
CMBS
|
|
|
20,701
|
|
|
|
382
|
|
|
|
(530
|
)
|
|
|
(20,553
|
)
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
Hybrids
|
|
|
10,996
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,962
|
)
|
|
|
8,034
|
|
ABS
|
|
|
324,057
|
|
|
|
(16,406
|
)
|
|
|
13,229
|
|
|
|
25,142
|
|
|
|
9,785
|
|
|
|
355,807
|
|
Equity securities
available-for-sale
|
|
|
6,694
|
|
|
|
(2,196
|
)
|
|
|
6,005
|
|
|
|
(10,503
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets at fair value
|
|
$
|
668,896
|
|
|
$
|
(17,153
|
)
|
|
$
|
7,612
|
|
|
$
|
(100,592
|
)
|
|
$
|
22,995
|
|
|
$
|
581,758
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AFS embedded derivatives
|
|
$
|
13,770
|
|
|
$
|
5,511
|
|
|
$
|
62
|
|
|
$
|
(18,911
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
432
|
|
Fixed indexed annuities
|
|
|
1,420,352
|
|
|
|
42,240
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,462,592
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities at fair value
|
|
$
|
1,434,122
|
|
|
$
|
47,751
|
|
|
$
|
62
|
|
|
$
|
(18,911
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,463,024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-179
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total (Losses) Gains
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Purchases,
|
|
|
Net Transfer in
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
For the Year Ended
|
|
Beginning
|
|
|
Included in
|
|
|
Included
|
|
|
Issuances &
|
|
|
(Out) of
|
|
|
End of
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
of Year
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
in AOCI
|
|
|
Settlements
|
|
|
Level 3 (a)
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed maturity securities
available-for-sale:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporates
|
|
$
|
1,068,785
|
|
|
$
|
(40,524
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,187
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,106
|
)
|
|
$
|
(714,904
|
)
|
|
$
|
302,064
|
|
RMBS
|
|
|
215,674
|
|
|
|
(160
|
)
|
|
|
4,348
|
|
|
|
(113
|
)
|
|
|
(215,365
|
)
|
|
|
4,384
|
|
CMBS
|
|
|
69,464
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,777
|
|
|
|
(1,843
|
)
|
|
|
(48,697
|
)
|
|
|
20,701
|
|
Hybrids
|
|
|
204,466
|
|
|
|
(2,735
|
)
|
|
|
719
|
|
|
|
(4,304
|
)
|
|
|
(187,150
|
)
|
|
|
10,996
|
|
ABS
|
|
|
121,981
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,743
|
|
|
|
176,034
|
|
|
|
16,299
|
|
|
|
324,057
|
|
Municipal
|
|
|
314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(314
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Equity securities
available-for-sale
|
|
|
72,734
|
|
|
|
(6,420
|
)
|
|
|
(23,824
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(35,796
|
)
|
|
|
6,694
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets at fair value
|
|
$
|
1,753,418
|
|
|
$
|
(49,839
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13,424
|
)
|
|
$
|
164,668
|
|
|
$
|
(1,185,927
|
)
|
|
$
|
668,896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AFS embedded derivatives
|
|
$
|
39,000
|
|
|
$
|
(25,230
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
13,770
|
|
Fixed indexed annuities
|
|
|
1,274,634
|
|
|
|
145,718
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,420,352
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities at fair value
|
|
$
|
1,313,634
|
|
|
$
|
120,488
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,434,122
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
The net transfers in and out of Level 3 in 2010 and 2009
were exclusively to or from Level 2. |
Due to market conditions there were a number of securities that
were inactive as of December 31, 2008 but became actively
traded during 2009 and were reclassified to Level 2.
Financial assets and liabilities not carried at fair value
include accrued investment income, due to affiliates, due from
affiliates, and portions of other liabilities. The fair values
of these financial instruments approximate their carrying values
due to their short duration. Financial instruments not carried
at fair value also include investment contracts which are
comprised of deferred annuities, FIAs and immediate annuities.
The Company estimates the fair values of investment contracts
based on expected future cash flows, discounted at their current
market rates. The carrying value of investment contracts was
$12,563,045 and $12,829,151 as of December 31, 2010 and
2009, respectively. The fair value of investment contracts was
$11,027,282 and $11,049,077 as of December 31, 2010 and
2009, respectively.
The fair value of the Companys fixed and fixed indexed
annuity contracts is based on their approximate account values.
The fair value of the Companys $244,584 note payable to
affiliate approximates its book value.
The Company reinsures portions of its policy risks with other
insurance companies including an affiliate of OM. The use of
reinsurance does not discharge an insurer from liability on the
insurance ceded. The insurer is required to pay in full the
amount of its insurance liability regardless of whether it is
entitled to or able to receive payment from the reinsurer. The
portion of risks exceeding the Companys retention limit is
reinsured
F-180
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
with other insurers. The Company seeks reinsurance coverage in
order to limit its exposure to mortality losses and enhance
capital management. The Company follows reinsurance accounting
when there is adequate risk transfer. Otherwise, the deposit
method of accounting is followed. The Company also assumes
policy risks from other insurance companies.
The effect of reinsurance on premiums earned and benefits
incurred for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Premiums Earned
|
|
|
Net Benefits Incurred
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Direct
|
|
$
|
347,485
|
|
|
$
|
388,683
|
|
|
$
|
452,401
|
|
|
$
|
1,067,363
|
|
|
$
|
1,309,739
|
|
|
$
|
1,037,114
|
|
Assumed
|
|
|
47,770
|
|
|
|
50,302
|
|
|
|
47,133
|
|
|
|
40,851
|
|
|
|
39,766
|
|
|
|
41,454
|
|
Ceded
|
|
|
(175,285
|
)
|
|
|
(186,570
|
)
|
|
|
(225,702
|
)
|
|
|
(245,220
|
)
|
|
|
(252,170
|
)
|
|
|
(252,157
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
$
|
219,970
|
|
|
$
|
252,415
|
|
|
$
|
273,832
|
|
|
$
|
862,994
|
|
|
$
|
1,097,335
|
|
|
$
|
826,411
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company entered into various reinsurance agreements with Old
Mutual Reassurance (Ireland) Ltd. (OM Re), an
affiliated company of OM, whereby OM Re assumes a portion of the
risk covering certain life insurance policies. As of
December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had a reinsurance
recoverable of $914,697 and $845,328, respectively, associated
with those reinsurance transactions. Reinsurance recoveries
recognized as a reduction of benefits and other changes in
policy reserves amounted to $88,942, $86,556, and $40,349 during
2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The premiums ceded by the
Company to OM Re amounted to $30,163, $34,231, and $38,205 for
the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. The reserves ceded to OM Re are secured by trust
assets of $708,346 and $627,677 at December 31, 2010 and
2009, respectively, and a letter of credit in the amount of
$775,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
Effective September 30, 2008, the Company entered into a
yearly renewable term quota share reinsurance agreements with OM
Re, whereby OM Re assumes a portion of the risk that
policyholders exercise the waiver of surrender
charge features on certain deferred annuity policies. This
agreement did not meet risk transfer requirements to qualify as
reinsurance under GAAP. Under the terms of the agreement, the
Company expensed net fees of $4,797, $4,568, and $38 for the
years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Other than the relationships discussed above with OM Re, the
Company does not have significant concentrations of reinsurance
with any one reinsurer that could have a material impact on the
Companys financial position. The Company monitors both the
financial condition of individual reinsurers and risk
concentration arising from similar geographic regions,
activities and economic characteristics of reinsurers to reduce
the risk of default by such reinsurers.
The Company has secured certain reinsurance recoverable balances
with various forms of collateral, including secured trusts and
letters of credit. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the
Company had $816,793 and $800,586 of unsecured reinsurance
recoverable balances from unaffiliated reinsurers.
Amounts payable or recoverable for reinsurance on paid and
unpaid claims are not subject to periodic or maximum limits.
During 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company did not write off any
reinsurance balances nor did it commute any ceded reinsurance.
No policies issued by the Company have been reinsured with a
foreign company which is controlled, either directly or
indirectly, by a party not primarily engaged in the business of
insurance.
The Company has not entered into any reinsurance agreements in
which the reinsurer may unilaterally cancel any reinsurance for
reasons other than nonpayment of premiums or other similar
credit issues.
F-181
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
|
|
NOTE 12:
|
OTHER
LIABILITIES
|
The components of other liabilities were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Call options collateral held
|
|
$
|
47,223
|
|
|
$
|
257,121
|
|
Retained asset account
|
|
|
191,065
|
|
|
|
184,988
|
|
Deferred reinsurance revenue
|
|
|
43,577
|
|
|
|
58,042
|
|
Derivative financial instruments liabilities
|
|
|
432
|
|
|
|
13,770
|
|
Other
|
|
|
109,542
|
|
|
|
173,155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other liabilities
|
|
$
|
391,839
|
|
|
$
|
687,076
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 13:
|
INSURANCE
SUBSIDIARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND REGULATORY
MATTERS
|
The Companys insurance subsidiaries file financial
statements with state insurance regulatory authorities and the
National Association of Insurance Commissioners
(NAIC) that are prepared in accordance with
Statutory Accounting Principles (SAP) prescribed or
permitted by such authorities, which may vary materially from
GAAP. Prescribed SAP includes the Accounting Practices and
Procedures Manual of the NAIC as well as state laws, regulations
and administrative rules. Permitted SAP encompasses all
accounting practices not so prescribed. The principal
differences between statutory financial statements and financial
statements prepared in accordance with GAAP are that statutory
financial statements do not reflect DAC, some bond portfolios
may be carried at amortized cost, assets and liabilities are
presented net of reinsurance, contractholder liabilities are
generally valued using more conservative assumptions and certain
assets are non-admitted.
The combined statutory capital and surplus of the Companys
insurance subsidiaries was $902,118 and $816,375 at
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The combined
statutory income (loss) was $246,731, $(322,688) and $(290,024)
for the years ended 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Life insurance companies are subject to certain Risk-Based
Capital (RBC) requirements as specified by the NAIC.
The RBC is used to evaluate the adequacy of capital and surplus
maintained by an insurance company in relation to risks
associated with: (i) asset risk, (ii) insurance risk,
(iii) interest rate risk and (iv) business risk. The
Company monitors the RBC of the Companys insurance
subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, each of the
Companys insurance subsidiaries has exceeded the minimum
RBC requirements.
The Companys insurance subsidiaries are restricted by
state laws and regulations as to the amount of dividends they
may pay to their parent without regulatory approval in any year,
the purpose of which is to protect affected insurance
policyholders, depositors or investors. Any dividends in excess
of limits are deemed extraordinary and require
approval. Based on statutory results as of December 31,
2010, in accordance with applicable dividend restrictions the
Companys subsidiaries could pay dividends of $90,212 to
FGLH in 2011 without obtaining regulatory approval. During 2010
an ordinary dividend of $59,000 was paid to FGLH. No dividends
were paid during 2009 and 2008.
F-182
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
|
|
NOTE 14:
|
ACCUMULATED
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
|
Net unrealized gains and losses on investment securities
classified as AFS are reduced by deferred income taxes and
adjustments to DAC, PVIF and DSI that would have resulted had
such gains and losses been realized. Net unrealized gains and
losses on AFS investment securities reflected as a separate
component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were
as follows as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Net unrealized investment gains (losses), net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized investments gains (losses)
|
|
$
|
273,459
|
|
|
$
|
(644,567
|
)
|
Adjustments to DAC, PVIF and DSI
|
|
|
(226,657
|
)
|
|
|
396,934
|
|
Deferred tax valuation allowance
|
|
|
(2,001
|
)
|
|
|
(51,107
|
)
|
Deferred income tax (liability) asset
|
|
|
(16,354
|
)
|
|
|
86,671
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net unrealized investment gains (losses), net of tax
|
|
|
28,447
|
|
|
|
(212,069
|
)
|
Other, net of tax
|
|
|
(784
|
)
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
|
|
$
|
27,663
|
|
|
$
|
(211,946
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in net unrealized gains and losses on investment
securities classified as AFS recognized in other comprehensive
income and loss for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009
and 2008 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Changes in unrealized investment gains (losses):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in unrealized investment gains (losses) before
reclassification adjustment
|
|
$
|
880,075
|
|
|
$
|
2,007,578
|
|
|
$
|
(3,047,081
|
)
|
Net reclassification adjustment for losses included in net
income (loss)
|
|
|
20,307
|
|
|
|
268,909
|
|
|
|
579,830
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in unrealized investment gains (losses) after
reclassification adjustment
|
|
|
900,382
|
|
|
|
2,276,487
|
|
|
|
(2,467,251
|
)
|
Adjustments to DAC, PVIF and DSI
|
|
|
(612,827
|
)
|
|
|
163,234
|
|
|
|
(46,229
|
)
|
Changes in deferred tax valuation allowance
|
|
|
49,106
|
|
|
|
(10,139
|
)
|
|
|
(40,968
|
)
|
Changes in deferred income tax asset/liability
|
|
|
(100,617
|
)
|
|
|
(864,797
|
)
|
|
|
890,568
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in net unrealized investment gains (losses), net of tax
|
|
|
236,044
|
|
|
|
1,564,785
|
|
|
|
(1,663,880
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in non-credit related OTTI recognized in OCI:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in non-credit related OTTI
|
|
|
17,644
|
|
|
|
(169,343
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustments to DAC, PVIF and DSI
|
|
|
(10,764
|
)
|
|
|
103,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in deferred income tax asset/liability
|
|
|
(2,408
|
)
|
|
|
23,115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in non-credit related OTTI, net of tax
|
|
|
4,472
|
|
|
|
(42,928
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other, net of tax
|
|
|
(907
|
)
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
|
|
$
|
239,609
|
|
|
$
|
1,521,917
|
|
|
$
|
(1,663,780
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-183
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
|
|
NOTE 15:
|
COMMITMENTS
AND CONTINGENCIES
|
Commitments
The Company leases office space under non-cancelable operating
leases that expire in May 2021. The Company also leases office
furniture and office equipment under noncancelable operating
leases that expire in 2012. The Company is not involved in any
material sale-leaseback transactions. For the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, rent expense was $2,678,
$3,364, and 4,408, respectively.
At December 31, 2010, the minimum rental commitments under
the non-cancelable leases are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ending December 31:
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
2,255
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2,031
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,967
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2,026
|
|
2015
|
|
|
2,026
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
12,659
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
22,964
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company subleases a portion of its office space under a
non-cancelable lease which expires in May 2011. The minimum
aggregate rental commitment on this sublease is $358. The total
rental amount to be received by the Company under this sublease
is $159.
Contingencies
Business
Concentration, Significant Risks and Uncertainties
Financial markets in the United States and elsewhere have
experienced extreme volatility and disruption for more than two
years, due largely to the stresses affecting the global banking
system. Like other life insurers, the Company has been adversely
affected by these conditions. The Company is exposed to
financial and capital markets risk, including changes in
interest rates and credit spreads which have had an adverse
effect on the Companys results of operations, financial
condition and liquidity. As detailed in the following risk
factors, the Company expects to continue to face challenges and
uncertainties that could adversely affect the Companys
results of operations and financial condition.
The Companys exposure to interest rate risk relates
primarily to the market price and cash flow variability
associated with changes in interest rates. A rise in interest
rates, in the absence of other countervailing changes, will
increase the net unrealized loss position of the Companys
investment portfolio and, if long-term interest rates rise
dramatically within a six to twelve month time period, certain
of the Companys products may be exposed to
disintermediation risk. Disintermediation risk refers to the
risk that policyholders may surrender their contracts in a
rising interest rate environment, requiring the Company to
liquidate assets in an unrealized loss position. This risk is
mitigated to some extent by the high level of surrender charge
protection provided by the Companys products.
Regulatory
and Litigation Matters
The Company is assessed amounts by the state guaranty funds to
cover losses to policyholders of insolvent or rehabilitated
insurance companies. Those mandatory assessments may be
partially recovered through a reduction in future premium taxes
in certain states. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the
Company
F-184
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
has accrued $7,225 and $12,325 for guaranty fund assessments,
respectively. Future premium tax deductions at December 31,
2010 and 2009 are estimated at $4,622 and $8,134, respectively.
On April 19, 2010, the federal court approved a settlement
of litigation related to an asserted class action
Ow/Negrete v. Fidelity & Guaranty Life
Insurance Company (OMFLICs former and now current
name) pending in the United States District Court, Central
District of California. The Settlement Agreement Order became
final on July 1, 2010 and provides for relief which is
available to persons age 65 and older who purchased certain
deferred annuities with surrender charges of 7 years or
greater, with the exception of multi year guaranteed annuities.
The estimated cost for the settlement is $11,500, of which
$10,300 was paid in 2010. The Company had previously established
a liability for the estimated cost of this settlement and,
therefore, the settlement did not have a material effect on the
Companys results of operations in 2010.
In the ordinary course of its business, the Company is involved
in various pending or threatened legal proceedings, including
purported class actions, arising from the conduct of business.
In some instances, these proceedings include claims for
unspecified or substantial punitive damages and similar types of
relief in addition to amounts for alleged contractual liability
or requests for equitable relief. In the opinion of management
and in light of existing insurance, reinsurance and established
reserves, such litigation is not expected to have a material
adverse effect on the Companys financial position,
although it is possible that the results of operations could be
materially affected by an unfavorable outcome in any one annual
period.
|
|
NOTE 16:
|
DEFINED
CONTRIBUTION PLANS
|
The Company has a 401(k) Plan (the 401(k) Plan) in
which eligible participants may defer a fixed amount or a
percentage of their eligible compensation, subject to
limitations. The Company makes a discretionary matching
contribution of up to 5% of eligible compensation. The Company
recognized expenses for contributions to the 401(k) Plan of
approximately $1,168, $750, and $2,055 for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The Company has established a Nonqualified Defined Contribution
Plan for independent agents. The Company makes contributions to
the plan based on both the Companys and the agents
performance. Contributions are discretionary and evaluated
annually. The Company contributed $1,600, $0, and $0 during the
years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
|
|
NOTE 17:
|
SUBSEQUENT
EVENTS
|
The Company evaluated all events and transactions that occurred
after December 31, 2010 through April 26, 2011, the
date these financial statements were available to be issued.
During this period, the Company did not have any material
recognizable subsequent events; however, the Company did have
unrecognizable subsequent events as discussed below:
Purchase
agreement involving the Company
On April 6, 2011, pursuant to the First Amended and
Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 17,
2011 (the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement),
between Harbinger F&G and OMGUK,
Harbinger F&G acquired from OMGUK all of the
outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company and
OMGUKs interest in certain notes receivable from the
Company in consideration for $350,000, which could be reduced by
up to $50,000 post-closing if certain regulatory approval is not
received. The Companys obligation to OMGUK under the
notes, including interest, was $244,584 at December 31,
2010 and was assigned to Harbinger F&G concurrently with
the closing of the transaction pursuant to terms of a Deed of
Novation. Approval of the transaction was
F-185
FIDELITY &
GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
received from the Maryland Insurance Administration on
March 31, 2011 and from the New York State Insurance
Department on April 1, 2011.
Prior to the closing of the sale transaction, OMGUK financed a
total of $775,000 of statutory reserves ceded to OM Re with a
letter of credit (See Note 6 for a description of other
indebtedness). OMGUK will continue to provide this financing
after closing in the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
Statutory reserves of $280,000 ceded to OM Re on annuity
business will be financed by OMGUK through letters of credit.
This requirement for reserves is expected to decrease
significantly over the next few years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
OMGUK will act as the legal guarantor of up to $535,000 of
statutory reserves previously ceded to OM Re on the life
insurance business until December 31, 2012.
Harbinger F&G also serves as a guarantor.
|
As part of the transaction the long-term notes from affiliated
companies of OM, discussed in Note 6, were settled for the
principal amount plus accrued interest.
The Company possesses certain tax attributes, including the net
operating loss carryforwards, capital loss carryforwards and tax
credit carryforwards disclosed in Note 7, which will become
annually limited in terms of realization as a consequence of the
acquisition of the Company by Harbinger F&G from OMGUK.
Additionally, the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement between
Harbinger F&G and OMGUK includes a Guarantee and
Pledge Agreement which creates certain obligations for the
Company as a grantor and also grants a security interest to
OMGUK of the Companys equity interest in OMFLIC in the
event that Harbinger F&G fails to perform in
accordance with the terms of the F&G Stock Purchase
Agreement.
Reinsurance
transactions
On April 7, 2011, OMFLIC recaptured all of the life
insurance business ceded to OM Re. OM Re transferred assets with
a fair value of $664,132 to OMFLIC in settlement of all of OM
Res obligations under these reinsurance agreements. On
April 7, 2011, OMFLIC re-ceded on a coinsurance basis a
significant portion of this business to a newly-formed,
wholly-owned captive reinsurance company, Raven Reinsurance
Company (Raven Re), domiciled in Vermont. Raven Re
was capitalized by a $250 capital contribution from OMFLIC and a
surplus note issued to OMGUK in the principal amount of $95,000.
Raven Re will finance up to $535,000 of the reserves for this
business with a letter of credit facility provided by a
financial institution and guaranteed by OMGUK and
Harbinger F&G.
On January 26, 2011, Harbinger F&G entered into a
commitment agreement with an unaffiliated reinsurer committing
OMFLIC to enter into one of two amendments to an existing treaty
with the unaffiliated reinsurer. On April 8, 2011, OMFLIC
also ceded significantly all of the remaining life insurance
business that it had retained to the unaffiliated reinsurance
company under the first of the two amendments with the
unaffiliated reinsurer. OMFLIC transferred assets with a fair
value of $423,673 to the unaffiliated entity and received a
ceding commission of $139,600. Under the terms of the commitment
agreement, on April 25, 2011, Harbinger F&G
elected the amendment providing that OMFLIC will cede to this
unaffiliated reinsurance company all of the business currently
reinsured with Raven Re by November 30, 2012.
F-186
Annex A
Unless otherwise indicated in this Annex A or the
context requires otherwise, in this Annex B, the
Company, SB Holdings, we,
our or us are used to refer to Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Inc. and, where applicable, its consolidated
subsidiaries subsequent to the Merger (as defined below) and
Spectrum Brands (as defined below) and, where applicable, its
consolidated subsidiaries prior to the Merger. Russell
Hobbs refers to Russell Hobbs, Inc. and, where applicable,
its consolidated subsidiaries. Merger means the
business combination of Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs
consummated on June 16, 2010 creating SB Holdings.
Spectrum Brands refers to Spectrum Brands, Inc. and,
where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries.
The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated
financial information of SB Holdings for the periods presented.
The selected financial information as of September 30,
2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and for each of the five fiscal
years then ended has been derived from our audited consolidated
financial statements. The selected historical consolidated
statement of operations and balance sheet data as of
January 2, 2011 and January 3, 2010 has been derived
from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
which include, in the opinion of our management, all
adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments,
necessary to present fairly our results of operations and
financial position for the period and date presented. Only our
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of
September 30, 2010 and 2009 and our Consolidated Statements
of Operations, Consolidated Statements of Shareholders
Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive Income (Loss) and
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, and our Unaudited
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of
January 2, 2011 and September 30, 2010, Unaudited
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Unaudited
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three
month periods ended January 2, 2011 and January 3,
2010, are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The information
presented below as of and for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2010 also includes that of Russell Hobbs
since the Merger on June 16, 2010.
On November 5, 2008, Spectrum Brands board of
directors committed to the shutdown of the growing products
portion of our Home and Garden segment (the Home and
Garden Business), which includes the manufacturing and
marketing of fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed,
following an evaluation of the historical lack of profitability
and the projected input costs and significant working capital
demands for the growing product portion of the Home and Garden
Business during Fiscal 2009. During the second quarter of Fiscal
2009, we completed the shutdown of the growing products portion
of the Home and Garden Business and, accordingly, began
reporting the results of operations of the growing products
portion of the Home and Garden Business as discontinued
operations. As of October 1, 2005, we began reporting the
results of operations of Nu-Gro Pro and Tech as discontinued
operations. We also began reporting the results of operations of
the Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business as
discontinued operations as of October 1, 2006, which
business was sold on November 1, 2007. Therefore, the
presentation of all historical continuing operations has been
changed to exclude the growing products portion of the Home and
Garden Business, the Nu-Gro Pro and Tech and the Canadian
division of the Home and Garden Business but to include the
remaining control products portion of the Home and Garden
Business. The following selected financial data should be read
in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and
notes thereto and the information contained in the
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.,
included as Annex C to this prospectus (the Spectrum
MD&A).
A-1
The financial information indicated may not be indicative of
future performance. This financial information and other data
should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial
statements, including the notes thereto, and the Spectrum
MD&A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
Predecessor Company
|
|
|
|
Three
|
|
|
Three
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month
|
|
|
Month
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
October 1,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
January 3,
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
August 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010(14)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
861.1
|
|
|
$
|
591.9
|
|
|
$
|
2,567.0
|
|
|
$
|
219.9
|
|
|
$
|
2,010.6
|
|
|
$
|
2,426.6
|
|
|
$
|
2,332.7
|
|
|
$
|
2,228.5
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
299.2
|
|
|
|
184.5
|
|
|
|
921.4
|
|
|
|
64.4
|
|
|
|
751.8
|
|
|
|
920.1
|
|
|
|
876.7
|
|
|
|
871.2
|
|
Operating income (loss)(1)
|
|
|
69.3
|
|
|
|
18.8
|
|
|
|
168.7
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
156.8
|
|
|
|
(684.6
|
)
|
|
|
(251.8
|
)
|
|
|
(289.1
|
)
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
15.3
|
|
|
|
(35.0
|
)
|
|
|
(124.2
|
)
|
|
|
(20.0
|
)
|
|
|
1,123.4
|
|
|
|
(914.8
|
)
|
|
|
(507.2
|
)
|
|
|
(460.9
|
)
|
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
(86.8
|
)
|
|
|
(26.2
|
)
|
|
|
(33.7
|
)
|
|
|
(2.5
|
)
|
Net (loss) income(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)
|
|
|
(19.8
|
)
|
|
|
(60.2
|
)
|
|
|
(190.1
|
)
|
|
|
(70.8
|
)
|
|
|
1,013.9
|
|
|
|
(931.5
|
)
|
|
|
(596.7
|
)
|
|
|
(434.0
|
)
|
Restructuring and related charges cost of goods
sold(8)
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
|
$
|
1.7
|
|
|
$
|
7.1
|
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
|
$
|
13.2
|
|
|
$
|
16.5
|
|
|
$
|
31.3
|
|
|
$
|
21.1
|
|
Restructuring and related charges operating
expenses(8)
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
17.0
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
30.9
|
|
|
|
22.8
|
|
|
|
66.7
|
|
|
|
33.6
|
|
Other expense (income), net(9)
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
12.3
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
(4.1
|
)
|
Interest expense(13)
|
|
$
|
53.1
|
|
|
$
|
49.5
|
|
|
$
|
277.0
|
|
|
|
17.0
|
|
|
|
172.9
|
|
|
|
229.0
|
|
|
|
255.8
|
|
|
$
|
175.9
|
|
Per Share Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.39
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5.28
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.36
|
)
|
|
$
|
19.76
|
|
|
$
|
(18.29
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11.72
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8.77
|
)
|
Diluted
|
|
|
(0.39
|
)
|
|
|
(2.01
|
)
|
|
|
(5.28
|
)
|
|
|
(2.36
|
)
|
|
|
19.76
|
|
|
|
(18.29
|
)
|
|
|
(11.72
|
)
|
|
|
(8.77
|
)
|
Average shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
50.8
|
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
|
|
36.0
|
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
|
|
51.3
|
|
|
|
50.9
|
|
|
|
50.9
|
|
|
|
49.5
|
|
Diluted(10)
|
|
|
50.8
|
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
|
|
36.0
|
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
|
|
51.3
|
|
|
|
50.9
|
|
|
|
50.9
|
|
|
|
49.5
|
|
Cash Flow and Related Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
|
|
$
|
(50.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
(31.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
57.3
|
|
|
$
|
75.0
|
|
|
$
|
1.6
|
|
|
$
|
(10.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
(32.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
44.5
|
|
Capital expenditures(11)
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
40.3
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
18.9
|
|
|
|
23.2
|
|
|
|
55.6
|
|
Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of debt
issuance costs)(11)
|
|
|
32.3
|
|
|
|
25.0
|
|
|
|
117.4
|
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
|
58.5
|
|
|
|
85.0
|
|
|
|
77.4
|
|
|
|
82.6
|
|
Statement of Financial Position Data (at period end):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
83.1
|
|
|
$
|
62.7
|
|
|
$
|
170.6
|
|
|
$
|
97.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
104.8
|
|
|
$
|
69.9
|
|
|
$
|
28.4
|
|
Working capital(12)
|
|
|
517.6
|
|
|
|
294.3
|
|
|
|
536.9
|
|
|
|
323.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
371.5
|
|
|
|
370.2
|
|
|
|
397.2
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
3,746.4
|
|
|
|
2,908.1
|
|
|
|
3,873.6
|
|
|
|
3,020.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,247.5
|
|
|
|
3,211.4
|
|
|
|
3,549.3
|
|
Total long-term debt, net of current maturities
|
|
|
1,700.2
|
|
|
|
1,524.7
|
|
|
|
1,723.1
|
|
|
|
1,530.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,474.8
|
|
|
|
2,416.9
|
|
|
|
2,234.5
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
1,731.7
|
|
|
|
1,584.2
|
|
|
|
1,743.8
|
|
|
|
1,583.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,523.4
|
|
|
|
2,460.4
|
|
|
|
2,277.2
|
|
Total shareholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
1,029.3
|
|
|
|
600.4
|
|
|
|
1,046.4
|
|
|
|
660.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,027.2
|
)
|
|
|
(103.8
|
)
|
|
|
452.2
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
During Fiscal 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006, pursuant to the
Financial Accounting Standards Board Codification Topic 350:
Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, we conducted
our annual impairment testing of goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets. As a result of these analyses we recorded
non-cash pretax impairment charges of approximately
$34 million, $861 million, $362 million and
$433 million in the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009, Fiscal 2008, Fiscal 2007 and our
fiscal year ended September 30, 2006 (Fiscal
2006), respectively. See the Critical Accounting
Policies Valuation of Assets and Asset
Impairment section of the Spectrum MD&A as well
as Note 3(i), Significant Accounting Policies
Intangible Assets, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus for further details on these
impairment charges. |
A-2
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Fiscal 2007 loss from discontinued operations, net of tax,
includes a non-cash pretax impairment charge of approximately
$45 million to reduce the carrying value of certain assets,
principally consisting of goodwill and intangible assets,
relating to our Canadian Division of the Home and Garden
Business in order to reflect the estimated fair value of this
business. Fiscal 2008 loss from discontinued operations, net of
tax, includes a non-cash pretax impairment charge of
approximately $8 million to reduce the carrying value of
intangible assets relating to our growing products portion of
the Home and Garden Business in order to reflect the estimated
fair value of this business. See Note 9, Discontinued
Operations, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus for information relating to these
impairment charges. |
|
(3) |
|
Fiscal 2010 income tax expense of $63 million includes a
non-cash charge of approximately $91.9 million which
increased the valuation allowance against certain net deferred
tax assets. |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Included in the period from August 31, 2009 through
September 30, 2009 for the Successor Company is a non-cash
tax charge of $58 million related to the residual U.S. and
foreign taxes on approximately $166 million of actual and
deemed distributions of foreign earnings. The period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 income tax
expense includes a non-cash adjustment of approximately
$52 million which reduced the valuation allowance against
certain deferred tax assets. Included in the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009 for the
Predecessor Company is a non-cash charge of $104 million
related to the tax effects of the fresh start adjustments. In
addition, Predecessor Company includes the tax effect on the
gain on the cancellation of debt from the extinguishment of the
senior subordinated notes as well as the modification of the
senior term credit facility resulting in approximately
$124 million reduction in the U.S. net deferred tax asset
exclusive of indefinite lived intangibles. Due to the
Companys full valuation allowance position as of
August 30, 2009 on the U.S. net deferred tax asset
exclusive of indefinite lived intangibles, the tax effect of the
gain on the cancellation of debt and the modification of the
senior secured credit facility is offset by a corresponding
adjustment to the valuation allowance of $124 million. The
tax effect of the fresh start adjustments, the gain on the
cancellation of debt and the modification of the senior secured
credit facility, net of corresponding adjustments to the
valuation allowance, are netted against reorganization items. |
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Fiscal 2008 income tax benefit of $10 million includes a
non-cash charge of approximately $222 million which
increased the valuation allowance against certain net deferred
tax assets. |
|
(6) |
|
Fiscal 2007 income tax expense of $56 million includes a
non-cash charge of approximately $180 million which
increased the valuation allowance against certain net deferred
tax assets. |
|
(7) |
|
Fiscal 2006 income tax benefit of $29 million includes a
non-cash charge of approximately $29 million which
increased the valuation allowance against certain net deferred
tax assets. |
|
(8) |
|
See Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for further discussion. |
|
(9) |
|
Fiscal 2006 includes a $8 million net gain on the sale of
our Bridgeport, CT manufacturing facility, acquired as part of
the Remington Products Company, L.L.C. acquisition and
subsequently closed in Fiscal 2004, and our Madison, WI
packaging facility, which was closed in our fiscal year ended
September 30, 2003. |
|
|
|
(10) |
|
Each of the periods presented does not assume the exercise of
common stock equivalents as the impact would be antidilutive. |
|
|
|
(11) |
|
Amounts reflect the results of continuing operations only. |
|
(12) |
|
Working capital is defined as current assets less current
liabilities. |
|
(13) |
|
Fiscal 2010 includes a non-cash charge of $83 million
related to the write off of unamortized debt issuance costs and
the write off of unamortized discounts and premiums related to
the extinguishment of debt that was refinanced in conjunction
with the Merger. |
|
(14) |
|
Fiscal 2010, includes the results of Russell Hobbs
operations since June 16, 2010. Russell Hobbs contributed
$238 million in Net Sales and recorded operating income of
$1 million for the period from June 16, 2010 through
September 30, 2010, which includes $13 million of
acquisition and integration related charges. In addition, Fiscal
2010 includes $26 million of Acquisition and integration
related charges associated with the Merger. |
A-3
Annex B
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS OF SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Introduction
The following is managements discussion of the financial
results, liquidity and other key items related to our
performance and should be read in conjunction with Annex A,
Selected Historical Financial Information of Spectrum Brands
Holdings, Inc. and our Consolidated Financial Statements and
related notes included in this prospectus. Certain prior year
amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year
presentation. All references to Fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 refer
to fiscal year periods ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and
2008, respectively.
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (SB
Holdings), is a global branded consumer products company
and was created in connection with the combination of Spectrum
Brands, Inc. (Spectrum Brands), a global branded
consumer products company and Russell Hobbs, Inc. (Russell
Hobbs), a global branded small appliance company, to form
a new combined company (the Merger). The Merger was
consummated on June 16, 2010. As a result of the Merger,
both Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs are wholly-owned
subsidiaries of SB Holdings and Russell Hobbs is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Spectrum Brands. SB Holdings common stock
trades on the New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE)
under the symbol SPB.
In connection with the Merger, we refinanced Spectrum
Brands existing senior debt, except for the Spectrum
Brands 12% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes due 2019
(the 12% Notes), which remain outstanding, and
a portion of Russell Hobbs existing senior debt through a
combination of a new $750 million Term Loan due
June 16, 2016 (the Term Loan), new
$750 million 9.5% Senior Secured Notes maturing
June 15, 2018 (the 9.5% Notes) and a new
$300 million ABL revolving facility due June 16, 2014
(the ABL Revolving Credit Facility and together with
the Term Loan, the Senior Credit Facilities, and the
Senior Credit Facilities together with the 9.5% Notes, the
Senior Secured Facilities).
As further described below, on February 3, 2009, we and our
wholly owned United States (U.S.) subsidiaries
(collectively, the Debtors) filed voluntary
petitions under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code
(the Bankruptcy Code), in the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Western District of Texas (the Bankruptcy
Court). On August 28, 2009 (the Effective
Date), the Debtors emerged from Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code. Effective as of the Effective Date and pursuant
to the Debtors confirmed plan of reorganization, we
converted from a Wisconsin corporation to a Delaware corporation.
Unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms the
Company, Spectrum, we,
our or us are used to refer to SB
Holdings and its subsidiaries subsequent to the Merger and
Spectrum Brands prior to the Merger, as well as both before and
on and after the Effective Date. The term New
Spectrum, however, refers only to Spectrum Brands, Inc.,
our Delaware successor, and its subsidiaries after the Effective
Date, and the term Old Spectrum, refers only to
Spectrum Brands, our Wisconsin predecessor, and its subsidiaries
prior to the Effective Date.
Business
Overview
We are a global branded consumer products company with positions
in seven major product categories: consumer batteries; pet
supplies; home and garden control products; electric shaving and
grooming; small appliances; electric personal care; and portable
lighting.
Effective October 1, 2010, our chief operating
decision-maker decided to manage the businesses in three
vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments:
(i) Global Batteries & Appliances, which consists
of our worldwide battery, electric shaving and grooming,
electric personal care, portable lighting business and small
appliances primarily in the kitchen and home product categories
(Global Batteries & Appliances);
(ii) Global Pet Supplies, which consists of our worldwide
pet supplies business (Global Pet Supplies); and
B-1
(iii) Home and Garden Business, which consists of our home
and garden and insect control businesses (the Home and
Garden Business). The current reporting segment structure
reflects the combination of the former Global
Batteries & Personal Care segment (Global
Batteries & Personal Care), which consisted of
the worldwide battery, electric shaving and grooming, electric
personal care and portable lighting business, with substantially
all of the former Small Appliances segment, which consisted of
the Russell Hobbs businesses acquired on June 16, 2010
(Small Appliances), to form Global
Batteries & Appliances. In addition, certain pest
control and pet products included in the former Small Appliances
segment have been reclassified into the Home and Garden Business
and Global Pet Supplies segments, respectively. The presentation
of all historical segment reporting herein has been changed to
conform to this segment reporting.
We manufacture and market alkaline, zinc carbon and hearing aid
batteries, herbicides, insecticides and repellants and specialty
pet supplies. We design and market rechargeable batteries,
battery-powered lighting products, electric shavers and
accessories, grooming products and hair care appliances. With
the addition of Russell Hobbs we design, market and distribute a
broad range of branded small household appliances and personal
care products. Our manufacturing and product development
facilities are located in the United States, Europe, Latin
America and Asia. Substantially all of our rechargeable
batteries and chargers, shaving and grooming products, small
household appliances, personal care products and portable
lighting products are manufactured by third-party suppliers,
primarily located in Asia.
We sell our products in approximately 120 countries through a
variety of trade channels, including retailers, wholesalers and
distributors, hearing aid professionals, industrial distributors
and original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and
enjoy strong name recognition in our markets under the Rayovac,
VARTA and Remington brands, each of which has been in existence
for more than 80 years, and under the Tetra, 8-in-1,
Spectracide, Cutter, Black & Decker, George Foreman,
Russell Hobbs, Farberware and various other brands.
Global and geographic strategic initiatives and financial
objectives are determined at the corporate level. Each business
segment is responsible for implementing defined strategic
initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives and has a
general manager responsible for sales and marketing initiatives
and the financial results for all product lines within that
business segment.
Our operating performance is influenced by a number of factors
including: general economic conditions; foreign exchange
fluctuations; trends in consumer markets; consumer confidence
and preferences; our overall product line mix, including pricing
and gross margin, which vary by product line and geographic
market; pricing of certain raw materials and commodities; energy
and fuel prices; and our general competitive position,
especially as impacted by our competitors advertising and
promotional activities and pricing strategies.
During the second quarter of Fiscal 2008, we determined that in
view of the difficulty in predicting the timing or probability
of a sale of the remaining U.S. portion of the Home and
Garden Business, the requirements of Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (GAAP) necessary to classify
the remaining U.S. portion of the Home and Garden Business
as discontinued operations were no longer met and that it was
appropriate to present the remaining U.S. portion of the
Home and Garden Business as held and used in the Companys
continuing operations as of our second quarter of Fiscal 2008
and going forward. The presentation herein of the results of
continuing operations includes the Home and Garden Business
excluding the Canadian division, which was sold on
November 1, 2007, for all periods presented.
In the third quarter of Fiscal 2008, we entered into a
definitive agreement, subject to the consent of our lenders
under our senior credit facilities, to sell the assets related
to Global Pet Supplies. We were unable to obtain the consent of
the lenders, and on July 13, 2008, we entered into a
termination agreement regarding the agreement to sell the assets
related to Global Pet Supplies. Pursuant to the termination
agreement, as a condition to the termination, we paid the
proposed buyer $3 million as a reimbursement of expenses.
In November 2008, our board of directors committed to the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business, which includes the manufacturing and marketing of
fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed, following an
evaluation of the historical lack of profitability and the
projected input costs and significant working capital demands
for the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business
for Fiscal 2009. We believe the shutdown was consistent with
what we have done in other areas of
B-2
our business to eliminate unprofitable products from our
portfolio. As of March 29, 2009, we completed the shutdown
of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business.
Accordingly, the presentation herein of the results of
continuing operations excludes the growing products portion of
the Home and Garden Business for all periods presented. See
Note 9, Discontinued Operations, to our Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this prospectus for further
details on the disposal of the growing products portion of the
Home and Garden Business.
On December 15, 2008, we were advised that our common stock
would be suspended from trading on the NYSE prior to the opening
of the market on December 22, 2008. We were advised that
the decision to suspend our common stock was reached in view of
the fact that we had recently fallen below the NYSEs
continued listing standard regarding average global market
capitalization over a consecutive 30 trading day period of not
less than $25 million, the minimum threshold for listing on
the NYSE. Our common stock was delisted from the NYSE effective
January 23, 2009.
As a result of our Bankruptcy Filing, we were able to
significantly reduce our indebtedness. As a result of the
Merger, we were able to further reduce our outstanding debt
leverage ratio. However, we continue to have a significant
amount of indebtedness relative to our competitors and paying
down outstanding indebtedness continues to be a priority for us.
The Bankruptcy Filing is discussed in more detail under
Chapter 11 Proceedings.
Chapter 11
Proceedings
As a result of its substantial leverage, the Company determined
that, absent a financial restructuring, it would be unable to
achieve future profitability or positive cash flows on a
consolidated basis solely from cash generated from operating
activities or to satisfy certain of its payment obligations as
the same may become due and be at risk of not satisfying the
leverage ratios to which it was subject under its then existing
senior secured term loan facility, which ratios became more
restrictive in future periods. Accordingly, on February 3,
2009, we announced that we had reached agreements with certain
noteholders, representing, in the aggregate, approximately 70%
of the face value of our then outstanding senior subordinated
notes, to pursue a refinancing that, if implemented as proposed,
would significantly reduce our outstanding debt. On the same
day, the Debtors filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code, in the Bankruptcy Court (the
Bankruptcy Filing) and filed with the Bankruptcy
Court a proposed plan of reorganization (the Proposed
Plan) that detailed the Debtors proposed terms for
the refinancing. The Chapter 11 cases were jointly
administered by the Bankruptcy Court as Case
No. 09-50455
(the Bankruptcy Cases). The Bankruptcy Court entered
a written order (the Confirmation Order) on
July 15, 2009 confirming the Proposed Plan (as so
confirmed, the Plan).
On the Effective Date the Plan became effective, and the Debtors
emerged from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Pursuant to
and by operation of the Plan, on the Effective Date, all of Old
Spectrums existing equity securities, including the
existing common stock and stock options, were extinguished and
deemed cancelled. Reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. filed a
certificate of incorporation authorizing new shares of common
stock. Pursuant to and in accordance with the Plan, on the
Effective Date, reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. issued a total
of 27,030,000 shares of common stock and approximately
$218 million in aggregate principal amount of the
12% Notes to holders of allowed claims with respect to Old
Spectrums 8
1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the 8
1/2
Notes), 7
3/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the 7
3/8
Notes) and Variable Rate Toggle Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2013 (the Variable Rate Notes) (collectively,
the Senior Subordinated Notes). For a further
discussion of the 12% Notes see Debt Financing
Activities 12% Notes. Also on the
Effective Date, reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. issued a total
of 2,970,000 shares of common stock to supplemental and
sub-supplemental
debtor-in-possession
credit facility participants in respect of the equity fee earned
under the Debtors
debtor-in-possession
credit facility.
Accounting
for Reorganization
Subsequent to the Petition Date, our financial statements are
prepared in accordance with ASC Topic 852:
Reorganizations, (ASC 852).
ASC 852 does not change the application of GAAP in the
preparation of our
B-3
financial statements. However, ASC 852 does require that
financial statements, for periods including and subsequent to
the filing of a Chapter 11 petition, distinguish
transactions and events that are directly associated with the
reorganization from the ongoing operations of the business. In
accordance with ASC 852 we have done the following:
|
|
|
|
|
On our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position included in
this prospectus, we have separated liabilities that are subject
to compromise from liabilities that are not subject to
compromise;
|
|
|
|
On our Consolidated Statements of Operations included in this
prospectus, we have distinguished transactions and events that
are directly associated with the reorganization from the ongoing
operations of the business;
|
|
|
|
On our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in this
prospectus, we have separately disclosed Reorganization items
expense (income), net;
|
|
|
|
Ceased accruing interest on the Senior Subordinated
Notes; and
|
Fresh-Start
Reporting
As required by ASC 852 we adopted fresh-start reporting
upon emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code as of
our monthly period ended August 30, 2009 as is reflected in
this prospectus.
Since the reorganization value of the assets of Old Spectrum
immediately before the date of confirmation of the Plan was less
than the total of all post-petition liabilities and allowed
claims and the holders of Old Spectrums voting shares
immediately before confirmation of the Plan received less than
50 percent of the voting shares of the emerging entity the
Company adopted fresh-start reporting as of the close of
business on August 30, 2009 in accordance with
ASC 852. The Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
as of August 30, 2009 gives effect to allocations to the
carrying value of assets or amounts and classifications of
liabilities that were necessary when adopting fresh-start
reporting.
We analyzed the transactions that occurred during the
two-day
period from August 29, 2009, the day after the Effective
Date, through August 30, 2009, the fresh-start reporting
date, and concluded that such transactions were not material
individually or in the aggregate as they represented less than
one-percent of the total Net sales for the entire fiscal year
ended September 30, 2009. As such, we determined that
August 30, 2009, would be an appropriate fresh-start
reporting date to coincide with our normal financial period
close for the month of August 2009. Upon adoption of fresh-start
reporting, the recorded amounts of assets and liabilities were
adjusted to reflect their estimated fair values. Accordingly,
the reported historical financial statements of Old Spectrum
prior to the adoption of fresh-start reporting for periods ended
prior to August 30, 2009 are not comparable to those of New
Spectrum.
Cost
Reduction Initiatives
We continually seek to improve our operational efficiency, match
our manufacturing capacity and product costs to market demand
and better utilize our manufacturing resources. We have
undertaken various initiatives to reduce manufacturing and
operating costs.
Fiscal 2009. In connection with our
announcement to reduce our headcount within each of our segments
and the exit of certain facilities in the U.S. related to
the Global Pet Supplies segment, we implemented a number of cost
reduction initiatives (the Global Cost Reduction
Initiatives). These initiatives also included
consultation, legal and accounting fees related to the
evaluation of our capital structure.
Fiscal 2008. In connection with our decision
to exit our zinc carbon and alkaline battery manufacturing and
distribution facility in Ninghai, China, we undertook cost
reduction initiatives (the Ningbo Exit Plan). These
initiatives include fixed cost savings by integrating production
equipment into our remaining production facilities and headcount
reductions.
Fiscal 2007. In connection with our
announcement that we would manage our business in three
vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments our
costs related to research and development,
B-4
manufacturing management, global purchasing, quality operations
and inbound supply chain, which had previously been included in
our corporate reporting segment are now included in each of the
operating segments on a direct as incurred basis. In connection
with these changes we undertook a number of cost reduction
initiatives, primarily headcount reductions, at the corporate
and operating segment levels (the Global Realignment
Initiatives), including a headcount reduction of
approximately 200 employees.
We also implemented a series of initiatives within our Global
Batteries & Appliances business segment in Latin
America to reduce operating costs (the Latin America
Initiatives). These initiatives include the reduction of
certain manufacturing operations in Brazil and the restructuring
of management, sales, marketing and support functions. As a
result, we reduced headcount in Latin America by approximately
100 employees.
Fiscal 2006. As a result of our continued
concern regarding the European economy and the continued shift
by consumers from branded to private label alkaline batteries,
we announced a series of initiatives in the Global
Batteries & Appliances segment in Europe to reduce
operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure (the
European Initiatives). These initiatives include the
reduction of certain operations at our Ellwangen, Germany
packaging center and relocating those operations to our
Dischingen, Germany battery plant, transferring private label
battery production at our Dischingen, Germany battery plant to
our manufacturing facility in China and restructuring the sales,
marketing and support functions. As a result, we have reduced
headcount in Europe by approximately 350 employees or 24%.
Meeting
Consumer Needs through Technology and Development
We continue to focus our efforts on meeting consumer needs for
our products through new product development and technology
innovations. Research and development efforts associated with
our electric shaving and grooming products allow us to deliver
to the market unique cutting systems. Research and development
efforts associated with our electric personal care products
allow us to deliver to our customers products that save them
time, provide salon alternatives and enhance their in-home
personal care options. We are continuously pursuing new
innovations for our shaving, grooming and hair care products
including foil and rotary shaver improvements, trimmer
enhancements and technologies that deliver skin and hair care
benefits.
During Fiscal 2010, we launched our Rayovac Platinum Nickel
Metal Hydride rechargeable batteries. These batteries are ready
to use directly out of the package, and stay charged up to 3
times longer than other rechargeable batteries. We also
introduced Instant Ocean aquatic food and chemical products and
additional products under the Dingo and Natures Miracle
brands.
During Fiscal 2009, we introduced the Roughneck Flex 360
flashlight. We also launched a long lasting zero-mercury hearing
aid battery. This product provides the same long lasting
performance as conventional hearing aid batteries, but with an
environmentally friendly formula. During Fiscal 2009, we also
introduced a line of Tetra marine aquatic products, new dog
treat items and enhanced Natures Miracle Stain &
Odor products.
During Fiscal 2008, we introduced longer lasting alkaline
batteries in cell sizes AA and AAA. We also launched several new
products targeted at specific niche markets such as Hot Shot
Spider Trap, Cutter Mosquito Stakes, Spectracide Destroyer
Wasp & Hornet and Spectracide Weed Stop. We also
introduced a new line of mens rotary shavers with
360° Flex & Pivot Technology. The
flex and pivot technology allows the cutting blades to follow
the contour of a persons face and neck. In addition, we
added
Teflon®
coated heads to our blades to reduce redness and irritation from
shaving. We also introduced The Short Cut Clipper.
The product is positioned as the worlds first clipper with
exclusive curved cutting technology. We also launched
Shine Therapy, a hair straightener with vitamin
conditioning technology: Vitamin E, Avocado Oil and conditioners
infused into the ceramic plates.
During Fiscal 2007, advancements in shaver blade coatings
continued to be significant with further introductions of
Titanium, Nano-Diamond, Nano-Silver and Tourmaline on a variety
of products, which allowed us to continue to launch new products
or product enhancements into the market place.
During Fiscal 2006, in the home and garden category, we
introduced the only termite killing stakes product for the
do-it-yourself market.
B-5
Competitive
Landscape
We compete in seven major product categories: consumer
batteries; pet supplies; home and garden control products;
electric shaving and grooming; small appliances; electric
personal care; and portable lighting.
The consumer battery product category consists of
non-rechargeable alkaline or zinc carbon batteries in cell sizes
of AA, AAA, C, D and 9-volt, and specialty batteries, which
include rechargeable batteries, hearing aid batteries, photo
batteries and watch/calculator batteries. Most consumer
batteries are marketed under one of the following brands:
Rayovac/VARTA, Duracell, Energizer or Panasonic. In addition,
some retailers market private label batteries, particularly in
Europe. The majority of consumers in North America and Europe
purchase alkaline batteries. The Latin America market consists
primarily of zinc carbon batteries but is gradually converting
to higher-priced alkaline batteries as household disposable
income grows.
We believe that we are the largest worldwide marketer of hearing
aid batteries and that we continue to maintain a leading global
market position. We believe that our close relationship with
hearing aid manufacturers and other customers, as well as our
product performance improvements and packaging innovations,
position us for continued success in this category.
Our global pet supplies business comprises aquatics equipment
(aquariums, filters, pumps, etc.), aquatics consumables (fish
food, water treatments and conditioners, etc.) and specialty pet
products for dogs, cats, birds and other small domestic animals.
The pet supply market is extremely fragmented, with no
competitor holding a market share greater than twenty percent.
We believe that our brand positioning, including the leading
global aquatics brand in Tetra, our diverse array of innovative
and attractive products and our strong retail relationships and
global infrastructure will allow us to remain competitive in
this fast growing industry.
Products in our home and garden category are sold through the
Home and Garden Business. The Home and Garden Business
manufactures and markets outdoor and indoor insect control
products, rodenticides, herbicides and plant foods. The Home and
Garden Business operates in the U.S. market under the brand
names Spectracide, Cutter and Garden Safe. The Home and Garden
Business marketing position is primarily that of a value
brand, enhanced and supported by innovative products and
packaging to drive sales at the point of purchase. The Home and
Garden Business primary competitors include The Scotts
Miracle-Gro Company, Central Garden & Pet Company and
S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc.
We also operate in the shaving and grooming and personal care
product category, consisting of electric shavers and
accessories, electric grooming products and hair care
appliances. Electric shavers include mens and womens
shavers (both rotary and foil design) and electric shaver
accessories consisting of shaver replacement parts (primarily
foils and cutters), pre-shave products and cleaning agents.
Electric shavers are marketed primarily under one of the
following global brands: Remington, Braun and Norelco. Electric
grooming products include beard and mustache trimmers, nose and
ear trimmers, body groomers and haircut kits and related
accessories. Hair care appliances include hair dryers,
straightening irons, styling irons and hair-setters. Europe and
North America account for the majority of our worldwide product
category sales. Our major competitors in the electric personal
care product category are Conair Corporation, Wahl Clipper
Corporation and Helen of Troy Limited.
Products in our small appliances category consist of small
electrical appliances primarily in the kitchen and home product
categories. Primary competitive brands in the small appliance
category include Hamilton Beach, Procter Silex, Sunbeam,
Mr. Coffee, Oster, General Electric, Rowenta, DeLonghi,
Kitchen Aid, Cuisinart, Krups, Braun, Rival, Europro, Kenwood,
Philips, Morphy Richards, Breville and Tefal.
The following factors contribute to our ability to succeed in
these highly competitive product categories:
|
|
|
|
|
Strong Diversified Global Brand Portfolio. We
have a global portfolio of well-recognized consumer product
brands. We believe that the strength of our brands positions us
to extend our product lines and provide our retail customers
with strong sell-through to consumers.
|
|
|
|
Strong Global Retail Relationships. We have
well-established business relationships with many of the top
global retailers, distributors and wholesalers, which have
assisted us in our efforts to expand our overall market
penetration and promote sales.
|
B-6
|
|
|
|
|
Expansive Distribution Network. We distribute
our products in approximately 120 countries through a variety of
trade channels, including retailers, wholesalers and
distributors, hearing aid professionals, industrial distributors
and OEMs.
|
|
|
|
Innovative New Products, Packaging and
Technologies. We have a long history of product
and packaging innovations in each of our seven product
categories and continually seek to introduce new products both
as extensions of existing product lines and as new product
categories.
|
|
|
|
Experienced Management Team. Our management
team has substantial consumer products experience. On average,
each senior manager has more than 20 years of experience at
Spectrum, VARTA, Remington, Russell Hobbs or other branded
consumer product companies such as Newell Rubbermaid, H.J. Heinz
and Schering-Plough.
|
Seasonal
Product Sales
On a consolidated basis our financial results are approximately
equally weighted between quarters, however, sales of certain
product categories tend to be seasonal. Sales in the consumer
battery, electric shaving and grooming and electric personal
care product categories, particularly in North America, tend to
be concentrated in the December holiday season (Spectrums
first fiscal quarter). Demand for pet supplies products remains
fairly constant throughout the year. Demand for home and garden
control products sold though the Home and Garden Business
typically peaks during the first six months of the calendar year
(Spectrums second and third fiscal quarters). Small
Appliances peaks from July through December primarily due to the
increased demand by customers in the late summer for
back-to-school
sales and in the fall for the holiday season.
The seasonality of our sales during the last three fiscal years
is as follows:
Percentage
of Annual Sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
September 30,
|
Fiscal Quarter Ended
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
December
|
|
|
23
|
%
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
24
|
%
|
March
|
|
|
21
|
%
|
|
|
23
|
%
|
|
|
22
|
%
|
June
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
26
|
%
|
|
|
26
|
%
|
September
|
|
|
31
|
%
|
|
|
26
|
%
|
|
|
28
|
%
|
Fiscal
Quarter Ended January 2, 2011 Compared to Fiscal Quarter
Ended January 3, 2010
In this Annex B we refer to the three months ended
January 2, 2011 as the Fiscal 2011 Quarter and
the three months ended January 3, 2010 as the Fiscal
2010 Quarter.
B-7
Net Sales. Net sales for the Fiscal 2011
Quarter increased to $861 million from $592 million in
the Fiscal 2010 Quarter, a 46% increase. The following table
details the principal components of the change in net sales from
the Fiscal 2010 Quarter to the Fiscal 2011 Quarter (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
Fiscal 2010 Quarter Net Sales
|
|
$
|
592
|
|
Addition of Russell Hobbs as a result of the Merger
|
|
|
248
|
|
Increase in Global Batteries & Appliances Remington
branded product sales
|
|
|
21
|
|
Increase in Global Batteries & Appliances consumer
battery sales
|
|
|
13
|
|
Increase in Portable Lighting product sales
|
|
|
4
|
|
Decrease in Pet supplies sales
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Foreign currency impact, net
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2011 Quarter Net Sales
|
|
$
|
861
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated net sales by product line for the Fiscal 2011
Quarter and the Fiscal 2010 Quarter are as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Quarter
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Product line net sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Addition of Russell Hobbs small appliances
|
|
$
|
243
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Addition of Russell Hobbs pet supplies
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Addition of Russell Hobbs home and garden control
products
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer batteries
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
Pet supplies
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
137
|
|
Electric shaving and grooming products
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
Electric personal care products
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
Home and garden control products
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
Portable lighting products
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
861
|
|
|
$
|
592
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global consumer battery sales increased $4 million, or 2%,
primarily driven by increased North American Net sales of
$13 million, which was partially offset by unfavorable
foreign exchange translation of $8 million. The increase
within North America was driven by sales with a major customer.
The $4 million, or 3%, decrease in pet supplies sales is
primarily attributable to continued softness in the aquatics
business due to macroeconomic factors and unfavorable foreign
exchange translation of approximately $1 million. Electric
shaving and grooming products increased $11 million, or
13%, primarily due to increased sales within Europe and North
America of $6 million and $5 million, respectively.
Electric personal care sales increased $6 million, or 9%,
due to increased sales in Europe of $11 million, tempered
by a $3 million sales decline in North America and
unfavorable foreign exchange translation of $2 million.
Home and garden control product sales were flat during the
Fiscal 2011 Quarter compared to the Fiscal 2010 Quarter. The
$4 million, or 15%, increase in portable lighting sales was
primarily driven by increased sales with a major customer as a
result of new product launches.
Gross Profit. Gross profit for the Fiscal 2011
Quarter was $299 million versus $184 million for the
Fiscal 2010 Quarter. Our gross profit margin for the Fiscal 2011
Quarter increased to 34.8% from 31.2% in the Fiscal 2010
Quarter. The increase in gross profit is primarily attributable
to the Merger, which contributed $72 million of gross
profit in the Fiscal 2011 Quarter, and the non-recurrence of a
$34 million inventory revaluation charge we recognized
associated with our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon
emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Inventory
balances were revalued at August 30, 2009 resulting in an
increase in such inventory balances of $49 million. As a
result of the inventory revaluation, we recognized
B-8
$34 million in additional cost of goods sold in the Fiscal
2010 Quarter. The increase in gross profit margin is also
primarily due to the non-recurrence of the $34 million
inventory revaluation charge recognized in the Fiscal 2010
Quarter as previously discussed.
Operating Expense. Operating expenses for the
Fiscal 2011 Quarter totaled $230 million versus
$166 million for the Fiscal 2010 Quarter representing an
increase of $64 million. The increase in operating expenses
during the Fiscal 2011 Quarter is primarily attributable to the
Merger, which contributed $49 million of operating expenses
in the Fiscal 2011 Quarter. Also contributing to the increase in
operating expenses was a $14 million increase in
Acquisition and integration related charges primarily related to
the Merger. See Acquisition and Integration Related
Charges below, as well as Note 2, Significant
Accounting Policies Acquisition and Integration
Related Charges, to our Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Unaudited) included in prospectus for additional
information regarding our acquisition and integration related
charges.
Segment Results. As discussed above, we manage
our business in three reportable segments: (i) Global
Batteries & Appliances; (ii) Global Pet Supplies;
and (iii) our Home and Garden Business.
The operating segment profits do not include restructuring and
related charges, acquisition and integration related charges,
reorganization items expense, net, interest expense, interest
income and income tax expense. In connection with the
realignment of reportable segments discussed above, as of
October 1, 2010 expenses associated with certain general
and administrative expenses necessary to reflect the operating
segments on a standalone basis and which were previously
reflected in operating segment profits, have been excluded in
the determination of reportable segment profits. Accordingly,
corporate expenses primarily include general and administrative
expenses and global long-term incentive compensation plans which
are evaluated on a consolidated basis and not allocated to our
operating segments. All depreciation and amortization included
in income from operations is related to operating segments or
corporate expense. Costs are identified to operating segments or
corporate expense according to the function of each cost center.
All depreciation and amortization included in income from
operations is related to operating segments or corporate
expense. Costs are allocated to operating segments or corporate
expense according to the function of each cost center. All
capital expenditures are related to operating segments. Variable
allocations of assets are not made for segment reporting.
Global strategic initiatives and financial objectives for each
reportable segment are determined at the corporate level. Each
reportable segment is responsible for implementing defined
strategic initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives
and has a general manager responsible for the sales and
marketing initiatives and financial results for product lines
within that segment. Financial information pertaining to our
reportable segments is contained in Note 12, Segment
Results, to our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited) included in this prospectus.
Adjusted EBITDA is a metric used by management and frequently
used by the financial community which provides insight into an
organizations operating trends and facilitates comparisons
between peer companies, since interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization can differ greatly between organizations as a
result of differing capital structures and tax strategies.
Adjusted EBITDA can also be a useful measure of a companys
ability to service debt and is one of the measures used for
determining our debt covenant compliance. Adjusted EBITDA
excludes certain items that are unusual in nature or not
comparable from period to period. While we believe that Adjusted
EBITDA is useful supplemental information, such adjusted results
are not intended to replace our GAAP financial results and
should be read in conjunction with those GAAP results.
B-9
Below is a reconciliation of GAAP Net Income (Loss) to
Adjusted EBITDA by segment for the Fiscal 2011 Quarter and the
Fiscal 2010 Quarter:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2011 Quarter
|
|
|
|
Global
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home and
|
|
|
Corporate/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Batteries &
|
|
|
Global Pet
|
|
|
Garden
|
|
|
Unallocated
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
Appliances
|
|
|
Supplies
|
|
|
Business
|
|
|
Items(a)
|
|
|
SB Holdings
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net Income (loss)
|
|
$
|
79
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
(7
|
)
|
|
$
|
(105
|
)
|
|
$
|
(20
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Acquisition and integration related charges
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBIT
|
|
$
|
93
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
(6
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13
|
)
|
|
$
|
90
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
111
|
|
|
$
|
22
|
|
|
$
|
(3
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7
|
)
|
|
$
|
123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2010 Quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
Corporate/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Batteries &
|
|
|
Global Pet
|
|
|
Garden
|
|
|
Unallocated
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
Appliances
|
|
|
Supplies
|
|
|
Business
|
|
|
Items(a)
|
|
|
SB Holdings
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income (loss)
|
|
$
|
47
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
(19
|
)
|
|
$
|
(89
|
)
|
|
$
|
(60
|
)
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
Pre-acquisition earnings of Russell Hobbs
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
Reorganization expense items, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Fresh-start inventory and other fair value adjustment
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Acquisition and integration related charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Brazilian IPI credit/other
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBIT
|
|
$
|
95
|
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
$
|
(7
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12
|
)
|
|
$
|
93
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
106
|
|
|
$
|
24
|
|
|
$
|
(4
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8
|
)
|
|
$
|
118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
It is our policy to record Income tax expense and interest
expense on a consolidated basis. Accordingly, such amounts are
not reflected in the operating results of the operating segments. |
Global
Batteries & Appliances
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
697
|
|
|
$
|
429
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
93
|
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
13.4
|
%
|
|
|
11.3
|
%
|
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
111
|
|
|
$
|
106
|
|
Assets at January 2, 2011 and September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
2,345
|
|
|
$
|
2,477
|
|
B-10
Segment net sales to external customers in the Fiscal 2011
Quarter increased $268 million to $697 million from
$429 million during the Fiscal 2010 Quarter, a 62%
increase. The Merger accounted for a Net sales increase of
$242 million in the small appliances product category
during the Fiscal 2011 Quarter. Unfavorable foreign currency
exchange translation impacted net sales in the Fiscal 2011
Quarter by approximately $13 million. Consumer battery
sales for the Fiscal 2011 Quarter increased to $248 million
when compared to sales of $244 million in the Fiscal 2010
Quarter. The increase in sales is attributable to increases
within North America, driven by a major customer, which was
partially offset by unfavorable foreign exchange translation of
$8 million. Net sales of electric shaving and grooming
products in the Fiscal 2011 Quarter increased by
$11 million from their levels in the Fiscal 2010 Quarter,
primarily due to increases within Europe and North America of
$6 million and $5 million, respectively. Net sales of
electric personal care products in the Fiscal 2011 Quarter
increased by $6 million compared to the Fiscal 2010 Quarter
due to increased sales in Europe of $11 million, tempered
by a $3 million sales decline in North America and
unfavorable foreign exchange translation of $2 million. The
electric shaving and grooming and personal care products net
sales growth was attributable to a combination of new product
introductions, product line extensions and expanded in-store
promotions. Net sales of portable lighting products for the
Fiscal 2011 Quarter increased to $26 million as compared to
sales of $22 million for the Fiscal 2010 Quarter. This
increase was primarily driven by increased sales with a major
customer as a result of new product launches.
Segment profitability in the Fiscal 2011 Quarter increased to
$93 million from $48 million in the Fiscal 2010
Quarter. Segment profitability as a percentage of net sales
increased to 13.4% in the Fiscal 2011 Quarter compared from
11.3% in the Fiscal 2010 Quarter. The increase is due to the
segment profit realized from the Merger of $12 million and
the non-recurrence of a $19 million increase in cost of
goods sold due to the revaluation of inventory in connection
with our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon emergence from
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code that we recognized during
the Fiscal 2010 Quarter. Furthermore, segment profit has
increased as a result of our cost reduction initiatives
announced in Fiscal 2009 and our global realignment initiatives
announced in January 2007. See Restructuring and
Related Charges below, as well as Note 13,
Restructuring and Related Charges, to our Condensed Consolidated
Financial Statements (Unaudited) included in this prospectus for
additional information regarding our restructuring and related
charges.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA in the Fiscal 2011 Quarter was
$111 million compared to $106 million in the Fiscal
2010 Quarter. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA is mainly driven
by the efficient cost structure now in place from our cost
reduction initiatives announced in Fiscal 2009 coupled with
increases in market share in certain of our product categories.
Segment assets at January 2, 2011 decreased to
$2,345 million from $2,477 million at
September 30, 2010. The decrease is primarily due to the
impact of unfavorable foreign currency translation. Goodwill and
intangible assets, which are directly a result of the
revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting and the Merger, at
January 2, 2011 decreased slightly to $1,339 million
from $1,355 million at September 30, 2010.
Global
Pet Supplies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
137
|
|
|
$
|
137
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
11.8
|
%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
22
|
|
|
$
|
24
|
|
Assets at January 2, 2011 and September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
844
|
|
|
$
|
839
|
|
Segment net sales to external customers in the Fiscal 2011
Quarter were flat at $137 million compared to the Fiscal
2010 Quarter. The Merger accounted for a Net sales increase in
the companion animal business of $4 million during the
Fiscal 2011 Quarter. This was offset by continued softness in
the aquatics business due to macroeconomic factors and
unfavorable foreign exchange translation of approximately
$1 million.
Segment profitability in the Fiscal 2011 Quarter was
$16 million versus $1 million in the Fiscal 2010
Quarter. Segment profitability as a percentage of sales in the
Fiscal 2011 Quarter increased to 11.8% from
B-11
1.0% in the same period last year. The increase in segment
profitability for the Fiscal 2011 Quarter was mainly
attributable to the non-recurrence of a $14 million
increase in cost of goods sold due an inventory revaluation
charge associated with our adoption of fresh-start reporting
that we recognized during the Fiscal 2010 Quarter.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA in the Fiscal 2011 Quarter was
$22 million compared to $24 million in the Fiscal 2010
Quarter. The slight decline in Adjusted EBITDA is driven by
product mix and modest remaining expenses from the companion
animal recall we announced in the fourth quarter of our fiscal
year ended September 30, 2010.
Segment assets at January 2, 2011 increased to
$844 million from $839 million at September 30,
2010. The increase is primarily due to the acquisition of Seed
Resources, LLC during the Fiscal 2011 Quarter, which was
partially offset by the impact of foreign currency translation.
Goodwill and intangible assets, which are directly a result of
the revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting, the Merger and
the acquisition of Seed Resources, LLC increased slightly to
$603 million at January 2, 2011 from $602 million
at September 30, 2010.
Home
and Garden Business
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
27
|
|
|
$
|
26
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
(7
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10
|
)
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
(24.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(36.5
|
)%
|
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
(3
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4
|
)
|
Assets at January 2, 2011 and September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
500
|
|
|
$
|
496
|
|
Segment net sales to external customers in the Fiscal 2011
Quarter increased slightly to $27 million from
$26 million in the Fiscal 2010 Quarter. The Merger
accounted for a Net sales increase of $1 million during the
Fiscal 2011 Quarter. The first quarter of the fiscal year is
generally a period of internal inventory building in advance of
the Home and Garden Business segments major selling
season, typically in the spring and summer months. First quarter
net sales for the Home and Garden Business segment are typically
less than 9 percent of full-year net sales.
Segment profitability in the Fiscal 2011 Quarter increased to a
loss of $(7) million from a loss of $(10) million in
the Fiscal 2010 Quarter. Segment profitability as a percentage
of sales in the Fiscal 2011 Quarter increased to (24.9)% from
(36.5)% in the same period last year. This improvement in
segment profitability was attributable to the non-recurrence of
a $2 million increase in cost of goods sold due to an
inventory revaluation charge associated with our adoption of
fresh-start reporting that we recognized during the Fiscal 2010
Quarter.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA in the Fiscal 2011 Quarter was
$(3) million compared to $(4) million in the Fiscal
2010 Quarter.
Segment assets at January 2, 2011 increased slightly to
$500 million from $496 million at September 30,
2010. Goodwill and intangible assets, which are substantially a
direct a result of the revaluation impacts of fresh-start
reporting, at January 2, 2011 decreased slightly to
$411 million from $413 million at September 30,
2010.
Corporate Expense. Our corporate expense in
the Fiscal 2011 Quarter was $11 million compared to
$12 million during the Fiscal 2010 Quarter. Corporate
expense as a percentage of consolidated net sales for the Fiscal
2011 Quarter was 1.3% and 2.0% for the Fiscal 2010 Quarter. The
decrease is primarily due to decreased incentive accruals
coupled with savings from the global realignment announced in
the fiscal year ended September 30, 2007, which was
partially offset by increased stock compensation expense of
$2 million in the Fiscal 2011 Quarter compared to the
Fiscal 2010 Quarter.
Acquisition and Integration and Related
Charges. Acquisition and integration related
charges reflected in Operating expenses include, but are not
limited to transaction costs such as banking, legal and
accounting
B-12
professional fees directly related to the acquisition,
termination and related costs for transitional and certain other
employees, integration related professional fees and other post
business combination related expenses associated with our
acquisitions.
We incurred $16 million of Acquisition and integration
related charges during the Fiscal 2011 Quarter in connection
with the Merger which consisted of the following:
(i) $2 million of legal and professional fees;
(ii) $4 million of employee termination charges; and
(iii) $10 million of integration costs. We incurred
$2 million of Acquisition and integration related charges
during the Fiscal 2010 Quarter in connection with the Merger
which consisted of legal and professional fees.
The Company incurred di minimis acquisition and integration
related charges associated with the acquisition of Seed
Resources, LLC during the Fiscal 2011 Quarter.
Restructuring and Related Charges. See
Note 13, Restructuring and Related Charges to our Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) included in this
prospectus for additional information regarding our
restructuring and related charges.
The following table summarizes all restructuring and related
charges we incurred in the Fiscal 2011 Quarter and the Fiscal
2010 Quarter (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Costs included in cost of goods sold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Latin America initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
Ningbo Exit Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
Global Cost Reduction Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total included in cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
|
$
|
1.6
|
|
Costs included in operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Realignment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
Global Cost Reduction Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
6.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total included in operating expenses
|
|
$
|
5.0
|
|
|
$
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and related charges
|
|
$
|
5.6
|
|
|
$
|
6.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We have implemented a series of initiatives in the Global
Batteries & Appliances segment in Europe to reduce
operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure (the
European Initiatives). In connection with the
European Initiatives, which are substantially complete, we
implemented a series of initiatives within the Global
Batteries & Appliances segment in Europe to reduce
operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure.
These initiatives include the relocation of certain operations
at our Ellwangen, Germany packaging center to the Dischingen,
Germany battery plant and restructuring Europes sales,
marketing and support functions. We recorded no pretax
restructuring and related charges during the Fiscal 2011 Quarter
and the Fiscal 2010 Quarter in connection with the European
Initiatives. We have recorded pretax restructuring and related
charges of approximately $27 million since the inception of
the European Initiatives.
B-13
In Fiscal 2007, we began managing our business in three
vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments;
Global Batteries & Personal Care (which, effective
October 1, 2010, includes the appliance portion of Russell
Hobbs, collectively, Global Batteries & Appliances),
Global Pet Supplies and the Home and Garden Business. As part of
this realignment, our global operations organization, which had
previously been included in corporate expense, consisting of
research and development, manufacturing management, global
purchasing, quality operations and inbound supply chain, is now
included in each of the operating segments. In connection with
these changes we undertook a number of cost reduction
initiatives, primarily headcount reductions, at the corporate
and operating segment levels (the Global Realignment
Initiatives). We recorded approximately $2 million
and $(2) million of pretax restructuring and related
charges during the Fiscal 2011 Quarter and the Fiscal 2010
Quarter, respectively, in connection with the Global Realignment
Initiatives. Costs associated with these initiatives, which are
expected to be incurred through June 30, 2011, relate
primarily to severance and are projected at approximately
$92 million.
During Fiscal 2008, we implemented an initiative within the
Global Batteries & Appliances segment to reduce
operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure.
These initiatives, which are substantially complete, include the
exit of our battery manufacturing facility in Ningbo, China
(Ningbo) (the Ningbo Exit Plan). We
recorded de minimis pretax restructuring and related charges
during the Fiscal 2011 Quarter and approximately $1 million
of pretax restructuring and related charges during the Fiscal
2010 Quarter, in connection with the Ningbo Exit Plan. We have
recorded pretax restructuring and related charges of
approximately $29 million since the inception of the Ningbo
Exit Plan.
During Fiscal 2009, we implemented a series of initiatives
within the Global Batteries & Appliances segment, the
Global Pet Supplies segment, and the Home and Garden Business
segment to reduce operating costs as well as evaluate our
opportunities to improve our capital structure (the Global
Cost Reduction Initiatives). These initiatives include
headcount reductions within all our segments and the exit of
certain facilities in the U.S. related to the Global Pet
Supplies and the Home and Garden Business segments. These
initiatives also included consultation, legal and accounting
fees related to the evaluation of our capital structure. We
recorded $4 million and $8 million of pretax
restructuring and related charges during the Fiscal 2011 Quarter
and the Fiscal 2010 Quarter, respectively, related to the Global
Cost Reduction Initiatives. Costs associated with these
initiatives, which are expected to be incurred through
January 31, 2015, are projected at approximately
$59 million.
Interest Expense. Interest expense in the
Fiscal 2011 Quarter increased to $53 million from
$49 million in the Fiscal 2010 Quarter. The increased
interest expense in the Fiscal 2011 Quarter is primarily related
to the increased debt that was acquired in conjunction with the
Merger as well as an increased principal balance on our
12% Notes. See Note 7, Debt, to our Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) included in this
prospectus for additional information regarding our outstanding
debt.
Reorganization Items. During the Fiscal 2010
Quarter, we, in connection with our reorganization, and
subsequent emergence under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code, recorded Reorganization items expense of $4 million,
which are primarily professional and legal fees.
Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate on income
from continuing operations is approximately 229% for the Fiscal
2011 Quarter. Our effective tax rate on a loss from continuing
operations was approximately (64)% for the Fiscal 2010 Quarter.
We have had changes of ownership, as defined under Internal
Revenue Code (IRC) Section 382, that continue
to subject a significant amount of our U.S. federal and
state net operating losses and other tax attributes to certain
limitations. Under ASC Topic 740: Income
Taxes, (ASC 740) we, as discussed more
fully below, continue to have a valuation allowance against our
net deferred tax assets in the U.S., excluding certain
indefinite lived intangibles.
At January 2, 2011, we are estimating that at
September 30, 2011 we will have U.S. federal and state
net operating loss carryforwards of approximately
$1,196 million and $1,043 million, respectively, which
will expire through years ending in 2032, and we will have
foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately
$200 million, which will expire beginning in 2011. Certain
of the foreign net operating losses have indefinite carryforward
periods. At September 30, 2010 we had U.S. federal and
state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately
$1,087 million and $936 million, respectively, which,
at that time, were
B-14
scheduled to expire through years ending in 2031. At
September 30, 2010 we had foreign net operating loss
carryforwards of approximately $195 million, which at the
time were set to expire beginning in 2011. Certain of the
foreign net operating losses have indefinite carryforward
periods. Limitations apply to a substantial portion of the
U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards in
accordance with IRC Section 382. As such, we estimate that
approximately $296 million of our federal and
$463 million of our state net operating losses will expire
unused.
The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets depends on
our ability to generate sufficient taxable income of the
appropriate character in the future and in the appropriate
taxing jurisdictions. We establish valuation allowances for
deferred tax assets when we estimate it is more likely than not
that the tax assets will not be realized. We base these
estimates on projections of future income, including tax
planning strategies, in certain jurisdictions. Changes in
industry conditions and other economic conditions may impact our
ability to project future income. ASC 740 requires the
establishment of a valuation allowance when it is more likely
than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets
will not be realized. In accordance with ASC 740, we
periodically assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets
will be realized and determine if adjustments to the valuation
allowance are appropriate. As a result of this assessment, we
determined that a full valuation allowance is required against
the tax benefit of our net deferred tax assets in the
U.S. and China, excluding certain indefinite lived
intangibles. In addition, certain other subsidiaries are subject
to valuation allowances with respect to certain deferred tax
assets. During the Fiscal 2011 Quarter we increased our
valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets by
approximately $18 million. Our total valuation allowance,
established for the tax benefit of deferred tax assets that may
not be realized, was approximately $349 million and
$331 million at January 2, 2011 and September 30,
2010, respectively. Of this amount, approximately
$317 million and $300 million relates to U.S. net
deferred tax assets at January 2, 2011 and
September 30, 2010, respectively and approximately
$31 million relates to foreign net deferred tax assets at
both January 2, 2011 and September 30, 2010,
respectively.
We recognize in our financial statements the impact of a tax
position, if that position is more likely than not of being
sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the
position. At January 2, 2011 and September 30, 2010,
we had approximately $11 million and $13 million,
respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits. At January 2,
2011 and September 30, 2010, we had approximately
$5 million and $6 million, respectively, of accrued
interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.
Discontinued Operations. On November 11,
2008, the board of directors of Old Spectrum approved the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business, which includes the manufacturing and marketing of
fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed, following an
evaluation of the historical lack of profitability and the
projected input costs and significant working capital demands
for the growing product portion of the Home and Garden Business
during Fiscal 2009. We believe the shutdown is consistent with
what we have done in other areas of our business to eliminate
unprofitable products from our portfolio. We completed the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business during the second quarter of Fiscal 2009. Accordingly,
the presentation herein of the results of continuing operations
excludes the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business for all periods presented. See Note 2, Significant
Accounting Policies-Discontinued Operations, of Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) included
in this prospectus for further details on the disposal of the
growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business.
The following amounts related to the growing products portion of
the Home and Garden Business have been segregated from
continuing operations and are reflected as discontinued
operations during the Fiscal 2010 Quarter:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
(2.5
|
)
|
Provision for income tax expense
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-15
Fiscal
Year Ended September 30, 2010 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, 2009
Fiscal 2009, when referenced within this Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations included in this prospectus, includes the combined
results of Old Spectrum for the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009 and New Spectrum for the period
from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009.
Highlights
of Consolidated Operating Results
We have presented the growing products portion of the Home and
Garden Business as discontinued operations. The board of
directors of Old Spectrum committed to the shutdown of the
growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business in
November 2008 and the shutdown was completed during the second
quarter of our Fiscal 2009. See Note 9, Discontinued
Operations of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,
included in this prospectus for additional information regarding
the shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and
Garden Business. As a result, and unless specifically stated,
all discussions regarding Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009 only
reflect results from our continuing operations.
Year over year historical comparisons are influenced by the
acquisition of Russell Hobbs, which is included in our Fiscal
2010 Consolidated Financial Statements of Operations from
June 16, 2010, the date of the Merger, through the end of
the period. The results of Russell Hobbs are not included in our
Fiscal 2009 Consolidated Financial Statements of Operations. See
Note 16, Acquisition of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements, included in this prospectus for supplemental pro
forma information providing additional year over year
comparisons of the impact of the acquisition.
Net Sales. Net sales for Fiscal 2010 increased
to $2,567 million from $2,231 million in Fiscal 2009,
a 15.1% increase. The following table details the principal
components of the change in net sales from Fiscal 2009 to Fiscal
2010 (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
Fiscal 2009 Net Sales
|
|
$
|
2,231
|
|
Addition of Russell Hobbs small appliances
|
|
|
231
|
|
Addition of Russell Hobbs pet supplies
|
|
|
6
|
|
Addition of Russell Hobbs home and garden control
products
|
|
|
1
|
|
Increase in consumer battery sales
|
|
|
33
|
|
Increase in electric shaving and grooming product sales
|
|
|
27
|
|
Increase in home and garden control product sales
|
|
|
19
|
|
Increase in lighting product sales
|
|
|
6
|
|
Increase in electric personal care product sales
|
|
|
2
|
|
Decrease in pet supplies sales
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
Foreign currency impact, net
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2010 Net Sales
|
|
$
|
2,567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-16
Consolidated net sales by product line for Fiscal 2010 and 2009
are as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Product line net sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer batteries
|
|
$
|
866
|
|
|
$
|
819
|
|
Pet supplies
|
|
|
566
|
|
|
|
574
|
|
Home and garden control products
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
|
322
|
|
Electric shaving and grooming products
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
Small appliances
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electric personal care products
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
Portable lighting products
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
2,567
|
|
|
$
|
2,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global consumer battery sales during Fiscal 2010 increased
$47 million, or 6%, compared to Fiscal 2009, primarily
driven by favorable foreign exchange impacts of $15 million
coupled with increased sales in North America and Latin America.
The sales increase in North America was driven by increased
volume with a major customer and the increased sales in Latin
America were a result of increased specialty battery sales,
driven by the successfully leveraging our value proposition,
that is, products that work as well as or better than our
competitors, at a lower price. These gains were partially offset
by decreased consumer battery sales of $22 million in
Europe, primarily due to our continued exit of low margin
private label battery sales.
Pet product sales during Fiscal 2010 decreased $8 million,
or 1%, compared to Fiscal 2009. The decrease of $8 million
is attributable to decreased aquatics sales of $11 million
and decreased specialty pet products of $6 million, which
was partially offset by the Merger as it accounted for a Net
sales increase of $6 million during Fiscal 2010. Also
offsetting the decreases was favorable foreign exchange impacts
of $3 million. The $11 million decrease in aquatic
sales is due to decreases within the United States and Pacific
Rim of $6 million and $5 million, respectively, as a
result of reduction in demand in this product category due to
the macroeconomic slowdown as we maintained our market share in
the category. The $6 million decrease in companion animal
sales is due to $9 million decline in the United States,
primarily driven by a distribution loss of at a major retailer
of certain dog shampoo products and the impact of a product
recall, which was tempered by increases of $3 million in
Europe.
Sales of home and garden control products during Fiscal 2010
versus Fiscal 2009 increased $21 million, or 6%. This
increase is a result of additional sales to major customers that
was driven by incentives to retailers and promotional campaigns
during the year in both home and garden control products and
household control products.
Electric shaving and grooming product sales during Fiscal 2010
increased $32 million, or 14%, compared to Fiscal 2009
primarily due to increased sales within Europe of
$25 million coupled with favorable foreign exchange
translation of $5 million. The increase in Europe sales is
a result of new product launches, pricing and promotions.
Electric personal care product sales during Fiscal 2010
increased $5 million, or 2%, when compared to Fiscal 2009.
The increase of $5 million during Fiscal 2010 was
attributable to favorable foreign exchange impacts of
$2 million coupled with modest sales increases within Latin
America and North America of $3 million and
$1 million, respectively. These sales increases were
partially offset by modest declines in Europe of $2 million.
Sales of portable lighting products in Fiscal 2010 increased
$8 million, or 10%, compared to Fiscal 2009 as a result of
increases in North America of $3 million coupled with
favorable foreign exchange translation of $2 million. Sales
of portable lighting products also increased modestly in both
Europe and Latin America.
B-17
Small appliances contributed $231 million or 9% of total
net sales for Fiscal 2010. This represents sales related to
Russell Hobbs from the date of the consummation of the merger,
June 16, 2010 through the close of the Fiscal 2010.
Gross Profit. Gross profit for Fiscal 2010 was
$921 million versus $816 million for Fiscal 2009. Our
gross profit margin for Fiscal 2010 decreased to 35.9% from
36.6% in Fiscal 2009. The decrease in our gross profit margin is
primarily a result of our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon
emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Upon the
adoption of fresh-start reporting, in accordance with Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141,
Business Combinations,
(SFAS 141), inventory balances were
revalued at August 30, 2009 resulting in an increase in
such inventory balances of $49 million. As a result of the
inventory revaluation, we recognized $34 million in
additional cost of goods sold during Fiscal 2010 compared to
$15 million of additional cost of goods sold recognized in
Fiscal 2009. The impact of the inventory revaluation was offset
by lower Restructuring and related charges in Cost of goods sold
during Fiscal 2010, which included $7 million of
Restructuring and related charges whereas Fiscal 2009 included
$13 million of Restructuring and related charges. The
Restructuring and related charges incurred in Fiscal 2010 were
primarily associated with cost reduction initiatives announced
in 2009. The $13 million of Restructuring and related
charges incurred in Fiscal 2009 primarily related to the
shutdown of our Ningbo, China battery manufacturing facility.
See Restructuring and Related Charges below,
as well as Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, to
our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for additional information regarding our
restructuring and related charges.
Operating Expense. Operating expenses for
Fiscal 2010 totaled $753 million versus $659 million
for Fiscal 2009. The $94 million increase in operating
expenses for Fiscal 2010 versus Fiscal 2009 was partially driven
by $38 million of Acquisition and integration related
charges as a result of our combination with Russell Hobbs
pursuant to the Merger. During Fiscal 2010 we also incurred
$36 million of selling expense and $16 million of
general and administrative expense incurred by Russell Hobbs
subsequent to the acquisition on June 16, 2010. Also
included in Operating expenses for Fiscal 2010 was additional
depreciation and amortization as a result of the revaluation of
our long lived assets in connection with our adoption of
fresh-start reporting upon emergence from Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code and unfavorable foreign exchange translation of
$7 million. This increase was partially offset by the
non-recurrence of the non-cash impairment charge to certain long
lived intangible assets of $34 million in Fiscal 2009 and
lower Restructuring and related charges of approximately
$15 million as $17 million of such charges were
incurred in Fiscal 2010 compared to $32 million in Fiscal
2009. See Restructuring and Related Charges
below, as well as Note 14, Restructuring and Related
Charges, to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in
this prospectus for additional information regarding our
restructuring and related charges.
Adjusted EBITDA. Management believes that
certain non-GAAP financial measures may be useful in certain
instances to provide additional meaningful comparisons between
current results and results in prior operating periods. Adjusted
earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
(Adjusted EBITDA) is a metric used by management and
frequently used by the financial community. Adjusted EBITDA
provides insight into an organizations operating trends
and facilitates comparisons between peer companies, since
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization can differ
greatly between organizations as a result of differing capital
structures and tax strategies. Adjusted EBITDA can also be a
useful measure of a companys ability to service debt and
is one of the measures used for determining the Companys
debt covenant compliance. Adjusted EBITDA excludes certain items
that are unusual in nature or not comparable from period to
period. While the Companys management believes that
non-GAAP measurements are useful supplemental information, such
adjusted results are not intended to replace the Companys
GAAP financial results.
Adjusted EBITDA, which includes the results of Russell
Hobbs businesses as if it was combined with Spectrum for
all periods presented (see reconciliation of GAAP Net
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations to Adjusted EBITDA by
segment below) was $432 million for Fiscal 2010 compared
with $391 million for Fiscal 2009.
B-18
Operating Income. Operating income of
approximately $169 million was recognized in Fiscal 2010
compared to Fiscal 2009 operating income of $157 million.
The increase in operating income is attributable to Russell
Hobbs income of $13 million, increased sales in our
remaining segments and the non-reoccurrence of the previously
discussed non-cash impairment charge of $34 million in
Fiscal 2009. This was partially offset by $39 million of
Acquisition and integration related charges incurred in Fiscal
2010 related to the Merger.
Segment Results. As discussed in Annex C,
Description of the Business of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.,
we manage our business in three reportable segments:
(i) Global Batteries & Appliances,
(ii) Global Pet Supplies; and (iii) Home and Garden
Business.
Operating segment profits do not include restructuring and
related charges, acquisition and integration related charges,
interest expense, interest income, impairment charges,
reorganization items and income tax expense. Expenses associated
with global operations, consisting of research and development,
manufacturing management, global purchasing, quality operations
and inbound supply chain are included in the determination of
operating segment profits. In connection with the realignment of
reportable segments discussed above, expenses associated with
certain general and administrative expenses necessary to reflect
the operating segments on a standalone basis and which were
previously reflected in operating segment profits, have been
excluded in the determination of reportable segment profits.
Accordingly, corporate expenses primarily include general and
administrative expenses and global long-term incentive
compensation plans which are evaluated on a consolidated basis
and not allocated to our operating segments.
All depreciation and amortization included in income from
operations is related to operating segments or corporate
expense. Costs are allocated to operating segments or corporate
expense according to the function of each cost center. All
capital expenditures are related to operating segments. Variable
allocations of assets are not made for segment reporting.
Global strategic initiatives and financial objectives for each
reportable segment are determined at the corporate level. Each
reportable segment is responsible for implementing defined
strategic initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives
and has a general manager responsible for the sales and
marketing initiatives and financial results for product lines
within that segment. Financial information pertaining to our
reportable segments is contained in Note 11, Segment
Information, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus.
Adjusted EBITDA is a metric used by management and frequently
used by the financial community which provides insight into an
organizations operating trends and facilitates comparisons
between peer companies, since interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization can differ greatly between organizations as a
result of differing capital structures and tax strategies.
Adjusted EBITDA can also be a useful measure of a companys
ability to service debt and is one of the measures used for
determining our debt covenant compliance. Adjusted EBITDA
excludes certain items that are unusual in nature or not
comparable from period to period. While we believe that adjusted
EBITDA is useful supplemental information, such adjusted results
are not intended to replace our GAAP financial results and
should be read in conjunction with those GAAP results.
B-19
Below is a reconciliation of GAAP Net Income (Loss) from
Continuing Operations to Adjusted EBITDA by segment for Fiscal
2010 and Fiscal 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2010
|
|
|
|
Global
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home and
|
|
|
Corporate/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Batteries &
|
|
|
Global Pet
|
|
|
Garden
|
|
|
Unallocated
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
Appliances
|
|
|
Supplies
|
|
|
Business
|
|
|
Items(a)
|
|
|
SB Holdings
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net Income (loss)
|
|
$
|
143
|
|
|
$
|
51
|
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
$
|
(424
|
)
|
|
$
|
(190
|
)
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
|
195
|
|
Write-off unamortized discounts and financing fees(b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
Pre-acquisition earnings
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
Acquisition and integration related charges
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
Reorganization items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Accelerated depreciation and amortization(c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Fresh-start inventory fair value adjustment
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
Russell Hobbs inventory fair value adjustment
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Brazilian IPI credit/other
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBIT
|
|
$
|
239
|
|
|
$
|
76
|
|
|
$
|
53
|
|
|
$
|
(54
|
)
|
|
$
|
314
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
297
|
|
|
$
|
104
|
|
|
$
|
68
|
|
|
$
|
(37
|
)
|
|
$
|
432
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2009
|
|
|
|
Global
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home and
|
|
|
Corporate/
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
Batteries &
|
|
|
Global Pet
|
|
|
Garden
|
|
|
Unallocated
|
|
|
SB
|
|
|
|
Appliances
|
|
|
Supplies
|
|
|
Business
|
|
|
Items(a)
|
|
|
Holdings
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net Income (loss)
|
|
$
|
132
|
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
|
$
|
(51
|
)
|
|
$
|
820
|
|
|
$
|
943
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
Pre-acquisition earnings
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Reorganization items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,139
|
)
|
|
|
(1,139
|
)
|
Intangibles impairment
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
Fresh-start inventory and other fair value adjustment
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Accelerated depreciation and amortization(c)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Brazilian IPI credit/other
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBIT
|
|
$
|
245
|
|
|
$
|
75
|
|
|
$
|
45
|
|
|
$
|
(41
|
)
|
|
$
|
324
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
274
|
|
|
$
|
97
|
|
|
$
|
58
|
|
|
$
|
(38
|
)
|
|
$
|
391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-20
|
|
|
(a) |
|
It is our policy to record Income tax expense (benefit) and
interest expense on a consolidated basis. Accordingly, such
amounts are not reflected in the operating results of the
operating segments. |
|
(b) |
|
Adjustment reflects the following: (i) $61 million
write-off of unamortized deferred financing fees and discounts
associated with our restructured capital structure, refinanced
on June 16, 2010; (ii) $4 million related to
pre-payment premiums associated with the paydown of our old
asset based revolving credit facility and supplemental loan
extinguished on June 16, 2010; and
(iii) $17 million related to the termination of
interest swaps and commitment fees. |
|
(c) |
|
Adjustment reflects restricted stock amortization and
accelerated depreciation associated with certain restructuring
initiatives. Inasmuch as this amount is included within
Restructuring and related charges, this adjustment negates the
impact of reflecting the add-back of depreciation and
amortization. |
Global
Batteries & Appliances
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
1,658
|
|
|
$
|
1,335
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
171
|
|
|
$
|
172
|
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
10.3
|
%
|
|
|
12.8
|
%
|
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
297
|
|
|
$
|
274
|
|
Assets as of September 30,
|
|
$
|
2,477
|
|
|
$
|
1,608
|
|
Segment net sales to external customers in Fiscal 2010 increased
$323 million to $1,658 million from
$1,335 million during Fiscal 2009, representing a 24%
increase. The Merger accounted for a Net sales increase of
$231 million in the small appliances product category
during Fiscal 2010. Favorable foreign currency exchange
translation impacted net sales in Fiscal 2010 by approximately
$24 million in comparison to Fiscal 2009. Consumer battery
sales for Fiscal 2010 increased to $866 million when
compared to Fiscal 2009 sales of $819 million, primarily
due to increased specialty battery sales of $26 million and
increased alkaline battery sales of $6 million, coupled
with favorable foreign exchange translation of $15 million.
The $26 million increase in specialty battery sales is
driven by growth in Latin America driven by the successfully
leveraging our value proposition, that is, products that work as
well as or better than our competitors, at a lower price. The
$6 million increase in alkaline sales is driven by the
increased sales in North America, attributable to an increase in
market share, as consumers opt for our value proposition during
the weakening economic conditions in the U.S, which was tempered
by a decline in alkaline battery sales in Europe as we continued
efforts to exit from unprofitable or marginally profitable
private label battery sales, as well as certain second tier
branded battery sales. We are continuing our efforts to promote
profitable growth and therefore, expect to continue to exit
certain low margin business as appropriate to create a more
favorable mix of branded versus private label products. Net
sales of electric shaving and grooming products in Fiscal 2010
increased by $32 million, a 14% increase, compare to Fiscal
2009. This increase was primarily due to an increase of
$25 million in Europe, excluding foreign exchange
translation, as a result of successful promotions and
operational execution. Positive foreign exchange translation
impacted net sales of electric shaving and grooming products in
Fiscal 2010 by $5 million. Electric personal care sales
increased by $5 million, an increase of 3%, over Fiscal
2009. Favorable foreign exchange translation impacted net sales
by approximately $3 million. Excluding favorable foreign
exchange, we experienced modest electric personal care product
sales increases within all geographic regions. Net sales of
portable lighting products for Fiscal 2010 increased to
$88 million as compared to sales of $80 million for
Fiscal 2009, an increase of 10%. The portable lighting product
sales increase was primarily driven by favorable foreign
exchange impact of $2 million, coupled with increased sales
in North America of $3 million, driven by increased sales
with a major customer as a result of new product introductions.
Segment profitability during Fiscal 2010 decreased slightly to
$171 million from $172 million in Fiscal 2009. Segment
profitability as a percentage of net sales decreased to 10.7% in
Fiscal 2010 compared to 12.4% in Fiscal 2009. The decrease in
segment profitability during Fiscal 2010 was mainly attributable
to a $19 million increase in cost of goods sold due to the
revaluation of inventory coupled with approximately a
B-21
$16 million increase in intangible asset amortization due
to our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon our emergence from
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Offsetting this decrease
to segment profitability was segment profit realized from the
Merger of $11 million, higher sales, as discussed above,
and savings from our restructuring and related initiatives
announced in Fiscal 2009. See Restructuring and Related
Charges below, as well as Note 14, Restructuring
and Related Charges, to our Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus for additional information regarding
our restructuring and related charges.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA in Fiscal 2010 was $297 million
compared to $274 million in Fiscal 2009. The increase in
Adjusted EBITDA is mainly driven by the efficient cost structure
now in place from our cost reduction initiatives announced in
Fiscal 2009 coupled with increases in market share in certain of
our product categories.
Segment assets at September 30, 2010 increased to
$2,477 million from $1,608 million at
September 30, 2009. The increase in assets is directly
related to the Merger. Goodwill and intangible assets, which are
directly a result of the revaluation impacts of fresh-start
reporting and the Merger, increased to $1,355 million at
September 30, 2010 from $909 million at
September 30, 2009. The increase is mainly due to goodwill
and intangible assets of $468 million related to the
Merger, which was partially offset by amortization of definite
lived intangible assets of $22 million.
Foreign
Currency Translation Venezuela Impacts
The Global Batteries & Appliances segment does
business in Venezuela through a Venezuelan subsidiary. At
January 4, 2010, the beginning of our second quarter of
Fiscal 2010, we determined that Venezuela meets the definition
of a highly inflationary economy under GAAP. As a result,
beginning January 4, 2010, the U.S. dollar is the
functional currency for our Venezuelan subsidiary. Accordingly,
going forward, currency remeasurement adjustments for this
subsidiarys financial statements and other transactional
foreign exchange gains and losses are reflected in earnings.
Through January 3, 2010, prior to being designated as
highly inflationary, translation adjustments related to the
Venezuelan subsidiary were reflected in Shareholders
equity as a component of AOCI.
In addition, on January 8, 2010, the Venezuelan government
announced its intention to devalue its currency, the Bolivar
fuerte, relative to the U.S. dollar. The official exchange
rate for imported goods classified as essential, such as food
and medicine, changed from 2.15 to 2.6 to the U.S. dollar,
while payments for other non-essential goods moved to an
exchange rate of 4.3 to the U.S. dollar. Some of our
imported products fall into the essential classification and
qualify for the 2.6 rate; however, our overall results in
Venezuela were reflected at the 4.3 rate expected to be
applicable to dividend repatriations beginning in the second
quarter of Fiscal 2010. As a result, we remeasured the local
statement of financial position of our Venezuela entity during
the second quarter of Fiscal 2010 to reflect the impact of the
devaluation. Based on actual exchange activity, we determined on
September 30, 2010 that the most likely method of
exchanging its Bolivar fuertes for U.S. dollars will be to
formally apply with the Venezuelan government to exchange
through commercial banks at the SITME rate specified by the
Central Bank of Venezuela. The SITME rate as of
September 30, 2010 was quoted at 5.3 Bolivar fuerte per
U.S. dollar. Therefore, we changed the rate used to
remeasure Bolivar fuerte denominated transactions as of
September 30, 2010 from the official non-essentials
exchange rate to the 5.3 SITME rate in accordance with
ASC 830, Foreign Currency Matters as it is the
expected rate that exchanges of Bolivar fuerte to
U.S. dollars will be settled. There is also an immaterial
ongoing impact related to measuring our Venezuelan statement of
operations at the new exchange rate of 5.3 to the
U.S. dollar.
The designation of our Venezuela entity as a highly inflationary
economy and the devaluation of the Bolivar fuerte resulted in a
$1 million reduction to our operating income during Fiscal
2010. We also reported a foreign exchange loss in Other expense
(income), net, of $10 million during Fiscal 2010.
B-22
Global
Pet Supplies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
566
|
|
|
$
|
574
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
58
|
|
|
$
|
66
|
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
10.2
|
%
|
|
|
11.5
|
%
|
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
104
|
|
|
$
|
97
|
|
Assets as of September 30,
|
|
$
|
839
|
|
|
$
|
867
|
|
Segment net sales to external customers in Fiscal 2010 decreased
to $566 million from $574 million in Fiscal 2009,
representing a decrease of $8 million or 1%. The
$8 million decrease was attributable to lower aquatics
sales of $11 million, lower specialty pet product sales of
$6 million, which was offset by favorable foreign exchange
impacts of $3 million. The decrease in aquatics sales was
primarily due to general softness in this category. The decrease
in specialty pet product sales was driven by a distribution loss
at a major retailer of certain dog shampoo products and the
impact of a product recall. The Merger accounted for a Net sales
increase of $6 million during Fiscal 2010.
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2010 decreased to
$58 million from $66 million in Fiscal 2009. Segment
profitability as a percentage of sales in Fiscal 2010 also
decreased to 10.2% from 11.5% during Fiscal 2009. This decrease
in segment profitability and profitability margin was primarily
attributable to an increase in cost of goods sold due to the
revaluation of inventory and the increase in intangible asset
amortization in accordance with SFAS 141, as was required
when we adopted fresh-start reporting upon our emergence from
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. The decrease in Fiscal
2010 segment profitability was tempered by improved pricing and
lower manufacturing and operating costs as a result of our
global cost reduction initiatives announced in Fiscal 2009. See
Restructuring and Related Charges below, as
well as Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, to our
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for additional information regarding our restructuring and
related charges.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA in Fiscal 2010 was $104 million
compared to $97 million in Fiscal 2009. Despite decreased
net sales during Fiscal 2010 of $8 million, our successful
efforts to create a lower cost structure including the closure
and consolidation of some of our pet facilities, and improved
product mix, resulted in Adjusted EBITDA increase of
$7 million. See Restructuring and Related
Charges below, as well as Note 14, Restructuring
and Related Charges, to our Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus, for further detail on our Fiscal
2009 initiatives.
Segment assets as of September 30, 2010 decreased to
$839 million from $867 million at September 30,
2009. Goodwill and intangible assets, which are directly a
result of the revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting and
the Merger, decreased to $602 million at September 30,
2010 from $618 million at September 30, 2009. The
decrease is mainly due to amortization of definite lived
intangible assets of $15 million and foreign exchange
impacts of $14 million which was partially offset by the
increase of goodwill and intangible assets of $13 million
related to the Merger.
Home
and Garden Business
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
343
|
|
|
$
|
322
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
51
|
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
14.9
|
%
|
|
|
13.0
|
%
|
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
68
|
|
|
$
|
58
|
|
Assets as of September 30,
|
|
$
|
496
|
|
|
$
|
504
|
|
Segment net sales to external customers of home and garden
control products during Fiscal 2010 versus Fiscal 2009 increased
$21 million, or 7%, was driven by incentives to retailers
and promotional campaigns during the year in both home and
garden control products and household control products.
B-23
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2010 increased to
$51 million compared to $42 million in Fiscal 2009.
Segment profitability as a percentage of sales in Fiscal 2010
increased to 14.9% from 13.0% in Fiscal 2009. This increase in
segment profitability was attributable to savings from our
global cost reduction initiatives announced in Fiscal 2009. See
Restructuring and Related Charges below, as
well as Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, to our
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for additional information regarding our restructuring and
related charges. The increase in profitability during Fiscal
2010 was tempered by a $2 million increase in cost of goods
sold due to the revaluation of inventory and increased
intangible asset amortization due to the revaluation of our
customer relationships in accordance with SFAS 141 as was
required when we adopted fresh-start reporting upon our
emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA in Fiscal 2010 was $68 million
compared to $58 million in Fiscal 2009. The increase in
Adjusted EBITDA during Fiscal 2010 was mainly driven by expanded
promotions at our top retailers and strong sales growth.
Segment assets as of September 30, 2010 decreased to
$496 million from $504 million at September 30,
2009. Goodwill and intangible assets, which are directly a
result of the revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting and
the Merger, decreased to $410 million at September 30,
2010 from $419 million at September 30, 2009. The
decrease of $9 million is primarily driven by amortization
associated with definite lived intangible assets.
Corporate Expense. Our corporate expense in
Fiscal 2010 increased to $49 million from $42 million
in Fiscal 2009. The increase is primarily due to stock
compensation expense of $17 million in Fiscal 2010 compared
to $3 million of stock compensation expense in Fiscal 2009.
Our corporate expense as a percentage of consolidated net sales
in both Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009 was 1.9%.
Restructuring and Related Charges. See Note 14,
Restructuring and Related Charges, of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements, included in this prospectus for additional
information regarding our restructuring and related charges.
B-24
The following table summarizes all restructuring and related
charges we incurred in Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009 (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Costs included in cost of goods sold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Latin America Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
Global Realignment Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Ningbo Exit Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
Global Cost Reduction Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total included in cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
7.1
|
|
|
$
|
13.4
|
|
Costs included in operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United & Tetra integration:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2.3
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
European Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Global Realignment Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
Ningbo Exit Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
Global Cost Reduction Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
9.3
|
|
|
|
11.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total included in operating expenses
|
|
$
|
17.0
|
|
|
$
|
32.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and related charges
|
|
$
|
24.1
|
|
|
$
|
45.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Fiscal 2007, we began managing our business in three
vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments;
Global Batteries & Personal Care (which, effective
October 1, 2010, includes the appliance portion of Russell
Hobbs, collectively, Global Batteries & Appliances),
Global Pet Supplies and the Home and Garden Business. As part of
this realignment, our global operations organization, which had
previously been included in corporate expense, consisting of
research and development, manufacturing management, global
purchasing, quality operations and inbound supply chain, is now
included in each of the operating segments. In connection with
these changes we undertook a number of cost reduction
initiatives, primarily headcount reductions, at the corporate
and operating segment levels (the Global Realignment
Initiatives). We recorded approximately $4 million
and $11 million of pretax restructuring and related charges
during Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009, respectively, in connection
with the Global Realignment Initiatives. Costs associated with
these initiatives, which are expected to be incurred through
June 30, 2011, relate primarily to severance and are
projected at approximately $89 million.
During Fiscal 2008, we implemented an initiative within the
Global Batteries & Appliances segment to reduce
operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure.
These initiatives, which are substantially
B-25
complete, include the exit of our battery manufacturing facility
in Ningbo Baowang China (Ningbo) (the Ningbo
Exit Plan). We recorded approximately $2 million and
$11 million of pretax restructuring and related charges
during Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009, respectively, in connection
with the Ningbo Exit Plan. We have recorded pretax and
restructuring and related charges of approximately
$29 million since the inception of the Ningbo Exit Plan.
During Fiscal 2009, we implemented a series of initiatives
within the Global Batteries & Appliances segment and
the Global Pet Supplies segment to reduce operating costs as
well as evaluate our opportunities to improve our capital
structure (the Global Cost Reduction Initiatives).
These initiatives include headcount reductions within all our
segments and the exit of certain facilities in the
U.S. related to the Global Pet Supplies segment. These
initiatives also included consultation, legal and accounting
fees related to the evaluation of our capital structure. We
recorded $18 million and $20 million of pretax
restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal
2009, respectively, related to the Global Cost Reduction
Initiatives. Costs associated with these initiatives, which are
expected to be incurred through March 31, 2014, are
projected at approximately $65 million.
Acquisition and integration related
charges. Acquisition and integration related
charges reflected in Operating expenses include, but are not
limited to transaction costs such as banking, legal and
accounting professional fees directly related to the
acquisition, termination and related costs for transitional and
certain other employees, integration related professional fees
and other post business combination related expenses associated
with the Merger of Russell Hobbs. We incurred $38 million
of Acquisition and integration related charges during Fiscal
2010, which consisted of the following:
(i) $25 million of legal and professional fees;
(ii) $10 million of employee termination charges; and
(iii) $4 million of integration costs.
Goodwill and Intangibles Impairment. ASC 350
requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an
event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have
been incurred. In Fiscal 2010 and 2009, we tested our goodwill
and indefinite-lived intangible assets. As a result of this
testing, we recorded a non-cash pretax impairment charge of
$34 million in Fiscal 2009. The $34 million non-cash
pretax impairment charge incurred in Fiscal 2009 reflects trade
name intangible asset impairments of the following:
$18 million related to Global Pet Supplies;
$15 million related to the Global Batteries &
Appliances segment; and $1 million related to the Home and
Garden Business. See Note 3(i), Significant Accounting
Policies and Practices Intangible Assets, of Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for further details on this impairment charge.
Interest Expense. Interest expense in Fiscal
2010 increased to $277 million from $190 million in
Fiscal 2009. The increase was driven primarily by the following
unusual items: (i) $55 million representing the
write-off of the unamortized portion of discounts and premiums
related to debt that was paid off in conjunction with our
refinancing, a non-cash charge; (ii) $13 million
related to bridge commitment fees while we were refinancing our
debt; (iii) $7 million representing the write-off of
the unamortized debt issuance costs related to debt that was
paid off, a non-cash charge; (iv) $4 million related
to a prepayment premium; and (v) $3 million related to
the termination of a Euro-denominated interest rate swap.
Reorganization Items. During Fiscal 2010, we,
in connection with our reorganization under Chapter 11 of
the Bankruptcy Code, recorded Reorganization items expense
(income), net of approximately $4 million, which primarily
consisted of legal and professional fees. During Fiscal 2009 Old
Spectrum recorded Reorganization items expense (income), net,
which represents a gain of approximately $(1,143) million.
Reorganization items expense (income), net included the
following: (i) gain on cancellation of debt of
$(147) million; (ii) gains in connection with
fresh-start reporting adjustments of $(1,088) million;
(iii) legal and professional fees of $75 million;
(iv) write off deferred financing costs related to the
Senior Subordinated Notes of $11 million; and (v) a
provision for rejected leases of $6 million. During Fiscal
2009, New Spectrum recorded Reorganization items expense
(income), net which represents expense of $4 million
related to professional fees. See Note 2, Voluntary
Reorganization Under Chapter 11, of Notes to Consolidated
Financial
B-26
Statements included in this prospectus for more information
related to our reorganization under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code.
Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate on income
from continuing operations was approximately (50.9)% for Fiscal
2010. Our effective tax rate on losses from continuing
operations is approximately 2.0% for Old Spectrum and (256)% for
New Spectrum during Fiscal 2009. The primary drivers of the
effective rate as compared to the U.S. statutory rate of
35% for Fiscal 2010 include tax expense recorded for an increase
in the valuation allowance associated with our net
U.S. deferred tax asset.
As of September 30, 2010, we have U.S. federal and
state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately
$1,087 million and $936 million, respectively. These
net operating loss carryforwards expire through years ending in
2031, and we have foreign loss carryforwards of approximately
$195 million, which will expire beginning in 2011. Certain
of the foreign net operating losses have indefinite carryforward
periods. We are subject to an annual limitation on the use of
our U.S. net operating losses that arose prior to our
emergence from bankruptcy. We have had multiple changes of
ownership, as defined under Internal Revenue Code
(IRC) Section 382, that subject our
U.S. federal and state net operating losses and other tax
attributes to certain limitations. The annual limitation is
based on a number of factors including the value of our stock
(as defined for tax purposes) on the date of the ownership
change, our net unrealized built in gain position on that date,
the occurrence of realized built in gains in years subsequent to
the ownership change, and the effects of subsequent ownership
changes (as defined for tax purposes) if any. In addition,
separate return year limitations apply to limit our utilization
of the acquired Russell Hobbs U.S. federal and state net
operating losses to future income of the Russell Hobbs subgroup.
Based on these factors, we project that $296 million of the
total U.S. federal and $463 million of the state net
operating loss will expire unused. In addition, we project that
$38 million of the total foreign net operating loss
carryforwards will expire unused. We have provided a full
valuation allowance against these deferred tax assets.
We recognized income tax expense of approximately
$124 million related to the gain on the settlement of
liabilities subject to compromise and the modification of the
senior secured credit facility in the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009. This
adjustment, net of a change in valuation allowance is embedded
in Reorganization items expense (income), net. We have, in
accordance with the IRC Section 108 reduced our net
operating loss carryforwards for cancellation of debt income
that arose from our emergence from Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code under IRC Section 382 (1)(6).
The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets depends on
our ability to generate sufficient taxable income of the
appropriate character in the future and in the appropriate
taxing jurisdictions. We establish valuation allowances for
deferred tax assets when we estimate it is more likely than not
that the tax assets will not be realized. We base these
estimates on projections of future income, including tax
planning strategies, in certain jurisdictions. Changes in
industry conditions and other economic conditions may impact our
ability to project future income. ASC Topic 740: Income
Taxes (ASC 740) requires the establishment
of a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that
some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized. In accordance with ASC 740, we periodically
assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be
realized and determine if adjustments to the valuation allowance
are appropriate.
Our total valuation allowance established for the tax benefit of
deferred tax assets that may not be realized is approximately
$331 million at September 30, 2010. Of this amount,
approximately $300 million relates to U.S. net
deferred tax assets and approximately $31 million relates
to foreign net deferred tax assets. In connection with the
Merger, we established an additional valuation allowance of
approximately $104 million related to acquired net deferred
tax assets as part of acquisition accounting. In 2009, Old
Spectrum recorded a reduction in the valuation allowance against
the U.S. net deferred tax asset exclusive of indefinite
lived intangible assets primarily as a result of utilizing net
operating losses to offset the gain on settlement of liabilities
subject to compromise and the impact of the fresh start
reporting adjustments. New Spectrum recorded a reduction in the
domestic valuation allowance of $47 million as a reduction
to goodwill as a result of New Spectrum income. Our total
valuation allowance established for the tax benefit of deferred
tax assets that may not be realized is approximately
$133 million at September 30, 2009. Of this amount,
approximately $109 million relates to U.S. net
deferred tax assets and approximately $24 million relates
to foreign net
B-27
deferred tax assets. We recorded a non-cash deferred income tax
charge of approximately $257 million related to a valuation
allowance against U.S. net deferred tax assets during
Fiscal 2008. Included in the total is a non-cash deferred income
tax charge of approximately $4 million related to an
increase in the valuation allowance against our net deferred tax
assets in China in connection with the Ningbo Exit Plan. We also
determined that a valuation allowance was no longer required in
Brazil and thus recorded a $31 million benefit to reverse
the valuation allowance previously established. Our total
valuation allowance, established for the tax benefit of deferred
tax assets that may not be realized, is approximately
$496 million at September 30, 2008. Of this amount,
approximately $468 million relates to U.S. net
deferred tax assets and approximately $28 million relates
to foreign net deferred tax assets.
ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an
event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have
been incurred. During Fiscal 2009 we recorded a non- cash pretax
impairment charge of approximately $34 million. The tax
impact, prior to consideration of the current year valuation
allowance, of the impairment charges was a deferred tax benefit
of approximately $13 million. See Goodwill and
Intangibles Impairment above, as well as
Note 3(c), Significant Accounting Policies and
Practices Intangible Assets, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for additional information regarding these non-cash impairment
charges.
In addition, our income tax provision for the year ended
September 30, 2010 reflects the correction of a prior
period error which increases our income tax provision by
approximately $6 million.
ASC 740, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax
positions, requires that we recognize in our financial
statements the impact of a tax position, if that position is
more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the
technical merits of the position. As a result, we recognized no
cumulative effect adjustment at the time of adoption. As of
September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, the total
amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would
affect the effective income tax rate in future periods was
$13 million and $8 million, respectively. See
Note 8, Income Taxes, of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements included in this prospectus for additional
information.
Discontinued Operations. On November 5,
2008, the board of directors of Old Spectrum committed to the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business, which included the manufacturing and marketing of
fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed, following an
evaluation of the historical lack of profitability and the
projected input costs and significant working capital demands
for the growing product portion of the Home and Garden Business
during Fiscal 2009. We believe the shutdown is consistent with
what we have done in other areas of our business to eliminate
unprofitable products from our portfolio. We completed the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business during the second quarter of Fiscal 2009. Accordingly,
the presentation herein of the results of continuing operations
excludes the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business for all periods presented. See Note 9,
Discontinued Operations, of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements included in this prospectus for further details on
the disposal of the growing products portion of the Home and
Garden Business. The following amounts related to the growing
products portion of the Home and Garden Business have been
segregated from continuing operations and are reflected as
discontinued operations during Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009,
respectively (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
31.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
(2.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(90.9
|
)
|
Provision for income tax benefit
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
(4.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
(86.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-28
Fiscal
Year Ended September 30, 2009 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, 2008
Fiscal 2009, when referenced within this Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations included in this prospectus, includes the combined
results of Old Spectrum for the period from October 1, 2008
through August 30, 2009 and New Spectrum for the period
from August 31, 2009 through September 30, 2009.
Highlights
of consolidated operating results
During Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008, we have presented the
growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business as
discontinued operations. During Fiscal 2008 we have presented
the Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business as
discontinued operations. Our board of directors of Old Spectrum
committed to the shutdown of the growing products portion of the
Home and Garden Business in November 2008 and the shutdown was
completed during the second quarter of our Fiscal 2009. The
Canadian division of the Home and Garden Business was sold on
November 1, 2007. See Note 9, Discontinued Operations
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this
prospectus for additional information regarding the shutdown of
the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business and
the sale of the Canadian division of the Home and Garden
Business. As a result, and unless specifically stated, all
discussions regarding Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008 only reflect
results from our continuing operations.
Net Sales. Net sales for Fiscal 2009 decreased
to $2,231 million from $2,427 million in Fiscal 2008,
an 8.1% decrease. The following table details the principal
components of the change in net sales from Fiscal 2008 to Fiscal
2009 (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
Fiscal 2008 Net Sales
|
|
$
|
2,427
|
|
Increase in electric personal care product sales
|
|
|
4
|
|
Decrease in consumer battery sales
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
Decrease in pet supplies sales
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
Decrease in lighting product sales
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
Decrease in home and garden product sales
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
Decrease in electric shaving and grooming product sales
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Foreign currency impact, net
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2009 Net Sales
|
|
$
|
2,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated net sales by product line for Fiscal 2009 and 2008
are as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Product line net sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer batteries
|
|
$
|
819
|
|
|
$
|
916
|
|
Pet supplies
|
|
|
574
|
|
|
|
599
|
|
Home and garden control products
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
|
334
|
|
Electric shaving and grooming products
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
247
|
|
Electric personal care products
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
231
|
|
Portable lighting products
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
2,231
|
|
|
$
|
2,427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global consumer battery sales during Fiscal 2009 decreased
$97 million, or 11%, compared to Fiscal 2008, primarily
driven by unfavorable foreign exchange impacts of
$70 million coupled with decreased consumer battery sales
of $50 million and $15 million in Latin America and
Europe, respectively. These declines were partially offset by
increased consumer battery sales, mainly alkaline batteries, in
North America of $38 million. The alkaline battery sales
increase in North America is mainly due to higher volume at a
B-29
major customer coupled with new distribution. The decreased
consumer battery sales in Latin America continues to be a result
of a slowdown in economic conditions in all countries and
inventory de-stocking at retailers mainly in Brazil. Zinc carbon
batteries decreased $35 million while alkaline battery
sales are down $15 million in Latin America. The decreased
consumer battery sales within Europe are primarily attributable
to the decline in alkaline battery sales due to a slowdown in
economic conditions and our continued efforts to exit
unprofitable or marginally profitable private label battery
sales.
Pet supplies product sales during Fiscal 2009 decreased
$25 million, or 4%, compared to Fiscal 2008. The decrease
of $25 million is primarily attributable to decreased
aquatics sales of $27 million coupled with unfavorable
foreign exchange impacts of $11 million. These decreases
were partially offset by increases of $13 million within
specialty pet products. The decrease in aquatics sales of
$27 million during Fiscal 2009 was attributable to declines
in the U.S., Europe and Pacific Rim of $14 million,
$10 million and $3 million, respectively. The declines
in the U.S. were a result of decreased sales of large
equipment, such as aquariums, driven by softness in this product
category due to the macroeconomic slowdown as we maintained our
market share in the category. The declines in Europe were due to
inventory de-stocking at retailers and weak filtration product
sales, both a result of the slowdown in economic conditions. The
declines the Pacific Rim were also a result of the slowdown in
economic conditions. The increase of $13 million in
specialty pet products is a result of increased sales of our
Dingo brand dog treats coupled with price increases on select
products, primarily in the U.S.
Sales of home and garden control products during Fiscal 2009
versus Fiscal 2008 decreased $12 million, or 4%, primarily
due to our retail customers managing their inventory levels to
unprecedented low levels, combined with such retailers ending
their outdoor home and garden control season six weeks early as
compared to prior year seasons and our decision to exit certain
unprofitable or marginally profitable products. This decrease in
sales within home and garden control products was partially
offset by increased sales of household insect control products.
Electric shaving and grooming product sales during Fiscal 2009
decreased $22 million, or 9%, compared to Fiscal 2008
primarily due to unfavorable foreign exchange translation of
$19 million. The decline of $3 million, excluding
unfavorable foreign exchange, was due to a $7 million
decrease of sales within North America, which was partially
offset by slight increases within Europe and Latin America of
$3 million and $1 million, respectively. The decreased
sales of electric shaving and grooming products within North
America were a result of delayed inventory stocking at certain
of our major customers for the 2009 holiday season which in turn
resulted in a delay of our product shipments that historically
would have been recorded during the fourth quarter of our fiscal
year. The increases within Europe and Latin America were driven
by new product launches, pricing and promotions.
Electric personal care product sales during Fiscal 2009
decreased $20 million, or 9%, when compared to Fiscal 2008.
The decrease of $20 million during Fiscal 2009 was
attributable to unfavorable foreign exchange impacts of
$24 million and declines in North America of
$7 million. These decreases were partially offset by
increases within Europe and Latin America of $8 million and
$3 million, respectively. Similar to our electric shaving
and grooming products sales, the decreased sales of electric
personal care products within North America was a result of
delayed holiday inventory stocking by our customers which in
turn resulted in a delay of our product shipments that
historically would have been recorded during the fourth quarter
of our fiscal year. The increased sales within Europe and Latin
America were a result of successful product launches, mainly in
womens hair care.
Sales of portable lighting products in Fiscal 2009 decreased
$20 million, or 20%, compared to Fiscal 2008 as a result of
unfavorable foreign exchange impacts of $5 million coupled
with declines in North America, Latin America and Europe of
$9 million, $3 million and $1 million,
respectively. The decreases across all regions are a result of
the slowdown in economic conditions and decreased market demand.
Gross Profit. Gross profit for Fiscal 2009 was
$817 million versus $920 million for Fiscal 2008. Our
gross profit margin for Fiscal 2009 decreased slightly to 36.6%
from 37.9% in Fiscal 2008. Gross profit was lower in Fiscal 2009
due to unfavorable foreign exchange impacts of $58 million.
As a result of our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon
emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in
accordance with
B-30
SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations,
(SFAS 141), inventory balances were
revalued as of August 30, 2009 resulting in an increase in
such inventory balances of $49 million. As a result of the
inventory revaluation, New Spectrum recognized $16 million
in additional cost of goods sold in Fiscal 2009. The remaining
$33 million of the inventory revaluation was recorded
during the first quarter of Fiscal 2010. These inventory
revaluation adjustments are non-cash charges. In addition, in
connection with our adoption of fresh-start reporting, and in
accordance with ASC 852, we revalued our property, plant
and equipment as of August 30, 2009 which resulted in an
increase to such assets of $34 million. As a result of the
revaluation of property, plant and equipment, during Fiscal 2009
we incurred an additional $2 million of depreciation
charges within cost of goods sold. We anticipate higher cost of
goods sold in future years as a result of the revaluation of our
property, plant and equipment. Furthermore, as a result of
emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, we
anticipate lower interest costs in future years which should
enable us to invest more in capital expenditures into our
business and, as a result, such higher future capital spending
would also increase our depreciation expense in future years.
See Note 2, Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11,
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for more information related to our reorganization
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and fresh-start
reporting. Offsetting the unfavorable impacts to our gross
margin, we incurred $13 million of Restructuring and
related charges, within Costs of goods sold, during Fiscal 2009,
compared to $16 million in Fiscal 2008. The
$13 million in Fiscal 2009 primarily related to the 2009
Cost Reduction Initiatives and the Ningbo Exit Plan, while the
Fiscal 2008 charges were primarily related to the Ningbo Exit
Plan. See Restructuring and Related Charges
below, as well as Note 15, Restructuring and Related
Charges, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included
in this prospectus for additional information regarding our
restructuring and related charges.
Operating Expense. Operating expenses for
Fiscal 2009 totaled $659 million versus $1,605 million
for Fiscal 2008. This $946 million decrease in operating
expenses for Fiscal 2009 versus Fiscal 2008 was primarily driven
by lower impairment charges recorded in Fiscal 2009 versus
Fiscal 2008. During Fiscal 2009 we recorded non-cash impairment
charges of $34 million versus $861 million of non-cash
impairment charges recorded in Fiscal 2008. The Fiscal 2009
impairment charges related to the write down of the carrying
value of indefinite-lived intangible assets to fair value while
the Fiscal 2008 impairment charges related to the write down of
the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible
assets to fair value. These impairment charges were recorded in
accordance with both ASC Topic 350:
Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, (ASC
350) and ASC Topic 360: Property, Plant and
Equipment, (ASC 360). See Goodwill
and Intangibles Impairment below, as well as
Note 3(c), Significant Accounting Policies and
Practices Intangible Assets, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for additional information regarding these non-cash impairment
charges. The decrease in operating expenses in Fiscal 2009
versus Fiscal 2008 is also attributable to the positive impact
related to foreign exchange of $37 million in Fiscal 2009
coupled with the non-recurrence of a charge in Fiscal 2008 of
$18 million associated with the depreciation and
amortization related to the assets of the Home and Garden
Business incurred as a result of our reclassification of the
Home and Garden Business from discontinued operations to
continuing. See Introduction above and
Segment Results Home and Garden
below, as well as Note 1, Description of Business, of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for additional information regarding the
reclassification of the Home and Garden Business. Tempering the
decrease in operating expenses from Fiscal 2008 to Fiscal 2009
was an increase in restructuring and related charges.
Restructuring and related charges included in operating expenses
were $32 million in Fiscal 2009 and $23 million in
Fiscal 2008. The Fiscal 2009 Restructuring and related charges
are primarily attributable to the 2009 Cost Reduction
Initiatives, while the Fiscal 2008 charges are primarily
attributable to various cost reduction initiatives in connection
with our global realignment announced in January 2007. See
Restructuring and Related Charges below, as
well as Note 15, Restructuring and Related Charges, of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for additional information regarding our
restructuring and related charges.
Operating Income (Loss). Operating income of
approximately $157 million was recognized in Fiscal 2009
compared to an operating loss in Fiscal 2008 of
$685 million. The change in operating income (loss) is
directly attributable to the impact of the previously discussed
non-cash impairment charge of $34 million in Fiscal 2009
compared to the non-cash impairment charge of $861 million
during Fiscal 2008.
B-31
Segment Results. Operating segment profits do
not include restructuring and related charges, interest expense,
interest income, impairment charges, reorganization items and
income tax expense. Expenses associated with global operations,
consisting of research and development, manufacturing
management, global purchasing, quality operations and inbound
supply chain are included in the determination of operating
segment profits. In addition, certain general and administrative
expenses necessary to reflect the operating segments on a
standalone basis have been included in the determination of
operating segment profits. Corporate expenses include primarily
general and administrative expenses associated with corporate
overhead and global long-term incentive compensation plans.
All depreciation and amortization included in income from
operations is related to operating segments or corporate
expense. Costs are allocated to operating segments or corporate
expense according to the function of each cost center. All
capital expenditures are related to operating segments. Variable
allocations of assets are not made for segment reporting.
Global strategic initiatives and financial objectives for each
reportable segment are determined at the corporate level. Each
reportable segment is responsible for implementing defined
strategic initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives
and has a general manager responsible for the sales and
marketing initiatives and financial results for product lines
within that segment. Financial information pertaining to our
reportable segments is contained in Note 12, Segment
Information, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus.
Global
Batteries & Appliances
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
1,335
|
|
|
$
|
1,494
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
172
|
|
|
$
|
170
|
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
12.8
|
%
|
|
|
11.4
|
%
|
Assets as of September 30,
|
|
$
|
1,608
|
|
|
$
|
1,183
|
|
Segment net sales to external customers in Fiscal 2009 decreased
$159 million to $1,335 million from
$1,494 million during Fiscal 2008, representing an 11%
decrease. Unfavorable foreign currency exchange translation
impacted net sales in Fiscal 2009 by approximately
$118 million in comparison to Fiscal 2008. Consumer battery
sales for Fiscal 2009 decreased to $819 million when
compared to Fiscal 2008 sales of $916 million, principally
due to a negative foreign currency impact of $70 million
coupled with a decline in zinc carbon battery sales of
$32 million. The $32 million decrease in zinc carbon
batteries is primarily concentrated in Latin America, as Latin
American sales were down $35 million in Fiscal 2009
compared to Fiscal 2008 as a result of a slowdown in economic
conditions and inventory de-stocking at retailers mainly in
Brazil. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange
translation, sales of alkaline batteries increased
$5 million as we experienced gains in North America of
$37 million, which were offset by declines within Europe
and Latin America of $17 million and $15 million,
respectively. The increased alkaline battery sales in North
America were driven by an increase in market share, as consumers
opt for our value proposition during the weakening economic
conditions in the U.S. The decreased alkaline battery sales
in Europe were the result of our continued efforts to exit from
unprofitable or marginally profitable private label battery
sales, as well as certain second tier branded battery sales. We
are continuing our efforts to promote profitable growth and
therefore, expect to continue to exit certain low margin
business as appropriate to create a more favorable mix of
branded versus private label products. The decrease in Latin
American alkaline battery sales was again due to the slowdown in
economic activity coupled with inventory de-stocking at
retailers mainly in Brazil. Net sales of electric shaving and
grooming products in Fiscal 2009 decreased by $21 million,
or 8%, primarily as a result of negative foreign exchange
impacts of $19 and declines in North America of $7 million.
These declines were partially offset by increases within Europe
and Latin America of $3 million and $2 million,
respectively. The declines within North America are primarily
attributable to delayed inventory stocking at certain of our
major customers for the 2009 holiday season which in turn
resulted in a delay of our product shipments that historically
would have been recorded during the fourth quarter of our fiscal
year. The slight increases in Europe and Latin America are a
result of successful new product launches. Electric personal
care
B-32
sales decreased by $20 million, a decrease of 9% over
Fiscal 2008. Unfavorable foreign exchange translation impacted
net sales by approximately $24 million. Excluding
unfavorable foreign exchange, we experienced an increase of
$4 million within electric personal care products. Europe
and Latin America increased $8 million and $3 million,
respectively, while North American electric personal care
product sales decreased $8 million. Similar to our electric
shaving and grooming products sales, the decreased sales of
electric personal care products within North America was a
result of delayed holiday inventory stocking at certain of our
customers which in turn has resulted in a delay of our product
shipments that historically would have been recorded during the
fourth quarter of our fiscal year. The increased sales within
Europe and Latin America were due to strong growth in our
womens hair care products. Net sales of portable lighting
products for Fiscal 2009 decreased to $80 million as
compared to sales of $100 million for Fiscal 2008. The
portable lighting product sales decrease was driven by
unfavorable foreign exchange impact of $5 million, coupled
with declines in sales in North America, Europe and Latin
America of $9 million, $3 million and $2 million,
respectively. The decrease across all regions was driven by
softness in the portable lighting products category as a result
of the global economic slowdown.
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2009 increased slightly to
$172 million from $170 million in Fiscal 2008. Segment
profitability as a percentage of net sales increased to 12.8% in
Fiscal 2009 as compared with 11.4% in Fiscal 2008. The increase
in segment profitability during Fiscal 2009 was primarily the
result of cost savings from the Ningbo Exit Plan and our global
realignment announced in January 2007. See
Restructuring and Related Charges below, as
well as Note 15, Restructuring and Related Charges, of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for additional information regarding our
restructuring and related charges. Tempering the increase in
segment profitability were decreased sales during Fiscal 2009 as
compared to Fiscal 2008 which was primarily driven by
unfavorable foreign exchange and softness in certain product
categories due to the global economic slowdown. In addition, as
a result of our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon emergence
from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in accordance with
SFAS 141, inventory balances were revalued as of
August 30, 2009 resulting in an increase in such Global
Batteries & Appliances inventory balances of
$27 million. As a result of the inventory revaluation,
Global Batteries & Appliances recognized
$10 million in additional cost of goods sold in Fiscal
2009. The remaining $17 million of the inventory
revaluation was recorded during the first quarter of Fiscal
2010. See Net Sales above for further discussion on
our Fiscal 2009 sales.
Segment assets at September 30, 2009 increased to
$1,608 million from $1,183 million at
September 30, 2008. The increase is primarily a result of
the revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting. See
Note 2, Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11, of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for additional information related to fresh-start
reporting. Partially offsetting this increase in assets was a
non-cash impairment charge of certain intangible assets in
Fiscal 2009 of $15 million. See Note 3(i), Significant
Accounting Policies and Practices Intangible Assets,
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for additional information regarding this impairment
charge and the amount attributable to Global
Batteries & Appliances. Goodwill and intangible assets
at September 30, 2009 totaled approximately
$909 million and are directly a result of the revaluation
impacts of fresh-start reporting. Goodwill and intangible assets
at September 30, 2008 total approximately $416 million
and primarily relate to the ROV Ltd., VARTA AG, Remington
Products Company, L.L.C. (Remington Products) and
Microlite S.A. (Microlite) acquisitions.
Global
Pet Supplies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
574
|
|
|
$
|
599
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
66
|
|
|
$
|
70
|
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
11.5
|
%
|
|
|
11.7
|
%
|
Assets as of September 30,
|
|
$
|
867
|
|
|
$
|
700
|
|
Segment net sales to external customers in Fiscal 2009 decreased
to $574 million from $599 million in Fiscal 2008,
representing a decrease of $25 million, or 4%. Unfavorable
foreign currency exchange translation
B-33
impacted net sales in Fiscal 2009 compared to Fiscal 2008 by
approximately $11 million. Worldwide aquatic sales for
Fiscal 2009 decreased to $360 million when compared to
sales of $398 million in Fiscal 2008. The decrease in
worldwide aquatic sales was a result of unfavorable foreign
exchange impacts of $11 million coupled with declines of
$14 million, $10 million and $3 million in the
United States, Europe and the Pacific Rim, respectively. The
declines in the U.S. were a result of decreased sales of
large equipment, primarily aquariums, due to the slowdown in
economic conditions. The declines in Europe were due to
inventory de-stocking at retailers and the poor weather season,
which impacted our outdoor pond product sales. The declines the
Pacific Rim were as a result of the slowdown in economic
conditions. Companion animal net sales increased to
$214 million in Fiscal 2009 compared to $201 million
in Fiscal 2008, an increase of $13 million, or 6%. We
continued to see strong growth, and foresee further growth in
Fiscal 2010, in companion animal related product sales in the
U.S., driven by our Dingo brand dog treats, coupled with
increased volume in Europe and the Pacific Rim associated with
the continued introductions of companion animal products.
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2009 decreased slightly to
$66 million from $70 million in Fiscal 2008. Segment
profitability as a percentage of sales in Fiscal 2009 also
decreased slightly to 11.5% from 11.7% during Fiscal 2008. This
decrease in segment profitability and profitability margin was
primarily due to decreased sales, as discussed above, coupled
with increases in cost of goods sold driven by higher input
costs, which negatively impacted margins, as price increases
lagged behind such cost increases. Tempering the decrease in
profitability and profitability margin were lower operating
expenses, principally selling related expenses. In addition, as
a result of our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon emergence
from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in accordance with
SFAS 141, inventory balances were revalued as of
August 30, 2009 resulting in an increase in such Global Pet
Supplies inventory balances of $19 million. As a result of
the inventory revaluation, Global Pet Supplies recognized
$5 million in additional cost of goods sold in Fiscal 2009.
The remaining $14 million of the inventory revaluation was
recorded during the first quarter of Fiscal 2010.
Segment assets as of September 30, 2009 increased to
$867 million from $700 million at September 30,
2008. The increase is primarily a result of the revaluation
impacts of fresh-start reporting. See Note 2, Voluntary
Reorganization Under Chapter 11, of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this prospectus for more
information related to fresh-start reporting. Partially
offsetting this increase in assets was a non-cash impairment
charge of certain intangible assets in Fiscal 2009 of
$19 million. See Note 3(i), Significant Accounting
Policies and Practices Intangible Assets, of Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for additional information regarding this impairment charge and
the amount attributable to Global Pet Supplies. Goodwill and
intangible assets as of September 30, 2009 total
approximately $618 million and are directly a result of the
revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting. Goodwill and
intangible assets as of September 30, 2008 total
approximately $447 million and primarily relate to the
acquisitions of Tetra and the United Pet Group division of
United.
Home
and Garden Business
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net sales to external customers
|
|
$
|
322
|
|
|
$
|
334
|
|
Segment profit
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
Segment profit as a % of net sales
|
|
|
13.0
|
%
|
|
|
8.7
|
%
|
Assets as of September 30,
|
|
$
|
504
|
|
|
$
|
290
|
|
Segment net sales to external customers of home and garden
control products during Fiscal 2009 versus Fiscal 2008 decreased
$12 million, or 4%, primarily due to our retail customers
managing their inventory levels to unprecedented low levels,
combined with such retailers ending their outdoor home and
garden control season six weeks early as compared to prior year
seasons and our decision to exit certain unprofitable or
marginally profitable products. This decrease in sales within
home and garden control products were partially offset by
increased sales of household insect control products, driven by
increased sales to a major customer.
B-34
Segment profitability in Fiscal 2009 increased to
$42 million from $29 million in Fiscal 2008. Segment
profitability as a percentage of sales in Fiscal 2009 increased
to 13.0% from 8.7% in Fiscal 2008. The increase in segment
profit for Fiscal 2009 was the result of declining commodity
costs associated with our home and garden control products and
the non-recurrence of a charge incurred during Fiscal 2008 of
approximately $11 million that related to depreciation and
amortization expense related to Fiscal 2007. From
October 1, 2006 through December 30, 2007, the Home
and Garden Business was designated as discontinued operations.
In accordance with generally excepted accounting principles,
while designated as discontinued operations we ceased recording
depreciation and amortization expense associated with the assets
of this business. As a result of our reclassification of that
business to a continuing operation we recorded a
catch-up of
depreciation and amortization expense, which totaled
$14 million, for the five quarters during which this
business was designated as discontinued operations. In addition,
as a result of our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon
emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, in
accordance with SFAS 141, inventory balances were revalued
as of August 30, 2009 resulting in an increase in such Home
and Garden inventory balances of $3 million. As a result of
the inventory revaluation, Home and Garden recognized
$1 million in additional cost of goods sold in Fiscal 2009.
The remaining $2 million of the inventory revaluation was
recorded during the first quarter of Fiscal 2010.
Segment assets as of September 30, 2009 increased to
$504 million from $290 million at September 30,
2008. The increase is primarily a result of the revaluation
impacts of fresh-start reporting. See Note 2, Voluntary
Reorganization Under Chapter 11, of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this prospectus for more
information related to fresh-start reporting. Goodwill and
intangible assets as of September 30, 2009 total
approximately $419 million and are directly a result of the
revaluation impacts of fresh-start reporting. Intangible assets
as of September 30, 2008 total approximately
$115 million and primarily relate to the acquisition of the
United Industries division of United.
Corporate Expense. Our corporate expense in
Fiscal 2009 decreased to $42 million from $53 million
in Fiscal 2008. Our corporate expense as a percentage of
consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2009 decreased to 1.9% from
2.1%. The decrease in expense is partially a result of the
non-recurrence of a $9 million charge incurred in Fiscal
2008 to write off professional fees incurred in connection with
the termination of substantive negotiations with a potential
purchaser of our Global Pet Supplies business.
Restructuring and Related Charges. See
Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements, included in this prospectus
for additional information regarding our restructuring and
related charges.
B-35
The following table summarizes all restructuring and related
charges we incurred in 2009 and 2008 (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Costs included in cost of goods sold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United & Tetra integration:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
European initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Latin America initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
Global Realignment initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Ningbo Exit Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
Global Cost Reduction Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total included in cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
13.4
|
|
|
$
|
16.5
|
|
Costs included in operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United & Tetra integration:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
$
|
2.3
|
|
|
$
|
2.0
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Latin America initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Global Realignment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
|
|
12.3
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
Ningbo Exit Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global Cost Reduction Initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
11.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total included in operating expenses
|
|
$
|
32.4
|
|
|
$
|
22.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring and related charges
|
|
$
|
45.8
|
|
|
$
|
39.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In connection with the acquisitions of United and Tetra in
Fiscal 2005, we implemented a series of initiatives to optimize
the global resources of the combined companies. These
initiatives included: integrating all of Uniteds home and
garden administrative services, sales and customer service
functions into our operations in Madison, Wisconsin; converting
all information systems to SAP; consolidating Uniteds home
and garden manufacturing and distribution locations in North
America; rationalizing the North America supply chain; and
consolidating administrative, manufacturing and distribution
facilities at our Global Pet Supplies business. In addition,
certain corporate functions were shifted to our global
headquarters in Atlanta, Georgia.
B-36
We have recorded approximately $(1) million of
restructuring and related charges during Fiscal 2009, to adjust
prior estimates and eliminate the accrual, and no charges during
Fiscal 2008.
Effective October 1, 2006, we suspended initiatives to
integrate the activities of the Home and Garden Business into
our operations in Madison, Wisconsin. We recorded
$1 million of restructuring and related charges during
Fiscal 2009 and de minimis restructuring and related charges in
Fiscal 2008 in connection with the integration of the United
home and garden business.
Integration activities within Global Pet Supplies were
substantially complete as of September 30, 2007. Global Pet
Supplies integration activities consisted primarily of the
rationalization of manufacturing facilities and the optimization
of our distribution network. As a result of these integration
initiatives, two pet supplies facilities were closed in 2005,
one in Brea, California and the other in Hazleton, Pennsylvania,
one pet supply facility was closed in 2006, in Hauppauge, New
York and one pet supply facility was closed in 2007 in Moorpark,
California. We recorded approximately $2 million and
$3 million of pretax restructuring and related charges
during Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively.
We have implemented a series of initiatives in the Global
Batteries & Appliances segment in Europe to reduce
operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure (the
European Initiatives). In connection with the
European Initiatives, which are substantially complete, we
implemented a series of initiatives within the Global
Batteries & Appliances segment in Europe to reduce
operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure.
These initiatives include the relocation of certain operations
at our Ellwangen, Germany packaging center to our Dischingen,
Germany battery plant, transferring private label battery
production at our Dischingen, Germany battery plant to our
manufacturing facility in China and restructuring Europes
sales, marketing and support functions. In connection with the
European Initiatives, we recorded de minimis pretax
restructuring and related charges in Fiscal 2009 and
approximately $(1) million in pretax restructuring and
related charges, representing the
true-up of
reserve balances, during Fiscal 2008.
We have implemented a series of initiatives within our Global
Batteries & Appliances business segment in Latin
America to reduce operating costs (the Latin American
Initiatives). In connection with the Latin American
Initiatives, which are substantially complete, we implemented a
series of initiatives within the Global Batteries &
Appliances segment in Latin America to reduce operating costs.
The initiatives include the reduction of certain manufacturing
operations in Brazil and the restructuring of management, sales,
marketing and support functions. We recorded de minimis pretax
restructuring and related charges during both Fiscal 2009 and
Fiscal 2008 in connection with the Latin American Initiatives.
In Fiscal 2007, we began managing our business in three
vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments;
Global Batteries & Personal Care (which, effective
October 1, 2010, includes the appliance portion of Russell
Hobbs, collectively, Global Batteries & Appliances),
Global Pet Supplies and the Home and Garden Business. As part of
this realignment, our global operations organization, which had
previously been included in corporate expense, consisting of
research and development, manufacturing management, global
purchasing, quality operations and inbound supply chain, is now
included in each of the operating segments. In connection with
these changes we undertook a number of cost reduction
initiatives, primarily headcount reductions, at the corporate
and operating segment levels (the Global Realignment
Initiatives). We recorded approximately $11 million
and $20 million of pretax restructuring and related charges
during Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008, respectively, in connection
with the Global Realignment Initiatives. Costs associated with
these initiatives relate primarily to severance.
During Fiscal 2008, we implemented an initiative within the
Global Batteries & Appliances segment to reduce
operating costs and rationalize our manufacturing structure.
These initiatives, which are substantially complete, include the
exit of our battery manufacturing facility in Ningbo Baowang
China (Ningbo) (the Ningbo Exit Plan).
During Fiscal 2009, we implemented a series of initiatives
within the Global Batteries & Appliances segment and
the Global Pet Supplies segment to reduce operating costs as
well as evaluate our opportunities to improve our capital
structure (the Global Cost Reduction Initiatives).
These initiatives include headcount reductions within all our
segments and the exit of certain facilities in the
U.S. related to the Global Pet
B-37
Supplies segment. These initiatives also included consultation,
legal and accounting fees related to the evaluation of our
capital structure.
Goodwill and Intangibles Impairment. ASC 350
requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an
event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have
been incurred. In Fiscal 2009 and 2008, we tested our goodwill
and indefinite-lived intangible assets. As a result of this
testing, we recorded a non-cash pretax impairment charge of
$34 million and $861 million in Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal
2008, respectively. The $34 million non-cash pretax
impairment charge incurred in Fiscal 2009 reflects trade name
intangible asset impairments of the following: $18 million
related to Global Pet Supplies; $15 million related to the
Global Batteries & Appliances segment; and
$1 million related to the Home and Garden Business. The
$861 million non-cash pretax impairment charge incurred in
Fiscal 2008 reflects $602 million related to the impairment
of goodwill and $265 million related to the impairment of
trade name intangible assets. Of the $602 million goodwill
impairment; $426 million was associated with our Global Pet
Supplies segment, $160 million was associated with the Home
and Garden Business and $16 million was associated with our
Global Batteries & Personal Care segment (which
effective October 1, 2010, includes the appliance portion
of Russell Hobbs, collectively, Global Batteries &
Appliances). Of the $265 million trade name intangible
assets impairment; $98 million was within our Global Pet
Supplies segment, $86 million was within our Global
Batteries & Appliances segment and $81 million
was within the Home and Garden segment. See Note 3(i),
Significant Accounting Policies and Practices
Intangible Assets, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus for further details on these
impairment charges.
Interest Expense. Interest expense in Fiscal
2009 decreased to $190 million from $229 million in
Fiscal 2008. The decrease in Fiscal 2009 is primarily due to
ceasing the accrual of interest on Old Spectrums Senior
Subordinated Notes, partially offset by the accrual of the
default interest on our U.S. Dollar Term B Loan and Euro
facility and ineffectiveness related to interest rate derivative
contracts. Contractual interest not accrued on the Senior
Subordinated Notes during Fiscal 2009 was $56 million. See
Liquidity and Capital Resources Debt Financing
Activities and Note 8, Debt, of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this prospectus for additional
information regarding our outstanding debt.
Reorganization Items. During Fiscal 2009, Old
Spectrum, in connection with our reorganization under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, recorded Reorganization
items expense (income), net, which represents a gain of
approximately $(1,143) million. Reorganization items
expense (income), net included the following: (i) gain on
cancellation of debt of $(147) million; (ii) gains in
connection with fresh-start reporting adjustments of
$(1,088) million; (iii) legal and professional fees of
$75 million; (iv) write off deferred financing costs
related to the Senior Subordinated Notes of $11 million;
and (v) a provision for rejected leases of $6 million.
During Fiscal 2009, New Spectrum recorded Reorganization items
expense (income), net which represents expense of
$4 million related to professional fees. See Note 2,
Voluntary Reorganization Under Chapter 11, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for more information related to our reorganization under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate on losses
from continuing operations is approximately 2.0% for Old
Spectrum and (256)% for New Spectrum during Fiscal 2009. Our
effective tax rate on income from continuing operations was
approximately 1.0% for Fiscal 2008. The primary drivers of the
change in our effective rate for New Spectrum for Fiscal 2009 as
compared to Fiscal 2008 relate to residual income taxes recorded
on the actual and deemed distribution of foreign earnings in
Fiscal 2009. The change in the valuation allowance related to
these dividends was recorded against goodwill as an adjustment
for release of valuation allowance. The primary drivers for
Fiscal 2008 include tax expense recorded for an increase in the
valuation allowance associated with our net U.S. deferred
tax asset and the tax impact of the impairment charges.
As of September 30, 2009, we had U.S. federal and
state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $598 and
$643 million, respectively, which will expire between 2010
and 2029, and we have foreign net operating loss carryforwards
of approximately $138 million, which will expire beginning
in 2010. Certain of the foreign net operating losses have
indefinite carryforward periods. As of September 30, 2008
we had U.S. federal, foreign and state net operating loss
carryforwards of approximately $960, $854 and
B-38
$142 million, respectively, which, at that time, were
scheduled to expire between 2009 and 2028. Certain of the
foreign net operating losses have indefinite carryforward
periods. We are subject to an annual limitation on the use of
our net operating losses that arose prior to its emergence from
bankruptcy. We have had multiple changes of ownership, as
defined under Internal Revenue Code (IRC)
Section 382, that subject us to U.S. federal and state
net operating losses and other tax attributes to certain
limitations. The annual limitation is based on a number of
factors including the value of our stock (as defined for tax
purposes) on the date of the ownership change, our net
unrealized built in gain position on that date, the occurrence
of realized built in gains in years subsequent to the ownership
change, and the effects of subsequent ownership changes (as
defined for tax purposes) if any. Based on these factors, we
project that $149 million of the total U.S. federal
and $311 million of the state net operating loss will
expire unused. We have provided a full valuation allowance
against the deferred tax asset.
We recognized income tax expense of approximately
$124 million related to the gain on the settlement of
liabilities subject to compromise and the modification of the
senior secured credit facility in the period from
October 1, 2008 through August 30, 2009. This
adjustment, net of a change in valuation allowance is embedded
in Reorganization items expense (income), net. We intend to
reduce our net operating loss carryforwards for any cancellation
of debt income in accordance with IRC Section 108 that
arises from our emergence from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code under IRC Section 382 (1)(6).
The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets depends on
our ability to generate sufficient taxable income of the
appropriate character in the future and in the appropriate
taxing jurisdictions. We establish valuation allowances for
deferred tax assets when we estimate it is more likely than not
that the tax assets will not be realized. We base these
estimates on projections of future income, including tax
planning strategies, in certain jurisdictions. Changes in
industry conditions and other economic conditions may impact our
ability to project future income. ASC 740 requires the
establishment of a valuation allowance when it is more likely
than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets
will not be realized. In accordance with ASC 740, we
periodically assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets
will be realized and determine if adjustments to the valuation
allowance are appropriate. In 2009, Old Spectrum recorded a
reduction in the valuation allowance against the U.S. net
deferred tax asset exclusive of indefinite lived intangible
assets primarily as a result of utilizing net operating losses
to offset the gain on settlement of liabilities subject to
compromise and the impact of the fresh start reporting
adjustments. New Spectrum recorded a reduction in the domestic
valuation allowance of $47 million as a reduction to
goodwill as a result of the recognition of pre-fresh start
deferred tax assets to offset New Spectrum income. Our total
valuation allowance established for the tax benefit of deferred
tax assets that may not be realized was approximately
$133 million at September 30, 2009. Of this amount,
approximately $109 million relates to U.S. net
deferred tax assets and approximately $24 million related
to foreign net deferred tax assets. We recorded a non-cash
deferred income tax charge of approximately $257 million
related to a valuation allowance against U.S. net deferred
tax assets during Fiscal 2008. Included in the total is a
non-cash deferred income tax charge of approximately
$4 million related to an increase in the valuation
allowance against our net deferred tax assets in China in
connection with the Ningbo Exit Plan. We also determined that a
valuation allowance was no longer required in Brazil and thus
recorded a $31 million benefit to reverse the valuation
allowance previously established. Our total valuation allowance,
established for the tax benefit of deferred tax assets that may
not be realized, was approximately $496 million at
September 30, 2008. Of this amount, approximately
$468 million related to U.S. net deferred tax assets
and approximately $28 million related to foreign net
deferred tax assets.
ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an
event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have
been incurred. During Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008, we recorded
non- cash pretax impairment charges of approximately
$34 million and $861 million, respectively. The tax
impact, prior to consideration of the current year valuation
allowance, of the impairment charges was a deferred tax benefit
of approximately $13 million and $143 million,
respectively. See Goodwill and Intangibles
Impairment above, as well as Note 3(c),
Significant Accounting Policies and Practices
Intangible Assets, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus for additional information regarding
these non-cash impairment charges.
B-39
ASC 740, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax
positions, requires that we recognize in our financial
statements the impact of a tax position, if that position is
more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the
technical merits of the position. We adopted this provision on
October 1, 2007. As a result of the adoption, we recognized
no cumulative effect adjustment. As of September 30, 2009,
August 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008, the total
amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would
affect the effective income tax rate in future periods is
$8 million, $8 million and $7 million,
respectively. See Note 8, Income Taxes, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for additional information.
Discontinued Operations. On November 5,
2008, the board of directors of Old Spectrum committed to the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business, which includes the manufacturing and marketing of
fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed, following an
evaluation of the historical lack of profitability and the
projected input costs and significant working capital demands
for the growing product portion of the Home and Garden Business
during Fiscal 2009. We believe the shutdown is consistent with
what we have done in other areas of our business to eliminate
unprofitable products from our portfolio. We completed the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business during the second quarter of Fiscal 2009. Accordingly,
the presentation herein of the results of continuing operations
excludes the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business for all periods presented. See Note 9,
Discontinued Operations, of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements included in this prospectus for further details on
the disposal of the growing products portion of the Home and
Garden Business. The following amounts related to the growing
products portion of the Home and Garden Business have been
segregated from continuing operations and are reflected as
discontinued operations during Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008,
respectively (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
31.3
|
|
|
$
|
261.4
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
(90.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
(27.1
|
)
|
Provision for income tax benefit
|
|
|
(4.5
|
)
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(86.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
(25.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In accordance with ASC 360, long-lived assets to be
disposed of are recorded at the lower of their carrying value or
fair value less costs to sell. During Fiscal 2008, we recorded a
non-cash pretax charge of $6 million in discontinued
operations to reduce the carrying value of intangible assets
related to the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business in order to reflect the estimated fair value of this
business.
On November 1, 2007, we sold the Canadian division of the
Home and Garden Business, which operated under the name Nu-Gro,
to a new company formed by RoyCap Merchant Banking Group and
Clarke Inc. Cash proceeds received at closing, net of selling
expenses, totaled approximately $15 million and was used to
reduce outstanding debt. These proceeds are included in net cash
provided by investing activities of discontinued operations in
our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in this
prospectus. On February 5, 2008, we finalized the
contractual working capital adjustment in connection with this
sale which increased our received proceeds by approximately
$1 million. As a result of the finalization of the
contractual working capital adjustments we recorded a loss on
disposal of approximately $1 million, net of tax benefit.
Accordingly, the presentation herein of the results of
continuing operations excludes the Canadian division of the Home
and Garden Business for all periods presented. See Note 9,
Discontinued Operations, of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements included in this prospectus for further details on
the sale of the Canadian division of the Home and Garden
Business.
B-40
The following amounts related to the Canadian division of the
Home and Garden Business have been segregated from continuing
operations and are reflected as discontinued operations during
Fiscal 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008(A)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
4.7
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
|
|
$
|
(1.9
|
)
|
Provision for income tax benefit
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
Fiscal 2008 represents results from discontinued operations from
October 1, 2007 through November 1, 2007, the date of
sale. Included in the Fiscal 2008 loss is a loss on disposal of
approximately $1 million, net of tax benefit. |
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Operating Activities. For the Fiscal 2011
Quarter cash used by operating activities totaled
$51 million as compared to a use of $31 million in the
Fiscal 2010 Quarter. Cash used by continuing operations during
the Fiscal 2011 Quarter was $50 million, compared to cash
used by continuing operations of $23 million in the Fiscal
2010 Quarter. This change was primarily the result of a
$17 million change in operating assets and liabilities and
a decrease in income after non-cash items of $14 million.
Cash used by operating activities of discontinued operations was
di minimis in the Fiscal 2011 Quarter, compared to cash use of
$8 million during the Fiscal 2010 Quarter. The operating
activities of discontinued operations were related to the
growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business. See
Discontinued Operations, above, as well as
Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies-Discontinued
Operations, of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements (Unaudited) included in this prospectus for further
details on the disposal of the growing products portion of the
Home and Garden Business.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $57 million
during Fiscal 2010 compared to $77 million during Fiscal
2009. Cash provided by operating activities from continuing
operations was $69 million during Fiscal 2010 compared to
$98 million during Fiscal 2009. The $29 million
decrease in cash provided by operating activities was primarily
due to payments of $47 million related to professional fees
from our Bankruptcy Filing and $25 million of payments
related to the Merger. This was partially offset by an increase
in income from continuing operations after adjusting for
non-cash items of $40 million in Fiscal 2010 compared to
Fiscal 2009. Cash used by operating activities from discontinued
operations was $11 million in Fiscal 2010 compared to a use
of $22 million in Fiscal 2009. The operating activities of
discontinued operations were related to the growing products
portion of the Home and Garden Business. See
Discontinued Operations, above, as well as
Note 9, Discontinued Operations, of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this prospectus for further
details on the disposal of the growing products portion of the
Home and Garden Business.
We expect to fund our cash requirements, including capital
expenditures, interest and principal payments due in Fiscal 2010
through a combination of cash on hand and cash flows from
operations and available borrowings under our ABL Revolving
Credit Facility. Going forward our ability to satisfy financial
and other covenants in our senior credit agreements and senior
subordinated indenture and to make scheduled payments or
prepayments on our debt and other financial obligations will
depend on our future financial and operating performance. There
can be no assurances that our business will generate sufficient
cash flows from operations or that future borrowings under the
ABL Revolving Credit Facility will be available in an amount
sufficient to satisfy our debt maturities or to fund our other
liquidity needs. In addition, the current economic crisis could
have a further negative impact on our financial position,
results of operations or cash flows. See Risk
Factors elsewhere in this prospectus, for further
discussion of the risks associated with our ability to service
all of our existing indebtedness, our ability to maintain
compliance with financial and other covenants related to our
indebtedness and the impact of the current economic crisis.
B-41
Investing Activities. Net cash used by
investing activities was $18 million for the Fiscal 2011
Quarter. For the Fiscal 2010 Quarter net cash used by investing
activities was $5 million. The $13 million increase in
cash used by investing activities is due to the cash use of
$10 million, net of cash acquired, in conjunction with the
Seed Resources, LLC acquisition in Fiscal 2011 coupled with
increased capital expenditures for continuing operations of
$3 million.
Net cash used by investing activities was $43 million for
Fiscal 2010. For Fiscal 2009 investing activities used cash of
$20 million. The $23 million increase in cash used in
Fiscal 2010 was primarily due to a $30 million increase of
capital expenditures during Fiscal 2010 and payments related to
the Russell Hobbs Merger, net of cash acquired from Russell
Hobbs. These items were partially offset by $9 million of
cash paid in Fiscal 2009 related to performance fees from the
Microlite acquisition.
Debt
Financing Activities
In connection with the Merger, we (i) entered into a new
senior secured term loan pursuant to a new senior credit
agreement (the Senior Credit Agreement) consisting
of the $750 million Term Loan, (ii) issued
$750 million in aggregate principal amount of
9.5% Notes and (iii) entered into the
$300 million ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The proceeds
from the Senior Secured Facilities were used to repay our
then-existing senior term credit facility (the Prior Term
Facility) and our then-existing asset based revolving loan
facility, to pay fees and expenses in connection with the
refinancing and for general corporate purposes.
The 9.5% Notes and 12% Notes were issued by Spectrum
Brands. SB/RH Holdings, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of SB
Holdings, and the wholly owned domestic subsidiaries of Spectrum
Brands are the guarantors under the 9.5% Notes. The wholly
owned domestic subsidiaries of Spectrum Brands are the
guarantors under the 12% Notes. SB Holdings is not an
issuer or guarantor of the 9.5% Notes or the
12% Notes. SB Holdings is also not a borrower or guarantor
under the Companys Term Loan or the ABL Revolving Credit
Facility. Spectrum Brands is the borrower under the Term Loan
and its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries along with SB/RH
Holdings, LLC are the guarantors under that facility. Spectrum
Brands and its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries are the
borrowers under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility and SB/RH
Holdings, LLC is a guarantor of that facility.
Senior
Term Credit Facility
The Term Loan has a maturity date of June 16, 2016. Subject
to certain mandatory prepayment events, the Term Loan is subject
to repayment according to a scheduled amortization, with the
final payment of all amounts outstanding, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, due at maturity. Among other things, the Term
Loan provides for a minimum Eurodollar interest rate floor of
1.5% and interest spreads over market rates of 6.5%.
The Senior Credit Agreement contains financial covenants with
respect to debt, including, but not limited to, a maximum
leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio, which
covenants, pursuant to their terms, become more restrictive over
time. In addition, the Senior Credit Agreement contains
customary restrictive covenants, including, but not limited to,
restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness,
create liens, make investments or specified payments, give
guarantees, pay dividends, make capital expenditures and merge
or acquire or sell assets. Pursuant to a guarantee and
collateral agreement, we and our domestic subsidiaries have
guaranteed their respective obligations under the Senior Credit
Agreement and related loan documents and have pledged
substantially all of their respective assets to secure such
obligations. The Senior Credit Agreement also provides for
customary events of default, including payment defaults and
cross-defaults on other material indebtedness.
The Term Loan was issued at a 2.0% discount and was recorded net
of the $15 million amount incurred. The discount is being
amortized as an adjustment to the carrying value of principal
with a corresponding charge to interest expense over the
remaining life of the Senior Credit Agreement. During the fiscal
year ended September 30, 2010 (Fiscal 2010), we
recorded $26 million of fees in connection with the Senior
Credit Agreement. The fees are classified as Debt issuance costs
within the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position (Unaudited) and are amortized as an
adjustment to interest expense over the remaining life of the
Senior Credit Agreement. In connection with voluntary
prepayments of
B-42
$70 million of term debt during the Fiscal 2011 Quarter, we
recorded accelerated amortizations of portions of the
unamortized discount and unamortized Debt issuance costs
totaling $4 million as an adjustment to interest expense.
At January 2, 2011 and September 30, 2010, the
aggregate amount outstanding under the Term Loan totaled
$680 million and $750 million, respectively.
At January 2, 2011, we were in compliance with all
covenants under the Senior Credit Agreement.
On February 1, 2011, we completed the refinancing of our
Term Loan, which, at that time, had an aggregate amount
outstanding of $680 million, with a new Senior Secured Term
Loan facility (the New Term Loan) at a lower
interest rate. The New Term Loan, issued at par and with a
maturity date of June 16, 2016, includes an interest rate
of LIBOR plus 4%, with a LIBOR minimum of 1%. The New Term Loan
reduces scheduled principal amortizations to approximately
$7 million per year, contains a one-year soft call
protection of 1% on refinancing but none on other voluntary
prepayments, and has the same financial, negative (other than a
more favorable ability to repurchase other indebtedness) and
affirmative covenants and events of default as the former Term
Loan.
9.5% Notes
At both January 2, 2011 and September 30, 2010, we had
outstanding principal of $750 million under the
9.5% Notes maturing June 15, 2018.
We may redeem all or a part of the 9.5% Notes, upon not
less than 30 or more than 60 days notice at specified
redemption prices. Further, the indenture governing the
9.5% Notes (the 2018 Indenture) requires us to
make an offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a portion of the
applicable outstanding notes for a specified redemption price,
including a redemption premium, upon the occurrence of a change
of control of the Company, as defined in such indenture.
The 2018 Indenture contains customary covenants that limit,
among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness,
payment of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity
interests, the making of certain investments, expansion into
unrelated businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or
consolidation with another company, transfer or sale of all or
substantially all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
In addition, the 2018 Indenture provides for customary events of
default, including failure to make required payments, failure to
comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make
payments on or acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and
certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default
under the 2018 Indenture arising from certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency will automatically cause the
acceleration of the amounts due under the 9.5% Notes. If
any other event of default under the 2018 Indenture occurs and
is continuing, the trustee for the 2018 Indenture or the
registered holders of at least 25% in the then aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the 9.5% Notes may declare
the acceleration of the amounts due under those notes.
The 9.5% Notes were issued at a 1.37% discount and were
recorded net of the $10 million amount incurred. The
discount is being amortized as an adjustment to the carrying
value of principal with a corresponding charge to interest
expense over the remaining life of the 9.5% Notes. During
Fiscal 2010, we recorded $21 million of fees in connection
with the issuance of the 9.5% Notes. The fees are
classified as Debt issuance costs within the accompanying
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
(Unaudited) are amortized as an adjustment to interest expense
over the remaining life of the 9.5% Notes.
At January 2, 2011, we were in compliance with all
covenants under the 9.5% Notes and the 2018 Indenture.
12%
Notes
On August 28, 2009, in connection with emergence from the
voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11 and pursuant to
the Plan, the Company issued $218 million in aggregate
principal amount of 12% Notes maturing August 28,
2019. Semiannually, at its option, the Company may elect to pay
interest on the
B-43
12% Notes in cash or as payment in kind, or
PIK. PIK interest is added to principal upon the
relevant semi-annual interest payment date. Under the Prior Term
Facility, we agreed to make interest payments on the
12% Notes through PIK for the first three semi-annual
interest payment periods. As a result of the refinancing of the
Prior Term Facility, we are no longer required to make interest
payments as payment in kind after the semi-annual interest
payment date of August 28, 2010. Effective with the payment
date of August 28, 2010 we gave notice to the trustee that
the interest payment due February 28, 2011 would be made in
cash.
We may redeem all or a part of the 12% Notes, upon not less
than 30 or more than 60 days notice, beginning
August 28, 2012 at specified redemption prices. Further,
the indenture governing the 12% Notes require us to make an
offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a portion of the applicable
outstanding notes for a specified redemption price, including a
redemption premium, upon the occurrence of a change of control,
as defined in such indenture.
At January 2, 2011 and September 30, 2010, we had
outstanding principal of $245 million under the
12% Notes, including PIK interest of $27 million added
during Fiscal 2010.
The indenture governing the 12% Notes (the 2019
Indenture), contains customary covenants that limit, among
other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, payment
of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity interests,
the making of certain investments, expansion into unrelated
businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or consolidation
with another company, transfer or sale of all or substantially
all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
In addition, the 2019 Indenture provides for customary events of
default, including failure to make required payments, failure to
comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make
payments on or acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and
certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default
under the indenture arising from certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency will automatically cause the acceleration of the
amounts due under the 12% Notes. If any other event of
default under the 2019 Indenture occurs and is continuing, the
trustee for the indenture or the registered holders of at least
25% in the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the
12% Notes may declare the acceleration of the amounts due
under those notes.
In connection with the Merger, we obtained the consent of the
note holders to certain amendments to the 2019 Indenture (the
Supplemental Indenture). The Supplemental Indenture
became effective upon the closing of the Merger. Among other
things, the Supplemental Indenture amended the definition of
change in control to exclude the Harbinger Capital Partners
Master Fund I, Ltd. (Harbinger Master Fund) and
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P.
(Harbinger Special Fund) and, together with
Harbinger Master Fund, the HCP Funds) and Global
Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. (together with the HCP Funds, the
Harbinger Parties) and increased the Companys
ability to incur indebtedness up to $1,850 million.
During Fiscal 2010 we recorded $3 million of fees in
connection with the consent. The fees are classified as Debt
issuance costs within the accompanying Condensed Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position (Unaudited) and are amortized
as an adjustment to interest expense over the remaining life of
the 12% Notes effective with the closing of the Merger.
At January 2, 2011, we were in compliance with all
covenants under the 12% Notes and the 2019 Indenture.
However, we are subject to certain limitations as a result of
our Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio under the 2019 indentures being
below 2:1. Until the test is satisfied, we and certain of our
subsidiaries are limited in their ability to make significant
acquisitions or incur significant additional senior debt beyond
the Senior Credit Facilities. We do not expect the inability to
satisfy the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test to impair our
ability to provide adequate liquidity to meet the short-term and
long-term liquidity requirements of our existing business,
although no assurance can be given in this regard.
ABL
Revolving Credit Facility
The ABL Revolving Credit Facility is governed by a credit
agreement (as amended, the ABL Credit Agreement)
with Bank of America as administrative agent (the
Agent). The ABL Revolving Credit Facility
B-44
consists of revolving loans (the Revolving Loans),
with a portion available for letters of credit and a portion
available as swing line loans, in each case subject to the terms
and limits described therein.
The Revolving Loans may be drawn, repaid and reborrowed without
premium or penalty. The proceeds of borrowings under the ABL
Revolving Credit Facility are to be used for costs, expenses and
fees in connection with the ABL Revolving Credit Facility, for
working capital requirements of the Company and its
subsidiaries, restructuring costs, and other general corporate
purposes.
Upon completion of the most recent amendment to the ABL Credit
Agreement on April 21, 2011, the ABL Revolving Credit
Facility carries an interest rate, at our option, which is
subject to change based on availability under the facility, of
either: (a) the base rate plus currently 1.25% per annum or
(b) the reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate (the Eurodollar
Rate) plus currently 2.25% per annum. No principal
amortizations are required with respect to the ABL Revolving
Credit Facility. The ABL Revolving Credit Facility will mature
on June 16, 2016. Pursuant to the credit and security
agreement, the obligations under the ABL credit agreement are
secured by certain current assets of the guarantors, including,
but not limited to, deposit accounts, trade receivables and
inventory.
The ABL Credit Agreement contains various representations and
warranties and covenants, including, without limitation,
enhanced collateral reporting, and a maximum fixed charge
coverage ratio. The ABL Credit Agreement also provides for
customary events of default, including payment defaults and
cross-defaults on other material indebtedness.
During Fiscal 2010 we recorded $10 million of fees in
connection with the ABL Revolving Credit Facility. The fees are
classified as Debt issuance costs within the accompanying
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
(Unaudited) and are amortized as an adjustment to interest
expense over the remaining life of the ABL Revolving Credit
Facility.
As a result of borrowings and payments under the ABL Revolving
Credit Facility at January 2, 2011, we had aggregate
borrowing availability of approximately $150 million, net
of lender reserves of $29 million.
At January 2, 2011, we had outstanding letters of credit of
$36 million under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility.
As a result of borrowings and payments under the ABL Revolving
Credit Facility at September 30, 2010, we had aggregate
borrowing availability of approximately $225 million, net
of lender reserves of $29 million.
At January 2, 2011, we were in compliance with all
covenants under the ABL Credit Agreement.
Interest
Payments and Fees
In addition to principal payments on our Senior Credit
Facilities, we have annual interest payment obligations of
approximately $71 million in the aggregate under our
9.5% Notes and annual interest payment obligations of
approximately $29 million in the aggregate under our
12% Notes. We also incur interest on our borrowings under
the Senior Credit Facilities and such interest would increase
borrowings under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility if cash were
not otherwise available for such payments. Interest on the
9.5% Notes and interest on the 12% Notes is payable
semi-annually in arrears and interest under the Senior Credit
Facilities is payable on various interest payment dates as
provided in the Senior Credit Agreement and the ABL Credit
Agreement. Interest is payable in cash, except that interest
under the 12% Notes is required to be paid by increasing
the aggregate principal amount due under the subject notes
unless we elect to make such payments in cash. Effective with
the payment date of August 28, 2010, we elected to make the
semi-annual interest payment scheduled for February 28,
2011 in cash. Thereafter, we may make the semi-annual interest
payments for the 12% Notes either in cash or by further
increasing the aggregate principal amount due under the notes
subject to certain conditions. Based on amounts currently
outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities, and using market
interest rates and foreign exchange rates in effect at
January 2, 2011, we estimate annual interest payments of
approximately $57 million in the aggregate under our Senior
Credit Facilities would be required assuming no further
principal payments were to occur and excluding any payments
associated with outstanding interest rate swaps. We are required
to pay certain fees in connection with the
B-45
Senior Credit Facilities. Such fees include a quarterly
commitment fee of up to 0.75% on the unused portion of the
ABL Revolving Credit Facility and certain additional fees with
respect to the letter of credit subfacility under the ABL
Revolving Credit Facility.
Equity Financing Activities. During the Fiscal
2011 Quarter, we granted approximately 1.4 million shares
of restricted stock to our employees and our directors. All
vesting dates are subject to the recipients continued
employment with us, except as otherwise permitted by our Board
of Directors or in certain cases if the employee is terminated
without cause. The total market value of the restricted shares
on the date of grant was approximately $41 million which
represented unearned restricted stock compensation. Unearned
compensation is amortized to expense over the appropriate
vesting period.
During Fiscal 2010, we granted approximately 0.9 million
shares of restricted stock. Of these grants, 0.3 million
restricted stock units were granted in conjunction with the
Merger and are time-based and vest over a one year period. The
remaining 0.6 million shares are restricted stock grants
primarily vest over a two year period. The total market value of
the restricted shares on the date of the grant was approximately
$23 million. During Fiscal 2009, Old Spectrum granted
approximately 0.2 million shares of restricted stock. Of
these grants, approximately 18% of the shares were time-based
and vest on a pro rata basis over a three year period and 82% of
the shares were performance-based and vest upon achievement of
certain performance goals. All vesting dates were subject to the
recipients continued employment with us. The total market
value of the restricted stock on the date of the grant was
approximately $0.1 million which has been recorded as
unearned restricted stock compensation. On the Effective Date,
all of the existing common stock of Old Spectrum was
extinguished and deemed cancelled. Subsequent to
September 30, 2009, we granted an aggregate of
approximately 0.6 million shares of restricted common stock
of New Spectrum to certain employees and non-employee directors.
All such shares are subject to time-based vesting. All vesting
dates are subject to the recipients continued employment,
or service as a director, with us.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or
are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our
financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or
expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures
or capital resources that are material to investors.
Contractual
Obligations & Other Commercial Commitments
Contractual
Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of
September 30, 2010 and the effect such obligations are
expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future
periods. The table excludes other obligations we have reflected
on our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position included in
this prospectus, such as pension obligations. See Note 10,
Employee Benefit Plans, of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements included in this prospectus for a more complete
discussion of our employee benefit plans (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contractual Obligations
|
|
|
|
Payments due by Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt, excluding capital lease obligations
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
35
|
|
|
$
|
39
|
|
|
$
|
39
|
|
|
$
|
39
|
|
|
$
|
1,587
|
|
|
$
|
1,759
|
|
Capital lease obligations(1)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
1,594
|
|
|
|
1,771
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Contractual Obligations
|
|
$
|
56
|
|
|
$
|
69
|
|
|
$
|
67
|
|
|
$
|
59
|
|
|
$
|
55
|
|
|
$
|
1,643
|
|
|
$
|
1,949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Capital lease payments due by fiscal year include executory
costs and imputed interest not reflected in the Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position included in this prospectus. |
B-46
Other
Commercial Commitments
The following table summarizes our other commercial commitments
as of September 30, 2010, consisting entirely of standby
letters of credit that back the performance of certain of our
entities under various credit facilities, insurance policies and
lease arrangements (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Commercial Commitments
|
|
|
|
Amount of Commitment Expiration by Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Letters of credit
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Commercial Commitments
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Critical
Accounting Policies
Our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly
present our financial position and results of operations. We
believe the following accounting policies are critical to an
understanding of our financial statements. The application of
these policies requires managements judgment and estimates
in areas that are inherently uncertain.
Valuation
of Assets and Asset Impairment
We evaluate certain long-lived assets to be held and used, such
as property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangible
assets for impairment based on the expected future cash flows or
earnings projections associated with such assets. Impairment
reviews are conducted at the judgment of management when it
believes that a change in circumstances in the business or
external factors warrants a review. Circumstances such as the
discontinuation of a product or product line, a sudden or
consistent decline in the sales forecast for a product, changes
in technology or in the way an asset is being used, a history of
operating or cash flow losses or an adverse change in legal
factors or in the business climate, among others, may trigger an
impairment review. An assets value is deemed impaired if
the discounted cash flows or earnings projections generated do
not substantiate the carrying value of the asset. The estimation
of such amounts requires managements judgment with respect
to revenue and expense growth rates, changes in working capital
and selection of an appropriate discount rate, as applicable.
The use of different assumptions would increase or decrease
discounted future operating cash flows or earnings projections
and could, therefore, change impairment determinations.
ASC 350 requires companies to test goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if an
event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have
been incurred. In Fiscal 2010, Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008, we
tested our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. As a
result of this testing, we recorded no impairment charges in
Fiscal 2010 and non-cash pretax impairment charges of
$34 million and $861 million in Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal
2008, respectively. The $34 million impairment charge
incurred in Fiscal 2009 reflects an impairment of trade name
intangible assets consisting of the following:
(i) $18 million related to the Global Pet Supplies
Business; (ii) $15 million related to the Global
Batteries & Personal Care segment (which effective
October 1, 2010, includes the appliance portion of Russell
Hobbs, collectively, the Global Batteries & Appliances
segment); and (iii) $1 million related to the Home and
Garden Business. The $861 million impairment charge
incurred in Fiscal 2008 reflects impaired goodwill of
$602 million and impaired trade name intangible assets of
$265 million. The $602 million of impaired goodwill
consisted of the following: (i) $426 million
associated with our Global Pet Supplies reportable segment;
(ii) $160 million associated with the Home and Garden
Business; and (iii) $16 million related to our Global
Batteries & Appliances reportable segment. The
$265 million of impaired trade name intangible assets
consisted of the following: (i) $86 million related to
our Global Batteries & Appliances reportable segment;
(ii) $98 million related to Global Pet Supplies; and
(iii) $81 million related to the Home and Garden
Business. Future cash expenditures will not result from these
impairment charges.
We used a discounted estimated future cash flows methodology,
third party valuations and negotiated sales prices to determine
the fair value of our reporting units (goodwill). Fair value of
indefinite-lived
B-47
intangible assets, which represent trade names, was determined
using a relief from royalty methodology. Assumptions critical to
our fair value estimates were: (i) the present value
factors used in determining the fair value of the reporting
units and trade names or third party indicated fair values for
assets expected to be disposed; (ii) royalty rates used in
our trade name valuations; (iii) projected average revenue
growth rates used in the reporting unit and trade name models;
and (iv) projected long-term growth rates used in the
derivation of terminal year values. We also tested fair value
for reasonableness by comparison to our total market
capitalization, which includes both our equity and debt
securities. These and other assumptions are impacted by economic
conditions and expectations of management and will change in the
future based on period specific facts and circumstances. In
light of a sustained decline in market capitalization coupled
with the decline of the fair value of our debt securities, we
also considered these factors in the Fiscal 2008 annual
impairment testing.
In accordance with ASC 740, we establish valuation
allowances for deferred tax assets when we estimate it is more
likely than not that the tax assets will not be realized. We
base these estimates on projections of future income, including
tax-planning strategies, by individual tax jurisdictions.
Changes in industry and economic conditions and the competitive
environment may impact the accuracy of our projections. In
accordance with ASC 740, during each reporting period we
assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be
realized and determine if adjustments to the valuation allowance
are appropriate. As a result of this assessment, during Fiscal
2009 we recorded a reduction in the valuation allowance of
approximately $363 million. Of the $363 million total,
$314 million was recorded as a non-cash deferred income tax
benefit and $49 million as a reduction to goodwill. During
Fiscal 2008 we recorded a non-cash deferred income tax charge of
approximately $200 million related to increasing the
valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets.
The fair value of our Global Batteries & Personal Care
(which effective October 1, 2010, includes the appliance
portion of Russell Hobbs, collectively, the Global
Batteries & Appliances segment), Global Pet Supplies,
Home and Garden Business and Small Appliances (which effective
October 1, 2010 was integrated primarily within the Global
Batteries & Appliances segment, with the exception of
certain pest control and pet products included in the former
Small Appliances segment, which have been reclassified into the
Home and Garden Business and Global Pet Supplies segments,
respectively) reporting units, which are also our segments,
exceeded their carry values by 52%, 49%, 13% and 10%,
respectively, as of the date of our latest annual impairment
testing.
See Note 3(h), Significant Accounting Policies and
Practices Property, Plant and Equipment,
Note 3(i), Significant Accounting Policies and
Practices Intangible Assets, Note 5, Property,
Plant and Equipment, Note 6, Goodwill and Intangible
Assets, Note 8, Income Taxes, and Note 9, Discontinued
Operations, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus for more information about these
assets.
Revenue
Recognition and Concentration of Credit Risk
We recognize revenue from product sales generally upon delivery
to the customer or the shipping point in situations where the
customer picks up the product or where delivery terms so
stipulate. This represents the point at which title and all
risks and rewards of ownership of the product are passed,
provided that: there are no uncertainties regarding customer
acceptance; there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement
exists; the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and
collectibility is deemed reasonably assured. We are generally
not obligated to allow for, and our general policy is not to
accept, product returns for battery sales. We do accept returns
in specific instances related to our electric shaving and
grooming, electric personal care, home and garden, small
appliances and pet supply products. The provision for customer
returns is based on historical sales and returns and other
relevant information. We estimate and accrue the cost of
returns, which are treated as a reduction of net sales.
We enter into various promotional arrangements, primarily with
retail customers, including arrangements entitling such
retailers to cash rebates from us based on the level of their
purchases, which require us to estimate and accrue the costs of
the promotional programs. These costs are generally treated as a
reduction of net sales.
B-48
We also enter into promotional arrangements that target the
ultimate consumer. Such arrangements are treated as either a
reduction of net sales or an increase in cost of sales, based on
the type of promotional program. The income statement
presentation of our promotional arrangements complies with ASC
Topic 605: Revenue Recognition. Cash
consideration, or an equivalent thereto, given to a customer is
generally classified as a reduction of net sales. If we provide
a customer anything other than cash, the cost of the
consideration is classified as an expense and included in cost
of sales.
For all types of promotional arrangements and programs, we
monitor our commitments and use statistical measures and past
experience to determine the amounts to be recorded for the
estimate of the earned, but unpaid, promotional costs. The terms
of our customer-related promotional arrangements and programs
are tailored to each customer and are generally documented
through written contracts, correspondence or other
communications with the individual customers.
We also enter into various arrangements, primarily with retail
customers, which require us to make an upfront cash, or
slotting payment, to secure the right to distribute
through such customer. We capitalize slotting payments, provided
the payments are supported by a time or volume based arrangement
with the retailer, and amortize the associated payment over the
appropriate time or volume based term of the arrangement. The
amortization of slotting payments is treated as a reduction in
net sales and a corresponding asset is reported in Deferred
charges and other in our Consolidated Statements of Financial
Position included in this prospectus.
Our trade receivables subject us to credit risk which is
evaluated based on changing economic, political and specific
customer conditions. We assess these risks and make provisions
for collectibility based on our best estimate of the risks
presented and information available at the date of the financial
statements. The use of different assumptions may change our
estimate of collectibility. We extend credit to our customers
based upon an evaluation of the customers financial
condition and credit history and generally do not require
collateral. Our credit terms generally range between 30 and
90 days from invoice date, depending upon the evaluation of
the customers financial condition and history. We monitor
our customers credit and financial condition in order to
assess whether the economic conditions have changed and adjust
our credit policies with respect to any individual customer as
we determine appropriate. These adjustments may include, but are
not limited to, restricting shipments to customers, reducing
credit limits, shortening credit terms, requiring cash payments
in advance of shipment or securing credit insurance.
See Note 3(b), Significant Accounting Policies and
Practices Revenue Recognition, Note 3(c),
Significant Accounting Policies and Practices Use of
Estimates and Note 3(e), Significant Accounting Policies
and Practices Concentrations of Credit Risk and
Major Customers and Employees, of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this prospectus for more
information about our revenue recognition and credit policies.
Pensions
Our accounting for pension benefits is primarily based on a
discount rate, expected and actual return on plan assets and
other assumptions made by management, and is impacted by outside
factors such as equity and fixed income market performance.
Pension liability is principally the estimated present value of
future benefits, net of plan assets. In calculating the
estimated present value of future benefits, net of plan assets,
we used discount rates of 4.2 to 13.6% in Fiscal 2010 and 5.0 to
11.8% in Fiscal 2009. In adjusting the discount rates from
Fiscal 2009 to 2010, we considered the change in the general
market interest rates of debt and solicited the advice of our
actuary. We believe the discount rates used are reflective of
the rates at which the pension benefits could be effectively
settled.
Pension expense is principally the sum of interest and service
cost of the plan, less the expected return on plan assets and
the amortization of the difference between our assumptions and
actual experience. The expected return on plan assets is
calculated by applying an assumed rate of return to the fair
value of plan assets. We used expected returns on plan assets of
4.5% to 7.8% in Fiscal 2010 and 4.5% to 8.0% in Fiscal 2009.
Based on the advice of our independent actuary, we believe the
expected rates of return are reflective of the long-term average
rate of earnings expected on the funds invested. If such
expected returns were
B-49
overstated, it would ultimately increase future pension expense.
Similarly, an understatement of the expected return would
ultimately decrease future pension expense. If plan assets
decline due to poor performance by the markets
and/or
interest rate declines our pension liability will increase,
ultimately increasing future pension expense.
See Note 10, Employee Benefit Plans, of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus
for a more complete discussion of our employee benefit plans.
Restructuring
and Related Charges
Restructuring charges are recognized and measured according to
the provisions of ASC Topic 420: Exit or Disposal Cost
Obligations, (ASC 420). Under
ASC 420, restructuring charges include, but are not limited
to, termination and related costs consisting primarily of
severance costs and retention bonuses, and contract termination
costs consisting primarily of lease termination costs. Related
charges, as defined by us, include, but are not limited to,
other costs directly associated with exit and integration
activities, including impairment of property and other assets,
departmental costs of full-time incremental integration
employees, and any other items related to the exit or
integration activities. Costs for such activities are estimated
by us after evaluating detailed analyses of the cost to be
incurred. We present restructuring and related charges on a
combined basis.
Liabilities from restructuring and related charges are recorded
for estimated costs of facility closures, significant
organizational adjustment and measures undertaken by management
to exit certain activities. Costs for such activities are
estimated by management after evaluating detailed analyses of
the cost to be incurred. Such liabilities could include amounts
for items such as severance costs and related benefits
(including settlements of pension plans), impairment of property
and equipment and other current or long term assets, lease
termination payments and any other items directly related to the
exit activities. While the actions are carried out as
expeditiously as possible, restructuring and related charges are
estimates. Changes in estimates resulting in an increase to or a
reversal of a previously recorded liability may be required as
management executes a restructuring plan.
We report restructuring and related charges associated with
manufacturing and related initiatives in cost of goods sold.
Restructuring and related charges reflected in cost of goods
sold include, but are not limited to, termination and related
costs associated with manufacturing employees, asset impairments
relating to manufacturing initiatives and other costs directly
related to the restructuring initiatives implemented.
We report restructuring and related charges associated with
administrative functions in operating expenses, such as
initiatives impacting sales, marketing, distribution or other
non-manufacturing related functions. Restructuring and related
charges reflected in operating expenses include, but are not
limited to, termination and related costs, any asset impairments
relating to the administrative functions and other costs
directly related to the initiatives implemented.
The costs of plans to (i) exit an activity of an acquired
company, (ii) involuntarily terminate employees of
an acquired company or (iii) relocate employees of an
acquired company are measured and recorded in accordance with
the provisions of the ASC 805. Under ASC 805, if
certain conditions are met, such costs are recognized as a
liability assumed as of the consummation date of the purchase
business combination and included in the allocation of the
acquisition cost. Costs related to terminated activities or
employees of the acquired company that do not meet the
conditions prescribed in ASC 805 are treated as
restructuring and related charges and expensed as incurred.
See Note 14, Restructuring and Related Charges, of Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for a more complete discussion of our restructuring
initiatives and related costs.
Loss
Contingencies
Loss contingencies are recorded as liabilities when it is
probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the
loss can be reasonably estimated. The outcome of existing
litigation, the impact of environmental matters and pending or
potential examinations by various taxing authorities are
examples of situations
B-50
evaluated as loss contingencies. Estimating the probability and
magnitude of losses is often dependent upon managements
judgment of potential actions by third parties and regulators.
It is possible that changes in estimates or an increased
probability of an unfavorable outcome could materially affect
our business, financial condition or results of operations.
See further discussion in Note 12, Commitments and
Contingencies, of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus.
Other
Significant Accounting Policies
Other significant accounting policies, primarily those with
lower levels of uncertainty than those discussed above, are also
critical to understanding the Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this prospectus. The Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this prospectus contain
additional information related to our accounting policies,
including recent accounting pronouncements, and should be read
in conjunction with this discussion.
B-51
Annex C
DESCRIPTION
OF THE BUSINESS OF SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
General
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (SB
Holdings), is a global branded consumer products company
and was created in connection with the combination of Spectrum
Brands, Inc. (Spectrum Brands), a global branded
consumer products company and Russell Hobbs, Inc. (Russell
Hobbs), a small appliance brand company, to form a new
combined company (the Merger). The Merger was
consummated on June 16, 2010. As a result of the Merger,
both Spectrum Brands and Russell Hobbs are wholly-owned
subsidiaries of SB Holdings and Russell Hobbs is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Spectrum Brands. SB Holdings common stock
trades on the New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE)
under the symbol SPB.
Unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms the
Company, Spectrum, we,
our or us are used to refer to SB
Holdings and its subsidiaries subsequent to the Merger and
Spectrum Brands prior to the Merger, as well as both before and
on and after the Effective Date, as defined below. The term
Old Spectrum, refers only to Spectrum Brands, our
Wisconsin predecessor, and its subsidiaries prior to the
Effective Date.
In connection with the Merger, we refinanced Spectrum
Brands existing senior debt, except for Spectrum
Brands 12% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes due 2019
(the 12% Notes), which remain outstanding, and
a portion of Russell Hobbs existing senior debt through a
combination of a new $750 million Term Loan facility due
June 16, 2016 (the Term Loan), new
$750 million 9.5% Senior Secured Notes maturing
June 15, 2018 (the 9.5% Notes) and a new
$300 million asset-based revolving facility due
June 16, 2014 (the ABL Revolving Credit
Facility and together with the Term Loan, the Senior
Credit Facilities and the Senior Credit Facilities
together with the 9.5% Notes, the Senior Secured
Facilities).
As further described below, on February 3, 2009, we and our
wholly owned United States (U.S.) subsidiaries
(collectively, the Debtors) filed voluntary
petitions under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code
(the Bankruptcy Code), in the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Western District of Texas (the Bankruptcy
Court). On August 28, 2009 (the Effective
Date), the Debtors emerged from Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code. Effective as of the Effective Date and pursuant
to the Debtors confirmed plan of reorganization, Spectrum
Brands converted from a Wisconsin corporation to a Delaware
corporation.
Financial information included in our financial statements
prepared after August 30, 2009 will not be comparable to
financial information from prior periods. See Risk
Factors Risks Related to Spectrum Brands
Holdings Risks Related To Spectrum Brands
Holdings Emergence From Bankruptcy for more
information.
We are a global branded consumer products company with positions
in seven major product categories: consumer batteries; small
appliances; pet supplies; electric shaving and grooming;
electric personal care; portable lighting; and home and garden
control products.
Effective October 1, 2010, our chief operating
decision-maker decided to manage the businesses in three
vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments:
(i) Global Batteries & Appliances, which consists
of our worldwide battery, electric shaving and grooming,
electric personal care, portable lighting business and small
appliances primarily in the kitchen and home product categories
(Global Batteries & Appliances);
(ii) Global Pet Supplies, which consists of our worldwide
pet supplies business (Global Pet Supplies); and
(iii) Home and Garden Business, which consists of our home
and garden and insect control businesses (the Home and
Garden Business). The current reporting segment structure
reflects the combination of the former Global
Batteries & Personal Care segment (Global
Batteries & Personal Care), which consisted of
the worldwide battery, electric shaving and grooming, electric
personal care and portable lighting business, with substantially
all of the former Small Appliances segment, which consisted of
the Russell Hobbs businesses acquired on June 16, 2010
(Small Appliances), to form Global
Batteries & Appliances. In addition, certain pest
control and pet products included in the former Small Appliances
segment have been reclassified into the
C-1
Home and Garden Business and Global Pet Supplies segments,
respectively. The presentation of all historical segment
reporting herein has been changed to conform to this segment
reporting.
We manufacture and market alkaline, zinc carbon and hearing aid
batteries, herbicides, insecticides and repellants and specialty
pet supplies. We design, market and distribute rechargeable
batteries, battery-powered lighting products, electric shavers
and accessories, grooming products, hair care appliances, small
household appliances and personal care products. Our
manufacturing and product development facilities are located in
the U.S., Europe, Latin America and Asia. Substantially all of
our rechargeable batteries and chargers, shaving and grooming
products, small household appliances, personal care products and
portable lighting products are manufactured by third-party
suppliers, primarily located in Asia.
We sell our products in approximately 120 countries through a
variety of trade channels, including retailers, wholesalers and
distributors, hearing aid professionals, industrial distributors
and original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and
enjoy strong name recognition in our markets under the Rayovac,
VARTA and Remington brands, each of which has been in existence
for more than 80 years, and under the Tetra, 8-in-1,
Spectracide, Cutter, Black & Decker, George Foreman,
Russell Hobbs, Farberware and various other brands.
Global and geographic strategic initiatives and financial
objectives are determined at the corporate level. Each business
segment is responsible for implementing defined strategic
initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives and has a
general manager responsible for sales and marketing initiatives
and the financial results for all product lines within that
business segment.
Our operating performance is influenced by a number of factors
including: general economic conditions; foreign exchange
fluctuations; trends in consumer markets; consumer confidence
and preferences; our overall product line mix, including pricing
and gross margin, which vary by product line and geographic
market; pricing of certain raw materials and commodities; energy
and fuel prices; and our general competitive position,
especially as impacted by our competitors advertising and
promotional activities and pricing strategies.
In November 2008, our board of directors committed to the
shutdown of the growing products portion of the Home and Garden
Business, which includes the manufacturing and marketing of
fertilizers, enriched soils, mulch and grass seed, following an
evaluation of the historical lack of profitability and the
projected input costs and significant working capital demands
for the growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business
for our fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 (Fiscal
2009). We believe the shutdown was consistent with what we
have done in other areas of our business to eliminate
unprofitable products from our portfolio. As of March 29,
2009, we completed the shutdown of the growing products portion
of the Home and Garden Business. Accordingly, the presentation
herein of the results of continuing operations excludes the
growing products portion of the Home and Garden Business for all
periods presented. See Note 9, Discontinued Operations, to
our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
prospectus for further details on the disposal of the growing
products portion of the Home and Garden Business.
On December 15, 2008, prior to our Bankruptcy Filing, as
defined below, Old Spectrum was advised that its common stock
would be suspended from trading on the NYSE prior to the opening
of the market on December 22, 2008. It was advised that the
decision to suspend its common stock was reached in view of the
fact that it had recently fallen below the NYSEs continued
listing standard regarding average global market capitalization
over a consecutive 30 trading day period of not less than
$25 million, the minimum threshold for listing on the NYSE.
Old Spectrums common stock was delisted from the NYSE
effective January 23, 2009.
On March 18, 2010, the common stock of Spectrum Brands was
listed on the NYSE. In connection with the consummation of the
Merger, on June 16, 2010 the common stock of Spectrum
Brands was delisted from the NYSE and the common stock of SB
Holdings succeeded to its listing status under the symbol
SPB.
As a result of our Bankruptcy Filing, we were able to
significantly reduce our indebtedness. As a result of the
Merger, we were able to further reduce our outstanding debt
leverage ratio. However, we continue to have a significant
amount of indebtedness relative to our competitors and paying
down outstanding indebtedness continues to be a priority for us.
The Bankruptcy Filing is discussed in more detail under
Chapter 11 Proceedings.
C-2
Chapter 11
Proceedings
On February 2, 2009, the Company did not make a
$25.8 million interest payment due February 2, 2009 on
the Companys
73/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the
73/8
Notes), triggering a default with respect to the notes. On
February 3, 2009, we announced that we had reached
agreements with certain noteholders, representing, in the
aggregate, approximately 70% of the face value of our then
outstanding senior subordinated notes, to pursue a refinancing
that, if implemented as proposed, would significantly reduce our
outstanding debt. As a result of its substantial leverage, the
Company determined that, absent a financial restructuring, it
would be unable to achieve future profitability or positive cash
flows on a consolidated basis solely from cash generated from
operating activities or to satisfy certain of its payment
obligations as the same may become due and be at risk of not
satisfying the leverage ratios to which it was subject under its
then existing senior secured term loan facility, which ratios
became more restrictive in future periods. Accordingly, the
Debtors filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code, in the Bankruptcy Court (the Bankruptcy
Filing) and filed with the Bankruptcy Court a proposed
plan of reorganization (the Proposed Plan) that
detailed the Debtors proposed terms for the refinancing.
The Chapter 11 cases were jointly administered by the
Bankruptcy Court as Case
No. 09-50455
(the Bankruptcy Cases). The Bankruptcy Court entered
a written order (the Confirmation Order) on
July 15, 2009 confirming the Proposed Plan (as so
confirmed, the Plan).
On the Effective Date the Plan became effective, and the Debtors
emerged from Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Pursuant to
and by operation of the Plan, on the Effective Date, all of Old
Spectrums existing equity securities, including the
existing common stock and stock options, were extinguished and
deemed cancelled. Reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. filed a
certificate of incorporation authorizing new shares of common
stock. Pursuant to and in accordance with the Plan, on the
Effective Date, reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. issued a total
of 27,030,000 shares of common stock and approximately
$218 million in aggregate principal amount of the
12% Notes to holders of allowed claims with respect to Old
Spectrums
81/2% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the
81/2
Notes), the
73/8% Notes
and Variable Rate Toggle Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the
Variable Rate Notes) (collectively, the Senior
Subordinated Notes). For a further discussion of the
12% Notes see Debt Financing
Activities 12% Notes. Also on the
Effective Date, reorganized Spectrum Brands, Inc. issued a total
of 2,970,000 shares of common stock to supplemental and
sub-supplemental
debtor-in-possession
credit facility participants in respect of the equity fee earned
under the Debtors
debtor-in-possession
credit facility.
Our
Products
We compete in seven major product categories: consumer
batteries; pet supplies; electric shaving and grooming; electric
personal care products; home and garden control products; small
appliances and portable lighting. Our broad line of products
includes:
|
|
|
|
|
consumer batteries, including alkaline and zinc carbon
batteries, rechargeable batteries and chargers and hearing aid
batteries and other specialty batteries;
|
|
|
|
pet supplies, including aquatic equipment and supplies, dog and
cat treats, small animal foods, clean up and training aids,
health and grooming products and bedding;
|
|
|
|
home and garden control products including household insect
controls, insect repellents and herbicides;
|
|
|
|
electric shaving and grooming devices;
|
|
|
|
small appliances, including small kitchen appliances and home
product appliances;
|
|
|
|
electric personal care and styling devices; and
|
|
|
|
portable lighting.
|
C-3
Net sales of each product category sold, as a percentage of net
sales of our consolidated operations, is set forth below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Sales for the Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Consumer batteries
|
|
|
34
|
%
|
|
|
37
|
%
|
|
|
38
|
%
|
Pet supplies
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Home and garden control products
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Electric shaving and grooming
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Small appliances
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electric personal care products
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Portable lighting
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer
Batteries
We market and sell a full line of alkaline batteries (AA, AAA,
C, D and 9-volt sizes) to both retail and industrial customers.
Our alkaline batteries are marketed and sold primarily under the
Rayovac and VARTA brands. We also manufacture alkaline batteries
for third parties who sell the batteries under their own private
labels. Our zinc carbon batteries are also marketed and sold
primarily under the Rayovac and VARTA brands and are designed
for low- and medium-drain battery-powered devices.
We believe that we are currently the largest worldwide marketer
and distributor of hearing aid batteries. We sell our hearing
aid batteries through retail trade channels and directly to
professional audiologists under several brand names and private
labels, including Beltone, Miracle Ear and Starkey.
We also sell Nickel Metal Hydride (NiMH) rechargeable batteries
and a variety of battery chargers under the Rayovac and VARTA
brands.
Our other specialty battery products include camera batteries,
lithium batteries, silver oxide batteries, keyless entry
batteries and coin cells for use in watches, cameras,
calculators, communications equipment and medical instruments.
Pet
Supplies
In the pet supplies product category we market and sell a
variety of leading branded pet supplies for fish, dogs, cats,
birds and other small domestic animals. We have a broad line of
consumer and commercial aquatics products, including integrated
aquarium kits, standalone tanks and stands, filtration systems,
heaters, pumps, and other equipment, fish food and water
treatment products. Our largest aquatics brands are Tetra,
Marineland, Whisper, Jungle and Instant Ocean. We also sell a
variety of specialty pet products, including dog and cat treats,
small animal food and treats, clean up and training aid
products, health and grooming aids, bedding products and
consumable accessories including privacy tents, litter carpets,
crystal litter cartridges, charcoal filers, corn-based litter
and replaceable waste receptacles. Our largest specialty pet
brands include 8-in-1, Dingo, Firstrax, Natures Miracle,
Wild Harvest and Littermaid.
Home
and Garden Control Products
In the home and garden control products category we currently
sell and market several leading home and garden care products,
including household insecticides, insect repellent, herbicides,
garden and indoor plant foods and plant care treatments. We
offer a broad array of household insecticides such as spider,
roach and ant killer, flying insect killer, insect foggers, wasp
and hornet killer, flea and tick control products and roach and
ant baits. We also manufacture and market a complete line of
insect repellent products that provide protection from insects,
especially mosquitoes. These products include both personal
repellents, such as aerosols, pump sprays and wipes as well as
area repellents, such as yard sprays, citronella candles and
torches. Our largest
C-4
brands in the insect control category include Hot Shot, Cutter
and Repel. Our herbicides, garden and indoor plant foods and
plant care treatment brands include Spectracide, Real-Kill and
Garden Safe. Other pest control products include pest control
and repelling devices that use ultra-sonic sound waves to
control insects and rodents, primarily in homes. We have
positioned ourselves as the value alternative for consumers who
want products that are comparable to, but sold at lower prices
than, premium-priced brands.
Electric
Shaving and Grooming
We market and sell a broad line of electric shaving and grooming
products under the Remington brand name, including mens
rotary and foil shavers, beard and mustache trimmers, body
trimmers and nose and ear trimmers, womens shavers and
haircut kits.
Small
Appliances
In the small appliances category, we market and sell a broad
range of products in the small household appliances category. We
market a broad line of small kitchen appliances under the George
Foreman, Black &Decker, Russell Hobbs, Farberware,
Juiceman, Breadman and Toastmaster brands, including grills,
bread makers, sandwich makers, kettles, toaster ovens, toasters,
blenders, juicers, can openers, coffee grinders, coffeemakers,
electric knives, deep fryers, food choppers, food processors,
hand mixers, rice cookers and steamers. We also market small
home product appliances, including hand-held irons, vacuum
cleaners, air purifiers, clothes shavers and heaters, primarily
under the Black & Decker and Russell Hobbs brands.
Russell Hobbs personal care products in the small
appliances category include hand-held dryers, curling irons,
straightening irons, brush irons, air brushes, hair setters,
facial brushes, skin appliances and electric toothbrushes, which
are primarily marketed under the Russell Hobbs, Carmen and
Andrew Collinge brands.
Electric
Personal Care Products
Our electric personal care products, marketed and sold under the
Remington brand name, include hair dryers, straightening irons,
styling irons and hair setters.
Portable
Lighting
We offer a broad line of battery-powered, portable lighting
products, including flashlights and lanterns for both retail and
industrial markets. We sell our portable lighting products under
the Rayovac and VARTA brand names, under other proprietary brand
names and pursuant to licensing arrangements with third parties.
Sales and
Distribution
We sell our products through a variety of trade channels,
including retailers, wholesalers and distributors, hearing aid
professionals, industrial distributors and OEMs. Our sales
generally are made through the use of individual purchase
orders, consistent with industry practice. Retail sales of the
consumer products we market have been increasingly consolidated
into a small number of regional and national mass merchandisers.
This trend towards consolidation is occurring on a worldwide
basis. As a result of this consolidation, a significant
percentage of our sales are attributable to a very limited group
of retailer customers, including, Wal-Mart, The Home Depot,
Carrefour, Target, Lowes, PetSmart, Canadian Tire, PetCo
and Gigante. Our sales to Wal-Mart represented approximately 22%
of our consolidated net sales for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2010. No other customer accounted for more
than 10% of our consolidated net sales in the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2010.
Segment information as to revenues, profit and total assets as
well as information concerning our revenues and long-lived
assets by geographic location for the last three fiscal years is
set forth in Annex B, Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and Note 11, Segment
Results, in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included
in this prospectus.
Sales and distribution practices in each of our reportable
segments are as set forth below.
C-5
Global
Batteries & Appliances
We manage our Global Batteries & Appliances sales
force by geographic region and product group. Our sales team is
divided into three major geographic territories, North America,
Latin America and Europe and the rest of the world
(Europe/ROW). Within each major geographic
territory, we have additional subdivisions designed to meet our
customers needs.
We manage our sales force in North America by distribution
channel. We maintain separate sales groups to service
(i) our retail sales and distribution channel,
(ii) our hearing aid professionals channel and
(iii) our industrial distributors and OEM sales and
distribution channel. In addition, we utilize a network of
independent brokers to service participants in selected
distribution channels.
We manage our sales force in Latin America by distribution
channel and geographic territory. We sell primarily to large
retailers, wholesalers, distributors, food and drug chains and
retail outlets. In countries where we do not maintain a sales
force, we sell to distributors who market our products through
all channels in the market.
The sales force serving our customers in Europe/ROW is
supplemented by an international network of distributors to
promote the sale of our products. Our sales operations
throughout Europe/ROW are organized by geographic territory and
the following sales channels: (i) food/retail, which
includes mass merchandisers, discounters and drug and food
stores; (ii) specialty trade, which includes clubs,
consumer electronics stores, department stores, photography
stores and wholesalers/distributors; and (iii) industrial,
government, hearing aid professionals and OEMs.
Global
Pet Supplies
Our Global Pet Supplies sales force is aligned by customer,
geographic region and product group. We sell pet supply products
to mass merchandisers, grocery and drug chains, pet superstores,
independent pet stores and other retailers.
Home
and Garden Business
The sales force of the Home and Garden Business is aligned by
customer. We sell primarily to home improvement centers, mass
merchandisers, hardware stores, home and garden distributors,
and food and drug retailers in the U.S.
Manufacturing,
Raw Materials and Suppliers
The principal raw materials used in manufacturing our
products zinc powder, electrolytic manganese dioxide
powder and steel are sourced either on a global or
regional basis. The prices of these raw materials are
susceptible to price fluctuations due to supply and demand
trends, energy costs, transportation costs, government
regulations and tariffs, changes in currency exchange rates,
price controls, general economic conditions and other unforeseen
circumstances. We have regularly engaged in forward purchase and
hedging derivative transactions in an attempt to effectively
manage the raw material costs we expect to incur over the next
12 to 24 months.
Substantially all of our rechargeable batteries and chargers,
portable lighting products, hair care and other personal care
products and our electric shaving and grooming products and
small appliances are manufactured by third party suppliers that
are primarily located in the Asia/Pacific region. We maintain
ownership of most of the tooling and molds used by our suppliers.
We continually evaluate our manufacturing facilities
capacity and related utilization. As a result of such analyses,
we have closed a number of manufacturing facilities during the
past five years. In general, we believe our existing facilities
are adequate for our present and foreseeable needs.
C-6
Research
and Development
Our research and development strategy is focused on new product
development and performance enhancements of our existing
products. We plan to continue to use our strong brand names,
established customer relationships and significant research and
development efforts to introduce innovative products that offer
enhanced value to consumers through new designs and improved
functionality.
In our fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and
2008, we invested $31.0 million, $24.4 million and
$25.3 million, respectively, in product research and
development.
Patents
and Trademarks
We own or license from third parties a significant number of
patents and patent applications throughout the world relating to
products we sell and manufacturing equipment we use. We hold a
license that expires in March 2022 for certain alkaline battery
designs, technology and manufacturing equipment from Matsushita
Electrical Industrial Co., Ltd. (Matsushita), to
whom we pay a royalty.
We also use and maintain a number of trademarks in our business,
including DINGO, JUNGLETALK, MARINELAND, RAYOVAC, REMINGTON,
TETRA, VARTA, 8IN1, CUTTER, HOT SHOT, GARDEN SAFE, NATURES
MIRACLE, REPEL, SPECTRACIDE, SPECTRACIDE TERMINATE, GEORGE
FOREMAN, RUSSELL HOBBS and BLACK & DECKER. We seek
trademark protection in the U.S. and in foreign countries
by all available means, including registration.
As a result of the October 2002 sale by VARTA AG of
substantially all of its consumer battery business to us and
VARTA AGs subsequent sale of its automotive battery
business to Johnson Controls, Inc. (Johnson
Controls), we acquired rights to the VARTA trademark in
the consumer battery category and Johnson Controls acquired
rights to the trademark in the automotive battery category.
VARTA AG continues to have rights to use the trademark with
travel guides and industrial batteries and VARTA Microbattery
GmbH has the right to use the trade mark with micro batteries.
We are party to a Trademark and Domain Names Protection and
Delimitation Agreement that governs ownership and usage rights
and obligations of the parties relative to the VARTA trademark.
As a result of the common origins of the Remington Products,
L.L.C. (Remington Products), business we acquired in
September 2003 and the Remington Arms Company, Inc.
(Remington Arms), the REMINGTON trademark is owned
by us and by Remington Arms each with respect to its principal
products as well as associated products. Accordingly, we own the
rights to use the REMINGTON trademark for electric shavers,
shaver accessories, grooming products and personal care
products, while Remington Arms owns the rights to use the
trademark for firearms, sporting goods and products for
industrial use, including industrial hand tools. In addition,
the terms of a 1986 agreement between Remington Products and
Remington Arms provides for the shared rights to use the
REMINGTON trademark on products which are not considered
principal products of interest for either company.
We retain the REMINGTON trademark for nearly all products which
we believe can benefit from the use of the brand name in our
distribution channels.
We license the Black & Decker brand in North America,
Latin America (excluding Brazil) and the Caribbean for four core
categories of household appliances: beverage products, food
preparation products, garment care products and cooking
products. Russell Hobbs has licensed the Black &
Decker brand since 1998 for use in marketing various household
small appliances. In December 2007, Russell Hobbs and The
Black & Decker Corporation (BDC) extended
the trademark license agreement for a third time through
December 2012, with an automatic extension through December 2014
if certain milestones are met regarding sales volume and product
return. Under the agreement as extended, Russell Hobbs agreed to
pay BDC royalties based on a percentage of sales, with minimum
annual royalty payments as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Calendar year 2010: $14.5 million
|
|
|
|
Calendar year 2011: $15.0 million
|
|
|
|
Calendar year 2012: $15.0 million
|
C-7
The agreement also requires us to comply with maximum annual
return rates for products.
If BDC does not agree to renew the license agreement, we have
18 months to transition out of the brand name. No minimum
royalty payments will be due during such transition period. BDC
has agreed not to compete in the four core product categories
for a period of five years after the termination of the license
agreement. Upon request, BDC may elect to extend the license to
use the Black & Decker brand to certain additional
product categories. BDC has approved several extensions of the
license to additional categories and geographies.
Competition
In our retail markets, we compete for limited shelf space and
consumer acceptance. Factors influencing product sales include
brand name recognition, perceived quality, price, performance,
product packaging, design innovation, and consumer confidence
and preferences as well as creative marketing, promotion and
distribution strategies.
The battery product category is highly competitive. Most
consumer batteries manufactured throughout the world are sold by
one of four global companies: Spectrum Brands
(manufacturer/seller of Rayovac and VARTA brands); Energizer
Holdings, Inc. (Energizer) (manufacturer/seller of
the Energizer brand); The Procter & Gamble Company
(Procter & Gamble) (manufacturer/seller of
the Duracell brand); and Matsushita (manufacturer/seller of the
Panasonic brand). We also face competition from the private
label brands of major retailers, particularly in Europe. The
offering of private-label batteries by retailers may create
pricing pressure in the consumer battery market. Typically,
private-label brands are not supported by advertising or
promotion, and retailers sell these private label offerings at
prices below competing name-brands. The main barriers to entry
for new competitors are investment in technology research, cost
of building manufacturing capacity and the expense of building
retail distribution channels and consumer brands.
In the U.S. alkaline battery category, the Rayovac brand is
positioned as a value brand, which is typically defined as a
product that offers comparable performance at a lower price. In
Europe, the VARTA brand is competitively priced with other
premium brands. In Latin America, where zinc carbon batteries
outsell alkaline batteries, the Rayovac brand is competitively
priced.
The pet supply product category is highly fragmented with over
500 manufacturers in the U.S. alone, consisting primarily
of small companies with limited product lines. Our largest
competitors in this product category are Mars Corporation
(Mars), The Hartz Mountain Corporation
(Hartz) and Central Garden & Pet Company
(Central Garden & Pet). Both Hartz and
Central Garden & Pet sell a comprehensive line of pet
supplies and compete with a majority of the products we offer.
Mars sells primarily aquatics products.
Products we sell in the home and garden product category through
the Home and Garden Business face competition from The Scotts
Miracle-Gro Company (Scotts Company), which markets
home and garden products under the Scotts, Ortho, Roundup and
Miracle-Gro brand names; Central Garden & Pet, which
markets garden products under the AMDRO and Sevin brand names;
and Bayer A.G., which markets home and garden products under the
Bayer Advanced brand name.
Products we sell in the household insect control product
category through the Home and Garden Business, face competition
from S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. (S.C.
Johnson), which markets insecticide and repellent products
under the Raid and OFF! brands; Scotts Company, which markets
household insect control products under the Ortho brand; and
Henkel KGaA, which markets insect control products under the
Combat brand.
Our primary competitors in the electric shaving and grooming
product category are Norelco, a division of Koninklijke Philips
Electronics NV (Philips), which sells and markets
rotary shavers, and Braun, a division of Procter &
Gamble, which sells and markets foil shavers. Through our
Remington brand, we sell both foil and rotary shavers.
Primary competitive brands in the small appliance category
include Hamilton Beach, Proctor Silex, Sunbeam, Mr. Coffee,
Oster, General Electric, Rowenta, DeLonghi, Kitchen Aid,
Cuisinart, Krups, Braun, Rival, Europro, Kenwood, Philips,
Morphy Richards, Breville and Tefal. The key competitors of
Russell Hobbs
C-8
in this market in the U.S. and Canada include Jarden
Corporation, DeLonghi America, Euro-Pro Operating LLC, Metro
Thebe, Inc., d/b/a HWI Breville, NACCO Industries, Inc.
(Hamilton Beach) and SEB S.A. In addition, Russell Hobbs
competes with retailers who use their own private label brands
for household appliances (for example, Wal-Mart).
Our major competitors in the electric personal care product
category are Conair Corporation, Wahl Clipper Corporation and
Helen of Troy Limited (Helen of Troy).
Our primary competitors in the portable lighting product
category are Energizer and Mag Instrument, Inc.
Some of our major competitors have greater resources and greater
overall market share than we do. They have committed significant
resources to protect their market shares or to capture market
share from us and may continue to do so in the future. In some
key product lines, our competitors may have lower production
costs and higher profit margins than we do, which may enable
them to compete more aggressively in advertising and in offering
retail discounts and other promotional incentives to retailers,
distributors, wholesalers and, ultimately, consumers.
Seasonality
On a consolidated basis our financial results are approximately
equally weighted between quarters, however, sales of certain
product categories tend to be seasonal. Sales in the consumer
battery, electric shaving and grooming and electric personal
care product categories, particularly in North America, tend to
be concentrated in the December holiday season (Spectrums
first fiscal quarter). Demand for pet supplies products remains
fairly constant throughout the year. Demand for home and garden
control products sold though the Home and Garden Business
typically peaks during the first six months of the calendar year
(Spectrums second and third fiscal quarters). Small
Appliances peaks from July through December primarily due to the
increased demand by customers in the late summer for
back-to-school
sales and in the fall for the holiday season. For a more
detailed discussion of the seasonality of our product sales, see
Annex B, Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Spectrum Brands
Holdings, Inc. Seasonal Product Sales.
Governmental
Regulations and Environmental Matters
Due to the nature of our operations, our facilities are subject
to a broad range of federal, state, local and foreign legal and
regulatory provisions relating to the environment, including
those regulating the discharge of materials into the
environment, the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous
substances and wastes and the remediation of contamination
associated with the releases of hazardous substances at our
facilities. We believe that compliance with the federal, state,
local and foreign laws and regulations to which we are subject
will not have a material effect upon our capital expenditures,
financial condition, earnings or competitive position.
From time to time, we have been required to address the effect
of historic activities on the environmental condition of our
properties. We have not conducted invasive testing at all
facilities to identify all potential environmental liability
risks. Given the age of our facilities and the nature of our
operations, it is possible that material liabilities may arise
in the future in connection with our current or former
facilities. If previously unknown contamination of property
underlying or in the vicinity of our manufacturing facilities is
discovered, we could incur material unforeseen expenses, which
could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition,
capital expenditures, earnings and competitive position.
Although we are currently engaged in investigative or remedial
projects at some of our facilities, we do not expect that such
projects, taking into account established accruals, will cause
us to incur expenditures that are material to our business,
financial condition or results of operations; however, it is
possible that our future liability could be material.
We have been, and in the future may be, subject to proceedings
related to our disposal of industrial and hazardous material at
off-site disposal locations or similar disposals made by other
parties for which we are held responsible as a result of our
relationships with such other parties. In the U.S., these
proceedings are under the Federal Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980
C-9
(CERCLA) or similar state laws that hold persons who
arranged for the disposal or treatment of such
substances strictly liable for costs incurred in responding to
the release or threatened release of hazardous substances from
such sites, regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the
original disposal. Liability under CERCLA is typically joint and
several, meaning that a liable party may be responsible for all
costs incurred in investigating and remediating contamination at
a site. As a practical matter, liability at CERCLA sites is
shared by all of the viable responsible parties. We occasionally
are identified by federal or state governmental agencies as
being a potentially responsible party for response actions
contemplated at an off-site facility. At the existing sites
where we have been notified of our status as a potentially
responsible party, it is either premature to determine whether
our potential liability, if any, will be material or we do not
believe that our liability, if any, will be material. We may be
named as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA or similar
state laws for other sites not currently known to us, and the
costs and liabilities associated with these sites may be
material.
It is difficult to quantify with certainty the potential
financial impact of actions regarding expenditures for
environmental matters, particularly remediation, and future
capital expenditures for environmental control equipment.
Nevertheless, based upon the information currently available, we
believe that our ultimate liability arising from such
environmental matters, taking into account established accruals
of $9.6 million for estimated liabilities at
September 30, 2010 should not be material to our business
or financial condition.
Electronic and electrical products that we sell in Europe,
particularly products sold under the Remington brand name, VARTA
battery chargers, certain portable lighting and all of our
batteries, are subject to regulation in European Union
(EU) markets under three key EU directives. The
first directive is the Restriction of the Use of Hazardous
Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment
(RoHS) which took effect in EU member states
beginning July 1, 2006. RoHS prohibits companies from
selling products which contain certain specified hazardous
materials in EU member states. We believe that compliance with
RoHS will not have a material effect on our capital
expenditures, financial condition, earnings or competitive
position. The second directive is entitled the Waste of
Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE). WEEE
makes producers or importers of particular classes of electrical
goods financially responsible for specified collection,
recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered
products. WEEE assigns levels of responsibility to companies
doing business in EU markets based on their relative market
share. WEEE calls on each EU member state to enact enabling
legislation to implement the directive. To comply with WEEE
requirements, we have partnered with other companies to create a
comprehensive collection, treatment, disposal and recycling
program. As EU member states pass enabling legislation we
currently expect our compliance system to be sufficient to meet
such requirements. Our current estimated costs associated with
compliance with WEEE are not significant based on our current
market share. However, we continue to evaluate the impact of the
WEEE legislation as EU member states implement guidance and as
our market share changes, and, as a result, actual costs to our
company could differ from our current estimates and may be
material to our business, financial condition or results of
operations. The third directive is the Directive on Batteries
and Accumulators and Waste Batteries, which was adopted in
September 2006 and went into effect in September 2008 (the
Battery Directive). The Battery Directive bans heavy
metals in batteries by establishing maximum quantities of those
heavy metals in batteries and mandates waste management of
batteries, including collection, recycling and disposal systems.
The Battery Directive places the costs of such waste management
systems on producers and importers of batteries. The Battery
Directive calls on each EU member state to enact enabling
legislation to implement the directive. We currently believe
that compliance with the Battery Directive will not have a
material effect on our capital expenditures, financial
condition, earnings or competitive position. However, until such
time as the EU member states adopt enabling legislation, a full
evaluation of these costs cannot be completed. We will continue
to evaluate the impact of the Battery Directive and its enabling
legislation as EU member states implement guidance.
Certain of our products and facilities in each of our business
segments are regulated by the United States Environmental
Protection Agency (the EPA) and the United States
Food and Drug Administration (the FDA) or other
federal consumer protection and product safety agencies and are
subject to the regulations such agencies enforce, as well as by
similar state, foreign and multinational agencies and
regulations. For example, in the U.S., all products containing
pesticides must be registered with the EPA and, in many cases,
C-10
similar state and foreign agencies before they can be
manufactured or sold. Our inability to obtain or the
cancellation of any registration could have an adverse effect on
our business, financial condition and results of operations. The
severity of the effect would depend on which products were
involved, whether another product could be substituted and
whether our competitors were similarly affected. We attempt to
anticipate regulatory developments and maintain registrations
of, and access to, substitute chemicals and other ingredients.
We may not always be able to avoid or minimize these risks.
The Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) established a
standard for food-use pesticides, which is that a reasonable
certainty of no harm will result from the cumulative effect of
pesticide exposures. Under the FQPA, the EPA is evaluating the
cumulative effects from dietary and non-dietary exposures to
pesticides. The pesticides in certain of our products continue
to be evaluated by the EPA as part of this program. It is
possible that the EPA or a third party active ingredient
registrant may decide that a pesticide we use in our products
will be limited or made unavailable to us. We cannot predict the
outcome or the severity of the effect of the EPAs
continuing evaluations of active ingredients used in our
products.
Certain of our products and packaging materials are subject to
regulations administered by the FDA. Among other things, the FDA
enforces statutory prohibitions against misbranded and
adulterated products, establishes ingredients and manufacturing
procedures for certain products, establishes standards of
identity for certain products, determines the safety of products
and establishes labeling standards and requirements. In
addition, various states regulate these products by enforcing
federal and state standards of identity for selected products,
grading products, inspecting production facilities and imposing
their own labeling requirements.
Employees
We had approximately 6,100 full-time employees worldwide as
of September 30, 2010. Approximately 20% of our total labor
force is covered by collective bargaining agreements. There is
one collective bargaining agreement that will expire during our
fiscal year ending September 30, 2011, which covers
approximately 12% of the labor force under collective bargaining
agreements, or approximately 2% of our total labor force. We
believe that our overall relationship with our employees is good.
Legal
Proceedings
In December 2009, San Francisco Technology, Inc. filed an
action in the Federal District Court for the Northern District
of California against Spectrum Brands, as well as a number of
unaffiliated defendants, claiming that each of the defendants
had falsely marked patents on certain of its products in
violation of Article 35, Section 292 of the
U.S. Code and seeking to have civil fines imposed on each
of the defendants for such claimed violations. Spectrum Brands
is reviewing the claims and intends to vigorously defend this
matter but, as of the date hereof cannot estimate any possible
losses.
In May 2010, Herengrucht Group, LLC (Herengrucht)
filed an action in the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of California against Spectrum Brands claiming that
Spectrum Brands had falsely marked patents on certain of its
products in violation of Article 35, Section 292 of
the U.S. Code and seeking to have civil fines imposed on
each of the defendants for such claimed violations. Herengrucht
dismissed its claims without prejudice in September 2010.
Applica Consumer Products, Inc. (Applica), a
subsidiary of Spectrum Brands, is a defendant in NACCO
Industries, Inc. et al. v. Applica Incorporated et al.,
Case No. C.A. 2541-VCL, which was filed in the Court of
Chancery of the State of Delaware in November 2006.
The original complaint in this action alleged a claim for, among
other things, breach of contract against Applica and a number of
tort claims against certain entities affiliated the Harbinger
Parties. The claims against Applica related to the alleged
breach of the merger agreement between Applica and NACCO
Industries, Inc. (NACCO) and one of its affiliates,
which agreement was terminated following Applicas receipt
of a superior merger offer from the Harbinger Parties. On
October 22, 2007, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint
asserting claims against Applica for, among other things, breach
of contract and breach of the implied covenant of good faith
relating to the termination of the NACCO merger agreement and
asserting
C-11
various tort claims against Applica and the Harbinger Parties.
The original complaint was filed in conjunction with a motion
preliminarily to enjoin the Harbinger Parties acquisition
of Applica. On December 1, 2006, plaintiffs withdrew their
motion for a preliminary injunction. In light of the
consummation of Applicas merger with affiliates of the
Harbinger Parties in January 2007 (Applica is currently a
subsidiary of Russell Hobbs), Spectrum Brands believes that any
claim for specific performance is moot. Applica filed a motion
to dismiss the amended complaint in December 2007. Rather than
respond to the motion to dismiss the amended complaint, NACCO
filed a motion for leave to file a second amended complaint,
which was granted in May 2008. Applica moved to dismiss the
second amended complaint, which motion was granted in part and
denied in part in December 2009. In February 2011, the parties
to the litigation reached a full and final settlement of their
disputes. Spectrum Brands was not required to make any payments
in connection with this settlement.
Applica is a defendant in three asbestos lawsuits in which the
plaintiffs have alleged injury as the result of exposure to
asbestos in hair dryers distributed by that subsidiary over
20 years ago. Although Applica never manufactured such
products, asbestos was used in certain hair dryers distributed
by it prior to 1979. Spectrum Brands believes that these actions
are without merit and intends to vigorously defend the action,
but may be unable to resolve the disputes successfully without
incurring significant expenses. As of the date hereof, Spectrum
Brands cannot estimate possible losses. At this time, Spectrum
Brands does not believe it has coverage under its insurance
policies for the asbestos lawsuits.
Spectrum Brands is a defendant in various matters of litigation
generally arising out of the ordinary course of business.
Available
Information
Our Annual Reports on
Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
Current Reports on
Form 8-K
and amendments to reports filed pursuant to Sections 13(a)
and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the Exchange Act), are made available free of
charge on or through our website at www.spectrumbrands.com
as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are
filed with, or furnished to, the United States Securities and
Exchange Commission (the SEC). You may read and copy
any materials we file with the SEC at the SECs Public
Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC
20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public
Reference Room by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330.
The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains our
reports, proxy statements and other information at
www.sec.gov . In addition, copies of our
(i) Corporate Governance Guidelines, (ii) charters for
the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee, (iii) Code of Business
Conduct and Ethics and (iv) Code of Ethics for the
Principal Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers are
available at our Internet site at www.spectrumbrands.com
under Investor Relations Corporate
Governance. Copies will also be provided to any
stockholder upon written request to the Vice President, Investor
Relations & Corporate Communications, Spectrum Brands
Holdings, Inc. at 601 Rayovac Drive, Madison, Wisconsin 53711 or
via electronic mail at investorrelations@spectrumbrands.com
, or by contacting the Vice President, Investor
Relations & Corporate Communications by telephone at
(608) 275-3340.
C-12
Annex
D
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS OF
SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SPECTRUM BRANDS, INC.
Review,
Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related
Persons
The policies and procedures of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
(Spectrum Brands Holdings) and Spectrum Brands, Inc.
(Spectrum Brands and, together with Spectrum Brands
Holdings, the Company) for review and approval of
related-person transactions appear in the Code of Ethics for the
Principal Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers and
the Spectrum Brands Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, each of
which is posted on the Companys website.
All of the Companys executive officers, directors and
employees are required to disclose to the Companys General
Counsel all transactions which involve any actual, potential or
suspected activity or personal interest that creates or appears
to create a conflict between the interests of the Company and
the interests of their executive officers, directors or
employees. In cases involving executive officers, directors or
senior-level management, the Companys General Counsel will
investigate the proposed transaction for potential conflicts of
interest and then refer the matter to the Companys Audit
Committee to make a full review and determination. In cases
involving other employees, the Companys General Counsel,
in conjunction with the employees regional supervisor and
the Companys Vice President of Internal Audit, will review
the proposed transaction. If they determine that no conflict of
interest will result from engaging in the proposed transaction,
then they will refer the matter to the Companys Chief
Executive Officer for final approval.
The Companys Audit Committee is required to consider all
questions of possible conflicts of interest involving executive
officers, directors and senior-level management and to review
and approve certain transactions, including all
(i) transactions in which a director, executive officer or
an immediate family member of a director or executive officer
has an interest, (ii) proposed business relationships
between the Company and a director, executive officer or other
member of senior management, (iii) investments by an
executive officer in a company that competes with the Company or
an interest in a company that does business with the Company,
and (iv) situations where a director or executive officer
proposes to be a customer of the Company, be employed by, serve
as a director of or otherwise represent a customer of the
Company.
The Companys legal department and financial accounting
department monitor transactions for an evaluation and
determination of potential related person transactions that
would need to be disclosed in the Companys periodic
reports or proxy materials under generally accepted accounting
principles and applicable SEC rules and regulations.
Transactions
with Related Persons
Merger
Agreement and Exchange Agreement
On June 16, 2010 (the Closing Date), Spectrum
Brands Holdings, Inc. completed a business combination
transaction pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the
Merger), dated as of February 9, 2010, as
amended on March 1, 2010, March 26, 2010 and
April 30, 2010, by and among Spectrum Brands Holdings,
Russell Hobbs, Inc. (Russell Hobbs), Spectrum
Brands, Battery Merger Corp., and Grill Merger Corp. (the
Merger Agreement). As a result of the Merger, each
of Spectrum and Russell Hobbs became a wholly-owned subsidiary
of Spectrum Brands Holdings. At the effective time of the
Merger, all of (i) the outstanding shares of Spectrum
Brands common stock were canceled and converted into the right
to receive shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock, and
(ii) the outstanding shares of Russell Hobbs common stock
and preferred stock were canceled and converted into the right
to receive shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock.
Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, on
February 9, 2010, Spectrum Brands entered into support
agreements with Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I,
Ltd. (Harbinger Master Fund), Harbinger Capital
Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities
Breakaway Ltd. (collectively, the Harbinger Parties)
and Avenue International Master, L.P. and certain of its
affiliates (the Avenue Parties),
D-1
in which the Harbinger Parties and the Avenue Parties agreed to
vote their shares of Spectrum Brands common stock acquired
before the date of the Merger Agreement in favor of the Merger
and against any alternative proposal that would impede the
Merger.
Immediately following the consummation of the Merger, the
Harbinger Parties owned approximately 64% of the outstanding
Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock and the stockholders of
Spectrum Brands (other than the Harbinger Parties) owned
approximately 36% of the outstanding Spectrum Brands Holdings
common stock. On January 7, 2011, pursuant to the terms of
a Contribution and Exchange Agreement (the Exchange
Agreement), by and between the Harbinger Parties and HGI,
the Harbinger Parties contributed 27,756,905 shares of
Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock to HGI and received in
exchange for such shares an aggregate of 119,909,830 shares
of HGI common stock (the Share Exchange).
Immediately following the consummation of the Share Exchange,
(i) HGI owned 27,756,905 shares of Spectrum
Brands Holdings common stock and the Harbinger Parties
owned 6,500,000 shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common
stock, approximately 54.4% and 12.7% of the outstanding shares
of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock, respectively, and
(ii) the Harbinger Parties owned 129,859,891 shares of
HGI common stock, or approximately 93.3% of the outstanding HGI
common stock.
In connection with the Merger, the Harbinger Parties and
Spectrum Brands Holdings entered into a stockholder agreement,
dated February 9, 2010 (the Stockholder
Agreement), which provides for certain protective
provisions in favor of minority stockholders and provides
certain rights and imposes certain obligations on the Harbinger
Parties, including:
|
|
|
|
|
for so long as the Harbinger Parties own 40% or more of the
outstanding voting securities of Spectrum Brands Holdings, the
Harbinger Parties and HGI will vote their shares of Spectrum
Brands Holdings common stock to effect the structure of the
Spectrum Brands Holdings board of directors as described in the
Stockholder Agreement;
|
|
|
|
the Harbinger Parties will not effect any transfer of equity
securities of Spectrum Brands Holdings to any person that would
result in such person and its affiliates owning 40% or more of
the outstanding voting securities of Spectrum Brands Holdings,
unless specified conditions are met; and
|
|
|
|
the Harbinger Parties will be granted certain access and
informational rights with respect to Spectrum Brands Holdings
and its subsidiaries.
|
On September 10, 2010, the Harbinger Parties and HGI
entered into a joinder to the Stockholder Agreement, pursuant to
which, effective upon the consummation of the Share Exchange,
HGI became a party to the Stockholder Agreement, subject to all
of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Stockholder
Agreement to the same extent as the Harbinger Parties were bound
thereunder prior to giving effect to the Share Exchange.
Certain provisions of the Stockholder Agreement terminate on the
date on which the Harbinger Parties or HRG no longer constitutes
a Significant Stockholder (as defined in the Stockholder
Agreement). The Stockholder Agreement terminates when any person
(including the Harbinger Parties or HGI) acquires 90% or more of
the outstanding voting securities of Spectrum Brands Holdings.
On January 7, 2011, in connection with the closing of the
Share Exchange, the Harbinger Parties and HGI entered into a
joinder to the Stockholder Agreement with Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as collateral agent (the Collateral
Agent) under HGIs 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due
2015, pursuant to which, upon the occurrence of a Foreclosure
Event (as such term is defined in the joinder), the Collateral
Agent will become a party to the Stockholder Agreement and will,
subject to certain exceptions, be subject to all of its
covenants, terms and conditions to the same extent as the
Harbinger Parties and HGI were prior to the consummation of the
Share Exchange.
Also in connection with the Merger, the Harbinger Parties, the
Avenue Parties and Spectrum Brands Holdings entered into a
registration rights agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010
(the Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration Rights
Agreement), pursuant to which the Harbinger Parties and
the Avenue Parties have, among other things and subject to the
terms and conditions set forth therein, certain demand and so-
D-2
called piggy back registration rights with respect
to their shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings common stock. On
September 10, 2010, the Harbinger Parties and HGI entered
into a joinder to the Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration
Rights Agreement, pursuant to which, effective upon the
consummation of the Share Exchange, HGI became a party to the
Spectrum Brands Holdings Registration Rights Agreement, entitled
to the rights and subject to the obligations of a holder
thereunder.
Other
Agreements
On August 28, 2009, in connection with Spectrum
Brands emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization
proceedings, Spectrum Brands entered into a registration rights
agreement with the Harbinger Parties, the Avenue Parties and
D.E. Shaw Laminar Portfolios, L.L.C. (D.E. Shaw),
pursuant to which the Harbinger Parties, the Avenue Parties and
D.E. Shaw have, among other things and subject to the terms and
conditions set forth therein, certain demand and so-called
piggy back registration rights with respect to their
Spectrum Brands 12% Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes
due 2019. Prior to the consummation of the Merger, the Harbinger
Parties, certain Avenue Parties and Shaw had certain
registration rights with respect to their shares of SBI common
stock pursuant to a registration rights agreement, dated as of
August 28, 2009.
In connection with the Merger, Russell Hobbs and Harbinger
Master Fund entered into an indemnification agreement, dated as
of February 9, 2010 (the Indemnification
Agreement), by which Harbinger Master Fund agreed, among
other things and subject to the terms and conditions set forth
therein, to guarantee the obligations of Russell Hobbs to pay
(i) a reverse termination fee to Spectrum Brands under the
Merger Agreement and (ii) monetary damages awarded to
Spectrum Brands in connection with any willful and material
breach by Russell Hobbs of the Merger Agreement. The maximum
amount payable by Harbinger Master Fund under the
Indemnification Agreement is $50 million less any amounts
paid by Russell Hobbs or the Harbinger Parties, or any of their
respective affiliates as damages under any documents related to
the Merger. Harbinger Master Fund also agreed to indemnify
Russell Hobbs, Spectrum Brands Holdings and their subsidiaries
for
out-of-pocket
costs and expenses above $3 million in the aggregate that
become payable after the consummation of the Merger and that
relate to the litigation arising out of Russell Hobbs
business combination transaction with Applica Incorporated.
Certain of the Avenue Parties were lenders under Spectrum
Brands senior credit facility, dated March 30, 2007,
originally loaning $75,000,000 as part of Spectrum Brands
$1 billion U.S. Dollar Term B Loan facility (the
US Dollar Term B Loan) and 15,000,000 as
part of Spectrum Brands 262 million Term Loan
facility (the Euro Facility). Subsequently, Avenue
Special Situations Fund V, L.P., along with several other
of the above Avenue Parties, increased their participation in
the US Dollar Term B Loan and the Euro Facility. In
connection with the Merger, on June 16, 2010, Spectrum
Brands repaid all of its outstanding indebtedness under the
U.S. Dollar Term B Loan and the Euro Facility.
D-3
Annex E
CERTAIN
INFORMATION REGARDING HARBINGER F&G, LLC
Unless otherwise indicated in this Annex E or the
context requires otherwise, HGI, we,
us and our refer to Harbinger Group Inc.
and, where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries;
Harbinger Capital refers to Harbinger Capital
Partners LLC; Master Fund refers to Harbinger
Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., which is an affiliate
of Harbinger Capital; Harbinger F&G refers to
Harbinger F&G, LLC (formerly, Harbinger OM, LLC) and,
where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries; Front
Street refers to Front Street Re, Ltd.; FS
Holdco refers to FS Holdco Ltd.; and F&G
Holdings refers to Fidelity & Guaranty Life
Holdings, Inc. (formerly, Old Mutual U.S. Life Holdings,
Inc.) and, where applicable, its consolidated subsidiaries.
On March 7, 2011, HGI entered into a Transfer Agreement
(the Transfer Agreement) with the Master Fund.
Pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, on March 9, 2011,
(i) HGI acquired from the Master Fund a 100% membership
interest in Harbinger F&G and (ii) the Master Fund
transferred to Harbinger F&G the sole issued and
outstanding Ordinary Share of FS Holdco (the FS Holdco
Acquisition). In consideration for the interests in FS
Holdco and Harbinger F&G, HGI agreed to reimburse the
Master Fund for certain expenses incurred by the Master Fund (up
to a maximum of $13.3 million) in connection with the
Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition (as defined below) and
to submit certain expenses of the Master Fund for reimbursement
by OM Group (UK) Limited (OM Group) under the
F&G Stock Purchase Agreement (as defined below). Following
the consummation of the foregoing acquisitions, Harbinger
F&G became a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of HGI, FS
Holdco became an indirect wholly-owed subsidiary of Harbinger
F&G and Front Street became the indirect wholly-owned
subsidiary of Harbinger F&G.
On April 6, 2011, pursuant to the First Amended and
Restated Stock Purchase Agreement (the F&G Stock
Purchase Agreement), between Harbinger F&G and OM
Group, Harbinger F&G acquired from OM Group all of the
outstanding shares of capital stock of F&G Holdings and
certain intercompany loan agreements between OM Group, as
lender, and F&G Holdings, as borrower, and in consideration
for $350 million, which, as described further herein, may
be reduced by up to $50 million post-closing (such
acquisition, the Fidelity & Guaranty
Acquisition). Following the consummation of the
Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, F&G Holdings
became a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Harbinger F&G.
Fidelity & Guaranty Financial Life Insurance Company
(formerly, OM Financial Life Insurance Company, FGL
Insurance Company) and Fidelity & Guaranty Life
Insurance Company of New York (formerly, OM Financial Life
Insurance Company of New York, FGL NY Insurance
Company), F&G Holdings principal insurance
companies, are direct wholly-owned subsidiaries of F&G
Holdings.
Business
of F&G Holdings
F&G Holdings, a Delaware corporation, is a provider of
annuity and life insurance products to the middle and
upper-middle income markets in the United States. Based in
Baltimore, Maryland, F&G Holdings operates its annuity and
life insurance operations in the United States through its
subsidiaries FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance Company.
Incorporated in Maryland in 1959, FGL Insurance Company is
licensed to do business in all states except for New York.
Incorporated in New York in 1962, FGL NY Insurance Company is
licensed to do business only in the state of New York.
F&G Holdings principal products are immediate
annuities, deferred annuities (including fixed indexed
annuities) and life insurance products, which it sells through a
network of 250 independent marketing organizations
(IMOs) representing 25,000 independent agents and
managing general agents. As of December 31, 2010, F&G
Holdings had over 800,000 policyholders nationwide and
distributes its products throughout the United States.
E-1
Products
Annuity
Products
F&G Holdings, through its insurance subsidiaries, issues a
broad portfolio of deferred annuities (fixed indexed and fixed
rate annuities) and immediate annuities. A deferred annuity is a
type of contract that accumulates value on a tax deferred basis
and typically begins making specified periodic or lump sum
payments a certain number of years after the contract has been
issued. An immediate annuity is a type of contract that begins
making specified payments within one annuity period (e.g. one
month or one year) and typically pays principal and earnings in
equal payments over some period of time.
As part of its significant product consolidation, FGL Insurance
Company and FGL NY Insurance Company reduced from 51 in 2008 to
21 in 2011 the number of products in their portfolios of annuity
products. The following table presents the deposits on annuity
policies issued by FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance
Company, as well as reserves required by accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States (GAAP
Reserves), for the fiscal years 2009 and 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits on Annuity Policies
|
|
GAAP Reserves
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Products
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed Indexed Annuities
|
|
$
|
599
|
|
|
$
|
755
|
|
|
$
|
9,592
|
|
|
$
|
9,327
|
|
Fixed Rate Annuities
|
|
$
|
47
|
|
|
$
|
253
|
|
|
$
|
3,384
|
|
|
$
|
3,430
|
|
Single Premium Immediate Annuities
|
|
$
|
192
|
|
|
$
|
245
|
|
|
$
|
3,713
|
|
|
$
|
3,599
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
838
|
|
|
$
|
1,253
|
|
|
$
|
16,689
|
|
|
$
|
16,356
|
|
Deferred
Annuities
Fixed Indexed Annuities. FGL Insurance
Companys fixed indexed annuities allow contract owners the
possibility of earning credits based on the performance of a
specified market index without risk to principle. The contracts
include a provision for a minimum guaranteed surrender value
calculated in accordance with applicable law. A market index
tracks the performance of a specific group of stocks
representing a particular segment of the market, or in some
cases an entire market. For example, the S&P 500 Composite
Stock Price Index is an index of 500 stocks intended to be
representative of a broad segment of the market. Most fixed
indexed annuity policies allow policyholders to allocate funds
once a year among several different crediting strategies,
including one or more index based strategies and a traditional
fixed rate strategy.
The value to the contractholder of a fixed indexed annuity
contract is equal to the sum of deposits paid, premium bonuses
(described below) and credits earned (index
credits), up to an overall limit on the amount of interest
that an annuity will earn (a cap) or a percentage of
the gain of a market index that will be credited to an annuity
(a participation rate) based on the annual
appreciation (based in certain situations on monthly averages or
monthly
point-to-point
calculations) in a recognized index or benchmark. Caps generally
range from 3.5% to 6% when measured annually and 1.5% to 5.2%
when measured monthly and participation rates generally range
from 30% to 100%, of the performance of the applicable market
index.
Approximately 90% and 80% of the fixed indexed annuity sales for
the years ending December 31, 2010 and December 31,
2009, respectively, involved premium bonuses by
which FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance Company
increased the initial annuity deposit by a specified premium
bonus of 3% and vested bonus of 5% to 8%. FGL Insurance Company
and FGL NY Insurance Company made compensating adjustments in
the commission paid to the agent or the surrender charges on the
policy to offset the premium bonus.
Fixed Rate Annuities. Fixed rate annuities
include annual reset and multi-year rate guaranteed policies.
Fixed rate annual reset annuities issued by FGL Insurance
Company and FGL NY Insurance Company have an annual interest
rate (the crediting rate) that is guaranteed for the
first policy year. After the first policy year, FGL Insurance
Company and FGL NY Insurance Company have the discretionary
ability to change the crediting rate once annually to any rate
at or above a guaranteed minimum rate. Fixed rate multi-year
E-2
guaranteed annuities are similar to fixed rate annual reset
annuities except that the initial crediting rate is guaranteed
for a specified number of years before it may be changed at the
discretion of FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance
Company. For fiscal year 2010, FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY
Insurance Company did not sell any fixed rate annual reset
annuities. For fiscal year 2010, FGL Insurance Company and FGL
NY Insurance Company sold $253 million of fixed rate
multi-year guaranteed annuities. As of December 31, 2010,
crediting rates on outstanding (i) fixed rate annuities
generally ranged from 1.5% to 6.0% and (ii) multi-year
guaranteed annuities ranged from 1.5% to 6.25%. The average
crediting rate on all outstanding fixed rate annuities at
December 31, 2010 was 4.35%.
Withdrawal Options for Deferred
Annuities. After the first year following the
issuance of a deferred annuity policy, holders of deferred
annuities are typically permitted penalty-free withdrawals up to
10% of the prior years value, subject to certain
limitations. Withdrawals in excess of allowable penalty-free
amounts are assessed a surrender charge if such withdrawals are
made during the penalty period of the deferred annuity policy (a
surrender charge). The penalty period typically
ranges from 5 to 14 years for fixed indexed annuities and 3
to 10 years for fixed rate annuities. This surrender charge
initially ranges from 9% to 17.5% of the contract value for
fixed index annuities and 5% to 12% of the contract value for
fixed rate annuities and generally decreases by approximately
one to two percentage points per year during the penalty period.
Certain annuity contracts contain a market value adjustment
provision that may increase or decrease the amounts available
for withdrawal upon full surrender. The policyholder may elect
to take the proceeds of the surrender either in a single payment
or in a series of payments over the life of the policyholder or
for a fixed number of years (or a combination of these payment
options). In addition to the foregoing withdrawal rights,
policyholders may also elect to have additional withdrawal
rights by purchasing a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit.
Immediate
Annuities
FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance Company also sell
single premium immediate annuities (SPIAs), which
provide a series of periodic payments for a fixed period of time
or for the life of the policyholder, according to the
policyholders choice at the time of issue. The amounts,
frequency and length of time of the payments are fixed at the
outset of the annuity contract. SPIAs are often purchased by
persons at or near retirement age who desire a steady stream of
payments over a future period of years.
Life
Insurance
FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance Company offer indexed
universal life insurance policies. Holders of universal life
insurance policies earn returns on their policies which are
credited to the policyholders cash value account. The
insurer periodically deducts its expenses and the cost of life
insurance protection from the cash value account. The balance of
the cash value account is credited interest at a fixed rate or
returns based on the performance of a market index, or both, at
the option of the policyholder, using a method similar to that
described above for fixed indexed annuities.
For their 2009 and 2010 fiscal years, FGL Insurance Company and
FGL NY Insurance Company have together written approximately
$63 million in premiums for indexed universal life
insurance policies. As part of their significant product
consolidations, FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance
Company reduced from nine in 2008 to two in 2011 the number of
products in their life insurance product portfolios.
As of December 31, 2010, FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY
Insurance Company together have issued approximately
$1.51 billion (face amount), net, in life insurance
policies. The collective premiums generated by total indexed
life insurance policies issued by FGL Insurance Company and FGL
NY Insurance Company for fiscal years 2009 and 2010 was
$32.4 million and $30.5 million, respectively.
A significant portion of the indexed universal life business is
subject to a pending reinsurance arrangement with Wilton
Reassurance Company (Wilton Re). See F&G
Stock Purchase Agreement and Related Arrangements
Wilton Transaction.
E-3
Investments
The types of assets in which F&G Holdings may invest are
influenced by various state laws, which prescribe qualified
investment assets applicable to insurance companies. Within the
parameters of these laws, F&G Holdings invests in assets
giving consideration to three primary investment objectives:
(i) income-oriented total return, (ii) yield
maintenance/enhancement and (iii) capital preservation/risk
mitigation.
F&G Holdings investment portfolio is designed to
provide a stable earnings contribution and balanced risk
portfolio across asset classes and is primarily invested in high
quality corporate bonds with low exposure to consumer-sensitive
sectors. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements of F&G Holdings with respect to F&G
Holdings accounting policies for the impairment of
investments.
As of December 31, 2010, F&G Holdings investment
portfolio was approximately $16.5 billion and was divided
among the following asset classes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Asset Class
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate-investment grade
|
|
|
70.9
|
%
|
Corporate-non-investment grade
|
|
|
4.6
|
%
|
U.S. government and agency obligations
|
|
|
3.5
|
%
|
Residential mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
3.4
|
%
|
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
4.5
|
%
|
Asset-backed securities
|
|
|
3.2
|
%
|
Other (cash & cash equivalents, derivatives, municipals and
equity securities)
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
Total
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
As of December 31, 2010, F&G Holdings fixed
income portfolio was approximately $15.4 billion. The
approximate percentage distribution of F&G Holdings
fixed income portfolio by composite ratings distribution was as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
Rating
|
|
2010
|
|
AAA
|
|
|
10.1
|
%
|
AA
|
|
|
6.8
|
%
|
A
|
|
|
24.4
|
%
|
BBB
|
|
|
51.6
|
%
|
BB
|
|
|
3.8
|
%
|
B and below
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
Not rated
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
Currently, F&G Holdings does not act as asset manager for
its investment assets. Since September 2009, F&G
Holdings lead portfolio manager has been Goldman Sachs
Asset Management (Goldman Sachs). Goldman Sachs
actively manages F&G Holdings in-force and new
business cash. As of December 31, 2010, Goldman Sachs had
approximately $15.8 billion of F&G Holdings
assets under management.
Derivatives
F&G Holdings fixed indexed annuity contracts (the
FIA Contracts) permit the holder to elect to receive
a return based on an interest rate or the performance of a
market index. F&G Holdings uses a portion of the deposit
made by policyholders pursuant to the FIA Contracts to purchase
derivatives consisting of a combination of call options and
futures contracts on the equity indices underlying the
applicable policy. These derivatives are used to fund the index
credits due to policyholders under the FIA Contracts. The
majority of all such call options are one-year options purchased
to match the funding requirements underlying the FIA
E-4
Contracts. On the respective anniversary dates of the
applicable FIA Contracts, the market index used to compute the
annual index credit under the applicable FIA Contract is reset.
At such time, F&G Holdings purchases new one, two- or
three-year call options to fund the next index credit. F&G
Holdings attempts to manage the cost of these purchases through
the terms of its FIA Contracts, which permit F&G Holdings
to change caps or participation rates, subject to certain
guaranteed minimums that must be maintained. The change in the
fair value of the call options and futures contracts is designed
to offset the change in the fair value of the FIA
Contracts embedded derivative. The call options and
futures contracts are marked to fair value with the change in
fair value included as a component of net investment gains
(losses). The change in fair value of the call options and
futures contracts includes the gains and losses recognized at
the expiration of the instruments terms or upon early
termination and the changes in fair value of open positions.
F&G Holdings is exposed to credit loss in the event of
nonperformance by its counterparties on the call options.
F&G Holdings attempts to reduce the credit risk associated
with such agreements by purchasing such options from large,
well-established financial institutions.
Marketing
and Distribution
F&G Holdings offers its products through a network of 250
IMOs, representing 25,000 agents, and identifies its most
important 37 IMOs as Power Partners. F&G
Holdings Power Partners are currently comprised of 23
annuity IMOs and 14 life insurance IMOs. In fiscal year 2010,
these Power Partners accounted for approximately 57% of F&G
Holdings annual sales volume. F&G Holdings believes
that its relationships with these IMOs are strong. The average
tenure of the top ten Power Partners is approximately
12 years.
F&G Holdings Power Partners play an important role in
the development of F&G Holdings products. Over the
last ten years, the majority of F&G Holdings best
selling products have been developed in conjunction with its
Power Partners. F&G Holdings intends to continue to have
the Power Partners play an important role in the development of
its products in the future, which it believes provides it with
integral feedback throughout the development process and assists
it with competing for shelf space for new design
launches.
In 2003 F&G Holdings introduced a rewards program, the
Power Agent Incentive Rewards (PAIR) Program, to
incentivize annuity product sales and strengthen distributor
relationships. The PAIR Program is structured as a
non-contributory deferred compensation program that allows
select producers to share in profitability of new product sales.
F&G Holdings believes the PAIR Program drives loyalty
amongst top producers and incentivizes them to focus on
profitable sales. Over the past five years, PAIR agents have
produced nearly 29% of F&G Holdings total deferred
annuity sales. As of December 31, 2010, there was
approximately $11.6 million in PAIR vested account balances.
A PAIR Program for life insurance products was introduced in
2009 and operates substantially in the same manner as the PAIR
Program for annuities. As of December 31, 2010, F&G
Holdings had 14 participants in the life PAIR Program and
$96,037 in PAIR account balances of which $7,189 was vested.
Outsourcing
In addition to services provided by third-party asset managers,
F&G Holdings outsources the following functions to
third-party service providers:
|
|
|
|
|
new business administration,
|
|
|
|
|
|
hosting of financial systems,
|
|
|
|
|
|
service of existing policies,
|
|
|
|
|
|
underwriting administration of life insurance applications.
|
F&G Holdings closely manages its outsourcing partners and
integrates their services into its operations. F&G Holdings
believes that outsourcing such functions allows it to focus
capital and personnel resources on
E-5
its core business operations and perform differentiating
functions, such as actuarial, product development and risk
management functions. In addition, F&G Holdings believes an
outsourcing model provides predictable pricing, service levels
and volume capabilities and allows it to exploit technological
developments to enhance its customer self-service and sales
processes that it may not be able to take advantage of if it
were required to deploy its own capital.
F&G Holdings outsources its new business and existing
policy administration for fixed indexed annuity and life
products to Transaction Applications Group, Inc., a subsidiary
at Dell Inc. (Transaction Group). Under this
arrangement, Transaction Group manages all of F&G
Holdings call center and processing requirements. F&G
Holdings and Transaction Group have entered into a seven-year
relationship expiring in June 2014.
F&G Holdings has partnered with Hooper Holmes, Inc.
(Hooper Holmes) to outsource its life insurance
underwriting function. Under the terms of the arrangement Hooper
Holmes has assigned F&G Holdings a team of five
underwriters with Fellow Management Life Institute. F&G
Holdings and Hooper Holmes have entered into a three-year
relationship expiring in December 2012.
F&G Holdings believes that it has a good relationship with
its principal outsource service providers.
Competition
and Ratings
F&G Holdings ability to compete is dependent upon
many factors which include, among other things, its ability to
develop competitive and profitable products, its ability to
maintain low unit costs, and its maintenance of adequate
financial strength ratings from ratings agencies.
Following is a summary of F&G Holdings financial
strength ratings:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Strength
|
|
|
Agency
|
|
Report Date
|
|
Rating
|
|
Outlook Statement
|
|
Moodys
|
|
November 3, 2010
|
|
Ba1
|
|
Stable
|
|
|
August 6, 2010
|
|
Baa3
|
|
On review for possible downgrade
|
|
|
March 11, 2010
|
|
Baa3
|
|
Developing
|
Fitch
|
|
April 7, 2011
|
|
BBB
|
|
Stable
|
|
|
August 9, 2010
|
|
BB
|
|
Positive
|
|
|
March 29, 2010
|
|
BB
|
|
Rating watch evolving
|
|
|
March 11, 2010
|
|
BBB-
|
|
Rating watch negative
|
A.M. Best
|
|
August 12, 2010
|
|
B++
|
|
Stable
|
|
|
March 11, 2010
|
|
A-
|
|
Under review with developing implications
|
Financial strength ratings generally involve quantitative and
qualitative evaluations by rating agencies of a companys
financial condition and operating performance. Generally, rating
agencies base their ratings upon information furnished to them
by the insurer and upon their own investigations, studies and
assumptions. Ratings are based upon factors of concern to
policyholders, agents and intermediaries and are not directed
toward the protection of investors and are not recommendations
to buy, sell or hold securities.
In addition to the financial strength ratings, rating agencies
use an outlook statement to indicate a medium or
long term trend which, if continued, may lead to a rating
change. A positive outlook indicates a rating may be raised and
a negative outlook indicates a rating may be lowered. A stable
outlook is assigned when ratings are not likely to be changed.
Outlooks should not be confused with expected stability of the
issuers financial or economic performance. A rating may
have a stable outlook to indicate that the rating is
not expected to change, but a stable outlook does
not preclude a rating agency from changing a rating at any time
without notice.
Moodys ratings currently range from Aaa
(Exceptional) to C (Poor). Within Moodys
investment grade categories, Aaa (Exceptional) and
Aa (Excellent) are the highest, followed by
A (Good) and
E-6
Baa (Good). The first two speculative grade
categories are Ba (questionable) and B
(poor). Publications of Moodys indicate that Moodys
assigns a Ba1 rating to companies that have a moderate (and
thereby not well safeguarded) ability to meet their ongoing
obligations to policyholders.
Fitch ratings currently range from AAA (reliable and
stable) to D (defaulted on obligations and will
generally default on most or all obligations). Within
Fitchs investment grade categories, AAA
(reliable and stable) and AA (reliable and stable)
are the highest, followed by A (economic situation
can affect financial situation) and BBB
(satisfactory). The first two non-investment grade categories
are BB (financial situation prone to changes) and
B (financial situation noticeably changes). Fitch
also uses intermediate +/− modifiers for each
category between AA and CCC. Accordingly, BBB+ is a
higher investment grade than a BBB which in turn is
a higher investment grade than a BBB-. Publications
of Fitch indicate that Fitch assigns ratings according to
strength of a company and a BBB rating is qualified as
satisfactory on its scale.
A.M. Best Company ratings currently range from
A++ (Superior) to F (In Liquidation),
and include 16 separate ratings categories. Within these
categories, A++ (Superior) and A+
(Superior) are the highest, followed by A
(Excellent) and A− (Excellent) then followed
by B++ (Good) and B+ (Good).
Publications of A.M. Best Company indicate A.M. Best
Company assigns a B++ rating to companies that have a good
ability to meet their ongoing obligations to policyholders.
A.M. Best Company, Fitch and Moodys review their
ratings of insurance companies from time to time. There can be
no assurance that any particular rating will continue for any
given period of time or that it will not be changed or withdrawn
entirely if, in their judgment, circumstances so warrant. While
the degree to which ratings adjustments will affect sales and
persistency is unknown, we believe if F&G Holdings
ratings were to be negatively adjusted for any reason, it could
experience a material decline in the sales of its products and
the persistency of its existing business. See Risk Factors
Regarding Harbinger F&G F&G Holdings
operates in a highly competitive industry, which could limit its
ability to gain or maintain its position in the industry and
could materially adversely affect F&G Holdings
business, financial condition and results of operations;
Risk Factors Regarding Harbinger F&G A
financial strength ratings downgrade or other negative action by
a ratings organization could adversely affect F&G
Holdings financial condition and results of
operations; and Risk Factors Regarding Harbinger
F&G The amount of statutory capital that
F&G Holdings insurance subsidiaries have and the
amount of statutory capital that they must hold to maintain its
financial strength and credit ratings and meet other
requirements can vary significantly from time to time and is
sensitive to a number of factors outside of F&G
Holdings control.
Risk
Management
Risk management is a critical part of F&G Holdings
business. F&G Holdings seeks to assess risk to its business
through a formalized process involving (i) identifying
short-term and long-term strategic and operational objectives,
(ii) utilizing risk identification tools to examine events
that may prevent F&G Holdings from achieving goals,
(iii) assigning risk identification and mitigation
responsibilities to individual team members within functional
groups, (iv) analyzing the potential qualitative and
quantitative impact of individual risks, (v) evaluating
risks against risk tolerance levels to determine which risks
should be mitigated, (vi) mitigating risks by appropriate
actions and (vii) identifying, documenting and
communicating key business risks in a timely fashion.
The responsibility for monitoring, evaluating and responding to
risk is allocated first to F&G Holdings management
and employees, second to those occupying specialist functions,
such as legal compliance and risk teams, and third to those
occupying independent functions, such as internal and external
audits and the audit committee of the board of directors.
Reinsurance
F&G Holdings, through its subsidiary FGL Insurance Company,
both cedes reinsurance to other insurance companies and assumes
reinsurance from other insurance companies. F&G Holdings
uses reinsurance both to diversify its risks and to manage loss
exposures. FGL Insurance Company seeks reinsurance coverage in
order
E-7
to limit its exposure to mortality losses and enhance capital
management. The use of reinsurance permits F&G Holdings to
write policies in amounts larger than the risk it is willing to
retain, and also to write a larger volume of new business. The
portion of risks exceeding the insurers retention limit is
reinsured with other insurers.
In instances where FGL Insurance Company is the ceding company,
it pays a premium to the other company (the
reinsurer) in exchange for the reinsurer assuming a
portion of FGL Insurance Companys liabilities under the
policies it has issued. Use of reinsurance does not discharge
the liability of FGL Insurance Company as the ceding company
because FGL Insurance Company remains directly liable to its
policyholders and is required to pay the full amount of its
policy obligations in the event that its reinsurers fail to
satisfy their obligations. FGL Insurance Company collects
reinsurance from its reinsurers when FGL Insurance Company pays
claims on policies that are reinsured. In instances where FGL
Insurance Company assumes reinsurance from another insurance
company, it accepts, in exchange for a reinsurance premium, a
portion of the liabilities of the other insurance company under
the policies that the ceding company has issued to its
policyholders.
Ceding
Company
FGL Insurance Company is provided reinsurance as the ceding
company by accredited or licensed
reinsurers and unaccredited or
unlicensed reinsurers. See the section entitled
Regulation Credit for Reinsurance
Regulation below.
Reinsurance Provided by Accredited or Licensed
Reinsurers. As of December 31, 2010, the
total reserves ceded by FGL Insurance Company to unauthorized
reinsurers was ceded to Old Mutual Reinsurance (Ireland) Limited
(OM Ireland) and totaled approximately
$922.3 million.
Reinsurance Provided by Unaccredited or Unlicensed
Reinsurers. As of December 31, 2010, the
total reserves ceded by FGL Insurance Company to unlicensed or
unaccredited affiliate reinsurers was approximately
$907.8 million.
Following the consummation of the Fidelity & Guaranty
Acquisition, OM Ireland is no longer an affiliated of FGL
Insurance Company and the life insurance policies previously
ceded to OM Ireland under certain reinsurance agreements were
recaptured by FGL Insurance Company on April 7, 2011. The
CARVM Treaty (as defined herein), under which OM Ireland
reinsures certain annuity liabilities from FGL Insurance
Company, currently remains in effect. On January 26, 2011,
Harbinger F&G entered into the Commitment Agreement (as
defined herein) with Wilton Re. Upon the completion of the
reinsurance of the Raven Block and the Camden Block (each term
as defined herein) by Wilton Re, substantially all of FGL
Insurance Companys in force life insurance business issued
prior to April 1, 2010 will have been reinsured with third
party reinsurers.
Reinsurer
FGL Insurance Company provides reinsurance as the reinsurer to
four non-affiliate insurance companies. As of December 31,
2010, FGL Insurance Company was the reinsurer of
$203.4 million total reserves assumed under policies issued
by non-affiliate insurers.
Employees
As of December 31, 2010, F&G Holdings had
154 employees. F&G Holdings believes that it has a
good relationship with its employees.
Litigation
There are no material legal proceedings, other than ordinary
routine litigation incidental to the business of F&G
Holdings and its subsidiaries, to which F&G Holdings or any
of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any of their
properties is subject.
E-8
Regulation
Overview
FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance Company are subject
to comprehensive regulation and supervision in their respective
domiciles, Maryland and New York, and in each state in which
they do business. FGL Insurance Company does business throughout
the United States, except for New York. FGL NY Insurance Company
does business only in New York. FGL Insurance Companys
principal insurance regulatory authority is the Maryland
Insurance Administration. State insurance departments throughout
the United States also monitor FGL Insurance Companys
insurance operations as a licensed insurer. The New York
Insurance Department regulates the operations of FGL NY
Insurance Company, which is domiciled and licensed in
New York. The Vermont Department of Banking, Insurance,
Securities & Health Administration regulates the operations
of the Vermont Captive (as defined herein) that was formed in
connection with the Reserve Facility (as defined herein). The
purpose of these regulations is primarily to protect
policyholders and beneficiaries and not general creditors of
those insurers or creditors of HGI. Many of the laws and
regulations to which FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance
Company are subject are regularly re-examined, and existing or
future laws and regulations may become more restrictive or
otherwise adversely affect their operations.
Generally, insurance products underwritten by FGL Insurance
Company and FGL NY Insurance Company must be approved by the
insurance regulators in each state in which they are sold. Those
products are also substantially affected by federal and state
tax laws. For example, changes in tax law could reduce or
eliminate the tax-deferred accumulation of earnings on the
deposits paid by the holders of annuities and life insurance
products, which could make such products less attractive to
potential purchasers. A shift away from life insurance and
annuity products could reduce FGL Insurance Companys and
FGL NY Insurance Companys income from the sale of such
products, as well as the assets upon which FGL Insurance Company
and FGL NY Insurance Company earn investment income. In
addition, insurance products may also be subject to the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
(ERISA).
State insurance authorities have broad administrative powers
over FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance Company with
respect to all aspects of the insurance business including:
|
|
|
|
|
licensing to transact business;
|
|
|
|
|
|
prescribing which assets and liabilities are to be considered in
determining statutory surplus;
|
|
|
|
|
|
regulating premium rates for certain insurance products;
|
|
|
|
|
|
approving policy forms and certain related materials;
|
|
|
|
|
|
regulating unfair trade and claims practices;
|
|
|
|
|
|
establishing reserve requirements and solvency standards;
|
|
|
|
|
|
regulating the availability of reinsurance or other substitute
financing solutions, the terms thereof and the ability of an
insurer to take credit on its financial statements for insurance
ceded to reinsurers or other substitute financing solutions;
|
|
|
|
|
|
fixing maximum interest rates on life insurance policy loans and
minimum accumulation or surrender values; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
regulating the type, amounts and valuations of investments
permitted and other matters.
|
Financial
Regulation
State insurance laws and regulations require FGL Insurance
Company and FGL NY Insurance Company to file reports, including
financial statements, with state insurance departments in each
state in which they do business, and their operations and
accounts are subject to examination by those departments at any
time. FGL
E-9
Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance Company prepare
statutory financial statements in accordance with accounting
practices and procedures prescribed or permitted by these
departments.
The National Association of Insurance Commissioners
(NAIC) has approved a series of statutory accounting
principles that have been adopted, in some cases with certain
modifications, by all state insurance departments. These
statutory principles are subject to ongoing change and
modification. For instance, the NAIC adopted, effective with the
annual reporting period ending December 31, 2010, revisions
to the Annual Financial Reporting Model Regulation (or the Model
Audit Rule) related to auditor independence, corporate
governance and internal control over financial reporting. These
revisions require that insurance companies, such as FGL
Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance Company, file reports
with state insurance departments regarding their assessments of
internal control over financial reporting. The reports filed by
FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance Company with state
insurance departments did not identify any material weakness
over financial reporting. Moreover, compliance with any
particular regulators interpretation of a legal or
accounting issue may not result in compliance with another
regulators interpretation of the same issue, particularly
when compliance is judged in hindsight. Any particular
regulators interpretation of a legal or accounting issue
may change over time to FGL Insurance Companys
and/or FGL
NY Insurance Companys detriment, or changes to the overall
legal or market environment, even absent any change of
interpretation by a particular regulator, may cause FGL
Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance Company to change their
views regarding the actions they need to take from a legal risk
management perspective, which could necessitate changes to FGL
Insurance Companys
and/or FGL
NY Insurance Companys practices that may, in some cases,
limit their ability to grow and improve profitability.
State insurance departments conduct periodic examinations of the
books and records, financial reporting, policy filings, market
conduct and business practices of insurance companies domiciled
in their states, generally once every three to five years.
Examinations are generally carried out in cooperation with the
insurance departments of other states under guidelines
promulgated by the NAIC. State insurance departments also have
the authority to conduct examinations of non-domiciliary
insurers that are licensed in their states. The Maryland
Insurance Administration completed a routine financial
examination of FGL Insurance Company for the three-year period
ended December 31, 2009, and found no material deficiencies
or proposed any adjustments to the financial statements as
filed. The New York Insurance Department is currently conducting
a routine financial examination of FGL NY Insurance Company for
the four year period ended December 31, 2010.
Dividend
and Other Distribution Payment Limitations
The Maryland Insurance Code and the New York Insurance Law
regulate the amount of dividends that may be paid in any year by
FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance Company,
respectively. Each year FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY
Insurance Company may pay a certain amount of dividends or other
distributions without being required to obtain the prior consent
of the Maryland Insurance Administration or the NY Insurance
Department, respectively. However, in order to pay any dividends
or distributions (including the payment of any dividends or
distributions for which prior written consent is not required),
FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance Company must provide
advance written notice to the Maryland Insurance Administration
or the NY Insurance Department, respectively. Upon receipt of
such notice, the Maryland Insurance Administration or the NY
Insurance Department may impose restrictions or prohibit the
payment of such dividends or other distributions based on their
assessment of various factors, including the statutory surplus
levels and risk-based capital (RBC) ratios of FGL
Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance Company, respectively.
Without first obtaining the prior written approval of the
Maryland Insurance Administration, FGL Insurance Company may not
pay dividends or make other distributions, if such payments,
together with all other such payments within the preceding
twelve months, exceed the lesser of (i) 10% of FGL
Insurance Companys statutory surplus as regards
policyholders as of December 31 of the preceding year; or
(ii) the net gain from operations of FGL Insurance Company
(excluding realized capital gains for the
12-month
period ending December 31 of the preceding year and pro rata
distributions made on any class of FGL Insurance Companys
own securities). In addition, dividends may be paid only out of
statutory surplus. FGL Insurance
E-10
Companys statutory net gain from operations as of
December 31, 2010 was $295.1 million and its statutory
surplus as of December 31, 2010 was $902.1 million. On
December 20, 2010, FGL Insurance Company paid a dividend to
OM Group in the amount of $59 million with respect to its
2009 results. Based on its 2010 fiscal year results, FGL
Insurance Company may be able to declare an ordinary dividend up
to $31.2 million through December 20, 2011 (taking
into account the December 20, 2010 dividend payment of
$59 million). In addition, between December 21, 2011
and December 31, 2011, FGL Insurance Company may be able to
declare an additional ordinary dividend in the amount of 2011
eligible dividends ($90.2 million) less any dividends paid
in the previous twelve months. For example, if the company pays
a dividend of $31.2 million on or before December 20,
2011, it may declare an additional dividend of $59 million
between December 21, 2011 and December 31, 2011. The
foregoing discussion of dividends that may be paid by FGL
Insurance Companys is included for illustrative purposes
only. Any payment of dividends by FGL Insurance Company is
subject to the regulatory restrictions described above and the
approval of such payment by the board of directors FGL Insurance
Company, which must consider various factors, including general
economic and business conditions, tax considerations, the
companys strategic plans, financial results and condition,
the companys expansion plans, any contractual, legal or
regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends, and such
other factors the board of directors of FGL Insurance Company
considers relevant.
Without first obtaining the prior written approval of the NY
Insurance Department, FGL NY Insurance Company may not pay
dividends and make other distributions, if such payments,
together with all other such payments within the preceding
twelve months, exceed the lesser of (i) 10% percent of its
statutory surplus to policyholders as of the immediately
preceding calendar year; or (ii) its net gain from
operations for the immediately preceding calendar year, not
including realized capital gains. In addition, dividends may be
paid only out of earned statutory surplus. FGL NY Insurance
Companys statutory net gain from operations as of
December 31, 2010 was $3.6 million and its statutory
capital and surplus were $41.9 million. FGL NY Insurance
Company did not declare or pay any dividends in its fiscal year
2010.
Surplus
and Capital
FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance Company are subject
to the supervision of the regulators in which they are licensed
to transact business. Regulators have discretionary authority in
connection with the continuing licensing of these entities to
limit or prohibit sales to policyholders if, in their judgment,
the regulators determine that such entities have not maintained
the minimum surplus or capital or that the further transaction
of business will be hazardous to policyholders.
Risk-Based
Capital
In order to enhance the regulation of insurers solvency,
the NAIC adopted a model law to implement RBC requirements for
life, health and property and casualty insurance companies. All
states have adopted the NAICs model law or a substantially
similar law. The RBC is used to evaluate the adequacy of capital
and surplus maintained by an insurance company in relation to
risks associated with: (i) asset risk, (ii) insurance
risk, (iii) interest rate risk, (iv) market risk and
(v) business risk. In general, RBC is calculated by
applying factors to various asset, premium, claim, expense and
reserve items, taking into account the risk characteristics of
the insurer. Within a given risk category, these factors are
higher for those items with greater underlying risk and lower
for items with lower underlying risk. The RBC formula is used as
an early warning regulatory tool to identify possible
inadequately capitalized insurers for purposes of initiating
regulatory action, and not as a means to rank insurers
generally. Insurers that have less statutory capital than the
RBC calculation requires are considered to have inadequate
capital and are subject to varying degrees of regulatory action
depending upon the level of capital inadequacy. As of the most
recent annual statutory financial statement filled with
insurance regulators on February 28, 2011, the RBC ratios
for each of FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance Company
each exceeded the minimum RBC requirements.
Insurance
Regulatory Information System Tests
The NAIC has developed a set of financial relationships or tests
known as the Insurance Regulatory Information System
(IRIS) to assist state regulators in monitoring the
financial condition of U.S. insurance
E-11
companies and identifying companies that require special
attention or action by insurance regulatory authorities.
Insurance companies generally submit data annually to the NAIC,
which in turn analyzes the data using prescribed financial data
ratios, each with defined usual ranges. Generally,
regulators will begin to investigate or monitor an insurance
company if its ratios fall outside the usual ranges for four or
more of the ratios. If an insurance company has insufficient
capital, regulators may act to reduce the amount of insurance it
can issue. Neither FGL Insurance Company nor FGL NY Insurance
Company is currently subject to regulatory restrictions based on
these ratios.
Insurance
Reserves
State insurance laws require insurers to analyze the adequacy of
reserves annually. The respective appointed independent
actuaries for FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance Company
must each submit an opinion that their respective reserves, when
considered in light of the respective assets FGL Insurance
Company and FGL NY Insurance Company hold with respect to those
reserves, make adequate provision for the contractual
obligations and related expenses of FGL Insurance Company and
FGL NY Insurance Company. FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY
Insurance Company have filed all of the required opinions with
the insurance departments in the states in which they do
business.
Credit
for Reinsurance Regulation
States regulate the extent to which insurers are permitted to
take credit on their financial statements for the financial
obligations that the insurers cede to reinsurers. Where an
insurer cedes obligations to a reinsurer which is neither
licensed nor accredited by the state insurance department, the
ceding insurer is not permitted to take such financial statement
credit unless the unlicensed or unaccredited reinsurer secures
the liabilities it will owe under the reinsurance contract.
Under the laws regulating credit for reinsurance, the
permissible means of securing such liabilities are (i) the
establishment of a trust account by the reinsurer in a qualified
U.S. financial institution, such as a member of the Federal
Reserve, with the ceding insurer as the exclusive beneficiary of
such trust account with the unconditional right to demand,
without notice to the reinsurer, that the trustee pay over to it
the assets in the trust account equal to the liabilities owed by
the reinsurer; (ii) the posting of an unconditional and
irrevocable letter of credit by a qualified U.S. financial
institution in favor of the ceding company allowing the ceding
company to draw upon the letter of credit up to the amount of
the unpaid liabilities of the reinsurer; and (iii) a
funds withheld arrangement by which the ceding
company withholds transfer to the reinsurer of the reserves
which support the liabilities to be owed by the reinsurer, with
the ceding insurer retaining title to and exclusive control over
such reserves. Both FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance
Company are subject to such credit for reinsurance rules in
Maryland and New York, respectively, insofar as they enter into
any reinsurance contracts with reinsurers which are neither
licensed nor accredited in Maryland and New York.
Insurance
Holding Company Regulation
As the indirect parent companies of FGL Insurance Company and
FGL NY Insurance Company, HGI and Harbinger F&G are subject
to the insurance holding company laws in Maryland and New York.
These laws generally require each insurance company directly or
indirectly owned by the holding company to register with the
insurance department in the insurance companys state of
domicile and to furnish annually financial and other information
about the operations of companies within the holding company
system. Generally, all transactions affecting the insurers in
the holding company system must be fair and reasonable and, if
material, require prior notice and approval or non-disapproval
by its domiciliary insurance regulator.
Most states, including Maryland and New York, have insurance
laws that require regulatory approval of a direct or indirect
change of control of an insurer or an insurers holding
company. Such laws prevent any person from acquiring control,
directly or indirectly, of HGI, Harbinger F&G, FGL
Insurance Company or FGL NY Insurance Company unless that person
has filed a statement with specified information with the
insurance regulators and has obtained their prior approval.
Under most states statutes, including those of Maryland
and New York, acquiring 10% or more of the voting stock of an
insurance company or its parent company is presumptively
considered a change of control, although such presumption may be
rebutted.
E-12
Accordingly, any person who acquires 10% or more of the voting
securities of HGI, Harbinger F&G, FGL Insurance Company or
FGL NY Insurance Company without the prior approval of the
insurance regulators of Maryland and New York will be in
violation of those states laws and may be subject to
injunctive action requiring the disposition or seizure of those
securities by the relevant insurance regulator or prohibiting
the voting of those securities and to other actions determined
by the relevant insurance regulator.
In connection with the Fidelity & Guaranty
Acquisition, Harbinger F&G made filings with the Maryland
Insurance Administration and the New York Insurance Department
for approval to acquire control over FGL NY Insurance Company.
On March 31, 2011, the Maryland Insurance Administration
approved Harbinger F&Gs application to acquire
control over FGL Insurance Company. On April 1, 2011, the
New York Insurance Department approved Harbinger F&Gs
application to acquire control over FGL NY Insurance Company.
Insurance
Guaranty Association Assessments
Each state has insurance guaranty association laws under which
member insurers doing business in the state may be assessed by
state insurance guaranty associations for certain obligations of
insolvent or rehabilitated insurance companies to policyholders
and claimants. Typically, states assess each member insurer in
an amount related to the member insurers proportionate
share of the business written by all member insurers in the
state. Although no prediction can be made as to the amount and
timing of any future assessments under these laws, FGL Insurance
Company and FGL NY Insurance Company have established reserves
that they believe are adequate for assessments relating to
insurance companies that are currently subject to insolvency
proceedings.
Market
Conduct Regulation
State insurance laws and regulations include numerous provisions
governing the marketplace activities of insurers, including
provisions governing the form and content of disclosure to
consumers, illustrations, advertising, sales and complaint
process practices. State regulatory authorities generally
enforce these provisions through periodic market conduct
examinations. In addition, FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY
Insurance Company must file, and in many jurisdictions and for
some lines of business obtain regulatory approval for, rates and
forms relating to the insurance written in the jurisdictions in
which they operate. FGL Insurance Company is currently the
subject of nine ongoing market conduct examinations in various
states, including a review by the New York State Insurance
Department related to the possible unauthorized sale of
insurance by FGL Insurance Company within the State of New York.
Market conduct examinations can result in monetary fines or
remediation and generally require FGL Insurance Company to
devote significant resources to the management of such
examinations. FGL Insurance Company does not believe that any of
the current market conduct examinations it is subject to will
result in any fines or remediation orders that will be material
to its business.
Regulation
of Investments
FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance Company are subject
to state laws and regulations that require diversification of
their investment portfolios and limit the amount of investments
in certain asset categories, such as below investment grade
fixed income securities, equity real estate, other equity
investments, and derivatives. Failure to comply with these laws
and regulations would cause investments exceeding regulatory
limitations to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of
measuring surplus and, in some instances, would require
divestiture of such non-qualifying investments. We believe that
the investment portfolios of FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY
Insurance Company as of December 31, 2010 complied in all
material respects with such regulations.
Privacy
Regulation
F&G Holdings operations are subject to certain
federal and state laws and regulations that require financial
institutions and other businesses to protect the security and
confidentiality of personal information,
E-13
including health-related and customer information, and to
notify customers and other individuals about their policies and
practices relating to their collection and disclosure of
health-related and customer information and their practices
relating to protecting the security and confidentiality of such
information. These laws and regulations require notice to
affected individuals, law enforcement agencies, regulators and
others if there is a breach of the security of certain personal
information, including social security numbers, and require
holders of certain personal information to protect the security
of the data. F&G Holdings operations are also subject
to certain federal regulations that require financial
institutions and creditors to implement effective programs to
detect, prevent and mitigate identity theft. In addition,
F&G Holdings ability to make telemarketing calls and
to send unsolicited
e-mail or
fax messages to consumers and customers or uses of certain
personal information, including consumer report information, is
regulated. Federal and state governments and regulatory bodies
may be expected to consider additional or more detailed
regulation regarding these subjects and the privacy and security
of personal information.
Fixed
Indexed Annuities
In recent years, the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission (the SEC) had questioned whether fixed
indexed annuities, such as those sold by FGL Insurance Company
and FGL NY Insurance Company, should be treated as securities
under the federal securities laws rather than as insurance
products exempted from such laws. Treatment of these products as
securities would require additional registration and licensing
of these products and the agents selling them, as well as cause
FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance Company to seek
additional marketing relationships for these products. On
December 17, 2008, the SEC voted to approve Rule 151A
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(Rule 151A), and apply federal securities
oversight to fixed index annuities issued on or after
January 12, 2011. On July 12, 2010, however, the
District of Columbia Circuit Court of Appeals vacated
Rule 151A. In addition, under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street
Dodd-Frank and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank
Act), annuities that meet specific requirements, including
requirements relating to certain state suitability rules, are
specifically exempted from being treated as securities by the
SEC. FGL Insurance Company and FGL NY Insurance Company expect
that the types of fixed indexed annuities they sell will meet
these requirements and therefore are exempt from being treated
as securities by the SEC. It is possible that state insurance
laws and regulations will be amended to impose further
requirements on fixed indexed annuities.
The
Dodd-Frank Act
The Dodd-Frank Act makes sweeping changes to the regulation of
financial services entities, products and markets. Certain
provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are or may become applicable to
F&G Holdings, its competitors or those entities with which
F&G Holdings does business. These changes include the
establishment of federal regulatory authority over derivatives,
the establishment of consolidated federal regulation and
resolution authority over systemically important financial
services firms, the establishment of the Federal Insurance
Office, changes to the regulation of broker dealers and
investment advisors, the implementation of an exemption of FIAs
from SEC regulation if certain suitability practices are
implemented as noted above, changes to the regulation of
reinsurance, changes to regulations affecting the rights of
shareholders, the imposition of additional regulation over
credit rating agencies, and the imposition of concentration
limits on financial institutions that restrict the amount of
credit that may be extended to a single person or entity.
Numerous provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act require the adoption
of implementing rules
and/or
regulations. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act mandates multiple
studies, which could result in additional legislation or
regulation applicable to the insurance industry, F&G
Holdings, its competitors or the entities with which F&G
Holdings does business. Legislative or regulatory requirements
imposed by or promulgated in connection with the Dodd-Frank Act
may impact F&G Holdings in many ways, including but not
limited to: placing F&G Holdings at a competitive
disadvantage relative to its competition or other financial
services entities, changing the competitive landscape of the
financial services sector
and/or the
insurance industry, making it more expensive for F&G
Holdings to conduct its business, requiring the reallocation of
significant company resources to government affairs, legal and
compliance-related activities, or otherwise have a material
adverse effect on the overall business climate as well as
F&G Holdings financial condition and results of
operations.
E-14
Until various studies are completed and final regulations are
promulgated pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the full impact of
the Dodd-Frank Act on investments, investment activities and
insurance and annuity products of FGL Insurance Company and FGL
NY Insurance Company remain unclear.
Business
of Front Street
Front Street is a Bermuda company that was formed in March 2010
to act as a long-term reinsurer and to provide reinsurance to
the specialty insurance sectors of fixed, deferred and payout
annuities. Front Street intends to enter into long-term
reinsurance transactions with insurance companies, existing
reinsurers, and pension arrangements, and may also pursue
acquisitions in the same sector. To date, Front Street has not
entered into any reinsurance contracts, and may not do so until
it is capitalized according to its business plan, which was
approved by the Bermuda Monetary Authority in March 2010.
Front Street intends to focus on life reinsurance products
including:
|
|
|
|
|
reinsurance solutions that improve the financial position of
Front Streets clients by increasing their capital base and
reducing leverage ratios through the assumption of
reserves; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
providing clients with exit strategies for discontinued lines,
closed blocks in run-off, or lines not providing a good fit for
a companys growth strategies. With Front Streets
ability to manage these contracts, its clients will be able to
concentrate their efforts and resources on core strategies.
|
The F&G Stock Purchase Agreement contemplates that
Harbinger F&G will pursue a proposed $3 billion
reinsurance transaction pursuant to which Front Street would
reinsure certain policy obligations of FGL Insurance Company and
an affiliate of Harbinger Capital could be appointed as
investment manager of up to $1 billion of the assets
associated with the reinsured business. Such transaction would
require approval from a special committee of HGIs
independent directors, as well as regulatory approval from the
Maryland Insurance Administration, and if not approved by the
Maryland Insurance Administration could result in up to a
$50 million purchase price decrease if certain conditions
are met. See F&G Stock Purchase Agreement and Related
Arrangements F&G Stock Purchase
Agreement The Front Street Reinsurance
Transaction.
E-15
F&G
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND RELATED ARRANGEMENTS
F&G
Stock Purchase Agreement
On April 6, 2011, Harbinger F&G completed the purchase
of all of the outstanding capital stock of F&G Holdings and
certain intercompany loan agreements between OM Group, as
lender, and F&G Holdings, as borrower, pursuant to the
F&G Stock Purchase Agreement. As a result of the
consummation of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition,
Harbinger F&G acquired all of OM Groups
U.S. life insurance business. The base purchase price paid
by Harbinger F&G to OM Group for F&G Holdings was
$350 million, which purchase price may be reduced
post-closing by up to $50 million as described below.
The
Reserve Facility and the CARVM Facility
Life insurance companies operating in the United States are
required to calculate required reserves for life and annuity
policies based on statutory principles. These methodologies are
governed by Regulation XXX (applicable to term
life insurance policies), Guideline AXXX (applicable
to universal life insurance policies with secondary guarantees)
and the Commissioners Annuity Reserve Valuation Method, known as
CARVM (applicable to annuities). Under
Regulation XXX, Guideline AXXX and CARVM, insurers are
required to establish statutory reserves for such policies that
many market participants believe are excessive.
Insurers often use ceded reinsurance to facilitate the financing
of certain of these excess reserves. Prior to the closing of the
Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, FGL Insurance Company
had financed these reserves through various reinsurance
contracts consisting of: (i) four reinsurance contracts
between FGL Insurance Company and Old Mutual Reassurance
(Ireland) Limited (OM Ireland) under which OM
Ireland reinsured life insurance policies subject to
Regulation XXX and Guideline AXXX reserving requirements
(the
XXX/AXXX
Agreements), and (ii) one reinsurance contract under
which OM Ireland reinsured annuities subject to CARVM reserves
(the CARVM Treaty). Following the consummation of
the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition, OM Ireland is no
longer an affiliate of FGL Insurance Company. FGL Insurance
Company stopped ceding AXXX/XXX reserves to OM Ireland on
September 30, 2010 and FGL Insurance Company stopped ceding
to OM Ireland under the CARVM Treaty on December 31, 2010.
The liabilities ceded under the XXX/AXXX Agreements were
recaptured by FGL Insurance Company in connection with the
consummation of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition.
Reserve Facility. In connection with the
consummation of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition,
OM Group consummated a reserve funding transaction with FGL
Insurance Company with respect to the policies previously
reinsured by OM Ireland under the XXX/AXXX Agreements (the
Reserve Facility). As contemplated by the F&G
Stock Purchase Agreement, the reinsurance and related financing
provided by the XXX/AXXX Agreements was replaced by the Reserve
Facility as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
The life insurance policies previously ceded to OM Ireland under
the XXX/AXXX Agreements (the Recaptured Policies)
were recaptured by FGL Insurance Company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certain of the Recaptured Policies (the Raven
Policies) that were issued prior to March 31, 2010
were then ceded by FGL Insurance Company to Raven Reinsurance
Company, a newly formed special purpose captive reinsurer
domiciled in Vermont that is owned by FGL Insurance Company (the
Vermont Captive). The Recaptured Policies issued
after March 31, 2010 were retained by FGL Insurance
Company. Assets backing the economic reserves associated with
the Raven Policies (that is, the non-excess reserves required by
statutory accounting requirements) are held by FGL Insurance
Company on a funds-withheld basis. The excess reserves
associated with the Raven Policies are secured by a reinsurance
credit trust established by the Vermont Captive for the benefit
of FGL Insurance Company. The assets in trust consist of
(i) a letter of credit (the Letter of Credit)
issued by Nomura Bank International plc (NBI) and
(ii) certain senior trust notes (the Senior
Trust Notes) issued by a Delaware trust (which were
submitted to the Capital Markets and Investment Analytics Office
of the NAIC, formerly known as the Securities Valuation Office)
that in turn, holds notes issued by an affiliate of NBI, which
notes may in certain circumstances be put to such affiliate of
NBI. The Reserve Facility
|
E-16
|
|
|
|
|
will initially provide FGL Insurance Company financing for the
excess reserves through the Letter of Credit and the Senior
Trust Notes, which have an initial face value of
approximately $535 million. The face amount of the Letter
of Credit and the Senior Trust Notes may be reduced in
certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
|
FGL Insurance Company transferred $250,000, the amount of the
Vermont Captives statutory minimum capital, to the
regulatory account of the Vermont Captive in exchange for common
stock issued by the Vermont Captive to FGL Insurance Company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
OM Group contributed $95 million to the Vermont Captive in
exchange for a surplus note, which amount will be held in a
surplus account of the Vermont Captive, along with other amounts
received by the Vermont Captive in excess of the Reserve
Facilitys minimum capital and surplus requirements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the term of the Reserve Facility, the Vermont Captive and
Harbinger F&G have agreed to maintain Total Modified
Adjusted Capital (generally defined with reference to the
definition of Total Adjusted Capital in applicable Vermont
statutes as in effect as of December 31, 2009, subject to
certain exclusions) of the Vermont Captive at a level equal to
the greater of 300% of the Vermont Captives Company Action
Level Risk Based Capital (generally defined with reference
to applicable Vermont statutes and the risk-based capital
factors and formula prescribed by the NAIC, each as in effect as
of December 31, 2009) requirement or $95 million
(the Minimum Capital Amount). In the event that the
Vermont Captive fails to maintain the Minimum Capital Amount for
any quarter, Harbinger F&G is required to make a capital
contribution equal to the amount of the shortfall for deposit
into the surplus account. If Harbinger F&G fails to make
the capital contribution, OM Group is required to make the
capital contribution equal to the shortfall.
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the benefit of NBI, FGL Insurance Company paid a structuring
fee to Nomura International plc (the Administrative
Agent) in the amount of $13.7 million.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Until December 31, 2012, the Vermont Captive and Harbinger
F&G are jointly and severally obligated to pay to the
Administrative Agent (for the benefit of NBI) a portion of the
Facility Fee described below, of up to 150 basis points per
annum on the face amount of the Letter of Credit (the
Total L/C Exposure). Until December 31, 2012,
any portion of the Facility Fee above the Total L/C Exposure
will be paid by Old Mutual plc (Old Mutual). The
Facility Fee is calculated as the amount accrued
with respect to the Total L/C Exposure at an annual rate equal
to the greatest of (i) 60 basis points plus 50% of a
rate (the CDS Rate) generally reflecting the cost of
credit default swap protection on senior unsecured debt of Old
Mutual as of April 7, 2011, (ii) 75% of the CDS Rate
and (iii) 125 basis points.
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the term of the Reserve Facility, Harbinger F&G and
Old Mutual may be required to post collateral to the
Administrative Agent (for the benefit of NBI) based on the
outputs of a mutually agreed collateralization model. If the
amounts called for by the model based on calculations to be
performed at least weekly exceed $15 million, then Old
Mutual will be required to post cash collateral in the amount of
such excess (to the extent not already posted) up to an
additional $15 million and, to the extent such calculations
call for amounts exceeding $30 million, Harbinger F&G
will be required to post cash collateral in the amount of such
excess (to the extent not already posted), subject to a limit on
the total aggregate collateral posted by both Harbinger F&G
and Old Mutual equal to the Total L/C Exposure. To the extent
that the amounts called for by the collateralization model
decrease and collateral has already been posted by Harbinger
F&G or by Old Mutual, cash in the amount of the decrease
would be returned to Harbinger F&G or to Old Mutual, as the
case may be. Each of these transfers of cash is subject to a
$250,000 de minimis threshold. The collateralization
model is subject to modification by the mutual consent of the
Administrative Agent, NBI and Harbinger F&G through
April 28, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the event that FGL Insurance Company requests a draw on the
assets in the reinsurance credit trust, NBI may direct the
payment of the disbursement amount from either the Letter of
Credit or the Senior Trust Notes. In the event of
disbursement by NBI under either instrument, Harbinger F&G
is obligated to make an immediate reimbursement to the
Administrative Agent (for the benefit of NBI). If Harbinger
|
E-17
|
|
|
|
|
F&G fails to make such reimbursement, the Vermont Captive
is required to make the reimbursement. If both Harbinger
F&G and the Vermont Captive fail to make the reimbursement,
OM Group is required to reimburse the Administrative Agent for
NBIs benefit.
|
Pursuant to the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, Harbinger
F&G agreed to replace the Reserve Facility as soon as
practicable, but in no event later than December 31, 2012,
with a facility that enables FGL Insurance Company to take full
credit on its statutory financial statements for the business
reinsured under the Reserve Facility. In order to secure this
and certain other obligations under the F&G Stock Purchase
Agreement, Harbinger F&G and F&G Holdings have pledged
to OM Group the shares of capital stock of F&G Holdings and
FGL Insurance Company (the Pledged Shares). In the
event that the Reserve Facility is not replaced by that date, OM
Group may foreclose on the Pledged Shares and exercise other
rights in relation thereto. See Other
Agreements. Alternatively, OM Group may agree to extend
the Reserve Facility for successive three-month periods, until
December 31, 2015, at a
stepped-up
Facility Fee payable solely by the Vermont Captive and Harbinger
F&G. To the extent OM Group, rather than Harbinger
F&G, posts collateral to the Administrative Agent (for the
benefit of NBI), Harbinger F&G will be required to pay to
OM Group the amount of any such collateral posted by OM Group
under the Reserve Facility plus interest on such amount. In
addition, upon the earlier of December 31, 2012 or the date
that the Reserve Facility is replaced, Harbinger F&G will
be required to purchase from OM Group the $95 million
surplus note OM Group acquired to capitalize the Vermont
Captive.
The CARVM Facility. Under the F&G Stock
Purchase Agreement, OM Group is required to provide financing
through letters of credit or other financing sponsored by OM
Group (the CARVM Facility) to enable FGL Insurance
Company to take full credit on its statutory financial
statements for certain annuity liabilities that are subject to
CARVM reserves until the earliest of December 31, 2015, the
replacement of the CARVM Facility or a change in the control of
Harbinger F&G. To satisfy OM Groups obligation to
provide the CARVM Facility, these annuity liabilities remained
reinsured under the CARVM Treaty. The CARVM Treaty is expected
to remain in place until December 31, 2015, by which time
the amount of the excess CARVM reserves is expected to have been
substantially reduced because the amount of excess reserves
required under CARVM diminishes over time.
Harbinger F&G will be required to replace the CARVM
Facility as soon as practicable, but in any event no later than
December 31, 2015, with a facility that enables FGL
Insurance Company to take full credit on its statutory financial
statements for the business covered under the CARVM Facility. In
addition, on the earlier of December 31, 2015 or the date
that the CARVM Facility is replaced, Harbinger F&G will be
required to pay to OM Group the amount of any collateral posted
by OM Group under the CARVM Facility plus interest on such
amount.
The
Front Street Reinsurance Transaction
Under the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, Harbinger F&G
may pursue a proposed $3 billion reinsurance transaction
pursuant to which Front Street, a recently formed Bermuda-based
reinsurer that is wholly-owned by Harbinger F&G, would
reinsure certain policy obligations of FGL Insurance Company and
an affiliate of Harbinger Capital could be appointed as
investment manager of certain of the assets associated with the
reinsured business (the Front Street Reinsurance
Transaction). The F&G Stock Purchase Agreement
provides for up to a $50 million post-closing reduction in
the purchase price for the Fidelity & Guaranty
Acquisition under specified circumstances, including if the
Front Street Reinsurance Transaction as contemplated by the
F&G Stock Purchase Agreement is disapproved by the Maryland
Insurance Administration or is approved by the Maryland
Insurance Administration subject to the imposition of certain
restrictions or conditions, including if Harbinger Capital is
not permitted by the Maryland Insurance Administration to be
appointed as investment manager for at least $1 billion of
the approximately $3 billion of assets supporting the
business to be reinsured under the Front Street Reinsurance
Transaction. The Front Street Reinsurance Transaction remains
subject to approval by a special committee of HGIs
independent directors.
E-18
Indemnification
The F&G Stock Purchase Agreement includes customary mutual
indemnification provisions relating to breaches of
representations, warranties and covenants. In addition,
Harbinger F&G agreed to indemnify OM Group, without
limitation, for any losses arising out of the provision by OM
Group of the CARVM Facility and the Reserve Facility, in each
case, including with respect to any obligation to post
collateral, reimburse for a draw on a letter of credit or
contribute capital, except to the extent such losses were caused
by OM Group.
Wilton
Transaction
On January 26, 2011, Harbinger F&G entered into an
agreement (the Commitment Agreement) with Wilton,
pursuant to which Wilton agreed to cause Wilton Re, its wholly
owned subsidiary and a Minnesota insurance company, to enter
into certain coinsurance arrangements with FGL Insurance Company
following the closing of the Fidelity & Guaranty
Acquisition. Pursuant to the Commitment Agreement, Wilton Re is
required to reinsure certain of FGL Insurance Companys
policies that are subject to redundant XXX and AXXX reserves and
that are currently reinsured by the Vermont Captive under the
Reserve Facility (the Raven Block), as well as
another block of FGL Insurance Companys in force
traditional, universal and interest sensitive life insurance
policies (the Camden Block). Upon the completion of
such reinsurance transactions, substantially all of FGL
Insurance Companys in force life insurance business issued
prior to April 1, 2010 will have been reinsured. Under the
Commitment Agreement, these coinsurance arrangements are
required to be effected pursuant to two separate amendments to
the existing Automatic Reinsurance Agreement, by and between FGL
Insurance Company and Wilton Re, effective as of
December 31, 2007.
The amendment relating to the reinsurance of the Camden Block
was executed on April 6, 2011 and the reinsurance
thereunder became effective as of April 1, 2011. Under the
Commitment Agreement, Harbinger F&G had the right to choose
between two alternative structures for the implementation of the
reinsurance of the Raven Block, each of which is subject to
certain closing conditions as described below (collectively, the
Wilton Raven Amendments). Harbinger F&G could
elect to cause Wilton Re to reinsure the Raven Block effective
(i) shortly after such election was made, that is, at a
date during the second or third quarters of 2011 (the
Raven Immediate Amendment) or (ii) on or about
November 30, 2012 (the Raven Springing
Amendment). Each of the Wilton Raven Amendments is
intended to mitigate the risk associated with Harbinger
F&Gs obligation under the F&G Stock Purchase
Agreement to replace the Reserve Facility by December 31,
2012. Effective April 26, 2011, Harbinger F&G elected
the Raven Springing Amendment.
Pursuant to the terms of the Raven Springing Amendment, the
amount payable to Wilton at the closing of such amendment will
be adjusted to reflect the economic performance of the Raven
Block from January 1, 2011 until the effective time of the
closing of the amendment. However, Wilton Re will have no
liability with respect to the Raven Block prior to the effective
date of the Raven Springing Amendment and, regardless of the
date of closing of Wiltons obligation to reinsure the
Raven Block. Wiltons reinsurance of the Raven Block will
not extinguish FGL Insurance Companys liability with
respect to the Raven Bock as FGL Insurance Company remains
directly liable to the Raven Block policyholders and is required
to pay the full amount of its policy obligations in the event
that Wilton fails to satisfy its obligations under the Raven
Springing Amendment.
The closing of the Raven Springing Amendment is subject to
certain closing conditions, including, where applicable and
unless otherwise agreed to by the parties, that (i) all
material governmental approvals shall have been obtained and
shall remain in effect without the imposition of adverse
restrictions or conditions, (ii) no event shall have
occurred that is reasonably likely to enjoin, restrain or
restrict in a manner adverse to the parties the proposed
reinsurance transactions or to prohibit or impose adverse
conditions upon any of the parties with respect to the
consummation thereof, (iii) no action, suit, proceeding or
investigation before, and no order, injunction or decree shall
have been entered by, any court, arbitrator or other
governmental authority that is reasonably likely to enjoin,
restrain, set aside or prohibit or impose adverse conditions
upon, or to obtain substantial damages in respect of, the
consummation of the proposed reinsurance transactions and which
would be reasonably expected to impose on the parties or their
affiliates additional loss, liability, cost, expense or risk,
(iv) the representations and warranties of FGL Insurance
Company shall be true and correct as of
E-19
certain dates specified in the Commitment Agreement,
(v) the parties shall have performed in all material
respects their respective obligations and shall have complied in
all material respects with the agreements and covenants required
to be performed or complied by them, and (vi) certain
documents and certain certifications shall have been delivered
(including certifications as to the solvency of the parties). In
order to increase the closing certainty in respect of the
reinsurance transactions contemplated under the Raven Springing
Amendment, the Commitment Agreement permits either party to
remedy the failure of any of the foregoing conditions through
indemnification or other remedy that would put the other party
in a position to realize an equivalent benefit of its bargain as
contemplated under the proposed transactions.
The governmental approvals required for the implementation of
the Raven Springing Amendment include, among others, the
approval of each of the Maryland Insurance Administration and
the Vermont Department of Banking, Insurance,
Securities & Health Care Administration for the
recapture of the Raven Block from the Vermont Captive and the
approval of the Maryland Insurance Administration for the
reinsurance by FGL Insurance Company of substantially all of a
major class of its insurance in force by an agreement of bulk
reinsurance.
The Raven Springing Amendment is subject to termination
(i) by either party if the closing of the reinsurance
transactions thereunder has not occurred by November 30,
2013, (ii) by FGL Insurance Company on five days
advance notice if Wilton Re has failed to perform a material
obligation under the Raven Springing Amendment that has
prevented the closing of the transactions thereunder to have
occurred by November 30, 2012 and (iii) by either
party on five days advance notice to the other party if
all conditions precedent to the closing under the Raven
Springing Amendment have been satisfied or waived and closing
has not occurred as a result of the failure to obtain or
maintain in effect any material required governmental approvals
required for consummation of the transactions contemplated by
the Raven Springing Amendment.
Other
Agreements
In connection with the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement,
Harbinger F&G has entered into the Guarantee and Pledge
Agreement (the Pledge Agreement). Pursuant to the
Pledge Agreement, Harbinger F&G and F&G Holdings have
granted security interests in the Pledged Shares to OM Group in
order to secure certain of Harbinger F&Gs obligations
arising under the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, including
its indemnity obligations and its obligations with respect to
the replacement of the CARVM Facility and the Reserve Facility,
its obligation to return to OM Group any collateral posted by OM
Group in connection with the Reserve Facility or the CARVM
Facility and its obligation to purchase the $95 million
surplus note OM Group acquired to capitalize the Vermont
Captive as described above (collectively, the Secured
Obligations). In the event that Harbinger F&G
defaults or breaches such covenants, OM Group could foreclose
upon the Pledged Shares. OM Group would also have the right to
receive any and all cash dividends, payments or other proceeds
paid in respect of the Pledged Shares, and at OM Groups
option, subject to regulatory approval of a change of control,
cause the Pledged Shares to be registered in the name of OM
Group or a nominee, such that OM Group may thereafter exercise
(i) all voting, corporate or other rights pertaining to the
Pledged Shares and (ii) any rights of conversion, exchange
and subscription and any other rights, privileges or options
pertaining to the Pledged Shares as if OM Group were the sole
owner thereof. Prior to causing the Pledged Shares to be
registered in the name of OM Group or a nominee, OM Group or
such nominee would be required to obtain the prior approval of
the Maryland Insurance Administration, the New York Insurance
Department and the Vermont Department of Banking, Investment and
Health Care Administration for such change of control.
E-20
RISK
FACTORS REGARDING HARBINGER F&G
Any of the following risk factors could materially and
adversely affect our and F&G Holdings business,
financial condition and results of operation.
Risks
Related to the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition and
Related Arrangements
As a
result of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition,
F&G Holdings may not be able to retain key personnel or
recruit additional qualified personnel, which could materially
affect its business and require it to incur substantial
additional costs to recruit replacement personnel.
F&G Holdings is highly dependent on its senior management
team and other key personnel for the operation and development
of its business. As a result of the Fidelity &
Guaranty Acquisition, F&G Holdings current and
prospective management team and employees could experience
uncertainty about their future roles. This uncertainty may
adversely affect F&G Holdings ability to attract and
retain key management, sales, marketing and technical personnel.
Any failure to attract and retain key members of F&G
Holdings management team or other key personnel could have
a material adverse effect on F&G Holdings business,
financial condition and results of operations.
If
Harbinger F&G fails to replace the Reserve Facility by
December 31, 2012 or the CARVM Facility by
December 31, 2015, OM Group can foreclose on the shares of
F&G Holdings and FGL Insurance Company that Harbinger
F&G owns.
Under the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, Harbinger F&G
must replace the Reserve Facility as soon as practicable, but in
any event no later than December 31, 2012, with a facility
that enables FGL Insurance Company to take full credit on its
statutory financial statements for the business reinsured under
the Reserve Facility. Similarly, Harbinger F&G will be
required to replace the CARVM Facility as soon as practicable,
but in any event no later than December 31, 2015, with a
facility that enables FGL Insurance Company to take full credit
on its statutory financial statements for the business covered
under the CARVM Facility. In order to secure these and certain
other secured obligations, Harbinger F&G and F&G
Holdings have pledged to OM Group the shares of capital stock of
F&G Holdings and FGL Insurance Company. If Harbinger
F&G is unable to replace the Reserve Facility by
December 31, 2012 or the CARVM Facility by
December 31, 2015 or otherwise defaults on its obligations
under the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement with respect to the
Reserve Facility, the CARVM Facility or other secured
obligations, OM Group has the right to receive any and all cash
dividends, payments or other proceeds paid in respect of the
Pledged Shares and, at OM Groups option, subject to
regulatory approval of a change of control, cause the Pledged
Shares to be registered in the name of OM Group (or a nominee of
OM Group). OM Group would thereafter be able to exercise
(i) all voting, corporate or other rights pertaining to
such shares at any shareholders meeting and (ii) any rights
of conversion, exchange and subscription and any other rights,
privileges or options pertaining to the Pledged Shares as if OM
Group were the sole owner thereof. The intercompany loans
acquired by Harbinger F&G are not pledged for the benefit
of OM Group.
If OM Group were to foreclose on the Pledged Shares it would
result in Harbinger F&Gs total loss of the F&G
Holdings and FGL Insurance Company businesses and would have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
In order to mitigate the risk associated with Harbinger
F&Gs obligation to replace the Reserve Facility by
December 31, 2012, Harbinger F&G has entered into the
Commitment Agreement with Wilton Re to effect reinsurance of the
business currently reinsured under the Reserve Facility and
thereby replace the Reserve Facility in satisfaction of
Harbinger F&Gs requirement in respect thereof under
the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement. However, if the Raven
Springing Amendment is terminated or Harbinger F&G is
unable to consummate the Raven Springing Amendment under the
Commitment Agreement in a timely manner or at all, Harbinger
F&G may not be able to replace the Reserve Facility by
December 31, 2012.
E-21
The
Raven Springing Amendment is subject to important closing
conditions. Compliance with these conditions may impose costs or
limitations on F&G Holdings business or, if Harbinger
F&G is unable or unwilling to meet such conditions, it may
be unable to replace the Reserve Facility by December 31,
2012.
Completion of the Raven Springing Amendment is subject to
important closing conditions, including that all material
governmental approvals, including approvals by state insurance
regulators, shall have been obtained and shall remain in effect
without the imposition of adverse restrictions or conditions.
See F&G Stock Purchase Agreement and Related
Arrangements Wilton Transaction. There can be
no assurance that these approvals will be obtained in a timely
manner or at all. In addition, the governmental authorities from
which these approvals are required have broad discretion in
administering the applicable regulations. As a condition to
approval of the Raven Springing Amendment, these governmental
authorities may impose requirements (including increased capital
requirements) or place limitations on the conduct of the
business of F&G Holdings after the completion of the Raven
Springing Amendment. These requirements or limitations could
have the effect of imposing additional costs or restrictions
following approval, which could have a material adverse effect
on the operating results or financial condition of F&G
Holdings or cause Harbinger F&G or Wilton Re to abandon the
Raven Springing Amendment. In addition, if Harbinger F&G is
not able to satisfy the closing conditions to the Raven
Springing Amendment and such conditions are not waived, the
closing of such amendment may be delayed or may not occur at
all. As a result, Harbinger F&G may be unable to satisfy
its requirement to replace the Reserve Facility by
December 31, 2012, which would entitle OM Group to
foreclose on the Pledged Shares and exercise other rights in
relation thereto.
The
Raven Springing Amendment may be terminated under certain
circumstances.
The Raven Springing Amendment is subject to termination upon the
occurrence of certain events or the failure of Harbinger
F&G to satisfy one of the conditions precedent to the
closing. If the Raven Springing Amendment is terminated,
Harbinger F&G may be unable to replace the Reserve Facility
by December 31, 2012 or at all. If Harbinger F&G is
unable to satisfy its requirement to replace the Reserve
Facility by December 31, 2012, the OM Group would be
entitled to foreclose on the Pledged Shares and exercise other
rights in relation thereto.
The
inability or unwillingness of Wilton Re to meet its financial
obligations under the Raven Springing Amendment could harm the
business or cause Harbinger F&G to be unable to replace the
Reserve Facility by December 31, 2012.
Under the F&G Stock Purchase Agreement, Harbinger F&G
must replace the Reserve Facility as soon as practicable, but in
no event later than December 31, 2012, with a facility that
enables FGL Insurance Company to take full credit on its
statutory financial statements for the business reinsured under
the Reserve Facility. If, for any reason, Wilton Re does not
meet its obligations under the Raven Springing Amendment,
Harbinger F&G may be unable to replace the Reserve Facility
by December 31, 2012 which would entitle OM Group to
foreclose on the Pledged Shares and exercise other rights in
relation thereto.
Ceded reinsurance arrangements do not eliminate Harbinger
F&Gs obligation to pay claims, and F&G Holdings
is subject to Wilton Res credit risk with respect to
F&G Holdings ability to recover amounts due from
Wilton Re. Wilton Re may become financially unsound or choose to
dispute its contractual obligations when its reinsurance
obligations become due. The inability or unwillingness of Wilton
Re to meet its financial obligations to Harbinger F&G under
the Raven Springing Amendment (and its other reinsurance
agreements with FGL Insurance Company) could have a material
adverse effect on the business, operating results and financial
condition of F&G Holdings. Also see F&G
Holdings reinsurers could fail to meet assumed
obligations, increase rates, or be subject to adverse
developments that could materially adversely affect F&G
Holdings business, financial condition and results of
operations herein.
E-22
The
reserve strain associated with Regulation XXX, Guideline
AXXX and CARVM could negatively impact the capital position of
FGL Insurance Company or FGL NY Insurance Company.
Life insurance companies operating in the United States are
required to calculate required reserves for life and annuity
policies based on statutory principles. These methodologies are
governed by Regulation XXX (applicable to term
life insurance policies), Guideline AXXX (applicable
to universal life insurance policies with secondary guarantees)
and the Commissioners Annuity Reserve Valuation Method, known as
CARVM (applicable to annuities). Under
Regulation XXX, Guideline AXXX and CARVM, insurers are
required to establish statutory reserves for such policies that
many market participants believe are excessive. F&G
Holdings has implemented the Reserve Facility and expects to
implement the Raven Springing Amendment to mitigate the impact
of Regulation XXX on its existing term insurance business,
and Guideline AXXX on its existing universal life insurance
business. Reserves on these blocks are expected to increase
$88 million in fiscal year 2011. F&G Holdings is
currently not selling universal life business that generates
excess reserves under Guideline AXXX. As F&G Holdings
(through its insurance subsidiaries) continues to sell deferred
annuity business it may decide to seek financing for the excess
reserves required under CARVM. Although F&G Holdings is
evaluating both internal and external solutions to fund this
growth, there can be no assurance that it will be able to
execute a solution that will be successful. If F&G Holdings
is unsuccessful in executing these solutions, it may be required
to increase prices and or/reduce its sales of universal life or
annuity products
and/or have
a negative impact on its capital position, which may have a
material adverse effect on F&G Holdings business,
financial condition and results of operations.
Risks
Related to F&G Holdings Business
A
financial strength ratings downgrade or other negative action by
a ratings organization could adversely affect F&G
Holdings financial condition and results of
operations.
Various nationally recognized statistical rating organizations
(rating organizations) review the financial
performance and condition of insurers, including F&G
Holdings insurance subsidiaries, and publish their
financial strength ratings as indicators of an insurers
ability to meet policyholder and contract holder obligations.
See Business of F&G Holdings Competition
and Ratings. These ratings are important to maintaining
public confidence in F&G Holdings products, its
ability to market its products, and its competitive position.
Any downgrade or other negative action by a ratings organization
with respect to the financial strength ratings of F&G
Holdings insurance subsidiaries could materially adversely
affect F&G Holdings in many ways, including the following:
reducing new sales of insurance and investment products;
adversely affecting relationships with distributors, IMOs and
sales agents; increasing the number or amount of policy
surrenders and withdrawals of funds; requiring a reduction in
prices for F&G Holdings insurance products and
services in order to remain competitive; or adversely affecting
F&G Holdings ability to obtain reinsurance at a
reasonable price, on reasonable terms, or at all. A downgrade of
sufficient magnitude could result in F&G Holdings
insurance subsidiaries being required to collateralize reserves,
balances, or obligations under reinsurance, and securitization
agreements.
Additionally, under some of its derivative contracts, F&G
Holdings has agreed to maintain certain financial strength
ratings. A downgrade below these levels could result in
termination of the contracts, at which time any amounts payable
by F&G Holdings or the counterparty would be dependent on
the market value of the underlying derivative contracts.
Rating organizations assign ratings based upon several factors.
While most of these factors relate to the rated company, some
factors relate to the views of the rating organization, general
economic conditions, and circumstances outside the rated
companys control. In addition, rating organizations use
various models and formulas to assess the strength of a rated
company, and from time to time rating organizations have, in
their discretion, altered the models. Changes to the models
could impact the rating organizations judgment of the
rating to be assigned to the rated company. Upon the
announcement of the Fidelity & Guaranty Acquisition,
the financial strength ratings of F&G Holdings
insurance subsidiaries were downgraded due to the fact that,
following the consummation of the Fidelity & Guaranty
Acquisition, F&G Holdings would no longer have an ultimate
parent company with business operations in the insurance
industry. F&G Holdings cannot predict
E-23
what actions the rating organizations may take in the future,
and F&G Holdings insurance subsidiaries may not be
able to improve its insurance subsidiaries current
financial strength ratings, which could adversely affect
F&G Holdings financial condition and results of
operations.
The
amount of statutory capital that F&G Holdings
insurance subsidiaries have and the amount of statutory capital
that they must hold to maintain their financial strength and
credit ratings and meet other requirements can vary
significantly from time to time and is sensitive to a number of
factors outside of F&G Holdings
control.
F&G Holdings insurance subsidiaries are subject to
regulations that provide minimum capitalization requirements
based on RBC formulas for life insurance companies. The RBC
formula for life insurance companies establishes capital
requirements relating to insurance, business, asset, interest
rate, and certain other risks.
In any particular year, statutory surplus amounts and RBC ratios
may increase or decrease depending on a variety of factors,
including the following: the amount of statutory income or
losses generated by F&G Holdings insurance
subsidiaries (which itself is sensitive to equity market and
credit market conditions), the amount of additional capital
F&G Holdings insurance subsidiaries must hold to
support business growth, changes in reserve requirements
applicable to F&G Holdings insurance subsidiaries,
F&G Holdings ability to secure capital market
solutions to provide reserve relief, changes in equity market
levels, the value of certain fixed-income and equity securities
in its investment portfolio, the credit ratings of investments
held in its portfolio, the value of certain derivative
instruments, changes in interest rates, credit market
volatility, changes in consumer behavior, as well as changes to
the NAICs RBC formula. Most of these factors are outside
of F&G Holdings control. The financial strength and
credit ratings of F&G Holdings insurance subsidiaries
are significantly influenced by their statutory surplus amounts
and capital adequacy ratios. Rating agencies may implement
changes to their internal models that have the effect of
increasing or decreasing the amount of statutory capital
F&G Holdings insurance subsidiaries must hold in
order to maintain their current ratings. In addition, rating
agencies may downgrade the investments held in F&G
Holdings portfolio, which could result in a reduction of
F&G Holdings capital and surplus
and/or its
RBC ratio.
In extreme equity market declines, the amount of additional
statutory reserves F&G Holdings insurance
subsidiaries are required to hold for fixed indexed products may
increase at a rate greater than the rate of change of the
markets. Increases in reserves could result in a reduction of
capital, surplus,
and/or RBC
ratio of F&G Holdings and its insurance subsidiaries.
F&G
Holdings is highly regulated and subject to numerous legal
restrictions and regulations.
F&G Holdings business is subject to government
regulation in each of the states in which it conducts business.
Such regulation is vested in state agencies having broad
administrative, and in some instances discretionary, authority
with respect to many aspects of F&G Holdings
business, which may include, among other things, premium rates
and increases thereto, underwriting practices, reserve
requirements, marketing practices, advertising, privacy, policy
forms, reinsurance reserve requirements, acquisitions, mergers,
and capital adequacy, and is concerned primarily with the
protection of policyholders and other customers rather than
shareowners. At any given time, a number of financial
and/or
market conduct examinations of F&G Holdings and its
insurance subsidiaries may be ongoing. From time to time,
regulators raise issues during examinations or audits of
F&G Holdings and its insurance subsidiaries that could, if
determined adversely, have a material impact on F&G
Holdings.
Under insurance guaranty fund laws in most states, insurance
companies doing business therein can be assessed up to
prescribed limits for policyholder losses incurred by insolvent
companies. F&G Holdings cannot predict the amount or timing
of any such future assessments.
Although F&G Holdings business is subject to
regulation in each state in which it conducts business, in many
instances the state regulatory models emanate from the NAIC.
State insurance regulators and the NAIC regularly re-examine
existing laws and regulations applicable to insurance companies
and their products. Changes in these laws and regulations, or in
interpretations thereof, are often made for the benefit of the
E-24
consumer and at the expense of the insurer and, thus, could
have a material adverse effect on F&G Holdings
business, operations and financial condition. F&G Holdings
is also subject to the risk that compliance with any particular
regulators interpretation of a legal or accounting issue
may not result in compliance with another regulators
interpretation of the same issue, particularly when compliance
is judged in hindsight. There is an additional risk that any
particular regulators interpretation of a legal or
accounting issue may change over time to F&G Holdings
detriment, or that changes to the overall legal or market
environment, even absent any change of interpretation by a
particular regulator, may cause F&G Holdings to change its
views regarding the actions it needs to take from a legal risk
management perspective, which could necessitate changes to
F&G Holdings practices that may, in some cases, limit
its ability to grow and improve profitability.
Some of the NAIC pronouncements, particularly as they affect
accounting issues, take effect automatically in the various
states without affirmative action by the states. Statutes,
regulations, and interpretations may be applied with retroactive
impact, particularly in areas such as accounting and reserve
requirements. Also, regulatory actions with prospective impact
can potentially have a significant impact on currently sold
products. The NAIC continues to work to reform state regulation
in various areas, including comprehensive reforms relating to
life insurance reserves.
At the federal level, bills are routinely introduced in both
chambers of the U.S. Congress which could affect life
insurers. In the past, Congress has considered legislation that
would impact insurance companies in numerous ways, such as
providing for an optional federal charter for insurance
companies or a federal presence in insurance regulation,
pre-empting state law in certain respects regarding the
regulation of reinsurance, increasing federal oversight in areas
such as consumer protection and solvency regulation, and other
matters. F&G Holdings cannot predict whether or in what
form reforms will be enacted and, if so, whether the enacted
reforms will positively or negatively affect F&G Holdings
or whether any effects will be material.
The Dodd-Frank Act makes sweeping changes to the regulation of
financial services entities, products and markets. Certain
provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are or may become applicable to
F&G Holdings, its competitors or those entities with which
F&G Holdings does business, including but not limited to:
the establishment of federal regulatory authority over
derivatives, the establishment of consolidated federal
regulation and resolution authority over systemically important
financial services firms, the establishment of the Federal
Insurance Office, changes to the regulation of broker dealers
and investment advisors, changes to the regulation of
reinsurance, changes to regulations affecting the rights of
shareholders, the imposition of additional regulation over
credit rating agencies, and the imposition of concentration
limits on financial institutions that restrict the amount of
credit that may be extended to a single person or entity.
Numerous provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act require the adoption
of implementing rules
and/or
regulations. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act mandates multiple
studies, which could result in additional legislation or
regulation applicable to the insurance industry, F&G
Holdings, its competitors or the entities with which F&G
Holdings does business. Legislative or regulatory requirements
imposed by or promulgated in connection with the Dodd-Frank Act
may impact F&G Holdings in many ways, including but not
limited to: placing F&G Holdings at a competitive
disadvantage relative to its competition or other financial
services entities, changing the competitive landscape of the
financial services sector
and/or the
insurance industry, making it more expensive for F&G
Holdings to conduct its business, requiring the reallocation of
significant company resources to government affairs, legal and
compliance-related activities, or otherwise have a material
adverse effect on the overall business climate as well as
F&G Holdings financial condition and results of
operations.
F&G Holdings may also be subject to regulation by the
United States Department of Labor when providing a variety of
products and services to employee benefit plans governed by
ERISA. Severe penalties are imposed for breach of duties under
ERISA.
Other types of regulation that could affect F&G Holdings
include insurance company investment laws and regulations, state
statutory accounting practices, antitrust laws, minimum solvency
requirements, federal privacy laws, insurable interest laws,
federal anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws. F&G
Holdings cannot predict what form any future changes in these or
other areas of regulation affecting the insurance industry might
take or what effect, if any, such proposals might have on
F&G Holdings if enacted into law.
E-25
F&G
Holdings reinsurers could fail to meet assumed
obligations, increase rates, or be subject to adverse
developments that could materially adversely affect F&G
Holdings business, financial condition and results of
operations.
F&G Holdings, through its insurance subsidiaries, cedes
material amounts of insurance and transfers related assets and
certain liabilities to other insurance companies through
reinsurance. However, notwithstanding the transfer of related
assets and certain liabilities, F&G Holdings remains liable
with respect to ceded insurance should any reinsurer fail to
meet the obligations assumed. Accordingly, F&G Holdings
bears credit risk with respect to its reinsurers, including its
reinsurance arrangements with Wilton see The
inability or unwillingness of Wilton Re to meet its financial
obligations under the Raven Springing Amendment could harm the
business or cause Harbinger F&G to be unable to replace the
Reserve Facility by December 31, 2012. The failure,
insolvency, inability or unwillingness to pay under the terms of
the reinsurance agreement with F&G Holdings could
materially adversely affect F&G Holdings business,
financial condition and results of operations.
F&G Holdings ability to compete is dependent on the
availability of reinsurance or other substitute financing
solutions. Premium rates charged by F&G Holdings are based,
in part, on the assumption that reinsurance will be available at
a certain cost. Under certain reinsurance agreements, the
reinsurer may increase the rate it charges F&G Holdings for
the reinsurance. Therefore, if the cost of reinsurance were to
increase, if reinsurance were to become unavailable, if
alternatives to reinsurance were not available to F&G
Holdings, or if a reinsurer should fail to meet its obligations,
F&G Holdings business financial condition and results
of operations could be materially adversely affected.
In recent years, access to reinsurance has become more costly
for the insurance industry, including F&G Holdings. In
addition, the number of life reinsurers has decreased as the
reinsurance industry has consolidated. The decreased number of
participants in the life reinsurance market resulted in
increased concentration of risk for insurers, including F&G
Holdings. If the reinsurance market further contracts, F&G
Holdings ability to continue to offer its products on
terms favorable to it could be adversely impacted resulting in
adverse consequences to F&G Holdings business,
operations and financial condition.
In addition, reinsurers are facing many challenges regarding
illiquid credit
and/or
capital markets, investment downgrades, rating agency
downgrades, deterioration of general economic conditions, and
other factors negatively impacting the financial services
industry generally. If such events cause a reinsurer to fail to
meet its obligations, F&G Holdings business,
financial condition and results of operations could be
materially adversely affected.
F&G
Holdings results and financial condition may be negatively
affected should actual experience differ from managements
assumptions and estimates.
F&G Holdings makes certain assumptions and estimates
regarding mortality, persistency, expenses and interest rates,
tax liability, business mix, frequency of claims, contingent
liabilities, investment performance, and other factors related
to its business and anticipated results. These assumptions and
estimates are also used to estimate the amounts of present value
of in-force costs, policy liabilities and accruals, future
earnings, and various components of F&G Holdings
consolidated balance sheet. These assumptions are also used in
making decisions crucial to the operation of F&G
Holdings business, including the pricing of products and
expense structures relating to products. These assumptions and
estimates incorporate assumptions about many factors, none of
which can be predicted with certainty. F&G Holdings
actual experiences, as well as changes in estimates, are used to
prepare F&G Holdings consolidated statements of
operations. To the extent F&G Holdings actual
experience and changes in estimates differ from original
estimates, F&G Holdings business, operations and
financial condition may be materially adversely affected.
The calculations F&G Holdings uses to estimate various
components of its balance sheet and consolidated statements of
operations are necessarily complex and involve analyzing and
interpreting large quantities of data. F&G Holdings
currently employs various techniques for such calculations and
from time to time it will develop and implement more
sophisticated administrative systems and procedures capable of
facilitating the calculation of more precise estimates. However,
assumptions and estimates involve judgment, and by their
E-26
nature are imprecise and subject to changes and revisions over
time. Accordingly, F&G Holdings results may be
adversely affected from time to time, by actual results
differing from assumptions, by changes in estimates, and by
changes resulting from implementing more sophisticated
administrative systems and procedures that facilitate the
calculation of more precise estimates.
F&G
Holdings financial condition or results of operations
could be adversely impacted if its assumptions regarding the
fair value and future performance of its investments differ from
actual experience.
F&G Holdings makes assumptions regarding the fair value and
expected future performance of its investments. Expectations
that F&G Holdings investments in residential and
commercial mortgage-backed securities will continue to perform
in accordance with their contractual terms are based on
assumptions a market participant would use in determining the
current fair value and consider the performance of the
underlying assets. It is possible that the underlying collateral
of these investments will perform worse than current market
expectations and that such reduced performance may lead to
adverse changes in the cash flows on F&G Holdings
holdings of these types of securities. This could lead to
potential future
other-than-temporary
impairments within F&G Holdings portfolio of
mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. In addition,
expectations that F&G Holdings investments in
corporate securities
and/or debt
obligations will continue to perform in accordance with their
contractual terms are based on evidence gathered through its
normal credit surveillance process. It is possible that issuers
of corporate securities in which F&G Holdings has invested
will perform worse than current expectations. Such events may
lead F&G Holdings to recognize potential future
other-than-temporary
impairments within its portfolio of corporate securities. It is
also possible that such unanticipated events would lead F&G
Holdings to dispose of certain of those holdings and recognize
the effects of any market movements in its financial statements.
It is possible that actual values will differ from F&G
Holdings assumptions. Such events could result in a
material change in the value of F&G Holdings
investments, business, operations and financial condition.
F&G
Holdings could be forced to sell investments at a loss to cover
policyholder withdrawals.
Certain products offered by F&G Holdings allow
policyholders to withdraw their funds under defined
circumstances. In order to meet such funding obligations,
F&G Holdings manages its liabilities and configures its
investment portfolios so as to provide and maintain sufficient
liquidity to support expected withdrawal demands and contract
benefits and maturities. However, in order to provide necessary
long-term returns, a certain portion of F&G Holdings
assets are relatively illiquid. There can be no assurance that
withdrawal demands will match F&G Holdings estimation
of withdrawal demands. If F&G Holdings experiences
unexpected withdrawal activity, it could exhaust its liquid
assets and be forced to liquidate other less liquid assets,
possibly at a loss or on other unfavorable terms. If F&G
Holdings is forced to dispose of assets at a loss or on
unfavorable terms, it could have a material adverse effect on
F&G Holdings business, financial condition and
results of operations.
Interest
rate fluctuations could negatively affect F&G
Holdings interest earnings and spread income, or otherwise
impact its business.
Interest rates are subject to volatility and fluctuations. For
the past several years interest rates trended downwards,
engendering concern about their ability to remain low. In order
to meet its policy and contractual obligations, F&G
Holdings must earn a sufficient return on its invested assets.
Significant changes in interest rates expose F&G Holdings
to the risk of not earning anticipated interest earnings, or of
not earning anticipated spreads between the interest rate earned
on investments and the credited interest rates paid on
outstanding policies and contracts. Both rising and declining
interest rates can negatively affect F&G Holdings
interest earnings and spread income (the difference between the
returns F&G Holdings earns on its investments and the
amounts it must credit to policyholders and contract holders).
While F&G Holdings develops and maintains asset/liability
management programs and procedures designed to mitigate the
effect on interest earnings and spread income in rising or
falling interest rate environments, no assurance can be given
that changes in interest rates will not materially adversely
affect F&G Holdings business, financial condition and
results of operations.
E-27
Additionally, F&G Holdings asset/liability management
programs and procedures incorporate assumptions about the
relationship between short-term and long-term interest rates and
relationships between risk-adjusted and risk-free interest
rates, market liquidity, and other factors. The effectiveness of
F&G Holdings asset/liability management programs and
procedures may be negatively affected whenever actual results
differ from these assumptions.
Changes in interest rates may also impact F&G
Holdings business in other ways, including affecting the
attractiveness of certain of F&G Holdings products.
Lower interest rates may result in lower sales of certain of
F&G Holdings insurance and investment products.
However, during periods of declining interest rates, certain
life insurance and annuity products may be relatively more
attractive investments to consumers, resulting in increased
premium payments on products with flexible premium features,
repayment of policy loans and increased persistency, or a higher
percentage of insurance policies remaining in force from year to
year during a period when F&G Holdings investments
carry lower returns, and F&G Holdings could become unable
to earn its spread income should interest rates decrease
significantly.
F&G Holdings expectation for future interest earnings
and spreads is an important component in amortization of value
of business acquired and significantly lower interest earnings
or spreads that may cause F&G Holdings to accelerate
amortization, thereby reducing net income in the affected
reporting period.
Higher interest rates may increase the cost of debt and other
obligations having floating rate or rate reset provisions and
may result in lower sales of other products. During periods of
increasing market interest rates, F&G Holdings may offer
higher crediting rates on interest-sensitive products, such as
universal life insurance and fixed annuities, and it may
increase crediting rates on in-force products to keep these
products competitive. A rise in interest rates, in the absence
of other countervailing changes, will increase the net
unrealized loss position of F&G Holdings investment
portfolio and, if long-term interest rates rise dramatically
within a six- to twelve-month time period, certain of F&G
Holdings products may be exposed to disintermediation
risk. Disintermediation risk refers to the risk that
policyholders may surrender their contracts in a rising interest
rate environment, requiring F&G Holdings to liquidate
assets in an unrealized loss position. This risk is mitigated to
some extent by the high level of surrender charge protection
provided by F&G Holdings products. Increases in
crediting rates, as well as surrenders and withdrawals, could
have a material adverse effect on F&G Holdings
business, financial condition and results of operations.
F&G
Holdings investments are subject to market, credit, legal,
and regulatory risks. These risks could be heightened during
periods of extreme volatility or disruption in financial and
credit markets.
F&G Holdings invested assets and derivative financial
instruments are subject to risks of credit defaults and changes
in market values. Periods of extreme volatility or disruption in
the financial and credit markets could increase these risks.
Underlying factors relating to volatility affecting the
financial and credit markets could lead to
other-than-temporary
impairments of assets in F&G Holdings investment
portfolio.
The value of F&G Holdings mortgage-backed investments
depends in part on the financial condition of the borrowers and
tenants for the properties underlying those investments, as well
as general and specific circumstances affecting the overall
default rate.
Significant continued financial and credit market volatility,
changes in interest rates, credit spreads, credit defaults, real
estate values, market illiquidity, declines in equity prices,
acts of corporate malfeasance, ratings downgrades of the issuers
or guarantors of these investments, and declines in general
economic conditions, either alone or in combination, could have
a material adverse impact on F&G Holdings results of
operations, financial condition, or cash flows through realized
losses,
other-than-temporary
impairments, changes in unrealized loss positions, and increased
demands on capital. In addition, market volatility can make it
difficult for F&G Holdings to value certain of its assets,
especially if trading becomes less frequent. Valuations may
include assumptions or estimates that may have significant
period-to-period
changes that could have an adverse impact on F&G
Holdings results of operations or financial condition.
E-28
Equity
market volatility could negatively impact F&G
Holdings business.
Equity market volatility can affect F&G Holdings
profitability in various ways, in particular as a result of
guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits in its products. The
estimated cost of providing guaranteed minimum withdrawal
benefits incorporates various assumptions about the overall
performance of equity markets over certain time periods. Periods
of significant and sustained downturns in equity markets,
increased equity volatility, or reduced interest rates could
result in an increase in the valuation of the future policy
benefit or policyholder account balance liabilities associated
with such products, resulting in a reduction in F&G
Holdings net income. The rate of amortization of present
value of in-force costs relating to fixed indexed annuity
products and the cost of providing guaranteed minimum withdrawal
benefits could also increase if equity market performance is
worse than assumed.
Credit
market volatility or disruption could adversely impact F&G
Holdings financial condition or results from
operations.
Significant volatility or disruption in credit markets could
have a material adverse effect on F&G Holdings
business, financial condition and results of operations. Changes
in interest rates and credit spreads could cause market price
and cash flow variability in the fixed income instruments in
F&G Holdings investment portfolio. Significant
volatility and lack of liquidity in the credit markets could
cause issuers of the fixed-income securities in F&G
Holdings investment portfolio to default on either
principal or interest payments on these securities.
Additionally, market price valuations may not accurately reflect
the underlying expected cash flows of securities within F&G
Holdings investment portfolio.
Changes
in federal income taxation laws, including any reduction in
individual income tax rates, may affect sales of our products
and profitability.
The annuity and life insurance products that F&G Holdings
markets generally provide the policyholder with certain federal
income tax advantages. For example, federal income taxation on
any increases in non-qualified annuity contract values (i.e.,
the inside
build-up)
is deferred until it is received by the policyholder. With other
savings investments, such as certificates of deposit and taxable
bonds, the increase in value is generally taxed each year as it
is realized. Additionally, life insurance death benefits are
generally exempt from income tax.
From time to time, various tax law changes have been proposed
that could have an adverse effect on F&G Holdings
business, including the elimination of all or a portion of the
income tax advantages described above for annuities and life
insurance. If legislation were enacted to eliminate the tax
deferral for annuities, such a change would have an adverse
effect on F&G Holdings ability to sell non-qualified
annuities. Non-qualified annuities are annuities that are not
sold to a qualified retirement plan.
Beginning in 2013, distributions from non-qualified annuity
policies will be considered investment income for
purposes of the newly enacted Medicare tax on investment income
contained in the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of
2010. As a result, in certain circumstances a 3.8% tax
(Medicare Tax) may be applied to some or all of the
taxable portion of distributions from non-qualified annuities to
individuals whose income exceeds certain threshold amounts. This
new tax may have an adverse effect on F&G Holdings
ability to sell non-qualified annuities to individuals whose
income exceeds these threshold amounts and could accelerate
withdrawals due to additional tax. The constitutionality of the
Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 is
currently the subject of multiple litigation actions initiated
by various state attorneys general, and the Act is also the
subject of several proposals in the U.S. Congress for
amendment
and/or
repeal. The outcome of such litigation and legislative action as
it relates to the Medicare Tax is unknown at this time.
E-29
F&G
Holdings may be required to increase its valuation allowance
against its deferred tax assets, which could materially
adversely affect F&G Holdings capital position,
business, operations and financial condition.
Deferred tax assets refer to assets that are attributable to
differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of
existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.
Deferred tax assets in essence represent future savings of taxes
that would otherwise be paid in cash. The realization of the
deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of
sufficient future taxable income, including capital gains. If it
is determined that the deferred tax assets cannot be realized, a
deferred tax valuation allowance must be established, with a
corresponding charge to net income.
Based on F&G Holdings current assessment of future
taxable income, including available tax planning opportunities,
F&G Holdings anticipates that it is more likely than not
that it will not generate sufficient taxable income to realize
all of its deferred tax assets. If future events differ from
F&G Holdings current forecasts, the valuation
allowance may need to be increased from the current amount,
which could have a material adverse effect on F&G
Holdings capital position, business, operations and
financial condition.
Financial
services companies are frequently the targets of litigation,
including class action litigation, which could result in
substantial judgments.
F&G Holdings, like other financial services companies, is
involved in litigation and arbitration in the ordinary course of
business. Although F&G Holdings does not believe that the
outcome of any such litigation or arbitration will have a
material impact on its financial condition or results of
operations, F&G Holdings cannot predict such outcome, and a
judgment against F&G Holdings could be substantial. More
generally, F&G Holdings operates in an industry in which
various practices are subject to scrutiny and potential
litigation, including class actions. Civil jury verdicts have
been returned against insurers and other financial services
companies involving sales, underwriting practices, product
design, product disclosure, administration, denial or delay of
benefits, charging excessive or impermissible fees, recommending
unsuitable products to customers, breaching fiduciary or other
duties to customers, refund or claims practices, alleged agent
misconduct, failure to properly supervise representatives,
relationships with agents or other persons with whom the insurer
does business, payment of sales or other contingent commissions,
and other matters. Such lawsuits can result in the award of
substantial judgments that are disproportionate to the actual
damages, including material amounts of punitive non-economic
compensatory damages. In some states, juries, judges, and
arbitrators have substantial discretion in awarding punitive and
non-economic compensatory damages, which creates the potential
for unpredictable material adverse judgments or awards in any
given lawsuit or arbitration. Arbitration awards are subject to
very limited appellate review. In addition, in some class action
and other lawsuits, financial services companies have made
material settlement payments.
Companies
in the financial services industry are sometimes the target of
law enforcement investigations and the focus of increased
regulatory scrutiny.
The financial services industry, including insurance companies,
is sometimes the target of law enforcement and regulatory
investigations relating to the numerous laws and regulations
that govern such companies. Some financial services companies
have been the subject of law enforcement or other actions
resulting from such investigations. Resulting publicity about
one company may generate inquiries into or litigation against
other financial services companies, even those who do not engage
in the business lines or practices at issue in the original
action. It is impossible to predict the outcome of such
investigations or actions, whether they will expand into other
areas not yet contemplated, whether they will result in changes
in insurance regulation, whether activities currently thought to
be lawful will be characterized as unlawful, or the impact, if
any, of such scrutiny on the financial services and insurance
industry or F&G Holdings.
F&G
Holdings is dependent on the performance of
others.
Various other parties provide services or are otherwise involved
in F&G Holdings business operations, and F&G
Holdings results may be affected by the performance of
those other parties. For example, F&G
E-30
Holdings is dependent upon independent distribution channels to
sell its products, and certain assets are managed by third
parties. Additionally, F&G Holdings operations are
dependent on various service providers and on various
technologies, some of which are provided
and/or
maintained by certain key outsourcing partners and other parties.
The other parties upon which F&G Holdings depends may
default on their obligations to F&G Holdings due to
bankruptcy, insolvency, lack of liquidity, adverse economic
conditions, operational failure, fraud, or other reasons. Such
defaults could have a material adverse effect on F&G
Holdings financial condition and results of operations. In
addition, certain of these other parties may act, or be deemed
to act, on behalf of F&G Holdings or represent F&G
Holdings in various capacities. Consequently, F&G Holdings
may be held responsible for obligations that arise from the acts
or omissions of these other parties.
F&G Holdings ability to conduct business is dependent
upon consumer confidence in the industry and its products. The
conduct of competitors and financial difficulties of other
companies in the industry could undermine consumer confidence
and adversely affect retention of existing business and future
sales of F&G Holdings annuity and insurance products.
The
occurrence of computer viruses, network security breaches,
disasters, or other unanticipated events could affect the data
processing systems of F&G Holdings or its business partners
and could damage F&G Holdings business and adversely
affect its financial condition and results of
operations.
F&G Holdings retains confidential information in its
computer systems, and relies on sophisticated commercial
technologies to maintain the security of those systems. Despite
F&G Holdings implementation of network security
measures, its servers could be subject to physical and
electronic break-ins, and similar disruptions from unauthorized
tampering with its computer systems. Anyone who is able to
circumvent F&G Holdings security measures and
penetrate F&G Holdings computer systems could access,
view, misappropriate, alter, or delete any information in the
systems, including personally identifiable customer information
and proprietary business information. In addition, an increasing
number of states require that customers be notified of
unauthorized access, use, or disclosure of their information.
Any compromise of the security of F&G Holdings
computer systems that results in inappropriate access, use, or
disclosure of personally identifiable customer information could
damage F&G Holdings reputation in the marketplace,
deter people from purchasing F&G Holdings products,
subject F&G Holdings to significant civil and criminal
liability, and require F&G Holdings to incur significant
technical, legal, and other expenses.
In the event of a disaster such as a natural catastrophe, an
industrial accident, a blackout, a computer virus, a terrorist
attack or war, F&G Holdings computer systems may be
inaccessible to its employees, customers, or business partners
for an extended period of time. Even if F&G Holdings
employees are able to report to work, they may be unable to
perform their duties for an extended period of time if F&G
Holdings data or systems are disabled or destroyed.
F&G
Holdings insurance subsidiaries ability to grow
depends in large part upon the continued availability of
capital.
F&G Holdings insurance subsidiaries long-term
strategic capital requirements will depend on many factors,
including their accumulated statutory earnings and the
relationship between their statutory capital and surplus and
various elements of required capital. To support long-term
capital requirements, F&G Holdings insurance
subsidiaries may need to increase or maintain their statutory
capital and surplus through financings, which could include
debt, equity, financing arrangements
and/or other
surplus relief transactions. Adverse market conditions have
affected and continue to affect the availability and cost of
capital from external sources and HGI is not obligated, and may
choose or be unable, to provide financing or make any capital
contribution to F&G Holdings insurance subsidiaries.
Consequently, financings, if available at all, may be available
only on terms that are not favorable to F&G Holdings
insurance subsidiaries. If F&G Holdings insurance
subsidiaries cannot maintain adequate capital, they may be
required to limit growth in sales of new policies, and such
action could adversely affect F&G Holdings business,
operations and financial condition.
E-31
New
accounting rules, changes to existing accounting rules, or the
grant of permitted accounting practices to competitors could
negatively impact F&G Holdings.
Following the consummation of the Fidelity & Guaranty
Acquisition, F&G Holdings is required to comply with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
(GAAP). A number of organizations are instrumental
in the development and interpretation of GAAP such as the
Securities Exchange Commission, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board, and the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants. GAAP is subject to constant review by these
organizations and others in an effort to address emerging
accounting rules and issue interpretative accounting guidance on
a continual basis. F&G Holdings can give no assurance that
future changes to GAAP will not have a negative impact on
F&G Holdings. GAAP includes the requirement to carry
certain investments and insurance liabilities at fair value.
These fair values are sensitive to various factors including,
but not limited to, interest rate movements, credit spreads, and
various other factors. Because of this, changes in these fair
values may cause increased levels of volatility in F&G
Holdings financial statements.
In addition, F&G Holdings insurance subsidiaries are
required to comply with statutory accounting principles
(SAP). SAP and various components of SAP (such as
actuarial reserving methodology) are subject to constant review
by the NAIC and its task forces and committees as well as state
insurance departments in an effort to address emerging issues
and otherwise improve financial reporting. Various proposals are
currently or have previously been pending before committees and
task forces of the NAIC, some of which, if enacted, would
negatively affect F&G Holdings. The NAIC is also currently
working to reform state regulation in various areas, including
comprehensive reforms relating to life insurance reserves and
the accounting for such reserves. F&G Holdings cannot
predict whether or in what form reforms will be enacted and, if
so, whether the enacted reforms will positively or negatively
affect F&G Holdings. In addition, the NAIC Accounting
Practices and Procedures manual provides that state insurance
departments may permit insurance companies domiciled therein to
depart from SAP by granting them permitted accounting practices.
F&G Holdings cannot predict whether or when the insurance
departments of the states of domicile of its competitors may
permit them to utilize advantageous accounting practices that
depart from SAP, the use of which is not permitted by the
insurance departments of the states of domicile of F&G
Holdings and its insurance subsidiaries. With respect to
regulations and guidelines, states sometimes defer to the
interpretation of the insurance department of the state of
domicile. Neither the action of the domiciliary state nor action
of the NAIC is binding on a state. Accordingly, a state could
choose to follow a different interpretation. F&G Holdings
can give no assurance that future changes to SAP or components
of SAP or the grant of permitted accounting practices to its
competitors will not have a negative impact on F&G Holdings.
F&G
Holdings risk management policies and procedures could
leave it exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risk, which
could negatively affect its business or result in
losses.
F&G Holdings has developed risk management policies and
procedures and expects to continue to enhance these in the
future. Nonetheless, F&G Holdings policies and
procedures to identify, monitor, and manage both internal and
external risks may not effectively mitigate these risks or
predict future exposures, which could be different or
significantly greater than expected. These identified risks may
not be the only risks facing F&G Holdings. Additional risks
and uncertainties not currently known to F&G Holdings, or
that it currently deem to be immaterial, may adversely affect
F&G Holdings business, financial condition
and/or
operating results.
Difficult
conditions in the economy generally could adversely affect
F&G Holdings business, operations and financial
condition.
A general economic slowdown could adversely affect F&G
Holdings in the form of changes in consumer behavior and
pressure on F&G Holdings investment portfolios.
Changes in consumer behavior could include decreased demand for
F&G Holdings products and elevated levels of policy
lapses, policy loans, withdrawals, and surrenders. F&G
Holdings investments, including investments in
mortgage-backed securities, could be adversely affected as a
result of deteriorating financial and business conditions
affecting the issuers of the securities in F&G
Holdings investment portfolio.
E-32
F&G
Holdings may not be able to protect its intellectual property
and may be subject to infringement claims.
F&G Holdings relies on a combination of contractual rights
and copyright, trademark, and trade secret laws to establish and
protect its intellectual property. Although F&G Holdings
uses a broad range of measures to protect its intellectual
property rights, third parties may infringe or misappropriate
its intellectual property. F&G Holdings may have to
litigate to enforce and protect its copyrights, trademarks,
trade secrets, and know-how or to determine their scope,
validity, or enforceability, which represents a diversion of
resources that may be significant in amount and may not prove
successful. The loss of intellectual property protection or the
inability to secure or enforce the protection of F&G
Holdings intellectual property assets could adversely
impact F&G Holdings business and its ability to
compete effectively.
F&G Holdings also may be subject to costly litigation in
the event that another party alleges its operations or
activities infringe upon that partys intellectual property
rights. F&G Holdings may also be subject to claims by third
parties for breach of copyright, trademark, trade secret, or
license usage rights. Any such claims and any resulting
litigation could result in significant liability for damages or
be enjoined from providing certain products or services to its
customers or utilizing and benefiting from certain methods,
processes, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, or licenses,
or alternatively could be required to enter into costly
licensing arrangements with third parties, all of which could
have a material adverse effect on F&G Holdings
business, results of operations, and financial condition.
F&G
Holdings business could be interrupted or compromised if
it experiences difficulties arising from outsourcing
relationships.
In addition to services provided by third-party asset managers,
F&G Holdings outsources the following functions to
third-party service providers, and expects to do so in the
future: (i) new business administration, (ii) hosting
of financial systems, (iii) services of existing policies,
(iv) call centers and (v) underwriting administration
of life insurance applications. If F&G Holdings does not
maintain an effective outsourcing strategy or third-party
providers do not perform as contracted, F&G Holdings may
experience operational difficulties, increased costs and a loss
of business that could have a material adverse effect on its
results of operations. In addition, F&G Holdings
reliance on third-party service providers that it does not
control does not relieve F&G Holdings of its
responsibilities and requirements. Any failure or negligence by
such third-party service providers in carrying out their
contractual duties may result in F&G Holdings becoming
subjected to liability to parties who are harmed and ensuing
litigation. Any litigation relating to such matters could be
costly, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome of any
such litigation may be uncertain. Moreover, any adverse
publicity arising from such litigation, even if the litigation
is not successful, could adversely affect the reputation and
sales of F&G Holdings and its products.
F&G
Holdings is exposed to the risks of natural and man-made
catastrophes, pandemics and malicious and terrorist acts that
could materially adversely affect F&G Holdings
business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Natural and man-made catastrophes, pandemics and malicious and
terrorist acts present risks that could materially adversely
affect F&G Holdings operations and results. No
assurance can be given that there are not risks that have not
been predicted or protected against that could have a material
adverse effect on F&G Holdings. A natural or man-made
catastrophe, pandemic or malicious or terrorist act could
materially adversely affect the mortality or morbidity
experience of F&G Holdings or its reinsurers. Such events
could result in a substantial increase in mortality experience.
Although F&G Holdings participates in a risk pooling
arrangement that partially mitigates the impact of multiple
deaths from a single event, claims arising from such events
could have a material adverse effect on F&G Holdings
business, operations and financial condition, either directly or
as a result of their affect on its reinsurers or other
counterparties. Such events could also have an adverse effect on
lapses and surrenders of existing policies, as well as sales of
new policies. While F&G Holdings has taken steps to
identify and manage these risks, such risks cannot be predicted
with certainty, nor fully protected against even if anticipated.
In addition, such events could result in a decrease or halt in
economic activity in large geographic areas, adversely affecting
the marketing or administration of F&G Holdings
business within such geographic areas
E-33
and/or the
general economic climate, which in turn could have an adverse
affect on F&G Holdings business, operations and
financial condition. The possible macroeconomic effects of such
events could also adversely affect F&G Holdings asset
portfolio.
F&G
Holdings operates in a highly competitive industry, which could
limit its ability to gain or maintain its position in the
industry and could materially adversely affect F&G
Holdings business, financial condition and results of
operations.
F&G Holdings operates in a highly competitive industry.
F&G Holdings encounters significant competition in all of
its product lines from other insurance companies, many of which
have greater financial resources and higher financial strength
ratings than F&G Holdings and which may have a greater
market share, offer a broader range of products, services or
features, assume a greater level of risk, have lower operating
or financing costs, or have different profitability expectations
than F&G Holdings. Competition could result in, among other
things, lower sales or higher lapses of existing products.
F&G Holdings annuity products compete with fixed
index, fixed rate and variable annuities sold by other insurance
companies and also with mutual fund products, traditional bank
investments and other retirement funding alternatives offered by
asset managers, banks and broker-dealers. F&G
Holdings insurance products compete with those of other
insurance companies, financial intermediaries and other
institutions based on a number of factors, including premium
rates, policy terms and conditions, service provided to
distribution channels and policyholders, ratings by rating
agencies, reputation and commission structures.
Consolidation in the insurance industry and in distribution
channels may result in increasing competitive pressures on
F&G Holdings. Larger, potentially more efficient
organizations may emerge from consolidation. In addition, some
mutual insurance companies have converted to stock ownership,
which gives them greater access to capital markets and greater
ability to compete. The ability of banks to increase their
securities-related business or to affiliate with insurance
companies may materially and adversely affect sales of all of
F&G Holdings products by substantially increasing the
number and financial strength of potential competitors.
Consolidation and expansion among banks, insurance companies,
and other financial service companies with which F&G
Holdings does business could also have an adverse affect on
F&G Holdings business, operations and financial
condition if they demand more favorable terms than F&G
Holdings previously offered or if they elect not to continue to
do business with F&G Holdings following consolidation or
expansion.
F&G Holdings ability to compete is dependent upon,
among other things, its ability to develop competitive and
profitable products, its ability to maintain low unit costs, and
its maintenance of adequate financial strength ratings from
rating agencies. F&G Holdings ability to compete is
also dependent upon, among other things, its ability to attract
and retain distribution channels to market its products, the
competition for which is vigorous. F&G Holdings competes
for marketers and agents primarily on the basis of F&G
Holdings financial position, support services,
compensation and product features. Such marketers and agents may
promote products offered by other life insurance companies that
may offer a larger variety of products than F&G Holdings
offers. F&G Holdings competitiveness for such
marketers and agents also depends upon the long-term
relationships it develops with them. If F&G Holdings is
unable to attract and retain sufficient marketers and agents to
sell its products, F&G Holdings ability to compete
and its revenues will suffer.
F&G
Holdings ability to maintain competitive unit costs is
dependent upon the level of new sales and persistency of
existing business.
F&G Holdings ability to maintain competitive unit
costs is dependent upon a number of factors, such as the level
of new sales, persistency of existing business, and expense
management. A decrease in sales or persistency without a
corresponding reduction in expenses may result in higher unit
costs. F&G Holdings business plan includes expense
reductions, but there can be no assurance that such reductions
will be achieved.
In addition, lower persistency may result in higher or more
rapid amortization of present value of in-force costs, which
would result in higher unit costs and lower reported earnings.
Although many of F&G Holdings products contain
surrender charges, such charges decrease over time and may not
be sufficient to cover the unamortized present value of in-force
costs with respect to the insurance policy or annuity contract
being surrendered.
E-34
There
may be adverse consequences if the independent contractor status
of F&G Holdings IMOs is successfully
challenged.
F&G Holdings sells its products through a network of 250
IMOs representing 25,000 independent agents and managing general
agents. These IMOs are treated by F&G Holdings as
independent contractors who own their own businesses. However,
the tests governing the determination of whether an individual
is considered to be an independent contractor or an employee are
typically fact sensitive and vary from jurisdiction to
jurisdiction. Laws and regulations that govern the status of
F&G Holdings IMOs are subject to change or
interpretation by various authorities. If a federal or state
authority or court enacts legislation (or adopts regulations) or
adopts an interpretation that change the manner in which
employees and independent contractors are classified or makes
any adverse determination with respect to some or all of
F&G Holdings independent contractors, F&G
Holdings could incur significant costs in complying with such
laws, regulations or interpretations, including, in respect of
tax withholding, social security payments and recordkeeping, or
F&G Holdings could be held liable for the actions of such
independent contractors or may be required to modify its
business model, any of which could have a material adverse
effect on F&G Holdings business, financial condition
and results of operations. In addition, there is the risk that
F&G Holdings may be subject to significant monetary
liabilities arising from fines or judgments as a result of any
such actual or alleged non-compliance with federal, state, or
provincial tax or employment laws. Further, if it were
determined that F&G Holdings IMOs should be treated
as employees, F&G Holdings could possibly incur additional
liabilities with respect to any applicable employee benefit plan.
Risks
Related to Front Streets Business
There
can be no assurance that Front Street will be able to
effectively implement its business strategy or that its business
will be successful.
Front Street is a Bermuda company that was formed in March 2010
to act as a long-term reinsurer and to provide reinsurance to
the specialty insurance sectors of fixed, deferred and payout
annuities. Front Street intends to enter into long-term
reinsurance transactions with insurance companies, existing
reinsurers, and pension arrangements, and may also pursue
acquisitions in the same sector. To date, Front Street has not
entered into any reinsurance contracts, and may not do so until
it is capitalized according to its business plan, which was
approved by the Bermuda Monetary Authority in March 2010. There
can be no assurance that Front Street will be able to
successfully enter into reinsurance transactions, that such
transactions will be successful, or that Front Street will be
able to achieve its anticipated investment returns.
In order to operate its business, Front Street will be subject
to capital and other regulatory requirements and a highly
competitive landscape. In addition, among other things, any of
the following could negatively impact Front Streets
ability to implement its business strategy successfully:
(i) failure to accurately assess the risks associated with
the businesses that Front Street will reinsure,
(ii) failure to obtain desirable financial strength ratings
or any subsequent downgrade or withdrawal of any of Front
Streets financial strength ratings, (iii) exposure to
credit risk associated with brokers with whom Front Street will
conduct business, (iv) failure of the loss limitation
methods that Front Street employs to mitigate its loss exposure,
(v) loss of key personnel, (vi) unfavorable changes in
applicable laws or regulations, (vii) inability to provide
collateral to ceding companies or otherwise comply with
U.S. insurance regulations, (viii) inability to gain
or obtain market position and (ix) exposure to litigation.
The F&G Stock Purchase Agreement contemplates that
Harbinger F&G will pursue a proposed $3 billion
reinsurance transaction pursuant to which Front Street would
reinsure certain policy obligations of FGL Insurance Company,
and an affiliate of Harbinger Capital could be appointed as
investment manager of up to $1 billion of the assets
associated with the reinsured business. Such transaction would
require approval from a special committee of HGIs
independent directors, as well as regulatory approval from the
Maryland Insurance Administration, and if not approved by the
Maryland Insurance Administration could result in up to a
$50 million purchase price decrease if certain conditions
are met. See F&G Stock Purchase Agreement
The Front Street Transaction.
E-35
SPECIAL
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annex E contains forward-looking statements that are
subject to risks and uncertainties. These statements are based
on the beliefs and assumptions of the management of F&G
Holdings. Generally, forward-looking statements include
information concerning possible or assumed future actions,
events or results of operations of F&G Holdings or its
subsidiaries. Forward-looking statements may be preceded by,
followed by or include the words may,
will, believe, expect,
anticipate, intend, plan,
estimate, could, might, or
continue or the negative or other variations thereof
or comparable terminology.
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance.
You should understand that the following important factors,
could affect the future results of F&G Holdings, and could
cause those results or other outcomes to differ materially from
those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements:
|
|
|
|
|
Harbinger F&Gs ability to replace the Reserve
Facility;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harbinger F&Gs ability to consummate the Raven
Springing Amendment;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wilton Res ability or willingness to meet its financial
obligations under the Raven Springing Amendment;
|
|
|
|
|
|
F&G Holdings insurance subsidiaries ability to
maintain and improve their financial strength ratings;
|
|
|
|
|
|
F&G Holdings insurance subsidiaries ability to
maintain the amount of statutory capital that they must hold to
maintain their financial strength and credit ratings and meet
other requirements;
|
|
|
|
|
|
F&G Holdings is highly regulated and subject to numerous
legal restrictions and regulations;
|
|
|
|
|
|
availability of reinsurance and credit risk associated with
reinsurance;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the accuracy of F&G Holdings assumptions and
estimates regarding future events and ability to respond
effectively to such events, including mortality, persistency,
expenses and interest rates, tax liability, business mix,
frequency of claims, contingent liabilities, investment
performance, and other factors related to its business and
anticipated results;
|
|
|
|
|
|
F&G Holdings ability to mitigate the reserve strain
associated with Regulation XXX and Guideline AXXX;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the impact of interest rate fluctuations on F&G Holdings;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the availability of credit or other financings and the impact of
equity and credit market volatility and disruptions on F&G
Holdings;
|
|
|
|
|
|
changes in the federal income tax laws and regulations which may
affect the relative income tax advantages of F&G
Holdings products;
|
|
|
|
|
|
F&G Holdings ability to defend itself against
litigation (including class action litigation) and respond to
enforcement investigations or regulatory scrutiny;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the performance of third parties including distributors and
technology service providers, and providers of outsourced
services;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the impact of new accounting rules or changes to existing
accounting rules on F&G Holdings;
|
|
|
|
|
|
F&G Holdings ability to protect its intellectual
property;
|
|
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions and other factors, including
prevailing interest and unemployment rate levels and stock and
credit market performance which may affect (among other things)
our ability to sell our products, our ability to access capital
resources and the costs associated therewith, the fair value of
our investments, which could result in impairments and
other-than-temporary
impairments, and certain liabilities, and the lapse rate and
profitability of policies;
|
|
|
|
|
|
regulatory changes or actions, including those relating to
regulation of financial services affecting (among other things)
bank sales and underwriting of insurance products and regulation
of the sale,
|
E-36
|
|
|
|
|
underwriting and pricing of products and minimum capitalization
and statutory reserve requirements for insurance companies;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the impact of man-made catastrophes, pandemics, computer virus,
network security branches and malicious and terrorist acts on
F&G Holdings;
|
|
|
|
|
|
F&G Holdings ability to compete in a highly
competitive industry; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
Front Streets ability to effectively implement its
business strategy.
|
We caution the reader that undue reliance should not be placed
on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the
date of this document. We do not undertake any duty or
responsibility to update any of these forward-looking statements
to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this
document or to reflect actual outcomes.
E-37
Harbinger Group Inc.
$350,000,000
10.625% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make
any representation other than those contained in this
prospectus, and, if given or made, any information or
representations must not be relied upon as having been
authorized. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell
or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than
the securities to which it relates or an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any
circumstances in which this offer or solicitation is unlawful.
Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made under
this prospectus shall, under any circumstances, create any
implication that there has been no change in the affairs of
Harbinger Group Inc. since the date of this prospectus.
PART II
INFORMATION
NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
ITEM 20.
|
INDEMNIFICATION
OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
|
Certificate
of Incorporation
Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware (the DGCL) provides that a corporation may
indemnify directors and officers, as well as employees and
agents, against expenses (including attorneys fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, that are
actually and reasonably incurred in connection with various
actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative other than an action by or in
the right of the corporation, known as a derivative action, if
they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, if they had no reasonable cause to believe their
conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the
case of derivative actions, except that indemnification only
extends to expenses (including attorneys fees) actually
and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or
settlement of such actions, and the statute requires court
approval before there can be any indemnification if the person
seeking indemnification has been found liable to the
corporation. The statute provides that it is not excluding other
indemnification that may be granted by a corporations
bylaws, disinterested director vote, stockholder vote, agreement
or otherwise.
The Certificate of Incorporation provides that the personal
liability of the directors of HGI is eliminated to the fullest
extent permitted by the DGCL, including, without limitation,
paragraph (7) of subsection (b) of Section 102
thereof, as the same may be amended or supplemented. If the DGCL
is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or
limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability
of a director of HGI shall be eliminated or limited to the
fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.
The Certificate of Incorporation also contains an
indemnification provision that provides that HGI shall have the
power, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of
the DGCL, as the same may be amended or supplemented, to
indemnify any person by reason of the fact that the person is or
was a director, officer, employee or agent of HGI, or is or was
serving at the request of HGI as a director, officer, employee
or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise from and against any and all of the
expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered
by said section, and the indemnification provided for herein
shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those
indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of
stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to
action in his or her official capacity and as to action in
another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue
as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer,
employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such person.
The Certificate of Incorporation also provides that neither any
amendment nor repeal of the indemnification or the exculpation
provision thereof, nor the adoption of any provision of the
Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the
indemnification or the exculpation provision thereof, whether by
amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation or by merger,
reorganization, recapitalization or other corporate transaction
having the effect of amending the Certificate of Incorporation,
shall eliminate or reduce the effect of the indemnification or
the exculpation provision in respect of any matter occurring, or
any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for
the indemnification or the exculpation provision, would accrue
or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an
inconsistent provision.
Bylaws
The Bylaws provide that each person who is or was a director of
HGI shall be indemnified and advanced expenses by HGI to the
fullest extent permitted from time to time by the DGCL as it
existed on the date of the adoption of the Bylaws or as it may
thereafter be amended (but, if permitted by applicable law, in
the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such
amendment permits HGI to provide broader indemnification rights
than said law permitted HGI to provide prior to such amendment)
or any other applicable laws as
II-1
presently or hereafter in effect. HGI may, by action of its
board of directors, provide indemnification and advance expenses
to officers, employees and agents (other than directors) of HGI,
to directors, officers, employees or agents of a subsidiary, and
to each person serving as a director, officer, partner, member,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited
liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at
the request of HGI (each of the foregoing, a Covered
Person), with the same scope and effect as the foregoing
indemnification of directors of HGI. HGI shall be required to
indemnify any person seeking indemnification in connection with
a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if
such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by HGIs
board of directors or is a proceeding to enforce such
persons claim to indemnification pursuant to the rights
granted by the Bylaws or otherwise by HGI. Without limiting the
generality or the effect of the foregoing, HGI may enter into
one or more agreements with any person which provide for
indemnification or advancement of expenses greater or different
than that provided in the Bylaws.
The Bylaws also contain a provision that provides that any right
to indemnification or to advancement of expenses of any Covered
Person arising pursuant to the Bylaws shall not be eliminated or
impaired by an amendment to or repeal of the Bylaws after the
occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or
proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses
is sought.
To the extent and in the manner permitted by law, HGI also has
the right to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other
than Covered Persons when and as authorized by appropriate
corporate action.
Indemnification
Agreements
HGI enters into indemnification agreements with its directors
and officers which may, in certain cases, be broader than the
specific indemnification provisions contained in its Certificate
of Incorporation and Bylaws. The indemnification agreements may
require HGI, among other things, to indemnify such officers and
directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason
of their status or service as directors, officers or employees
of HGI and to advance the expenses incurred by such parties as a
result of any threatened claims or proceedings brought against
them as to which they could be indemnified.
Liability
Insurance
In addition, HGI maintains liability insurance for its directors
and officers. This insurance provides for coverage, subject to
certain exceptions, against loss from claims made against
directors and officers in their capacity as such, including
claims under the federal securities laws.
|
|
ITEM 21.
|
EXHIBITS AND
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
2
|
.1
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 4, 2009, by
and between, Zapata Corporation (Zapata), a Nevada
corporation, and Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation
and wholly-owned subsidiary of Zapata (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K filed December 28, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
2
|
.2
|
|
Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated as of September 10,
2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc., Harbinger Capital
Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners
Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway
Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 14,
2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
2
|
.3
|
|
Amendment, dated as of November 5, 2010, to the Contribution and
Exchange Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2010, by and among
Harbinger Group Inc., Harbinger Capital Partners Master
Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Special Situations Fund,
L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Companys Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 filed
November 9, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
II-2
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
2
|
.4
|
|
Transfer Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2011, between Harbinger
Group Inc. and Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I,
Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 10, 2011
(File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
2
|
.5
|
|
First Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of
February 17, 2011, between Harbinger OM, LLC and OM Group (UK)
Limited (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 10, 2011
(File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
2
|
.6
|
|
Letter Agreement, dated April 6, 2011, between OM Group (UK)
Limited and Harbinger OM, LLC (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 2.2 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K
filed April 11, 2011 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
2
|
.7
|
|
Letter Agreement, dated April 6, 2011, from Old Mutual PLC and
OM Group (UK) Limited to Harbinger OM, LLC (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 2.3 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K filed April 11, 2011 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Harbinger Group Inc.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 28,
2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Bylaws of Harbinger Group Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 3.2 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K
filed December 28, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
4
|
.1*
|
|
Indenture governing the 10.625% Senior Secured Noted due
2015, dates as of November 15, 2010, by and among Harbinger
Group Inc. and Wells Fargo, National Association, as trustee.
|
|
4
|
.2*
|
|
Form of Exchange Note (Included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 of
this Registration Statement).
|
|
4
|
.3*
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2010,
between HGI and certain initial purchasers names therein.
|
|
4
|
.4*
|
|
Security Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011, between
Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
|
|
4
|
.5*
|
|
Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011, between
Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
|
|
4
|
.6
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2010,
by and among Harbinger Group Inc., Harbinger Capital Partners
Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special
Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys
Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 14, 2010 (File No.
1-4219)).
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP as
to the validity of the exchange notes.
|
|
8
|
.1*
|
|
Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP as
to certain tax matters.
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Zapata Supplemental Pension Plan effective as of April 1, 1992
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to the
Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended March 31, 1992 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Zapata Amended and Restated 1996 Long-Term Incentive Plan
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 3, 2007
(File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Investment and Distribution Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.1 to
Zap.Coms Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed April
13, 1999, as amended (File No. 333-76135)).
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Services Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata (Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2 to Zap.Coms
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed April 13, 1999, as
amended (File No. 333-76135)).
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.3 to
Zap.Coms Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2007 filed March 7, 2008 (File No. 333-76135)).
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.4 to
Zap.Coms Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed April
13, 1999, as amended (File No. 333-76135)).
|
II-3
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Form of February 28, 2003 Indemnification Agreement by and among
Zapata and the directors and officers of the Company
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(q) to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2002 filed March 26, 2003 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Form of March 1, 2002 Director Stock Option Agreement by
and among Zapata and the non-employee directors of the Company
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(r) to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2002 filed March 26, 2003 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Summary of Zapata Corporation Senior Executive Retiree Health
Care Benefit Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
10(u) to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2006 filed March 13, 2007 (File No.
1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Zapata and
Zap.Com Corporation and the Directors or Officers of Zapata and
Zap.Com Corporation. (Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 31, 2009 filed November 4, 2009
(File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Zapata and the
Directors or Officers of Zapata only. (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 31, 2009 filed
November 4, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Harbinger Group
Inc. and its Directors or Officers (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Companys Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 filed March 9,
2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of the 24th day of December,
2009, by and between Francis T. McCarron and Harbinger Group
Inc., a Delaware corporation. (Incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K
filed December 28, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Retention and Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2010
by and between Harbinger Group Inc. and Leonard DiSalvo.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2010
(File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Management and Advisory Services Agreement, entered into as of
March 1, 2010, by and between Harbinger Capital Partners LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, and Harbinger Group Inc.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 5, 2010
(File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Form of lock-up letter to be delivered to Harbinger Group Inc.
by Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd.,
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and
Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. to Harbinger Group Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys
Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 14, 2010 (File No.
1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Purchase Agreement, dated November 5, 2010, between Harbinger
Group Inc. and certain initial purchasers named therein
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Companys
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September
30, 2010 filed November 9, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Temporary Employment Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2010, by
and between Richard Hagerup and Harbinger Group Inc.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 10, 2011
(File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Stockholder Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by and
among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd.,
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situation Fund, L.P., Global
Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. and Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.;
Harbinger Group Inc. became a party to this agreement on January
7, 2011 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 5, 2010
(File No. 1-4219)).
|
II-4
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by
and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd.,
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., Global
Opportunities Breakaway Ltd., Avenue International Master, L.P.,
Avenue Investments, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund IV,
L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund V, L.P., Avenue-CDP
Global Opportunities Fund, L.P. and Spectrum Brands Holdings,
Inc.; Harbinger Group Inc. became a party to this agreement on
January 7, 2011 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
99.2 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed
November 5, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
12
|
.1**
|
|
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
|
|
16
|
.1
|
|
Letter from Deloitte & Touche LLP, dated as of January 7,
2011, regarding change in certifying accountant (Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 16.1 to the Companys
Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 7, 2011 (File No.
1-4219)).
|
|
21
|
.1*
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
|
|
23
|
.1**
|
|
Consent of KPMG LLP.
|
|
23
|
.2**
|
|
Consent of KPMG LLP.
|
|
23
|
.3**
|
|
Consent of KPMG LLP.
|
|
23
|
.4**
|
|
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
|
|
24
|
.1*
|
|
Powers of Attorney (included on signature page of this Part II).
|
|
25
|
.1*
|
|
Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association.
|
|
99
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Letter of Transmittal.
|
|
99
|
.2*
|
|
Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to
Item 601(b)(2) of
Regulation S-K.
The registrant will furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted
exhibit or schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission
upon request. |
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are
being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration
statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by
Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events
arising after the effective date of the registration statement
(or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which,
individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change
in the information set forth in the registration statement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in
volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of
securities offered would not exceed that which was registered)
and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated
maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of
prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if,
in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no
more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate
offering price set forth in the Calculation of
Registration Fee table in the effective registration
statement;
(iii) To include any material information with respect to
the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the
registration statement or any material change to such
information in the registration statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability
under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective
amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of
such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
bona fide offering thereof.
II-5
(3) To remove from registration by means of a
post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered
which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply
by means of a post-effective amendment all information
concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired
involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in
the registration statement when it became effective.
(d) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising
under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to
directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer
or controlling person of the registrants in the successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the
opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by
controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be
governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
II-6
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant duly caused this registration statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in
the City of New York, State of New York, on April 26, 2011.
HARBINGER GROUP INC.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Francis
T. McCarron
|
Name: Francis T. McCarron
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement has been signed by the following persons
in the following capacities and on this
26th day
of April, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
*
Philip
A. Falcone
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
and Chairman of the Board of Directors
|
|
|
|
/s/ Francis
T. McCarron
Francis
T. McCarron
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
|
|
|
|
*
Richard
H. Hagerup
|
|
Interim Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
|
|
*
Lap
Wai Chan
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
*
Lawrence
M. Clark, Jr.
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
*
Keith
M. Hladek
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
*
Thomas
Hudgins
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
*
Peter
A. Jenson
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
*
Robert
V. Leffler, Jr.
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
* By:
|
/s/ Francis
T. McCarron
|
|
Francis T. McCarron
Attorney-in-fact
II-7
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
2
|
.1
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 4, 2009, by
and between, Zapata Corporation (Zapata), a Nevada
corporation, and Harbinger Group Inc., a Delaware corporation
and wholly-owned subsidiary of Zapata (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K filed December 28, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
2
|
.2
|
|
Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated as of September 10,
2010, by and among Harbinger Group Inc., Harbinger Capital
Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners
Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway
Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 14,
2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
2
|
.3
|
|
Amendment, dated as of November 5, 2010, to the Contribution and
Exchange Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2010, by and among
Harbinger Group Inc., Harbinger Capital Partners Master
Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Special Situations Fund,
L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Companys Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 filed
November 9, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
2
|
.4
|
|
Transfer Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2011, between Harbinger
Group Inc. and Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I,
Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 10, 2011
(File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
2
|
.5
|
|
First Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of
February 17, 2011, between Harbinger OM, LLC and OM Group (UK)
Limited (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 10, 2011
(File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
2
|
.6
|
|
Letter Agreement, dated April 6, 2011, between OM Group (UK)
Limited and Harbinger OM, LLC (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 2.2 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K
filed April 11, 2011 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
2
|
.7
|
|
Letter Agreement, dated April 6, 2011, from Old Mutual PLC and
OM Group (UK) Limited to Harbinger OM, LLC (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 2.3 to the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K filed April 11, 2011 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Harbinger Group Inc.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 28,
2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Bylaws of Harbinger Group Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 3.2 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K
filed December 28, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
4
|
.1*
|
|
Indenture governing the 10.625% Senior Secured Noted due
2015, dates as of November 15, 2010, by and among Harbinger
Group Inc. and Wells Fargo, National Association, as trustee.
|
|
4
|
.2*
|
|
Form of Exchange Note (Included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 of
this Registration Statement).
|
|
4
|
.3*
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2010,
between HGI and certain initial purchasers names therein.
|
|
4
|
.4*
|
|
Security Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011, between
Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
|
|
4
|
.5*
|
|
Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011, between
Harbinger Group Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
|
|
4
|
.6
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2010,
by and among Harbinger Group Inc., Harbinger Capital Partners
Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special
Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys
Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 14, 2010 (File No.
1-4219)).
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP as
to the validity of the exchange notes.
|
|
8
|
.1*
|
|
Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP as
to certain tax matters.
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Zapata Supplemental Pension Plan effective as of April 1, 1992
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to the
Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended March 31, 1992 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Zapata Amended and Restated 1996 Long-Term Incentive Plan
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 3, 2007
(File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Investment and Distribution Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.1 to
Zap.Coms Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed April
13, 1999, as amended (File No. 333-76135)).
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Services Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata (Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.2 to Zap.Coms
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed April 13, 1999, as
amended (File No. 333-76135)).
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Tax Sharing and Indemnity Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.3 to
Zap.Coms Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2007 filed March 7, 2008 (File No. 333-76135)).
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement between Zap.Com and Zapata
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 10.4 to
Zap.Coms Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed April
13, 1999, as amended (File No. 333-76135)).
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Form of February 28, 2003 Indemnification Agreement by and among
Zapata and the directors and officers of the Company
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(q) to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2002 filed March 26, 2003 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Form of March 1, 2002 Director Stock Option Agreement by
and among Zapata and the non-employee directors of the Company
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(r) to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2002 filed March 26, 2003 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Summary of Zapata Corporation Senior Executive Retiree Health
Care Benefit Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
10(u) to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2006 filed March 13, 2007 (File No.
1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Zapata and
Zap.Com Corporation and the Directors or Officers of Zapata and
Zap.Com Corporation. (Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 31, 2009 filed November 4, 2009
(File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Zapata and the
Directors or Officers of Zapata only. (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 31, 2009 filed
November 4, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among Harbinger Group
Inc. and its Directors or Officers (Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Companys Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 filed March 9,
2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of the 24th day of December,
2009, by and between Francis T. McCarron and Harbinger Group
Inc., a Delaware corporation. (Incorporated herein by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K
filed December 28, 2009 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Retention and Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2010
by and between Harbinger Group Inc. and Leonard DiSalvo.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2010
(File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Management and Advisory Services Agreement, entered into as of
March 1, 2010, by and between Harbinger Capital Partners LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, and Harbinger Group Inc.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 5, 2010
(File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Form of lock-up letter to be delivered to Harbinger Group Inc.
by Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd.,
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and
Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. to Harbinger Group Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys
Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 14, 2010 (File No.
1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Purchase Agreement, dated November 5, 2010, between Harbinger
Group Inc. and certain initial purchasers named therein
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Companys
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September
30, 2010 filed November 9, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Temporary Employment Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2010, by
and between Richard Hagerup and Harbinger Group Inc.
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 10, 2011
(File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Stockholder Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by and
among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd.,
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situation Fund, L.P., Global
Opportunities Breakaway Ltd. and Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.;
Harbinger Group Inc. became a party to this agreement on January
7, 2011 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 5, 2010
(File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2010, by
and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd.,
Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P., Global
Opportunities Breakaway Ltd., Avenue International Master, L.P.,
Avenue Investments, L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund IV,
L.P., Avenue Special Situations Fund V, L.P., Avenue-CDP
Global Opportunities Fund, L.P. and Spectrum Brands Holdings,
Inc.; Harbinger Group Inc. became a party to this agreement on
January 7, 2011 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
99.2 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed
November 5, 2010 (File No. 1-4219)).
|
|
12
|
.1**
|
|
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
|
|
16
|
.1
|
|
Letter from Deloitte & Touche LLP, dated as of January 7,
2011, regarding change in certifying accountant (Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 16.1 to the Companys
Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 7, 2011 (File No.
1-4219)).
|
|
21
|
.1*
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
|
|
23
|
.1**
|
|
Consent of KPMG LLP.
|
|
23
|
.2**
|
|
Consent of KPMG LLP.
|
|
23
|
.3**
|
|
Consent of KPMG LLP.
|
|
23
|
.4**
|
|
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
|
|
24
|
.1*
|
|
Powers of Attorney (included on signature page of this Part II).
|
|
25
|
.1*
|
|
Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association.
|
|
99
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Letter of Transmittal.
|
|
99
|
.2*
|
|
Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to
Item 601(b)(2) of
Regulation S-K.
The registrant will furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted
exhibit or schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission
upon request. |